emacs-diffs
[Top][All Lists]
Advanced

[Date Prev][Date Next][Thread Prev][Thread Next][Date Index][Thread Index]

feature/android a441ac5527 1/7: Check in gnulib with Android patches


From: Po Lu
Subject: feature/android a441ac5527 1/7: Check in gnulib with Android patches
Date: Sat, 14 Jan 2023 09:48:48 -0500 (EST)

branch: feature/android
commit a441ac5527f7323202063466422d3ee830ad4c21
Author: Po Lu <luangruo@yahoo.com>
Commit: Po Lu <luangruo@yahoo.com>

    Check in gnulib with Android patches
    
    * xcompile/lib: Check-in gnulib with patches for Android.
---
 xcompile/lib/COPYING                               |  674 +++
 xcompile/lib/acl-errno-valid.c                     |   52 +
 xcompile/lib/acl-internal.c                        |  507 +++
 xcompile/lib/acl-internal.h                        |  301 ++
 xcompile/lib/acl.h                                 |   34 +
 xcompile/lib/acl_entries.c                         |   75 +
 xcompile/lib/af_alg.h                              |  115 +
 xcompile/lib/alloca.in.h                           |   72 +
 xcompile/lib/allocator.c                           |   22 +
 xcompile/lib/allocator.h                           |   58 +
 xcompile/lib/arg-nonnull.h                         |   26 +
 xcompile/lib/assert.in.h                           |   27 +
 xcompile/lib/at-func.c                             |  146 +
 xcompile/lib/attribute.h                           |  226 +
 xcompile/lib/binary-io.c                           |   39 +
 xcompile/lib/binary-io.h                           |   77 +
 xcompile/lib/byteswap.in.h                         |   44 +
 xcompile/lib/c++defs.h                             |  331 ++
 xcompile/lib/c-ctype.c                             |   21 +
 xcompile/lib/c-ctype.h                             |  364 ++
 xcompile/lib/c-strcase.h                           |   56 +
 xcompile/lib/c-strcasecmp.c                        |   56 +
 xcompile/lib/c-strncasecmp.c                       |   56 +
 xcompile/lib/canonicalize-lgpl.c                   |  469 ++
 xcompile/lib/careadlinkat.c                        |  184 +
 xcompile/lib/careadlinkat.h                        |   67 +
 xcompile/lib/cdefs.h                               |  707 +++
 xcompile/lib/cloexec.c                             |   83 +
 xcompile/lib/cloexec.h                             |   34 +
 xcompile/lib/close-stream.c                        |   77 +
 xcompile/lib/close-stream.h                        |   20 +
 xcompile/lib/copy-file-range.c                     |   67 +
 xcompile/lib/count-leading-zeros.c                 |   21 +
 xcompile/lib/count-leading-zeros.h                 |  136 +
 xcompile/lib/count-one-bits.c                      |   25 +
 xcompile/lib/count-one-bits.h                      |  164 +
 xcompile/lib/count-trailing-zeros.c                |   21 +
 xcompile/lib/count-trailing-zeros.h                |  126 +
 xcompile/lib/diffseq.h                             |  568 +++
 xcompile/lib/dirent.in.h                           |  321 ++
 xcompile/lib/dirfd.c                               |   98 +
 xcompile/lib/dtoastr.c                             |   19 +
 xcompile/lib/dtotimespec.c                         |   53 +
 xcompile/lib/dup2.c                                |  189 +
 xcompile/lib/dynarray.h                            |  284 ++
 xcompile/lib/eloop-threshold.h                     |   83 +
 xcompile/lib/errno.in.h                            |  279 ++
 xcompile/lib/euidaccess.c                          |  226 +
 xcompile/lib/execinfo.c                            |   21 +
 xcompile/lib/execinfo.in.h                         |   57 +
 xcompile/lib/explicit_bzero.c                      |   74 +
 xcompile/lib/faccessat.c                           |   98 +
 xcompile/lib/fchmodat.c                            |  142 +
 xcompile/lib/fcntl.c                               |  629 +++
 xcompile/lib/fcntl.in.h                            |  445 ++
 xcompile/lib/fdopendir.c                           |  249 ++
 xcompile/lib/file-has-acl.c                        |  621 +++
 xcompile/lib/filemode.c                            |  166 +
 xcompile/lib/filemode.h                            |   44 +
 xcompile/lib/filename.h                            |  112 +
 xcompile/lib/filevercmp.c                          |  188 +
 xcompile/lib/filevercmp.h                          |   78 +
 xcompile/lib/fingerprint.c                         |   66 +
 xcompile/lib/fingerprint.h                         |   28 +
 xcompile/lib/flexmember.h                          |   60 +
 xcompile/lib/fpending.c                            |   65 +
 xcompile/lib/fpending.h                            |   29 +
 xcompile/lib/free.c                                |   53 +
 xcompile/lib/fstatat.c                             |  148 +
 xcompile/lib/fsusage.c                             |  233 +
 xcompile/lib/fsusage.h                             |   39 +
 xcompile/lib/fsync.c                               |   87 +
 xcompile/lib/ftoastr.c                             |  151 +
 xcompile/lib/ftoastr.h                             |  152 +
 xcompile/lib/futimens.c                            |   37 +
 xcompile/lib/get-permissions.c                     |  291 ++
 xcompile/lib/getdtablesize.c                       |  124 +
 xcompile/lib/getgroups.c                           |  125 +
 xcompile/lib/getloadavg.c                          |  943 ++++
 xcompile/lib/getopt-cdefs.in.h                     |   66 +
 xcompile/lib/getopt-core.h                         |   96 +
 xcompile/lib/getopt-ext.h                          |   77 +
 xcompile/lib/getopt-pfx-core.h                     |   66 +
 xcompile/lib/getopt-pfx-ext.h                      |   70 +
 xcompile/lib/getopt.c                              |  811 ++++
 xcompile/lib/getopt.in.h                           |   61 +
 xcompile/lib/getopt1.c                             |  159 +
 xcompile/lib/getopt_int.h                          |  118 +
 xcompile/lib/getrandom.c                           |  190 +
 xcompile/lib/gettext.h                             |  300 ++
 xcompile/lib/gettime.c                             |   51 +
 xcompile/lib/gettimeofday.c                        |  153 +
 xcompile/lib/gnulib.mk.in                          | 4137 ++++++++++++++++++
 xcompile/lib/group-member.c                        |  114 +
 xcompile/lib/idx.h                                 |  134 +
 xcompile/lib/ieee754.in.h                          |  222 +
 xcompile/lib/ignore-value.h                        |   51 +
 xcompile/lib/intprops-internal.h                   |  392 ++
 xcompile/lib/intprops.h                            |  335 ++
 xcompile/lib/inttypes.in.h                         | 1002 +++++
 xcompile/lib/lchmod.c                              |   94 +
 xcompile/lib/libc-config.h                         |  202 +
 xcompile/lib/limits.in.h                           |  131 +
 xcompile/lib/lstat.c                               |  104 +
 xcompile/lib/malloc.c                              |   51 +
 xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c            |  528 +++
 xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray.h                     |  177 +
 xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_at_failure.c          |   40 +
 xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_emplace_enlarge.c     |   77 +
 xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_finalize.c            |   66 +
 xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize.c              |   68 +
 xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize_clear.c        |   39 +
 xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.h               |  135 +
 xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_dupfree.c       |   41 +
 xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow.c          |   56 +
 xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.c |   67 +
 .../lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_set_array_size.c     |   64 +
 xcompile/lib/md5-stream.c                          |  141 +
 xcompile/lib/md5.c                                 |  394 ++
 xcompile/lib/md5.h                                 |  151 +
 xcompile/lib/memmem.c                              |   71 +
 xcompile/lib/mempcpy.c                             |   33 +
 xcompile/lib/memrchr.c                             |  161 +
 xcompile/lib/memset_explicit.c                     |   55 +
 xcompile/lib/min-max.h                             |    6 +
 xcompile/lib/mini-gmp-gnulib.c                     |   48 +
 xcompile/lib/mini-gmp.c                            | 4620 ++++++++++++++++++++
 xcompile/lib/mini-gmp.h                            |  310 ++
 xcompile/lib/minmax.h                              |   60 +
 xcompile/lib/mkostemp.c                            |   46 +
 xcompile/lib/mktime-internal.h                     |   79 +
 xcompile/lib/mktime.c                              |  578 +++
 xcompile/lib/nanosleep.c                           |  193 +
 xcompile/lib/nproc.c                               |  404 ++
 xcompile/lib/nproc.h                               |   46 +
 xcompile/lib/nstrftime.c                           | 1490 +++++++
 xcompile/lib/open.c                                |  213 +
 xcompile/lib/openat-die.c                          |    7 +
 xcompile/lib/openat-priv.h                         |   64 +
 xcompile/lib/openat-proc.c                         |  135 +
 xcompile/lib/openat.h                              |  124 +
 xcompile/lib/pathmax.h                             |   83 +
 xcompile/lib/pipe2.c                               |  166 +
 xcompile/lib/pselect.c                             |  110 +
 xcompile/lib/pthread_sigmask.c                     |   92 +
 xcompile/lib/qcopy-acl.c                           |   51 +
 xcompile/lib/rawmemchr.c                           |  123 +
 xcompile/lib/rawmemchr.valgrind                    |   28 +
 xcompile/lib/readlink.c                            |  104 +
 xcompile/lib/readlinkat.c                          |  113 +
 xcompile/lib/realloc.c                             |   63 +
 xcompile/lib/regcomp.c                             | 3788 ++++++++++++++++
 xcompile/lib/regex.c                               |   84 +
 xcompile/lib/regex.h                               |  699 +++
 xcompile/lib/regex_internal.c                      | 1711 ++++++++
 xcompile/lib/regex_internal.h                      |  834 ++++
 xcompile/lib/regexec.c                             | 4221 ++++++++++++++++++
 xcompile/lib/root-uid.h                            |   30 +
 xcompile/lib/save-cwd.c                            |   89 +
 xcompile/lib/save-cwd.h                            |   34 +
 xcompile/lib/scratch_buffer.h                      |  117 +
 xcompile/lib/set-permissions.c                     |  847 ++++
 xcompile/lib/sha1.c                                |  360 ++
 xcompile/lib/sha1.h                                |  115 +
 xcompile/lib/sha256.c                              |  432 ++
 xcompile/lib/sha256.h                              |  121 +
 xcompile/lib/sha512.c                              |  477 ++
 xcompile/lib/sha512.h                              |  124 +
 xcompile/lib/sig2str.c                             |  364 ++
 xcompile/lib/sig2str.h                             |   53 +
 xcompile/lib/sigdescr_np.c                         |  376 ++
 xcompile/lib/signal.in.h                           |  495 +++
 xcompile/lib/stat-time.c                           |   21 +
 xcompile/lib/stat-time.h                           |  251 ++
 xcompile/lib/stpcpy.c                              |   49 +
 xcompile/lib/str-two-way.h                         |  452 ++
 xcompile/lib/strftime.h                            |   38 +
 xcompile/lib/string.in.h                           | 1323 ++++++
 xcompile/lib/strnlen.c                             |   30 +
 xcompile/lib/strtoimax.c                           |   70 +
 xcompile/lib/strtol.c                              |  408 ++
 xcompile/lib/strtoll.c                             |   33 +
 xcompile/lib/symlink.c                             |   57 +
 xcompile/lib/sys_random.in.h                       |  100 +
 xcompile/lib/sys_select.in.h                       |  334 ++
 xcompile/lib/sys_stat.in.h                         |  954 ++++
 xcompile/lib/sys_time.in.h                         |  224 +
 xcompile/lib/sys_types.in.h                        |  106 +
 xcompile/lib/tempname.c                            |  286 ++
 xcompile/lib/tempname.h                            |   72 +
 xcompile/lib/time-internal.h                       |   49 +
 xcompile/lib/time.in.h                             |  457 ++
 xcompile/lib/time_r.c                              |   44 +
 xcompile/lib/time_rz.c                             |  316 ++
 xcompile/lib/timegm.c                              |   58 +
 xcompile/lib/timespec-add.c                        |   65 +
 xcompile/lib/timespec-sub.c                        |   65 +
 xcompile/lib/timespec.c                            |   21 +
 xcompile/lib/timespec.h                            |  102 +
 xcompile/lib/u64.c                                 |   22 +
 xcompile/lib/u64.h                                 |  179 +
 xcompile/lib/unistd.c                              |   22 +
 xcompile/lib/unistd.in.h                           | 2329 ++++++++++
 xcompile/lib/unlocked-io.h                         |  136 +
 xcompile/lib/utimens.c                             |  646 +++
 xcompile/lib/utimens.h                             |   49 +
 xcompile/lib/utimensat.c                           |  217 +
 xcompile/lib/verify.h                              |  346 ++
 xcompile/lib/vla.h                                 |   53 +
 xcompile/lib/warn-on-use.h                         |  149 +
 xcompile/lib/xalloc-oversized.h                    |   65 +
 211 files changed, 59731 insertions(+)

diff --git a/xcompile/lib/COPYING b/xcompile/lib/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f288702d2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/why-not-lgpl.html>.
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/acl-errno-valid.c b/xcompile/lib/acl-errno-valid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4fd575e3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/acl-errno-valid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Test whether ACLs are well supported on this system.
+
+   Copyright 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <acl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Return true if errno value ERRNUM indicates that ACLs are well
+   supported on this system.  ERRNUM should be an errno value obtained
+   after an ACL-related system call fails.  */
+bool
+acl_errno_valid (int errnum)
+{
+  /* Recognize some common errors such as from an NFS mount that does
+     not support ACLs, even when local drives do.  */
+  switch (errnum)
+    {
+    case EBUSY: return false;
+    case EINVAL: return false;
+#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+    case ENOENT: return false;
+#endif
+    case ENOSYS: return false;
+
+#if defined ENOTSUP && ENOTSUP != EOPNOTSUPP
+# if ENOTSUP != ENOSYS /* Needed for the MS-Windows port of GNU Emacs.  */
+    case ENOTSUP: return false;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+    case EOPNOTSUPP: return false;
+    default: return true;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/acl-internal.c b/xcompile/lib/acl-internal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fbe9b2c9a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/acl-internal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+/* Test whether a file has a nontrivial ACL.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+#if USE_ACL && HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, 
Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
+
+/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial.  */
+int
+acl_extended_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
+{
+  /* acl is non-trivial if it is non-empty.  */
+  return (acl_entries (acl) > 0);
+}
+
+# else /* Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
+   Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it.  */
+int
+acl_access_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
+{
+  /* acl is non-trivial if it has some entries other than for "user::",
+     "group::", and "other::".  Normally these three should be present
+     at least, allowing us to write
+        return (3 < acl_entries (acl));
+     but the following code is more robust.  */
+#  if HAVE_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY /* Linux, FreeBSD, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+  acl_entry_t ace;
+  int got_one;
+
+  for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
+       got_one > 0;
+       got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
+    {
+      acl_tag_t tag;
+      if (acl_get_tag_type (ace, &tag) < 0)
+        return -1;
+      if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ || tag == ACL_OTHER))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return got_one;
+
+#  elif HAVE_ACL_TO_SHORT_TEXT /* IRIX */
+  /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it is undocumented.  */
+
+  int count = acl->acl_cnt;
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      acl_entry_t ace = &acl->acl_entry[i];
+      acl_tag_t tag = ace->ae_tag;
+
+      if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ
+            || tag == ACL_OTHER_OBJ))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+
+#  elif HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
+  /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it takes only one argument and does not work.  */
+
+  int count = acl->acl_num;
+  acl_entry_t ace;
+
+  for (ace = acl->acl_first; count > 0; ace = ace->next, count--)
+    {
+      acl_tag_t tag;
+      acl_perm_t perm;
+
+      tag = ace->entry->acl_type;
+      if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ || tag == ACL_OTHER))
+        return 1;
+
+      perm = ace->entry->acl_perm;
+      /* On Tru64, perm can also contain non-standard bits such as
+         PERM_INSERT, PERM_DELETE, PERM_MODIFY, PERM_LOOKUP, ... */
+      if ((perm & ~(ACL_READ | ACL_WRITE | ACL_EXECUTE)) != 0)
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+
+#  else
+
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+#  endif
+}
+
+int
+acl_default_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
+{
+  /* acl is non-trivial if it is non-empty.  */
+  return (acl_entries (acl) > 0);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not 
HP-UX */
+
+/* Test an ACL retrieved with GETACL.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_nontrivial (int count, aclent_t *entries)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      aclent_t *ace = &entries[i];
+
+      /* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
+         If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
+         We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases.  */
+      if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ
+            || ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ
+            || ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ
+            /* Note: Cygwin does not return a CLASS_OBJ ("mask:") entry
+               sometimes.  */
+            || ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# ifdef ACE_GETACL
+
+/* A shortcut for a bitmask.  */
+#  define NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA (NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA)
+
+/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACE_GETACL.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_ace_nontrivial (int count, ace_t *entries)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  /* The flags in the ace_t structure changed in a binary incompatible way
+     when ACL_NO_TRIVIAL etc. were introduced in <sys/acl.h> version 1.15.
+     How to distinguish the two conventions at runtime?
+     In the old convention, usually three ACEs have a_flags = ACE_OWNER /
+     ACE_GROUP / ACE_OTHER, in the range 0x0100..0x0400.  In the new
+     convention, these values are not used.  */
+  int old_convention = 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    if (entries[i].a_flags & (OLD_ACE_OWNER | OLD_ACE_GROUP | OLD_ACE_OTHER))
+      {
+        old_convention = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+
+  if (old_convention)
+    /* Running on Solaris 10.  */
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      {
+        ace_t *ace = &entries[i];
+
+        /* Note:
+           If ace->a_flags = ACE_OWNER, ace->a_who is the st_uid from stat().
+           If ace->a_flags = ACE_GROUP, ace->a_who is the st_gid from stat().
+           We don't need to check ace->a_who in these cases.  */
+        if (!(ace->a_type == OLD_ALLOW
+              && (ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_OWNER
+                  || ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_GROUP
+                  || ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_OTHER)))
+          return 1;
+      }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Running on Solaris 10 (newer version) or Solaris 11.  */
+      unsigned int access_masks[6] =
+        {
+          0, /* owner@ deny */
+          0, /* owner@ allow */
+          0, /* group@ deny */
+          0, /* group@ allow */
+          0, /* everyone@ deny */
+          0  /* everyone@ allow */
+        };
+
+      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+        {
+          ace_t *ace = &entries[i];
+          unsigned int index1;
+          unsigned int index2;
+
+          if (ace->a_type == NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE)
+            index1 = 1;
+          else if (ace->a_type == NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE)
+            index1 = 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+
+          if (ace->a_flags == NEW_ACE_OWNER)
+            index2 = 0;
+          else if (ace->a_flags == (NEW_ACE_GROUP | NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP))
+            index2 = 2;
+          else if (ace->a_flags == NEW_ACE_EVERYONE)
+            index2 = 4;
+          else
+            return 1;
+
+          access_masks[index1 + index2] |= ace->a_access_mask;
+        }
+
+      /* The same bit shouldn't be both allowed and denied.  */
+      if (access_masks[0] & access_masks[1])
+        return 1;
+      if (access_masks[2] & access_masks[3])
+        return 1;
+      if (access_masks[4] & access_masks[5])
+        return 1;
+
+      /* Check minimum masks.  */
+      if ((NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
+           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
+           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
+           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER)
+          & ~ access_masks[1])
+        return 1;
+      access_masks[1] &= ~(NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
+                           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
+                           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
+                           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER);
+      if ((NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
+           | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
+           | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
+           | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE)
+          & ~ access_masks[5])
+        return 1;
+      access_masks[5] &= ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
+                           | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
+                           | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
+                           | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE);
+
+      /* Check the allowed or denied bits.  */
+      switch ((access_masks[0] | access_masks[1])
+              & ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
+                  | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
+                  | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
+                  | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE))
+        {
+        case 0:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case                                           NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA |                       NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+          break;
+        default:
+          return 1;
+        }
+      switch ((access_masks[2] | access_masks[3])
+              & ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
+                  | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
+                  | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
+                  | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE))
+        {
+        case 0:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case                                           NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA |                       NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+          break;
+        default:
+          return 1;
+        }
+      switch ((access_masks[4] | access_masks[5])
+              & ~(NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
+                  | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
+                  | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
+                  | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER))
+        {
+        case 0:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case                                           NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA |                       NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+          break;
+        default:
+          return 1;
+        }
+
+      /* Check that the NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA and NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA bits are
+         either both allowed or both denied.  */
+      if (((access_masks[0] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
+          != ((access_masks[0] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
+        return 1;
+      if (((access_masks[2] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
+          != ((access_masks[2] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
+        return 1;
+      if (((access_masks[4] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
+          != ((access_masks[4] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl_entry *entries)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (count > 3)
+    return 1;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      struct acl_entry *ace = &entries[i];
+
+      if (ace->uid != ACL_NSUSER && ace->gid != ACL_NSGROUP)
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+aclv_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      struct acl *ace = &entries[i];
+
+      /* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
+         If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
+         We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases.  */
+      if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
+            || ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
+            || ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ
+            || ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#elif USE_ACL && (HAVE_ACLX_GET || HAVE_STATACL) /* AIX */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_nontrivial (struct acl *a)
+{
+  /* The normal way to iterate through an ACL is like this:
+       struct acl_entry *ace;
+       for (ace = a->acl_ext; ace != acl_last (a); ace = acl_nxt (ace))
+         {
+           struct ace_id *aei;
+           switch (ace->ace_type)
+             {
+             case ACC_PERMIT:
+             case ACC_DENY:
+             case ACC_SPECIFY:
+               ...;
+             }
+           for (aei = ace->ace_id; aei != id_last (ace); aei = id_nxt (aei))
+             ...
+         }
+   */
+  return (acl_last (a) != a->acl_ext ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+# if HAVE_ACLX_GET && defined ACL_AIX_WIP /* newer AIX */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_nfs4_nontrivial (nfs4_acl_int_t *a)
+{
+#  if 1 /* let's try this first */
+  return (a->aclEntryN > 0 ? 1 : 0);
+#  else
+  int count = a->aclEntryN;
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      nfs4_ace_int_t *ace = &a->aclEntry[i];
+
+      if (!((ace->flags & ACE4_ID_SPECIAL) != 0
+            && (ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_OWNER
+                || ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_GROUP
+                || ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_EVERYONE)
+            && ace->aceType == ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE
+            && ace->aceFlags == 0
+            && (ace->aceMask & ~(ACE4_READ_DATA | ACE4_LIST_DIRECTORY
+                                 | ACE4_WRITE_DATA | ACE4_ADD_FILE
+                                 | ACE4_EXECUTE)) == 0))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+#  endif
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACL_GET.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      struct acl *ace = &entries[i];
+
+      /* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
+         If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
+         We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases.  */
+      if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
+            || ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
+            || ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ
+            || ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+void
+free_permission_context (struct permission_context *ctx)
+{
+#if USE_ACL
+# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 
*/
+  if (ctx->acl)
+    acl_free (ctx->acl);
+#  if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+  if (ctx->default_acl)
+    acl_free (ctx->default_acl);
+#  endif
+
+# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5 */
+  free (ctx->entries);
+#  ifdef ACE_GETACL
+  free (ctx->ace_entries);
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+# endif
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/acl-internal.h b/xcompile/lib/acl-internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c97e847cdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/acl-internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/* Internal implementation of access control lists.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* All systems define the ACL related API in <sys/acl.h>.  */
+#if HAVE_SYS_ACL_H
+# include <sys/acl.h>
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_FACL && ! defined GETACLCNT && defined ACL_CNT
+# define GETACLCNT ACL_CNT
+#endif
+
+/* On Linux and Cygwin >= 2.5, additional ACL related API is available in
+   <acl/libacl.h>.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ACL_LIBACL_H
+# include <acl/libacl.h>
+#endif
+
+/* On HP-UX >= 11.11, additional ACL API is available in <aclv.h>.  */
+#if HAVE_ACLV_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <aclv.h>
+/* HP-UX 11.11 lacks these declarations.  */
+extern int acl (char *, int, int, struct acl *);
+extern int aclsort (int, int, struct acl *);
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_FCHMOD
+# define HAVE_FCHMOD false
+# define fchmod(fd, mode) (-1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE
+# define ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#if USE_ACL
+
+# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
+/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version.  */
+/* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+#  ifndef MIN_ACL_ENTRIES
+#   define MIN_ACL_ENTRIES 4
+#  endif
+
+/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17) */
+#  ifdef HAVE_ACL_GET_FD
+/* Most platforms have a 1-argument acl_get_fd, only OSF/1 has a 2-argument
+   macro(!).  */
+#   if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* OSF/1 */
+ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE acl_t
+rpl_acl_get_fd (int fd)
+{
+  return acl_get_fd (fd, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
+}
+#    undef acl_get_fd
+#    define acl_get_fd rpl_acl_get_fd
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define HAVE_ACL_GET_FD false
+#   undef acl_get_fd
+#   define acl_get_fd(fd) (NULL)
+#  endif
+
+/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17) */
+#  ifdef HAVE_ACL_SET_FD
+/* Most platforms have a 2-argument acl_set_fd, only OSF/1 has a 3-argument
+   macro(!).  */
+#   if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* OSF/1 */
+ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE int
+rpl_acl_set_fd (int fd, acl_t acl)
+{
+  return acl_set_fd (fd, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, acl);
+}
+#    undef acl_set_fd
+#    define acl_set_fd rpl_acl_set_fd
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define HAVE_ACL_SET_FD false
+#   undef acl_set_fd
+#   define acl_set_fd(fd, acl) (-1)
+#  endif
+
+/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 13) */
+#  if ! HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT
+#   define acl_free_text(buf) acl_free (buf)
+#  endif
+
+/* Linux-specific */
+/* Cygwin >= 2.5 implements this function, but it returns 1 for all
+   directories, thus is unusable.  */
+#  if !defined HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE || defined __CYGWIN__
+#   undef HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE
+#   define HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE false
+#   define acl_extended_file(name) (-1)
+#  endif
+
+#  if ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_MODE && ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_TEXT
+#   define acl_from_mode (NULL)
+#  endif
+
+/* Set to 0 if a file's mode is stored independently from the ACL.  */
+#  if (HAVE_ACL_COPY_EXT_NATIVE && HAVE_ACL_CREATE_ENTRY_NP) || defined __sgi 
/* Mac OS X, IRIX */
+#   define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 0
+#  endif
+
+/* Return the number of entries in ACL.
+   Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it.  */
+/* Define a replacement for acl_entries if needed. (Only Linux has it.)  */
+#  if !HAVE_ACL_ENTRIES
+#   define acl_entries rpl_acl_entries
+extern int acl_entries (acl_t);
+#  endif
+
+#  if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
+/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial.  */
+extern int acl_extended_nontrivial (acl_t);
+#  else
+/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
+   Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it.  */
+extern int acl_access_nontrivial (acl_t);
+
+/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
+   Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it.  */
+extern int acl_default_nontrivial (acl_t);
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
+
+/* Set to 0 if a file's mode is stored independently from the ACL.  */
+#  if defined __CYGWIN__ /* Cygwin */
+#   define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 0
+#  endif
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, aclent_t *entries) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+#  ifdef ACE_GETACL /* Solaris 10 */
+
+/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACE_GETACL.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int acl_ace_nontrivial (int count, ace_t *entries) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Definitions for when the built executable is executed on Solaris 10
+   (newer version) or Solaris 11.  */
+/* For a_type.  */
+#   define OLD_ALLOW 0
+#   define OLD_DENY  1
+#   define NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE 0 /* replaces ALLOW */
+#   define NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE  1 /* replaces DENY */
+/* For a_flags.  */
+#   define OLD_ACE_OWNER            0x0100
+#   define OLD_ACE_GROUP            0x0200
+#   define OLD_ACE_OTHER            0x0400
+#   define NEW_ACE_OWNER            0x1000
+#   define NEW_ACE_GROUP            0x2000
+#   define NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP 0x0040
+#   define NEW_ACE_EVERYONE         0x4000
+/* For a_access_mask.  */
+#   define NEW_ACE_READ_DATA         0x001 /* corresponds to 'r' */
+#   define NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA        0x002 /* corresponds to 'w' */
+#   define NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA       0x004
+#   define NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS  0x008
+#   define NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS 0x010
+#   define NEW_ACE_EXECUTE           0x020
+#   define NEW_ACE_DELETE_CHILD      0x040
+#   define NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES   0x080
+#   define NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES  0x100
+#   define NEW_ACE_DELETE          0x10000
+#   define NEW_ACE_READ_ACL        0x20000
+#   define NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL       0x40000
+#   define NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER     0x80000
+#   define NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE    0x100000
+
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl_entry *entries);
+
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int aclv_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries);
+
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && 0 /* AIX */
+
+/* TODO */
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int acl_nontrivial (struct acl *a);
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries);
+
+# endif
+
+/* Set to 1 if a file's mode is implicit by the ACL.  */
+# ifndef MODE_INSIDE_ACL
+#  define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 1
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+struct permission_context {
+  mode_t mode;
+#if USE_ACL
+# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 
*/
+  acl_t acl;
+#  if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+  acl_t default_acl;
+#  endif
+  bool acls_not_supported;
+
+# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5 */
+  int count;
+  aclent_t *entries;
+#  ifdef ACE_GETACL
+  int ace_count;
+  ace_t *ace_entries;
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+  struct acl_entry entries[NACLENTRIES];
+  int count;
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H
+  struct acl aclv_entries[NACLVENTRIES];
+  int aclv_count;
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+  union { struct acl a; char room[4096]; } u;
+  bool have_u;
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+  struct acl entries[NACLENTRIES];
+  int count;
+
+# endif
+#endif
+};
+
+int get_permissions (const char *, int, mode_t, struct permission_context *);
+int set_permissions (struct permission_context *, const char *, int);
+void free_permission_context (struct permission_context *);
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/acl.h b/xcompile/lib/acl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58e5797179
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/acl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* acl.c - access control lists
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_ACL_H
+#define _GL_ACL_H 1
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+bool acl_errno_valid (int) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+int file_has_acl (char const *, struct stat const *);
+int qset_acl (char const *, int, mode_t);
+int set_acl (char const *, int, mode_t);
+int qcopy_acl (char const *, int, char const *, int, mode_t);
+int copy_acl (char const *, int, char const *, int, mode_t);
+int chmod_or_fchmod (char const *, int, mode_t);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/acl_entries.c b/xcompile/lib/acl_entries.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a59ace3f40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/acl_entries.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* Return the number of entries in an ACL.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert and Andreas Gruenbacher.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+/* This file assumes POSIX-draft like ACLs
+   (Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5).  */
+
+/* Return the number of entries in ACL.
+   Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it.  */
+
+int
+acl_entries (acl_t acl)
+{
+  int count = 0;
+
+  if (acl != NULL)
+    {
+#if HAVE_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
+      /* acl_get_entry returns 0 when it successfully fetches an entry,
+         and -1/EINVAL at the end.  */
+      acl_entry_t ace;
+      int got_one;
+
+      for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
+           got_one >= 0;
+           got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
+        count++;
+# else /* Linux, FreeBSD, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+      /* acl_get_entry returns 1 when it successfully fetches an entry,
+         and 0 at the end.  */
+      acl_entry_t ace;
+      int got_one;
+
+      for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
+           got_one > 0;
+           got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
+        count++;
+      if (got_one < 0)
+        return -1;
+# endif
+#else /* IRIX, Tru64 */
+# if HAVE_ACL_TO_SHORT_TEXT /* IRIX */
+      /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it is undocumented.  */
+      count = acl->acl_cnt;
+# endif
+# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
+      /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it takes only one argument and does not
+         work.  */
+      count = acl->acl_num;
+# endif
+#endif
+    }
+
+  return count;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/af_alg.h b/xcompile/lib/af_alg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8ffb3f7a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/af_alg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* af_alg.h - Compute message digests from file streams and buffers.
+   Copyright (C) 2018-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>, 2018.
+   Documentation by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2018.  */
+
+/* Declare specific functions for computing message digests
+   using the Linux kernel crypto API, if available.  This kernel API gives
+   access to specialized crypto instructions (that would also be available
+   in user space) or to crypto devices (not directly available in user space).
+
+   For a more complete set of facilities that use the Linux kernel crypto API,
+   look at libkcapi.  */
+
+#ifndef AF_ALG_H
+# define AF_ALG_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <errno.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if USE_LINUX_CRYPTO_API
+
+/* Compute a message digest of a memory region.
+
+   The memory region starts at BUFFER and is LEN bytes long.
+
+   ALG is the message digest algorithm; see the file /proc/crypto.
+
+   RESBLOCK points to a block of HASHLEN bytes, for the result.
+   HASHLEN must be the length of the message digest, in bytes, in particular:
+
+      alg    | hashlen
+      -------+--------
+      md5    | 16
+      sha1   | 20
+      sha224 | 28
+      sha256 | 32
+      sha384 | 48
+      sha512 | 64
+
+   If successful, fill RESBLOCK and return 0.
+   Upon failure, return a negated error number.  */
+int
+afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
+              void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen);
+
+/* Compute a message digest of data read from STREAM.
+
+   STREAM is an open file stream.  The last operation on STREAM should
+   not be 'ungetc', and if STREAM is also open for writing it should
+   have been fflushed since its last write.  Read from the current
+   position to the end of STREAM.  Handle regular files efficiently.
+
+   ALG is the message digest algorithm; see the file /proc/crypto.
+
+   RESBLOCK points to a block of HASHLEN bytes, for the result.
+   HASHLEN must be the length of the message digest, in bytes, in particular:
+
+      alg    | hashlen
+      -------+--------
+      md5    | 16
+      sha1   | 20
+      sha224 | 28
+      sha256 | 32
+      sha384 | 48
+      sha512 | 64
+
+   If successful, fill RESBLOCK and return 0.
+   Upon failure, return a negated error number.
+   Unless returning 0 or -EIO, restore STREAM's file position so that
+   the caller can fall back on some other method.  */
+int
+afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
+              void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen);
+
+# else
+
+static inline int
+afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
+              void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
+{
+  return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+}
+
+static inline int
+afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
+              void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
+{
+  return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif /* AF_ALG_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/alloca.in.h b/xcompile/lib/alloca.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a1bb3d758d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/alloca.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Memory allocation on the stack.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
+   means there is a real alloca function.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
+#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
+   allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
+   Use of alloca should be avoided:
+     - inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
+     - in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
+       calling function returns,
+     - for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
+       the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
+       request, the program just crashes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef alloca
+  /* Some version of mingw have an <alloca.h> that causes trouble when
+     included after 'alloca' gets defined as a macro.  As a workaround,
+     include this <alloca.h> first and define 'alloca' as a macro afterwards
+     if needed.  */
+# if defined __GNUC__ && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && 
@HAVE_ALLOCA_H@
+#  include_next <alloca.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef alloca
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+#  define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# elif defined _AIX
+#  define alloca __alloca
+# elif defined _MSC_VER
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
+#  define alloca __ALLOCA
+# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
+#  ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#  endif
+void *_alloca (unsigned short);
+#  pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# elif defined __MVS__
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# else
+#  include <stddef.h>
+#  ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#  endif
+void *alloca (size_t);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/allocator.c b/xcompile/lib/allocator.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..922be1fce8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/allocator.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Memory allocators such as malloc+free.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
+#include <config.h>
+#include "allocator.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+struct allocator const stdlib_allocator = { malloc, realloc, free, NULL };
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/allocator.h b/xcompile/lib/allocator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c830d01cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/allocator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Memory allocators such as malloc+free.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_ALLOCATOR_H
+#define _GL_ALLOCATOR_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* An object describing a memory allocator family.  */
+
+struct allocator
+{
+  /* Do not use GCC attributes such as __attribute__ ((malloc)) with
+     the function types pointed at by these members, because these
+     attributes do not work with pointers to functions.  See
+     <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2011-04/msg00007.html>.  */
+
+  /* Call ALLOCATE to allocate memory, like 'malloc'.  On failure ALLOCATE
+     should return NULL, though not necessarily set errno.  When given
+     a zero size it may return NULL even if successful.  */
+  void *(*allocate) (size_t);
+
+  /* If nonnull, call REALLOCATE to reallocate memory, like 'realloc'.
+     On failure REALLOCATE should return NULL, though not necessarily set
+     errno.  When given a zero size it may return NULL even if
+     successful.  */
+  void *(*reallocate) (void *, size_t);
+
+  /* Call FREE to free memory, like 'free'.  */
+  void (*free) (void *);
+
+  /* If nonnull, call DIE (SIZE) if MALLOC (SIZE) or REALLOC (...,
+     SIZE) fails.  DIE should not return.  SIZE should equal SIZE_MAX
+     if size_t overflow was detected while calculating sizes to be
+     passed to MALLOC or REALLOC.  */
+  void (*die) (size_t);
+};
+
+/* An allocator using the stdlib functions and a null DIE function.  */
+extern struct allocator const stdlib_allocator;
+
+#endif /* _GL_ALLOCATOR_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/arg-nonnull.h b/xcompile/lib/arg-nonnull.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9498ae1f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/arg-nonnull.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || defined 
__clang__
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/assert.in.h b/xcompile/lib/assert.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0ab99c776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/assert.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <assert.h>
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Do not guard the include, since <assert.h> is supposed to define
+   the assert macro each time it is included.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ASSERT_H@
+
+/* The definition of static_assert is copied here.  */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/at-func.c b/xcompile/lib/at-func.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13e3fb3205
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/at-func.c
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/* Define at-style functions like fstatat, unlinkat, fchownat, etc.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include "filename.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */
+
+#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
+# include <errno.h>
+# ifndef ENOTSUP
+#  define ENOTSUP EINVAL
+# endif
+#else
+# include "openat.h"
+# include "openat-priv.h"
+# include "save-cwd.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
+# define CALL_FUNC(F)                           \
+  (flag == AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND                  \
+    ? AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS)     \
+    : AT_FUNC_F2 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
+# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F)                       \
+  if (flag & ~AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND)              \
+    {                                           \
+      errno = EINVAL;                           \
+      return FUNC_FAIL;                         \
+    }
+#else
+# define CALL_FUNC(F) (AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
+# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AT_FUNC_RESULT
+# define FUNC_RESULT AT_FUNC_RESULT
+#else
+# define FUNC_RESULT int
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AT_FUNC_FAIL
+# define FUNC_FAIL AT_FUNC_FAIL
+#else
+# define FUNC_FAIL -1
+#endif
+
+/* Call AT_FUNC_F1 to operate on FILE, which is in the directory
+   open on descriptor FD.  If AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND is defined to a value,
+   AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS must include a parameter named flag;
+   call AT_FUNC_F2 if FLAG is 0 or fail if FLAG contains more bits than
+   AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND.  Return int and fail with -1 unless AT_FUNC_RESULT
+   or AT_FUNC_FAIL are defined.  If possible, do it without changing the
+   working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   then AT_FUNC_F?/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
+   fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+FUNC_RESULT
+AT_FUNC_NAME (int fd, char const *file AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS)
+{
+  VALIDATE_FLAG (flag);
+
+  if (fd == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file))
+    return CALL_FUNC (file);
+
+#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
+  errno = ENOTSUP;
+  return FUNC_FAIL;
+#else
+  {
+  /* Be careful to choose names unlikely to conflict with
+     AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS.  */
+  struct saved_cwd saved_cwd;
+  int saved_errno;
+  FUNC_RESULT err;
+
+  {
+    char proc_buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+    char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (proc_buf, fd, file);
+    if (proc_file)
+      {
+        FUNC_RESULT proc_result = CALL_FUNC (proc_file);
+        int proc_errno = errno;
+        if (proc_file != proc_buf)
+          free (proc_file);
+        /* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected
+           errno value, then return right away.  Otherwise, fall through
+           and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd.  */
+        if (FUNC_FAIL != proc_result)
+          return proc_result;
+        if (! EXPECTED_ERRNO (proc_errno))
+          {
+            errno = proc_errno;
+            return proc_result;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+
+  if (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
+    openat_save_fail (errno);
+  if (0 <= fd && fd == saved_cwd.desc)
+    {
+      /* If saving the working directory collides with the user's
+         requested fd, then the user's fd must have been closed to
+         begin with.  */
+      free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return FUNC_FAIL;
+    }
+
+  if (fchdir (fd) != 0)
+    {
+      saved_errno = errno;
+      free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return FUNC_FAIL;
+    }
+
+  err = CALL_FUNC (file);
+  saved_errno = (err == FUNC_FAIL ? errno : 0);
+
+  if (restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
+    openat_restore_fail (errno);
+
+  free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+
+  if (saved_errno)
+    errno = saved_errno;
+  return err;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+#undef CALL_FUNC
+#undef FUNC_RESULT
+#undef FUNC_FAIL
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/attribute.h b/xcompile/lib/attribute.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..130644d879
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/attribute.h
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/* ATTRIBUTE_* macros for using attributes in GCC and similar compilers
+
+   Copyright 2020-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* Provide public ATTRIBUTE_* names for the private _GL_ATTRIBUTE_*
+   macros used within Gnulib.  */
+
+/* These attributes can be placed in two ways:
+     - At the start of a declaration (i.e. even before storage-class
+       specifiers!); then they apply to all entities that are declared
+       by the declaration.
+     - Immediately after the name of an entity being declared by the
+       declaration; then they apply to that entity only.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
+#define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
+
+
+/* This file defines two types of attributes:
+   * C23 standard attributes.  These have macro names that do not begin with
+     'ATTRIBUTE_'.
+   * Selected GCC attributes; see:
+     https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html
+     https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Variable-Attributes.html
+     https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Type-Attributes.html
+     These names begin with 'ATTRIBUTE_' to avoid name clashes.  */
+
+
+/* =============== Attributes for specific kinds of functions =============== 
*/
+
+/* Attributes for functions that should not be used.  */
+
+/* Warn if the entity is used.  */
+/* Applies to:
+     - function, variable,
+     - struct, union, struct/union member,
+     - enumeration, enumeration item,
+     - typedef,
+   in C++ also: namespace, class, template specialization.  */
+#define DEPRECATED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
+
+/* If a function call is not optimized way, warn with MSG.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_WARNING(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WARNING (msg)
+
+/* If a function call is not optimized way, report an error with MSG.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_ERROR(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR (msg)
+
+
+/* Attributes for memory-allocating functions.  */
+
+/* The function returns a pointer to freshly allocated memory.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+
+/* ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((N)) - The Nth argument of the function
+   is the size of the returned memory block.
+   ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((M, N)) - Multiply the Mth and Nth arguments
+   to determine the size of the returned memory block.  */
+/* Applies to: function, pointer to function, function types.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE (args)
+
+/* ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
+   that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
+   function F.
+   ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE declares that the function returns pointers that
+   can be freed via 'free'; it can be used only after declaring 'free'.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  Cannot be used on inline functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
+#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+
+/* Attributes for variadic functions.  */
+
+/* The variadic function expects a trailing NULL argument.
+   ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL () - The last argument is NULL (requires C99).
+   ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL ((N)) - The (N+1)st argument from the end is NULL.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(pos) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL (pos)
+
+
+/* ================== Attributes for compiler diagnostics ================== */
+
+/* Attributes that help the compiler diagnose programmer mistakes.
+   Some of them may also help for some compiler optimizations.  */
+
+/* ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((ARCHETYPE, STRING-INDEX, FIRST-TO-CHECK)) -
+   The STRING-INDEXth function argument is a format string of style
+   ARCHETYPE, which is one of:
+     printf, gnu_printf
+     scanf, gnu_scanf,
+     strftime, gnu_strftime,
+     strfmon,
+   or the same thing prefixed and suffixed with '__'.
+   If FIRST-TO-CHECK is not 0, arguments starting at FIRST-TO_CHECK
+   are suitable for the format string.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT (spec)
+
+/* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((N1, N2,...)) - Arguments N1, N2,... must not be NULL.
+   ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () - All pointer arguments must not be null.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL (args)
+
+/* The function's return value is a non-NULL pointer.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL
+
+/* Warn if the caller does not use the return value,
+   unless the caller uses something like ignore_value.  */
+/* Applies to: function, enumeration, class.  */
+#define NODISCARD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
+
+
+/* Attributes that disable false alarms when the compiler diagnoses
+   programmer "mistakes".  */
+
+/* Do not warn if the entity is not used.  */
+/* Applies to:
+     - function, variable,
+     - struct, union, struct/union member,
+     - enumeration, enumeration item,
+     - typedef,
+   in C++ also: class.  */
+#define MAYBE_UNUSED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
+
+/* The contents of a character array is not meant to be NUL-terminated.  */
+/* Applies to: struct/union members and variables that are arrays of element
+   type '[[un]signed] char'.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
+
+/* Do not warn if control flow falls through to the immediately
+   following 'case' or 'default' label.  */
+/* Applies to: Empty statement (;), inside a 'switch' statement.  */
+#define FALLTHROUGH _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FALLTHROUGH
+
+
+/* ================== Attributes for debugging information ================== 
*/
+
+/* Attributes regarding debugging information emitted by the compiler.  */
+
+/* Omit the function from stack traces when debugging.  */
+/* Applies to: function.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL
+
+/* Make the entity visible to debuggers etc., even with '-fwhole-program'.  */
+/* Applies to: functions, variables.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE
+
+
+/* ========== Attributes that mainly direct compiler optimizations ========== 
*/
+
+/* The function does not throw exceptions.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW
+
+/* Do not inline the function.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE
+
+/* Always inline the function, and report an error if the compiler
+   cannot inline.  */
+/* Applies to: function.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE
+
+/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same arguments.
+   This attribute is safe for a function that neither depends on
+   nor affects observable state, and always returns exactly once -
+   e.g., does not loop forever, and does not call longjmp.
+   (This attribute is stricter than ATTRIBUTE_PURE.)  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_CONST _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+
+/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same
+   arguments if observable state is not changed between calls.
+   This attribute is safe for a function that does not affect
+   observable state, and always returns exactly once.
+   (This attribute is looser than ATTRIBUTE_CONST.)  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_PURE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+
+/* The function is rarely executed.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_COLD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_COLD
+
+/* If called from some other compilation unit, the function executes
+   code from that unit only by return or by exception handling,
+   letting the compiler optimize that unit more aggressively.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_LEAF _GL_ATTRIBUTE_LEAF
+
+/* For struct members: The member has the smallest possible alignment.
+   For struct, union, class: All members have the smallest possible alignment,
+   minimizing the memory required.  */
+/* Applies to: struct members, struct, union,
+   in C++ also: class.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
+
+
+/* ================ Attributes that make invalid code valid ================ */
+
+/* Attributes that prevent fatal compiler optimizations for code that is not
+   fully ISO C compliant.  */
+
+/* Pointers to the type may point to the same storage as pointers to
+   other types, thus disabling strict aliasing optimization.  */
+/* Applies to: types.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS
+
+
+#endif /* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/binary-io.c b/xcompile/lib/binary-io.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28a9e6ed69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/binary-io.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Binary mode I/O.
+   Copyright 2017-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "binary-io.h"
+
+#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
+{
+  if (isatty (fd))
+    /* If FD refers to a console (not a pipe, not a regular file),
+       O_TEXT is the only reasonable mode, both on input and on output.
+       Silently ignore the request.  If we were to return -1 here,
+       all programs that use xset_binary_mode would fail when run
+       with console input or console output.  */
+    return O_TEXT;
+  else
+    return __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/binary-io.h b/xcompile/lib/binary-io.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6f4db25335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/binary-io.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Binary mode I/O.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _BINARY_H
+#define _BINARY_H
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+   O_BINARY is guaranteed by the gnulib <fcntl.h>. */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+/* The MSVC7 <stdio.h> doesn't like to be included after '#define fileno ...',
+   so we include it here first.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef BINARY_IO_INLINE
+# define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#if O_BINARY
+# if defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ || defined __CYGWIN__
+#  include <io.h> /* declares setmode() */
+#  define __gl_setmode setmode
+# else
+#  define __gl_setmode _setmode
+#  undef fileno
+#  define fileno _fileno
+# endif
+#else
+  /* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the only choice.  */
+  /* Use a function rather than a macro, to avoid gcc warnings
+     "warning: statement with no effect".  */
+BINARY_IO_INLINE int
+__gl_setmode (_GL_UNUSED int fd, _GL_UNUSED int mode)
+{
+  return O_BINARY;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Set FD's mode to MODE, which should be either O_TEXT or O_BINARY.
+   Return the old mode if successful, -1 (setting errno) on failure.
+   Ordinarily this function would be called 'setmode', since that is
+   its old name on MS-Windows, but it is called 'set_binary_mode' here
+   to avoid colliding with a BSD function of another name.  */
+
+#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
+extern int set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode);
+#else
+BINARY_IO_INLINE int
+set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
+{
+  return __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This macro is obsolescent.  */
+#define SET_BINARY(fd) ((void) set_binary_mode (fd, O_BINARY))
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _BINARY_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/byteswap.in.h b/xcompile/lib/byteswap.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e61be27e91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/byteswap.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* byteswap.h - Byte swapping
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Oskar Liljeblad <oskar@osk.mine.nu>, 2005.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_BYTESWAP_H
+#define _GL_BYTESWAP_H
+
+/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
+   X with reversed byte order.  */
+#define bswap_16(x) ((((x) & 0x00FF) << 8) | \
+                     (((x) & 0xFF00) >> 8))
+
+/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
+   X with reversed byte order.  */
+#define bswap_32(x) ((((x) & 0x000000FF) << 24) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x0000FF00) << 8) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x00FF0000) >> 8) | \
+                     (((x) & 0xFF000000) >> 24))
+
+/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
+   X with reversed byte order.  */
+#define bswap_64(x) ((((x) & 0x00000000000000FFULL) << 56) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x000000000000FF00ULL) << 40) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x0000000000FF0000ULL) << 24) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x00000000FF000000ULL) << 8) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x000000FF00000000ULL) >> 8) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x0000FF0000000000ULL) >> 24) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x00FF000000000000ULL) >> 40) | \
+                     (((x) & 0xFF00000000000000ULL) >> 56))
+
+#endif /* _GL_BYTESWAP_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/c++defs.h b/xcompile/lib/c++defs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8ad46951ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/c++defs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* Begin/end the GNULIB_NAMESPACE namespace.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
+# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE }
+#else
+# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE
+#endif
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+
+   Wrapping rpl_func in an object with an inline conversion operator
+   avoids a reference to rpl_func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
+   actually used in the program.  */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper            \
+      {                                                       \
+        typedef rettype (*type) parameters;                   \
+                                                              \
+        inline operator type () const                         \
+        {                                                     \
+          return ::rpl_func;                                  \
+        }                                                     \
+      } func = {};                                            \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is to be used when func is a Microsoft deprecated alias, on native Windows.
+   It declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to _func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, _##func, rettype, parameters)
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper                 \
+      {                                                            \
+        typedef rettype (*type) parameters;                        \
+                                                                   \
+        inline operator type () const                              \
+        {                                                          \
+          return reinterpret_cast<type>(::rpl_func);               \
+        }                                                          \
+      } func = {};                                                 \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, _##func, rettype, parameters)
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+
+   Wrapping func in an object with an inline conversion operator
+   avoids a reference to func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
+   actually used in the program.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters)            \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper            \
+      {                                                       \
+        typedef rettype (*type) parameters;                   \
+                                                              \
+        inline operator type () const                         \
+        {                                                     \
+          return ::func;                                      \
+        }                                                     \
+      } func = {};                                            \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper      \
+      {                                                 \
+        typedef rettype (*type) parameters;             \
+                                                        \
+        inline operator type () const                   \
+        {                                               \
+          return reinterpret_cast<type>(::func);        \
+        }                                               \
+      } func = {};                                      \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper                            \
+      {                                                                       \
+        typedef rettype (*type) parameters;                                   \
+                                                                              \
+        inline operator type () const                                         \
+        {                                                                     \
+          return reinterpret_cast<type>((rettype2 (*) parameters2)(::func));  \
+        }                                                                     \
+      } func = {};                                                            \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !(defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __OPTIMIZE__)
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) 
\
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !(defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __OPTIMIZE__)
+#  define 
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system 
function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# else
+#  define 
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/c-ctype.c b/xcompile/lib/c-ctype.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4343f445f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/c-ctype.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Character handling in C locale.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "c-ctype.h"
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/c-ctype.h b/xcompile/lib/c-ctype.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35ca83d7d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/c-ctype.h
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+/* Character handling in C locale.
+
+   These functions work like the corresponding functions in <ctype.h>,
+   except that they have the C (POSIX) locale hardwired, whereas the
+   <ctype.h> functions' behaviour depends on the current locale set via
+   setlocale.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef C_CTYPE_H
+#define C_CTYPE_H
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef C_CTYPE_INLINE
+# define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
+   set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
+   Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
+   character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
+   is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
+   characters.  */
+
+
+#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+    && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+    && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+    && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+    && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+    && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+    && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+    && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+    && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+    && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+    && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+    && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+    && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+    && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+    && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+    && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+    && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+    && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+    && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+    && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+    && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+    && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+    && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126)
+/* The character set is ASCII or one of its variants or extensions, not EBCDIC.
+   Testing the value of '\n' and '\r' is not relevant.  */
+# define C_CTYPE_ASCII 1
+#elif ! (' ' == '\x40' && '0' == '\xf0'                     \
+         && 'A' == '\xc1' && 'J' == '\xd1' && 'S' == '\xe2' \
+         && 'a' == '\x81' && 'j' == '\x91' && 's' == '\xa2')
+# error "Only ASCII and EBCDIC are supported"
+#endif
+
+#if 'A' < 0
+# error "EBCDIC and char is signed -- not supported"
+#endif
+
+/* Cases for control characters.  */
+
+#define _C_CTYPE_CNTRL \
+   case '\a': case '\b': case '\f': case '\n': \
+   case '\r': case '\t': case '\v': \
+   _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL
+
+/* ASCII control characters other than those with \-letter escapes.  */
+
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
+    case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
+    case '\x04': case '\x05': case '\x06': case '\x0e': \
+    case '\x0f': case '\x10': case '\x11': case '\x12': \
+    case '\x13': case '\x14': case '\x15': case '\x16': \
+    case '\x17': case '\x18': case '\x19': case '\x1a': \
+    case '\x1b': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
+    case '\x1f': case '\x7f'
+#else
+   /* Use EBCDIC code page 1047's assignments for ASCII control chars;
+      assume all EBCDIC code pages agree about these assignments.  */
+# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
+    case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
+    case '\x07': case '\x0e': case '\x0f': case '\x10': \
+    case '\x11': case '\x12': case '\x13': case '\x18': \
+    case '\x19': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
+    case '\x1f': case '\x26': case '\x27': case '\x2d': \
+    case '\x2e': case '\x32': case '\x37': case '\x3c': \
+    case '\x3d': case '\x3f'
+#endif
+
+/* Cases for lowercase hex letters, and lowercase letters, all offset by N.  */
+
+#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N) \
+   case 'a' + (N): case 'b' + (N): case 'c' + (N): case 'd' + (N): \
+   case 'e' + (N): case 'f' + (N)
+#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N(N) \
+   _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N): \
+   case 'g' + (N): case 'h' + (N): case 'i' + (N): case 'j' + (N): \
+   case 'k' + (N): case 'l' + (N): case 'm' + (N): case 'n' + (N): \
+   case 'o' + (N): case 'p' + (N): case 'q' + (N): case 'r' + (N): \
+   case 's' + (N): case 't' + (N): case 'u' + (N): case 'v' + (N): \
+   case 'w' + (N): case 'x' + (N): case 'y' + (N): case 'z' + (N)
+
+/* Cases for hex letters, digits, lower, punct, and upper.  */
+
+#define _C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F \
+   _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N (0): \
+   _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N ('A' - 'a')
+#define _C_CTYPE_DIGIT                     \
+   case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': \
+   case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': \
+   case '8': case '9'
+#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N (0)
+#define _C_CTYPE_PUNCT \
+   case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$':  \
+   case '%': case '&': case '\'': case '(': \
+   case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',':  \
+   case '-': case '.': case '/': case ':':  \
+   case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':  \
+   case '?': case '@': case '[': case '\\': \
+   case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`':  \
+   case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~'
+#define _C_CTYPE_UPPER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N ('A' - 'a')
+
+
+/* Function definitions.  */
+
+/* Unlike the functions in <ctype.h>, which require an argument in the range
+   of the 'unsigned char' type, the functions here operate on values that are
+   in the 'unsigned char' range or in the 'char' range.  In other words,
+   when you have a 'char' value, you need to cast it before using it as
+   argument to a <ctype.h> function:
+
+         const char *s = ...;
+         if (isalpha ((unsigned char) *s)) ...
+
+   but you don't need to cast it for the functions defined in this file:
+
+         const char *s = ...;
+         if (c_isalpha (*s)) ...
+ */
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isalnum (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isalpha (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+/* The function isascii is not locale dependent.
+   Its use in EBCDIC is questionable. */
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isascii (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case ' ':
+    _C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+    _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isblank (int c)
+{
+  return c == ' ' || c == '\t';
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_iscntrl (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isdigit (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isgraph (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+    _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_islower (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isprint (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case ' ':
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+    _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_ispunct (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isspace (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\v': case '\f': case '\r':
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isupper (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isxdigit (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+    _C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE int
+c_tolower (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return c - 'A' + 'a';
+    default:
+      return c;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE int
+c_toupper (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+      return c - 'a' + 'A';
+    default:
+      return c;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* C_CTYPE_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/c-strcase.h b/xcompile/lib/c-strcase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9bcca01b27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/c-strcase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Case-insensitive string comparison functions in C locale.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef C_STRCASE_H
+#define C_STRCASE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
+   set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
+   Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
+   character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
+   is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
+   characters.  More precisely, one of the string arguments must be an ASCII
+   string; the other one can also contain non-ASCII characters (but then
+   the comparison result will be nonzero).  */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
+   than S2.  */
+extern int c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Compare no more than N characters of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
+   returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
+   lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
+extern int c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* C_STRCASE_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/c-strcasecmp.c b/xcompile/lib/c-strcasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a958dc4fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/c-strcasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* c-strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "c-strcase.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+int
+c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
+      c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
+
+      if (c1 == '\0')
+        break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+    return c1 - c2;
+  else
+    /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
+       difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
+       doesn't fit in an 'int'.  */
+    return _GL_CMP (c1, c2);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/c-strncasecmp.c b/xcompile/lib/c-strncasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ca8c5f400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/c-strncasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* c-strncasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "c-strcase.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+int
+c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2 || n == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
+      c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
+
+      if (--n == 0 || c1 == '\0')
+        break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+    return c1 - c2;
+  else
+    /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
+       difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
+       doesn't fit in an 'int'.  */
+    return _GL_CMP (c1, c2);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/canonicalize-lgpl.c b/xcompile/lib/canonicalize-lgpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e701297d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/canonicalize-lgpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,469 @@
+/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit.  Otherwise gcc
+   optimizes away the name == NULL test below.  */
+# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <eloop-threshold.h>
+#include <filename.h>
+#include <idx.h>
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <scratch_buffer.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+# define GCC_LINT 1
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#else
+# define __canonicalize_file_name canonicalize_file_name
+# define __realpath realpath
+# define __strdup strdup
+# include "pathmax.h"
+# define __faccessat faccessat
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  define __getcwd _getcwd
+# elif HAVE_GETCWD
+#  if IN_RELOCWRAPPER
+    /* When building the relocatable program wrapper, use the system's getcwd
+       function, not the gnulib override, otherwise we would get a link error.
+     */
+#   undef getcwd
+#  endif
+#  if defined VMS && !defined getcwd
+    /* We want the directory in Unix syntax, not in VMS syntax.
+       The gnulib override of 'getcwd' takes 2 arguments; the original VMS
+       'getcwd' takes 3 arguments.  */
+#   define __getcwd(buf, max) getcwd (buf, max, 0)
+#  else
+#   define __getcwd getcwd
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define __getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# endif
+# define __mempcpy mempcpy
+# define __pathconf pathconf
+# define __rawmemchr rawmemchr
+# define __readlink readlink
+# if IN_RELOCWRAPPER
+    /* When building the relocatable program wrapper, use the system's memmove
+       function, not the gnulib override, otherwise we would get a link error.
+     */
+#  undef memmove
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Suppress bogus GCC -Wmaybe-uninitialized warnings.  */
+#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+# define IF_LINT(Code) Code
+#else
+# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT false
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || !FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS
+
+/* Return true if FILE's existence can be shown, false (setting errno)
+   otherwise.  Follow symbolic links.  */
+static bool
+file_accessible (char const *file)
+{
+# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_FACCESSAT
+  return __faccessat (AT_FDCWD, file, F_OK, AT_EACCESS) == 0;
+# else
+  struct stat st;
+  return stat (file, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW;
+# endif
+}
+
+/* True if concatenating END as a suffix to a file name means that the
+   code needs to check that the file name is that of a searchable
+   directory, since the canonicalize_filename_mode_stk code won't
+   check this later anyway when it checks an ordinary file name
+   component within END.  END must either be empty, or start with a
+   slash.  */
+
+static bool _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+suffix_requires_dir_check (char const *end)
+{
+  /* If END does not start with a slash, the suffix is OK.  */
+  while (ISSLASH (*end))
+    {
+      /* Two or more slashes act like a single slash.  */
+      do
+        end++;
+      while (ISSLASH (*end));
+
+      switch (*end++)
+        {
+        default: return false;  /* An ordinary file name component is OK.  */
+        case '\0': return true; /* Trailing "/" is trouble.  */
+        case '.': break;        /* Possibly "." or "..".  */
+        }
+      /* Trailing "/.", or "/.." even if not trailing, is trouble.  */
+      if (!*end || (*end == '.' && (!end[1] || ISSLASH (end[1]))))
+        return true;
+    }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Append this to a file name to test whether it is a searchable directory.
+   On POSIX platforms "/" suffices, but "/./" is sometimes needed on
+   macOS 10.13 <https://bugs.gnu.org/30350>, and should also work on
+   platforms like AIX 7.2 that need at least "/.".  */
+
+# if defined _LIBC || defined LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
+static char const dir_suffix[] = "/";
+# else
+static char const dir_suffix[] = "/./";
+# endif
+
+/* Return true if DIR is a searchable dir, false (setting errno) otherwise.
+   DIREND points to the NUL byte at the end of the DIR string.
+   Store garbage into DIREND[0 .. strlen (dir_suffix)].  */
+
+static bool
+dir_check (char *dir, char *dirend)
+{
+  strcpy (dirend, dir_suffix);
+  return file_accessible (dir);
+}
+
+static idx_t
+get_path_max (void)
+{
+# ifdef PATH_MAX
+  long int path_max = PATH_MAX;
+# else
+  /* The caller invoked realpath with a null RESOLVED, even though
+     PATH_MAX is not defined as a constant.  The glibc manual says
+     programs should not do this, and POSIX says the behavior is undefined.
+     Historically, glibc here used the result of pathconf, or 1024 if that
+     failed; stay consistent with this (dubious) historical practice.  */
+  int err = errno;
+  long int path_max = __pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX);
+  __set_errno (err);
+# endif
+  return path_max < 0 ? 1024 : path_max <= IDX_MAX ? path_max : IDX_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Scratch buffers used by realpath_stk and managed by __realpath.  */
+struct realpath_bufs
+{
+  struct scratch_buffer rname;
+  struct scratch_buffer extra;
+  struct scratch_buffer link;
+};
+
+static char *
+realpath_stk (const char *name, char *resolved, struct realpath_bufs *bufs)
+{
+  char *dest;
+  char const *start;
+  char const *end;
+  int num_links = 0;
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    {
+      /* As per Single Unix Specification V2 we must return an error if
+         either parameter is a null pointer.  We extend this to allow
+         the RESOLVED parameter to be NULL in case the we are expected to
+         allocate the room for the return value.  */
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (name[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      /* As per Single Unix Specification V2 we must return an error if
+         the name argument points to an empty string.  */
+      __set_errno (ENOENT);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  char *rname = bufs->rname.data;
+  bool end_in_extra_buffer = false;
+  bool failed = true;
+
+  /* This is always zero for Posix hosts, but can be 2 for MS-Windows
+     and MS-DOS X:/foo/bar file names.  */
+  idx_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+
+  if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (name))
+    {
+      while (!__getcwd (bufs->rname.data, bufs->rname.length))
+        {
+          if (errno != ERANGE)
+            {
+              dest = rname;
+              goto error;
+            }
+          if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&bufs->rname))
+            return NULL;
+          rname = bufs->rname.data;
+        }
+      dest = __rawmemchr (rname, '\0');
+      start = name;
+      prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (rname);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      dest = __mempcpy (rname, name, prefix_len);
+      *dest++ = '/';
+      if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
+        {
+          if (prefix_len == 0 /* implies ISSLASH (name[0]) */
+              && ISSLASH (name[1]) && !ISSLASH (name[2]))
+            *dest++ = '/';
+          *dest = '\0';
+        }
+      start = name + prefix_len;
+    }
+
+  for ( ; *start; start = end)
+    {
+      /* Skip sequence of multiple file name separators.  */
+      while (ISSLASH (*start))
+        ++start;
+
+      /* Find end of component.  */
+      for (end = start; *end && !ISSLASH (*end); ++end)
+        /* Nothing.  */;
+
+      /* Length of this file name component; it can be zero if a file
+         name ends in '/'.  */
+      idx_t startlen = end - start;
+
+      if (startlen == 0)
+        break;
+      else if (startlen == 1 && start[0] == '.')
+        /* nothing */;
+      else if (startlen == 2 && start[0] == '.' && start[1] == '.')
+        {
+          /* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root already.  */
+          if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
+            for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
+              continue;
+          if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+              && dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len
+              && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
+            dest++;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (!ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
+            *dest++ = '/';
+
+          while (rname + bufs->rname.length - dest
+                 < startlen + sizeof dir_suffix)
+            {
+              idx_t dest_offset = dest - rname;
+              if (!scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (&bufs->rname))
+                return NULL;
+              rname = bufs->rname.data;
+              dest = rname + dest_offset;
+            }
+
+          dest = __mempcpy (dest, start, startlen);
+          *dest = '\0';
+
+          char *buf;
+          ssize_t n;
+          while (true)
+            {
+              buf = bufs->link.data;
+              idx_t bufsize = bufs->link.length;
+              n = __readlink (rname, buf, bufsize - 1);
+              if (n < bufsize - 1)
+                break;
+              if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&bufs->link))
+                return NULL;
+            }
+          if (0 <= n)
+            {
+              if (++num_links > __eloop_threshold ())
+                {
+                  __set_errno (ELOOP);
+                  goto error;
+                }
+
+              buf[n] = '\0';
+
+              char *extra_buf = bufs->extra.data;
+              idx_t end_idx IF_LINT (= 0);
+              if (end_in_extra_buffer)
+                end_idx = end - extra_buf;
+              size_t len = strlen (end);
+              if (INT_ADD_OVERFLOW (len, n))
+                {
+                  __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+                  return NULL;
+                }
+              while (bufs->extra.length <= len + n)
+                {
+                  if (!scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (&bufs->extra))
+                    return NULL;
+                  extra_buf = bufs->extra.data;
+                }
+              if (end_in_extra_buffer)
+                end = extra_buf + end_idx;
+
+              /* Careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */
+              memmove (&extra_buf[n], end, len + 1);
+              name = end = memcpy (extra_buf, buf, n);
+              end_in_extra_buffer = true;
+
+              if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (buf))
+                {
+                  idx_t pfxlen = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (buf);
+
+                  dest = __mempcpy (rname, buf, pfxlen);
+                  *dest++ = '/'; /* It's an absolute symlink */
+                  if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
+                    {
+                      if (ISSLASH (buf[1]) && !ISSLASH (buf[2]) && !pfxlen)
+                        *dest++ = '/';
+                      *dest = '\0';
+                    }
+                  /* Install the new prefix to be in effect hereafter.  */
+                  prefix_len = pfxlen;
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  /* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root
+                     already: */
+                  if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
+                    for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
+                      continue;
+                  if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1
+                      && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]) && !prefix_len)
+                    dest++;
+                }
+            }
+          else if (! (suffix_requires_dir_check (end)
+                      ? dir_check (rname, dest)
+                      : errno == EINVAL))
+            goto error;
+        }
+    }
+  if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1 && ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
+    --dest;
+  if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len
+      && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
+    dest++;
+  failed = false;
+
+error:
+  *dest++ = '\0';
+  if (resolved != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Copy the full result on success or partial result if failure was due
+         to the path not existing or not being accessible.  */
+      if ((!failed || errno == ENOENT || errno == EACCES)
+          && dest - rname <= get_path_max ())
+        {
+          strcpy (resolved, rname);
+          if (failed)
+            return NULL;
+          else
+            return resolved;
+        }
+      if (!failed)
+        __set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (failed)
+        return NULL;
+      else
+        return __strdup (bufs->rname.data);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME.  A canonical name
+   does not contain any ".", ".." components nor any repeated file name
+   separators ('/') or symlinks.  All file name components must exist.  If
+   RESOLVED is null, the result is malloc'd; otherwise, if the
+   canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with 'errno'
+   set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX chars,
+   returns the name in RESOLVED.  If the name cannot be resolved and
+   RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the name of the first component
+   that cannot be resolved.  If the name can be resolved, RESOLVED
+   holds the same value as the value returned.  */
+
+char *
+__realpath (const char *name, char *resolved)
+{
+  struct realpath_bufs bufs;
+  scratch_buffer_init (&bufs.rname);
+  scratch_buffer_init (&bufs.extra);
+  scratch_buffer_init (&bufs.link);
+  char *result = realpath_stk (name, resolved, &bufs);
+  scratch_buffer_free (&bufs.link);
+  scratch_buffer_free (&bufs.extra);
+  scratch_buffer_free (&bufs.rname);
+  return result;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__realpath)
+versioned_symbol (libc, __realpath, realpath, GLIBC_2_3);
+
+#endif /* defined _LIBC || !FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS */
+
+
+#if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3)
+char *
+attribute_compat_text_section
+__old_realpath (const char *name, char *resolved)
+{
+  if (resolved == NULL)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return __realpath (name, resolved);
+}
+compat_symbol (libc, __old_realpath, realpath, GLIBC_2_0);
+#endif
+
+
+char *
+__canonicalize_file_name (const char *name)
+{
+  return __realpath (name, NULL);
+}
+weak_alias (__canonicalize_file_name, canonicalize_file_name)
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/careadlinkat.c b/xcompile/lib/careadlinkat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..359d497396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/careadlinkat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/* Read symbolic links into a buffer without size limitation, relative to fd.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "careadlinkat.h"
+
+#include "idx.h"
+#include "minmax.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Define this independently so that stdint.h is not a prerequisite.  */
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
+# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
+#endif
+
+#include "allocator.h"
+
+enum { STACK_BUF_SIZE = 1024 };
+
+/* Act like careadlinkat (see below), with an additional argument
+   STACK_BUF that can be used as temporary storage.
+
+   If GCC_LINT is defined, do not inline this function with GCC 10.1
+   and later, to avoid creating a pointer to the stack that GCC
+   -Wreturn-local-addr incorrectly complains about.  See:
+   https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=93644
+   Although the noinline attribute can hurt performance a bit, no better way
+   to pacify GCC is known; even an explicit #pragma does not pacify GCC.
+   When the GCC bug is fixed this workaround should be limited to the
+   broken GCC versions.  */
+#if _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (10, 1)
+# if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+__attribute__ ((__noinline__))
+# elif __OPTIMIZE__ && !__NO_INLINE__
+#  define GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
+# endif
+#endif
+static char *
+readlink_stk (int fd, char const *filename,
+              char *buffer, size_t buffer_size,
+              struct allocator const *alloc,
+              ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *, char *, size_t),
+              char stack_buf[STACK_BUF_SIZE])
+{
+  if (! alloc)
+    alloc = &stdlib_allocator;
+
+  if (!buffer)
+    {
+      buffer = stack_buf;
+      buffer_size = STACK_BUF_SIZE;
+    }
+
+  char *buf = buffer;
+  idx_t buf_size_max = MIN (IDX_MAX, MIN (SSIZE_MAX, SIZE_MAX));
+  idx_t buf_size = MIN (buffer_size, buf_size_max);
+
+  while (buf)
+    {
+      /* Attempt to read the link into the current buffer.  */
+      idx_t link_length = preadlinkat (fd, filename, buf, buf_size);
+      if (link_length < 0)
+        {
+          if (buf != buffer)
+            {
+              int readlinkat_errno = errno;
+              alloc->free (buf);
+              errno = readlinkat_errno;
+            }
+          return NULL;
+        }
+
+      idx_t link_size = link_length;
+
+      if (link_size < buf_size)
+        {
+          buf[link_size++] = '\0';
+
+          if (buf == stack_buf)
+            {
+              char *b = alloc->allocate (link_size);
+              buf_size = link_size;
+              if (! b)
+                break;
+              return memcpy (b, buf, link_size);
+            }
+
+          if (link_size < buf_size && buf != buffer && alloc->reallocate)
+            {
+              /* Shrink BUF before returning it.  */
+              char *b = alloc->reallocate (buf, link_size);
+              if (b)
+                return b;
+            }
+
+          return buf;
+        }
+
+      if (buf != buffer)
+        alloc->free (buf);
+
+      if (buf_size_max / 2 <= buf_size)
+        {
+          errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+
+      buf_size = 2 * buf_size + 1;
+      buf = alloc->allocate (buf_size);
+    }
+
+  if (alloc->die)
+    alloc->die (buf_size);
+  errno = ENOMEM;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* Assuming the current directory is FD, get the symbolic link value
+   of FILENAME as a null-terminated string and put it into a buffer.
+   If FD is AT_FDCWD, FILENAME is interpreted relative to the current
+   working directory, as in openat.
+
+   If the link is small enough to fit into BUFFER put it there.
+   BUFFER's size is BUFFER_SIZE, and BUFFER can be null
+   if BUFFER_SIZE is zero.
+
+   If the link is not small, put it into a dynamically allocated
+   buffer managed by ALLOC.  It is the caller's responsibility to free
+   the returned value if it is nonnull and is not BUFFER.  A null
+   ALLOC stands for the standard allocator.
+
+   The PREADLINKAT function specifies how to read links.  It operates
+   like POSIX readlinkat()
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>
+   but can assume that its first argument is the same as FD.
+
+   If successful, return the buffer address; otherwise return NULL and
+   set errno.  */
+
+char *
+careadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename,
+              char *buffer, size_t buffer_size,
+              struct allocator const *alloc,
+              ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *, char *, size_t))
+{
+  /* Allocate the initial buffer on the stack.  This way, in the
+     common case of a symlink of small size, we get away with a
+     single small malloc instead of a big malloc followed by a
+     shrinking realloc.  */
+  #ifdef GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
+   #warning "GCC might issue a bogus -Wreturn-local-addr warning here."
+   #warning "See <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=93644>."
+  #endif
+  char stack_buf[STACK_BUF_SIZE];
+  return readlink_stk (fd, filename, buffer, buffer_size, alloc,
+                       preadlinkat, stack_buf);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/careadlinkat.h b/xcompile/lib/careadlinkat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..201d0415ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/careadlinkat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Read symbolic links into a buffer without size limitation, relative to fd.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H
+#define _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+struct allocator;
+
+/* Assuming the current directory is FD, get the symbolic link value
+   of FILENAME as a null-terminated string and put it into a buffer.
+   If FD is AT_FDCWD, FILENAME is interpreted relative to the current
+   working directory, as in openat.
+
+   If the link is small enough to fit into BUFFER put it there.
+   BUFFER's size is BUFFER_SIZE, and BUFFER can be null
+   if BUFFER_SIZE is zero.
+
+   If the link is not small, put it into a dynamically allocated
+   buffer managed by ALLOC.  It is the caller's responsibility to free
+   the returned value if it is nonnull and is not BUFFER.
+
+   The PREADLINKAT function specifies how to read links.  It operates
+   like POSIX readlinkat()
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>
+   but can assume that its first argument is the same as FD.
+
+   If successful, return the buffer address; otherwise return NULL and
+   set errno.  */
+
+char *careadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename,
+                    char *restrict buffer, size_t buffer_size,
+                    struct allocator const *alloc,
+                    ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *,
+                                            char *, size_t));
+
+/* Suitable value for careadlinkat's FD argument.  */
+#if HAVE_READLINKAT
+/* AT_FDCWD is declared in <fcntl.h>.  */
+#else
+/* Define AT_FDCWD independently, so that the careadlinkat module does
+   not depend on the fcntl-h module.  We might as well use the same value
+   as fcntl-h.  */
+# ifndef AT_FDCWD
+#  define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/cdefs.h b/xcompile/lib/cdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09a3d19b23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/cdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright The GNU Toolchain Authors.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef        _SYS_CDEFS_H
+#define        _SYS_CDEFS_H    1
+
+/* We are almost always included from features.h. */
+#ifndef _FEATURES_H
+# include <features.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The GNU libc does not support any K&R compilers or the traditional mode
+   of ISO C compilers anymore.  Check for some of the combinations not
+   supported anymore.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __STDC__
+# error "You need a ISO C conforming compiler to use the glibc headers"
+#endif
+
+/* Some user header file might have defined this before.  */
+#undef __P
+#undef __PMT
+
+/* Compilers that lack __has_attribute may object to
+       #if defined __has_attribute && __has_attribute (...)
+   even though they do not need to evaluate the right-hand side of the &&.
+   Similarly for __has_builtin, etc.  */
+#if (defined __has_attribute \
+     && (!defined __clang_minor__ \
+         || (defined __apple_build_version__ \
+             ? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
+             : 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
+# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) __has_attribute (attr)
+#else
+# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) 0
+#endif
+#ifdef __has_builtin
+# define __glibc_has_builtin(name) __has_builtin (name)
+#else
+# define __glibc_has_builtin(name) 0
+#endif
+#ifdef __has_extension
+# define __glibc_has_extension(ext) __has_extension (ext)
+#else
+# define __glibc_has_extension(ext) 0
+#endif
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+
+/* All functions, except those with callbacks or those that
+   synchronize memory, are leaf functions.  */
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) && !defined _LIBC
+#  define __LEAF , __leaf__
+#  define __LEAF_ATTR __attribute__ ((__leaf__))
+# else
+#  define __LEAF
+#  define __LEAF_ATTR
+# endif
+
+/* GCC can always grok prototypes.  For C++ programs we add throw()
+   to help it optimize the function calls.  But this only works with
+   gcc 2.8.x and egcs.  For gcc 3.4 and up we even mark C functions
+   as non-throwing using a function attribute since programs can use
+   the -fexceptions options for C code as well.  */
+# if !defined __cplusplus \
+     && (__GNUC_PREREQ (3, 4) || __glibc_has_attribute (__nothrow__))
+#  define __THROW      __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF))
+#  define __THROWNL    __attribute__ ((__nothrow__))
+#  define __NTH(fct)   __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF)) fct
+#  define __NTHNL(fct)  __attribute__ ((__nothrow__)) fct
+# else
+#  if defined __cplusplus && (__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __clang_major >= 4)
+#   if __cplusplus >= 201103L
+#    define __THROW    noexcept (true)
+#   else
+#    define __THROW    throw ()
+#   endif
+#   define __THROWNL   __THROW
+#   define __NTH(fct)  __LEAF_ATTR fct __THROW
+#   define __NTHNL(fct) fct __THROW
+#  else
+#   define __THROW
+#   define __THROWNL
+#   define __NTH(fct)  fct
+#   define __NTHNL(fct) fct
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#else  /* Not GCC or clang.  */
+
+# if (defined __cplusplus                                              \
+      || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L))
+#  define __inline     inline
+# else
+#  define __inline             /* No inline functions.  */
+# endif
+
+# define __THROW
+# define __THROWNL
+# define __NTH(fct)    fct
+
+#endif /* GCC || clang.  */
+
+/* These two macros are not used in glibc anymore.  They are kept here
+   only because some other projects expect the macros to be defined.  */
+#define __P(args)      args
+#define __PMT(args)    args
+
+/* For these things, GCC behaves the ANSI way normally,
+   and the non-ANSI way under -traditional.  */
+
+#define __CONCAT(x,y)  x ## y
+#define __STRING(x)    #x
+
+/* This is not a typedef so `const __ptr_t' does the right thing.  */
+#define __ptr_t void *
+
+
+/* C++ needs to know that types and declarations are C, not C++.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
+# define __END_DECLS   }
+#else
+# define __BEGIN_DECLS
+# define __END_DECLS
+#endif
+
+
+/* Fortify support.  */
+#define __bos(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1)
+#define __bos0(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, 0)
+
+/* Use __builtin_dynamic_object_size at _FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 when available.  */
+#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL == 3 && (__glibc_clang_prereq (9, 0)                 \
+                                || __GNUC_PREREQ (12, 0))
+# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 0)
+# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 1)
+#else
+# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __bos0 (__o)
+# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __bos (__o)
+#endif
+
+/* Compile time conditions to choose between the regular, _chk and _chk_warn
+   variants.  These conditions should get evaluated to constant and optimized
+   away.  */
+
+#define __glibc_safe_len_cond(__l, __s, __osz) ((__l) <= (__osz) / (__s))
+#define __glibc_unsigned_or_positive(__l) \
+  ((__typeof (__l)) 0 < (__typeof (__l)) -1                                  \
+   || (__builtin_constant_p (__l) && (__l) > 0))
+
+/* Length is known to be safe at compile time if the __L * __S <= __OBJSZ
+   condition can be folded to a constant and if it is true, or unknown (-1) */
+#define __glibc_safe_or_unknown_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
+  ((__osz) == (__SIZE_TYPE__) -1                                             \
+   || (__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l)                                    \
+       && __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), \
+                                                      (__s), (__osz)))       \
+       && __glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), (__s), (__osz))))
+
+/* Conversely, we know at compile time that the length is unsafe if the
+   __L * __S <= __OBJSZ condition can be folded to a constant and if it is
+   false.  */
+#define __glibc_unsafe_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
+  (__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l)                                        \
+   && __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l),     \
+                                                  __s, __osz))               \
+   && !__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), __s, __osz))
+
+/* Fortify function f.  __f_alias, __f_chk and __f_chk_warn must be
+   declared.  */
+
+#define __glibc_fortify(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
+  (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz)                             \
+   ? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__)                                         \
+   : (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz)                                   \
+      ? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, __osz)                            \
+      : __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, __osz)))                       \
+
+/* Fortify function f, where object size argument passed to f is the number of
+   elements and not total size.  */
+
+#define __glibc_fortify_n(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
+  (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz)                             \
+   ? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__)                                         \
+   : (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz)                                   \
+      ? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s))                  \
+      : __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s))))                     \
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
+# define __warnattr(msg) __attribute__((__warning__ (msg)))
+# define __errordecl(name, msg) \
+  extern void name (void) __attribute__((__error__ (msg)))
+#else
+# define __warnattr(msg)
+# define __errordecl(name, msg) extern void name (void)
+#endif
+
+/* Support for flexible arrays.
+   Headers that should use flexible arrays only if they're "real"
+   (e.g. only if they won't affect sizeof()) should test
+   #if __glibc_c99_flexarr_available.  */
+#if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __HP_cc
+# define __flexarr     []
+# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
+#elif __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97) || defined __clang__
+/* GCC 2.97 and clang support C99 flexible array members as an extension,
+   even when in C89 mode or compiling C++ (any version).  */
+# define __flexarr     []
+# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
+#elif defined __GNUC__
+/* Pre-2.97 GCC did not support C99 flexible arrays but did have
+   an equivalent extension with slightly different notation.  */
+# define __flexarr     [0]
+# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
+#else
+/* Some other non-C99 compiler.  Approximate with [1].  */
+# define __flexarr     [1]
+# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* __asm__ ("xyz") is used throughout the headers to rename functions
+   at the assembly language level.  This is wrapped by the __REDIRECT
+   macro, in order to support compilers that can do this some other
+   way.  When compilers don't support asm-names at all, we have to do
+   preprocessor tricks instead (which don't have exactly the right
+   semantics, but it's the best we can do).
+
+   Example:
+   int __REDIRECT(setpgrp, (__pid_t pid, __pid_t pgrp), setpgid); */
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+
+# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
+     name proto __THROW __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
+     name proto __THROWNL __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
+# else
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
+     name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROW
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
+     name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROWNL
+# endif
+# define __ASMNAME(cname)  __ASMNAME2 (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, cname)
+# define __ASMNAME2(prefix, cname) __STRING (prefix) cname
+
+/*
+#elif __SOME_OTHER_COMPILER__
+
+# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto; \
+       _Pragma("let " #name " = " #alias)
+*/
+#endif
+
+/* GCC and clang have various useful declarations that can be made with
+   the '__attribute__' syntax.  All of the ways we use this do fine if
+   they are omitted for compilers that don't understand it.  */
+#if !(defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__)
+# define __attribute__(xyz)    /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `malloc' attribute
+   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
+   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96) || __glibc_has_attribute (__malloc__)
+# define __attribute_malloc__ __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_malloc__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler which arguments to an allocation function
+   indicate the size of the allocation.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
+# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) \
+  __attribute__ ((__alloc_size__ params))
+#else
+# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) /* Ignore.  */
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler which argument to an allocation function
+   indicates the alignment of the allocation.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) || __glibc_has_attribute (__alloc_align__)
+# define __attribute_alloc_align__(param) \
+  __attribute__ ((__alloc_align__ param))
+#else
+# define __attribute_alloc_align__(param) /* Ignore.  */
+#endif
+
+/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `pure' attribute
+   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
+   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96) || __glibc_has_attribute (__pure__)
+# define __attribute_pure__ __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_pure__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* This declaration tells the compiler that the value is constant.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,5) || __glibc_has_attribute (__const__)
+# define __attribute_const__ __attribute__ ((__const__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_const__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,7) || __glibc_has_attribute (__unused__)
+# define __attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_maybe_unused__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* At some point during the gcc 3.1 development the `used' attribute
+   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
+   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) || __glibc_has_attribute (__used__)
+# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__used__))
+# define __attribute_noinline__ __attribute__ ((__noinline__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# define __attribute_noinline__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* Since version 3.2, gcc allows marking deprecated functions.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2) || __glibc_has_attribute (__deprecated__)
+# define __attribute_deprecated__ __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_deprecated__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* Since version 4.5, gcc also allows one to specify the message printed
+   when a deprecated function is used.  clang claims to be gcc 4.2, but
+   may also support this feature.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,5) \
+    || __glibc_has_extension (__attribute_deprecated_with_message__)
+# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) \
+        __attribute__ ((__deprecated__ (msg)))
+#else
+# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) __attribute_deprecated__
+#endif
+
+/* At some point during the gcc 2.8 development the `format_arg' attribute
+   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
+   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.
+   If several `format_arg' attributes are given for the same function, in
+   gcc-3.0 and older, all but the last one are ignored.  In newer gccs,
+   all designated arguments are considered.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __glibc_has_attribute (__format_arg__)
+# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (x)))
+#else
+# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* At some point during the gcc 2.97 development the `strfmon' format
+   attribute for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it
+   unconditionally (although this would be possible) since it
+   generates warnings.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97) || __glibc_has_attribute (__format__)
+# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) \
+  __attribute__ ((__format__ (__strfmon__, a, b)))
+#else
+# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* The nonnull function attribute marks pointer parameters that
+   must not be NULL.  This has the name __nonnull in glibc,
+   and __attribute_nonnull__ in files shared with Gnulib to avoid
+   collision with a different __nonnull in DragonFlyBSD 5.9.  */
+#ifndef __attribute_nonnull__
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,3) || __glibc_has_attribute (__nonnull__)
+#  define __attribute_nonnull__(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define __attribute_nonnull__(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef __nonnull
+# define __nonnull(params) __attribute_nonnull__ (params)
+#endif
+
+/* The returns_nonnull function attribute marks the return type of the function
+   as always being non-null.  */
+#ifndef __returns_nonnull
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) || __glibc_has_attribute (__returns_nonnull__)
+# define __returns_nonnull __attribute__ ((__returns_nonnull__))
+# else
+# define __returns_nonnull
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If fortification mode, we warn about unused results of certain
+   function calls which can lead to problems.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4) || __glibc_has_attribute (__warn_unused_result__)
+# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
+   __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+# if defined __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL && __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0
+#  define __wur __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+# endif
+#else
+# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
+#endif
+#ifndef __wur
+# define __wur /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* Forces a function to be always inlined.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2) || __glibc_has_attribute (__always_inline__)
+/* The Linux kernel defines __always_inline in stddef.h (283d7573), and
+   it conflicts with this definition.  Therefore undefine it first to
+   allow either header to be included first.  */
+# undef __always_inline
+# define __always_inline __inline __attribute__ ((__always_inline__))
+#else
+# undef __always_inline
+# define __always_inline __inline
+#endif
+
+/* Associate error messages with the source location of the call site rather
+   than with the source location inside the function.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) || __glibc_has_attribute (__artificial__)
+# define __attribute_artificial__ __attribute__ ((__artificial__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_artificial__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
+   inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used.  Using __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+   or __GNUC_GNU_INLINE is not a good enough check for gcc because gcc versions
+   older than 4.3 may define these macros and still not guarantee GNU inlining
+   semantics.
+
+   clang++ identifies itself as gcc-4.2, but has support for GNU inlining
+   semantics, that can be checked for by using the __GNUC_STDC_INLINE_ and
+   __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ macro definitions.  */
+#if (!defined __cplusplus || __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) \
+     || (defined __clang__ && (defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
+                              || defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__)))
+# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ || defined __cplusplus
+#  define __extern_inline extern __inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+#  define __extern_always_inline \
+  extern __always_inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+# else
+#  define __extern_inline extern __inline
+#  define __extern_always_inline extern __always_inline
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __extern_always_inline
+# define __fortify_function __extern_always_inline __attribute_artificial__
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 4.3 and above allow passing all anonymous arguments of an
+   __extern_always_inline function to some other vararg function.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
+# define __va_arg_pack() __builtin_va_arg_pack ()
+# define __va_arg_pack_len() __builtin_va_arg_pack_len ()
+#endif
+
+/* It is possible to compile containing GCC extensions even if GCC is
+   run in pedantic mode if the uses are carefully marked using the
+   `__extension__' keyword.  But this is not generally available before
+   version 2.8.  */
+#if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || defined __clang__)
+# define __extension__         /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* __restrict is known in EGCS 1.2 and above, and in clang.
+   It works also in C++ mode (outside of arrays), but only when spelled
+   as '__restrict', not 'restrict'.  */
+#if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (2,92) || __clang_major__ >= 3)
+# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+#  define __restrict   restrict
+# else
+#  define __restrict   /* Ignore */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* ISO C99 also allows to declare arrays as non-overlapping.  The syntax is
+     array_name[restrict]
+   GCC 3.1 and clang support this.
+   This syntax is not usable in C++ mode.  */
+#if (__GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) || __clang_major__ >= 3) && !defined __cplusplus
+# define __restrict_arr        __restrict
+#else
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+#  define __restrict_arr       /* Not supported in old GCC.  */
+# else
+#  if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+#   define __restrict_arr      restrict
+#  else
+/* Some other non-C99 compiler.  */
+#   define __restrict_arr      /* Not supported.  */
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) || __glibc_has_builtin (__builtin_expect)
+# define __glibc_unlikely(cond)        __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
+# define __glibc_likely(cond)  __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
+#else
+# define __glibc_unlikely(cond)        (cond)
+# define __glibc_likely(cond)  (cond)
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined _Noreturn \
+     && (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
+     &&  !(__GNUC_PREREQ (4,7) \
+           || (3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
+#  define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# else
+#  define _Noreturn
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (8, 0)
+/* Describes a char array whose address can safely be passed as the first
+   argument to strncpy and strncat, as the char array is not necessarily
+   a NUL-terminated string.  */
+# define __attribute_nonstring__ __attribute__ ((__nonstring__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_nonstring__
+#endif
+
+/* Undefine (also defined in libc-symbols.h).  */
+#undef __attribute_copy__
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (9, 0)
+/* Copies attributes from the declaration or type referenced by
+   the argument.  */
+# define __attribute_copy__(arg) __attribute__ ((__copy__ (arg)))
+#else
+# define __attribute_copy__(arg)
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined _Static_assert && !defined __cplusplus \
+     && (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
+     && (!(__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) || __clang_major__ >= 4) \
+         || defined __STRICT_ANSI__))
+# define _Static_assert(expr, diagnostic) \
+    extern int (*__Static_assert_function (void)) \
+      [!!sizeof (struct { int __error_if_negative: (expr) ? 2 : -1; })]
+#endif
+
+/* Gnulib avoids including these, as they don't work on non-glibc or
+   older glibc platforms.  */
+#ifndef __GNULIB_CDEFS
+# include <bits/wordsize.h>
+# include <bits/long-double.h>
+#endif
+
+#if __LDOUBLE_REDIRECTS_TO_FLOAT128_ABI == 1
+# ifdef __REDIRECT
+
+/* Alias name defined automatically.  */
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) ... unused__ldbl_redir
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
+  extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__" #name "ieee128"));
+
+/* Alias name defined automatically, with leading underscores.  */
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name) \
+  extern __typeof (__##name) __##name \
+    __asm (__ASMNAME ("__" #name "ieee128"));
+
+/* Alias name defined manually.  */
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) ... unused__ldbl_redir1
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
+  extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
+
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
+  __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
+  __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __##alias##ieee128)
+
+/* Unused.  */
+#  define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) ... unused__redirect_ldbl
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) ... unused__ldbl_redir_nth
+
+# else
+_Static_assert (0, "IEEE 128-bits long double requires redirection on this 
platform");
+# endif
+#elif defined __LONG_DOUBLE_MATH_OPTIONAL && defined __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
+# define __LDBL_COMPAT 1
+# ifdef __REDIRECT
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) \
+  __LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, 
alias)
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) \
+  __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name) \
+  extern __typeof (__##name) __##name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl___" #name));
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
+  extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
+  extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl_" #name));
+#  define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
+  __LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
+  __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
+# endif
+#endif
+#if (!defined __LDBL_COMPAT && __LDOUBLE_REDIRECTS_TO_FLOAT128_ABI == 0) \
+    || !defined __REDIRECT
+# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) name proto
+# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) name proto
+# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) name proto __THROW
+# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) name proto __THROW
+# define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name)
+# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name)
+# ifdef __REDIRECT
+#  define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
+  __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* __glibc_macro_warning (MESSAGE) issues warning MESSAGE.  This is
+   intended for use in preprocessor macros.
+
+   Note: MESSAGE must be a _single_ string; concatenation of string
+   literals is not supported.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,8) || __glibc_clang_prereq (3,5)
+# define __glibc_macro_warning1(message) _Pragma (#message)
+# define __glibc_macro_warning(message) \
+  __glibc_macro_warning1 (GCC warning message)
+#else
+# define __glibc_macro_warning(msg)
+#endif
+
+/* Generic selection (ISO C11) is a C-only feature, available in GCC
+   since version 4.9.  Previous versions do not provide generic
+   selection, even though they might set __STDC_VERSION__ to 201112L,
+   when in -std=c11 mode.  Thus, we must check for !defined __GNUC__
+   when testing __STDC_VERSION__ for generic selection support.
+   On the other hand, Clang also defines __GNUC__, so a clang-specific
+   check is required to enable the use of generic selection.  */
+#if !defined __cplusplus \
+    && (__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) \
+       || __glibc_has_extension (c_generic_selections) \
+       || (!defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC_VERSION__ \
+           && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L))
+# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 1
+#else
+# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 0
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (10, 0)
+/* Designates a 1-based positional argument ref-index of pointer type
+   that can be used to access size-index elements of the pointed-to
+   array according to access mode, or at least one element when
+   size-index is not provided:
+     access (access-mode, <ref-index> [, <size-index>])  */
+#  define __attr_access(x) __attribute__ ((__access__ x))
+/* For _FORTIFY_SOURCE == 3 we use __builtin_dynamic_object_size, which may
+   use the access attribute to get object sizes from function definition
+   arguments, so we can't use them on functions we fortify.  Drop the object
+   size hints for such functions.  */
+#  if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL == 3
+#    define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s) __attribute__ ((__access__ (a, 
o)))
+#  else
+#    define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s) __attr_access ((a, o, s))
+#  endif
+#  if __GNUC_PREREQ (11, 0)
+#    define __attr_access_none(argno) __attribute__ ((__access__ (__none__, 
argno)))
+#  else
+#    define __attr_access_none(argno)
+#  endif
+#else
+#  define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s)
+#  define __attr_access(x)
+#  define __attr_access_none(argno)
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (11, 0)
+/* Designates dealloc as a function to call to deallocate objects
+   allocated by the declared function.  */
+# define __attr_dealloc(dealloc, argno) \
+    __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (dealloc, argno)))
+# define __attr_dealloc_free __attr_dealloc (__builtin_free, 1)
+#else
+# define __attr_dealloc(dealloc, argno)
+# define __attr_dealloc_free
+#endif
+
+/* Specify that a function such as setjmp or vfork may return
+   twice.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 1)
+# define __attribute_returns_twice__ __attribute__ ((__returns_twice__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_returns_twice__ /* Ignore.  */
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* sys/cdefs.h */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/cloexec.c b/xcompile/lib/cloexec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4cecbd2e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/cloexec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 2004-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* The code is taken from glibc/manual/llio.texi  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "cloexec.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
+   or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
+   Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
+
+   Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
+   inherited into spawned children.  Instead, either use dup_cloexec
+   followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
+   open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
+   non-inheritable in the first place.  */
+
+int
+set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value)
+{
+#ifdef F_SETFD
+
+  int flags = fcntl (desc, F_GETFD, 0);
+
+  if (0 <= flags)
+    {
+      int newflags = (value ? flags | FD_CLOEXEC : flags & ~FD_CLOEXEC);
+
+      if (flags == newflags
+          || fcntl (desc, F_SETFD, newflags) != -1)
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+
+#else /* !F_SETFD */
+
+  /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors; the cloexec flag
+     will be unaffected.  */
+  if (desc < 0)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (dup2 (desc, desc) < 0)
+    /* errno is EBADF here.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  /* There is nothing we can do on this kind of platform.  Punt.  */
+  return 0;
+#endif /* !F_SETFD */
+}
+
+
+/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
+   prior to exec or spawn.  Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
+   be duplicated.  */
+
+int
+dup_cloexec (int fd)
+{
+  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/cloexec.h b/xcompile/lib/cloexec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..057fd668c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/cloexec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
+   or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
+   Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
+
+   Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
+   inherited into spawned children.  Instead, either use dup_cloexec
+   followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
+   open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
+   non-inheritable in the first place.  */
+
+int set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value);
+
+/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
+   prior to exec or spawn.  Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
+   be duplicated.  */
+
+int dup_cloexec (int fd);
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/close-stream.c b/xcompile/lib/close-stream.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ab686bac2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/close-stream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Close a stream, with nicer error checking than fclose's.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "close-stream.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "fpending.h"
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Close STREAM.  Return 0 if successful, EOF (setting errno)
+   otherwise.  A failure might set errno to 0 if the error number
+   cannot be determined.
+
+   A failure with errno set to EPIPE may or may not indicate an error
+   situation worth signaling to the user.  See the documentation of the
+   close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE function for details.
+
+   If a program writes *anything* to STREAM, that program should close
+   STREAM and make sure that it succeeds before exiting.  Otherwise,
+   suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
+   of every function that does an explicit write to STREAM.  The last
+   printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
+   the fclose(STREAM) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
+   when it tries to write out that buffered data.  Thus, you would be
+   left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
+   exit successfully.  Even calling fflush is not always sufficient,
+   since some file systems (NFS and CODA) buffer written/flushed data
+   until an actual close call.
+
+   Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
+   that writes to STREAM -- just let the internal stream state record
+   the failure.  That's what the ferror test is checking below.  */
+
+int
+close_stream (FILE *stream)
+{
+  const bool some_pending = (__fpending (stream) != 0);
+  const bool prev_fail = (ferror (stream) != 0);
+  const bool fclose_fail = (fclose (stream) != 0);
+
+  /* Return an error indication if there was a previous failure or if
+     fclose failed, with one exception: ignore an fclose failure if
+     there was no previous error, no data remains to be flushed, and
+     fclose failed with EBADF.  That can happen when a program like cp
+     is invoked like this 'cp a b >&-' (i.e., with standard output
+     closed) and doesn't generate any output (hence no previous error
+     and nothing to be flushed).  */
+
+  if (prev_fail || (fclose_fail && (some_pending || errno != EBADF)))
+    {
+      if (! fclose_fail)
+        errno = 0;
+      return EOF;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/close-stream.h b/xcompile/lib/close-stream.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b52cc66c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/close-stream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Close a stream, with nicer error checking than fclose's.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int close_stream (FILE *stream);
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/copy-file-range.c b/xcompile/lib/copy-file-range.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..747a5a8ad1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/copy-file-range.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Stub for copy_file_range
+   Copyright 2019-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined __linux__ && HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+
+ssize_t
+copy_file_range (int infd, off_t *pinoff,
+                 int outfd, off_t *poutoff,
+                 size_t length, unsigned int flags)
+{
+#undef copy_file_range
+
+#if defined __linux__ && HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE
+  /* The implementation of copy_file_range (which first appeared in
+     Linux kernel release 4.5) had many issues before release 5.3
+     <https://lwn.net/Articles/789527/>, so fail with ENOSYS for Linux
+     kernels 5.2 and earlier.
+
+     This workaround, and the configure-time check for Linux, can be
+     removed when such kernels (released March 2016 through September
+     2019) are no longer a consideration.  As of January 2021, the
+     furthest-future planned kernel EOL is December 2024 for kernel
+     release 4.19.  */
+
+    static signed char ok;
+
+    if (! ok)
+      {
+        struct utsname name;
+        uname (&name);
+        char *p = name.release;
+        ok = ((p[1] != '.' || '5' < p[0]
+               || (p[0] == '5' && (p[3] != '.' || '2' < p[2])))
+              ? 1 : -1);
+      }
+
+    if (0 < ok)
+      return copy_file_range (infd, pinoff, outfd, poutoff, length, flags);
+#endif
+
+  /* There is little need to emulate copy_file_range with read+write,
+     since programs that use copy_file_range must fall back on
+     read+write anyway.  */
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/count-leading-zeros.c 
b/xcompile/lib/count-leading-zeros.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..949f156eab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/count-leading-zeros.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Count the number of leading 0 bits in a word.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "count-leading-zeros.h"
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/count-leading-zeros.h 
b/xcompile/lib/count-leading-zeros.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..99151d695b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/count-leading-zeros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* count-leading-zeros.h -- counts the number of leading 0 bits in a word.
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+#ifndef COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H
+#define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H 1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE
+# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Assuming the GCC builtin is BUILTIN and the MSC builtin is MSC_BUILTIN,
+   expand to code that computes the number of leading zeros of the local
+   variable 'x' of type TYPE (an unsigned integer type) and return it
+   from the current function.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
+    || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE)                \
+  return x ? BUILTIN (x) : CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;
+#elif _MSC_VER
+# pragma intrinsic (_BitScanReverse)
+# if defined _M_X64
+#  pragma intrinsic (_BitScanReverse64)
+# endif
+# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE)                \
+    do                                                                  \
+      {                                                                 \
+        unsigned long result;                                           \
+        if (MSC_BUILTIN (&result, x))                                   \
+          return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 1 - result;                      \
+        return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;                                     \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (0)
+#else
+# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE)                \
+    do                                                                  \
+      {                                                                 \
+        int count;                                                      \
+        unsigned int leading_32;                                        \
+        if (! x)                                                        \
+          return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;                                   \
+        for (count = 0;                                                 \
+             (leading_32 = ((x >> (sizeof (TYPE) * CHAR_BIT - 32))      \
+                            & 0xffffffffU),                             \
+              count < CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 32 && !leading_32);         \
+             count += 32)                                               \
+          x = x << 31 << 1;                                             \
+        return count + count_leading_zeros_32 (leading_32);             \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (0)
+
+/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X,
+   where 0 < X < 2**32.  */
+COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_leading_zeros_32 (unsigned int x)
+{
+  /* <https://github.com/gibsjose/BitHacks>
+     <https://www.fit.vutbr.cz/~ibarina/pub/bithacks.pdf> */
+  static const char de_Bruijn_lookup[32] = {
+    31, 22, 30, 21, 18, 10, 29, 2, 20, 17, 15, 13, 9, 6, 28, 1,
+    23, 19, 11, 3, 16, 14, 7, 24, 12, 4, 8, 25, 5, 26, 27, 0
+  };
+
+  x |= x >> 1;
+  x |= x >> 2;
+  x |= x >> 4;
+  x |= x >> 8;
+  x |= x >> 16;
+  return de_Bruijn_lookup[((x * 0x07c4acddU) & 0xffffffffU) >> 27];
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
+COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_leading_zeros (unsigned int x)
+{
+  COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clz, _BitScanReverse, unsigned int);
+}
+
+/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
+COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_leading_zeros_l (unsigned long int x)
+{
+  COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clzl, _BitScanReverse, unsigned long int);
+}
+
+/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
+COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_leading_zeros_ll (unsigned long long int x)
+{
+#if (defined _MSC_VER && !defined __clang__) && !defined _M_X64
+  /* 32-bit MSVC does not have _BitScanReverse64, only _BitScanReverse.  */
+  unsigned long result;
+  if (_BitScanReverse (&result, (unsigned long) (x >> 32)))
+    return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 1 - 32 - result;
+  if (_BitScanReverse (&result, (unsigned long) x))
+    return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 1 - result;
+  return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;
+#else
+  COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clzll, _BitScanReverse64,
+                       unsigned long long int);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/count-one-bits.c b/xcompile/lib/count-one-bits.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a348f2e5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/count-one-bits.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* Count the number of 1-bits in a word.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "count-one-bits.h"
+
+#if 1500 <= _MSC_VER && (defined _M_IX86 || defined _M_X64)
+int popcount_support = -1;
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/count-one-bits.h b/xcompile/lib/count-one-bits.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01a60b77b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/count-one-bits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* count-one-bits.h -- counts the number of 1-bits in a word.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Ben Pfaff.  */
+
+#ifndef COUNT_ONE_BITS_H
+#define COUNT_ONE_BITS_H 1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE
+# define COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Assuming the GCC builtin is GCC_BUILTIN and the MSC builtin is MSC_BUILTIN,
+   expand to code that computes the number of 1-bits of the local
+   variable 'x' of type TYPE (an unsigned integer type) and return it
+   from the current function.  */
+#if (__GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) \
+    || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+# define COUNT_ONE_BITS(GCC_BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
+    return GCC_BUILTIN (x)
+#else
+
+/* Compute and return the number of 1-bits set in the least
+   significant 32 bits of X. */
+COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE int
+count_one_bits_32 (unsigned int x)
+{
+  x = ((x & 0xaaaaaaaaU) >> 1) + (x & 0x55555555U);
+  x = ((x & 0xccccccccU) >> 2) + (x & 0x33333333U);
+  x = (x >> 16) + (x & 0xffff);
+  x = ((x & 0xf0f0) >> 4) + (x & 0x0f0f);
+  return (x >> 8) + (x & 0x00ff);
+}
+
+/* Expand to code that computes the number of 1-bits of the local
+   variable 'x' of type TYPE (an unsigned integer type) and return it
+   from the current function.  */
+# define COUNT_ONE_BITS_GENERIC(TYPE)                                   \
+    do                                                                  \
+      {                                                                 \
+        int count = 0;                                                  \
+        int bits;                                                       \
+        for (bits = 0; bits < sizeof (TYPE) * CHAR_BIT; bits += 32)     \
+          {                                                             \
+            count += count_one_bits_32 (x);                             \
+            x = x >> 31 >> 1;                                           \
+          }                                                             \
+        return count;                                                   \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (0)
+
+# if 1500 <= _MSC_VER && (defined _M_IX86 || defined _M_X64)
+
+/* While gcc falls back to its own generic code if the machine
+   on which it's running doesn't support popcount, with Microsoft's
+   compiler we need to detect and fallback ourselves.  */
+
+#  if 0
+#   include <intrin.h>
+#  else
+    /* Don't pollute the namespace with too many MSVC intrinsics.  */
+#   pragma intrinsic (__cpuid)
+#   pragma intrinsic (__popcnt)
+#   if defined _M_X64
+#    pragma intrinsic (__popcnt64)
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+#  if !defined _M_X64
+static inline __popcnt64 (unsigned long long x)
+{
+  return __popcnt ((unsigned int) (x >> 32)) + __popcnt ((unsigned int) x);
+}
+#  endif
+
+/* Return nonzero if popcount is supported.  */
+
+/* 1 if supported, 0 if not supported, -1 if unknown.  */
+extern int popcount_support;
+
+COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE int
+popcount_supported (void)
+{
+  if (popcount_support < 0)
+    {
+      /* Do as described in
+         
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/intrinsics/popcnt16-popcnt-popcnt64> */
+      int cpu_info[4];
+      __cpuid (cpu_info, 1);
+      popcount_support = (cpu_info[2] >> 23) & 1;
+    }
+  return popcount_support;
+}
+
+#  define COUNT_ONE_BITS(GCC_BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
+     do                                                  \
+       {                                                 \
+         if (popcount_supported ())                      \
+           return MSC_BUILTIN (x);                       \
+         else                                            \
+           COUNT_ONE_BITS_GENERIC (TYPE);                \
+       }                                                 \
+     while (0)
+
+# else
+
+#  define COUNT_ONE_BITS(GCC_BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
+     COUNT_ONE_BITS_GENERIC (TYPE)
+
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Compute and return the number of 1-bits set in X. */
+COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE int
+count_one_bits (unsigned int x)
+{
+  COUNT_ONE_BITS (__builtin_popcount, __popcnt, unsigned int);
+}
+
+/* Compute and return the number of 1-bits set in X. */
+COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE int
+count_one_bits_l (unsigned long int x)
+{
+  COUNT_ONE_BITS (__builtin_popcountl, __popcnt, unsigned long int);
+}
+
+/* Compute and return the number of 1-bits set in X. */
+COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE int
+count_one_bits_ll (unsigned long long int x)
+{
+  COUNT_ONE_BITS (__builtin_popcountll, __popcnt64, unsigned long long int);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* COUNT_ONE_BITS_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/count-trailing-zeros.c 
b/xcompile/lib/count-trailing-zeros.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6fddab423
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/count-trailing-zeros.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Count the number of trailing 0 bits in a word.
+
+   Copyright 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "count-trailing-zeros.h"
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/count-trailing-zeros.h 
b/xcompile/lib/count-trailing-zeros.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef8e164126
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/count-trailing-zeros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* count-trailing-zeros.h -- counts the number of trailing 0 bits in a word.
+   Copyright 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_H
+#define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_H 1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE
+# define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Assuming the GCC builtin is BUILTIN and the MSC builtin is MSC_BUILTIN,
+   expand to code that computes the number of trailing zeros of the local
+   variable 'x' of type TYPE (an unsigned integer type) and return it
+   from the current function.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
+    || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+# define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE)               \
+  return x ? BUILTIN (x) : CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;
+#elif _MSC_VER
+# pragma intrinsic (_BitScanForward)
+# if defined _M_X64
+#  pragma intrinsic (_BitScanForward64)
+# endif
+# define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE)               \
+    do                                                                  \
+      {                                                                 \
+        unsigned long result;                                           \
+        return MSC_BUILTIN (&result, x) ? result : CHAR_BIT * sizeof x; \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (0)
+#else
+# define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE)               \
+    do                                                                  \
+      {                                                                 \
+        int count = 0;                                                  \
+        if (! x)                                                        \
+          return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;                                   \
+        for (count = 0;                                                 \
+             (count < CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 32                          \
+              && ! (x & 0xffffffffU));                                  \
+             count += 32)                                               \
+          x = x >> 31 >> 1;                                             \
+        return count + count_trailing_zeros_32 (x);                     \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (0)
+
+/* Compute and return the number of trailing zeros in the least
+   significant 32 bits of X.  One of these bits must be nonzero.  */
+COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_trailing_zeros_32 (unsigned int x)
+{
+  /* <https://github.com/gibsjose/BitHacks>
+     <https://www.fit.vutbr.cz/~ibarina/pub/bithacks.pdf> */
+  static const char de_Bruijn_lookup[32] = {
+    0, 1, 28, 2, 29, 14, 24, 3, 30, 22, 20, 15, 25, 17, 4, 8,
+    31, 27, 13, 23, 21, 19, 16, 7, 26, 12, 18, 6, 11, 5, 10, 9
+  };
+  return de_Bruijn_lookup[(((x & -x) * 0x077cb531U) & 0xffffffffU) >> 27];
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Compute and return the number of trailing zeros in X. */
+COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_trailing_zeros (unsigned int x)
+{
+  COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS (__builtin_ctz, _BitScanForward, unsigned int);
+}
+
+/* Compute and return the number of trailing zeros in X. */
+COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_trailing_zeros_l (unsigned long int x)
+{
+  COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS (__builtin_ctzl, _BitScanForward, unsigned long int);
+}
+
+/* Compute and return the number of trailing zeros in X. */
+COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_trailing_zeros_ll (unsigned long long int x)
+{
+#if (defined _MSC_VER && !defined __clang__) && !defined _M_X64
+  /* 32-bit MSVC does not have _BitScanForward64, only _BitScanForward.  */
+  unsigned long result;
+  if (_BitScanForward (&result, (unsigned long) x))
+    return result;
+  if (_BitScanForward (&result, (unsigned long) (x >> 32)))
+    return result + 32;
+  return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;
+#else
+  COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS (__builtin_ctzll, _BitScanForward64,
+                        unsigned long long int);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/diffseq.h b/xcompile/lib/diffseq.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dfaf4f295e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/diffseq.h
@@ -0,0 +1,568 @@
+/* Analyze differences between two vectors.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1989, 1992-1995, 2001-2004, 2006-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+/* The basic idea is to consider two vectors as similar if, when
+   transforming the first vector into the second vector through a
+   sequence of edits (inserts and deletes of one element each),
+   this sequence is short - or equivalently, if the ordered list
+   of elements that are untouched by these edits is long.  For a
+   good introduction to the subject, read about the "Levenshtein
+   distance" in Wikipedia.
+
+   The basic algorithm is described in:
+   "An O(ND) Difference Algorithm and its Variations", Eugene W. Myers,
+   Algorithmica Vol. 1, 1986, pp. 251-266,
+   <https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01840446>.
+   See especially section 4.2, which describes the variation used below.
+
+   The basic algorithm was independently discovered as described in:
+   "Algorithms for Approximate String Matching", Esko Ukkonen,
+   Information and Control Vol. 64, 1985, pp. 100-118,
+   <https://doi.org/10.1016/S0019-9958(85)80046-2>.
+
+   Unless the 'find_minimal' flag is set, this code uses the TOO_EXPENSIVE
+   heuristic, by Paul Eggert, to limit the cost to O(N**1.5 log N)
+   at the price of producing suboptimal output for large inputs with
+   many differences.  */
+
+/* Before including this file, you need to define:
+     ELEMENT                 The element type of the vectors being compared.
+     EQUAL                   A two-argument macro that tests two elements for
+                             equality.
+     OFFSET                  A signed integer type sufficient to hold the
+                             difference between two indices.  Usually
+                             something like ptrdiff_t.
+     EXTRA_CONTEXT_FIELDS    Declarations of fields for 'struct context'.
+     NOTE_DELETE(ctxt, xoff) Record the removal of the object xvec[xoff].
+     NOTE_INSERT(ctxt, yoff) Record the insertion of the object yvec[yoff].
+     NOTE_ORDERED            (Optional) A boolean expression saying that
+                             NOTE_DELETE and NOTE_INSERT calls must be
+                             issued in offset order.
+     EARLY_ABORT(ctxt)       (Optional) A boolean expression that triggers an
+                             early abort of the computation.
+     USE_HEURISTIC           (Optional) Define if you want to support the
+                             heuristic for large vectors.
+
+   It is also possible to use this file with abstract arrays.  In this case,
+   xvec and yvec are not represented in memory.  They only exist conceptually.
+   In this case, the list of defines above is amended as follows:
+     ELEMENT                 Undefined.
+     EQUAL                   Undefined.
+     XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL(ctxt, xoff, yoff)
+                             A three-argument macro: References xvec[xoff] and
+                             yvec[yoff] and tests these elements for equality.
+
+   Before including this file, you also need to include:
+     #include <limits.h>
+     #include "minmax.h"
+ */
+
+/* Maximum value of type OFFSET.  */
+#define OFFSET_MAX \
+  ((((OFFSET)1 << (sizeof (OFFSET) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
+
+/* Default to no early abort.  */
+#ifndef EARLY_ABORT
+# define EARLY_ABORT(ctxt) false
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NOTE_ORDERED
+# define NOTE_ORDERED false
+#endif
+
+/* Use this to suppress gcc's "...may be used before initialized" warnings.
+   Beware: The Code argument must not contain commas.  */
+#ifndef IF_LINT
+# if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+#  define IF_LINT(Code) Code
+# else
+#  define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Context of comparison operation.
+ */
+struct context
+{
+  #ifdef ELEMENT
+  /* Vectors being compared.  */
+  ELEMENT const *xvec;
+  ELEMENT const *yvec;
+  #endif
+
+  /* Extra fields.  */
+  EXTRA_CONTEXT_FIELDS
+
+  /* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing 1 + the X coordinate of the point
+     furthest along the given diagonal in the forward search of the edit
+     matrix.  */
+  OFFSET *fdiag;
+
+  /* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing the X coordinate of the point
+     furthest along the given diagonal in the backward search of the edit
+     matrix.  */
+  OFFSET *bdiag;
+
+  #ifdef USE_HEURISTIC
+  /* This corresponds to the diff --speed-large-files flag.  With this
+     heuristic, for vectors with a constant small density of changes,
+     the algorithm is linear in the vector size.  */
+  bool heuristic;
+  #endif
+
+  /* Edit scripts longer than this are too expensive to compute.  */
+  OFFSET too_expensive;
+
+  /* Snakes bigger than this are considered "big".  */
+  #define SNAKE_LIMIT 20
+};
+
+struct partition
+{
+  /* Midpoints of this partition.  */
+  OFFSET xmid;
+  OFFSET ymid;
+
+  /* True if low half will be analyzed minimally.  */
+  bool lo_minimal;
+
+  /* Likewise for high half.  */
+  bool hi_minimal;
+};
+
+
+/* Find the midpoint of the shortest edit script for a specified portion
+   of the two vectors.
+
+   Scan from the beginnings of the vectors, and simultaneously from the ends,
+   doing a breadth-first search through the space of edit-sequence.
+   When the two searches meet, we have found the midpoint of the shortest
+   edit sequence.
+
+   If FIND_MINIMAL is true, find the minimal edit script regardless of
+   expense.  Otherwise, if the search is too expensive, use heuristics to
+   stop the search and report a suboptimal answer.
+
+   Set PART->(xmid,ymid) to the midpoint (XMID,YMID).  The diagonal number
+   XMID - YMID equals the number of inserted elements minus the number
+   of deleted elements (counting only elements before the midpoint).
+
+   Set PART->lo_minimal to true iff the minimal edit script for the
+   left half of the partition is known; similarly for PART->hi_minimal.
+
+   This function assumes that the first elements of the specified portions
+   of the two vectors do not match, and likewise that the last elements do not
+   match.  The caller must trim matching elements from the beginning and end
+   of the portions it is going to specify.
+
+   If we return the "wrong" partitions, the worst this can do is cause
+   suboptimal diff output.  It cannot cause incorrect diff output.  */
+
+static void
+diag (OFFSET xoff, OFFSET xlim, OFFSET yoff, OFFSET ylim, bool find_minimal,
+      struct partition *part, struct context *ctxt)
+{
+  OFFSET *const fd = ctxt->fdiag;       /* Give the compiler a chance. */
+  OFFSET *const bd = ctxt->bdiag;       /* Additional help for the compiler. */
+#ifdef ELEMENT
+  ELEMENT const *const xv = ctxt->xvec; /* Still more help for the compiler. */
+  ELEMENT const *const yv = ctxt->yvec; /* And more and more . . . */
+  #define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y)  EQUAL (xv[x], yv[y])
+#else
+  #define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y)  XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL (ctxt, x, y)
+#endif
+  const OFFSET dmin = xoff - ylim;      /* Minimum valid diagonal. */
+  const OFFSET dmax = xlim - yoff;      /* Maximum valid diagonal. */
+  const OFFSET fmid = xoff - yoff;      /* Center diagonal of top-down search. 
*/
+  const OFFSET bmid = xlim - ylim;      /* Center diagonal of bottom-up 
search. */
+  OFFSET fmin = fmid;
+  OFFSET fmax = fmid;           /* Limits of top-down search. */
+  OFFSET bmin = bmid;
+  OFFSET bmax = bmid;           /* Limits of bottom-up search. */
+  OFFSET c;                     /* Cost. */
+  bool odd = (fmid - bmid) & 1; /* True if southeast corner is on an odd
+                                   diagonal with respect to the northwest. */
+
+  fd[fmid] = xoff;
+  bd[bmid] = xlim;
+
+  for (c = 1;; ++c)
+    {
+      OFFSET d;                 /* Active diagonal. */
+      bool big_snake = false;
+
+      /* Extend the top-down search by an edit step in each diagonal. */
+      if (fmin > dmin)
+        fd[--fmin - 1] = -1;
+      else
+        ++fmin;
+      if (fmax < dmax)
+        fd[++fmax + 1] = -1;
+      else
+        --fmax;
+      for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
+        {
+          OFFSET x;
+          OFFSET y;
+          OFFSET tlo = fd[d - 1];
+          OFFSET thi = fd[d + 1];
+          OFFSET x0 = tlo < thi ? thi : tlo + 1;
+
+          for (x = x0, y = x0 - d;
+               x < xlim && y < ylim && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x, y);
+               x++, y++)
+            continue;
+          if (x - x0 > SNAKE_LIMIT)
+            big_snake = true;
+          fd[d] = x;
+          if (odd && bmin <= d && d <= bmax && bd[d] <= x)
+            {
+              part->xmid = x;
+              part->ymid = y;
+              part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = true;
+              return;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Similarly extend the bottom-up search.  */
+      if (bmin > dmin)
+        bd[--bmin - 1] = OFFSET_MAX;
+      else
+        ++bmin;
+      if (bmax < dmax)
+        bd[++bmax + 1] = OFFSET_MAX;
+      else
+        --bmax;
+      for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
+        {
+          OFFSET x;
+          OFFSET y;
+          OFFSET tlo = bd[d - 1];
+          OFFSET thi = bd[d + 1];
+          OFFSET x0 = tlo < thi ? tlo : thi - 1;
+
+          for (x = x0, y = x0 - d;
+               xoff < x && yoff < y && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x - 1, y - 1);
+               x--, y--)
+            continue;
+          if (x0 - x > SNAKE_LIMIT)
+            big_snake = true;
+          bd[d] = x;
+          if (!odd && fmin <= d && d <= fmax && x <= fd[d])
+            {
+              part->xmid = x;
+              part->ymid = y;
+              part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = true;
+              return;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (find_minimal)
+        continue;
+
+#ifdef USE_HEURISTIC
+      bool heuristic = ctxt->heuristic;
+#else
+      bool heuristic = false;
+#endif
+
+      /* Heuristic: check occasionally for a diagonal that has made lots
+         of progress compared with the edit distance.  If we have any
+         such, find the one that has made the most progress and return it
+         as if it had succeeded.
+
+         With this heuristic, for vectors with a constant small density
+         of changes, the algorithm is linear in the vector size.  */
+
+      if (200 < c && big_snake && heuristic)
+        {
+          {
+            OFFSET best = 0;
+
+            for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
+              {
+                OFFSET dd = d - fmid;
+                OFFSET x = fd[d];
+                OFFSET y = x - d;
+                OFFSET v = (x - xoff) * 2 - dd;
+
+                if (v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd)))
+                  {
+                    if (v > best
+                        && xoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= x && x < xlim
+                        && yoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= y && y < ylim)
+                      {
+                        /* We have a good enough best diagonal; now insist
+                           that it end with a significant snake.  */
+                        int k;
+
+                        for (k = 1; XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x - k, y - k); k++)
+                          if (k == SNAKE_LIMIT)
+                            {
+                              best = v;
+                              part->xmid = x;
+                              part->ymid = y;
+                              break;
+                            }
+                      }
+                  }
+              }
+            if (best > 0)
+              {
+                part->lo_minimal = true;
+                part->hi_minimal = false;
+                return;
+              }
+          }
+
+          {
+            OFFSET best = 0;
+
+            for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
+              {
+                OFFSET dd = d - bmid;
+                OFFSET x = bd[d];
+                OFFSET y = x - d;
+                OFFSET v = (xlim - x) * 2 + dd;
+
+                if (v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd)))
+                  {
+                    if (v > best
+                        && xoff < x && x <= xlim - SNAKE_LIMIT
+                        && yoff < y && y <= ylim - SNAKE_LIMIT)
+                      {
+                        /* We have a good enough best diagonal; now insist
+                           that it end with a significant snake.  */
+                        int k;
+
+                        for (k = 0; XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x + k, y + k); k++)
+                          if (k == SNAKE_LIMIT - 1)
+                            {
+                              best = v;
+                              part->xmid = x;
+                              part->ymid = y;
+                              break;
+                            }
+                      }
+                  }
+              }
+            if (best > 0)
+              {
+                part->lo_minimal = false;
+                part->hi_minimal = true;
+                return;
+              }
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* Heuristic: if we've gone well beyond the call of duty, give up
+         and report halfway between our best results so far.  */
+      if (c >= ctxt->too_expensive)
+        {
+          OFFSET fxybest;
+          OFFSET fxbest IF_LINT (= 0);
+          OFFSET bxybest;
+          OFFSET bxbest IF_LINT (= 0);
+
+          /* Find forward diagonal that maximizes X + Y.  */
+          fxybest = -1;
+          for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
+            {
+              OFFSET x = MIN (fd[d], xlim);
+              OFFSET y = x - d;
+              if (ylim < y)
+                {
+                  x = ylim + d;
+                  y = ylim;
+                }
+              if (fxybest < x + y)
+                {
+                  fxybest = x + y;
+                  fxbest = x;
+                }
+            }
+
+          /* Find backward diagonal that minimizes X + Y.  */
+          bxybest = OFFSET_MAX;
+          for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
+            {
+              OFFSET x = MAX (xoff, bd[d]);
+              OFFSET y = x - d;
+              if (y < yoff)
+                {
+                  x = yoff + d;
+                  y = yoff;
+                }
+              if (x + y < bxybest)
+                {
+                  bxybest = x + y;
+                  bxbest = x;
+                }
+            }
+
+          /* Use the better of the two diagonals.  */
+          if ((xlim + ylim) - bxybest < fxybest - (xoff + yoff))
+            {
+              part->xmid = fxbest;
+              part->ymid = fxybest - fxbest;
+              part->lo_minimal = true;
+              part->hi_minimal = false;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              part->xmid = bxbest;
+              part->ymid = bxybest - bxbest;
+              part->lo_minimal = false;
+              part->hi_minimal = true;
+            }
+          return;
+        }
+    }
+  #undef XREF_YREF_EQUAL
+}
+
+
+/* Compare in detail contiguous subsequences of the two vectors
+   which are known, as a whole, to match each other.
+
+   The subsequence of vector 0 is [XOFF, XLIM) and likewise for vector 1.
+
+   Note that XLIM, YLIM are exclusive bounds.  All indices into the vectors
+   are origin-0.
+
+   If FIND_MINIMAL, find a minimal difference no matter how
+   expensive it is.
+
+   The results are recorded by invoking NOTE_DELETE and NOTE_INSERT.
+
+   Return false if terminated normally, or true if terminated through early
+   abort.  */
+
+static bool
+compareseq (OFFSET xoff, OFFSET xlim, OFFSET yoff, OFFSET ylim,
+            bool find_minimal, struct context *ctxt)
+{
+#ifdef ELEMENT
+  ELEMENT const *xv = ctxt->xvec; /* Help the compiler.  */
+  ELEMENT const *yv = ctxt->yvec;
+  #define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y)  EQUAL (xv[x], yv[y])
+#else
+  #define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y)  XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL (ctxt, x, y)
+#endif
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      /* Slide down the bottom initial diagonal.  */
+      while (xoff < xlim && yoff < ylim && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (xoff, yoff))
+        {
+          xoff++;
+          yoff++;
+        }
+
+      /* Slide up the top initial diagonal. */
+      while (xoff < xlim && yoff < ylim && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (xlim - 1, ylim - 
1))
+        {
+          xlim--;
+          ylim--;
+        }
+
+      /* Handle simple cases. */
+      if (xoff == xlim)
+        {
+          while (yoff < ylim)
+            {
+              NOTE_INSERT (ctxt, yoff);
+              if (EARLY_ABORT (ctxt))
+                return true;
+              yoff++;
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+      if (yoff == ylim)
+        {
+          while (xoff < xlim)
+            {
+              NOTE_DELETE (ctxt, xoff);
+              if (EARLY_ABORT (ctxt))
+                return true;
+              xoff++;
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+
+      struct partition part;
+
+      /* Find a point of correspondence in the middle of the vectors.  */
+      diag (xoff, xlim, yoff, ylim, find_minimal, &part, ctxt);
+
+      /* Use the partitions to split this problem into subproblems.  */
+      OFFSET xoff1, xlim1, yoff1, ylim1, xoff2, xlim2, yoff2, ylim2;
+      bool find_minimal1, find_minimal2;
+      if (!NOTE_ORDERED
+          && ((xlim + ylim) - (part.xmid + part.ymid)
+              < (part.xmid + part.ymid) - (xoff + yoff)))
+        {
+          /* The second problem is smaller and the caller doesn't
+             care about order, so do the second problem first to
+             lessen recursion.  */
+          xoff1 = part.xmid; xlim1 = xlim;
+          yoff1 = part.ymid; ylim1 = ylim;
+          find_minimal1 = part.hi_minimal;
+
+          xoff2 = xoff; xlim2 = part.xmid;
+          yoff2 = yoff; ylim2 = part.ymid;
+          find_minimal2 = part.lo_minimal;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          xoff1 = xoff; xlim1 = part.xmid;
+          yoff1 = yoff; ylim1 = part.ymid;
+          find_minimal1 = part.lo_minimal;
+
+          xoff2 = part.xmid; xlim2 = xlim;
+          yoff2 = part.ymid; ylim2 = ylim;
+          find_minimal2 = part.hi_minimal;
+        }
+
+      /* Recurse to do one subproblem.  */
+      bool early = compareseq (xoff1, xlim1, yoff1, ylim1, find_minimal1, 
ctxt);
+      if (early)
+        return early;
+
+      /* Iterate to do the other subproblem.  */
+      xoff = xoff2; xlim = xlim2;
+      yoff = yoff2; ylim = ylim2;
+      find_minimal = find_minimal2;
+    }
+
+  return false;
+  #undef XREF_YREF_EQUAL
+}
+
+#undef ELEMENT
+#undef EQUAL
+#undef OFFSET
+#undef EXTRA_CONTEXT_FIELDS
+#undef NOTE_DELETE
+#undef NOTE_INSERT
+#undef EARLY_ABORT
+#undef USE_HEURISTIC
+#undef XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL
+#undef OFFSET_MAX
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/dirent.in.h b/xcompile/lib/dirent.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2aaabd054a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/dirent.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/* A GNU-like <dirent.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_DIRENT_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_DIRENT_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
+
+/* Get ino_t.  Needed on some systems, including glibc 2.8.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if !@HAVE_DIRENT_H@
+/* Define types DIR and 'struct dirent'.  */
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_dirent
+struct dirent
+{
+  char d_type;
+  char d_name[1];
+};
+/* Possible values for 'd_type'.  */
+#  define DT_UNKNOWN 0
+#  define DT_FIFO    1          /* FIFO */
+#  define DT_CHR     2          /* character device */
+#  define DT_DIR     4          /* directory */
+#  define DT_BLK     6          /* block device */
+#  define DT_REG     8          /* regular file */
+#  define DT_LNK    10          /* symbolic link */
+#  define DT_SOCK   12          /* socket */
+#  define DT_WHT    14          /* whiteout */
+typedef struct gl_directory DIR;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_dirent 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
+   that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
+   function F.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (f, i)))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC declares that the function returns a pointer to freshly
+   allocated memory.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) || defined 
__clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@
+# if @REPLACE_CLOSEDIR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef closedir
+#   define closedir rpl_closedir
+#   define GNULIB_defined_closedir 1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_CLOSEDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (closedir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef closedir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CLOSEDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (closedir, "closedir is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module closedir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_OPENDIR@
+# if @REPLACE_OPENDIR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef opendir
+#   define opendir rpl_opendir
+#   define GNULIB_defined_opendir 1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (opendir, DIR *,
+                  (const char *dir_name)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_OPENDIR@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (opendir, DIR *,
+                  (const char *dir_name)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (opendir);
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined opendir
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate opendir with closedir or
+   rpl_closedir.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (opendir, DIR *,
+                  (const char *dir_name)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef opendir
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (opendir, "opendir is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module opendir for portability");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_READDIR@
+# if !@HAVE_READDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readdir, struct dirent *, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readdir, struct dirent *, (DIR *dirp));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef readdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readdir, "readdir is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module readdir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_REWINDDIR@
+# if !@HAVE_REWINDDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rewinddir, void, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rewinddir, void, (DIR *dirp));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rewinddir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rewinddir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REWINDDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rewinddir, "rewinddir is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rewinddir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_DIRFD@
+/* Return the file descriptor associated with the given directory stream,
+   or -1 if none exists.  */
+# if @REPLACE_DIRFD@
+/* On kLIBC, dirfd() is a macro that does not work.  Undefine it.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) || defined dirfd
+#   undef dirfd
+#   define dirfd rpl_dirfd
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dirfd, int, (DIR *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dirfd, int, (DIR *));
+
+#  ifdef __KLIBC__
+/* Gnulib internal hooks needed to maintain the dirfd metadata.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_dirp_fd (int fd, DIR *dirp)
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2));
+_GL_EXTERN_C void _gl_unregister_dirp_fd (int fd);
+#  endif
+# else
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && defined dirfd
+    /* dirfd is defined as a macro and not as a function.
+       Turn it into a function and get rid of the macro.  */
+static inline int (dirfd) (DIR *dp) { return dirfd (dp); }
+#   undef dirfd
+#  endif
+#  if !(@HAVE_DECL_DIRFD@ || defined dirfd)
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dirfd, int, (DIR *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dirfd, int, (DIR *));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dirfd);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dirfd
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DIRFD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dirfd, "dirfd is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dirfd for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FDOPENDIR@
+/* Open a directory stream visiting the given directory file
+   descriptor.  Return NULL and set errno if fd is not visiting a
+   directory.  On success, this function consumes fd (it will be
+   implicitly closed either by this function or by a subsequent
+   closedir).  */
+# if @REPLACE_FDOPENDIR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fdopendir
+#   define fdopendir rpl_fdopendir
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fdopendir, DIR *,
+                  (int fd)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FDOPENDIR@ || !@HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *,
+                  (int fd)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdopendir);
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined fdopendir
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate fdopendir with closedir or
+   rpl_closedir.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *,
+                  (int fd)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef fdopendir
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FDOPENDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fdopendir, "fdopendir is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fdopendir for portability");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SCANDIR@
+/* Scan the directory DIR, calling FILTER on each directory entry.
+   Entries for which FILTER returns nonzero are individually malloc'd,
+   sorted using qsort with CMP, and collected in a malloc'd array in
+   *NAMELIST.  Returns the number of entries selected, or -1 on error.  */
+# if !@HAVE_SCANDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (scandir, int,
+                  (const char *dir, struct dirent ***namelist,
+                   int (*filter) (const struct dirent *),
+                   int (*cmp) (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **))
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 4)));
+# endif
+/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, the fourth parameter is
+                        int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *).  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (scandir, int,
+                       (const char *dir, struct dirent ***namelist,
+                        int (*filter) (const struct dirent *),
+                        int (*cmp) (const struct dirent **, const struct 
dirent **)));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (scandir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef scandir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SCANDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (scandir, "scandir is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module scandir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ALPHASORT@
+/* Compare two 'struct dirent' entries alphabetically.  */
+# if !@HAVE_ALPHASORT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (alphasort, int,
+                  (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, the parameters are
+                       (const void *, const void *).  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (alphasort, int,
+                       (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (alphasort);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef alphasort
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ALPHASORT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (alphasort, "alphasort is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module alphasort for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/dirfd.c b/xcompile/lib/dirfd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2b1d25cdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/dirfd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* dirfd.c -- return the file descriptor associated with an open DIR*
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <io.h>
+
+static struct dirp_fd_list
+{
+  DIR *dirp;
+  int fd;
+  struct dirp_fd_list *next;
+} *dirp_fd_start = NULL;
+
+/* Register fd associated with dirp to dirp_fd_list. */
+int
+_gl_register_dirp_fd (int fd, DIR *dirp)
+{
+  struct dirp_fd_list *new_dirp_fd = malloc (sizeof *new_dirp_fd);
+  if (!new_dirp_fd)
+    return -1;
+
+  new_dirp_fd->dirp = dirp;
+  new_dirp_fd->fd = fd;
+  new_dirp_fd->next = dirp_fd_start;
+
+  dirp_fd_start = new_dirp_fd;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Unregister fd from dirp_fd_list with closing it */
+void
+_gl_unregister_dirp_fd (int fd)
+{
+  struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd;
+  struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd_prev;
+
+  for (dirp_fd_prev = NULL, dirp_fd = dirp_fd_start; dirp_fd;
+       dirp_fd_prev = dirp_fd, dirp_fd = dirp_fd->next)
+    {
+      if (dirp_fd->fd == fd)
+        {
+          if (dirp_fd_prev)
+            dirp_fd_prev->next = dirp_fd->next;
+          else  /* dirp_fd == dirp_fd_start */
+            dirp_fd_start = dirp_fd_start->next;
+
+          close (fd);
+          free (dirp_fd);
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+dirfd (DIR *dir_p)
+{
+  int fd = DIR_TO_FD (dir_p);
+  if (fd == -1)
+#ifndef __KLIBC__
+    errno = ENOTSUP;
+#else
+    {
+      struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd;
+
+      for (dirp_fd = dirp_fd_start; dirp_fd; dirp_fd = dirp_fd->next)
+        if (dirp_fd->dirp == dir_p)
+          return dirp_fd->fd;
+
+      errno = EINVAL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return fd;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/dtoastr.c b/xcompile/lib/dtoastr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..66b50995c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/dtoastr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Convert 'double' to accurate string.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define LENGTH 2
+#include "ftoastr.c"
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/dtotimespec.c b/xcompile/lib/dtotimespec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28a44b6917
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/dtotimespec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* Convert double to timespec.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+/* Convert the double value SEC to a struct timespec.  Round toward
+   positive infinity.  On overflow, return an extremal value.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "timespec.h"
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+struct timespec
+dtotimespec (double sec)
+{
+  if (! (TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t) < sec))
+    return make_timespec (TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t), 0);
+  else if (! (sec < 1.0 + TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t)))
+    return make_timespec (TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t), TIMESPEC_HZ - 1);
+  else
+    {
+      time_t s = sec;
+      double frac = TIMESPEC_HZ * (sec - s);
+      long ns = frac;
+      ns += ns < frac;
+      s += ns / TIMESPEC_HZ;
+      ns %= TIMESPEC_HZ;
+
+      if (ns < 0)
+        {
+          s--;
+          ns += TIMESPEC_HZ;
+        }
+
+      return make_timespec (s, ns);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/dup2.c b/xcompile/lib/dup2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d197ca312
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/dup2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/* Duplicate an open file descriptor to a specified file descriptor.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2004-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#undef dup2
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+#  include "msvc-inval.h"
+# endif
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+dup2_nothrow (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      result = -1;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# else
+#  define dup2_nothrow _dup2
+# endif
+
+static int
+ms_windows_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  /* If fd is closed, mingw hangs on dup2 (fd, fd).  If fd is open,
+     dup2 (fd, fd) returns 0, but all further attempts to use fd in
+     future dup2 calls will hang.  */
+  if (fd == desired_fd)
+    {
+      if ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+          errno = EBADF;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      return fd;
+    }
+
+  /* Wine 1.0.1 return 0 when desired_fd is negative but not -1:
+     https://bugs.winehq.org/show_bug.cgi?id=21289 */
+  if (desired_fd < 0)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  result = dup2_nothrow (fd, desired_fd);
+
+  if (result == 0)
+    result = desired_fd;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+# define dup2 ms_windows_dup2
+
+#elif defined __KLIBC__
+
+# include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h>
+
+static int
+klibc_dup2dirfd (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int tempfd;
+  int dupfd;
+
+  tempfd = open ("NUL", O_RDONLY);
+  if (tempfd == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (tempfd == desired_fd)
+    {
+      close (tempfd);
+
+      char path[_MAX_PATH];
+      if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path)))
+        return -1;
+
+      return open(path, O_RDONLY);
+    }
+
+  dupfd = klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd);
+
+  close (tempfd);
+
+  return dupfd;
+}
+
+static int
+klibc_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int dupfd;
+  struct stat sbuf;
+
+  dupfd = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
+  if (dupfd == -1 && errno == ENOTSUP \
+      && !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode))
+    {
+      close (desired_fd);
+
+      return klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd);
+    }
+
+  return dupfd;
+}
+
+# define dup2 klibc_dup2
+#endif
+
+int
+rpl_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+#ifdef F_GETFL
+  /* On Linux kernels 2.6.26-2.6.29, dup2 (fd, fd) returns -EBADF.
+     On Cygwin 1.5.x, dup2 (1, 1) returns 0.
+     On Cygwin 1.7.17, dup2 (1, -1) dumps core.
+     On Cygwin 1.7.25, dup2 (1, 256) can dump core.
+     On Haiku, dup2 (fd, fd) mistakenly clears FD_CLOEXEC.  */
+# if HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE
+  setdtablesize (desired_fd + 1);
+# endif
+  if (desired_fd < 0)
+    fd = desired_fd;
+  if (fd == desired_fd)
+    return fcntl (fd, F_GETFL) == -1 ? -1 : fd;
+#endif
+
+  result = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
+
+  /* Correct an errno value on FreeBSD 6.1 and Cygwin 1.5.x.  */
+  if (result == -1 && errno == EMFILE)
+    errno = EBADF;
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (fd != desired_fd && result != -1)
+    result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/dynarray.h b/xcompile/lib/dynarray.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9155910934
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/dynarray.h
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/* Type-safe arrays which grow dynamically.
+   Copyright 2021-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Bruno Haible, 2021.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_DYNARRAY_H
+#define _GL_DYNARRAY_H
+
+/* Before including this file, you need to define:
+
+   DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+      The struct tag of dynamic array to be defined.
+
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
+      The type name of the element type.  Elements are copied
+      as if by memcpy, and can change address as the dynamic
+      array grows.
+
+   DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+      The prefix of the functions which are defined.
+
+   The following parameters are optional:
+
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE (E) is evaluated to deallocate the
+      contents of elements. E is of type  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
+
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT (E) is evaluated to initialize a new
+      element.  E is of type  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
+      If DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE but not DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT is
+      defined, new elements are automatically zero-initialized.
+      Otherwise, new elements have undefined contents.
+
+   DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE
+      The size of the statically allocated array (default:
+      at least 2, more elements if they fit into 128 bytes).
+      Must be a preprocessor constant.  If DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE is 0,
+      there is no statically allocated array at, and all non-empty
+      arrays are heap-allocated.
+
+   DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+      The name of the type which holds the final array.  If not
+      defined, is PREFIX##finalize not provided.  DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+      must be a struct type, with members of type DYNARRAY_ELEMENT and
+      size_t at the start (in this order).
+
+   These macros are undefined after this header file has been
+   included.
+
+   The following types are provided (their members are private to the
+   dynarray implementation):
+
+     struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+
+   The following functions are provided:
+ */
+
+/* Initialize a dynamic array object.  This must be called before any
+   use of the object.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##init (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Deallocate the dynamic array and its elements.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##free (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Return true if the dynamic array is in an error state.  */
+#if 0
+static bool
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##has_failed (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Mark the dynamic array as failed.  All elements are deallocated as
+   a side effect.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##mark_failed (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Return the number of elements which have been added to the dynamic
+   array.  */
+#if 0
+static size_t
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##size (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Return a pointer to the first array element, if any.  For a
+   zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
+   array has not entered the failure state.  */
+#if 0
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##begin (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Return a pointer one element past the last array element.  For a
+   zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
+   array has not entered the failure state.  */
+#if 0
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##end (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Return a pointer to the array element at INDEX.  Terminate the
+   process if INDEX is out of bounds.  */
+#if 0
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##at (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t index);
+#endif
+
+/* Add ITEM at the end of the array, enlarging it by one element.
+   Mark *LIST as failed if the dynamic array allocation size cannot be
+   increased.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##add (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
+                             DYNARRAY_ELEMENT item);
+#endif
+
+/* Allocate a place for a new element in *LIST and return a pointer to
+   it.  The pointer can be NULL if the dynamic array cannot be
+   enlarged due to a memory allocation failure.  */
+#if 0
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##emplace (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Change the size of *LIST to SIZE.  If SIZE is larger than the
+   existing size, new elements are added (which can be initialized).
+   Otherwise, the list is truncated, and elements are freed.  Return
+   false on memory allocation failure (and mark *LIST as failed).  */
+#if 0
+static bool
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##resize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t size);
+#endif
+
+/* Remove the last element of LIST if it is present.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##remove_last (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Remove all elements from the list.  The elements are freed, but the
+   list itself is not.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##clear (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+#if defined DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+/* Transfer the dynamic array to a permanent location at *RESULT.
+   Returns true on success on false on allocation failure.  In either
+   case, *LIST is re-initialized and can be reused.  A NULL pointer is
+   stored in *RESULT if LIST refers to an empty list.  On success, the
+   pointer in *RESULT is heap-allocated and must be deallocated using
+   free.  */
+#if 0
+static bool
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
+                                  DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE *result);
+#endif
+#else /* !defined DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE */
+/* Transfer the dynamic array to a heap-allocated array and return a
+   pointer to it.  The pointer is NULL if memory allocation fails, or
+   if the array is empty, so this function should be used only for
+   arrays which are known not be empty (usually because they always
+   have a sentinel at the end).  If LENGTHP is not NULL, the array
+   length is written to *LENGTHP.  *LIST is re-initialized and can be
+   reused.  */
+#if 0
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
+                                  size_t *lengthp);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* A minimal example which provides a growing list of integers can be
+   defined like this:
+
+     struct int_array
+     {
+       // Pointer to result array followed by its length,
+       // as required by DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE.
+       int *array;
+       size_t length;
+     };
+
+     #define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_int
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT int
+     #define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_int_
+     #define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct int_array
+     #include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
+
+   To create a three-element array with elements 1, 2, 3, use this
+   code:
+
+     struct dynarray_int dyn;
+     dynarray_int_init (&dyn);
+     for (int i = 1; i <= 3; ++i)
+       {
+         int *place = dynarray_int_emplace (&dyn);
+         assert (place != NULL);
+         *place = i;
+       }
+     struct int_array result;
+     bool ok = dynarray_int_finalize (&dyn, &result);
+     assert (ok);
+     assert (result.length == 3);
+     assert (result.array[0] == 1);
+     assert (result.array[1] == 2);
+     assert (result.array[2] == 3);
+     free (result.array);
+
+   If the elements contain resources which must be freed, define
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE appropriately, like this:
+
+     struct str_array
+     {
+       char **array;
+       size_t length;
+     };
+
+     #define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_str
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT char *
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE(ptr) free (*ptr)
+     #define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_str_
+     #define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct str_array
+     #include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
+ */
+
+
+/* The implementation is imported from glibc.  */
+
+/* Avoid possible conflicts with symbols exported by the GNU libc.  */
+#define __libc_dynarray_at_failure gl_dynarray_at_failure
+#define __libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge gl_dynarray_emplace_enlarge
+#define __libc_dynarray_finalize gl_dynarray_finalize
+#define __libc_dynarray_resize_clear gl_dynarray_resize_clear
+#define __libc_dynarray_resize gl_dynarray_resize
+
+#if defined DYNARRAY_STRUCT || defined DYNARRAY_ELEMENT || defined 
DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+
+# ifndef _GL_LIKELY
+/* Rely on __builtin_expect, as provided by the module 'builtin-expect'.  */
+#  define _GL_LIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
+#  define _GL_UNLIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
+# endif
+
+/* Define auxiliary structs and declare auxiliary functions, common to all
+   instantiations of dynarray.  */
+# include <malloc/dynarray.gl.h>
+
+/* Define the instantiation, specified through
+     DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
+     DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+   etc.  */
+# include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.gl.h>
+
+#else
+
+/* This file is being included from one of the malloc/dynarray_*.c files.  */
+# include <malloc/dynarray.h>
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_DYNARRAY_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/eloop-threshold.h b/xcompile/lib/eloop-threshold.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..510f261795
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/eloop-threshold.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* Threshold at which to diagnose ELOOP.  Generic version.
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _ELOOP_THRESHOLD_H
+#define _ELOOP_THRESHOLD_H      1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST __attribute__ ((const))
+#else
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include "minmax.h"
+# define __sysconf sysconf
+# if (!defined SYMLOOP_MAX \
+      && ! (defined _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX && defined _POSIX_SYMLOOP_MAX))
+#  define SYMLOOP_MAX 8
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* POSIX specifies SYMLOOP_MAX as the "Maximum number of symbolic
+   links that can be reliably traversed in the resolution of a
+   pathname in the absence of a loop."  This makes it a minimum that
+   we should certainly accept.  But it leaves open the possibility
+   that more might sometimes work--just not "reliably".
+
+   For example, Linux implements a complex policy whereby there is a
+   small limit on the number of direct symlink traversals (a symlink
+   to a symlink to a symlink), but larger limit on the total number of
+   symlink traversals overall.  Hence the SYMLOOP_MAX number should be
+   the small one, but the limit library functions enforce on users
+   should be the larger one.
+
+   So, we use the larger of the reported SYMLOOP_MAX (if any) and our
+   own constant MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD, below.  This constant should be
+   large enough that it never rules out a file name and directory tree
+   that the underlying system (i.e. calls to 'open' et al) would
+   resolve successfully.  It should be small enough that actual loops
+   are detected without a huge number of iterations.  */
+
+#ifndef MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD
+# define MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD    40
+#endif
+
+/* Return the maximum number of symlink traversals to permit
+   before diagnosing ELOOP.  */
+static inline unsigned int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+__eloop_threshold (void)
+{
+#ifdef SYMLOOP_MAX
+  const int symloop_max = SYMLOOP_MAX;
+#else
+  /* The function is marked 'const' even though we use memory and
+     call a function, because sysconf is required to return the
+     same value in every call and so it must always be safe to
+     call __eloop_threshold exactly once and reuse the value.  */
+  static long int sysconf_symloop_max;
+  if (sysconf_symloop_max == 0)
+    sysconf_symloop_max = __sysconf (_SC_SYMLOOP_MAX);
+  const unsigned int symloop_max = (sysconf_symloop_max <= 0
+                                    ? _POSIX_SYMLOOP_MAX
+                                    : sysconf_symloop_max);
+#endif
+
+  return MAX (symloop_max, MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD);
+}
+
+#endif  /* eloop-threshold.h */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/errno.in.h b/xcompile/lib/errno.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3dda9c260e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/errno.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/* A POSIX-like <errno.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ERRNO_H@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
+
+
+/* On native Windows platforms, many macros are not defined.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* These are the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for interoperability.  */
+
+#  ifndef ENOMSG
+#   define ENOMSG    122
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EIDRM
+#   define EIDRM     111
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENOLINK
+#   define ENOLINK   121
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EPROTO
+#   define EPROTO    134
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EBADMSG
+#   define EBADMSG   104
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EOVERFLOW
+#   define EOVERFLOW 132
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENOTSUP
+#   define ENOTSUP   129
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENETRESET
+#   define ENETRESET 117
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ECONNABORTED
+#   define ECONNABORTED 106
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ECANCELED
+#   define ECANCELED 105
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EOWNERDEAD
+#   define EOWNERDEAD 133
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE
+#   define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EINPROGRESS
+#   define EINPROGRESS     112
+#   define EALREADY        103
+#   define ENOTSOCK        128
+#   define EDESTADDRREQ    109
+#   define EMSGSIZE        115
+#   define EPROTOTYPE      136
+#   define ENOPROTOOPT     123
+#   define EPROTONOSUPPORT 135
+#   define EOPNOTSUPP      130
+#   define EAFNOSUPPORT    102
+#   define EADDRINUSE      100
+#   define EADDRNOTAVAIL   101
+#   define ENETDOWN        116
+#   define ENETUNREACH     118
+#   define ECONNRESET      108
+#   define ENOBUFS         119
+#   define EISCONN         113
+#   define ENOTCONN        126
+#   define ETIMEDOUT       138
+#   define ECONNREFUSED    107
+#   define ELOOP           114
+#   define EHOSTUNREACH    110
+#   define EWOULDBLOCK     140
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ESOCK 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ETXTBSY
+#   define ETXTBSY         139
+#   define ENODATA         120  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define ENOSR           124  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define ENOSTR          125  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define ETIME           137  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define EOTHER          131  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS 1
+#  endif
+
+/* These are intentionally the same values as the WSA* error numbers, defined
+   in <winsock2.h>.  */
+#  define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 10044  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define EPFNOSUPPORT    10046  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define ESHUTDOWN       10058  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define ETOOMANYREFS    10059  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define EHOSTDOWN       10064  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define EPROCLIM        10067  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define EUSERS          10068  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define EDQUOT          10069
+#  define ESTALE          10070
+#  define EREMOTE         10071  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK 1
+
+# endif
+
+
+/* On OSF/1 5.1, when _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is not defined, the macros
+   EMULTIHOP, ENOLINK, EOVERFLOW are not defined.  */
+# if @EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN@
+#  define EMULTIHOP @EMULTIHOP_VALUE@
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
+# endif
+# if @ENOLINK_HIDDEN@
+#  define ENOLINK   @ENOLINK_VALUE@
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
+# endif
+# if @EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN@
+#  define EOVERFLOW @EOVERFLOW_VALUE@
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
+# endif
+
+
+/* On OpenBSD 4.0 and on native Windows, the macros ENOMSG, EIDRM, ENOLINK,
+   EPROTO, EMULTIHOP, EBADMSG, EOVERFLOW, ENOTSUP, ECANCELED are not defined.
+   Likewise, on NonStop Kernel, EDQUOT is not defined.
+   Define them here.  Values >= 2000 seem safe to use: Solaris ESTALE = 151,
+   HP-UX EWOULDBLOCK = 246, IRIX EDQUOT = 1133.
+
+   Note: When one of these systems defines some of these macros some day,
+   binaries will have to be recompiled so that they recognizes the new
+   errno values from the system.  */
+
+# ifndef ENOMSG
+#  define ENOMSG    2000
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EIDRM
+#  define EIDRM     2001
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENOLINK
+#  define ENOLINK   2002
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EPROTO
+#  define EPROTO    2003
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EMULTIHOP
+#  define EMULTIHOP 2004
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EBADMSG
+#  define EBADMSG   2005
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EOVERFLOW
+#  define EOVERFLOW 2006
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENOTSUP
+#  define ENOTSUP   2007
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENETRESET
+#  define ENETRESET 2011
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ECONNABORTED
+#  define ECONNABORTED 2012
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ESTALE
+#  define ESTALE    2009
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ESTALE 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EDQUOT
+#  define EDQUOT 2010
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ECANCELED
+#  define ECANCELED 2008
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
+# endif
+
+/* On many platforms, the macros EOWNERDEAD and ENOTRECOVERABLE are not
+   defined.  */
+
+# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
+#  if defined __sun
+    /* Use the same values as defined for Solaris >= 8, for
+       interoperability.  */
+#   define EOWNERDEAD      58
+#   define ENOTRECOVERABLE 59
+#  elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+    /* We have a conflict here: pthreads-win32 defines these values
+       differently than MSVC 10.  It's hairy to decide which one to use.  */
+#   if defined __MINGW32__ && !defined USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+     /* Use the same values as defined by pthreads-win32, for
+        interoperability.  */
+#    define EOWNERDEAD      43
+#    define ENOTRECOVERABLE 44
+#   else
+     /* Use the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for
+        interoperability.  */
+#    define EOWNERDEAD      133
+#    define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define EOWNERDEAD      2013
+#   define ENOTRECOVERABLE 2014
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EILSEQ
+#  define EILSEQ 2015
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ 1
+# endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/euidaccess.c b/xcompile/lib/euidaccess.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c2ecbeff52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/euidaccess.c
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/* euidaccess -- check if effective user id can access file
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1991, 1995, 1998, 2000, 2003-2006, 2008-2023 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie and Torbjorn Granlund.
+   Adapted for GNU C library by Roland McGrath.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <io.h>
+#else
+# include "root-uid.h"
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIBGEN_H
+# include <libgen.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#if defined EACCES && !defined EACCESS
+# define EACCESS EACCES
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_OK
+# define F_OK 0
+# define X_OK 1
+# define W_OK 2
+# define R_OK 4
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+
+# define access __access
+# define getuid __getuid
+# define getgid __getgid
+# define geteuid __geteuid
+# define getegid __getegid
+# define group_member __group_member
+# define euidaccess __euidaccess
+# undef stat
+# define stat stat64
+
+#endif
+
+/* Return 0 if the user has permission of type MODE on FILE;
+   otherwise, return -1 and set 'errno'.
+   Like access, except that it uses the effective user and group
+   id's instead of the real ones, and it does not always check for read-only
+   file system, text busy, etc.  */
+
+int
+euidaccess (const char *file, int mode)
+{
+#if HAVE_FACCESSAT                   /* glibc, AIX 7, Solaris 11, Cygwin 1.7 */
+  return faccessat (AT_FDCWD, file, mode, AT_EACCESS);
+#elif defined EFF_ONLY_OK               /* IRIX, OSF/1, Interix */
+  return access (file, mode | EFF_ONLY_OK);
+#elif defined ACC_SELF                  /* AIX */
+  return accessx (file, mode, ACC_SELF);
+#elif HAVE_EACCESS                      /* FreeBSD */
+  return eaccess (file, mode);
+#elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__  /* mingw */
+  return _access (file, mode);
+#else              /* Mac OS X, NetBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Cygwin, BeOS 
*/
+
+  uid_t uid = getuid ();
+  gid_t gid = getgid ();
+  uid_t euid = geteuid ();
+  gid_t egid = getegid ();
+  struct stat stats;
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_SETREGID && PREFER_NONREENTRANT_EUIDACCESS
+
+  /* Define PREFER_NONREENTRANT_EUIDACCESS if you prefer euidaccess to
+     return the correct result even if this would make it
+     nonreentrant.  Define this only if your entire application is
+     safe even if the uid or gid might temporarily change.  If your
+     application uses signal handlers or threads it is probably not
+     safe.  */
+
+  if (mode == F_OK)
+    {
+      int result = stat (file, &stats);
+      return result != 0 && errno == EOVERFLOW ? 0 : result;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int result;
+      int saved_errno;
+
+      if (uid != euid)
+        setreuid (euid, uid);
+      if (gid != egid)
+        setregid (egid, gid);
+
+      result = access (file, mode);
+      saved_errno = errno;
+
+      /* Restore them.  */
+      if (uid != euid)
+        setreuid (uid, euid);
+      if (gid != egid)
+        setregid (gid, egid);
+
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return result;
+    }
+
+# else
+
+  /* The following code assumes the traditional Unix model, and is not
+     correct on systems that have ACLs or the like.  However, it's
+     better than nothing, and it is reentrant.  */
+
+  unsigned int granted;
+  if (uid == euid && gid == egid)
+    /* If we are not set-uid or set-gid, access does the same.  */
+    return access (file, mode);
+
+  if (stat (file, &stats) == -1)
+    return mode == F_OK && errno == EOVERFLOW ? 0 : -1;
+
+  /* The super-user can read and write any file, and execute any file
+     that anyone can execute.  */
+  if (euid == ROOT_UID
+      && ((mode & X_OK) == 0
+          || (stats.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Convert the mode to traditional form, clearing any bogus bits.  */
+  if (R_OK == 4 && W_OK == 2 && X_OK == 1 && F_OK == 0)
+    mode &= 7;
+  else
+    mode = ((mode & R_OK ? 4 : 0)
+            + (mode & W_OK ? 2 : 0)
+            + (mode & X_OK ? 1 : 0));
+
+  if (mode == 0)
+    return 0;                   /* The file exists.  */
+
+  /* Convert the file's permission bits to traditional form.  */
+  if (S_IRUSR == (4 << 6) && S_IWUSR == (2 << 6) && S_IXUSR == (1 << 6)
+      && S_IRGRP == (4 << 3) && S_IWGRP == (2 << 3) && S_IXGRP == (1 << 3)
+      && S_IROTH == (4 << 0) && S_IWOTH == (2 << 0) && S_IXOTH == (1 << 0))
+    granted = stats.st_mode;
+  else
+    granted = ((stats.st_mode & S_IRUSR ? 4 << 6 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IWUSR ? 2 << 6 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IXUSR ? 1 << 6 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IRGRP ? 4 << 3 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IWGRP ? 2 << 3 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IXGRP ? 1 << 3 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IROTH ? 4 << 0 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IWOTH ? 2 << 0 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IXOTH ? 1 << 0 : 0));
+
+  if (euid == stats.st_uid)
+    granted >>= 6;
+  else if (egid == stats.st_gid || group_member (stats.st_gid))
+    granted >>= 3;
+
+  if ((mode & ~granted) == 0)
+    return 0;
+  __set_errno (EACCESS);
+  return -1;
+
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+#undef euidaccess
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__euidaccess, euidaccess)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+# include <error.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  char *file;
+  int mode;
+  int err;
+
+  if (argc < 3)
+    abort ();
+  file = argv[1];
+  mode = atoi (argv[2]);
+
+  err = euidaccess (file, mode);
+  printf ("%d\n", err);
+  if (err != 0)
+    error (0, errno, "%s", file);
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/execinfo.c b/xcompile/lib/execinfo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2048d00f5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/execinfo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Information about executables.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_EXECINFO_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "execinfo.h"
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/execinfo.in.h b/xcompile/lib/execinfo.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff9293b632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/execinfo.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Information about executables.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_EXECINFO_H
+#define _GL_EXECINFO_H
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_EXECINFO_INLINE
+# define _GL_EXECINFO_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+_GL_EXECINFO_INLINE int
+backtrace (void **buffer, int size)
+{
+  (void) buffer;
+  (void) size;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+_GL_EXECINFO_INLINE char **
+backtrace_symbols (void *const *buffer, int size)
+{
+  (void) buffer;
+  (void) size;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+_GL_EXECINFO_INLINE void
+backtrace_symbols_fd (void *const *buffer, int size, int fd)
+{
+  (void) buffer;
+  (void) size;
+  (void) fd;
+}
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/explicit_bzero.c b/xcompile/lib/explicit_bzero.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c33cab9e6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/explicit_bzero.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Erasure of sensitive data, generic implementation.
+   Copyright (C) 2016-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* An assembler implementation of explicit_bzero can be created as an
+   assembler alias of an optimized bzero implementation.
+   Architecture-specific implementations also need to define
+   __explicit_bzero_chk.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* memset_s need this define */
+#if HAVE_MEMSET_S
+# define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# define  WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+/* glibc-internal users use __explicit_bzero_chk, and explicit_bzero
+   redirects to that.  */
+# undef explicit_bzero
+#endif
+
+/* Set LEN bytes of S to 0.  The compiler will not delete a call to
+   this function, even if S is dead after the call.  */
+void
+explicit_bzero (void *s, size_t len)
+{
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+  (void) SecureZeroMemory (s, len);
+#elif HAVE_EXPLICIT_MEMSET
+  explicit_memset (s, '\0', len);
+#elif HAVE_MEMSET_S
+  (void) memset_s (s, len, '\0', len);
+#elif defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__
+  memset (s, '\0', len);
+  /* Compiler barrier.  */
+  asm volatile ("" ::: "memory");
+#elif defined __clang__
+  memset (s, '\0', len);
+  /* Compiler barrier.  */
+  /* With asm ("" ::: "memory") LLVM analyzes uses of 's' and finds that the
+     whole thing is dead and eliminates it.  Use 'g' to work around this
+     problem.  See <https://bugs.llvm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15495#c11>.  */
+  __asm__ volatile ("" : : "g"(s) : "memory");
+#else
+  /* Invoke memset through a volatile function pointer.  This defeats compiler
+     optimizations.  */
+  void * (* const volatile volatile_memset) (void *, int, size_t) = memset;
+  (void) volatile_memset (s, '\0', len);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/faccessat.c b/xcompile/lib/faccessat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..807e266968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/faccessat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* Check the access rights of a file relative to an open directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <unistd.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <unistd.h> here, so that orig_faccessat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_faccessat.  */
+#define _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#undef _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
+
+#if HAVE_FACCESSAT
+static int
+orig_faccessat (int fd, char const *name, int mode, int flag)
+{
+  return faccessat (fd, name, mode, flag);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Write "unistd.h" here, not <unistd.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <unistd.h>
+   above.  */
+#ifdef __ANROID__
+#include <unistd.h>
+#else
+#include "unistd.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ACCESS
+/* Mingw lacks access, but it also lacks real vs. effective ids, so
+   the gnulib euidaccess module is good enough.  */
+# undef access
+# define access euidaccess
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_FACCESSAT
+
+int
+rpl_faccessat (int fd, char const *file, int mode, int flag)
+{
+  int result = orig_faccessat (fd, file, mode, flag);
+
+  if (result == 0 && file[strlen (file) - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+      result = fstatat (fd, file, &st, 0);
+      if (result == 0 && !S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_FACCESSAT */
+
+/* Invoke access or euidaccess on file, FILE, using mode MODE, in the directory
+   open on descriptor FD.  If possible, do it without changing the
+   working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir, then
+   (access|euidaccess)/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the
+   restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+   Note that this implementation only supports AT_EACCESS, although some
+   native versions also support AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW.  */
+
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME faccessat
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 euidaccess
+# define AT_FUNC_F2 access
+# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_EACCESS
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , int mode, int flag
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , mode
+# include "at-func.c"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fchmodat.c b/xcompile/lib/fchmodat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7b70a2af2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fchmodat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* Change the protections of file relative to an open directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Paul Eggert */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_fchmodat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_fchmodat.  */
+#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
+
+#if HAVE_FCHMODAT
+static int
+orig_fchmodat (int dir, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flags)
+{
+  return fchmodat (dir, file, mode, flags);
+}
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __osf__
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+# include "sys/stat.h"
+#else
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+
+/* Invoke chmod or lchmod on FILE, using mode MODE, in the directory
+   open on descriptor FD.  If possible, do it without changing the
+   working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   then (chmod|lchmod)/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the
+   restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+   Note that an attempt to use a FLAG value of AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+   on a system without lchmod support causes this function to fail.  */
+
+#if HAVE_FCHMODAT
+int
+fchmodat (int dir, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flags)
+{
+# if HAVE_NEARLY_WORKING_FCHMODAT
+  /* Correct the trailing slash handling.  */
+  size_t len = strlen (file);
+  if (len && file[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+      if (fstatat (dir, file, &st, flags & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) < 0)
+        return -1;
+      if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+# endif
+
+# if NEED_FCHMODAT_NONSYMLINK_FIX
+  if (flags == AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW)
+    {
+#  if HAVE_READLINKAT
+      char readlink_buf[1];
+
+#   ifdef O_PATH
+      /* Open a file descriptor with O_NOFOLLOW, to make sure we don't
+         follow symbolic links, if /proc is mounted.  O_PATH is used to
+         avoid a failure if the file is not readable.
+         Cf. <https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14578>  */
+      int fd = openat (dir, file, O_PATH | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+      if (fd < 0)
+        return fd;
+
+      int err;
+      if (0 <= readlinkat (fd, "", readlink_buf, sizeof readlink_buf))
+        err = EOPNOTSUPP;
+      else if (errno == EINVAL)
+        {
+          static char const fmt[] = "/proc/self/fd/%d";
+          char buf[sizeof fmt - sizeof "%d" + INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (int)];
+          sprintf (buf, fmt, fd);
+          err = chmod (buf, mode) == 0 ? 0 : errno == ENOENT ? -1 : errno;
+        }
+      else
+        err = errno == ENOENT ? -1 : errno;
+
+      close (fd);
+
+      errno = err;
+      if (0 <= err)
+        return err == 0 ? 0 : -1;
+#   endif
+
+      /* O_PATH + /proc is not supported.  */
+
+      if (0 <= readlinkat (dir, file, readlink_buf, sizeof readlink_buf))
+        {
+          errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+          return -1;
+        }
+#  endif
+
+      /* Fall back on orig_fchmodat with no flags, despite a possible race.  */
+      flags = 0;
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return orig_fchmodat (dir, file, mode, flags);
+}
+#else
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME fchmodat
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 lchmod
+# define AT_FUNC_F2 chmod
+# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , mode_t mode, int flag
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , mode
+# include "at-func.c"
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fcntl.c b/xcompile/lib/fcntl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e220800845
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fcntl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
+/* Provide file descriptor control.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+# define INCL_DOS
+# include <os2.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Upper bound on getdtablesize().  See lib/getdtablesize.c.  */
+# define OPEN_MAX_MAX 0x10000
+
+/* Duplicate OLDFD into the first available slot of at least NEWFD,
+   which must be positive, with FLAGS determining whether the duplicate
+   will be inheritable.  */
+static int
+dupfd (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags)
+{
+  /* Mingw has no way to create an arbitrary fd.  Iterate until all
+     file descriptors less than newfd are filled up.  */
+  HANDLE curr_process = GetCurrentProcess ();
+  HANDLE old_handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (oldfd);
+  unsigned char fds_to_close[OPEN_MAX_MAX / CHAR_BIT];
+  unsigned int fds_to_close_bound = 0;
+  int result;
+  BOOL inherit = flags & O_CLOEXEC ? FALSE : TRUE;
+  int mode;
+
+  if (newfd < 0 || getdtablesize () <= newfd)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (old_handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
+      || (mode = _setmode (oldfd, O_BINARY)) == -1)
+    {
+      /* oldfd is not open, or is an unassigned standard file
+         descriptor.  */
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  _setmode (oldfd, mode);
+  flags |= mode;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      HANDLE new_handle;
+      int duplicated_fd;
+      unsigned int index;
+
+      if (!DuplicateHandle (curr_process,           /* SourceProcessHandle */
+                            old_handle,             /* SourceHandle */
+                            curr_process,           /* TargetProcessHandle */
+                            (PHANDLE) &new_handle,  /* TargetHandle */
+                            (DWORD) 0,              /* DesiredAccess */
+                            inherit,                /* InheritHandle */
+                            DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS)) /* Options */
+        {
+          switch (GetLastError ())
+            {
+              case ERROR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES:
+                errno = EMFILE;
+                break;
+              case ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE:
+              case ERROR_INVALID_TARGET_HANDLE:
+              case ERROR_DIRECT_ACCESS_HANDLE:
+                errno = EBADF;
+                break;
+              case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER:
+              case ERROR_INVALID_FUNCTION:
+              case ERROR_INVALID_ACCESS:
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                break;
+              default:
+                errno = EACCES;
+                break;
+            }
+          result = -1;
+          break;
+        }
+      duplicated_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t) new_handle, flags);
+      if (duplicated_fd < 0)
+        {
+          CloseHandle (new_handle);
+          result = -1;
+          break;
+        }
+      if (newfd <= duplicated_fd)
+        {
+          result = duplicated_fd;
+          break;
+        }
+
+      /* Set the bit duplicated_fd in fds_to_close[].  */
+      index = (unsigned int) duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT;
+      if (fds_to_close_bound <= index)
+        {
+          if (sizeof fds_to_close <= index)
+            /* Need to increase OPEN_MAX_MAX.  */
+            abort ();
+          memset (fds_to_close + fds_to_close_bound, '\0',
+                  index + 1 - fds_to_close_bound);
+          fds_to_close_bound = index + 1;
+        }
+      fds_to_close[index] |= 1 << ((unsigned int) duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT);
+    }
+
+  /* Close the previous fds that turned out to be too small.  */
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    unsigned int duplicated_fd;
+
+    for (duplicated_fd = 0;
+         duplicated_fd < fds_to_close_bound * CHAR_BIT;
+         duplicated_fd++)
+      if ((fds_to_close[duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT]
+           >> (duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT))
+          & 1)
+        close (duplicated_fd);
+
+    errno = saved_errno;
+  }
+
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (0 <= result)
+    result = _gl_register_dup (oldfd, result);
+# endif
+  return result;
+}
+#endif /* W32 */
+
+/* Forward declarations, because we '#undef fcntl' in the middle of this
+   compilation unit.  */
+/* Our implementation of fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target).  */
+static int rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (int fd, int target);
+/* Our implementation of fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target).  */
+static int rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (int fd, int target);
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+/* Adds support for fcntl on directories.  */
+static int klibc_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Perform the specified ACTION on the file descriptor FD, possibly
+   using the argument ARG further described below.  This replacement
+   handles the following actions, and forwards all others on to the
+   native fcntl.  An unrecognized ACTION returns -1 with errno set to
+   EINVAL.
+
+   F_DUPFD - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum target fd.
+   If successful, return the duplicate, which will be inheritable;
+   otherwise return -1 and set errno.
+
+   F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum
+   target fd.  If successful, return the duplicate, which will not be
+   inheritable; otherwise return -1 and set errno.
+
+   F_GETFD - ARG need not be present.  If successful, return a
+   non-negative value containing the descriptor flags of FD (only
+   FD_CLOEXEC is portable, but other flags may be present); otherwise
+   return -1 and set errno.  */
+
+int
+fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
+#undef fcntl
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+# define fcntl klibc_fcntl
+#endif
+{
+  va_list arg;
+  int result = -1;
+  va_start (arg, action);
+  switch (action)
+    {
+    case F_DUPFD:
+      {
+        int target = va_arg (arg, int);
+        result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
+        break;
+      }
+
+    case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC:
+      {
+        int target = va_arg (arg, int);
+        result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (fd, target);
+        break;
+      }
+
+#if !HAVE_FCNTL
+    case F_GETFD:
+      {
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+        HANDLE handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+        DWORD flags;
+        if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
+            || GetHandleInformation (handle, &flags) == 0)
+          errno = EBADF;
+        else
+          result = (flags & HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT) ? 0 : FD_CLOEXEC;
+# else /* !W32 */
+        /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors.  No way to
+           access this information, so punt.  */
+        if (0 <= dup2 (fd, fd))
+          result = 0;
+# endif /* !W32 */
+        break;
+      } /* F_GETFD */
+#endif /* !HAVE_FCNTL */
+
+      /* Implementing F_SETFD on mingw is not trivial - there is no
+         API for changing the O_NOINHERIT bit on an fd, and merely
+         changing the HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT bit on the underlying handle
+         can lead to odd state.  It may be possible by duplicating the
+         handle, using _open_osfhandle with the right flags, then
+         using dup2 to move the duplicate onto the original, but that
+         is not supported for now.  */
+
+    default:
+      {
+#if HAVE_FCNTL
+        switch (action)
+          {
+          #ifdef F_BARRIERFSYNC                  /* macOS */
+          case F_BARRIERFSYNC:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_CHKCLEAN                      /* macOS */
+          case F_CHKCLEAN:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_CLOSEM                        /* NetBSD, HP-UX */
+          case F_CLOSEM:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_FLUSH_DATA                    /* macOS */
+          case F_FLUSH_DATA:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_FREEZE_FS                     /* macOS */
+          case F_FREEZE_FS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_FULLFSYNC                     /* macOS */
+          case F_FULLFSYNC:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETCONFINED                   /* macOS */
+          case F_GETCONFINED:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETDEFAULTPROTLEVEL           /* macOS */
+          case F_GETDEFAULTPROTLEVEL:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETFD                         /* POSIX */
+          case F_GETFD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETFL                         /* POSIX */
+          case F_GETFL:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETLEASE                      /* Linux */
+          case F_GETLEASE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETNOSIGPIPE                  /* macOS */
+          case F_GETNOSIGPIPE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETOWN                        /* POSIX */
+          case F_GETOWN:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETPIPE_SZ                    /* Linux */
+          case F_GETPIPE_SZ:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETPROTECTIONCLASS            /* macOS */
+          case F_GETPROTECTIONCLASS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETPROTECTIONLEVEL            /* macOS */
+          case F_GETPROTECTIONLEVEL:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GET_SEALS                     /* Linux */
+          case F_GET_SEALS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETSIG                        /* Linux */
+          case F_GETSIG:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_MAXFD                         /* NetBSD */
+          case F_MAXFD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_RECYCLE                       /* macOS */
+          case F_RECYCLE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETFIFOENH                    /* HP-UX */
+          case F_SETFIFOENH:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_THAW_FS                       /* macOS */
+          case F_THAW_FS:
+          #endif
+            /* These actions take no argument.  */
+            result = fcntl (fd, action);
+            break;
+
+          #ifdef F_ADD_SEALS                     /* Linux */
+          case F_ADD_SEALS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_BADFD                         /* Solaris */
+          case F_BADFD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_CHECK_OPENEVT                 /* macOS */
+          case F_CHECK_OPENEVT:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUP2FD                        /* FreeBSD, AIX, Solaris */
+          case F_DUP2FD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUP2FD_CLOEXEC                /* FreeBSD, Solaris */
+          case F_DUP2FD_CLOEXEC:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUP2FD_CLOFORK                /* Solaris */
+          case F_DUP2FD_CLOFORK:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUPFD                         /* POSIX */
+          case F_DUPFD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC                 /* POSIX */
+          case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUPFD_CLOFORK                 /* Solaris */
+          case F_DUPFD_CLOFORK:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETXFL                        /* Solaris */
+          case F_GETXFL:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GLOBAL_NOCACHE                /* macOS */
+          case F_GLOBAL_NOCACHE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_MAKECOMPRESSED                /* macOS */
+          case F_MAKECOMPRESSED:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_MOVEDATAEXTENTS               /* macOS */
+          case F_MOVEDATAEXTENTS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_NOCACHE                       /* macOS */
+          case F_NOCACHE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_NODIRECT                      /* macOS */
+          case F_NODIRECT:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_NOTIFY                        /* Linux */
+          case F_NOTIFY:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_OPLKACK                       /* IRIX */
+          case F_OPLKACK:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_OPLKREG                       /* IRIX */
+          case F_OPLKREG:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_RDAHEAD                       /* macOS */
+          case F_RDAHEAD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETBACKINGSTORE               /* macOS */
+          case F_SETBACKINGSTORE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETCONFINED                   /* macOS */
+          case F_SETCONFINED:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETFD                         /* POSIX */
+          case F_SETFD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETFL                         /* POSIX */
+          case F_SETFL:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETLEASE                      /* Linux */
+          case F_SETLEASE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETNOSIGPIPE                  /* macOS */
+          case F_SETNOSIGPIPE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETOWN                        /* POSIX */
+          case F_SETOWN:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETPIPE_SZ                    /* Linux */
+          case F_SETPIPE_SZ:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETPROTECTIONCLASS            /* macOS */
+          case F_SETPROTECTIONCLASS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETSIG                        /* Linux */
+          case F_SETSIG:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SINGLE_WRITER                 /* macOS */
+          case F_SINGLE_WRITER:
+          #endif
+            /* These actions take an 'int' argument.  */
+            {
+              int x = va_arg (arg, int);
+              result = fcntl (fd, action, x);
+            }
+            break;
+
+          default:
+            /* Other actions take a pointer argument.  */
+            {
+              void *p = va_arg (arg, void *);
+              result = fcntl (fd, action, p);
+            }
+            break;
+          }
+#else
+        errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  va_end (arg);
+  return result;
+}
+
+static int
+rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (int fd, int target)
+{
+  int result;
+#if !HAVE_FCNTL
+  result = dupfd (fd, target, 0);
+#elif FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  /* Detect invalid target; needed for cygwin 1.5.x.  */
+  if (target < 0 || getdtablesize () <= target)
+    {
+      result = -1;
+      errno = EINVAL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Haiku alpha 2 loses fd flags on original.  */
+      int flags = fcntl (fd, F_GETFD);
+      if (flags < 0)
+        result = -1;
+      else
+        {
+          result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
+          if (0 <= result && fcntl (fd, F_SETFD, flags) == -1)
+            {
+              int saved_errno = errno;
+              close (result);
+              result = -1;
+              errno = saved_errno;
+            }
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+          if (0 <= result)
+            result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
+# endif
+        }
+    }
+#else
+  result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
+
+static int
+rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (int fd, int target)
+{
+  int result;
+#if !HAVE_FCNTL
+  result = dupfd (fd, target, O_CLOEXEC);
+#else /* HAVE_FCNTL */
+# if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __HAIKU__
+  /* On NetBSD 9.0, the system fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target)
+     has only the same effect as fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target).  */
+  /* On Haiku, the system fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target) sets
+     the FD_CLOEXEC flag on fd, not on target.  Therefore avoid the
+     system fcntl in this case.  */
+#  define have_dupfd_cloexec -1
+# else
+  /* Try the system call first, if the headers claim it exists
+     (that is, if GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC is 0), since we
+     may be running with a glibc that has the macro but with an
+     older kernel that does not support it.  Cache the
+     information on whether the system call really works, but
+     avoid caching failure if the corresponding F_DUPFD fails
+     for any reason.  0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no.  */
+  static int have_dupfd_cloexec = GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC ? -1 : 0;
+  if (0 <= have_dupfd_cloexec)
+    {
+      result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target);
+      if (0 <= result || errno != EINVAL)
+        {
+          have_dupfd_cloexec = 1;
+#  if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+          if (0 <= result)
+            result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
+#  endif
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
+          if (result >= 0)
+            have_dupfd_cloexec = -1;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+# endif
+    result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
+  if (0 <= result && have_dupfd_cloexec == -1)
+    {
+      int flags = fcntl (result, F_GETFD);
+      if (flags < 0 || fcntl (result, F_SETFD, flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
+        {
+          int saved_errno = errno;
+          close (result);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          result = -1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif /* HAVE_FCNTL */
+  return result;
+}
+
+#undef fcntl
+
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+
+static int
+klibc_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
+{
+  va_list arg_ptr;
+  int arg;
+  struct stat sbuf;
+  int result;
+
+  va_start (arg_ptr, action);
+  arg = va_arg (arg_ptr, int);
+  result = fcntl (fd, action, arg);
+  /* EPERM for F_DUPFD, ENOTSUP for others */
+  if (result == -1 && (errno == EPERM || errno == ENOTSUP)
+      && !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode))
+    {
+      ULONG ulMode;
+
+      switch (action)
+        {
+        case F_DUPFD:
+          /* Find available fd */
+          while (fcntl (arg, F_GETFL) != -1 || errno != EBADF)
+            arg++;
+
+          result = dup2 (fd, arg);
+          break;
+
+        /* Using underlying APIs is right ? */
+        case F_GETFD:
+          if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode))
+            break;
+
+          result = (ulMode & OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT) ? FD_CLOEXEC : 0;
+          break;
+
+        case F_SETFD:
+          if (arg & ~FD_CLOEXEC)
+            break;
+
+          if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode))
+            break;
+
+          if (arg & FD_CLOEXEC)
+            ulMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
+          else
+            ulMode &= ~OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
+
+          /* Filter supported flags.  */
+          ulMode &= (OPEN_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR
+                     | OPEN_FLAGS_NO_CACHE | OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT);
+
+          if (DosSetFHState (fd, ulMode))
+            break;
+
+          result = 0;
+          break;
+
+        case F_GETFL:
+          result = 0;
+          break;
+
+        case F_SETFL:
+          if (arg != 0)
+            break;
+
+          result = 0;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  va_end (arg_ptr);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fcntl.in.h b/xcompile/lib/fcntl.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e034eaf9f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fcntl.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
+/* Like <fcntl.h>, but with non-working flags defined to 0.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined __need_system_fcntl_h
+/* Special invocation convention.  */
+
+/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
+   <fcntl.h>.  On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
+   But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
+   extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
+   overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib.  These errors are known to be gone
+   with g++ version >= 4.3.  */
+#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && 
defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 
&& __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))))
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in <io.h>.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_CREAT@ || @GNULIB_OPEN@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
+   <fcntl.h>.  On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
+   But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
+   extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
+   overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib.  These errors are known to be gone
+   with g++ version >= 4.3.  */
+#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && 
defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 
&& __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))))
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in <io.h>.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_CREAT@ || @GNULIB_OPEN@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
+
+#ifndef __GLIBC__ /* Avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_CREAT@
+# if @REPLACE_CREAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef creat
+#   define creat rpl_creat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef creat
+#   define creat _creat
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (creat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef creat
+/* Assume creat is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (creat, "creat is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module creat for portability");
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_CREAT@
+/* On native Windows, map 'creat' to '_creat', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::creat always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef creat
+#   define creat _creat
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because in mingw the last argument is 'int mode'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (creat);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FCNTL@
+# if @REPLACE_FCNTL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fcntl
+#   define fcntl rpl_fcntl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_fcntl
+#   define GNULIB_defined_rpl_fcntl 1
+#  endif
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FCNTL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+#   if !GNULIB_defined_fcntl
+#    define GNULIB_defined_fcntl 1
+#   endif
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fcntl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fcntl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCNTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fcntl, "fcntl is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module fcntl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_OPEN@
+# if @REPLACE_OPEN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef open
+#   define open rpl_open
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef open
+#   define open _open
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# endif
+/* On HP-UX 11, in C++ mode, open() is defined as an inline function with a
+   default argument.  _GL_CXXALIASWARN does not work in this case.  */
+# if !defined __hpux
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef open
+/* Assume open is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (open, "open is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module open for portability");
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_OPEN@
+/* On native Windows, map 'open' to '_open', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::open always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef open
+#   define open _open
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# endif
+# if !defined __hpux
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_OPENAT@
+# if @REPLACE_OPENAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef openat
+#   define openat rpl_openat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ 
...));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_OPENAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ 
...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (openat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef openat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (openat, "openat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Fix up the FD_* macros, only known to be missing on mingw.  */
+
+#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
+# define FD_CLOEXEC 1
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the supported F_* macros.  Intentionally leave other F_*
+   macros undefined.  Only known to be missing on mingw.  */
+
+#ifndef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
+# define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0x40000000
+/* Witness variable: 1 if gnulib defined F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0 otherwise.  */
+# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 1
+#else
+# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_DUPFD
+# define F_DUPFD 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_GETFD
+# define F_GETFD 2
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the O_* macros.  */
+
+/* AIX 7.1 with XL C 12.1 defines O_CLOEXEC, O_NOFOLLOW, and O_TTY_INIT
+   to values outside 'int' range, so omit these misdefinitions.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on non-AIX systems.  */
+#ifdef _AIX
+# include <limits.h>
+# if defined O_CLOEXEC && ! (INT_MIN <= O_CLOEXEC && O_CLOEXEC <= INT_MAX)
+#  undef O_CLOEXEC
+# endif
+# if defined O_NOFOLLOW && ! (INT_MIN <= O_NOFOLLOW && O_NOFOLLOW <= INT_MAX)
+#  undef O_NOFOLLOW
+# endif
+# if defined O_TTY_INIT && ! (INT_MIN <= O_TTY_INIT && O_TTY_INIT <= INT_MAX)
+#  undef O_TTY_INIT
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined O_DIRECT && defined O_DIRECTIO
+/* Tru64 spells it 'O_DIRECTIO'.  */
+# define O_DIRECT O_DIRECTIO
+#endif
+
+#if !defined O_CLOEXEC && defined O_NOINHERIT
+/* Mingw spells it 'O_NOINHERIT'.  */
+# define O_CLOEXEC O_NOINHERIT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_CLOEXEC
+# define O_CLOEXEC 0x40000000 /* Try to not collide with system O_* flags.  */
+# define GNULIB_defined_O_CLOEXEC 1
+#else
+# define GNULIB_defined_O_CLOEXEC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DIRECT
+# define O_DIRECT 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
+# define O_DIRECTORY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DSYNC
+# define O_DSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_EXEC
+# define O_EXEC O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems.  */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_IGNORE_CTTY
+# define O_IGNORE_CTTY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NDELAY
+# define O_NDELAY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOATIME
+# define O_NOATIME 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
+# define O_NONBLOCK O_NDELAY
+#endif
+
+/* If the gnulib module 'nonblocking' is in use, guarantee a working non-zero
+   value of O_NONBLOCK.  Otherwise, O_NONBLOCK is defined (above) to O_NDELAY
+   or to 0 as fallback.  */
+#if @GNULIB_NONBLOCKING@
+# if O_NONBLOCK
+#  define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 0
+# else
+#  define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 1
+#  undef O_NONBLOCK
+#  define O_NONBLOCK 0x40000000
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOCTTY
+# define O_NOCTTY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOLINK
+# define O_NOLINK 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOLINKS
+# define O_NOLINKS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOTRANS
+# define O_NOTRANS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_RSYNC
+# define O_RSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_SEARCH
+# define O_SEARCH O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems.  */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_SYNC
+# define O_SYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_TTY_INIT
+# define O_TTY_INIT 0
+#endif
+
+#if ~O_ACCMODE & (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
+# undef O_ACCMODE
+# define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+   O_BINARY is usually declared in fcntl.h  */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+  /* For MSC-compatible compilers.  */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+
+#if defined __BEOS__ || defined __HAIKU__
+  /* BeOS 5 and Haiku have O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect.  */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+# define O_TEXT 0
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the AT_* macros.  */
+
+/* Work around a bug in Solaris 9 and 10: AT_FDCWD is positive.  Its
+   value exceeds INT_MAX, so its use as an int doesn't conform to the
+   C standard, and GCC and Sun C complain in some cases.  If the bug
+   is present, undef AT_FDCWD here, so it can be redefined below.  */
+#if 0 < AT_FDCWD && AT_FDCWD == 0xffd19553
+# undef AT_FDCWD
+#endif
+
+/* Use the same bit pattern as Solaris 9, but with the proper
+   signedness.  The bit pattern is important, in case this actually is
+   Solaris with the above workaround.  */
+#ifndef AT_FDCWD
+# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
+#endif
+
+/* Use the same values as Solaris 9.  This shouldn't matter, but
+   there's no real reason to differ.  */
+#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+# define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 4096
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AT_REMOVEDIR
+# define AT_REMOVEDIR 1
+#endif
+
+/* Solaris 9 lacks these two, so just pick unique values.  */
+#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW
+# define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AT_EACCESS
+# define AT_EACCESS 4
+#endif
+
+/* Ignore this flag if not supported.  */
+#ifndef AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT
+# define AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT 0
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fdopendir.c b/xcompile/lib/fdopendir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa841e3e81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fdopendir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/* provide a replacement fdopendir function
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_FDOPENDIR
+
+# include "openat.h"
+# include "openat-priv.h"
+# include "save-cwd.h"
+
+# if GNULIB_DIRENT_SAFER
+#  include "dirent--.h"
+# endif
+
+# ifndef REPLACE_FCHDIR
+#  define REPLACE_FCHDIR 0
+# endif
+
+static DIR *fdopendir_with_dup (int, int, struct saved_cwd const *);
+static DIR *fd_clone_opendir (int, struct saved_cwd const *);
+
+/* Replacement for POSIX fdopendir.
+
+   First, try to simulate it via opendir ("/proc/self/fd/...").  Failing
+   that, simulate it by using fchdir metadata, or by doing
+   save_cwd/fchdir/opendir(".")/restore_cwd.
+   If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely),
+   then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+
+   If successful, the resulting stream is based on FD in
+   implementations where streams are based on file descriptors and in
+   applications where no other thread or signal handler allocates or
+   frees file descriptors.  In other cases, consult dirfd on the result
+   to find out whether FD is still being used.
+
+   Otherwise, this function works just like POSIX fdopendir.
+
+   W A R N I N G:
+
+   Unlike other fd-related functions, this one places constraints on FD.
+   If this function returns successfully, FD is under control of the
+   dirent.h system, and the caller should not close or modify the state of
+   FD other than by the dirent.h functions.  */
+# ifdef __KLIBC__
+#  include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h>
+
+DIR *
+fdopendir (int fd)
+{
+  char path[_MAX_PATH];
+  DIR *dirp;
+
+  /* Get a path from fd */
+  if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path)))
+    return NULL;
+
+  dirp = opendir (path);
+  if (!dirp)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Unregister fd registered by opendir() */
+  _gl_unregister_dirp_fd (dirfd (dirp));
+
+  /* Register our fd */
+  if (_gl_register_dirp_fd (fd, dirp))
+    {
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+
+      closedir (dirp);
+
+      errno = saved_errno;
+
+      dirp = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return dirp;
+}
+# else
+DIR *
+fdopendir (int fd)
+{
+  DIR *dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, -1, NULL);
+
+  if (! REPLACE_FCHDIR && ! dir)
+    {
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+      if (EXPECTED_ERRNO (saved_errno))
+        {
+          struct saved_cwd cwd;
+          if (save_cwd (&cwd) != 0)
+            openat_save_fail (errno);
+          dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, -1, &cwd);
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          free_cwd (&cwd);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return dir;
+}
+# endif
+
+/* Like fdopendir, except that if OLDER_DUPFD is not -1, it is known
+   to be a dup of FD which is less than FD - 1 and which will be
+   closed by the caller and not otherwise used by the caller.  This
+   function makes sure that FD is closed and all file descriptors less
+   than FD are open, and then calls fd_clone_opendir on a dup of FD.
+   That way, barring race conditions, fd_clone_opendir returns a
+   stream whose file descriptor is FD.
+
+   If REPLACE_FCHDIR or CWD is null, use opendir ("/proc/self/fd/...",
+   falling back on fchdir metadata.  Otherwise, CWD is a saved version
+   of the working directory; use fchdir/opendir(".")/restore_cwd(CWD).  */
+static DIR *
+fdopendir_with_dup (int fd, int older_dupfd, struct saved_cwd const *cwd)
+{
+  int dupfd = dup (fd);
+  if (dupfd < 0 && errno == EMFILE)
+    dupfd = older_dupfd;
+  if (dupfd < 0)
+    return NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      DIR *dir;
+      int saved_errno;
+      if (dupfd < fd - 1 && dupfd != older_dupfd)
+        {
+          dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, dupfd, cwd);
+          saved_errno = errno;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          close (fd);
+          dir = fd_clone_opendir (dupfd, cwd);
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          if (! dir)
+            {
+              int fd1 = dup (dupfd);
+              if (fd1 != fd)
+                openat_save_fail (fd1 < 0 ? errno : EBADF);
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (dupfd != older_dupfd)
+        close (dupfd);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return dir;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Like fdopendir, except the result controls a clone of FD.  It is
+   the caller's responsibility both to close FD and (if the result is
+   not null) to closedir the result.  */
+static DIR *
+fd_clone_opendir (int fd, struct saved_cwd const *cwd)
+{
+  if (REPLACE_FCHDIR || ! cwd)
+    {
+      DIR *dir = NULL;
+      int saved_errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+      char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+      char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (buf, fd, ".");
+      if (proc_file)
+        {
+          dir = opendir (proc_file);
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          if (proc_file != buf)
+            free (proc_file);
+        }
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+      if (! dir && EXPECTED_ERRNO (saved_errno))
+        {
+          char const *name = _gl_directory_name (fd);
+          DIR *dp = name ? opendir (name) : NULL;
+
+          /* The caller has done an elaborate dance to arrange for opendir to
+             consume just the right file descriptor.  If dirfd returns -1,
+             though, we're on a system like mingw where opendir does not
+             consume a file descriptor.  Consume it via 'dup' instead.  */
+          if (dp && dirfd (dp) < 0)
+            dup (fd);
+
+          return dp;
+        }
+# endif
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return dir;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (fchdir (fd) != 0)
+        return NULL;
+      else
+        {
+          DIR *dir = opendir (".");
+          int saved_errno = errno;
+          if (restore_cwd (cwd) != 0)
+            openat_restore_fail (errno);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          return dir;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_FDOPENDIR */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+
+# undef fdopendir
+
+/* Like fdopendir, but work around GNU/Hurd bug by validating FD.  */
+
+DIR *
+rpl_fdopendir (int fd)
+{
+  struct stat st;
+  if (fstat (fd, &st))
+    return NULL;
+  if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+    {
+      errno = ENOTDIR;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  return fdopendir (fd);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FDOPENDIR */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/file-has-acl.c b/xcompile/lib/file-has-acl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b31a2ea252
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/file-has-acl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
+/* Test whether a file has a nontrivial ACL.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+/* Without this pragma, gcc 4.7.0 20120126 may suggest that the
+   file_has_acl function might be candidate for attribute 'const'  */
+#if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=const"
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+#if USE_ACL && GETXATTR_WITH_POSIX_ACLS
+# include <string.h>
+# include <arpa/inet.h>
+# include <sys/xattr.h>
+# include <linux/xattr.h>
+# ifndef XATTR_NAME_NFSV4_ACL
+#  define XATTR_NAME_NFSV4_ACL "system.nfs4_acl"
+# endif
+
+enum {
+  /* ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE = 0x00000000, */
+  ACE4_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE  = 0x00000001,
+  ACE4_IDENTIFIER_GROUP        = 0x00000040
+};
+
+/* Return 1 if given ACL in XDR format is non-trivial, 0 if it is trivial.
+   -1 upon failure to determine it.  Possibly change errno.  Assume that
+   the ACL is valid, except avoid undefined behavior even if invalid.
+
+   See <https://linux.die.net/man/5/nfs4_acl>.  The NFSv4 acls are
+   defined in Internet RFC 7530 and as such, every NFSv4 server
+   supporting ACLs should support NFSv4 ACLs (they differ from from
+   POSIX draft ACLs).  The ACLs can be obtained via the
+   nfsv4-acl-tools, e.g., the nfs4_getfacl command.  Gnulib provides
+   only basic support of NFSv4 ACLs, i.e., recognize trivial vs
+   nontrivial ACLs.  */
+
+static int
+acl_nfs4_nontrivial (uint32_t *xattr, ssize_t nbytes)
+{
+  enum { BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT = 4};
+
+  /* Grab the number of aces in the acl.  */
+  nbytes -= BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT;
+  if (nbytes < 0)
+    return -1;
+  uint32_t num_aces = ntohl (*xattr++);
+  if (6 < num_aces)
+    return 1;
+  int ace_found = 0;
+
+  for (int ace_n = 0; ace_n < num_aces; ace_n++)
+    {
+      /* Get the acl type and flag.  Skip the mask; it's too risky to
+         test it and it does not seem to be needed.  Get the wholen.  */
+      nbytes -= 4 * BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT;
+      if (nbytes < 0)
+        return -1;
+      uint32_t type = ntohl (xattr[0]);
+      uint32_t flag = ntohl (xattr[1]);
+      uint32_t wholen = ntohl (xattr[3]);
+      xattr += 4;
+      int whowords = (wholen / BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT
+                      + (wholen % BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT != 0));
+      int64_t wholen4 = whowords;
+      wholen4 *= BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT;
+
+      /* Trivial ACLs have only ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE or
+         ACE4_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE.  */
+      if (ACE4_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE < type)
+        return 1;
+
+      /* RFC 7530 says FLAG should be 0, but be generous to NetApp and
+         also accept the group flag.  */
+      if (flag & ~ACE4_IDENTIFIER_GROUP)
+        return 1;
+
+      /* Get the who string.  Check NBYTES - WHOLEN4 before storing
+         into NBYTES, to avoid truncation on conversion.  */
+      if (nbytes - wholen4 < 0)
+        return -1;
+      nbytes -= wholen4;
+
+      /* For a trivial ACL, max 6 (typically 3) ACEs, 3 allow, 3 deny.
+         Check that there is at most one ACE of each TYPE and WHO.  */
+      int who2
+        = (wholen == 6 && memcmp (xattr, "OWNER@", 6) == 0 ? 0
+           : wholen == 6 && memcmp (xattr, "GROUP@", 6) == 0 ? 2
+           : wholen == 9 && memcmp (xattr, "EVERYONE@", 9) == 0 ? 4
+           : -1);
+      if (who2 < 0)
+        return 1;
+      int ace_found_bit = 1 << (who2 | type);
+      if (ace_found & ace_found_bit)
+        return 1;
+      ace_found |= ace_found_bit;
+
+      xattr += whowords;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return 1 if NAME has a nontrivial access control list,
+   0 if ACLs are not supported, or if NAME has no or only a base ACL,
+   and -1 (setting errno) on error.  Note callers can determine
+   if ACLs are not supported as errno is set in that case also.
+   SB must be set to the stat buffer of NAME,
+   obtained through stat() or lstat().  */
+
+int
+file_has_acl (char const *name, struct stat const *sb)
+{
+#if USE_ACL
+  if (! S_ISLNK (sb->st_mode))
+    {
+
+# if GETXATTR_WITH_POSIX_ACLS
+
+      ssize_t ret;
+      int initial_errno = errno;
+
+      ret = getxattr (name, XATTR_NAME_POSIX_ACL_ACCESS, NULL, 0);
+      if (ret < 0 && errno == ENODATA)
+        ret = 0;
+      else if (ret > 0)
+        return 1;
+
+      if (ret == 0 && S_ISDIR (sb->st_mode))
+        {
+          ret = getxattr (name, XATTR_NAME_POSIX_ACL_DEFAULT, NULL, 0);
+          if (ret < 0 && errno == ENODATA)
+            ret = 0;
+          else if (ret > 0)
+            return 1;
+        }
+
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          /* Check for NFSv4 ACLs.  The max length of a trivial
+             ACL is 6 words for owner, 6 for group, 7 for everyone,
+             all times 2 because there are both allow and deny ACEs.
+             There are 6 words for owner because of type, flag, mask,
+             wholen, "OWNER@"+pad and similarly for group; everyone is
+             another word to hold "EVERYONE@".  */
+          uint32_t xattr[2 * (6 + 6 + 7)];
+
+          ret = getxattr (name, XATTR_NAME_NFSV4_ACL, xattr, sizeof xattr);
+          if (ret < 0)
+            switch (errno)
+              {
+              case ENODATA: return 0;
+              case ERANGE : return 1; /* ACL must be nontrivial.  */
+              }
+          else
+            {
+              /* It looks like a trivial ACL, but investigate further.  */
+              ret = acl_nfs4_nontrivial (xattr, ret);
+              if (ret < 0)
+                {
+                  errno = EINVAL;
+                  return ret;
+                }
+              errno = initial_errno;
+            }
+        }
+      if (ret < 0)
+        return - acl_errno_valid (errno);
+      return ret;
+
+# elif HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
+
+      /* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version.  */
+      /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+      int ret;
+
+      if (HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE) /* Linux */
+        {
+          /* On Linux, acl_extended_file is an optimized function: It only
+             makes two calls to getxattr(), one for ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, one for
+             ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT.  */
+          ret = acl_extended_file (name);
+        }
+      else /* FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+        {
+#  if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
+          /* On Mac OS X, acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
+             and acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT)
+             always return NULL / EINVAL.  There is no point in making
+             these two useless calls.  The real ACL is retrieved through
+             acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED).  */
+          acl_t acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED);
+          if (acl)
+            {
+              ret = acl_extended_nontrivial (acl);
+              acl_free (acl);
+            }
+          else
+            ret = -1;
+#  else /* FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+          acl_t acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
+          if (acl)
+            {
+              int saved_errno;
+
+              ret = acl_access_nontrivial (acl);
+              saved_errno = errno;
+              acl_free (acl);
+              errno = saved_errno;
+#   if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
+              /* On OSF/1, acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT) always
+                 returns NULL with errno not set.  There is no point in
+                 making this call.  */
+#   else /* FreeBSD, IRIX, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+              /* On Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
+                 and acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT) on a directory
+                 either both succeed or both fail; it depends on the
+                 file system.  Therefore there is no point in making the second
+                 call if the first one already failed.  */
+              if (ret == 0 && S_ISDIR (sb->st_mode))
+                {
+                  acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT);
+                  if (acl)
+                    {
+#    ifdef __CYGWIN__ /* Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+                      ret = acl_access_nontrivial (acl);
+                      saved_errno = errno;
+                      acl_free (acl);
+                      errno = saved_errno;
+#    else
+                      ret = (0 < acl_entries (acl));
+                      acl_free (acl);
+#    endif
+                    }
+                  else
+                    ret = -1;
+                }
+#   endif
+            }
+          else
+            ret = -1;
+#  endif
+        }
+      if (ret < 0)
+        return - acl_errno_valid (errno);
+      return ret;
+
+# elif HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
+
+#  if defined ACL_NO_TRIVIAL
+
+      /* Solaris 10 (newer version), which has additional API declared in
+         <sys/acl.h> (acl_t) and implemented in libsec (acl_set, acl_trivial,
+         acl_fromtext, ...).  */
+      return acl_trivial (name);
+
+#  else /* Solaris, Cygwin, general case */
+
+      /* Solaris 2.5 through Solaris 10, Cygwin, and contemporaneous versions
+         of Unixware.  The acl() call returns the access and default ACL both
+         at once.  */
+      {
+        /* Initially, try to read the entries into a stack-allocated buffer.
+           Use malloc if it does not fit.  */
+        enum
+          {
+            alloc_init = 4000 / sizeof (aclent_t), /* >= 3 */
+            alloc_max = MIN (INT_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (aclent_t))
+          };
+        aclent_t buf[alloc_init];
+        size_t alloc = alloc_init;
+        aclent_t *entries = buf;
+        aclent_t *malloced = NULL;
+        int count;
+
+        for (;;)
+          {
+            count = acl (name, GETACL, alloc, entries);
+            if (count < 0 && errno == ENOSPC)
+              {
+                /* Increase the size of the buffer.  */
+                free (malloced);
+                if (alloc > alloc_max / 2)
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    return -1;
+                  }
+                alloc = 2 * alloc; /* <= alloc_max */
+                entries = malloced =
+                  (aclent_t *) malloc (alloc * sizeof (aclent_t));
+                if (entries == NULL)
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    return -1;
+                  }
+                continue;
+              }
+            break;
+          }
+        if (count < 0)
+          {
+            if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == ENOTSUP)
+              ;
+            else
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return -1;
+              }
+          }
+        else if (count == 0)
+          ;
+        else
+          {
+            /* Don't use MIN_ACL_ENTRIES:  It's set to 4 on Cygwin, but Cygwin
+               returns only 3 entries for files with no ACL.  But this is safe:
+               If there are more than 4 entries, there cannot be only the
+               "user::", "group::", "other:", and "mask:" entries.  */
+            if (count > 4)
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return 1;
+              }
+
+            if (acl_nontrivial (count, entries))
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return 1;
+              }
+          }
+        free (malloced);
+      }
+
+#   ifdef ACE_GETACL
+      /* Solaris also has a different variant of ACLs, used in ZFS and NFSv4
+         file systems (whereas the other ones are used in UFS file systems).  
*/
+      {
+        /* Initially, try to read the entries into a stack-allocated buffer.
+           Use malloc if it does not fit.  */
+        enum
+          {
+            alloc_init = 4000 / sizeof (ace_t), /* >= 3 */
+            alloc_max = MIN (INT_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (ace_t))
+          };
+        ace_t buf[alloc_init];
+        size_t alloc = alloc_init;
+        ace_t *entries = buf;
+        ace_t *malloced = NULL;
+        int count;
+
+        for (;;)
+          {
+            count = acl (name, ACE_GETACL, alloc, entries);
+            if (count < 0 && errno == ENOSPC)
+              {
+                /* Increase the size of the buffer.  */
+                free (malloced);
+                if (alloc > alloc_max / 2)
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    return -1;
+                  }
+                alloc = 2 * alloc; /* <= alloc_max */
+                entries = malloced = (ace_t *) malloc (alloc * sizeof (ace_t));
+                if (entries == NULL)
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    return -1;
+                  }
+                continue;
+              }
+            break;
+          }
+        if (count < 0)
+          {
+            if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EINVAL)
+              ;
+            else
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return -1;
+              }
+          }
+        else if (count == 0)
+          ;
+        else
+          {
+            /* In the old (original Solaris 10) convention:
+               If there are more than 3 entries, there cannot be only the
+               ACE_OWNER, ACE_GROUP, ACE_OTHER entries.
+               In the newer Solaris 10 and Solaris 11 convention:
+               If there are more than 6 entries, there cannot be only the
+               ACE_OWNER, ACE_GROUP, ACE_EVERYONE entries, each once with
+               NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE and once with
+               NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE.  */
+            if (count > 6)
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return 1;
+              }
+
+            if (acl_ace_nontrivial (count, entries))
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return 1;
+              }
+          }
+        free (malloced);
+      }
+#   endif
+
+      return 0;
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+      {
+        struct acl_entry entries[NACLENTRIES];
+        int count;
+
+        count = getacl (name, NACLENTRIES, entries);
+
+        if (count < 0)
+          {
+            /* ENOSYS is seen on newer HP-UX versions.
+               EOPNOTSUPP is typically seen on NFS mounts.
+               ENOTSUP was seen on Quantum StorNext file systems (cvfs).  */
+            if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == ENOTSUP)
+              ;
+            else
+              return -1;
+          }
+        else if (count == 0)
+          return 0;
+        else /* count > 0 */
+          {
+            if (count > NACLENTRIES)
+              /* If NACLENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory
+                 allocation.  */
+              abort ();
+
+            /* If there are more than 3 entries, there cannot be only the
+               (uid,%), (%,gid), (%,%) entries.  */
+            if (count > 3)
+              return 1;
+
+            {
+              struct stat statbuf;
+
+              if (stat (name, &statbuf) == -1 && errno != EOVERFLOW)
+                return -1;
+
+              return acl_nontrivial (count, entries);
+            }
+          }
+      }
+
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
+
+      {
+        struct acl entries[NACLVENTRIES];
+        int count;
+
+        count = acl ((char *) name, ACL_GET, NACLVENTRIES, entries);
+
+        if (count < 0)
+          {
+            /* EOPNOTSUPP is seen on NFS in HP-UX 11.11, 11.23.
+               EINVAL is seen on NFS in HP-UX 11.31.  */
+            if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == EINVAL)
+              ;
+            else
+              return -1;
+          }
+        else if (count == 0)
+          return 0;
+        else /* count > 0 */
+          {
+            if (count > NACLVENTRIES)
+              /* If NACLVENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory
+                 allocation.  */
+              abort ();
+
+            /* If there are more than 4 entries, there cannot be only the
+               four base ACL entries.  */
+            if (count > 4)
+              return 1;
+
+            return aclv_nontrivial (count, entries);
+          }
+      }
+
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && defined ACL_AIX_WIP /* AIX */
+
+      acl_type_t type;
+      char aclbuf[1024];
+      void *acl = aclbuf;
+      size_t aclsize = sizeof (aclbuf);
+      mode_t mode;
+
+      for (;;)
+        {
+          /* The docs say that type being 0 is equivalent to ACL_ANY, but it
+             is not true, in AIX 5.3.  */
+          type.u64 = ACL_ANY;
+          if (aclx_get (name, 0, &type, aclbuf, &aclsize, &mode) >= 0)
+            break;
+          if (errno == ENOSYS)
+            return 0;
+          if (errno != ENOSPC)
+            {
+              if (acl != aclbuf)
+                free (acl);
+              return -1;
+            }
+          aclsize = 2 * aclsize;
+          if (acl != aclbuf)
+            free (acl);
+          acl = malloc (aclsize);
+          if (acl == NULL)
+            {
+              errno = ENOMEM;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (type.u64 == ACL_AIXC)
+        {
+          int result = acl_nontrivial ((struct acl *) acl);
+          if (acl != aclbuf)
+            free (acl);
+          return result;
+        }
+      else if (type.u64 == ACL_NFS4)
+        {
+          int result = acl_nfs4_nontrivial ((nfs4_acl_int_t *) acl);
+          if (acl != aclbuf)
+            free (acl);
+          return result;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* A newer type of ACL has been introduced in the system.
+             We should better support it.  */
+          if (acl != aclbuf)
+            free (acl);
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+
+      union { struct acl a; char room[4096]; } u;
+
+      if (statacl ((char *) name, STX_NORMAL, &u.a, sizeof (u)) < 0)
+        return -1;
+
+      return acl_nontrivial (&u.a);
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+      {
+        struct acl entries[NACLENTRIES];
+        int count;
+
+        count = acl ((char *) name, ACL_GET, NACLENTRIES, entries);
+
+        if (count < 0)
+          {
+            if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == ENOTSUP)
+              ;
+            else
+              return -1;
+          }
+        else if (count == 0)
+          return 0;
+        else /* count > 0 */
+          {
+            if (count > NACLENTRIES)
+              /* If NACLENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory
+                 allocation.  */
+              abort ();
+
+            /* If there are more than 4 entries, there cannot be only the
+               four base ACL entries.  */
+            if (count > 4)
+              return 1;
+
+            return acl_nontrivial (count, entries);
+          }
+      }
+
+# endif
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/filemode.c b/xcompile/lib/filemode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..318d287f27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/filemode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
+
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998-2000, 2004, 2006, 2009-2023 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "filemode.h"
+
+#if ! HAVE_DECL_STRMODE
+
+/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
+   file mode BITS:
+   '-' regular file
+   'b' block special file
+   'c' character special file
+   'C' high performance ("contiguous data") file
+   'd' directory
+   'D' door
+   'l' symbolic link
+   'm' multiplexed file (7th edition Unix; obsolete)
+   'n' network special file (HP-UX)
+   'p' fifo (named pipe)
+   'P' port
+   's' socket
+   'w' whiteout (4.4BSD)
+   '?' some other file type  */
+
+static char
+ftypelet (mode_t bits)
+{
+  /* These are the most common, so test for them first.  */
+  if (S_ISREG (bits))
+    return '-';
+  if (S_ISDIR (bits))
+    return 'd';
+
+  /* Other letters standardized by POSIX 1003.1-2004.  */
+  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
+    return 'b';
+  if (S_ISCHR (bits))
+    return 'c';
+  if (S_ISLNK (bits))
+    return 'l';
+  if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
+    return 'p';
+
+  /* Other file types (though not letters) standardized by POSIX.  */
+  if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
+    return 's';
+
+  /* Nonstandard file types.  */
+  if (S_ISCTG (bits))
+    return 'C';
+  if (S_ISDOOR (bits))
+    return 'D';
+  if (S_ISMPB (bits) || S_ISMPC (bits) || S_ISMPX (bits))
+    return 'm';
+  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
+    return 'n';
+  if (S_ISPORT (bits))
+    return 'P';
+  if (S_ISWHT (bits))
+    return 'w';
+
+  return '?';
+}
+
+/* Like filemodestring, but rely only on MODE.  */
+
+void
+strmode (mode_t mode, char *str)
+{
+  str[0] = ftypelet (mode);
+  str[1] = mode & S_IRUSR ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[2] = mode & S_IWUSR ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[3] = (mode & S_ISUID
+            ? (mode & S_IXUSR ? 's' : 'S')
+            : (mode & S_IXUSR ? 'x' : '-'));
+  str[4] = mode & S_IRGRP ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[5] = mode & S_IWGRP ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[6] = (mode & S_ISGID
+            ? (mode & S_IXGRP ? 's' : 'S')
+            : (mode & S_IXGRP ? 'x' : '-'));
+  str[7] = mode & S_IROTH ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[8] = mode & S_IWOTH ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[9] = (mode & S_ISVTX
+            ? (mode & S_IXOTH ? 't' : 'T')
+            : (mode & S_IXOTH ? 'x' : '-'));
+  str[10] = ' ';
+  str[11] = '\0';
+}
+
+#endif /* ! HAVE_DECL_STRMODE */
+
+/* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
+   representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
+   12 characters are stored in STR.
+   The characters stored in STR are:
+
+   0    File type, as in ftypelet above, except that other letters are used
+        for files whose type cannot be determined solely from st_mode:
+
+            'F' semaphore
+            'Q' message queue
+            'S' shared memory object
+            'T' typed memory object
+
+   1    'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   2    'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   3    'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is
+        set-user-id, '-' otherwise.
+        'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute
+        bit isn't set.
+
+   4    'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   5    'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   6    'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is
+        set-group-id, '-' otherwise.
+        'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable.
+
+   7    'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   8    'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   9    'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky"
+        (will be retained in swap space after execution), '-'
+        otherwise.
+        'T' if the file is sticky but not executable.
+
+   10   ' ' for compatibility with 4.4BSD strmode,
+        since this interface does not support ACLs.
+
+   11   '\0'.  */
+
+void
+filemodestring (struct stat const *statp, char *str)
+{
+  strmode (statp->st_mode, str);
+
+  if (S_TYPEISSEM (statp))
+    str[0] = 'F';
+  else if (S_TYPEISMQ (statp))
+    str[0] = 'Q';
+  else if (S_TYPEISSHM (statp))
+    str[0] = 'S';
+  else if (S_TYPEISTMO (statp))
+    str[0] = 'T';
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/filemode.h b/xcompile/lib/filemode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15a8dcc376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/filemode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Make a string describing file modes.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2003, 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef FILEMODE_H_
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/* Get the declaration of strmode.  */
+# if HAVE_DECL_STRMODE
+#  include <string.h> /* Mac OS X, FreeBSD, OpenBSD */
+#  include <unistd.h> /* NetBSD */
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRMODE
+extern void strmode (mode_t mode, char *str);
+# endif
+
+extern void filemodestring (struct stat const *statp, char *str);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/filename.h b/xcompile/lib/filename.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2400a9dfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/filename.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* Basic filename support macros.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef _FILENAME_H
+#define _FILENAME_H
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Filename support.
+   ISSLASH(C)                  tests whether C is a directory separator
+                               character.
+   HAS_DEVICE(Filename)        tests whether Filename contains a device
+                               specification.
+   FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename)  length of the device specification
+                                     at the beginning of Filename,
+                                     index of the part consisting of
+                                     alternating components and slashes.
+   FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+                               1 when a non-empty device specification
+                               can be followed by an empty or relative
+                               part,
+                               0 when a non-empty device specification
+                               must be followed by a slash,
+                               0 when device specification don't exist.
+   IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename)
+                               tests whether Filename is independent of
+                               any notion of "current directory".
+   IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename)
+                               tests whether Filename may be concatenated
+                               to a directory filename.
+   Note: On native Windows, OS/2, DOS, "c:" is neither an absolute nor a
+   relative file name!
+   IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename)  tests whether Filename contains a device
+                                    or directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ \
+    || defined __EMX__ || defined __MSDOS__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+  /* Internal macro: Tests whether a character is a drive letter.  */
+# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) \
+    (((C) >= 'A' && (C) <= 'Z') || ((C) >= 'a' && (C) <= 'z'))
+  /* Help the compiler optimizing it.  This assumes ASCII.  */
+# undef _IS_DRIVE_LETTER
+# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) \
+    (((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' <= 'z' - 'a')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(Filename) \
+    (_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':')
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) (HAS_DEVICE (Filename) ? 2 : 0)
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#  define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
+# else
+   /* On native Windows, OS/2, DOS, the system has the notion of a
+      "current directory" on each drive.  */
+#  define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1
+# endif
+# if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
+     ISSLASH ((Filename)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (Filename)])
+# else
+#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
+     (ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (Filename))
+# endif
+# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
+    (! (ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (Filename)))
+# define IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) \
+    (strchr ((Filename), '/') != NULL || strchr ((Filename), '\\') != NULL \
+     || HAS_DEVICE (Filename))
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(Filename) ((void) (Filename), 0)
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) ((void) (Filename), 0)
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) ISSLASH ((Filename)[0])
+# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename) (! ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]))
+# define IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) (strchr ((Filename), '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* Deprecated macros.  For backward compatibility with old users of the
+   'filename' module.  */
+#define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME
+#define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FILENAME_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/filevercmp.c b/xcompile/lib/filevercmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..78e1faff53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/filevercmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/* Compare file names containing version numbers.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson <iwj10@cus.cam.ac.uk>
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Anthony Towns <aj@azure.humbug.org.au>
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "filevercmp.h"
+
+#include <c-ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <idx.h>
+
+/* Return the length of a prefix of S that corresponds to the suffix
+   defined by this extended regular expression in the C locale:
+     (\.[A-Za-z~][A-Za-z0-9~]*)*$
+   Use the longest suffix matching this regular expression,
+   except do not use all of S as a suffix if S is nonempty.
+   If *LEN is -1, S is a string; set *LEN to S's length.
+   Otherwise, *LEN should be nonnegative, S is a char array,
+   and *LEN does not change.  */
+static idx_t
+file_prefixlen (char const *s, ptrdiff_t *len)
+{
+  size_t n = *len;  /* SIZE_MAX if N == -1.  */
+  idx_t prefixlen = 0;
+
+  for (idx_t i = 0; ; )
+    {
+      if (*len < 0 ? !s[i] : i == n)
+        {
+          *len = i;
+          return prefixlen;
+        }
+
+      i++;
+      prefixlen = i;
+      while (i + 1 < n && s[i] == '.' && (c_isalpha (s[i + 1])
+                                          || s[i + 1] == '~'))
+        for (i += 2; i < n && (c_isalnum (s[i]) || s[i] == '~'); i++)
+          continue;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return a version sort comparison value for S's byte at position POS.
+   S has length LEN.  If POS == LEN, sort before all non-'~' bytes.  */
+
+static int
+order (char const *s, idx_t pos, idx_t len)
+{
+  if (pos == len)
+    return -1;
+
+  unsigned char c = s[pos];
+  if (c_isdigit (c))
+    return 0;
+  else if (c_isalpha (c))
+    return c;
+  else if (c == '~')
+    return -2;
+  else
+    {
+      static_assert (UCHAR_MAX <= (INT_MAX - 1 - 2) / 2);
+      return c + UCHAR_MAX + 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/* slightly modified verrevcmp function from dpkg
+   S1, S2 - compared char array
+   S1_LEN, S2_LEN - length of arrays to be scanned
+
+   This implements the algorithm for comparison of version strings
+   specified by Debian and now widely adopted.  The detailed
+   specification can be found in the Debian Policy Manual in the
+   section on the 'Version' control field.  This version of the code
+   implements that from s5.6.12 of Debian Policy v3.8.0.1
+   https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html#s-f-Version 
*/
+static int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+verrevcmp (const char *s1, idx_t s1_len, const char *s2, idx_t s2_len)
+{
+  idx_t s1_pos = 0;
+  idx_t s2_pos = 0;
+  while (s1_pos < s1_len || s2_pos < s2_len)
+    {
+      int first_diff = 0;
+      while ((s1_pos < s1_len && !c_isdigit (s1[s1_pos]))
+             || (s2_pos < s2_len && !c_isdigit (s2[s2_pos])))
+        {
+          int s1_c = order (s1, s1_pos, s1_len);
+          int s2_c = order (s2, s2_pos, s2_len);
+          if (s1_c != s2_c)
+            return s1_c - s2_c;
+          s1_pos++;
+          s2_pos++;
+        }
+      while (s1_pos < s1_len && s1[s1_pos] == '0')
+        s1_pos++;
+      while (s2_pos < s2_len && s2[s2_pos] == '0')
+        s2_pos++;
+      while (s1_pos < s1_len && s2_pos < s2_len
+             && c_isdigit (s1[s1_pos]) && c_isdigit (s2[s2_pos]))
+        {
+          if (!first_diff)
+            first_diff = s1[s1_pos] - s2[s2_pos];
+          s1_pos++;
+          s2_pos++;
+        }
+      if (s1_pos < s1_len && c_isdigit (s1[s1_pos]))
+        return 1;
+      if (s2_pos < s2_len && c_isdigit (s2[s2_pos]))
+        return -1;
+      if (first_diff)
+        return first_diff;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compare version strings S1 and S2.
+   See filevercmp.h for function description.  */
+int
+filevercmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  return filenvercmp (s1, -1, s2, -1);
+}
+
+/* Compare versions A (of length ALEN) and B (of length BLEN).
+   See filevercmp.h for function description.  */
+int
+filenvercmp (char const *a, ptrdiff_t alen, char const *b, ptrdiff_t blen)
+{
+  /* Special case for empty versions.  */
+  bool aempty = alen < 0 ? !a[0] : !alen;
+  bool bempty = blen < 0 ? !b[0] : !blen;
+  if (aempty)
+    return -!bempty;
+  if (bempty)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* Special cases for leading ".": "." sorts first, then "..", then
+     other names with leading ".", then other names.  */
+  if (a[0] == '.')
+    {
+      if (b[0] != '.')
+        return -1;
+
+      bool adot = alen < 0 ? !a[1] : alen == 1;
+      bool bdot = blen < 0 ? !b[1] : blen == 1;
+      if (adot)
+        return -!bdot;
+      if (bdot)
+        return 1;
+
+      bool adotdot = a[1] == '.' && (alen < 0 ? !a[2] : alen == 2);
+      bool bdotdot = b[1] == '.' && (blen < 0 ? !b[2] : blen == 2);
+      if (adotdot)
+        return -!bdotdot;
+      if (bdotdot)
+        return 1;
+    }
+  else if (b[0] == '.')
+    return 1;
+
+  /* Cut file suffixes.  */
+  idx_t aprefixlen = file_prefixlen (a, &alen);
+  idx_t bprefixlen = file_prefixlen (b, &blen);
+
+  /* If both suffixes are empty, a second pass would return the same thing.  */
+  bool one_pass_only = aprefixlen == alen && bprefixlen == blen;
+
+  int result = verrevcmp (a, aprefixlen, b, bprefixlen);
+
+  /* Return the initial result if nonzero, or if no second pass is needed.
+     Otherwise, restore the suffixes and try again.  */
+  return result || one_pass_only ? result : verrevcmp (a, alen, b, blen);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/filevercmp.h b/xcompile/lib/filevercmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b81ab32a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/filevercmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Compare file names containing version numbers.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson <iwj10@cus.cam.ac.uk>
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Anthony Towns <aj@azure.humbug.org.au>
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef FILEVERCMP_H
+#define FILEVERCMP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Compare strings A and B as file names containing version numbers,
+   and return an integer that is negative, zero, or positive depending
+   on whether A compares less than, equal to, or greater than B.
+
+   Use the following version sort algorithm:
+
+     1. Compare the strings' maximal-length non-digit prefixes lexically.
+        If there is a difference return that difference.
+        Otherwise discard the prefixes and continue with the next step.
+
+     2. Compare the strings' maximal-length digit prefixes, using
+        numeric comparison of the numbers represented by each prefix.
+        (Treat an empty prefix as zero; this can happen only at string end.)
+        If there is a difference, return that difference.
+        Otherwise discard the prefixes and continue with the next step.
+
+     3. If both strings are empty, return 0.  Otherwise continue with step 1.
+
+   In version sort, lexical comparison is left to right, byte by byte,
+   using the byte's numeric value (0-255), except that:
+
+     1. ASCII letters sort before other bytes.
+     2. A tilde sorts before anything, even an empty string.
+
+   In addition to the version sort rules, the following strings have
+   special priority and sort before all other strings (listed in order):
+
+     1. The empty string.
+     2. ".".
+     3. "..".
+     4. Strings starting with "." sort before other strings.
+
+   Before comparing two strings where both begin with non-".",
+   or where both begin with "." but neither is "." or "..",
+   suffixes matching the C-locale extended regular expression
+   (\.[A-Za-z~][A-Za-z0-9~]*)*$ are removed and the strings compared
+   without them, using version sort without special priority;
+   if they do not compare equal, this comparison result is used and
+   the suffixes are effectively ignored.  Otherwise, the entire
+   strings are compared using version sort.  When removing a suffix
+   from a nonempty string, remove the maximal-length suffix such that
+   the remaining string is nonempty.
+
+   This function is intended to be a replacement for strverscmp.  */
+int filevercmp (char const *a, char const *b) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Like filevercmp, except compare the byte arrays A (of length ALEN)
+   and B (of length BLEN) so that A and B can contain '\0', which
+   sorts just before '\1'.  But if ALEN is -1 treat A as a string
+   terminated by '\0', and similarly for BLEN.  */
+int filenvercmp (char const *a, ptrdiff_t alen, char const *b, ptrdiff_t blen)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+#endif /* FILEVERCMP_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fingerprint.c b/xcompile/lib/fingerprint.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d83de2245e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fingerprint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Placeholder fingerprint for Emacs
+
+Copyright 2019-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Emacs.
+
+GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at
+your option) any later version.
+
+GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU Emacs.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "fingerprint.h"
+
+/* This random fingerprint was generated by the shell command:
+
+   shuf -i 0-255 -n 32 -r | awk '{printf "   0x%.02X,\n", $0}'
+
+   In the final Emacs executable, this random fingerprint is replaced
+   by a fingerprint of the temporary Emacs executable that was built
+   along the way.  */
+
+volatile unsigned char fingerprint[] =
+  {
+   0xDE,
+   0x86,
+   0xBB,
+   0x99,
+   0xFF,
+   0xF5,
+   0x46,
+   0x9A,
+   0x9E,
+   0x3F,
+   0x9F,
+   0x5D,
+   0x9A,
+   0xDF,
+   0xF0,
+   0x91,
+   0xBD,
+   0xCD,
+   0xC1,
+   0xE8,
+   0x0C,
+   0x16,
+   0x1E,
+   0xAF,
+   0xB8,
+   0x6C,
+   0xE2,
+   0x2B,
+   0xB1,
+   0x24,
+   0xCE,
+   0xB0,
+  };
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fingerprint.h b/xcompile/lib/fingerprint.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0bb099ceee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fingerprint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Header file for the Emacs build fingerprint.
+
+Copyright (C) 2016, 2018-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Emacs.
+
+GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at
+your option) any later version.
+
+GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU Emacs.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef EMACS_FINGERPRINT_H
+#define EMACS_FINGERPRINT_H
+
+/* We generate fingerprint.c and fingerprint.o from all the sources in
+   Emacs.  This way, we have a unique value that we can use to pair
+   data files (like a dump file) with a specific build of Emacs.  */
+extern volatile unsigned char fingerprint[32];
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/flexmember.h b/xcompile/lib/flexmember.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a6cc876a6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/flexmember.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Sizes of structs with flexible array members.
+
+   Copyright 2016-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Nonzero multiple of alignment of TYPE, suitable for FLEXSIZEOF below.
+   On older platforms without _Alignof, use a pessimistic bound that is
+   safe in practice even if FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER is 1.
+   On newer platforms, use _Alignof to get a tighter bound.  */
+
+#if !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112
+# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) (sizeof (type) & ~ (sizeof (type) - 1))
+#else
+# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) _Alignof (type)
+#endif
+
+/* Yield a properly aligned upper bound on the size of a struct of
+   type TYPE with a flexible array member named MEMBER that is
+   followed by N bytes of other data.  The result is suitable as an
+   argument to malloc.  For example:
+
+     struct s { int n; char d[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; };
+     struct s *p = malloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct s, d, n * sizeof (char)));
+
+   FLEXSIZEOF (TYPE, MEMBER, N) is not simply (sizeof (TYPE) + N),
+   since FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER may be 1 on pre-C11 platforms.  Nor is
+   it simply (offsetof (TYPE, MEMBER) + N), as that might yield a size
+   that causes malloc to yield a pointer that is not properly aligned
+   for TYPE; for example, if sizeof (int) == alignof (int) == 4,
+   malloc (offsetof (struct s, d) + 3 * sizeof (char)) is equivalent
+   to malloc (7) and might yield a pointer that is not a multiple of 4
+   (which means the pointer is not properly aligned for struct s),
+   whereas malloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct s, d, 3 * sizeof (char))) is
+   equivalent to malloc (8) and must yield a pointer that is a
+   multiple of 4.
+
+   Yield a value less than N if and only if arithmetic overflow occurs.  */
+
+#define FLEXSIZEOF(type, member, n) \
+   ((offsetof (type, member) + FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1 + (n)) \
+    & ~ (FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1))
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fpending.c b/xcompile/lib/fpending.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62716b9096
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fpending.c
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* fpending.c -- return the number of pending output bytes on a stream
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "fpending.h"
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+/* This file is not used on systems that already have the __fpending function,
+   namely glibc >= 2.2, Solaris >= 7, UnixWare >= 7.1.4.MP4, Cygwin >= 1.7.34,
+   Android API >= 23.  */
+
+/* Return the number of pending (aka buffered, unflushed)
+   bytes on the stream, FP, that is open for writing.  */
+size_t
+__fpending (FILE *fp)
+{
+#if defined __ANDROID__
+  return 0;
+  /* Most systems provide FILE as a struct and the necessary bitmask in
+     <stdio.h>, because they need it for implementing getc() and putc() as
+     fast macros.  */
+#elif defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+  /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  return fp->_IO_write_ptr - fp->_IO_write_base;
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin < 1.7.34, Minix 3, 
Android */
+  return fp->_p - fp->_bf._base;
+#elif defined __EMX__                /* emx+gcc */
+  return fp->_ptr - fp->_buffer;
+#elif defined __minix                /* Minix */
+  return fp_->_ptr - fp_->_buf;
+#elif defined _IOERR                 /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, 
OpenServer, UnixWare, mingw, MSVC, NonStop Kernel, OpenVMS */
+  return (fp_->_ptr ? fp_->_ptr - fp_->_base : 0);
+#elif defined __UCLIBC__             /* uClibc */
+  return (fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_WRITING ? fp->__bufpos - fp->__bufstart : 
0);
+#elif defined __QNX__                /* QNX */
+  return (fp->_Mode & 0x2000 /*_MWRITE*/ ? fp->_Next - fp->_Buf : 0);
+#elif defined __MINT__               /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  return fp->__bufp - fp->__buffer;
+#elif defined EPLAN9                 /* Plan9 */
+  return fp->wp - fp->buf;
+#else
+# error "Please port gnulib fpending.c to your platform!"
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fpending.h b/xcompile/lib/fpending.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5e860db681
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fpending.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Declare __fpending.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+size_t __fpending (FILE *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/free.c b/xcompile/lib/free.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..372a6b0fec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/free.c
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* Make free() preserve errno.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* A function definition is only needed if HAVE_FREE_POSIX is not defined.  */
+#if !HAVE_FREE_POSIX
+
+# include <errno.h>
+
+void
+rpl_free (void *p)
+# undef free
+{
+# if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__
+  /* An invalid GCC optimization
+     <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=98396>
+     would optimize away the assignments in the code below, when link-time
+     optimization (LTO) is enabled.  Make the code more complicated, so that
+     GCC does not grok how to optimize it.  */
+  int err[2];
+  err[0] = errno;
+  err[1] = errno;
+  errno = 0;
+  free (p);
+  errno = err[errno == 0];
+# else
+  int err = errno;
+  free (p);
+  errno = err;
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fstatat.c b/xcompile/lib/fstatat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..372965ef5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fstatat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* Work around an fstatat bug on Solaris 9.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_fstatat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_fstatat.  */
+#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of fstatat.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
+
+#if HAVE_FSTATAT && HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG
+static int
+orig_fstatat (int fd, char const *filename, struct stat *buf, int flags)
+{
+  return fstatat (fd, filename, buf, flags);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __osf__
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+# include "sys/stat.h"
+#else
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "stat-time.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if HAVE_FSTATAT && HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG
+
+# ifndef LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
+#  define LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK 0
+# endif
+
+static int
+normal_fstatat (int fd, char const *file, struct stat *st, int flag)
+{
+  return stat_time_normalize (orig_fstatat (fd, file, st, flag), st);
+}
+
+/* fstatat should always follow symbolic links that end in /, but on
+   Solaris 9 it doesn't if AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW is specified.
+   Likewise, trailing slash on a non-directory should be an error.
+   These are the same problems that lstat.c and stat.c address, so
+   solve it in a similar way.
+
+   AIX 7.1 fstatat (AT_FDCWD, ..., 0) always fails, which is a bug.
+   Work around this bug if FSTATAT_AT_FDCWD_0_BROKEN is nonzero.  */
+
+int
+rpl_fstatat (int fd, char const *file, struct stat *st, int flag)
+{
+  int result = normal_fstatat (fd, file, st, flag);
+  size_t len;
+
+  if (LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK || result != 0)
+    return result;
+  len = strlen (file);
+  if (flag & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW)
+    {
+      /* Fix lstat behavior.  */
+      if (file[len - 1] != '/' || S_ISDIR (st->st_mode))
+        return 0;
+      if (!S_ISLNK (st->st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      result = normal_fstatat (fd, file, st, flag & ~AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+    }
+  /* Fix stat behavior.  */
+  if (result == 0 && !S_ISDIR (st->st_mode) && file[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      errno = ENOTDIR;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#else /* ! (HAVE_FSTATAT && HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG) */
+
+/* On mingw, the gnulib <sys/stat.h> defines 'stat' as a function-like
+   macro; but using it in AT_FUNC_F2 causes compilation failure
+   because the preprocessor sees a use of a macro that requires two
+   arguments but is only given one.  Hence, we need an inline
+   forwarder to get past the preprocessor.  */
+static int
+stat_func (char const *name, struct stat *st)
+{
+  return stat (name, st);
+}
+
+/* Likewise, if there is no native 'lstat', then the gnulib
+   <sys/stat.h> defined it as stat, which also needs adjustment.  */
+# if !HAVE_LSTAT
+#  undef lstat
+#  define lstat stat_func
+# endif
+
+/* Replacement for Solaris' function by the same name.
+   <https://www.google.com/search?q=fstatat+site:docs.oracle.com>
+   First, try to simulate it via l?stat ("/proc/self/fd/FD/FILE").
+   Failing that, simulate it via save_cwd/fchdir/(stat|lstat)/restore_cwd.
+   If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely),
+   then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+   Otherwise, this function works just like Solaris' fstatat.  */
+
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME fstatat
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 lstat
+# define AT_FUNC_F2 stat_func
+# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , struct stat *st, int flag
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , st
+# include "at-func.c"
+# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+# undef AT_FUNC_F1
+# undef AT_FUNC_F2
+# undef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_FSTATAT */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fsusage.c b/xcompile/lib/fsusage.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6f4b1c35f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fsusage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* fsusage.c -- return space usage of mounted file systems
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1996, 1998-1999, 2002-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "fsusage.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if STAT_STATVFS || STAT_STATVFS64 /* POSIX 1003.1-2001 (and later) with XSI */
+# include <sys/statvfs.h>
+#else
+/* Don't include backward-compatibility files unless they're needed.
+   Eventually we'd like to remove all this cruft.  */
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
+#endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_FS_S5PARAM_H      /* Fujitsu UXP/V */
+#  include <sys/fs/s5param.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_STATFS_H
+#  include <sys/statfs.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Many space usage primitives use all 1 bits to denote a value that is
+   not applicable or unknown.  Propagate this information by returning
+   a uintmax_t value that is all 1 bits if X is all 1 bits, even if X
+   is unsigned and narrower than uintmax_t.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES(x) \
+  ((sizeof (x) < sizeof (uintmax_t) \
+    && (~ (x) == (sizeof (x) < sizeof (int) \
+                  ? - (1 << (sizeof (x) * CHAR_BIT)) \
+                  : 0))) \
+   ? UINTMAX_MAX : (uintmax_t) (x))
+
+/* Extract the top bit of X as an uintmax_t value.  */
+#define EXTRACT_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) \
+                            & ((uintmax_t) 1 << (sizeof (x) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+
+/* If a value is negative, many space usage primitives store it into an
+   integer variable by assignment, even if the variable's type is unsigned.
+   So, if a space usage variable X's top bit is set, convert X to the
+   uintmax_t value V such that (- (uintmax_t) V) is the negative of
+   the original value.  If X's top bit is clear, just yield X.
+   Use PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT if the original value might be negative;
+   otherwise, use PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) | ~ (EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (x) - 1))
+
+#ifdef STAT_STATVFS
+/* Return true if statvfs works.  This is false for statvfs on systems
+   with GNU libc on Linux kernels before 2.6.36, which stats all
+   preceding entries in /proc/mounts; that makes df hang if even one
+   of the corresponding file systems is hard-mounted but not available.  */
+# if ! (__linux__ && (__GLIBC__ || __UCLIBC__))
+/* The FRSIZE fallback is not required in this case.  */
+#  undef STAT_STATFS2_FRSIZE
+static int statvfs_works (void) { return 1; }
+# else
+#  include <string.h> /* for strverscmp */
+#  include <sys/utsname.h>
+#  include <sys/statfs.h>
+#  define STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE 1
+
+static int
+statvfs_works (void)
+{
+  static int statvfs_works_cache = -1;
+  struct utsname name;
+  if (statvfs_works_cache < 0)
+    statvfs_works_cache = (uname (&name) == 0
+                           && 0 <= strverscmp (name.release, "2.6.36"));
+  return statvfs_works_cache;
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Fill in the fields of FSP with information about space usage for
+   the file system on which FILE resides.
+   DISK is the device on which FILE is mounted, for space-getting
+   methods that need to know it.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not.  When returning -1, ensure that
+   ERRNO is either a system error value, or zero if DISK is NULL
+   on a system that requires a non-NULL value.  */
+int
+get_fs_usage (char const *file, char const *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp)
+{
+#ifdef STAT_STATVFS     /* POSIX, except pre-2.6.36 glibc/Linux */
+
+  if (statvfs_works ())
+    {
+      struct statvfs vfsd;
+
+      if (statvfs (file, &vfsd) < 0)
+        return -1;
+
+      /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
+      fsp->fsu_blocksize = (vfsd.f_frsize
+                            ? PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_frsize)
+                            : PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_bsize));
+
+      fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_blocks);
+      fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_bfree);
+      fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (vfsd.f_bavail);
+      fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (vfsd.f_bavail) != 0;
+      fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_files);
+      fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_ffree);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined STAT_STATVFS64            /* AIX */
+
+  struct statvfs64 fsd;
+
+  if (statvfs64 (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = (fsd.f_frsize
+                        ? PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_frsize)
+                        : PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bsize));
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS3_OSF1         /* OSF/1 */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd, sizeof (struct statfs)) != 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_fsize);
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_FRSIZE        /* 2.6 < glibc/Linux < 2.6.36 */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_frsize);
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE        /* glibc/Linux < 2.6, 4.3BSD, SunOS 4, 
\
+                                           Mac OS X < 10.4, FreeBSD < 5.0, \
+                                           NetBSD < 3.0, OpenBSD < 4.4 */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bsize);
+
+# ifdef STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS
+
+  /* In SunOS 4.1.2, 4.1.3, and 4.1.3_U1, the block counts in the
+     struct statfs are truncated to 2GB.  These conditions detect that
+     truncation, presumably without botching the 4.1.1 case, in which
+     the values are not truncated.  The correct counts are stored in
+     undocumented spare fields.  */
+  if (fsd.f_blocks == 0x7fffffff / fsd.f_bsize && fsd.f_spare[0] > 0)
+    {
+      fsd.f_blocks = fsd.f_spare[0];
+      fsd.f_bfree = fsd.f_spare[1];
+      fsd.f_bavail = fsd.f_spare[2];
+    }
+# endif /* STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS */
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE        /* 4.4BSD and older NetBSD */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_fsize);
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS4              /* SVR3, old Irix */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd, sizeof fsd, 0) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Empirically, the block counts on most SVR3 and SVR3-derived
+     systems seem to always be in terms of 512-byte blocks,
+     no matter what value f_bsize has.  */
+   fsp->fsu_blocksize = 512;
+
+#endif
+
+#if (defined STAT_STATVFS64 || defined STAT_STATFS3_OSF1                \
+     || defined STAT_STATFS2_FRSIZE || defined STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE       \
+     || defined STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE || defined STAT_STATFS4)
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_blocks);
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail) != 0;
+  fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_files);
+  fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_ffree);
+
+#endif
+
+  (void) disk;  /* avoid argument-unused warning */
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fsusage.h b/xcompile/lib/fsusage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9630b04e00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fsusage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* fsusage.h -- declarations for file system space usage info
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1997, 2003-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Space usage statistics for a file system.  Blocks are 512-byte. */
+
+#if !defined FSUSAGE_H_
+# define FSUSAGE_H_
+
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+struct fs_usage
+{
+  uintmax_t fsu_blocksize;      /* Size of a block.  */
+  uintmax_t fsu_blocks;         /* Total blocks. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_bfree;          /* Free blocks available to superuser. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_bavail;         /* Free blocks available to non-superuser. */
+  bool fsu_bavail_top_bit_set;  /* 1 if fsu_bavail represents a value < 0.  */
+  uintmax_t fsu_files;          /* Total file nodes. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_ffree;          /* Free file nodes. */
+};
+
+int get_fs_usage (char const *file, char const *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/fsync.c b/xcompile/lib/fsync.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5131466287
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/fsync.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* Emulate fsync on platforms that lack it, primarily Windows and
+   cross-compilers like MinGW.
+
+   This is derived from sqlite3 sources.
+   https://www.sqlite.org/src/finfo?name=src/os_win.c
+   https://www.sqlite.org/copyright.html
+
+   Written by Richard W.M. Jones <rjones.at.redhat.com>
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* FlushFileBuffers */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# include <errno.h>
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+
+int
+fsync (int fd)
+{
+  HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+  DWORD err;
+
+  if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (!FlushFileBuffers (h))
+    {
+      /* Translate some Windows errors into rough approximations of Unix
+       * errors.  MSDN is useless as usual - in this case it doesn't
+       * document the full range of errors.
+       */
+      err = GetLastError ();
+      switch (err)
+        {
+        case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+          /* For a read-only handle, fsync should succeed, even though we have
+             no way to sync the access-time changes.  */
+          return 0;
+
+          /* eg. Trying to fsync a tty. */
+        case ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE:
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          errno = EIO;
+        }
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#else /* !Windows */
+
+# error "This platform lacks fsync function, and Gnulib doesn't provide a 
replacement. This is a bug in Gnulib."
+
+#endif /* !Windows */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/ftoastr.c b/xcompile/lib/ftoastr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8740a4d86c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/ftoastr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* floating point to accurate string
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* This code can misbehave on some buggy or older platforms, when
+   operating on arguments on floating types other than 'double', or
+   when given unusual combinations of options.  Gnulib's
+   snprintf-posix module works around many of these problems.
+
+   This code relies on sprintf, strtod, etc. operating accurately;
+   otherwise, the resulting strings could be inaccurate or too long.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "ftoastr.h"
+
+#include <float.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef C_LOCALE
+# include "c-snprintf.h"
+# include "c-strtod.h"
+# define PREFIX(name) c_ ## name
+#else
+# define PREFIX(name) name
+#endif
+
+#if LENGTH == 3
+# define FLOAT long double
+# define FLOAT_DIG LDBL_DIG
+# define FLOAT_MIN LDBL_MIN
+# define FLOAT_PREC_BOUND _GL_LDBL_PREC_BOUND
+# define FTOASTR PREFIX (ldtoastr)
+# define PROMOTED_FLOAT long double
+# define STRTOF PREFIX (strtold)
+#elif LENGTH == 2
+# define FLOAT double
+# define FLOAT_DIG DBL_DIG
+# define FLOAT_MIN DBL_MIN
+# define FLOAT_PREC_BOUND _GL_DBL_PREC_BOUND
+# define FTOASTR PREFIX (dtoastr)
+# define PROMOTED_FLOAT double
+#else
+# define LENGTH 1
+# define FLOAT float
+# define FLOAT_DIG FLT_DIG
+# define FLOAT_MIN FLT_MIN
+# define FLOAT_PREC_BOUND _GL_FLT_PREC_BOUND
+# define FTOASTR PREFIX (ftoastr)
+# define PROMOTED_FLOAT double
+# if HAVE_STRTOF
+#  define STRTOF strtof
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* On pre-C99 hosts, approximate strtof with strtod.  This
+   may generate one or two extra digits, but that's better than not
+   working at all.  */
+#ifndef STRTOF
+# define STRTOF PREFIX (strtod)
+#endif
+
+/* On hosts where it's not known that snprintf works, use sprintf to
+   implement the subset needed here.  Typically BUFSIZE is big enough
+   and there's little or no performance hit.  */
+#ifdef C_LOCALE
+# undef snprintf
+# define snprintf c_snprintf
+#elif ! GNULIB_SNPRINTF
+# undef snprintf
+# define snprintf ftoastr_snprintf
+static int
+ftoastr_snprintf (char *buf, size_t bufsize, char const *format,
+                  int width, int prec, FLOAT x)
+{
+  PROMOTED_FLOAT promoted_x = x;
+  char width_0_buffer[LENGTH == 1 ? FLT_BUFSIZE_BOUND
+                      : LENGTH == 2 ? DBL_BUFSIZE_BOUND
+                      : LDBL_BUFSIZE_BOUND];
+  int n = width;
+  if (bufsize < sizeof width_0_buffer)
+    {
+      n = sprintf (width_0_buffer, format, 0, prec, promoted_x);
+      if (n < 0)
+        return n;
+      if (n < width)
+        n = width;
+    }
+  if (n < bufsize)
+    n = sprintf (buf, format, width, prec, promoted_x);
+  return n;
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+FTOASTR (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width, FLOAT x)
+{
+  /* The following method is simple but slow.
+     For ideas about speeding things up, please see:
+
+     Andrysco M, Jhala R, Lerner S. Printing floating-point numbers:
+     a faster, always correct method. ACM SIGPLAN notices - POPL '16.
+     2016;51(1):555-67 <https://doi.org/10.1145/2914770.2837654>; draft at
+     <https://cseweb.ucsd.edu/~lerner/papers/fp-printing-popl16.pdf>.  */
+
+  PROMOTED_FLOAT promoted_x = x;
+  char format[sizeof "%-+ 0*.*Lg"];
+  FLOAT abs_x = x < 0 ? -x : x;
+  int prec;
+
+  char *p = format;
+  *p++ = '%';
+
+  /* Support flags that generate output parsable by strtof.  */
+  *p = '-'; p += (flags & FTOASTR_LEFT_JUSTIFY  ) != 0;
+  *p = '+'; p += (flags & FTOASTR_ALWAYS_SIGNED ) != 0;
+  *p = ' '; p += (flags & FTOASTR_SPACE_POSITIVE) != 0;
+  *p = '0'; p += (flags & FTOASTR_ZERO_PAD      ) != 0;
+
+  *p++ = '*';
+  *p++ = '.';
+  *p++ = '*';
+  *p = 'L'; p += 2 < LENGTH;
+  *p++ = flags & FTOASTR_UPPER_E ? 'G' : 'g';
+  *p = '\0';
+
+  for (prec = abs_x < FLOAT_MIN ? 1 : FLOAT_DIG; ; prec++)
+    {
+      int n = snprintf (buf, bufsize, format, width, prec, promoted_x);
+      if (n < 0
+          || FLOAT_PREC_BOUND <= prec
+          || (n < bufsize && STRTOF (buf, NULL) == x))
+        return n;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/ftoastr.h b/xcompile/lib/ftoastr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1ce1b7a4bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/ftoastr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/* floating point to accurate string
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_FTOASTR_H
+#define _GL_FTOASTR_H
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include <float.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Store into BUF (of size BUFSIZE) an accurate minimal-precision
+   string representation of a floating point number.  FLAGS affect the
+   formatting of the number.  Pad the output string with spaces as
+   necessary to width WIDTH bytes, in the style of printf.  WIDTH must
+   be nonnegative.  X is the floating-point number to be converted.
+
+   Return the number of bytes stored into BUF, not counting the
+   terminating null.  However, do not overrun BUF: if BUF is too
+   small, return a fairly tight (but not necessarily exact) upper
+   bound on the value that would have been returned if BUF had been
+   big enough.  If SIZE is zero, BUF may be a null pointer.  On error
+   (e.g., returned value would exceed INT_MAX), return -1 and set
+   errno.
+
+   Example:
+
+     char buf[DBL_BUFSIZE_BOUND];
+     int r = dtoastr (buf, sizeof buf, 0, 0, 0.1);
+
+   In the C locale, this sets R to 3 and stores "0.1" into BUF.  */
+
+int  ftoastr (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width,       float x);
+int  dtoastr (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width,      double x);
+int ldtoastr (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width, long double x);
+
+/* The last two functions except that the formatting takes place in
+   the C locale.  */
+int  c_dtoastr (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width,      double 
x);
+int c_ldtoastr (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width, long double 
x);
+
+
+/* Flag values for ftoastr etc.  These can be ORed together.  */
+enum
+  {
+    /* Left justify within the width; the default is right justification.  */
+    FTOASTR_LEFT_JUSTIFY = 1,
+
+    /* Output "+" before positive numbers; the default outputs nothing.  */
+    FTOASTR_ALWAYS_SIGNED = 2,
+
+    /* Output " " before positive numbers; ignored if
+       FTOASTR_ALWAYS_SIGNED is also given.  */
+    FTOASTR_SPACE_POSITIVE = 4,
+
+    /* Pad with zeros instead of spaces; ignored if FTOASTR_LEFT_JUSTIFY
+       is also given.  */
+    FTOASTR_ZERO_PAD = 8,
+
+    /* Use 'E' instead of 'e' before the exponent.  */
+    FTOASTR_UPPER_E = 16
+  };
+
+
+/* _GL_FLT_PREC_BOUND is an upper bound on the precision needed to
+   represent a float value without losing information.  Likewise for
+   _GL_DBL_PREC_BOUND and double, and _GL_LDBL_PREC_BOUND and long double.
+   These are macros, not enums, to work around a bug in IBM xlc 12.1.  */
+
+#if FLT_RADIX == 10 /* decimal floating point */
+# define  _GL_FLT_PREC_BOUND  FLT_MANT_DIG
+# define  _GL_DBL_PREC_BOUND  DBL_MANT_DIG
+# define _GL_LDBL_PREC_BOUND LDBL_MANT_DIG
+#else
+
+/* An upper bound on the number of bits needed to represent a single
+   digit in a floating-point fraction.  */
+# if FLT_RADIX == 2 /* IEEE 754 floating point, VAX floating point, etc. */
+#  define _GL_FLOAT_DIG_BITS_BOUND 1
+# elif FLT_RADIX <= 16 /* IBM hex floating point has FLT_RADIX == 16.  */
+#  define _GL_FLOAT_DIG_BITS_BOUND 4
+# else /* no machine is this bad, but let's be complete */
+#  define _GL_FLOAT_DIG_BITS_BOUND ((int) TYPE_WIDTH (int) - 1)
+# endif
+
+/* An upper bound on the number of decimal digits needed to represent
+   a floating point number accurately, assuming a fraction contains
+   DIG digits.  For why the "+ 1" is needed, see "Binary to Decimal
+   Conversion" in David Goldberg's paper "What Every Computer
+   Scientist Should Know About Floating-Point Arithmetic"
+   <https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E19957-01/806-3568/ncg_goldberg.html>.  */
+# define _GL_FLOAT_PREC_BOUND(dig) \
+   (INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND ((dig) * _GL_FLOAT_DIG_BITS_BOUND) + 1)
+
+# define  _GL_FLT_PREC_BOUND _GL_FLOAT_PREC_BOUND ( FLT_MANT_DIG)
+# define  _GL_DBL_PREC_BOUND _GL_FLOAT_PREC_BOUND ( DBL_MANT_DIG)
+# define _GL_LDBL_PREC_BOUND _GL_FLOAT_PREC_BOUND (LDBL_MANT_DIG)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Bound on the number of bytes printed for an exponent in the range
+   MIN..MAX, where MIN < 0 < MAX; printf always prints a sign and at
+   least 2 digits.  Although the maximum known exponent is 4932 for
+   IEEE 754 binary128, support tight bounds for exponents up to a
+   million, just in case.  */
+#define _GL_FLOAT_EXPONENT_STRLEN_BOUND(min, max)  \
+  (      -100 < (min) && (max) <     100 ? 3       \
+   :    -1000 < (min) && (max) <    1000 ? 4       \
+   :   -10000 < (min) && (max) <   10000 ? 5       \
+   :  -100000 < (min) && (max) <  100000 ? 6       \
+   : -1000000 < (min) && (max) < 1000000 ? 7       \
+   : INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) /* not a tight bound */)
+
+/* A reasonably tight bound on the length of a type-T floating value
+   formatted with ftoastr etc.  Room is needed for sign, fraction
+   digits, decimal point, "e", and exponent.  POINTLEN should be a
+   reasonably tight bound on the string length of the decimal
+   point.  */
+#define _GL_FLOAT_STRLEN_BOUND_L(t, pointlen)                          \
+  (1 + _GL_##t##_PREC_BOUND + pointlen + 1                             \
+   + _GL_FLOAT_EXPONENT_STRLEN_BOUND (t##_MIN_10_EXP, t##_MAX_10_EXP))
+#define  FLT_STRLEN_BOUND_L(pointlen) _GL_FLOAT_STRLEN_BOUND_L ( FLT, pointlen)
+#define  DBL_STRLEN_BOUND_L(pointlen) _GL_FLOAT_STRLEN_BOUND_L ( DBL, pointlen)
+#define LDBL_STRLEN_BOUND_L(pointlen) _GL_FLOAT_STRLEN_BOUND_L (LDBL, pointlen)
+
+/* Looser bounds that are locale-independent and are integral constant
+   expressions.  */
+#define  FLT_STRLEN_BOUND  FLT_STRLEN_BOUND_L (MB_LEN_MAX)
+#define  DBL_STRLEN_BOUND  DBL_STRLEN_BOUND_L (MB_LEN_MAX)
+#define LDBL_STRLEN_BOUND LDBL_STRLEN_BOUND_L (MB_LEN_MAX)
+
+/* Looser, locale-independent bounds that include the trailing null byte.  */
+#define  FLT_BUFSIZE_BOUND ( FLT_STRLEN_BOUND + 1)
+#define  DBL_BUFSIZE_BOUND ( DBL_STRLEN_BOUND + 1)
+#define LDBL_BUFSIZE_BOUND (LDBL_STRLEN_BOUND + 1)
+
+#endif /* _GL_FTOASTR_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/futimens.c b/xcompile/lib/futimens.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5bb30493c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/futimens.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Set the access and modification time of an open fd.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include "utimens.h"
+
+/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FD to be
+   TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively.
+   Fail with ENOSYS on systems without futimes (or equivalent).
+   If TIMESPEC is null, set the timestamps to the current time.
+   Return 0 on success, -1 (setting errno) on failure.  */
+int
+futimens (int fd, struct timespec const times[2])
+{
+  /* fdutimens also works around bugs in native futimens, when running
+     with glibc compiled against newer headers but on a Linux kernel
+     older than 2.6.32.  */
+  return fdutimens (fd, NULL, times);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/get-permissions.c b/xcompile/lib/get-permissions.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..545ad23195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/get-permissions.c
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/* Get permissions of a file.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+/* Read the permissions of a file into CTX. If DESC is a valid file descriptor,
+   use file descriptor operations, else use filename based operations on NAME.
+   MODE is the file mode obtained from a previous stat call.
+   Return 0 if successful.  Return -1 and set errno upon failure.  */
+
+int
+get_permissions (const char *name, int desc, mode_t mode,
+                 struct permission_context *ctx)
+{
+  memset (ctx, 0, sizeof *ctx);
+  ctx->mode = mode;
+
+#if USE_ACL && HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
+  /* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version.  */
+  /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+# if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+  /* Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+  if (HAVE_ACL_GET_FD && desc != -1)
+    ctx->acl = acl_get_fd (desc);
+  else
+    ctx->acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
+  if (ctx->acl == NULL)
+    return acl_errno_valid (errno) ? -1 : 0;
+
+  /* With POSIX ACLs, a file cannot have "no" acl; a file without
+     extended permissions has a "minimal" acl which is equivalent to the
+     file mode.  */
+
+  if (S_ISDIR (mode))
+    {
+      ctx->default_acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT);
+      if (ctx->default_acl == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+#  if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_NFS4  /* FreeBSD */
+
+  /* TODO (see set_permissions). */
+
+#  endif
+
+# else /* HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED */
+  /* Mac OS X */
+
+  /* On Mac OS X,  acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
+     and           acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT)
+     always return NULL / EINVAL.  You have to use
+                   acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED)
+     or            acl_get_fd (open (name, ...))
+     to retrieve an ACL.
+     On the other hand,
+                   acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, acl)
+     and           acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT, acl)
+     have the same effect as
+                   acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED, acl):
+     Each of these calls sets the file's ACL.  */
+
+  if (HAVE_ACL_GET_FD && desc != -1)
+    ctx->acl = acl_get_fd (desc);
+  else
+    ctx->acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED);
+  if (ctx->acl == NULL)
+    return acl_errno_valid (errno) ? -1 : 0;
+
+# endif
+
+#elif USE_ACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin, not HP-UX */
+
+  /* Solaris 2.5 through Solaris 10, Cygwin, and contemporaneous versions
+     of Unixware.  The acl() call returns the access and default ACL both
+     at once.  */
+# ifdef ACE_GETACL
+  /* Solaris also has a different variant of ACLs, used in ZFS and NFSv4
+     file systems (whereas the other ones are used in UFS file systems).
+     There is an API
+       pathconf (name, _PC_ACL_ENABLED)
+       fpathconf (desc, _PC_ACL_ENABLED)
+     that allows us to determine which of the two kinds of ACLs is supported
+     for the given file.  But some file systems may implement this call
+     incorrectly, so better not use it.
+     When fetching the source ACL, we simply fetch both ACL types.
+     When setting the destination ACL, we try either ACL types, assuming
+     that the kernel will translate the ACL from one form to the other.
+     (See in <https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E86824_01/html/E54765/acl-2.html>
+     the description of ENOTSUP.)  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      int ret;
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, ACE_GETACLCNT, 0, NULL);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, ACE_GETACLCNT, 0, NULL);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EINVAL)
+            ret = 0;
+          else
+            return -1;
+        }
+      ctx->ace_count = ret;
+
+      if (ctx->ace_count == 0)
+        break;
+
+      ctx->ace_entries = (ace_t *) malloc (ctx->ace_count * sizeof (ace_t));
+      if (ctx->ace_entries == NULL)
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, ACE_GETACL, ctx->ace_count, ctx->ace_entries);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, ACE_GETACL, ctx->ace_count, ctx->ace_entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EINVAL)
+            {
+              free (ctx->ace_entries);
+              ctx->ace_entries = NULL;
+              ctx->ace_count = 0;
+              break;
+            }
+          else
+            return -1;
+        }
+      if (ret <= ctx->ace_count)
+        {
+          ctx->ace_count = ret;
+          break;
+        }
+      /* Huh? The number of ACL entries has increased since the last call.
+         Repeat.  */
+      free (ctx->ace_entries);
+      ctx->ace_entries = NULL;
+    }
+# endif
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      int ret;
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, GETACLCNT, 0, NULL);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, GETACLCNT, 0, NULL);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == ENOTSUP || errno == EOPNOTSUPP)
+            ret = 0;
+          else
+            return -1;
+        }
+      ctx->count = ret;
+
+      if (ctx->count == 0)
+        break;
+
+      ctx->entries = (aclent_t *) malloc (ctx->count * sizeof (aclent_t));
+      if (ctx->entries == NULL)
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, GETACL, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, GETACL, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == ENOTSUP || errno == EOPNOTSUPP)
+            {
+              free (ctx->entries);
+              ctx->entries = NULL;
+              ctx->count = 0;
+              break;
+            }
+          else
+            return -1;
+        }
+      if (ret <= ctx->count)
+        {
+          ctx->count = ret;
+          break;
+        }
+      /* Huh? The number of ACL entries has increased since the last call.
+         Repeat.  */
+      free (ctx->entries);
+      ctx->entries = NULL;
+    }
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+  {
+    int ret;
+
+    if (desc != -1)
+      ret = fgetacl (desc, NACLENTRIES, ctx->entries);
+    else
+      ret = getacl (name, NACLENTRIES, ctx->entries);
+    if (ret < 0)
+      {
+        if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == ENOTSUP)
+          ret = 0;
+        else
+          return -1;
+      }
+    else if (ret > NACLENTRIES)
+      /* If NACLENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory allocation.  */
+      abort ();
+    ctx->count = ret;
+
+# if HAVE_ACLV_H
+    ret = acl ((char *) name, ACL_GET, NACLVENTRIES, ctx->aclv_entries);
+    if (ret < 0)
+      {
+        if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == EINVAL)
+          ret = 0;
+        else
+          return -2;
+      }
+    else if (ret > NACLVENTRIES)
+      /* If NACLVENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory allocation.  */
+      abort ();
+    ctx->aclv_count = ret;
+# endif
+  }
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_ACLX_GET && ACL_AIX_WIP /* AIX */
+
+  /* TODO (see set_permissions). */
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+
+  {
+    int ret;
+    if (desc != -1)
+      ret = fstatacl (desc, STX_NORMAL, &ctx->u.a, sizeof ctx->u);
+    else
+      ret = statacl ((char *) name, STX_NORMAL, &ctx->u.a, sizeof ctx->u);
+    if (ret == 0)
+      ctx->have_u = true;
+  }
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+  {
+    int ret = acl ((char *) name, ACL_GET, NACLENTRIES, ctx->entries);
+    if (ret < 0)
+      return -1;
+    else if (ret > NACLENTRIES)
+      /* If NACLENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory allocation.  */
+      abort ();
+    ctx->count = ret;
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getdtablesize.c b/xcompile/lib/getdtablesize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac2d1753a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getdtablesize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* getdtablesize() function: Return maximum possible file descriptor value + 1.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+#  include "msvc-inval.h"
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+_setmaxstdio_nothrow (int newmax)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _setmaxstdio (newmax);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# else
+#  define _setmaxstdio_nothrow _setmaxstdio
+# endif
+
+/* Cache for the previous getdtablesize () result.  Safe to cache because
+   Windows also lacks setrlimit.  */
+static int dtablesize;
+
+int
+getdtablesize (void)
+{
+  if (dtablesize == 0)
+    {
+      /* We are looking for the number N such that the valid file descriptors
+         are 0..N-1.  It can be obtained through a loop as follows:
+           {
+             int fd;
+             for (fd = 3; fd < 65536; fd++)
+               if (dup2 (0, fd) == -1)
+                 break;
+             return fd;
+           }
+         On Windows XP, the result is 2048.
+         The drawback of this loop is that it allocates memory for a libc
+         internal array that is never freed.
+
+         The number N can also be obtained as the upper bound for
+         _getmaxstdio ().  _getmaxstdio () returns the maximum number of open
+         FILE objects.  The sanity check in _setmaxstdio reveals the maximum
+         number of file descriptors.  This too allocates memory, but it is
+         freed when we call _setmaxstdio with the original value.  */
+      int orig_max_stdio = _getmaxstdio ();
+      unsigned int bound;
+      for (bound = 0x10000; _setmaxstdio_nothrow (bound) < 0; bound = bound / 
2)
+        ;
+      _setmaxstdio_nothrow (orig_max_stdio);
+      dtablesize = bound;
+    }
+  return dtablesize;
+}
+
+#else
+
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <sys/resource.h>
+
+# ifndef RLIM_SAVED_CUR
+#  define RLIM_SAVED_CUR RLIM_INFINITY
+# endif
+# ifndef RLIM_SAVED_MAX
+#  define RLIM_SAVED_MAX RLIM_INFINITY
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+  /* Cygwin 1.7.25 auto-increases the RLIMIT_NOFILE soft limit until it
+     hits the compile-time constant hard limit of 3200.  We might as
+     well just report the hard limit.  */
+#  define rlim_cur rlim_max
+# endif
+
+int
+getdtablesize (void)
+{
+  struct rlimit lim;
+
+  if (getrlimit (RLIMIT_NOFILE, &lim) == 0
+      && 0 <= lim.rlim_cur && lim.rlim_cur <= INT_MAX
+      && lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_INFINITY
+      && lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_SAVED_CUR
+      && lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_SAVED_MAX)
+    return lim.rlim_cur;
+
+  return INT_MAX;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getgroups.c b/xcompile/lib/getgroups.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..93829d3b15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getgroups.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* provide consistent interface to getgroups for systems that don't allow N==0
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1999, 2003, 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_GETGROUPS
+
+/* Provide a stub that fails with ENOSYS, since there is no group
+   information available on mingw.  */
+int
+getgroups (_GL_UNUSED int n, _GL_UNUSED GETGROUPS_T *groups)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_GETGROUPS */
+
+# undef getgroups
+# ifndef GETGROUPS_ZERO_BUG
+#  define GETGROUPS_ZERO_BUG 0
+# endif
+
+/* On OS X 10.6 and later, use the usual getgroups, not the one
+   supplied when _DARWIN_C_SOURCE is defined.  _DARWIN_C_SOURCE is
+   normally defined, since it means "conform to POSIX, but add
+   non-POSIX extensions even if that violates the POSIX namespace
+   rules", which is what we normally want.  But with getgroups there
+   is an inconsistency, and _DARWIN_C_SOURCE means "change getgroups()
+   so that it no longer works right".  The BUGS section of compat(5)
+   says that the behavior is dubious if you compile different sections
+   of a program with different _DARWIN_C_SOURCE settings, so fix only
+   the offending symbol.  */
+# ifdef __APPLE__
+int posix_getgroups (int, gid_t []) __asm ("_getgroups");
+#  define getgroups posix_getgroups
+# endif
+
+/* On at least NeXTstep 3.2, getgroups (0, NULL) always fails.
+   On other systems, it returns the number of supplemental
+   groups for the process.  This function handles that special case
+   and lets the system-provided function handle all others.  However,
+   it can fail with ENOMEM if memory is tight.  It is unspecified
+   whether the effective group id is included in the list.  */
+
+int
+rpl_getgroups (int n, gid_t *group)
+{
+  int n_groups;
+  GETGROUPS_T *gbuf;
+
+  if (n < 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (n != 0 || !GETGROUPS_ZERO_BUG)
+    {
+      int result;
+      if (sizeof *group == sizeof *gbuf)
+        return getgroups (n, (GETGROUPS_T *) group);
+
+      if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof *gbuf <= n)
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      gbuf = malloc (n * sizeof *gbuf);
+      if (!gbuf)
+        return -1;
+      result = getgroups (n, gbuf);
+      if (0 <= result)
+        {
+          n = result;
+          while (n--)
+            group[n] = gbuf[n];
+        }
+      free (gbuf);
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  n = 20;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* No need to worry about address arithmetic overflow here,
+         since the ancient systems that we're running on have low
+         limits on the number of secondary groups.  */
+      gbuf = malloc (n * sizeof *gbuf);
+      if (!gbuf)
+        return -1;
+      n_groups = getgroups (n, gbuf);
+      if (n_groups == -1 ? errno != EINVAL : n_groups < n)
+        break;
+      free (gbuf);
+      n *= 2;
+    }
+
+  free (gbuf);
+  return n_groups;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_GETGROUPS */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getloadavg.c b/xcompile/lib/getloadavg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59b53e7998
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getloadavg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,943 @@
+/* Get the system load averages.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1985-1989, 1991-1995, 1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with gnulib.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Compile-time symbols that this file uses:
+
+   HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC        Define this if your system has the
+                                pstat_getdynamic function.  I think it
+                                is unique to HPUX9.  The best way to get the
+                                definition is through the AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
+                                macro that comes with autoconf 2.13 or newer.
+                                If that isn't an option, then just put
+                                AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pstat_getdynamic) in your
+                                configure.ac file.
+   HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT Define this if your system has the
+                                perfstat_cpu_total function in libperfstat 
(AIX).
+   FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR()   Adjust address in returned struct nlist.
+   KERNEL_FILE                  Name of the kernel file to nlist.
+   LDAV_CVT()                   Scale the load average from the kernel.
+                                Returns a double.
+   LDAV_SYMBOL                  Name of kernel symbol giving load average.
+   LOAD_AVE_TYPE                Type of the load average array in the kernel.
+                                Must be defined unless one of
+                                apollo, DGUX, NeXT, or UMAX is defined;
+                                or we have libkstat;
+                                otherwise, no load average is available.
+   HAVE_NLIST_H                 nlist.h is available.  NLIST_STRUCT defaults
+                                to this.
+   NLIST_STRUCT                 Include nlist.h, not a.out.h.
+   N_NAME_POINTER               The nlist n_name element is a pointer,
+                                not an array.
+   HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME 'n_un.n_name' is member of 'struct nlist'.
+   LINUX_LDAV_FILE              [__linux__, __ANDROID__, __CYGWIN__]: File
+                                containing load averages.
+
+   Specific system predefines this file uses, aside from setting
+   default values if not emacs:
+
+   apollo
+   BSD                          Real BSD, not just BSD-like.
+   DGUX
+   eunice                       UNIX emulator under VMS.
+   hpux
+   __MSDOS__                    No-op for MSDOS.
+   NeXT
+   sgi
+   UMAX
+   UMAX4_3
+   VMS
+   _WIN32                       Native Windows (possibly also defined on 
Cygwin)
+   __linux__, __ANDROID__       Linux: assumes /proc file system mounted.
+                                Support from Michael K. Johnson.
+   __CYGWIN__                   Cygwin emulates linux /proc/loadavg.
+   __NetBSD__                   NetBSD: assumes /kern file system mounted.
+
+   In addition, to avoid nesting many #ifdefs, we internally set
+   LDAV_DONE to indicate that the load average has been computed.
+
+   We also #define LDAV_PRIVILEGED if a program will require
+   special installation to be able to call getloadavg.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+
+# include "intprops.h"
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__ && ! defined WINDOWS32
+#  define WINDOWS32
+# endif
+
+# ifdef NeXT
+/* NeXT in the 2.{0,1,2} releases defines BSD in <sys/param.h>, which
+   conflicts with the definition understood in this file, that this
+   really is BSD. */
+#  undef BSD
+
+/* NeXT defines FSCALE in <sys/param.h>.  However, we take FSCALE being
+   defined to mean that the nlist method should be used, which is not true.  */
+#  undef FSCALE
+# endif
+
+/* Same issues as for NeXT apply to the HURD-based GNU system.  */
+# ifdef __GNU__
+#  undef BSD
+#  undef FSCALE
+# endif /* __GNU__ */
+
+/* Set values that are different from the defaults, which are
+   set a little farther down with #ifndef.  */
+
+
+/* Some shorthands.  */
+
+# if defined (HPUX) && !defined (hpux)
+#  define hpux
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__hpux) && !defined (hpux)
+#  define hpux
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__sun) && !defined (sun)
+#  define sun
+# endif
+
+# if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+#  define MORE_BSD
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__SVR4) && !defined (SVR4)
+#  define SVR4
+# endif
+
+# if (defined (sun) && defined (SVR4)) || defined (SOLARIS2)
+#  define SUNOS_5
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__osf__) && (defined (__alpha) || defined (__alpha__))
+#  define OSF_ALPHA
+#  include <sys/mbuf.h>
+#  include <sys/socket.h>
+#  include <net/route.h>
+#  include <sys/table.h>
+/* Tru64 4.0D's table.h redefines sys */
+#  undef sys
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__osf__) && (defined (mips) || defined (__mips__))
+#  define OSF_MIPS
+#  include <sys/table.h>
+# endif
+
+
+/* VAX C can't handle multi-line #ifs, or lines longer than 256 chars.  */
+# ifndef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifdef MORE_BSD
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef sun
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef sgi
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef SVR4
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef OSF_ALPHA
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined _AIX && ! defined HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+# endif /* No LOAD_AVE_TYPE.  */
+
+# ifdef OSF_ALPHA
+/* <sys/param.h> defines an incorrect value for FSCALE on Alpha OSF/1,
+   according to ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu.  */
+#  undef FSCALE
+#  define FSCALE 1024.0
+# endif
+
+
+# ifndef FSCALE
+
+/* SunOS and some others define FSCALE in sys/param.h.  */
+
+#  ifdef MORE_BSD
+#   define FSCALE 2048.0
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined (MIPS) || defined (SVR4)
+#   define FSCALE 256
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined (sgi)
+/* Sometimes both MIPS and sgi are defined, so FSCALE was just defined
+   above under #ifdef MIPS.  But we want the sgi value.  */
+#   undef FSCALE
+#   define FSCALE 1000.0
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined _AIX && !defined HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT
+#   define FSCALE 65536.0
+#  endif
+
+# endif /* Not FSCALE.  */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_CVT) && defined (FSCALE)
+#  define LDAV_CVT(n) (((double) (n)) / FSCALE)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+#  if HAVE_NLIST_H
+#   define NLIST_STRUCT
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if defined (sgi) || (defined (mips) && !defined (BSD))
+#  define FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR(nl) ((nl)[0].n_value &= ~(1 << 31))
+# endif
+
+
+# if !defined (KERNEL_FILE) && defined (hpux)
+#  define KERNEL_FILE "/hp-ux"
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (KERNEL_FILE) && (defined (MIPS) || defined (SVR4) || defined 
(ISC) || defined (sgi))
+#  define KERNEL_FILE "/unix"
+# endif
+
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_SYMBOL) && (defined (hpux) || defined (SVR4) || defined 
(ISC) || defined (sgi) || (defined (_AIX) && !defined(HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT)))
+#  define LDAV_SYMBOL "avenrun"
+# endif
+
+# ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+
+/* LOAD_AVE_TYPE should only get defined if we're going to use the
+   nlist method.  */
+# if !defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE) && (defined (BSD) || defined (LDAV_CVT) || 
defined (KERNEL_FILE) || defined (LDAV_SYMBOL))
+#  define LOAD_AVE_TYPE double
+# endif
+
+# ifdef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifndef __VMS
+#   if !(defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__)
+#    ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+#     include <a.out.h>
+#    else /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+#     include <nlist.h>
+#    endif /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+
+#    ifdef SUNOS_5
+#     include <kvm.h>
+#     include <kstat.h>
+#    endif
+
+#    if defined (hpux) && defined (HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC)
+#     include <sys/pstat.h>
+#    endif
+
+#    ifndef KERNEL_FILE
+#     define KERNEL_FILE "/vmunix"
+#    endif /* KERNEL_FILE */
+
+#    ifndef LDAV_SYMBOL
+#     define LDAV_SYMBOL "_avenrun"
+#    endif /* LDAV_SYMBOL */
+#   endif /* __linux__ || __ANDROID__ */
+
+#  else /* __VMS */
+
+#   ifndef eunice
+#    include <iodef.h>
+#    include <descrip.h>
+#   else /* eunice */
+#    include <vms/iodef.h>
+#   endif /* eunice */
+#  endif /* __VMS */
+
+#  ifndef LDAV_CVT
+#   define LDAV_CVT(n) ((double) (n))
+#  endif /* !LDAV_CVT */
+
+# endif /* LOAD_AVE_TYPE */
+
+# if defined HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT
+#  include <sys/protosw.h>
+#  include <libperfstat.h>
+#  include <sys/proc.h>
+#  ifndef SBITS
+#   define SBITS 16
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__GNU__) && !defined (NeXT)
+/* Note that NeXT Openstep defines __GNU__ even though it should not.  */
+/* GNU system acts much like NeXT, for load average purposes,
+   but not exactly.  */
+#  define NeXT
+#  define host_self mach_host_self
+# endif
+
+# ifdef NeXT
+#  ifdef HAVE_MACH_MACH_H
+#   include <mach/mach.h>
+#  else
+#   include <mach.h>
+#  endif
+# endif /* NeXT */
+
+# ifdef sgi
+#  include <sys/sysmp.h>
+# endif /* sgi */
+
+# ifdef UMAX
+#  include <signal.h>
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+#  include <sys/wait.h>
+#  include <sys/syscall.h>
+
+#  ifdef UMAX_43
+#   include <machine/cpu.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/statistics.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/sysstats.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/cpustats.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/procstats.h>
+#  else /* Not UMAX_43.  */
+#   include <sys/sysdefs.h>
+#   include <sys/statistics.h>
+#   include <sys/sysstats.h>
+#   include <sys/cpudefs.h>
+#   include <sys/cpustats.h>
+#   include <sys/procstats.h>
+#  endif /* Not UMAX_43.  */
+# endif /* UMAX */
+
+# ifdef DGUX
+#  include <sys/dg_sys_info.h>
+# endif
+
+# if (defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__ \
+      || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined SUNOS_5 \
+      || (defined LOAD_AVE_TYPE && ! defined __VMS))
+#  include <fcntl.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Avoid static vars inside a function since in HPUX they dump as pure.  */
+
+# ifdef NeXT
+static processor_set_t default_set;
+static bool getloadavg_initialized;
+# endif /* NeXT */
+
+# ifdef UMAX
+static unsigned int cpus = 0;
+static unsigned int samples;
+# endif /* UMAX */
+
+# ifdef DGUX
+static struct dg_sys_info_load_info load_info;  /* what-a-mouthful! */
+# endif /* DGUX */
+
+# if !defined (HAVE_LIBKSTAT) && defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE)
+/* File descriptor open to /dev/kmem or VMS load ave driver.  */
+static int channel;
+/* True if channel is valid.  */
+static bool getloadavg_initialized;
+/* Offset in kmem to seek to read load average, or 0 means invalid.  */
+static long offset;
+
+#  if ! defined __VMS && ! defined sgi && ! (defined __linux__ || defined 
__ANDROID__)
+static struct nlist name_list[2];
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef SUNOS_5
+static kvm_t *kd;
+#  endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+
+# endif /* LOAD_AVE_TYPE && !HAVE_LIBKSTAT */
+
+/* Put the 1 minute, 5 minute and 15 minute load averages
+   into the first NELEM elements of LOADAVG.
+   Return the number written (never more than 3, but may be less than NELEM),
+   or -1 (setting errno) if an error occurred.  */
+
+int
+getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
+{
+  int elem = 0;                 /* Return value.  */
+
+# ifdef NO_GET_LOAD_AVG
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  elem = -1;
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (HAVE_LIBKSTAT)       /* Solaris <= 2.6 */
+/* Use libkstat because we don't have to be root.  */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  kstat_ctl_t *kc;
+  kstat_t *ksp;
+  kstat_named_t *kn;
+  int saved_errno;
+
+  kc = kstat_open ();
+  if (kc == NULL)
+    return -1;
+  ksp = kstat_lookup (kc, "unix", 0, "system_misc");
+  if (ksp == NULL)
+    return -1;
+  if (kstat_read (kc, ksp, 0) == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+
+  kn = kstat_data_lookup (ksp, "avenrun_1min");
+  if (kn == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Return -1 if no load average information is available.  */
+      nelem = 0;
+      elem = -1;
+    }
+
+  if (nelem >= 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = (double) kn->value.ul / FSCALE;
+
+  if (nelem >= 2)
+    {
+      kn = kstat_data_lookup (ksp, "avenrun_5min");
+      if (kn != NULL)
+        {
+          loadavg[elem++] = (double) kn->value.ul / FSCALE;
+
+          if (nelem >= 3)
+            {
+              kn = kstat_data_lookup (ksp, "avenrun_15min");
+              if (kn != NULL)
+                loadavg[elem++] = (double) kn->value.ul / FSCALE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  kstat_close (kc);
+  errno = saved_errno;
+# endif /* HAVE_LIBKSTAT */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (hpux) && defined (HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC)
+                                                           /* HP-UX */
+/* Use pstat_getdynamic() because we don't have to be root.  */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+#  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+  struct pst_dynamic dyn_info;
+  if (pstat_getdynamic (&dyn_info, sizeof (dyn_info), 0, 0) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = dyn_info.psd_avg_1_min;
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = dyn_info.psd_avg_5_min;
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = dyn_info.psd_avg_15_min;
+
+# endif /* hpux && HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC */
+
+# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT       /* AIX */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+#  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+/* Use perfstat_cpu_total because we don't have to be root. */
+  {
+    perfstat_cpu_total_t cpu_stats;
+    int result = perfstat_cpu_total (NULL, &cpu_stats, sizeof cpu_stats, 1);
+    if (result == -1)
+      return result;
+    loadavg[0] = cpu_stats.loadavg[0] / (double)(1 << SBITS);
+    loadavg[1] = cpu_stats.loadavg[1] / (double)(1 << SBITS);
+    loadavg[2] = cpu_stats.loadavg[2] / (double)(1 << SBITS);
+    elem = 3;
+  }
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__ || 
defined __CYGWIN__)
+                                      /* Linux without glibc, Android, Cygwin 
*/
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+#  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifndef LINUX_LDAV_FILE
+#   define LINUX_LDAV_FILE "/proc/loadavg"
+#  endif
+
+  char ldavgbuf[3 * (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + sizeof ".00 ")];
+  char const *ptr = ldavgbuf;
+  int fd, count, saved_errno;
+
+  fd = open (LINUX_LDAV_FILE, O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    return -1;
+  count = read (fd, ldavgbuf, sizeof ldavgbuf - 1);
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  (void) close (fd);
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  if (count <= 0)
+    return -1;
+  ldavgbuf[count] = '\0';
+
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    {
+      double numerator = 0;
+      double denominator = 1;
+
+      while (*ptr == ' ')
+        ptr++;
+
+      /* Finish if this number is missing, and report an error if all
+         were missing.  */
+      if (! ('0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '9'))
+        {
+          if (elem == 0)
+            {
+              errno = ENOTSUP;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+
+      while ('0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '9')
+        numerator = 10 * numerator + (*ptr++ - '0');
+
+      if (*ptr == '.')
+        for (ptr++; '0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '9'; ptr++)
+          numerator = 10 * numerator + (*ptr - '0'), denominator *= 10;
+
+      loadavg[elem] = numerator / denominator;
+    }
+
+  return elem;
+
+# endif /* __linux__ || __ANDROID__ || __CYGWIN__ */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (__NetBSD__)          /* NetBSD < 0.9 */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+#  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifndef NETBSD_LDAV_FILE
+#   define NETBSD_LDAV_FILE "/kern/loadavg"
+#  endif
+
+  unsigned long int load_ave[3], scale;
+  int count;
+  char readbuf[4 * INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (unsigned long int) + 1];
+  int fd = open (NETBSD_LDAV_FILE, O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return fd;
+  int nread = read (fd, readbuf, sizeof readbuf - 1);
+  int err = errno;
+  close (fd);
+  if (nread < 0)
+    {
+      errno = err;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  readbuf[nread] = '\0';
+  count = sscanf (readbuf, "%lu %lu %lu %lu\n",
+                  &load_ave[0], &load_ave[1], &load_ave[2],
+                  &scale);
+  if (count != 4)
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    loadavg[elem] = (double) load_ave[elem] / (double) scale;
+
+  return elem;
+
+# endif /* __NetBSD__ */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (NeXT)                /* NeXTStep */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  /* The NeXT code was adapted from iscreen 3.2.  */
+
+  host_t host;
+  struct processor_set_basic_info info;
+  unsigned int info_count;
+
+  /* We only know how to get the 1-minute average for this system,
+     so even if the caller asks for more than 1, we only return 1.  */
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      if (processor_set_default (host_self (), &default_set) == KERN_SUCCESS)
+        getloadavg_initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  if (getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      info_count = PROCESSOR_SET_BASIC_INFO_COUNT;
+      if (processor_set_info (default_set, PROCESSOR_SET_BASIC_INFO, &host,
+                              (processor_set_info_t) &info, &info_count)
+          != KERN_SUCCESS)
+        getloadavg_initialized = false;
+      else
+        {
+          if (nelem > 0)
+            loadavg[elem++] = (double) info.load_average / LOAD_SCALE;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* NeXT */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (UMAX)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+/* UMAX 4.2, which runs on the Encore Multimax multiprocessor, does not
+   have a /dev/kmem.  Information about the workings of the running kernel
+   can be gathered with inq_stats system calls.
+   We only know how to get the 1-minute average for this system.  */
+
+  struct proc_summary proc_sum_data;
+  struct stat_descr proc_info;
+  double load;
+  register unsigned int i, j;
+
+  if (cpus == 0)
+    {
+      register unsigned int c, i;
+      struct cpu_config conf;
+      struct stat_descr desc;
+
+      desc.sd_next = 0;
+      desc.sd_subsys = SUBSYS_CPU;
+      desc.sd_type = CPUTYPE_CONFIG;
+      desc.sd_addr = (char *) &conf;
+      desc.sd_size = sizeof conf;
+
+      if (inq_stats (1, &desc))
+        return -1;
+
+      c = 0;
+      for (i = 0; i < conf.config_maxclass; ++i)
+        {
+          struct class_stats stats;
+          memset (&stats, 0, sizeof stats);
+
+          desc.sd_type = CPUTYPE_CLASS;
+          desc.sd_objid = i;
+          desc.sd_addr = (char *) &stats;
+          desc.sd_size = sizeof stats;
+
+          if (inq_stats (1, &desc))
+            return -1;
+
+          c += stats.class_numcpus;
+        }
+      cpus = c;
+      samples = cpus < 2 ? 3 : (2 * cpus / 3);
+    }
+
+  proc_info.sd_next = 0;
+  proc_info.sd_subsys = SUBSYS_PROC;
+  proc_info.sd_type = PROCTYPE_SUMMARY;
+  proc_info.sd_addr = (char *) &proc_sum_data;
+  proc_info.sd_size = sizeof (struct proc_summary);
+  proc_info.sd_sizeused = 0;
+
+  if (inq_stats (1, &proc_info) != 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  load = proc_sum_data.ps_nrunnable;
+  j = 0;
+  for (i = samples - 1; i > 0; --i)
+    {
+      load += proc_sum_data.ps_nrun[j];
+      if (j++ == PS_NRUNSIZE)
+        j = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load / samples / cpus;
+# endif /* UMAX */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (DGUX)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  /* This call can return -1 for an error, but with good args
+     it's not supposed to fail.  The first argument is for no
+     apparent reason of type 'long int *'.  */
+  dg_sys_info ((long int *) &load_info,
+               DG_SYS_INFO_LOAD_INFO_TYPE,
+               DG_SYS_INFO_LOAD_VERSION_0);
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.one_minute;
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.five_minute;
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.fifteen_minute;
+# endif /* DGUX */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (apollo)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+/* Apollo code from lisch@mentorg.com (Ray Lischner).
+
+   This system call is not documented.  The load average is obtained as
+   three long integers, for the load average over the past minute,
+   five minutes, and fifteen minutes.  Each value is a scaled integer,
+   with 16 bits of integer part and 16 bits of fraction part.
+
+   I'm not sure which operating system first supported this system call,
+   but I know that SR10.2 supports it.  */
+
+  extern void proc1_$get_loadav ();
+  unsigned long load_ave[3];
+
+  proc1_$get_loadav (load_ave);
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[0] / 65536.0;
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[1] / 65536.0;
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[2] / 65536.0;
+# endif /* apollo */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_MIPS)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+
+  struct tbl_loadavg load_ave;
+  table (TBL_LOADAVG, 0, &load_ave, 1, sizeof (load_ave));
+  loadavg[elem++]
+    = (load_ave.tl_lscale == 0
+       ? load_ave.tl_avenrun.d[0]
+       : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[0] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
+# endif /* OSF_MIPS */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (WINDOWS32))
+                                                           /* DJGPP */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+
+  /* A faithful emulation is going to have to be saved for a rainy day.  */
+  for ( ; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    {
+      loadavg[elem] = 0.0;
+    }
+# endif  /* __MSDOS__ || WINDOWS32 */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_ALPHA)           /* OSF/1 */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+
+  struct tbl_loadavg load_ave;
+  table (TBL_LOADAVG, 0, &load_ave, 1, sizeof (load_ave));
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    loadavg[elem]
+      = (load_ave.tl_lscale == 0
+         ? load_ave.tl_avenrun.d[elem]
+         : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[elem] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
+# endif /* OSF_ALPHA */
+
+# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined __VMS                  /* VMS */
+  /* VMS specific code -- read from the Load Ave driver.  */
+
+  LOAD_AVE_TYPE load_ave[3];
+  static bool getloadavg_initialized;
+#  ifdef eunice
+  struct
+  {
+    int dsc$w_length;
+    char *dsc$a_pointer;
+  } descriptor;
+#  endif
+
+  /* Ensure that there is a channel open to the load ave device.  */
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      /* Attempt to open the channel.  */
+#  ifdef eunice
+      descriptor.dsc$w_length = 18;
+      descriptor.dsc$a_pointer = "$$VMS_LOAD_AVERAGE";
+#  else
+      $DESCRIPTOR (descriptor, "LAV0:");
+#  endif
+      if (sys$assign (&descriptor, &channel, 0, 0) & 1)
+        getloadavg_initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  /* Read the load average vector.  */
+  if (getloadavg_initialized
+      && !(sys$qiow (0, channel, IO$_READVBLK, 0, 0, 0,
+                     load_ave, 12, 0, 0, 0, 0) & 1))
+    {
+      sys$dassgn (channel);
+      getloadavg_initialized = false;
+    }
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined __VMS */
+
+# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined LOAD_AVE_TYPE && ! defined __VMS
+                                                  /* IRIX, other old systems */
+
+  /* UNIX-specific code -- read the average from /dev/kmem.  */
+
+#  define LDAV_PRIVILEGED               /* This code requires special 
installation.  */
+
+  LOAD_AVE_TYPE load_ave[3];
+
+  /* Get the address of LDAV_SYMBOL.  */
+  if (offset == 0)
+    {
+#  ifndef sgi
+#   if ! defined NLIST_STRUCT || ! defined N_NAME_POINTER
+      strcpy (name_list[0].n_name, LDAV_SYMBOL);
+      strcpy (name_list[1].n_name, "");
+#   else /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+#    ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME
+      name_list[0].n_un.n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
+      name_list[1].n_un.n_name = 0;
+#    else /* not HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME */
+      name_list[0].n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
+      name_list[1].n_name = 0;
+#    endif /* not HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME */
+#   endif /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+
+#   ifndef SUNOS_5
+      if (
+#    if !defined (_AIX)
+          nlist (KERNEL_FILE, name_list)
+#    else  /* _AIX */
+          knlist (name_list, 1, sizeof (name_list[0]))
+#    endif
+          >= 0)
+          /* Omit "&& name_list[0].n_type != 0 " -- it breaks on Sun386i.  */
+          {
+#    ifdef FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR
+            FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR (name_list);
+#    endif
+            offset = name_list[0].n_value;
+          }
+#   endif /* !SUNOS_5 */
+#  else  /* sgi */
+      ptrdiff_t ldav_off = sysmp (MP_KERNADDR, MPKA_AVENRUN);
+      if (ldav_off != -1)
+        offset = (long int) ldav_off & 0x7fffffff;
+#  endif /* sgi */
+    }
+
+  /* Make sure we have /dev/kmem open.  */
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+#  ifndef SUNOS_5
+      int fd = open ("/dev/kmem", O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+      if (0 <= fd)
+        {
+          channel = fd;
+          getloadavg_initialized = true;
+        }
+#  else /* SUNOS_5 */
+      /* We pass 0 for the kernel, corefile, and swapfile names
+         to use the currently running kernel.  */
+      kd = kvm_open (0, 0, 0, O_RDONLY, 0);
+      if (kd != NULL)
+        {
+          /* nlist the currently running kernel.  */
+          kvm_nlist (kd, name_list);
+          offset = name_list[0].n_value;
+          getloadavg_initialized = true;
+        }
+#  endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+    }
+
+  /* If we can, get the load average values.  */
+  if (offset && getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      /* Try to read the load.  */
+#  ifndef SUNOS_5
+      if (lseek (channel, offset, 0) == -1L
+          || read (channel, (char *) load_ave, sizeof (load_ave))
+          != sizeof (load_ave))
+        {
+          close (channel);
+          getloadavg_initialized = false;
+        }
+#  else  /* SUNOS_5 */
+      if (kvm_read (kd, offset, (char *) load_ave, sizeof (load_ave))
+          != sizeof (load_ave))
+        {
+          kvm_close (kd);
+          getloadavg_initialized = false;
+        }
+#  endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+    }
+
+  if (offset == 0 || !getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined LOAD_AVE_TYPE && ! defined __VMS */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE) /* Including VMS.  */
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[0]);
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[1]);
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[2]);
+
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+# endif /* !LDAV_DONE && LOAD_AVE_TYPE */
+
+# if !defined LDAV_DONE
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  elem = -1;
+# endif
+  return elem;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getopt-cdefs.in.h b/xcompile/lib/getopt-cdefs.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e76c78cb21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getopt-cdefs.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* getopt-on-non-glibc compatibility macros.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+   Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
+   with the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_CDEFS_H
+#define _GETOPT_CDEFS_H 1
+
+/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or
+   unistd.h instead.  It does not have a protective #error, because
+   the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed.  */
+
+/* getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h are shared with GNU libc, and expect
+   a number of the internal macros supplied to GNU libc's headers by
+   sys/cdefs.h.  Provide fallback definitions for all of them.  */
+#if @HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H@
+# include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __BEGIN_DECLS
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
+# else
+#  define __BEGIN_DECLS /* nothing */
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef __END_DECLS
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  define __END_DECLS }
+# else
+#  define __END_DECLS /* nothing */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_VERSION__
+# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \
+        ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
+# else
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# if defined __cplusplus && (__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __clang_major__ >= 4)
+#  define __THROW       throw ()
+# else
+#  define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_CDEFS_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getopt-core.h b/xcompile/lib/getopt-core.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5dd49363f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getopt-core.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt (basic, portable features only).
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
+   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_CORE_H
+#define _GETOPT_CORE_H 1
+
+/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or
+   unistd.h instead.  Unlike most bits headers, it does not have
+   a protective #error, because the guard macro for getopt.h in
+   gnulib is not fixed.  */
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
+   When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
+
+   On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message 'getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, 'optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in 'optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU 'getopt'.
+
+   The argument '--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling 'getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with '-', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\1'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   'getopt'.  If OPTS begins with '+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
+   the environment, then do not permute arguments.
+
+   For standards compliance, the 'argv' argument has the type
+   char *const *, but this is inaccurate; if argument permutation is
+   enabled, the argv array (not the strings it points to) must be
+   writable.  */
+
+extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_CORE_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getopt-ext.h b/xcompile/lib/getopt-ext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d37c29328b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getopt-ext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt (GNU extensions).
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
+   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_EXT_H
+#define _GETOPT_EXT_H 1
+
+/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h instead.
+   Unlike most bits headers, it does not have a protective #error,
+   because the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed.  */
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of 'struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field 'has_arg' is:
+   no_argument         (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument   (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument   (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field 'flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field 'val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an 'int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from 'optarg', set the
+   option's 'flag' field to zero and its 'val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero 'flag' field, 'getopt'
+   returns the contents of the 'val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+  const char *name;
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the 'has_arg' field of 'struct option'.  */
+
+#define no_argument            0
+#define required_argument      1
+#define optional_argument      2
+
+extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+                       const char *__shortopts,
+                       const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+                            const char *__shortopts,
+                            const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_EXT_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getopt-pfx-core.h b/xcompile/lib/getopt-pfx-core.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a2fde5ad4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getopt-pfx-core.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* getopt (basic, portable features) gnulib wrapper header.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+   Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
+   with the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H
+#define _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H 1
+
+/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or
+   unistd.h instead.  It does not have a protective #error, because
+   the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed.  */
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+   identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+   defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h.  Systematically
+   rename identifiers so that they do not collide with the system
+   functions and variables.  Renaming avoids problems with some
+   compilers and linkers.  */
+#ifdef __GETOPT_PREFIX
+# ifndef __GETOPT_ID
+#  define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+#  define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
+#  define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
+# endif
+# undef getopt
+# undef optarg
+# undef opterr
+# undef optind
+# undef optopt
+# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
+# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
+# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
+# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
+# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
+
+/* Work around a a problem on macOS, which declares getopt with a
+   trailing __DARWIN_ALIAS(getopt) that would expand to something like
+   __asm("_" "rpl_getopt" "$UNIX2003") were it not for the following
+   hack to suppress the macOS declaration <https://bugs.gnu.org/40205>.  */
+# ifdef __APPLE__
+#  define _GETOPT
+# endif
+
+/* The system's getopt.h may have already included getopt-core.h to
+   declare the unprefixed identifiers.  Undef _GETOPT_CORE_H so that
+   getopt-core.h declares them with prefixes.  */
+# undef _GETOPT_CORE_H
+#endif
+
+#include <getopt-core.h>
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getopt-pfx-ext.h b/xcompile/lib/getopt-pfx-ext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8578d72530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getopt-pfx-ext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* getopt (GNU extensions) gnulib wrapper header.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+   Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
+   with the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H
+#define _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H 1
+
+/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h instead.
+   It does not have a protective #error, because the guard macro for
+   getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed.  */
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+   identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+   defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h.  Systematically
+   rename identifiers so that they do not collide with the system
+   functions and variables.  Renaming avoids problems with some
+   compilers and linkers.  */
+#ifdef __GETOPT_PREFIX
+# ifndef __GETOPT_ID
+#  define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+#  define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
+#  define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
+# endif
+# undef getopt_long
+# undef getopt_long_only
+# undef option
+# undef _getopt_internal
+# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
+# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
+# define option __GETOPT_ID (option)
+# define _getopt_internal __GETOPT_ID (getopt_internal)
+
+/* The system's getopt.h may have already included getopt-ext.h to
+   declare the unprefixed identifiers.  Undef _GETOPT_EXT_H so that
+   getopt-ext.h declares them with prefixes.  */
+# undef _GETOPT_EXT_H
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
+   getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv".  For backward
+   compatibility with old applications, if __GETOPT_PREFIX is not
+   defined, we supply GNU-libc-compatible, but incorrect, prototypes
+   using "char *const *argv".  (GNU libc is stuck with the incorrect
+   prototypes, as they are baked into older versions of LSB.)  */
+#ifndef __getopt_argv_const
+# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
+#  define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
+# else
+#  define __getopt_argv_const const
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <getopt-ext.h>
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getopt.c b/xcompile/lib/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e2441c4af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,811 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+   Copyright (C) 1987-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
+   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* When used as part of glibc, error printing must be done differently
+   for standards compliance.  getopt is not a cancellation point, so
+   it must not call functions that are, and it is specified by an
+   older standard than stdio locking, so it must not refer to
+   functions in the "user namespace" related to stdio locking.
+   Finally, it must use glibc's internal message translation so that
+   the messages are looked up in the proper text domain.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define fprintf __fxprintf_nocancel
+# define flockfile(fp) _IO_flockfile (fp)
+# define funlockfile(fp) _IO_funlockfile (fp)
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+/* When used standalone, flockfile and funlockfile might not be
+   available.  */
+# if (!defined _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS \
+      || (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__))
+#  define flockfile(fp) /* nop */
+#  define funlockfile(fp) /* nop */
+# endif
+/* When used standalone, do not attempt to use alloca.  */
+# define __libc_use_alloca(size) 0
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (abort (), (void *)0)
+#endif
+
+/* This implementation of 'getopt' has three modes for handling
+   options interspersed with non-option arguments.  It can stop
+   scanning for options at the first non-option argument encountered,
+   as POSIX specifies.  It can continue scanning for options after the
+   first non-option argument, but permute 'argv' as it goes so that,
+   after 'getopt' is done, all the options precede all the non-option
+   arguments and 'optind' points to the first non-option argument.
+   Or, it can report non-option arguments as if they were arguments to
+   the option character '\x01'.
+
+   The default behavior of 'getopt_long' is to permute the argument list.
+   When this implementation is used standalone, the default behavior of
+   'getopt' is to stop at the first non-option argument, but when it is
+   used as part of GNU libc it also permutes the argument list.  In both
+   cases, setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT to any value
+   disables permutation.
+
+   If the first character of the OPTSTRING argument to 'getopt' or
+   'getopt_long' is '+', both functions will stop at the first
+   non-option argument.  If it is '-', both functions will report
+   non-option arguments as arguments to the option character '\x01'.  */
+
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
+   When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
+
+   On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+   system's own getopt implementation.  */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data.  */
+
+static struct _getopt_data getopt_data;
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+   'first_nonopt' and 'last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
+
+static void
+exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  int bottom = d->__first_nonopt;
+  int middle = d->__last_nonopt;
+  int top = d->optind;
+  char *tem;
+
+  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
+
+  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+    {
+      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+       {
+         /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
+         int len = middle - bottom;
+         int i;
+
+         /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
+         for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+           {
+             tem = argv[bottom + i];
+             argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+             argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+           }
+         /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
+         top -= len;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         /* Top segment is the short one.  */
+         int len = top - middle;
+         int i;
+
+         /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
+         for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+           {
+             tem = argv[bottom + i];
+             argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+             argv[middle + i] = tem;
+           }
+         /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
+         bottom += len;
+       }
+    }
+
+  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
+
+  d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt);
+  d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+}
+
+/* Process the argument starting with d->__nextchar as a long option.
+   d->optind should *not* have been advanced over this argument.
+
+   If the value returned is -1, it was not actually a long option, the
+   state is unchanged, and the argument should be processed as a set
+   of short options (this can only happen when long_only is true).
+   Otherwise, the option (and its argument, if any) have been consumed
+   and the return value is the value to return from _getopt_internal_r.  */
+static int
+process_long_option (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+                    const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+                    int long_only, struct _getopt_data *d,
+                    int print_errors, const char *prefix)
+{
+  char *nameend;
+  size_t namelen;
+  const struct option *p;
+  const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+  int n_options;
+  int option_index;
+
+  for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+    /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+  namelen = nameend - d->__nextchar;
+
+  /* First look for an exact match, counting the options as a side
+     effect.  */
+  for (p = longopts, n_options = 0; p->name; p++, n_options++)
+    if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, namelen)
+       && namelen == strlen (p->name))
+      {
+       /* Exact match found.  */
+       pfound = p;
+       option_index = n_options;
+       break;
+      }
+
+  if (pfound == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Didn't find an exact match, so look for abbreviations.  */
+      unsigned char *ambig_set = NULL;
+      int ambig_malloced = 0;
+      int ambig_fallback = 0;
+      int indfound = -1;
+
+      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+       if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, namelen))
+         {
+           if (pfound == NULL)
+             {
+               /* First nonexact match found.  */
+               pfound = p;
+               indfound = option_index;
+             }
+           else if (long_only
+                    || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+                    || pfound->flag != p->flag
+                    || pfound->val != p->val)
+             {
+               /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+               if (!ambig_fallback)
+                 {
+                   if (!print_errors)
+                     /* Don't waste effort tracking the ambig set if
+                        we're not going to print it anyway.  */
+                     ambig_fallback = 1;
+                   else if (!ambig_set)
+                     {
+                       if (__libc_use_alloca (n_options))
+                         ambig_set = alloca (n_options);
+                       else if ((ambig_set = malloc (n_options)) == NULL)
+                         /* Fall back to simpler error message.  */
+                         ambig_fallback = 1;
+                       else
+                         ambig_malloced = 1;
+
+                       if (ambig_set)
+                         {
+                           memset (ambig_set, 0, n_options);
+                           ambig_set[indfound] = 1;
+                         }
+                     }
+                   if (ambig_set)
+                     ambig_set[option_index] = 1;
+                 }
+             }
+         }
+
+      if (ambig_set || ambig_fallback)
+       {
+         if (print_errors)
+           {
+             if (ambig_fallback)
+               fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option '%s%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+                        argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar);
+             else
+               {
+                 flockfile (stderr);
+                 fprintf (stderr,
+                          _("%s: option '%s%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:"),
+                          argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar);
+
+                 for (option_index = 0; option_index < n_options; 
option_index++)
+                   if (ambig_set[option_index])
+                     fprintf (stderr, " '%s%s'",
+                              prefix, longopts[option_index].name);
+
+                 /* This must use 'fprintf' even though it's only
+                    printing a single character, so that it goes through
+                    __fxprintf_nocancel when compiled as part of glibc.  */
+                 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+                 funlockfile (stderr);
+               }
+           }
+         if (ambig_malloced)
+           free (ambig_set);
+         d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+         d->optind++;
+         d->optopt = 0;
+         return '?';
+       }
+
+      option_index = indfound;
+    }
+
+  if (pfound == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
+        or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short option,
+        then it's an error.  */
+      if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+         || strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL)
+       {
+         if (print_errors)
+           fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option '%s%s'\n"),
+                    argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar);
+
+         d->__nextchar = NULL;
+         d->optind++;
+         d->optopt = 0;
+         return '?';
+       }
+
+      /* Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* We have found a matching long option.  Consume it.  */
+  d->optind++;
+  d->__nextchar = NULL;
+  if (*nameend)
+    {
+      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+        allow it to be used on enums.  */
+      if (pfound->has_arg)
+       d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+      else
+       {
+         if (print_errors)
+           fprintf (stderr,
+                    _("%s: option '%s%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                    argv[0], prefix, pfound->name);
+
+         d->optopt = pfound->val;
+         return '?';
+       }
+    }
+  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+    {
+      if (d->optind < argc)
+       d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+      else
+       {
+         if (print_errors)
+           fprintf (stderr,
+                    _("%s: option '%s%s' requires an argument\n"),
+                    argv[0], prefix, pfound->name);
+
+         d->optopt = pfound->val;
+         return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+       }
+    }
+
+  if (longind != NULL)
+    *longind = option_index;
+  if (pfound->flag)
+    {
+      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return pfound->val;
+}
+
+/* Initialize internal data upon the first call to getopt.  */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (_GL_UNUSED int argc,
+                   _GL_UNUSED char **argv, const char *optstring,
+                   struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct)
+{
+  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
+  if (d->optind == 0)
+    d->optind = 1;
+
+  d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+  d->__nextchar = NULL;
+
+  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
+  if (optstring[0] == '-')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (posixly_correct || !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"))
+    d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+  else
+    d->__ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+  d->__initialized = 1;
+  return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+   given in OPTSTRING.
+
+   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If 'getopt'
+   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+   from each of the option elements.
+
+   If 'getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating 'optind' and 'nextchar' so that the next call to 'getopt' can
+   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+   If there are no more option characters, 'getopt' returns -1.
+   Then 'optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+   so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set 'opterr' to
+   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+   ARGV-element, is returned in 'optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+   it is returned in 'optarg', otherwise 'optarg' is set to zero.
+
+   If OPTSTRING starts with '-' or '+', it requests different methods of
+   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+   Long-named options begin with '--' instead of '-'.
+   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
+   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+   from the option name by a '=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When 'getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   'flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's 'val' field
+   if the 'flag' field is zero.
+
+   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
+   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
+   with other systems.
+
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of 'struct option' terminated by an
+   element containing a name which is zero.
+
+   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+   recent call.
+
+   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+   long-named options.  */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+                   const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+                   int long_only, struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct)
+{
+  int print_errors = d->opterr;
+
+  if (argc < 1)
+    return -1;
+
+  d->optarg = NULL;
+
+  if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized)
+    optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring, d, posixly_correct);
+  else if (optstring[0] == '-' || optstring[0] == '+')
+    optstring++;
+
+  if (optstring[0] == ':')
+    print_errors = 0;
+
+  /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.  */
+#define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0')
+
+  if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+      /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
+        moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments).  */
+      if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind)
+       d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+      if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind)
+       d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+      if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE)
+       {
+         /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+            exchange them so that the options come first.  */
+
+         if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+             && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+           exchange (argv, d);
+         else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+           d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+         /* Skip any additional non-options
+            and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
+
+         while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
+           d->optind++;
+         d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+       }
+
+      /* The special ARGV-element '--' means premature end of options.
+        Skip it like a null option,
+        then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+        then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
+
+      if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--"))
+       {
+         d->optind++;
+
+         if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+             && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+           exchange (argv, d);
+         else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt)
+           d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+         d->__last_nonopt = argc;
+
+         d->optind = argc;
+       }
+
+      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+        and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
+
+      if (d->optind == argc)
+       {
+         /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+            that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
+         if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt)
+           d->optind = d->__first_nonopt;
+         return -1;
+       }
+
+      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+        either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
+
+      if (NONOPTION_P)
+       {
+         if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+           return -1;
+         d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+         return 1;
+       }
+
+      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+        Check whether it might be a long option.  */
+      if (longopts)
+       {
+         if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-')
+           {
+             /* "--foo" is always a long option.  The special option
+                "--" was handled above.  */
+             d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 2;
+             return process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
+                                         longind, long_only, d,
+                                         print_errors, "--");
+           }
+
+         /* If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f",
+            where f is a valid short option, don't consider it an
+            abbreviated form of a long option that starts with f.
+            Otherwise there would be no way to give the -f short
+            option.
+
+            On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+            the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an
+            abbreviation of the long option, just like "--fu", and
+            not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+            This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
+         if (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2]
+                           || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1])))
+           {
+             int code;
+             d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 1;
+             code = process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
+                                         longind, long_only, d,
+                                         print_errors, "-");
+             if (code != -1)
+               return code;
+           }
+       }
+
+      /* It is not a long option.  Skip the initial punctuation.  */
+      d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
+
+  {
+    char c = *d->__nextchar++;
+    const char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);
+
+    /* Increment 'optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    if (*d->__nextchar == '\0')
+      ++d->optind;
+
+    if (temp == NULL || c == ':' || c == ';')
+      {
+       if (print_errors)
+         fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- '%c'\n"), argv[0], c);
+       d->optopt = c;
+       return '?';
+      }
+
+    /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+    if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';' && longopts != NULL)
+      {
+       /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+       if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+         d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+       else if (d->optind == argc)
+         {
+           if (print_errors)
+             fprintf (stderr,
+                      _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+                      argv[0], c);
+
+           d->optopt = c;
+           if (optstring[0] == ':')
+             c = ':';
+           else
+             c = '?';
+           return c;
+         }
+       else
+         d->optarg = argv[d->optind];
+
+       d->__nextchar = d->optarg;
+       d->optarg = NULL;
+       return process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind,
+                                   0 /* long_only */, d, print_errors, "-W ");
+      }
+    if (temp[1] == ':')
+      {
+       if (temp[2] == ':')
+         {
+           /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
+           if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+             {
+               d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+               d->optind++;
+             }
+           else
+             d->optarg = NULL;
+           d->__nextchar = NULL;
+         }
+       else
+         {
+           /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+           if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+             {
+               d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+               /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+                  we must advance to the next element now.  */
+               d->optind++;
+             }
+           else if (d->optind == argc)
+             {
+               if (print_errors)
+                 fprintf (stderr,
+                          _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+                          argv[0], c);
+
+               d->optopt = c;
+               if (optstring[0] == ':')
+                 c = ':';
+               else
+                 c = '?';
+             }
+           else
+             /* We already incremented 'optind' once;
+                increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+             d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+           d->__nextchar = NULL;
+         }
+      }
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+                 const struct option *longopts, int *longind, int long_only,
+                 int posixly_correct)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  getopt_data.optind = optind;
+  getopt_data.opterr = opterr;
+
+  result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
+                              longind, long_only, &getopt_data,
+                              posixly_correct);
+
+  optind = getopt_data.optind;
+  optarg = getopt_data.optarg;
+  optopt = getopt_data.optopt;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* glibc gets a LSB-compliant getopt and a POSIX-complaint __posix_getopt.
+   Standalone applications just get a POSIX-compliant getopt.
+   POSIX and LSB both require these functions to take 'char *const *argv'
+   even though this is incorrect (because of the permutation).  */
+#define GETOPT_ENTRY(NAME, POSIXLY_CORRECT)                    \
+  int                                                          \
+  NAME (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring)    \
+  {                                                            \
+    return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **)argv, optstring,   \
+                            0, 0, 0, POSIXLY_CORRECT);         \
+  }
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+GETOPT_ENTRY(getopt, 0)
+GETOPT_ENTRY(__posix_getopt, 1)
+#else
+GETOPT_ENTRY(getopt, 1)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+   the above definition of 'getopt'.  */
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+      if (c == -1)
+       break;
+
+      switch (c)
+       {
+       case '0':
+       case '1':
+       case '2':
+       case '3':
+       case '4':
+       case '5':
+       case '6':
+       case '7':
+       case '8':
+       case '9':
+         if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+           printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+         digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+         printf ("option %c\n", c);
+         break;
+
+       case 'a':
+         printf ("option a\n");
+         break;
+
+       case 'b':
+         printf ("option b\n");
+         break;
+
+       case 'c':
+         printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+         break;
+
+       case '?':
+         break;
+
+       default:
+         printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+       }
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+       printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getopt.in.h b/xcompile/lib/getopt.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0867d365f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getopt.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+   Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
+   with the GNU C Library, which supplies a different version of
+   this file.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  We must
+   also inform the replacement unistd.h to not recursively use
+   <getopt.h>; our definitions will be present soon enough.  */
+#if @HAVE_GETOPT_H@
+# define _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_GETOPT_H@
+# undef _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+#endif
+
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H 1
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+   identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+   defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h.  When this happens,
+   include the headers that might declare getopt so that they will not
+   cause confusion if included after this file (if the system had
+   <getopt.h>, we have already included it).  */
+#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
+# if !@HAVE_GETOPT_H@
+#  define __need_system_stdlib_h
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#  undef __need_system_stdlib_h
+#  include <stdio.h>
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+#include <getopt-cdefs.h>
+#include <getopt-pfx-core.h>
+#include <getopt-pfx-ext.h>
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getopt1.c b/xcompile/lib/getopt1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..49323aa8ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getopt1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1987-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
+   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+int
+getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
+            const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+                          opt_index, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+               const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+               struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+                            0, d, 0);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+   instead.  */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
+                 const char *options,
+                 const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+                          opt_index, 1, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+                    const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+                    struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+                            1, d, 0);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+      int option_index = 0;
+      static const struct option long_options[] =
+      {
+       {"add", 1, 0, 0},
+       {"append", 0, 0, 0},
+       {"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+       {"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+       {"create", 0, 0, 0},
+       {"file", 1, 0, 0},
+       {0, 0, 0, 0}
+      };
+
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+                      long_options, &option_index);
+      if (c == -1)
+       break;
+
+      switch (c)
+       {
+       case 0:
+         printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+         if (optarg)
+           printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+         printf ("\n");
+         break;
+
+       case '0':
+       case '1':
+       case '2':
+       case '3':
+       case '4':
+       case '5':
+       case '6':
+       case '7':
+       case '8':
+       case '9':
+         if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+           printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+         digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+         printf ("option %c\n", c);
+         break;
+
+       case 'a':
+         printf ("option a\n");
+         break;
+
+       case 'b':
+         printf ("option b\n");
+         break;
+
+       case 'c':
+         printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+         break;
+
+       case 'd':
+         printf ("option d with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+         break;
+
+       case '?':
+         break;
+
+       default:
+         printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+       }
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+       printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getopt_int.h b/xcompile/lib/getopt_int.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d9e24beeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getopt_int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/* Internal declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
+   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
+#define _GETOPT_INT_H  1
+
+#include <getopt.h>
+
+extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                            const char *__shortopts,
+                            const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                            int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
+
+
+/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
+   vectors at the same time.  */
+
+/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; stop option
+   processing when the first non-option is seen.  This is what POSIX
+   specifies should happen.
+
+   PERMUTE means permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, so that
+   eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
+   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written
+   to expect this.
+
+   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
+   written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
+   and that care about the ordering of the two.  We describe each
+   non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
+   with character code 1.
+
+   The special argument '--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+   of the value of 'ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+   '--' can cause 'getopt' to return -1 with 'optind' != ARGC.  */
+
+enum __ord
+  {
+    REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+  };
+
+/* Data type for reentrant functions.  */
+struct _getopt_data
+{
+  /* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
+     variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
+     versions of getopt.  */
+  int optind;
+  int opterr;
+  int optopt;
+  char *optarg;
+
+  /* Internal members.  */
+
+  /* True if the internal members have been initialized.  */
+  int __initialized;
+
+  /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+     in which the last option character we returned was found.
+     This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+     If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+     by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
+  char *__nextchar;
+
+  /* See __ord above.  */
+  enum __ord __ordering;
+
+  /* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
+
+  /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+     been skipped.  'first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
+     of them; 'last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+
+  int __first_nonopt;
+  int __last_nonopt;
+};
+
+/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
+   default values and to clear the initialization flag.  */
+#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER       { 1, 1 }
+
+extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                              const char *__shortopts,
+                              const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                              int __long_only, struct _getopt_data *__data,
+                              int __posixly_correct);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                          const char *__shortopts,
+                          const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                          struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                               const char *__shortopts,
+                               const struct option *__longopts,
+                               int *__longind,
+                               struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+#endif /* getopt_int.h */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/getrandom.c b/xcompile/lib/getrandom.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..19bb3429ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/getrandom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/* Obtain a series of random bytes.
+
+   Copyright 2020-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/random.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+# if HAVE_BCRYPT_H
+#  include <bcrypt.h>
+# else
+#  define NTSTATUS LONG
+typedef void * BCRYPT_ALG_HANDLE;
+#  define BCRYPT_USE_SYSTEM_PREFERRED_RNG 0x00000002
+#  if HAVE_LIB_BCRYPT
+extern NTSTATUS WINAPI BCryptGenRandom (BCRYPT_ALG_HANDLE, UCHAR *, ULONG, 
ULONG);
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !HAVE_LIB_BCRYPT
+#  include <wincrypt.h>
+#  ifndef CRYPT_VERIFY_CONTEXT
+#   define CRYPT_VERIFY_CONTEXT 0xF0000000
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "minmax.h"
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef LoadLibrary
+# define LoadLibrary LoadLibraryA
+# undef CryptAcquireContext
+# define CryptAcquireContext CryptAcquireContextA
+
+# if !HAVE_LIB_BCRYPT
+
+/* Avoid warnings from gcc -Wcast-function-type.  */
+#  define GetProcAddress \
+    (void *) GetProcAddress
+
+/* BCryptGenRandom with the BCRYPT_USE_SYSTEM_PREFERRED_RNG flag works only
+   starting with Windows 7.  */
+typedef NTSTATUS (WINAPI * BCryptGenRandomFuncType) (BCRYPT_ALG_HANDLE, UCHAR 
*, ULONG, ULONG);
+static BCryptGenRandomFuncType BCryptGenRandomFunc = NULL;
+static BOOL initialized = FALSE;
+
+static void
+initialize (void)
+{
+  HMODULE bcrypt = LoadLibrary ("bcrypt.dll");
+  if (bcrypt != NULL)
+    {
+      BCryptGenRandomFunc =
+        (BCryptGenRandomFuncType) GetProcAddress (bcrypt, "BCryptGenRandom");
+    }
+  initialized = TRUE;
+}
+
+# else
+
+#  define BCryptGenRandomFunc BCryptGenRandom
+
+# endif
+
+#else
+/* These devices exist on all platforms except native Windows.  */
+
+/* Name of a device through which the kernel returns high quality random
+   numbers, from an entropy pool.  When the pool is empty, the call blocks
+   until entropy sources have added enough bits of entropy.  */
+# ifndef NAME_OF_RANDOM_DEVICE
+#  define NAME_OF_RANDOM_DEVICE "/dev/random"
+# endif
+
+/* Name of a device through which the kernel returns random or pseudo-random
+   numbers.  It uses an entropy pool, but, in order to avoid blocking, adds
+   bits generated by a pseudo-random number generator, as needed.  */
+# ifndef NAME_OF_NONCE_DEVICE
+#  define NAME_OF_NONCE_DEVICE "/dev/urandom"
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* Set BUFFER (of size LENGTH) to random bytes under the control of FLAGS.
+   Return the number of bytes written (> 0).
+   Upon error, return -1 and set errno.  */
+ssize_t
+getrandom (void *buffer, size_t length, unsigned int flags)
+#undef getrandom
+{
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* BCryptGenRandom, defined in <bcrypt.h>
+     
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/bcrypt/nf-bcrypt-bcryptgenrandom>
+     with the BCRYPT_USE_SYSTEM_PREFERRED_RNG flag
+     works in Windows 7 and newer.  */
+  static int bcrypt_not_working /* = 0 */;
+  if (!bcrypt_not_working)
+    {
+# if !HAVE_LIB_BCRYPT
+      if (!initialized)
+        initialize ();
+# endif
+      if (BCryptGenRandomFunc != NULL
+          && BCryptGenRandomFunc (NULL, buffer, length,
+                                  BCRYPT_USE_SYSTEM_PREFERRED_RNG)
+             == 0 /*STATUS_SUCCESS*/)
+        return length;
+      bcrypt_not_working = 1;
+    }
+# if !HAVE_LIB_BCRYPT
+  /* CryptGenRandom, defined in <wincrypt.h>
+     
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/wincrypt/nf-wincrypt-cryptgenrandom>
+     works in older releases as well, but is now deprecated.
+     CryptAcquireContext, defined in <wincrypt.h>
+     
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/wincrypt/nf-wincrypt-cryptacquirecontexta>
  */
+  {
+    static int crypt_initialized /* = 0 */;
+    static HCRYPTPROV provider;
+    if (!crypt_initialized)
+      {
+        if (CryptAcquireContext (&provider, NULL, NULL, PROV_RSA_FULL,
+                                 CRYPT_VERIFY_CONTEXT))
+          crypt_initialized = 1;
+        else
+          crypt_initialized = -1;
+      }
+    if (crypt_initialized >= 0)
+      {
+        if (!CryptGenRandom (provider, length, buffer))
+          {
+            errno = EIO;
+            return -1;
+          }
+        return length;
+      }
+  }
+# endif
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+#elif HAVE_GETRANDOM
+  return getrandom (buffer, length, flags);
+#else
+  static int randfd[2] = { -1, -1 };
+  bool devrandom = (flags & GRND_RANDOM) != 0;
+  int fd = randfd[devrandom];
+
+  if (fd < 0)
+    {
+      static char const randdevice[][MAX (sizeof NAME_OF_NONCE_DEVICE,
+                                          sizeof NAME_OF_RANDOM_DEVICE)]
+        = { NAME_OF_NONCE_DEVICE, NAME_OF_RANDOM_DEVICE };
+      int oflags = (O_RDONLY + O_CLOEXEC
+                    + (flags & GRND_NONBLOCK ? O_NONBLOCK : 0));
+      fd = open (randdevice[devrandom], oflags);
+      if (fd < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOENT || errno == ENOTDIR)
+            errno = ENOSYS;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      randfd[devrandom] = fd;
+    }
+
+  return read (fd, buffer, length);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/gettext.h b/xcompile/lib/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0462c47e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option
+   or through "#define ENABLE NLS 0" before including this file.  */
+#if defined ENABLE_NLS && ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
+   the gettext() and ngettext() macros.  This is an alternative to calling
+   textdomain(), and is useful for libraries.  */
+# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(Msgid) \
+     dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
+#  undef ngettext
+#  define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+     dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
+   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
+   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+   is OK.  */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
+   <libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include
+   it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP.  */
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
+# include <cstdlib>
+# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+   contain "#define const".  */
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# undef dgettext
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
+# undef dcgettext
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
+    ((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
+# undef ngettext
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 \
+     ? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
+     : ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
+# undef dngettext
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# undef dcngettext
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((void) (Category), dngettext (Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# undef textdomain
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# undef bindtextdomain
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
+# undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* Prefer gnulib's setlocale override over libintl's setlocale override.  */
+#ifdef GNULIB_defined_setlocale
+# undef setlocale
+# define setlocale rpl_setlocale
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
+   translation is done at a different place in the code.
+   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
+   and other string expressions won't work.
+   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file.  */
+#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
+
+/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
+   MSGID.  MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals.  MSGCTXT should be
+   short and rarely need to change.
+   The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'.  */
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+   pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, 
Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+   pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, 
LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
+  pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, 
Category)
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+   npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, 
Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+   npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, 
MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, 
MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
+  npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, 
MsgidPlural, N, Category)
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+              const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+              int category)
+{
+  const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+  if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
+    return msgid;
+  else
+    return translation;
+}
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+               const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+               const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+               int category)
+{
+  const char *translation =
+    dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+  if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
+    return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+  else
+    return translation;
+}
+
+/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments.  Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
+   can be arbitrary expressions.  But for string literals these macros are
+   less efficient than those above.  */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* GNULIB_NO_VLA can be defined to disable use of VLAs even if supported.
+   This relates to the -Wvla and -Wvla-larger-than warnings, enabled in
+   the default GCC many warnings set.  This allows programs to disable use
+   of VLAs, which may be unintended, or may be awkward to support portably,
+   or may have security implications due to non-deterministic stack usage.  */
+
+#if (!defined GNULIB_NO_VLA \
+     && defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+     && !defined __STDC_NO_VLA__)
+# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 1
+#else
+# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 0
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+                 const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+                 int category)
+{
+  size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+  size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+  const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+  char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+  char buf[1024];
+  char *msg_ctxt_id =
+    (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+     ? buf
+     : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+  if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+    {
+      int found_translation;
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+      msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+      translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+      found_translation = (translation != msg_ctxt_id);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+      if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+        free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+      if (found_translation)
+        return translation;
+    }
+  return msgid;
+}
+
+#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+                  const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+                  const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+                  int category)
+{
+  size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+  size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+  const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+  char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+  char buf[1024];
+  char *msg_ctxt_id =
+    (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+     ? buf
+     : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+  if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+    {
+      int found_translation;
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+      msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+      translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, 
category);
+      found_translation = !(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == 
msgid_plural);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+      if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+        free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+      if (found_translation)
+        return translation;
+    }
+  return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+}
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/gettime.c b/xcompile/lib/gettime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f86cc4efbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/gettime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* gettime -- get the system clock
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "timespec.h"
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+/* Get the system time into *TS.  */
+
+void
+gettime (struct timespec *ts)
+{
+#if defined CLOCK_REALTIME && HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME
+  clock_gettime (CLOCK_REALTIME, ts);
+#elif defined HAVE_TIMESPEC_GET
+  timespec_get (ts, TIME_UTC);
+#else
+  struct timeval tv;
+  gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
+  ts->tv_sec = tv.tv_sec;
+  ts->tv_nsec = tv.tv_usec * 1000;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return the current system time as a struct timespec.  */
+
+struct timespec
+current_timespec (void)
+{
+  struct timespec ts;
+  gettime (&ts);
+  return ts;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/gettimeofday.c b/xcompile/lib/gettimeofday.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d896ec132b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/gettimeofday.c
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/* Provide gettimeofday for systems that don't have it or for which it's 
broken.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef LoadLibrary
+# define LoadLibrary LoadLibraryA
+
+# if !(_WIN32_WINNT >= _WIN32_WINNT_WIN8)
+
+/* Avoid warnings from gcc -Wcast-function-type.  */
+#  define GetProcAddress \
+    (void *) GetProcAddress
+
+/* GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime was introduced only in Windows 8.  */
+typedef void (WINAPI * GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFuncType) (FILETIME 
*lpTime);
+static GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFuncType 
GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc = NULL;
+static BOOL initialized = FALSE;
+
+static void
+initialize (void)
+{
+  HMODULE kernel32 = LoadLibrary ("kernel32.dll");
+  if (kernel32 != NULL)
+    {
+      GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc =
+        (GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFuncType) GetProcAddress (kernel32, 
"GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime");
+    }
+  initialized = TRUE;
+}
+
+# else
+
+#  define GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime
+
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* This is a wrapper for gettimeofday.  It is used only on systems
+   that lack this function, or whose implementation of this function
+   causes problems.
+   Work around the bug in some systems whereby gettimeofday clobbers
+   the static buffer that localtime uses for its return value.  The
+   gettimeofday function from Mac OS X 10.0.4 (i.e., Darwin 1.3.7) has
+   this problem.  */
+
+int
+gettimeofday (struct timeval *restrict tv, void *restrict tz)
+{
+#undef gettimeofday
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+
+  /* On native Windows, there are two ways to get the current time:
+     GetSystemTimeAsFileTime
+     
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/sysinfoapi/nf-sysinfoapi-getsystemtimeasfiletime>
+     or
+     GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime
+     
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/sysinfoapi/nf-sysinfoapi-getsystemtimepreciseasfiletime>.
+     GetSystemTimeAsFileTime produces values that jump by increments of
+     15.627 milliseconds (!) on average.
+     Whereas GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime values usually jump by 1 or 2
+     microseconds.
+     More discussion on this topic:
+     <http://www.windowstimestamp.com/description>.  */
+  FILETIME current_time;
+
+# if !(_WIN32_WINNT >= _WIN32_WINNT_WIN8)
+  if (!initialized)
+    initialize ();
+# endif
+  if (GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc != NULL)
+    GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc (&current_time);
+  else
+    GetSystemTimeAsFileTime (&current_time);
+
+  /* Convert from FILETIME to 'struct timeval'.  */
+  /* FILETIME: 
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/minwinbase/ns-minwinbase-filetime>
 */
+  ULONGLONG since_1601 =
+    ((ULONGLONG) current_time.dwHighDateTime << 32)
+    | (ULONGLONG) current_time.dwLowDateTime;
+  /* Between 1601-01-01 and 1970-01-01 there were 280 normal years and 89 leap
+     years, in total 134774 days.  */
+  ULONGLONG since_1970 =
+    since_1601 - (ULONGLONG) 134774 * (ULONGLONG) 86400 * (ULONGLONG) 10000000;
+  ULONGLONG microseconds_since_1970 = since_1970 / (ULONGLONG) 10;
+  tv->tv_sec = microseconds_since_1970 / (ULONGLONG) 1000000;
+  tv->tv_usec = microseconds_since_1970 % (ULONGLONG) 1000000;
+
+  return 0;
+
+#else
+
+# if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+
+#  if defined timeval /* 'struct timeval' overridden by gnulib?  */
+#   undef timeval
+  struct timeval otv;
+  int result = gettimeofday (&otv, (struct timezone *) tz);
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      tv->tv_sec = otv.tv_sec;
+      tv->tv_usec = otv.tv_usec;
+    }
+#  else
+  int result = gettimeofday (tv, (struct timezone *) tz);
+#  endif
+
+  return result;
+
+# else
+
+#  if !defined OK_TO_USE_1S_CLOCK
+#   error "Only 1-second nominal clock resolution found.  Is that intended?" \
+          "If so, compile with the -DOK_TO_USE_1S_CLOCK option."
+#  endif
+  tv->tv_sec = time (NULL);
+  tv->tv_usec = 0;
+
+  return 0;
+
+# endif
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/gnulib.mk.in b/xcompile/lib/gnulib.mk.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ebf187e86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/gnulib.mk.in
@@ -0,0 +1,4137 @@
+## DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY!
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this file.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
+# this file may be distributed as part of a program that
+# contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+#
+# Generated by gnulib-tool.
+# Reproduce by:
+# gnulib-tool --import \
+#  --lib=libgnu \
+#  --source-base=lib \
+#  --m4-base=m4 \
+#  --doc-base=doc \
+#  --tests-base=tests \
+#  --aux-dir=build-aux \
+#  --gnu-make \
+#  --makefile-name=gnulib.mk.in \
+#  --conditional-dependencies \
+#  --no-libtool \
+#  --macro-prefix=gl \
+#  --no-vc-files \
+#  --avoid=btowc \
+#  --avoid=chmod \
+#  --avoid=close \
+#  --avoid=crypto/af_alg \
+#  --avoid=dup \
+#  --avoid=fchdir \
+#  --avoid=fstat \
+#  --avoid=langinfo \
+#  --avoid=lock \
+#  --avoid=mbrtowc \
+#  --avoid=mbsinit \
+#  --avoid=memchr \
+#  --avoid=mkdir \
+#  --avoid=msvc-inval \
+#  --avoid=msvc-nothrow \
+#  --avoid=nl_langinfo \
+#  --avoid=openat-die \
+#  --avoid=opendir \
+#  --avoid=pthread-h \
+#  --avoid=raise \
+#  --avoid=save-cwd \
+#  --avoid=select \
+#  --avoid=setenv \
+#  --avoid=sigprocmask \
+#  --avoid=stat \
+#  --avoid=stdarg \
+#  --avoid=threadlib \
+#  --avoid=tzset \
+#  --avoid=unsetenv \
+#  --avoid=utime \
+#  --avoid=utime-h \
+#  --avoid=wchar \
+#  --avoid=wcrtomb \
+#  --avoid=wctype-h \
+#  alloca-opt \
+#  binary-io \
+#  byteswap \
+#  c-ctype \
+#  c-strcase \
+#  canonicalize-lgpl \
+#  careadlinkat \
+#  close-stream \
+#  copy-file-range \
+#  count-leading-zeros \
+#  count-one-bits \
+#  count-trailing-zeros \
+#  crypto/md5 \
+#  crypto/md5-buffer \
+#  crypto/sha1-buffer \
+#  crypto/sha256-buffer \
+#  crypto/sha512-buffer \
+#  d-type \
+#  diffseq \
+#  double-slash-root \
+#  dtoastr \
+#  dtotimespec \
+#  dup2 \
+#  environ \
+#  execinfo \
+#  faccessat \
+#  fchmodat \
+#  fcntl \
+#  fcntl-h \
+#  fdopendir \
+#  file-has-acl \
+#  filemode \
+#  filename \
+#  filevercmp \
+#  flexmember \
+#  fpieee \
+#  free-posix \
+#  fstatat \
+#  fsusage \
+#  fsync \
+#  futimens \
+#  getloadavg \
+#  getopt-gnu \
+#  getrandom \
+#  gettime \
+#  gettimeofday \
+#  gitlog-to-changelog \
+#  ieee754-h \
+#  ignore-value \
+#  intprops \
+#  largefile \
+#  libgmp \
+#  lstat \
+#  manywarnings \
+#  memmem-simple \
+#  mempcpy \
+#  memrchr \
+#  memset_explicit \
+#  minmax \
+#  mkostemp \
+#  mktime \
+#  nanosleep \
+#  nproc \
+#  nstrftime \
+#  pathmax \
+#  pipe2 \
+#  pselect \
+#  pthread_sigmask \
+#  qcopy-acl \
+#  readlink \
+#  readlinkat \
+#  regex \
+#  sig2str \
+#  sigdescr_np \
+#  socklen \
+#  stat-time \
+#  std-gnu11 \
+#  stdalign \
+#  stdbool \
+#  stddef \
+#  stdio \
+#  stpcpy \
+#  strnlen \
+#  strtoimax \
+#  symlink \
+#  sys_stat \
+#  sys_time \
+#  tempname \
+#  time \
+#  time_r \
+#  time_rz \
+#  timegm \
+#  timer-time \
+#  timespec-add \
+#  timespec-sub \
+#  unlocked-io \
+#  update-copyright \
+#  utimensat \
+#  vla \
+#  warnings
+
+
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += core *.stackdump
+# Start of GNU Make output.
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+ALLOCA_H = @ALLOCA_H@
+ALSA_CFLAGS = @ALSA_CFLAGS@
+ALSA_LIBS = @ALSA_LIBS@
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
+APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD = @APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+ASSERT_H = @ASSERT_H@
+AUTO_DEPEND = @AUTO_DEPEND@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T = @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@
+BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T = @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
+BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T = @BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T@
+BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T = @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@
+BITSIZEOF_WINT_T = @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@
+BLESSMAIL_TARGET = @BLESSMAIL_TARGET@
+BREW = @BREW@
+BUILD_DETAILS = @BUILD_DETAILS@
+BYTESWAP_H = @BYTESWAP_H@
+CAIRO_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_CFLAGS@
+CAIRO_LIBS = @CAIRO_LIBS@
+CAIRO_XCB_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_XCB_CFLAGS@
+CAIRO_XCB_LIBS = @CAIRO_XCB_LIBS@
+CAIRO_XLIB_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_XLIB_CFLAGS@
+CAIRO_XLIB_LIBS = @CAIRO_XLIB_LIBS@
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CFLAGS_SOUND = @CFLAGS_SOUND@
+CHECK_STRUCTS = @CHECK_STRUCTS@
+CLIENTRES = @CLIENTRES@
+CLIENTW = @CLIENTW@
+CLOCK_TIME_LIB = @CLOCK_TIME_LIB@
+CM_OBJ = @CM_OBJ@
+COM_ERRLIB = @COM_ERRLIB@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CRYPTOLIB = @CRYPTOLIB@
+CXX = @CXX@
+CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
+CYGWIN_OBJ = @CYGWIN_OBJ@
+C_SWITCH_MACHINE = @C_SWITCH_MACHINE@
+C_SWITCH_SYSTEM = @C_SWITCH_SYSTEM@
+C_SWITCH_X_SITE = @C_SWITCH_X_SITE@
+DBUS_CFLAGS = @DBUS_CFLAGS@
+DBUS_LIBS = @DBUS_LIBS@
+DBUS_OBJ = @DBUS_OBJ@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DESLIB = @DESLIB@
+DOCMISC_W32 = @DOCMISC_W32@
+DUMPING = @DUMPING@
+DYNAMIC_LIB_SECONDARY_SUFFIX = @DYNAMIC_LIB_SECONDARY_SUFFIX@
+DYNAMIC_LIB_SUFFIX = @DYNAMIC_LIB_SUFFIX@
+DYNLIB_OBJ = @DYNLIB_OBJ@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EMACSRES = @EMACSRES@
+EMACS_MANIFEST = @EMACS_MANIFEST@
+EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN = @EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN@
+EMULTIHOP_VALUE = @EMULTIHOP_VALUE@
+ENOLINK_HIDDEN = @ENOLINK_HIDDEN@
+ENOLINK_VALUE = @ENOLINK_VALUE@
+EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN = @EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN@
+EOVERFLOW_VALUE = @EOVERFLOW_VALUE@
+ERRNO_H = @ERRNO_H@
+EUIDACCESS_LIBGEN = @EUIDACCESS_LIBGEN@
+EXECINFO_H = @EXECINFO_H@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+FILE_HAS_ACL_LIB = @FILE_HAS_ACL_LIB@
+FIND_DELETE = @FIND_DELETE@
+FIRSTFILE_OBJ = @FIRSTFILE_OBJ@
+FONTCONFIG_CFLAGS = @FONTCONFIG_CFLAGS@
+FONTCONFIG_LIBS = @FONTCONFIG_LIBS@
+FONT_OBJ = @FONT_OBJ@
+FREETYPE_CFLAGS = @FREETYPE_CFLAGS@
+FREETYPE_LIBS = @FREETYPE_LIBS@
+GCONF_CFLAGS = @GCONF_CFLAGS@
+GCONF_LIBS = @GCONF_LIBS@
+GETADDRINFO_A_LIBS = @GETADDRINFO_A_LIBS@
+GETLOADAVG_LIBS = @GETLOADAVG_LIBS@
+GETOPT_CDEFS_H = @GETOPT_CDEFS_H@
+GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@
+GETRANDOM_LIB = @GETRANDOM_LIB@
+GFILENOTIFY_CFLAGS = @GFILENOTIFY_CFLAGS@
+GFILENOTIFY_LIBS = @GFILENOTIFY_LIBS@
+GL_CFLAG_ALLOW_WARNINGS = @GL_CFLAG_ALLOW_WARNINGS@
+GL_CFLAG_GNULIB_WARNINGS = @GL_CFLAG_GNULIB_WARNINGS@
+GL_COND_LIBTOOL_CONDITION = @GL_COND_LIBTOOL_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_CANONICALIZE_LGPL_CONDITION = 
@GL_COND_OBJ_CANONICALIZE_LGPL_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_COPY_FILE_RANGE_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_COPY_FILE_RANGE_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_DIRFD_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_DIRFD_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_DUP2_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_DUP2_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_EUIDACCESS_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_EUIDACCESS_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_EXECINFO_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_EXECINFO_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_FACCESSAT_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_FACCESSAT_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_FCHMODAT_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_FCHMODAT_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_FCNTL_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_FCNTL_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_FDOPENDIR_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_FDOPENDIR_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_FPENDING_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_FPENDING_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_FREE_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_FREE_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_FSTATAT_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_FSTATAT_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_FSUSAGE_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_FSUSAGE_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_FSYNC_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_FSYNC_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_FUTIMENS_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_FUTIMENS_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_GETDTABLESIZE_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_GETDTABLESIZE_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_GETGROUPS_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_GETGROUPS_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_GETLOADAVG_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_GETLOADAVG_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_GETOPT_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_GETOPT_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_GETRANDOM_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_GETRANDOM_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_GETTIMEOFDAY_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_GETTIMEOFDAY_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_GROUP_MEMBER_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_GROUP_MEMBER_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_LCHMOD_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_LCHMOD_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_LSTAT_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_LSTAT_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_MEMPCPY_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_MEMPCPY_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_MEMRCHR_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_MEMRCHR_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_MEMSET_EXPLICIT_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_MEMSET_EXPLICIT_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_MINI_GMP_GNULIB_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_MINI_GMP_GNULIB_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_MKOSTEMP_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_MKOSTEMP_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_NANOSLEEP_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_NANOSLEEP_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_OPEN_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_OPEN_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_PSELECT_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_PSELECT_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_PTHREAD_SIGMASK_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_PTHREAD_SIGMASK_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_RAWMEMCHR_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_RAWMEMCHR_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_READLINKAT_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_READLINKAT_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_READLINK_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_READLINK_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_REGEX_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_REGEX_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_SIG2STR_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_SIG2STR_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_SIGDESCR_NP_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_SIGDESCR_NP_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_STDIO_READ_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_STDIO_READ_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_STDIO_WRITE_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_STDIO_WRITE_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_STPCPY_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_STPCPY_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_STRNLEN_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_STRNLEN_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOIMAX_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOIMAX_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOLL_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOLL_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_SYMLINK_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_SYMLINK_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_TIMEGM_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_TIMEGM_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_TIME_RZ_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_TIME_RZ_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_TIME_R_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_TIME_R_CONDITION@
+GL_COND_OBJ_UTIMENSAT_CONDITION = @GL_COND_OBJ_UTIMENSAT_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_ALLOCA_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_ALLOCA_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_ASSERT_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_ASSERT_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_BYTESWAP_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_BYTESWAP_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_ERRNO_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_ERRNO_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_EXECINFO_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_EXECINFO_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_GETOPT_CDEFS_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_GETOPT_CDEFS_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_GETOPT_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_GETOPT_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_GMP_GMP_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_GMP_GMP_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_GMP_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_GMP_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_IEEE754_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_IEEE754_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_LIMITS_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_LIMITS_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_MINI_GMP_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_MINI_GMP_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_STDALIGN_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_STDALIGN_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_STDCKDINT_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_STDCKDINT_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_STDDEF_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_STDDEF_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GENERATE_STDINT_H_CONDITION = @GL_GENERATE_STDINT_H_CONDITION@
+GL_GNULIB_ACCESS = @GL_GNULIB_ACCESS@
+GL_GNULIB_ALIGNED_ALLOC = @GL_GNULIB_ALIGNED_ALLOC@
+GL_GNULIB_ALPHASORT = @GL_GNULIB_ALPHASORT@
+GL_GNULIB_ATOLL = @GL_GNULIB_ATOLL@
+GL_GNULIB_CALLOC_GNU = @GL_GNULIB_CALLOC_GNU@
+GL_GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME = @GL_GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@
+GL_GNULIB_CHDIR = @GL_GNULIB_CHDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_CHMOD = @GL_GNULIB_CHMOD@
+GL_GNULIB_CHOWN = @GL_GNULIB_CHOWN@
+GL_GNULIB_CLOSE = @GL_GNULIB_CLOSE@
+GL_GNULIB_CLOSEDIR = @GL_GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_COPY_FILE_RANGE = @GL_GNULIB_COPY_FILE_RANGE@
+GL_GNULIB_CREAT = @GL_GNULIB_CREAT@
+GL_GNULIB_CTIME = @GL_GNULIB_CTIME@
+GL_GNULIB_DIRFD = @GL_GNULIB_DIRFD@
+GL_GNULIB_DPRINTF = @GL_GNULIB_DPRINTF@
+GL_GNULIB_DUP = @GL_GNULIB_DUP@
+GL_GNULIB_DUP2 = @GL_GNULIB_DUP2@
+GL_GNULIB_DUP3 = @GL_GNULIB_DUP3@
+GL_GNULIB_ENVIRON = @GL_GNULIB_ENVIRON@
+GL_GNULIB_EUIDACCESS = @GL_GNULIB_EUIDACCESS@
+GL_GNULIB_EXECL = @GL_GNULIB_EXECL@
+GL_GNULIB_EXECLE = @GL_GNULIB_EXECLE@
+GL_GNULIB_EXECLP = @GL_GNULIB_EXECLP@
+GL_GNULIB_EXECV = @GL_GNULIB_EXECV@
+GL_GNULIB_EXECVE = @GL_GNULIB_EXECVE@
+GL_GNULIB_EXECVP = @GL_GNULIB_EXECVP@
+GL_GNULIB_EXECVPE = @GL_GNULIB_EXECVPE@
+GL_GNULIB_EXPLICIT_BZERO = @GL_GNULIB_EXPLICIT_BZERO@
+GL_GNULIB_FACCESSAT = @GL_GNULIB_FACCESSAT@
+GL_GNULIB_FCHDIR = @GL_GNULIB_FCHDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_FCHMODAT = @GL_GNULIB_FCHMODAT@
+GL_GNULIB_FCHOWNAT = @GL_GNULIB_FCHOWNAT@
+GL_GNULIB_FCLOSE = @GL_GNULIB_FCLOSE@
+GL_GNULIB_FCNTL = @GL_GNULIB_FCNTL@
+GL_GNULIB_FDATASYNC = @GL_GNULIB_FDATASYNC@
+GL_GNULIB_FDOPEN = @GL_GNULIB_FDOPEN@
+GL_GNULIB_FDOPENDIR = @GL_GNULIB_FDOPENDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_FFLUSH = @GL_GNULIB_FFLUSH@
+GL_GNULIB_FFSL = @GL_GNULIB_FFSL@
+GL_GNULIB_FFSLL = @GL_GNULIB_FFSLL@
+GL_GNULIB_FGETC = @GL_GNULIB_FGETC@
+GL_GNULIB_FGETS = @GL_GNULIB_FGETS@
+GL_GNULIB_FOPEN = @GL_GNULIB_FOPEN@
+GL_GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU = @GL_GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU@
+GL_GNULIB_FPRINTF = @GL_GNULIB_FPRINTF@
+GL_GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_FPURGE = @GL_GNULIB_FPURGE@
+GL_GNULIB_FPUTC = @GL_GNULIB_FPUTC@
+GL_GNULIB_FPUTS = @GL_GNULIB_FPUTS@
+GL_GNULIB_FREAD = @GL_GNULIB_FREAD@
+GL_GNULIB_FREE_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_FREE_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_FREOPEN = @GL_GNULIB_FREOPEN@
+GL_GNULIB_FSCANF = @GL_GNULIB_FSCANF@
+GL_GNULIB_FSEEK = @GL_GNULIB_FSEEK@
+GL_GNULIB_FSEEKO = @GL_GNULIB_FSEEKO@
+GL_GNULIB_FSTAT = @GL_GNULIB_FSTAT@
+GL_GNULIB_FSTATAT = @GL_GNULIB_FSTATAT@
+GL_GNULIB_FSYNC = @GL_GNULIB_FSYNC@
+GL_GNULIB_FTELL = @GL_GNULIB_FTELL@
+GL_GNULIB_FTELLO = @GL_GNULIB_FTELLO@
+GL_GNULIB_FTRUNCATE = @GL_GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@
+GL_GNULIB_FUTIMENS = @GL_GNULIB_FUTIMENS@
+GL_GNULIB_FWRITE = @GL_GNULIB_FWRITE@
+GL_GNULIB_GETC = @GL_GNULIB_GETC@
+GL_GNULIB_GETCHAR = @GL_GNULIB_GETCHAR@
+GL_GNULIB_GETCWD = @GL_GNULIB_GETCWD@
+GL_GNULIB_GETDELIM = @GL_GNULIB_GETDELIM@
+GL_GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME = @GL_GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME@
+GL_GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE = @GL_GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE@
+GL_GNULIB_GETENTROPY = @GL_GNULIB_GETENTROPY@
+GL_GNULIB_GETGROUPS = @GL_GNULIB_GETGROUPS@
+GL_GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME = @GL_GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@
+GL_GNULIB_GETLINE = @GL_GNULIB_GETLINE@
+GL_GNULIB_GETLOADAVG = @GL_GNULIB_GETLOADAVG@
+GL_GNULIB_GETLOGIN = @GL_GNULIB_GETLOGIN@
+GL_GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R = @GL_GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@
+GL_GNULIB_GETOPT_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_GETOPT_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE = @GL_GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@
+GL_GNULIB_GETPASS = @GL_GNULIB_GETPASS@
+GL_GNULIB_GETPASS_GNU = @GL_GNULIB_GETPASS_GNU@
+GL_GNULIB_GETRANDOM = @GL_GNULIB_GETRANDOM@
+GL_GNULIB_GETSUBOPT = @GL_GNULIB_GETSUBOPT@
+GL_GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY = @GL_GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY@
+GL_GNULIB_GETUMASK = @GL_GNULIB_GETUMASK@
+GL_GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL = @GL_GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL@
+GL_GNULIB_GRANTPT = @GL_GNULIB_GRANTPT@
+GL_GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER = @GL_GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER@
+GL_GNULIB_IMAXABS = @GL_GNULIB_IMAXABS@
+GL_GNULIB_IMAXDIV = @GL_GNULIB_IMAXDIV@
+GL_GNULIB_ISATTY = @GL_GNULIB_ISATTY@
+GL_GNULIB_LCHMOD = @GL_GNULIB_LCHMOD@
+GL_GNULIB_LCHOWN = @GL_GNULIB_LCHOWN@
+GL_GNULIB_LINK = @GL_GNULIB_LINK@
+GL_GNULIB_LINKAT = @GL_GNULIB_LINKAT@
+GL_GNULIB_LOCALTIME = @GL_GNULIB_LOCALTIME@
+GL_GNULIB_LSEEK = @GL_GNULIB_LSEEK@
+GL_GNULIB_LSTAT = @GL_GNULIB_LSTAT@
+GL_GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU = @GL_GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU@
+GL_GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSCASECMP = @GL_GNULIB_MBSCASECMP@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSCASESTR = @GL_GNULIB_MBSCASESTR@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSCHR = @GL_GNULIB_MBSCHR@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSCSPN = @GL_GNULIB_MBSCSPN@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSLEN = @GL_GNULIB_MBSLEN@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP = @GL_GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSNLEN = @GL_GNULIB_MBSNLEN@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSPBRK = @GL_GNULIB_MBSPBRK@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP = @GL_GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSRCHR = @GL_GNULIB_MBSRCHR@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSSEP = @GL_GNULIB_MBSSEP@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSSPN = @GL_GNULIB_MBSSPN@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSSTR = @GL_GNULIB_MBSSTR@
+GL_GNULIB_MBSTOK_R = @GL_GNULIB_MBSTOK_R@
+GL_GNULIB_MBTOWC = @GL_GNULIB_MBTOWC@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_ACCESS = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_ACCESS@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_CHDIR = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_CHDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_CHMOD = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_CHMOD@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_CLOSE = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_CLOSE@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_CREAT = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_CREAT@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_DUP = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_DUP@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_DUP2 = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_DUP2@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_ECVT = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_ECVT@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECL = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECL@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECLE = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECLE@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECLP = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECLP@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECV = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECV@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVE = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVE@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVP = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVP@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVPE = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVPE@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_FCLOSEALL = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_FCLOSEALL@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_FCVT = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_FCVT@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_FDOPEN = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_FDOPEN@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_FILENO = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_FILENO@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_GCVT = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_GCVT@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETCWD = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETCWD@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETPID = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETPID@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETW = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETW@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_ISATTY = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_ISATTY@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_LSEEK = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_LSEEK@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_MEMCCPY = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_MEMCCPY@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_MKDIR = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_MKDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_MKTEMP = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_MKTEMP@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_OPEN = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_OPEN@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_PUTENV = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_PUTENV@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_PUTW = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_PUTW@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_READ = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_READ@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_RMDIR = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_RMDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_STRDUP = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_STRDUP@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_SWAB = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_SWAB@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_TEMPNAM = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_TEMPNAM@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_TZSET = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_TZSET@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_UMASK = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_UMASK@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_UNLINK = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_UNLINK@
+GL_GNULIB_MDA_WRITE = @GL_GNULIB_MDA_WRITE@
+GL_GNULIB_MEMCHR = @GL_GNULIB_MEMCHR@
+GL_GNULIB_MEMMEM = @GL_GNULIB_MEMMEM@
+GL_GNULIB_MEMPCPY = @GL_GNULIB_MEMPCPY@
+GL_GNULIB_MEMRCHR = @GL_GNULIB_MEMRCHR@
+GL_GNULIB_MEMSET_EXPLICIT = @GL_GNULIB_MEMSET_EXPLICIT@
+GL_GNULIB_MKDIR = @GL_GNULIB_MKDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_MKDIRAT = @GL_GNULIB_MKDIRAT@
+GL_GNULIB_MKDTEMP = @GL_GNULIB_MKDTEMP@
+GL_GNULIB_MKFIFO = @GL_GNULIB_MKFIFO@
+GL_GNULIB_MKFIFOAT = @GL_GNULIB_MKFIFOAT@
+GL_GNULIB_MKNOD = @GL_GNULIB_MKNOD@
+GL_GNULIB_MKNODAT = @GL_GNULIB_MKNODAT@
+GL_GNULIB_MKOSTEMP = @GL_GNULIB_MKOSTEMP@
+GL_GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS = @GL_GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS@
+GL_GNULIB_MKSTEMP = @GL_GNULIB_MKSTEMP@
+GL_GNULIB_MKSTEMPS = @GL_GNULIB_MKSTEMPS@
+GL_GNULIB_MKTIME = @GL_GNULIB_MKTIME@
+GL_GNULIB_NANOSLEEP = @GL_GNULIB_NANOSLEEP@
+GL_GNULIB_NONBLOCKING = @GL_GNULIB_NONBLOCKING@
+GL_GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF = @GL_GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF@
+GL_GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_OPEN = @GL_GNULIB_OPEN@
+GL_GNULIB_OPENAT = @GL_GNULIB_OPENAT@
+GL_GNULIB_OPENDIR = @GL_GNULIB_OPENDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT = @GL_GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+GL_GNULIB_PCLOSE = @GL_GNULIB_PCLOSE@
+GL_GNULIB_PERROR = @GL_GNULIB_PERROR@
+GL_GNULIB_PIPE = @GL_GNULIB_PIPE@
+GL_GNULIB_PIPE2 = @GL_GNULIB_PIPE2@
+GL_GNULIB_POPEN = @GL_GNULIB_POPEN@
+GL_GNULIB_POSIX_MEMALIGN = @GL_GNULIB_POSIX_MEMALIGN@
+GL_GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT = @GL_GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT@
+GL_GNULIB_PREAD = @GL_GNULIB_PREAD@
+GL_GNULIB_PRINTF = @GL_GNULIB_PRINTF@
+GL_GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_PSELECT = @GL_GNULIB_PSELECT@
+GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK = @GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@
+GL_GNULIB_PTSNAME = @GL_GNULIB_PTSNAME@
+GL_GNULIB_PTSNAME_R = @GL_GNULIB_PTSNAME_R@
+GL_GNULIB_PUTC = @GL_GNULIB_PUTC@
+GL_GNULIB_PUTCHAR = @GL_GNULIB_PUTCHAR@
+GL_GNULIB_PUTENV = @GL_GNULIB_PUTENV@
+GL_GNULIB_PUTS = @GL_GNULIB_PUTS@
+GL_GNULIB_PWRITE = @GL_GNULIB_PWRITE@
+GL_GNULIB_QSORT_R = @GL_GNULIB_QSORT_R@
+GL_GNULIB_RAISE = @GL_GNULIB_RAISE@
+GL_GNULIB_RANDOM = @GL_GNULIB_RANDOM@
+GL_GNULIB_RANDOM_R = @GL_GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
+GL_GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR = @GL_GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR@
+GL_GNULIB_READ = @GL_GNULIB_READ@
+GL_GNULIB_READDIR = @GL_GNULIB_READDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_READLINK = @GL_GNULIB_READLINK@
+GL_GNULIB_READLINKAT = @GL_GNULIB_READLINKAT@
+GL_GNULIB_REALLOCARRAY = @GL_GNULIB_REALLOCARRAY@
+GL_GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU = @GL_GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU@
+GL_GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_REALPATH = @GL_GNULIB_REALPATH@
+GL_GNULIB_REMOVE = @GL_GNULIB_REMOVE@
+GL_GNULIB_RENAME = @GL_GNULIB_RENAME@
+GL_GNULIB_RENAMEAT = @GL_GNULIB_RENAMEAT@
+GL_GNULIB_REWINDDIR = @GL_GNULIB_REWINDDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_RMDIR = @GL_GNULIB_RMDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_RPMATCH = @GL_GNULIB_RPMATCH@
+GL_GNULIB_SCANDIR = @GL_GNULIB_SCANDIR@
+GL_GNULIB_SCANF = @GL_GNULIB_SCANF@
+GL_GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV = @GL_GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV@
+GL_GNULIB_SELECT = @GL_GNULIB_SELECT@
+GL_GNULIB_SETENV = @GL_GNULIB_SETENV@
+GL_GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME = @GL_GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME@
+GL_GNULIB_SIGABBREV_NP = @GL_GNULIB_SIGABBREV_NP@
+GL_GNULIB_SIGACTION = @GL_GNULIB_SIGACTION@
+GL_GNULIB_SIGDESCR_NP = @GL_GNULIB_SIGDESCR_NP@
+GL_GNULIB_SIGNAL_H_SIGPIPE = @GL_GNULIB_SIGNAL_H_SIGPIPE@
+GL_GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK = @GL_GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK@
+GL_GNULIB_SLEEP = @GL_GNULIB_SLEEP@
+GL_GNULIB_SNPRINTF = @GL_GNULIB_SNPRINTF@
+GL_GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_STAT = @GL_GNULIB_STAT@
+GL_GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING = @GL_GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@
+GL_GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE = @GL_GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@
+GL_GNULIB_STPCPY = @GL_GNULIB_STPCPY@
+GL_GNULIB_STPNCPY = @GL_GNULIB_STPNCPY@
+GL_GNULIB_STRCASESTR = @GL_GNULIB_STRCASESTR@
+GL_GNULIB_STRCHRNUL = @GL_GNULIB_STRCHRNUL@
+GL_GNULIB_STRDUP = @GL_GNULIB_STRDUP@
+GL_GNULIB_STRERROR = @GL_GNULIB_STRERROR@
+GL_GNULIB_STRERRORNAME_NP = @GL_GNULIB_STRERRORNAME_NP@
+GL_GNULIB_STRERROR_R = @GL_GNULIB_STRERROR_R@
+GL_GNULIB_STRFTIME = @GL_GNULIB_STRFTIME@
+GL_GNULIB_STRNCAT = @GL_GNULIB_STRNCAT@
+GL_GNULIB_STRNDUP = @GL_GNULIB_STRNDUP@
+GL_GNULIB_STRNLEN = @GL_GNULIB_STRNLEN@
+GL_GNULIB_STRPBRK = @GL_GNULIB_STRPBRK@
+GL_GNULIB_STRPTIME = @GL_GNULIB_STRPTIME@
+GL_GNULIB_STRSEP = @GL_GNULIB_STRSEP@
+GL_GNULIB_STRSIGNAL = @GL_GNULIB_STRSIGNAL@
+GL_GNULIB_STRSTR = @GL_GNULIB_STRSTR@
+GL_GNULIB_STRTOD = @GL_GNULIB_STRTOD@
+GL_GNULIB_STRTOIMAX = @GL_GNULIB_STRTOIMAX@
+GL_GNULIB_STRTOK_R = @GL_GNULIB_STRTOK_R@
+GL_GNULIB_STRTOL = @GL_GNULIB_STRTOL@
+GL_GNULIB_STRTOLD = @GL_GNULIB_STRTOLD@
+GL_GNULIB_STRTOLL = @GL_GNULIB_STRTOLL@
+GL_GNULIB_STRTOUL = @GL_GNULIB_STRTOUL@
+GL_GNULIB_STRTOULL = @GL_GNULIB_STRTOULL@
+GL_GNULIB_STRTOUMAX = @GL_GNULIB_STRTOUMAX@
+GL_GNULIB_STRVERSCMP = @GL_GNULIB_STRVERSCMP@
+GL_GNULIB_SYMLINK = @GL_GNULIB_SYMLINK@
+GL_GNULIB_SYMLINKAT = @GL_GNULIB_SYMLINKAT@
+GL_GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_TIMEGM = @GL_GNULIB_TIMEGM@
+GL_GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GET = @GL_GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GET@
+GL_GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GETRES = @GL_GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GETRES@
+GL_GNULIB_TIME_R = @GL_GNULIB_TIME_R@
+GL_GNULIB_TIME_RZ = @GL_GNULIB_TIME_RZ@
+GL_GNULIB_TMPFILE = @GL_GNULIB_TMPFILE@
+GL_GNULIB_TRUNCATE = @GL_GNULIB_TRUNCATE@
+GL_GNULIB_TTYNAME_R = @GL_GNULIB_TTYNAME_R@
+GL_GNULIB_TZSET = @GL_GNULIB_TZSET@
+GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_GETOPT = @GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_GETOPT@
+GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING = @GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING@
+GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE = @GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE@
+GL_GNULIB_UNLINK = @GL_GNULIB_UNLINK@
+GL_GNULIB_UNLINKAT = @GL_GNULIB_UNLINKAT@
+GL_GNULIB_UNLOCKPT = @GL_GNULIB_UNLOCKPT@
+GL_GNULIB_UNSETENV = @GL_GNULIB_UNSETENV@
+GL_GNULIB_USLEEP = @GL_GNULIB_USLEEP@
+GL_GNULIB_UTIMENSAT = @GL_GNULIB_UTIMENSAT@
+GL_GNULIB_VASPRINTF = @GL_GNULIB_VASPRINTF@
+GL_GNULIB_VDPRINTF = @GL_GNULIB_VDPRINTF@
+GL_GNULIB_VFPRINTF = @GL_GNULIB_VFPRINTF@
+GL_GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_VFSCANF = @GL_GNULIB_VFSCANF@
+GL_GNULIB_VPRINTF = @GL_GNULIB_VPRINTF@
+GL_GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_VSCANF = @GL_GNULIB_VSCANF@
+GL_GNULIB_VSNPRINTF = @GL_GNULIB_VSNPRINTF@
+GL_GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX = @GL_GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX@
+GL_GNULIB_WCTOMB = @GL_GNULIB_WCTOMB@
+GL_GNULIB_WRITE = @GL_GNULIB_WRITE@
+GL_GNULIB__EXIT = @GL_GNULIB__EXIT@
+GMALLOC_OBJ = @GMALLOC_OBJ@
+GMP_H = @GMP_H@
+GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T = @GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T@
+GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY = @GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY@
+GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS = @GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS@
+GNUSTEP_CFLAGS = @GNUSTEP_CFLAGS@
+GNU_OBJC_CFLAGS = @GNU_OBJC_CFLAGS@
+GOBJECT_CFLAGS = @GOBJECT_CFLAGS@
+GOBJECT_LIBS = @GOBJECT_LIBS@
+GREP = @GREP@
+GSETTINGS_CFLAGS = @GSETTINGS_CFLAGS@
+GSETTINGS_LIBS = @GSETTINGS_LIBS@
+GTK_CFLAGS = @GTK_CFLAGS@
+GTK_LIBS = @GTK_LIBS@
+GTK_OBJ = @GTK_OBJ@
+GZIP_PROG = @GZIP_PROG@
+HAIKU_CFLAGS = @HAIKU_CFLAGS@
+HAIKU_CXX_OBJ = @HAIKU_CXX_OBJ@
+HAIKU_LIBS = @HAIKU_LIBS@
+HAIKU_OBJ = @HAIKU_OBJ@
+HARFBUZZ_CFLAGS = @HARFBUZZ_CFLAGS@
+HARFBUZZ_LIBS = @HARFBUZZ_LIBS@
+HAVE_ALIGNED_ALLOC = @HAVE_ALIGNED_ALLOC@
+HAVE_ALLOCA_H = @HAVE_ALLOCA_H@
+HAVE_ALPHASORT = @HAVE_ALPHASORT@
+HAVE_ATOLL = @HAVE_ATOLL@
+HAVE_BE_APP = @HAVE_BE_APP@
+HAVE_C99_STDINT_H = @HAVE_C99_STDINT_H@
+HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME = @HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@
+HAVE_CHOWN = @HAVE_CHOWN@
+HAVE_CLOSEDIR = @HAVE_CLOSEDIR@
+HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE = @HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE@
+HAVE_DECL_DIRFD = @HAVE_DECL_DIRFD@
+HAVE_DECL_ECVT = @HAVE_DECL_ECVT@
+HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON = @HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@
+HAVE_DECL_EXECVPE = @HAVE_DECL_EXECVPE@
+HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR = @HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR@
+HAVE_DECL_FCLOSEALL = @HAVE_DECL_FCLOSEALL@
+HAVE_DECL_FCVT = @HAVE_DECL_FCVT@
+HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC = @HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC@
+HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR = @HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR@
+HAVE_DECL_FPURGE = @HAVE_DECL_FPURGE@
+HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO = @HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO@
+HAVE_DECL_FTELLO = @HAVE_DECL_FTELLO@
+HAVE_DECL_GCVT = @HAVE_DECL_GCVT@
+HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM = @HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM@
+HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME = @HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME@
+HAVE_DECL_GETLINE = @HAVE_DECL_GETLINE@
+HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG@
+HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN@
+HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@
+HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE = @HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE@
+HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL = @HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL@
+HAVE_DECL_GETW = @HAVE_DECL_GETW@
+HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS = @HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS@
+HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV = @HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV@
+HAVE_DECL_INITSTATE = @HAVE_DECL_INITSTATE@
+HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R = @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@
+HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM = @HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM@
+HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR = @HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR@
+HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF = @HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF@
+HAVE_DECL_POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID = @HAVE_DECL_POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID@
+HAVE_DECL_PUTW = @HAVE_DECL_PUTW@
+HAVE_DECL_SETENV = @HAVE_DECL_SETENV@
+HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME = @HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME@
+HAVE_DECL_SETSTATE = @HAVE_DECL_SETSTATE@
+HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF = @HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF@
+HAVE_DECL_STRDUP = @HAVE_DECL_STRDUP@
+HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R = @HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R@
+HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP = @HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP@
+HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN = @HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN@
+HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL = @HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL@
+HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX = @HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX@
+HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R = @HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R@
+HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX = @HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX@
+HAVE_DECL_TRUNCATE = @HAVE_DECL_TRUNCATE@
+HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R = @HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R@
+HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV = @HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV@
+HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF = @HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF@
+HAVE_DIRENT_H = @HAVE_DIRENT_H@
+HAVE_DPRINTF = @HAVE_DPRINTF@
+HAVE_DUP3 = @HAVE_DUP3@
+HAVE_EUIDACCESS = @HAVE_EUIDACCESS@
+HAVE_EXECVPE = @HAVE_EXECVPE@
+HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO = @HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO@
+HAVE_FACCESSAT = @HAVE_FACCESSAT@
+HAVE_FCHDIR = @HAVE_FCHDIR@
+HAVE_FCHMODAT = @HAVE_FCHMODAT@
+HAVE_FCHOWNAT = @HAVE_FCHOWNAT@
+HAVE_FCNTL = @HAVE_FCNTL@
+HAVE_FDATASYNC = @HAVE_FDATASYNC@
+HAVE_FDOPENDIR = @HAVE_FDOPENDIR@
+HAVE_FFSL = @HAVE_FFSL@
+HAVE_FFSLL = @HAVE_FFSLL@
+HAVE_FSEEKO = @HAVE_FSEEKO@
+HAVE_FSTATAT = @HAVE_FSTATAT@
+HAVE_FSYNC = @HAVE_FSYNC@
+HAVE_FTELLO = @HAVE_FTELLO@
+HAVE_FTRUNCATE = @HAVE_FTRUNCATE@
+HAVE_FUTIMENS = @HAVE_FUTIMENS@
+HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE = @HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE@
+HAVE_GETENTROPY = @HAVE_GETENTROPY@
+HAVE_GETGROUPS = @HAVE_GETGROUPS@
+HAVE_GETHOSTNAME = @HAVE_GETHOSTNAME@
+HAVE_GETLOGIN = @HAVE_GETLOGIN@
+HAVE_GETOPT_H = @HAVE_GETOPT_H@
+HAVE_GETPAGESIZE = @HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@
+HAVE_GETPASS = @HAVE_GETPASS@
+HAVE_GETRANDOM = @HAVE_GETRANDOM@
+HAVE_GETSUBOPT = @HAVE_GETSUBOPT@
+HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY = @HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY@
+HAVE_GETUMASK = @HAVE_GETUMASK@
+HAVE_GRANTPT = @HAVE_GRANTPT@
+HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER = @HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER@
+HAVE_GSETTINGS = @HAVE_GSETTINGS@
+HAVE_IMAXDIV_T = @HAVE_IMAXDIV_T@
+HAVE_INITSTATE = @HAVE_INITSTATE@
+HAVE_INTTYPES_H = @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@
+HAVE_LCHMOD = @HAVE_LCHMOD@
+HAVE_LCHOWN = @HAVE_LCHOWN@
+HAVE_LIBGMP = @HAVE_LIBGMP@
+HAVE_LIBSECCOMP = @HAVE_LIBSECCOMP@
+HAVE_LINK = @HAVE_LINK@
+HAVE_LINKAT = @HAVE_LINKAT@
+HAVE_LSTAT = @HAVE_LSTAT@
+HAVE_MACPORTS = @HAVE_MACPORTS@
+HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T = @HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T@
+HAVE_MBSLEN = @HAVE_MBSLEN@
+HAVE_MBTOWC = @HAVE_MBTOWC@
+HAVE_MEMPCPY = @HAVE_MEMPCPY@
+HAVE_MEMSET_EXPLICIT = @HAVE_MEMSET_EXPLICIT@
+HAVE_MKDIRAT = @HAVE_MKDIRAT@
+HAVE_MKDTEMP = @HAVE_MKDTEMP@
+HAVE_MKFIFO = @HAVE_MKFIFO@
+HAVE_MKFIFOAT = @HAVE_MKFIFOAT@
+HAVE_MKNOD = @HAVE_MKNOD@
+HAVE_MKNODAT = @HAVE_MKNODAT@
+HAVE_MKOSTEMP = @HAVE_MKOSTEMP@
+HAVE_MKOSTEMPS = @HAVE_MKOSTEMPS@
+HAVE_MKSTEMP = @HAVE_MKSTEMP@
+HAVE_MKSTEMPS = @HAVE_MKSTEMPS@
+HAVE_MODULES = @HAVE_MODULES@
+HAVE_NANOSLEEP = @HAVE_NANOSLEEP@
+HAVE_NATIVE_COMP = @HAVE_NATIVE_COMP@
+HAVE_OPENAT = @HAVE_OPENAT@
+HAVE_OPENDIR = @HAVE_OPENDIR@
+HAVE_OS_H = @HAVE_OS_H@
+HAVE_PCLOSE = @HAVE_PCLOSE@
+HAVE_PDUMPER = @HAVE_PDUMPER@
+HAVE_PGTK = @HAVE_PGTK@
+HAVE_PIPE = @HAVE_PIPE@
+HAVE_PIPE2 = @HAVE_PIPE2@
+HAVE_POPEN = @HAVE_POPEN@
+HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN = @HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN@
+HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT = @HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT@
+HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING = @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN = @HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN@
+HAVE_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETFLAGS = @HAVE_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETFLAGS@
+HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDCHDIR = 
@HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDCHDIR@
+HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDCHDIR_NP = 
@HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDCHDIR_NP@
+HAVE_PREAD = @HAVE_PREAD@
+HAVE_PSELECT = @HAVE_PSELECT@
+HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK = @HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@
+HAVE_PTSNAME = @HAVE_PTSNAME@
+HAVE_PTSNAME_R = @HAVE_PTSNAME_R@
+HAVE_PWRITE = @HAVE_PWRITE@
+HAVE_QSORT_R = @HAVE_QSORT_R@
+HAVE_RAISE = @HAVE_RAISE@
+HAVE_RANDOM = @HAVE_RANDOM@
+HAVE_RANDOM_H = @HAVE_RANDOM_H@
+HAVE_RANDOM_R = @HAVE_RANDOM_R@
+HAVE_RAWMEMCHR = @HAVE_RAWMEMCHR@
+HAVE_READDIR = @HAVE_READDIR@
+HAVE_READLINK = @HAVE_READLINK@
+HAVE_READLINKAT = @HAVE_READLINKAT@
+HAVE_REALLOCARRAY = @HAVE_REALLOCARRAY@
+HAVE_REALPATH = @HAVE_REALPATH@
+HAVE_RENAMEAT = @HAVE_RENAMEAT@
+HAVE_REWINDDIR = @HAVE_REWINDDIR@
+HAVE_RPMATCH = @HAVE_RPMATCH@
+HAVE_SCANDIR = @HAVE_SCANDIR@
+HAVE_SECCOMP = @HAVE_SECCOMP@
+HAVE_SECURE_GETENV = @HAVE_SECURE_GETENV@
+HAVE_SETENV = @HAVE_SETENV@
+HAVE_SETHOSTNAME = @HAVE_SETHOSTNAME@
+HAVE_SETSTATE = @HAVE_SETSTATE@
+HAVE_SIGABBREV_NP = @HAVE_SIGABBREV_NP@
+HAVE_SIGACTION = @HAVE_SIGACTION@
+HAVE_SIGDESCR_NP = @HAVE_SIGDESCR_NP@
+HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T = @HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T@
+HAVE_SIGINFO_T = @HAVE_SIGINFO_T@
+HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
+HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@
+HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@
+HAVE_SIGSET_T = @HAVE_SIGSET_T@
+HAVE_SLEEP = @HAVE_SLEEP@
+HAVE_SPAWN_H = @HAVE_SPAWN_H@
+HAVE_STDINT_H = @HAVE_STDINT_H@
+HAVE_STPCPY = @HAVE_STPCPY@
+HAVE_STPNCPY = @HAVE_STPNCPY@
+HAVE_STRCASESTR = @HAVE_STRCASESTR@
+HAVE_STRCHRNUL = @HAVE_STRCHRNUL@
+HAVE_STRERRORNAME_NP = @HAVE_STRERRORNAME_NP@
+HAVE_STRPBRK = @HAVE_STRPBRK@
+HAVE_STRPTIME = @HAVE_STRPTIME@
+HAVE_STRSEP = @HAVE_STRSEP@
+HAVE_STRTOD = @HAVE_STRTOD@
+HAVE_STRTOL = @HAVE_STRTOL@
+HAVE_STRTOLD = @HAVE_STRTOLD@
+HAVE_STRTOLL = @HAVE_STRTOLL@
+HAVE_STRTOUL = @HAVE_STRTOUL@
+HAVE_STRTOULL = @HAVE_STRTOULL@
+HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA = @HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA@
+HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION = @HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION@
+HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL = @HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@
+HAVE_STRVERSCMP = @HAVE_STRVERSCMP@
+HAVE_SYMLINK = @HAVE_SYMLINK@
+HAVE_SYMLINKAT = @HAVE_SYMLINKAT@
+HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H@
+HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H = @HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H@
+HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H@
+HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H = @HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H@
+HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H = @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@
+HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H = @HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H@
+HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H = @HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@
+HAVE_SYS_TIME_H = @HAVE_SYS_TIME_H@
+HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H@
+HAVE_TIMEGM = @HAVE_TIMEGM@
+HAVE_TIMESPEC_GET = @HAVE_TIMESPEC_GET@
+HAVE_TIMESPEC_GETRES = @HAVE_TIMESPEC_GETRES@
+HAVE_TIMEZONE_T = @HAVE_TIMEZONE_T@
+HAVE_TYPE_VOLATILE_SIG_ATOMIC_T = @HAVE_TYPE_VOLATILE_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
+HAVE_UNISTD_H = @HAVE_UNISTD_H@
+HAVE_UNLINKAT = @HAVE_UNLINKAT@
+HAVE_UNLOCKPT = @HAVE_UNLOCKPT@
+HAVE_USLEEP = @HAVE_USLEEP@
+HAVE_UTIMENSAT = @HAVE_UTIMENSAT@
+HAVE_VASPRINTF = @HAVE_VASPRINTF@
+HAVE_VDPRINTF = @HAVE_VDPRINTF@
+HAVE_WCHAR_H = @HAVE_WCHAR_H@
+HAVE_WCHAR_T = @HAVE_WCHAR_T@
+HAVE_WINSOCK2_H = @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+HAVE_XSERVER = @HAVE_XSERVER@
+HAVE__EXIT = @HAVE__EXIT@
+HYBRID_MALLOC = @HYBRID_MALLOC@
+IEEE754_H = @IEEE754_H@
+IMAGEMAGICK_CFLAGS = @IMAGEMAGICK_CFLAGS@
+IMAGEMAGICK_LIBS = @IMAGEMAGICK_LIBS@
+INCLUDE_NEXT = @INCLUDE_NEXT@
+INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE = @INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE@
+INSTALL_ARCH_INDEP_EXTRA = @INSTALL_ARCH_INDEP_EXTRA@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_INFO = @INSTALL_INFO@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX = @INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX@
+INT64_MAX_EQ_LONG_MAX = @INT64_MAX_EQ_LONG_MAX@
+JSON_CFLAGS = @JSON_CFLAGS@
+JSON_LIBS = @JSON_LIBS@
+JSON_OBJ = @JSON_OBJ@
+KQUEUE_CFLAGS = @KQUEUE_CFLAGS@
+KQUEUE_LIBS = @KQUEUE_LIBS@
+KRB4LIB = @KRB4LIB@
+KRB5LIB = @KRB5LIB@
+LCMS2_CFLAGS = @LCMS2_CFLAGS@
+LCMS2_LIBS = @LCMS2_LIBS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LD_SWITCH_SYSTEM = @LD_SWITCH_SYSTEM@
+LD_SWITCH_SYSTEM_TEMACS = @LD_SWITCH_SYSTEM_TEMACS@
+LD_SWITCH_X_SITE = @LD_SWITCH_X_SITE@
+LD_SWITCH_X_SITE_RPATH = @LD_SWITCH_X_SITE_RPATH@
+LIBGCCJIT_CFLAGS = @LIBGCCJIT_CFLAGS@
+LIBGCCJIT_LIBS = @LIBGCCJIT_LIBS@
+LIBGIF = @LIBGIF@
+LIBGMP = @LIBGMP@
+LIBGNUTLS_CFLAGS = @LIBGNUTLS_CFLAGS@
+LIBGNUTLS_LIBS = @LIBGNUTLS_LIBS@
+LIBGNU_LIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LIBDEPS@
+LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS@
+LIBGPM = @LIBGPM@
+LIBHESIOD = @LIBHESIOD@
+LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
+LIBJPEG = @LIBJPEG@
+LIBMODULES = @LIBMODULES@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBOTF_CFLAGS = @LIBOTF_CFLAGS@
+LIBOTF_LIBS = @LIBOTF_LIBS@
+LIBPNG = @LIBPNG@
+LIBRESOLV = @LIBRESOLV@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIBSECCOMP_CFLAGS = @LIBSECCOMP_CFLAGS@
+LIBSECCOMP_LIBS = @LIBSECCOMP_LIBS@
+LIBSELINUX_LIBS = @LIBSELINUX_LIBS@
+LIBSOUND = @LIBSOUND@
+LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS = @LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS@
+LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS = @LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS@
+LIBS_ECLIENT = @LIBS_ECLIENT@
+LIBS_GNUSTEP = @LIBS_GNUSTEP@
+LIBS_MAIL = @LIBS_MAIL@
+LIBS_SYSTEM = @LIBS_SYSTEM@
+LIBS_TERMCAP = @LIBS_TERMCAP@
+LIBTIFF = @LIBTIFF@
+LIBXMENU = @LIBXMENU@
+LIBXML2_CFLAGS = @LIBXML2_CFLAGS@
+LIBXML2_LIBS = @LIBXML2_LIBS@
+LIBXMU = @LIBXMU@
+LIBXPM = @LIBXPM@
+LIBXSM = @LIBXSM@
+LIBXTR6 = @LIBXTR6@
+LIBXT_OTHER = @LIBXT_OTHER@
+LIBX_OTHER = @LIBX_OTHER@
+LIBZ = @LIBZ@
+LIB_ACL = @LIB_ACL@
+LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
+LIB_EACCESS = @LIB_EACCESS@
+LIB_EXECINFO = @LIB_EXECINFO@
+LIB_GETRANDOM = @LIB_GETRANDOM@
+LIB_MATH = @LIB_MATH@
+LIB_NANOSLEEP = @LIB_NANOSLEEP@
+LIB_PTHREAD = @LIB_PTHREAD@
+LIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK = @LIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@
+LIB_TIMER_TIME = @LIB_TIMER_TIME@
+LIB_WSOCK32 = @LIB_WSOCK32@
+LIMITS_H = @LIMITS_H@
+LN_S_FILEONLY = @LN_S_FILEONLY@
+LTLIBGMP = @LTLIBGMP@
+LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+M17N_FLT_CFLAGS = @M17N_FLT_CFLAGS@
+M17N_FLT_LIBS = @M17N_FLT_LIBS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MAKE_PROG = @MAKE_PROG@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+MODULES_OBJ = @MODULES_OBJ@
+MODULES_SECONDARY_SUFFIX = @MODULES_SECONDARY_SUFFIX@
+MODULES_SUFFIX = @MODULES_SUFFIX@
+NANOSLEEP_LIB = @NANOSLEEP_LIB@
+NATIVE_COMPILATION_AOT = @NATIVE_COMPILATION_AOT@
+NEXT_ASSERT_H = @NEXT_ASSERT_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_ASSERT_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_ASSERT_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_DIRENT_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_DIRENT_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_ERRNO_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_ERRNO_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_FCNTL_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_FCNTL_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_GETOPT_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_GETOPT_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_INTTYPES_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_INTTYPES_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_LIMITS_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_LIMITS_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SIGNAL_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SIGNAL_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDDEF_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDDEF_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDINT_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDINT_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDIO_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDIO_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDLIB_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDLIB_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STRING_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STRING_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_RANDOM_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_RANDOM_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_SELECT_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_SELECT_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_STAT_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_STAT_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_TIME_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_TIME_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_TYPES_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_TYPES_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_TIME_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_TIME_H@
+NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_UNISTD_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_UNISTD_H@
+NEXT_DIRENT_H = @NEXT_DIRENT_H@
+NEXT_ERRNO_H = @NEXT_ERRNO_H@
+NEXT_FCNTL_H = @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
+NEXT_GETOPT_H = @NEXT_GETOPT_H@
+NEXT_INTTYPES_H = @NEXT_INTTYPES_H@
+NEXT_LIMITS_H = @NEXT_LIMITS_H@
+NEXT_SIGNAL_H = @NEXT_SIGNAL_H@
+NEXT_STDDEF_H = @NEXT_STDDEF_H@
+NEXT_STDINT_H = @NEXT_STDINT_H@
+NEXT_STDIO_H = @NEXT_STDIO_H@
+NEXT_STDLIB_H = @NEXT_STDLIB_H@
+NEXT_STRING_H = @NEXT_STRING_H@
+NEXT_SYS_RANDOM_H = @NEXT_SYS_RANDOM_H@
+NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H = @NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H@
+NEXT_SYS_STAT_H = @NEXT_SYS_STAT_H@
+NEXT_SYS_TIME_H = @NEXT_SYS_TIME_H@
+NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H = @NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H@
+NEXT_TIME_H = @NEXT_TIME_H@
+NEXT_UNISTD_H = @NEXT_UNISTD_H@
+NOTIFY_CFLAGS = @NOTIFY_CFLAGS@
+NOTIFY_LIBS = @NOTIFY_LIBS@
+NOTIFY_OBJ = @NOTIFY_OBJ@
+NS_OBJ = @NS_OBJ@
+NS_OBJC_OBJ = @NS_OBJC_OBJ@
+NTDIR = @NTDIR@
+NTLIB = @NTLIB@
+OBJC = @OBJC@
+OBJCFLAGS = @OBJCFLAGS@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+OTHER_FILES = @OTHER_FILES@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PAXCTL = @PAXCTL@
+PAXCTL_dumped = @PAXCTL_dumped@
+PAXCTL_notdumped = @PAXCTL_notdumped@
+PGTK_LIBS = @PGTK_LIBS@
+PGTK_OBJ = @PGTK_OBJ@
+PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
+PNG_CFLAGS = @PNG_CFLAGS@
+PNG_LIBS = @PNG_LIBS@
+POST_ALLOC_OBJ = @POST_ALLOC_OBJ@
+PRAGMA_COLUMNS = @PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER = @PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+PRE_ALLOC_OBJ = @PRE_ALLOC_OBJ@
+PRIPTR_PREFIX = @PRIPTR_PREFIX@
+PROFILING_CFLAGS = @PROFILING_CFLAGS@
+PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+PTHREAD_SIGMASK_LIB = @PTHREAD_SIGMASK_LIB@
+PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX = @PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@
+RALLOC_OBJ = @RALLOC_OBJ@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+REPLACE_ACCESS = @REPLACE_ACCESS@
+REPLACE_ALIGNED_ALLOC = @REPLACE_ALIGNED_ALLOC@
+REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_GNU = @REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_GNU@
+REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_POSIX = @REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_POSIX@
+REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME = @REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@
+REPLACE_CHMOD = @REPLACE_CHMOD@
+REPLACE_CHOWN = @REPLACE_CHOWN@
+REPLACE_CLOSE = @REPLACE_CLOSE@
+REPLACE_CLOSEDIR = @REPLACE_CLOSEDIR@
+REPLACE_COPY_FILE_RANGE = @REPLACE_COPY_FILE_RANGE@
+REPLACE_CREAT = @REPLACE_CREAT@
+REPLACE_CTIME = @REPLACE_CTIME@
+REPLACE_DIRFD = @REPLACE_DIRFD@
+REPLACE_DPRINTF = @REPLACE_DPRINTF@
+REPLACE_DUP = @REPLACE_DUP@
+REPLACE_DUP2 = @REPLACE_DUP2@
+REPLACE_EXECL = @REPLACE_EXECL@
+REPLACE_EXECLE = @REPLACE_EXECLE@
+REPLACE_EXECLP = @REPLACE_EXECLP@
+REPLACE_EXECV = @REPLACE_EXECV@
+REPLACE_EXECVE = @REPLACE_EXECVE@
+REPLACE_EXECVP = @REPLACE_EXECVP@
+REPLACE_EXECVPE = @REPLACE_EXECVPE@
+REPLACE_FACCESSAT = @REPLACE_FACCESSAT@
+REPLACE_FCHMODAT = @REPLACE_FCHMODAT@
+REPLACE_FCHOWNAT = @REPLACE_FCHOWNAT@
+REPLACE_FCLOSE = @REPLACE_FCLOSE@
+REPLACE_FCNTL = @REPLACE_FCNTL@
+REPLACE_FDOPEN = @REPLACE_FDOPEN@
+REPLACE_FDOPENDIR = @REPLACE_FDOPENDIR@
+REPLACE_FFLUSH = @REPLACE_FFLUSH@
+REPLACE_FFSLL = @REPLACE_FFSLL@
+REPLACE_FOPEN = @REPLACE_FOPEN@
+REPLACE_FOPEN_FOR_FOPEN_GNU = @REPLACE_FOPEN_FOR_FOPEN_GNU@
+REPLACE_FPRINTF = @REPLACE_FPRINTF@
+REPLACE_FPURGE = @REPLACE_FPURGE@
+REPLACE_FREE = @REPLACE_FREE@
+REPLACE_FREOPEN = @REPLACE_FREOPEN@
+REPLACE_FSEEK = @REPLACE_FSEEK@
+REPLACE_FSEEKO = @REPLACE_FSEEKO@
+REPLACE_FSTAT = @REPLACE_FSTAT@
+REPLACE_FSTATAT = @REPLACE_FSTATAT@
+REPLACE_FTELL = @REPLACE_FTELL@
+REPLACE_FTELLO = @REPLACE_FTELLO@
+REPLACE_FTRUNCATE = @REPLACE_FTRUNCATE@
+REPLACE_FUTIMENS = @REPLACE_FUTIMENS@
+REPLACE_GETCWD = @REPLACE_GETCWD@
+REPLACE_GETDELIM = @REPLACE_GETDELIM@
+REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME = @REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME@
+REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE = @REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE@
+REPLACE_GETGROUPS = @REPLACE_GETGROUPS@
+REPLACE_GETLINE = @REPLACE_GETLINE@
+REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R = @REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R@
+REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE = @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@
+REPLACE_GETPASS = @REPLACE_GETPASS@
+REPLACE_GETPASS_FOR_GETPASS_GNU = @REPLACE_GETPASS_FOR_GETPASS_GNU@
+REPLACE_GETRANDOM = @REPLACE_GETRANDOM@
+REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY = @REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY@
+REPLACE_GMTIME = @REPLACE_GMTIME@
+REPLACE_INITSTATE = @REPLACE_INITSTATE@
+REPLACE_ISATTY = @REPLACE_ISATTY@
+REPLACE_LCHOWN = @REPLACE_LCHOWN@
+REPLACE_LINK = @REPLACE_LINK@
+REPLACE_LINKAT = @REPLACE_LINKAT@
+REPLACE_LOCALTIME = @REPLACE_LOCALTIME@
+REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R = @REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R@
+REPLACE_LSEEK = @REPLACE_LSEEK@
+REPLACE_LSTAT = @REPLACE_LSTAT@
+REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_GNU = @REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_GNU@
+REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_POSIX = @REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_POSIX@
+REPLACE_MBTOWC = @REPLACE_MBTOWC@
+REPLACE_MEMCHR = @REPLACE_MEMCHR@
+REPLACE_MEMMEM = @REPLACE_MEMMEM@
+REPLACE_MKDIR = @REPLACE_MKDIR@
+REPLACE_MKFIFO = @REPLACE_MKFIFO@
+REPLACE_MKFIFOAT = @REPLACE_MKFIFOAT@
+REPLACE_MKNOD = @REPLACE_MKNOD@
+REPLACE_MKNODAT = @REPLACE_MKNODAT@
+REPLACE_MKSTEMP = @REPLACE_MKSTEMP@
+REPLACE_MKTIME = @REPLACE_MKTIME@
+REPLACE_NANOSLEEP = @REPLACE_NANOSLEEP@
+REPLACE_NULL = @REPLACE_NULL@
+REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF = @REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF@
+REPLACE_OPEN = @REPLACE_OPEN@
+REPLACE_OPENAT = @REPLACE_OPENAT@
+REPLACE_OPENDIR = @REPLACE_OPENDIR@
+REPLACE_PERROR = @REPLACE_PERROR@
+REPLACE_POPEN = @REPLACE_POPEN@
+REPLACE_POSIX_MEMALIGN = @REPLACE_POSIX_MEMALIGN@
+REPLACE_PREAD = @REPLACE_PREAD@
+REPLACE_PRINTF = @REPLACE_PRINTF@
+REPLACE_PSELECT = @REPLACE_PSELECT@
+REPLACE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK = @REPLACE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@
+REPLACE_PTSNAME = @REPLACE_PTSNAME@
+REPLACE_PTSNAME_R = @REPLACE_PTSNAME_R@
+REPLACE_PUTENV = @REPLACE_PUTENV@
+REPLACE_PWRITE = @REPLACE_PWRITE@
+REPLACE_QSORT_R = @REPLACE_QSORT_R@
+REPLACE_RAISE = @REPLACE_RAISE@
+REPLACE_RANDOM = @REPLACE_RANDOM@
+REPLACE_RANDOM_R = @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@
+REPLACE_READ = @REPLACE_READ@
+REPLACE_READLINK = @REPLACE_READLINK@
+REPLACE_READLINKAT = @REPLACE_READLINKAT@
+REPLACE_REALLOCARRAY = @REPLACE_REALLOCARRAY@
+REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_GNU = @REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_GNU@
+REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_POSIX = @REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_POSIX@
+REPLACE_REALPATH = @REPLACE_REALPATH@
+REPLACE_REMOVE = @REPLACE_REMOVE@
+REPLACE_RENAME = @REPLACE_RENAME@
+REPLACE_RENAMEAT = @REPLACE_RENAMEAT@
+REPLACE_RMDIR = @REPLACE_RMDIR@
+REPLACE_SELECT = @REPLACE_SELECT@
+REPLACE_SETENV = @REPLACE_SETENV@
+REPLACE_SETSTATE = @REPLACE_SETSTATE@
+REPLACE_SLEEP = @REPLACE_SLEEP@
+REPLACE_SNPRINTF = @REPLACE_SNPRINTF@
+REPLACE_SPRINTF = @REPLACE_SPRINTF@
+REPLACE_STAT = @REPLACE_STAT@
+REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS = @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@
+REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS = @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@
+REPLACE_STPNCPY = @REPLACE_STPNCPY@
+REPLACE_STRCASESTR = @REPLACE_STRCASESTR@
+REPLACE_STRCHRNUL = @REPLACE_STRCHRNUL@
+REPLACE_STRDUP = @REPLACE_STRDUP@
+REPLACE_STRERROR = @REPLACE_STRERROR@
+REPLACE_STRERRORNAME_NP = @REPLACE_STRERRORNAME_NP@
+REPLACE_STRERROR_R = @REPLACE_STRERROR_R@
+REPLACE_STRFTIME = @REPLACE_STRFTIME@
+REPLACE_STRNCAT = @REPLACE_STRNCAT@
+REPLACE_STRNDUP = @REPLACE_STRNDUP@
+REPLACE_STRNLEN = @REPLACE_STRNLEN@
+REPLACE_STRSIGNAL = @REPLACE_STRSIGNAL@
+REPLACE_STRSTR = @REPLACE_STRSTR@
+REPLACE_STRTOD = @REPLACE_STRTOD@
+REPLACE_STRTOIMAX = @REPLACE_STRTOIMAX@
+REPLACE_STRTOK_R = @REPLACE_STRTOK_R@
+REPLACE_STRTOL = @REPLACE_STRTOL@
+REPLACE_STRTOLD = @REPLACE_STRTOLD@
+REPLACE_STRTOLL = @REPLACE_STRTOLL@
+REPLACE_STRTOUL = @REPLACE_STRTOUL@
+REPLACE_STRTOULL = @REPLACE_STRTOULL@
+REPLACE_STRTOUMAX = @REPLACE_STRTOUMAX@
+REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL = @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@
+REPLACE_SYMLINK = @REPLACE_SYMLINK@
+REPLACE_SYMLINKAT = @REPLACE_SYMLINKAT@
+REPLACE_TIMEGM = @REPLACE_TIMEGM@
+REPLACE_TMPFILE = @REPLACE_TMPFILE@
+REPLACE_TRUNCATE = @REPLACE_TRUNCATE@
+REPLACE_TTYNAME_R = @REPLACE_TTYNAME_R@
+REPLACE_TZSET = @REPLACE_TZSET@
+REPLACE_UNLINK = @REPLACE_UNLINK@
+REPLACE_UNLINKAT = @REPLACE_UNLINKAT@
+REPLACE_UNSETENV = @REPLACE_UNSETENV@
+REPLACE_USLEEP = @REPLACE_USLEEP@
+REPLACE_UTIMENSAT = @REPLACE_UTIMENSAT@
+REPLACE_VASPRINTF = @REPLACE_VASPRINTF@
+REPLACE_VDPRINTF = @REPLACE_VDPRINTF@
+REPLACE_VFPRINTF = @REPLACE_VFPRINTF@
+REPLACE_VPRINTF = @REPLACE_VPRINTF@
+REPLACE_VSNPRINTF = @REPLACE_VSNPRINTF@
+REPLACE_VSPRINTF = @REPLACE_VSPRINTF@
+REPLACE_WCTOMB = @REPLACE_WCTOMB@
+REPLACE_WRITE = @REPLACE_WRITE@
+RSVG_CFLAGS = @RSVG_CFLAGS@
+RSVG_LIBS = @RSVG_LIBS@
+SEPCHAR = @SEPCHAR@
+SETFATTR = @SETFATTR@
+SETTINGS_CFLAGS = @SETTINGS_CFLAGS@
+SETTINGS_LIBS = @SETTINGS_LIBS@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX = @SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@
+SIZEOF_LONG = @SIZEOF_LONG@
+SIZE_T_SUFFIX = @SIZE_T_SUFFIX@
+SMALL_JA_DIC = @SMALL_JA_DIC@
+SQLITE3_LIBS = @SQLITE3_LIBS@
+STDALIGN_H = @STDALIGN_H@
+STDCKDINT_H = @STDCKDINT_H@
+STDDEF_H = @STDDEF_H@
+STDINT_H = @STDINT_H@
+SUBDIR_MAKEFILES_IN = @SUBDIR_MAKEFILES_IN@
+SYSTEM_TYPE = @SYSTEM_TYPE@
+SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+TERMCAP_OBJ = @TERMCAP_OBJ@
+TIMER_TIME_LIB = @TIMER_TIME_LIB@
+TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+TIME_H_DEFINES_TIME_UTC = @TIME_H_DEFINES_TIME_UTC@
+TOOLKIT_LIBW = @TOOLKIT_LIBW@
+TREE_SITTER_CFLAGS = @TREE_SITTER_CFLAGS@
+TREE_SITTER_LIBS = @TREE_SITTER_LIBS@
+UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX = @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+UINT64_MAX_EQ_ULONG_MAX = @UINT64_MAX_EQ_ULONG_MAX@
+UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R = @UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R@
+UNEXEC_OBJ = @UNEXEC_OBJ@
+UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+UNISTD_H_HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H = @UNISTD_H_HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H@
+UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H = @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS = 
@UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS@
+USE_ACL = @USE_ACL@
+USE_STARTUP_NOTIFICATION = @USE_STARTUP_NOTIFICATION@
+VMLIMIT_OBJ = @VMLIMIT_OBJ@
+W32_LIBS = @W32_LIBS@
+W32_OBJ = @W32_OBJ@
+W32_RES_LINK = @W32_RES_LINK@
+WARN_CFLAGS = @WARN_CFLAGS@
+WCHAR_T_SUFFIX = @WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@
+WEBKIT_CFLAGS = @WEBKIT_CFLAGS@
+WEBKIT_LIBS = @WEBKIT_LIBS@
+WEBP_CFLAGS = @WEBP_CFLAGS@
+WEBP_LIBS = @WEBP_LIBS@
+WERROR_CFLAGS = @WERROR_CFLAGS@
+WIDGET_OBJ = @WIDGET_OBJ@
+WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T = @WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T@
+WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE = @WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE@
+WINDOWS_STAT_INODES = @WINDOWS_STAT_INODES@
+WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC = @WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC@
+WINDOW_SYSTEM_OBJ = @WINDOW_SYSTEM_OBJ@
+WINDRES = @WINDRES@
+WINT_T_SUFFIX = @WINT_T_SUFFIX@
+XARGS_LIMIT = @XARGS_LIMIT@
+XCB_LIBS = @XCB_LIBS@
+XCOMPOSITE_CFLAGS = @XCOMPOSITE_CFLAGS@
+XCOMPOSITE_LIBS = @XCOMPOSITE_LIBS@
+XCRUN = @XCRUN@
+XDBE_CFLAGS = @XDBE_CFLAGS@
+XDBE_LIBS = @XDBE_LIBS@
+XFIXES_CFLAGS = @XFIXES_CFLAGS@
+XFIXES_LIBS = @XFIXES_LIBS@
+XFT_CFLAGS = @XFT_CFLAGS@
+XFT_LIBS = @XFT_LIBS@
+XGSELOBJ = @XGSELOBJ@
+XINERAMA_CFLAGS = @XINERAMA_CFLAGS@
+XINERAMA_LIBS = @XINERAMA_LIBS@
+XINPUT_CFLAGS = @XINPUT_CFLAGS@
+XINPUT_LIBS = @XINPUT_LIBS@
+XMENU_OBJ = @XMENU_OBJ@
+XMKMF = @XMKMF@
+XOBJ = @XOBJ@
+XRANDR_CFLAGS = @XRANDR_CFLAGS@
+XRANDR_LIBS = @XRANDR_LIBS@
+XRENDER_LIBS = @XRENDER_LIBS@
+XSHAPE_CFLAGS = @XSHAPE_CFLAGS@
+XSHAPE_LIBS = @XSHAPE_LIBS@
+XSYNC_CFLAGS = @XSYNC_CFLAGS@
+XSYNC_LIBS = @XSYNC_LIBS@
+XWIDGETS_OBJ = @XWIDGETS_OBJ@
+X_TOOLKIT_TYPE = @X_TOOLKIT_TYPE@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
+ac_ct_OBJC = @ac_ct_OBJC@
+archlibdir = @archlibdir@
+bindir = @bindir@
+bitmapdir = @bitmapdir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+cache_file = @cache_file@
+canonical = @canonical@
+comma_space_version = @comma_space_version@
+comma_version = @comma_version@
+configuration = @configuration@
+copyright = @copyright@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+emacs_major_version = @emacs_major_version@
+etcdir = @etcdir@
+etcdocdir = @etcdocdir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+gamedir = @gamedir@
+gamegroup = @gamegroup@
+gameuser = @gameuser@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_03e0aaad4cb89ca757653bd367a6ccb7_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_03e0aaad4cb89ca757653bd367a6ccb7_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_260941c0e5dc67ec9e87d1fb321c300b_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_260941c0e5dc67ec9e87d1fb321c300b_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_5264294aa0a5557541b53c8c741f7f31_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_5264294aa0a5557541b53c8c741f7f31_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_6099e9737f757db36c47fa9d9f02e88c_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_6099e9737f757db36c47fa9d9f02e88c_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_61bcaca76b3e6f9ae55d57a1c3193bc4_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_61bcaca76b3e6f9ae55d57a1c3193bc4_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_682e609604ccaac6be382e4ee3a4eaec_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_682e609604ccaac6be382e4ee3a4eaec_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_8444034ea779b88768865bb60b4fb8c9_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_8444034ea779b88768865bb60b4fb8c9_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_925677f0343de64b89a9f0c790b4104c_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_925677f0343de64b89a9f0c790b4104c_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_a9786850e999ae65a836a6041e8e5ed1_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_a9786850e999ae65a836a6041e8e5ed1_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_be453cec5eecf5731a274f2de7f2db36_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_be453cec5eecf5731a274f2de7f2db36_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_cloexec_CONDITION = @gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_cloexec_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_d3b2383720ee0e541357aa2aac598e2b_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_d3b2383720ee0e541357aa2aac598e2b_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_dirfd_CONDITION = @gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_dirfd_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_e80bf6f757095d2e5fc94dafb8f8fc8b_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_e80bf6f757095d2e5fc94dafb8f8fc8b_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_ef455225c00f5049c808c2eda3e76866_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_ef455225c00f5049c808c2eda3e76866_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_euidaccess_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_euidaccess_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_fd38c7e463b54744b77b98aeafb4fa7c_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_fd38c7e463b54744b77b98aeafb4fa7c_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_getdtablesize_CONDITION = 
@gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_getdtablesize_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_getgroups_CONDITION = @gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_getgroups_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_lchmod_CONDITION = @gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_lchmod_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_open_CONDITION = @gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_open_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_rawmemchr_CONDITION = @gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_rawmemchr_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_strtoll_CONDITION = @gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_strtoll_CONDITION@
+gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_utimens_CONDITION = @gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_utimens_CONDITION@
+gl_LIBOBJDEPS = @gl_LIBOBJDEPS@
+gl_LIBOBJS = @gl_LIBOBJS@
+gl_LTLIBOBJS = @gl_LTLIBOBJS@
+gltests_LIBOBJDEPS = @gltests_LIBOBJDEPS@
+gltests_LIBOBJS = @gltests_LIBOBJS@
+gltests_LTLIBOBJS = @gltests_LTLIBOBJS@
+gltests_WITNESS = @gltests_WITNESS@
+gsettingsschemadir = @gsettingsschemadir@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+liblockfile = @liblockfile@
+lispdir = @lispdir@
+lispdirrel = @lispdirrel@
+lisppath = @lisppath@
+localedir = @localedir@
+locallisppath = @locallisppath@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+ns_appbindir = @ns_appbindir@
+ns_appdir = @ns_appdir@
+ns_applibdir = @ns_applibdir@
+ns_applibexecdir = @ns_applibexecdir@
+ns_appresdir = @ns_appresdir@
+ns_appsrc = @ns_appsrc@
+ns_check_file = @ns_check_file@
+ns_self_contained = @ns_self_contained@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+runstatedir = @runstatedir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+standardlisppath = @standardlisppath@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+version = @version@
+with_mailutils = @with_mailutils@
+x_default_search_path = @x_default_search_path@
+# End of GNU Make output.
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES += libgnu.a
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES =
+libgnu_a_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) $(GL_CFLAG_GNULIB_WARNINGS)
+libgnu_a_LIBADD = $(gl_LIBOBJS)
+libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(gl_LIBOBJS)
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES =
+
+## begin gnulib module absolute-header
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_absolute-header))
+
+# Use this preprocessor expression to decide whether #include_next works.
+# Do not rely on a 'configure'-time test for this, since the expression
+# might appear in an installed header, which is used by some other compiler.
+HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT = (__GNUC__ || __clang__ || 60000000 <= __DECC_VER)
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module absolute-header
+
+## begin gnulib module acl-permissions
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_acl-permissions))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += acl-errno-valid.c acl-internal.c    get-permissions.c 
set-permissions.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += acl-internal.h acl.h acl_entries.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += acl_entries.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module acl-permissions
+
+## begin gnulib module alloca-opt
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_alloca-opt))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(ALLOCA_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <alloca.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_ALLOCA_H_CONDITION))
+alloca.h: alloca.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+         -e 's|@''HAVE_ALLOCA_H''@|$(HAVE_ALLOCA_H)|g' \
+         $(srcdir)/alloca.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+alloca.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += alloca.h alloca.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += alloca.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module alloca-opt
+
+## begin gnulib module allocator
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_allocator))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += allocator.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += allocator.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module allocator
+
+## begin gnulib module assert-h
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_assert-h))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(ASSERT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <assert.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_ASSERT_H_CONDITION))
+assert.h: assert.in.h verify.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(gl_V_at){ $(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_ASSERT_H''@|$(NEXT_ASSERT_H)|g' \
+             < $(srcdir)/assert.in.h && \
+         sed -e '/@assert.h omit start@/,/@assert.h omit end@/d' \
+             -e 's|_gl_verify|_gl_static_assert|g' \
+             -e 's|_GL_VERIFY|_GL_STATIC_ASSERT|g' \
+             -e 's|_GL\(_STATIC_ASSERT_H\)|_GL\1|g' \
+             < $(srcdir)/verify.h; \
+       } > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+assert.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += assert.h assert.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += assert.in.h verify.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module assert-h
+
+## begin gnulib module at-internal
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_at-internal))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_260941c0e5dc67ec9e87d1fb321c300b_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += openat-priv.h openat-proc.c
+
+endif
+endif
+## end   gnulib module at-internal
+
+## begin gnulib module attribute
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_attribute))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += attribute.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module attribute
+
+## begin gnulib module binary-io
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_binary-io))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += binary-io.h binary-io.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module binary-io
+
+## begin gnulib module byteswap
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_byteswap))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(BYTESWAP_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <byteswap.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_BYTESWAP_H_CONDITION))
+byteswap.h: byteswap.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) $(srcdir)/byteswap.in.h
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+byteswap.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += byteswap.h byteswap.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += byteswap.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module byteswap
+
+## begin gnulib module c-ctype
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_c-ctype))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += c-ctype.h c-ctype.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module c-ctype
+
+## begin gnulib module c-strcase
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_c-strcase))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += c-strcase.h c-strcasecmp.c c-strncasecmp.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module c-strcase
+
+## begin gnulib module canonicalize-lgpl
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_canonicalize-lgpl))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_CANONICALIZE_LGPL_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += canonicalize-lgpl.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module canonicalize-lgpl
+
+## begin gnulib module careadlinkat
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_careadlinkat))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += careadlinkat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += careadlinkat.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module careadlinkat
+
+## begin gnulib module cloexec
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_cloexec))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_cloexec_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += cloexec.c
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += cloexec.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module cloexec
+
+## begin gnulib module close-stream
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_close-stream))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += close-stream.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += close-stream.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module close-stream
+
+## begin gnulib module copy-file-range
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_copy-file-range))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_COPY_FILE_RANGE_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += copy-file-range.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module copy-file-range
+
+## begin gnulib module count-leading-zeros
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_count-leading-zeros))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += count-leading-zeros.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += count-leading-zeros.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module count-leading-zeros
+
+## begin gnulib module count-one-bits
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_count-one-bits))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += count-one-bits.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += count-one-bits.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module count-one-bits
+
+## begin gnulib module count-trailing-zeros
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_count-trailing-zeros))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += count-trailing-zeros.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += count-trailing-zeros.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module count-trailing-zeros
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/md5
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_crypto/md5))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += md5-stream.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module crypto/md5
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/md5-buffer
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_crypto/md5-buffer))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += md5.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += gl_openssl.h md5.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module crypto/md5-buffer
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/sha1-buffer
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_crypto/sha1-buffer))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += sha1.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += gl_openssl.h sha1.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module crypto/sha1-buffer
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/sha256-buffer
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_crypto/sha256-buffer))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += sha256.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += gl_openssl.h sha256.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module crypto/sha256-buffer
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/sha512-buffer
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_crypto/sha512-buffer))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += sha512.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += gl_openssl.h sha512.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module crypto/sha512-buffer
+
+## begin gnulib module diffseq
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_diffseq))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += diffseq.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module diffseq
+
+## begin gnulib module dirent
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_dirent))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += dirent.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <dirent.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+dirent.h: dirent.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) 
$(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DIRENT_H''@|$(HAVE_DIRENT_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_DIRENT_H''@|$(NEXT_DIRENT_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_OPENDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OPENDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_READDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_READDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_REWINDDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REWINDDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_CLOSEDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CLOSEDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_DIRFD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_DIRFD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FDOPENDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FDOPENDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SCANDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SCANDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_ALPHASORT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ALPHASORT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_OPENDIR''@/$(HAVE_OPENDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_READDIR''@/$(HAVE_READDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_REWINDDIR''@/$(HAVE_REWINDDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_CLOSEDIR''@/$(HAVE_CLOSEDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_DIRFD''@|$(HAVE_DECL_DIRFD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FDOPENDIR''@|$(HAVE_FDOPENDIR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SCANDIR''@|$(HAVE_SCANDIR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_ALPHASORT''@|$(HAVE_ALPHASORT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_OPENDIR''@|$(REPLACE_OPENDIR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_CLOSEDIR''@|$(REPLACE_CLOSEDIR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_DIRFD''@|$(REPLACE_DIRFD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FDOPENDIR''@|$(REPLACE_FDOPENDIR)|g' \
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             $(srcdir)/dirent.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += dirent.h dirent.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += dirent.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module dirent
+
+## begin gnulib module dirfd
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_dirfd))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_dirfd_CONDITION))
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_DIRFD_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += dirfd.c
+endif
+
+endif
+endif
+## end   gnulib module dirfd
+
+## begin gnulib module dtoastr
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_dtoastr))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += dtoastr.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += ftoastr.c ftoastr.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += ftoastr.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module dtoastr
+
+## begin gnulib module dtotimespec
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_dtotimespec))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += dtotimespec.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module dtotimespec
+
+## begin gnulib module dup2
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_dup2))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_DUP2_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += dup2.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module dup2
+
+## begin gnulib module eloop-threshold
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_eloop-threshold))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_925677f0343de64b89a9f0c790b4104c_CONDITION))
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += eloop-threshold.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module eloop-threshold
+
+## begin gnulib module errno
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_errno))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(ERRNO_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <errno.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that is POSIX compliant.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_ERRNO_H_CONDITION))
+errno.h: errno.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_ERRNO_H''@|$(NEXT_ERRNO_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN''@|$(EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''EMULTIHOP_VALUE''@|$(EMULTIHOP_VALUE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''ENOLINK_HIDDEN''@|$(ENOLINK_HIDDEN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''ENOLINK_VALUE''@|$(ENOLINK_VALUE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN''@|$(EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''EOVERFLOW_VALUE''@|$(EOVERFLOW_VALUE)|g' \
+             $(srcdir)/errno.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+errno.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += errno.h errno.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += errno.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module errno
+
+## begin gnulib module euidaccess
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_euidaccess))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_euidaccess_CONDITION))
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_EUIDACCESS_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += euidaccess.c
+endif
+
+endif
+endif
+## end   gnulib module euidaccess
+
+## begin gnulib module execinfo
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_execinfo))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(EXECINFO_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <execinfo.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_EXECINFO_H_CONDITION))
+execinfo.h: execinfo.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) $(srcdir)/execinfo.in.h
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+execinfo.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += execinfo.h execinfo.h-t
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_EXECINFO_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += execinfo.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += execinfo.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module execinfo
+
+## begin gnulib module faccessat
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_faccessat))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_FACCESSAT_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += faccessat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += at-func.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module faccessat
+
+## begin gnulib module fchmodat
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_fchmodat))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_FCHMODAT_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += fchmodat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += at-func.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module fchmodat
+
+## begin gnulib module fcntl
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_fcntl))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_FCNTL_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += fcntl.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module fcntl
+
+## begin gnulib module fcntl-h
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_fcntl-h))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += fcntl.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <fcntl.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+fcntl.h: fcntl.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) 
$(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_FCNTL_H''@|$(NEXT_FCNTL_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_CREAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CREAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCNTL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FCNTL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_NONBLOCKING''@/$(GL_GNULIB_NONBLOCKING)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_OPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OPEN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_OPENAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OPENAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_CREAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_CREAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_OPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_OPEN)/g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FCNTL''@|$(HAVE_FCNTL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_OPENAT''@|$(HAVE_OPENAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_CREAT''@|$(REPLACE_CREAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCNTL''@|$(REPLACE_FCNTL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_OPEN''@|$(REPLACE_OPEN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_OPENAT''@|$(REPLACE_OPENAT)|g' \
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             $(srcdir)/fcntl.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += fcntl.h fcntl.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += fcntl.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module fcntl-h
+
+## begin gnulib module fdopendir
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_fdopendir))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_FDOPENDIR_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += fdopendir.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module fdopendir
+
+## begin gnulib module file-has-acl
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_file-has-acl))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += file-has-acl.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += acl-internal.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module file-has-acl
+
+## begin gnulib module filemode
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_filemode))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += filemode.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += filemode.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module filemode
+
+## begin gnulib module filename
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_filename))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += filename.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module filename
+
+## begin gnulib module filevercmp
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_filevercmp))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += filevercmp.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += filevercmp.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module filevercmp
+
+## begin gnulib module flexmember
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_flexmember))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += flexmember.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module flexmember
+
+## begin gnulib module fpending
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_fpending))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_FPENDING_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += fpending.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += fpending.h stdio-impl.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module fpending
+
+## begin gnulib module free-posix
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_free-posix))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_FREE_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += free.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module free-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module fstatat
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_fstatat))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_FSTATAT_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += fstatat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += at-func.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module fstatat
+
+## begin gnulib module fsusage
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_fsusage))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_FSUSAGE_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += fsusage.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += fsusage.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module fsusage
+
+## begin gnulib module fsync
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_fsync))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_FSYNC_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += fsync.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module fsync
+
+## begin gnulib module futimens
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_futimens))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_FUTIMENS_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += futimens.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module futimens
+
+## begin gnulib module gen-header
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_gen-header))
+
+# In 'sed', replace the pattern space with a "DO NOT EDIT" comment.
+SED_HEADER_NOEDIT = s,.*,/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */,
+
+# '$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) -e "..."' runs 'sed' but first outputs "DO NOT EDIT".
+SED_HEADER_STDOUT = sed -e 1h -e '1$(SED_HEADER_NOEDIT)' -e 1G
+
+# '$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) FILE' copies FILE to $@-t, prepending a leading
+# "DO_NOT_EDIT".  Although this could be done more simply via:
+#      SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t = $(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) > $@-t
+# the -n and 'w' avoid a fork+exec, at least when GNU Make is used.
+SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t = $(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) -n -e 'w $@-t'
+
+# Use $(gl_V_at) instead of $(AM_V_GEN) or $(AM_V_at) on a line that
+gl_V_at = $(AM_V_GEN)
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module gen-header
+
+## begin gnulib module getdtablesize
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_getdtablesize))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_getdtablesize_CONDITION))
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_GETDTABLESIZE_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += getdtablesize.c
+endif
+
+endif
+endif
+## end   gnulib module getdtablesize
+
+## begin gnulib module getgroups
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_getgroups))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_getgroups_CONDITION))
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_GETGROUPS_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += getgroups.c
+endif
+
+endif
+endif
+## end   gnulib module getgroups
+
+## begin gnulib module getloadavg
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_getloadavg))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_GETLOADAVG_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += getloadavg.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module getloadavg
+
+## begin gnulib module getopt-posix
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_getopt-posix))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(GETOPT_H) $(GETOPT_CDEFS_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <getopt.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_GETOPT_H_CONDITION))
+getopt.h: getopt.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(ARG_NONNULL_H)
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_GETOPT_H''@|$(HAVE_GETOPT_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_GETOPT_H''@|$(NEXT_GETOPT_H)|g' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             $(srcdir)/getopt.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+getopt.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_GETOPT_CDEFS_H_CONDITION))
+getopt-cdefs.h: getopt-cdefs.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(AM_V_GEN)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+         -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H)|g' \
+         $(srcdir)/getopt-cdefs.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+getopt-cdefs.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += getopt.h getopt.h-t getopt-cdefs.h getopt-cdefs.h-t
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_GETOPT_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += getopt.c getopt1.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += getopt-cdefs.in.h getopt-core.h getopt-ext.h getopt-pfx-core.h 
getopt-pfx-ext.h getopt.in.h getopt_int.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module getopt-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module getrandom
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_getrandom))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_GETRANDOM_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += getrandom.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module getrandom
+
+## begin gnulib module gettext-h
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_gettext-h))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_be453cec5eecf5731a274f2de7f2db36_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += gettext.h
+
+endif
+endif
+## end   gnulib module gettext-h
+
+## begin gnulib module gettime
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_gettime))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += gettime.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module gettime
+
+## begin gnulib module gettimeofday
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_gettimeofday))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_GETTIMEOFDAY_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += gettimeofday.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module gettimeofday
+
+## begin gnulib module gitlog-to-changelog
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_gitlog-to-changelog))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module gitlog-to-changelog
+
+## begin gnulib module glibc-internal/dynarray
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_glibc-internal/dynarray))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_fd38c7e463b54744b77b98aeafb4fa7c_CONDITION))
+BUILT_SOURCES += malloc/dynarray.gl.h malloc/dynarray-skeleton.gl.h
+
+malloc/dynarray.gl.h: malloc/dynarray.h
+       $(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) 'malloc'
+       $(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+         -e '/libc_hidden_proto/d' \
+         $(srcdir)/malloc/dynarray.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += malloc/dynarray.gl.h malloc/dynarray.gl.h-t
+
+malloc/dynarray-skeleton.gl.h: malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c
+       $(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) 'malloc'
+       $(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|<malloc/dynarray\.h>|<malloc/dynarray.gl.h>|g' \
+             -e 's|__attribute_maybe_unused__|_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED|g' \
+             -e 's|__attribute_nonnull__|_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL|g' \
+             -e 's|__attribute_warn_unused_result__|_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD|g' 
\
+             -e 's|__glibc_likely|_GL_LIKELY|g' \
+             -e 's|__glibc_unlikely|_GL_UNLIKELY|g' \
+             $(srcdir)/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += malloc/dynarray-skeleton.gl.h 
malloc/dynarray-skeleton.gl.h-t
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += malloc/dynarray_at_failure.c                 
malloc/dynarray_emplace_enlarge.c                 malloc/dynarray_finalize.c    
             malloc/dynarray_resize.c                 
malloc/dynarray_resize_clear.c
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += dynarray.h malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c malloc/dynarray.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module glibc-internal/dynarray
+
+## begin gnulib module glibc-internal/scratch_buffer
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_glibc-internal/scratch_buffer))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_8444034ea779b88768865bb60b4fb8c9_CONDITION))
+BUILT_SOURCES += malloc/scratch_buffer.gl.h
+
+malloc/scratch_buffer.gl.h: malloc/scratch_buffer.h
+       $(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) 'malloc'
+       $(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|__always_inline|inline _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE|g' \
+             -e 's|__glibc_likely|_GL_LIKELY|g' \
+             -e 's|__glibc_unlikely|_GL_UNLIKELY|g' \
+             -e '/libc_hidden_proto/d' \
+             $(srcdir)/malloc/scratch_buffer.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += malloc/scratch_buffer.gl.h malloc/scratch_buffer.gl.h-t
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += malloc/scratch_buffer_grow.c                 
malloc/scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.c                 
malloc/scratch_buffer_set_array_size.c
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += malloc/scratch_buffer.h scratch_buffer.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module glibc-internal/scratch_buffer
+
+## begin gnulib module group-member
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_group-member))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_a9786850e999ae65a836a6041e8e5ed1_CONDITION))
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_GROUP_MEMBER_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += group-member.c
+endif
+
+endif
+endif
+## end   gnulib module group-member
+
+## begin gnulib module idx
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_idx))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += idx.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module idx
+
+## begin gnulib module ieee754-h
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_ieee754-h))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(IEEE754_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <ieee754.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_IEEE754_H_CONDITION))
+ieee754.h: ieee754.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+         -e 's/ifndef _GL_GNULIB_HEADER/if 0/g' \
+         $(srcdir)/ieee754.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+ieee754.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += ieee754.h ieee754.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += ieee754.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module ieee754-h
+
+## begin gnulib module ignore-value
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_ignore-value))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += ignore-value.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module ignore-value
+
+## begin gnulib module intprops
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_intprops))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += intprops-internal.h intprops.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module intprops
+
+## begin gnulib module inttypes-incomplete
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_inttypes-incomplete))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += inttypes.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <inttypes.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+inttypes.h: inttypes.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) 
$(WARN_ON_USE_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H)
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_INTTYPES_H''@|$(NEXT_INTTYPES_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD''@/$(APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''PRIPTR_PREFIX''@/$(PRIPTR_PREFIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_IMAXABS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_IMAXABS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_IMAXDIV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_IMAXDIV)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOIMAX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOIMAX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOUMAX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOUMAX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS''@/$(HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV''@/$(HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX''@/$(HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX''@/$(HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_IMAXDIV_T''@/$(HAVE_IMAXDIV_T)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''REPLACE_STRTOIMAX''@/$(REPLACE_STRTOIMAX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''REPLACE_STRTOUMAX''@/$(REPLACE_STRTOUMAX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX''@/$(INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX)/g' 
\
+             -e 's/@''INT64_MAX_EQ_LONG_MAX''@/$(INT64_MAX_EQ_LONG_MAX)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX''@/$(UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''UINT64_MAX_EQ_ULONG_MAX''@/$(UINT64_MAX_EQ_ULONG_MAX)/g' 
\
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             $(srcdir)/inttypes.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += inttypes.h inttypes.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += inttypes.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module inttypes-incomplete
+
+## begin gnulib module lchmod
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_lchmod))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_lchmod_CONDITION))
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_LCHMOD_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += lchmod.c
+endif
+
+endif
+endif
+## end   gnulib module lchmod
+
+## begin gnulib module libc-config
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_libc-config))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += cdefs.h libc-config.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module libc-config
+
+## begin gnulib module libgmp
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_libgmp))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(GMP_H)
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_GMP_H_CONDITION))
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_MINI_GMP_H_CONDITION))
+# Build gmp.h as a wrapper for mini-gmp.h when using mini-gmp.
+gmp.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       echo '#include "mini-gmp.h"' > $@-t
+       mv $@-t $@
+endif
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_GMP_GMP_H_CONDITION))
+# Build gmp.h as a wrapper for gmp/gmp.h.
+gmp.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       echo '#include <gmp/gmp.h>' > $@-t
+       mv $@-t $@
+endif
+else
+gmp.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += gmp.h gmp.h-t
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_MINI_GMP_GNULIB_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += mini-gmp-gnulib.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += mini-gmp.c mini-gmp.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += mini-gmp.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module libgmp
+
+## begin gnulib module limits-h
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_limits-h))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(LIMITS_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <limits.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that is compatible with GNU.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_LIMITS_H_CONDITION))
+limits.h: limits.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_LIMITS_H''@|$(NEXT_LIMITS_H)|g' \
+             $(srcdir)/limits.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+limits.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += limits.h limits.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += limits.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module limits-h
+
+## begin gnulib module lstat
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_lstat))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_LSTAT_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += lstat.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module lstat
+
+## begin gnulib module malloc-gnu
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_malloc-gnu))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_e80bf6f757095d2e5fc94dafb8f8fc8b_CONDITION))
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += malloc.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += malloc.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module malloc-gnu
+
+## begin gnulib module malloc-posix
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_malloc-posix))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_ef455225c00f5049c808c2eda3e76866_CONDITION))
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += malloc.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += malloc.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module malloc-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module memmem-simple
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_memmem-simple))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += memmem.c str-two-way.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += memmem.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module memmem-simple
+
+## begin gnulib module mempcpy
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_mempcpy))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_MEMPCPY_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += mempcpy.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module mempcpy
+
+## begin gnulib module memrchr
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_memrchr))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_MEMRCHR_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += memrchr.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module memrchr
+
+## begin gnulib module memset_explicit
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_memset_explicit))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_MEMSET_EXPLICIT_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += memset_explicit.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module memset_explicit
+
+## begin gnulib module minmax
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_minmax))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += minmax.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module minmax
+
+## begin gnulib module mkostemp
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_mkostemp))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_MKOSTEMP_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += mkostemp.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module mkostemp
+
+## begin gnulib module mktime
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_mktime))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += mktime-internal.h mktime.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += mktime.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module mktime
+
+## begin gnulib module mktime-internal
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_mktime-internal))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_5264294aa0a5557541b53c8c741f7f31_CONDITION))
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += mktime-internal.h mktime.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += mktime.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module mktime-internal
+
+## begin gnulib module nanosleep
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_nanosleep))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_NANOSLEEP_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += nanosleep.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module nanosleep
+
+## begin gnulib module nproc
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_nproc))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += nproc.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += nproc.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module nproc
+
+## begin gnulib module nstrftime
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_nstrftime))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += nstrftime.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strftime.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module nstrftime
+
+## begin gnulib module open
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_open))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_open_CONDITION))
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_OPEN_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += open.c
+endif
+
+endif
+endif
+## end   gnulib module open
+
+## begin gnulib module openat-h
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_openat-h))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_03e0aaad4cb89ca757653bd367a6ccb7_CONDITION))
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += openat.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module openat-h
+
+## begin gnulib module pathmax
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_pathmax))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += pathmax.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module pathmax
+
+## begin gnulib module pipe2
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_pipe2))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += pipe2.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module pipe2
+
+## begin gnulib module pselect
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_pselect))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_PSELECT_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += pselect.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module pselect
+
+## begin gnulib module pthread_sigmask
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_pthread_sigmask))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_PTHREAD_SIGMASK_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += pthread_sigmask.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module pthread_sigmask
+
+## begin gnulib module qcopy-acl
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_qcopy-acl))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += qcopy-acl.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module qcopy-acl
+
+## begin gnulib module rawmemchr
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_rawmemchr))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_rawmemchr_CONDITION))
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_RAWMEMCHR_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += rawmemchr.c
+endif
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += rawmemchr.valgrind
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module rawmemchr
+
+## begin gnulib module readlink
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_readlink))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_READLINK_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += readlink.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module readlink
+
+## begin gnulib module readlinkat
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_readlinkat))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_READLINKAT_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += readlinkat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += at-func.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module readlinkat
+
+## begin gnulib module realloc-gnu
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_realloc-gnu))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_d3b2383720ee0e541357aa2aac598e2b_CONDITION))
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += realloc.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += realloc.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module realloc-gnu
+
+## begin gnulib module realloc-posix
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_realloc-posix))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_61bcaca76b3e6f9ae55d57a1c3193bc4_CONDITION))
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += realloc.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += realloc.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module realloc-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module regex
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_regex))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_REGEX_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += regex.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += regcomp.c regex.h regex_internal.c regex_internal.h regexec.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += regcomp.c regex_internal.c regexec.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module regex
+
+## begin gnulib module root-uid
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_root-uid))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_6099e9737f757db36c47fa9d9f02e88c_CONDITION))
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += root-uid.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module root-uid
+
+## begin gnulib module sig2str
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_sig2str))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_SIG2STR_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += sig2str.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += sig2str.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module sig2str
+
+## begin gnulib module sigdescr_np
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_sigdescr_np))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_SIGDESCR_NP_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += sigdescr_np.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module sigdescr_np
+
+## begin gnulib module signal-h
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_signal-h))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += signal.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <signal.h> when the system
+# doesn't have a complete one.
+signal.h: signal.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) 
$(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_SIGNAL_H''@|$(NEXT_SIGNAL_H)|g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_RAISE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RAISE)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_SIGNAL_H_SIGPIPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SIGNAL_H_SIGPIPE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGACTION''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SIGACTION)/g' \
+             -e 
's|@''HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING''@|$(HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_RAISE''@|$(HAVE_RAISE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGSET_T''@|$(HAVE_SIGSET_T)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGINFO_T''@|$(HAVE_SIGINFO_T)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGACTION''@|$(HAVE_SIGACTION)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION)|g'
 \
+             -e 
's|@''HAVE_TYPE_VOLATILE_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@|$(HAVE_TYPE_VOLATILE_SIG_ATOMIC_T)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T''@|$(HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK)|g' 
\
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_RAISE''@|$(REPLACE_RAISE)|g' \
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             $(srcdir)/signal.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += signal.h signal.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += signal.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module signal-h
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/_Noreturn
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_snippet/_Noreturn))
+
+# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other
+# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that
+# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above.
+
+_NORETURN_H=$(srcdir)/_Noreturn.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += _Noreturn.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module snippet/_Noreturn
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/arg-nonnull
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_snippet/arg-nonnull))
+
+# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other
+# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that
+# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above.
+
+ARG_NONNULL_H=$(srcdir)/arg-nonnull.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += arg-nonnull.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module snippet/arg-nonnull
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/c++defs
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_snippet/c++defs))
+
+# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other
+# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that
+# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above.
+
+CXXDEFS_H=$(srcdir)/c++defs.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += c++defs.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module snippet/c++defs
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/warn-on-use
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_snippet/warn-on-use))
+
+# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other
+# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that
+# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above.
+
+WARN_ON_USE_H=$(srcdir)/warn-on-use.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += warn-on-use.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module snippet/warn-on-use
+
+## begin gnulib module stat-time
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_stat-time))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += stat-time.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stat-time.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module stat-time
+
+## begin gnulib module stdalign
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_stdalign))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDALIGN_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdalign.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_STDALIGN_H_CONDITION))
+stdalign.h: stdalign.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) $(srcdir)/stdalign.in.h
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+stdalign.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdalign.h stdalign.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdalign.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module stdalign
+
+## begin gnulib module stdckdint
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_stdckdint))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDCKDINT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdckdint.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_STDCKDINT_H_CONDITION))
+stdckdint.h: stdckdint.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+         $(srcdir)/stdckdint.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+stdckdint.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdckdint.h stdckdint.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += intprops-internal.h stdckdint.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module stdckdint
+
+## begin gnulib module stddef
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_stddef))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDDEF_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stddef.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_STDDEF_H_CONDITION))
+stddef.h: stddef.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_STDDEF_H''@|$(NEXT_STDDEF_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T''@|$(HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_WCHAR_T''@|$(HAVE_WCHAR_T)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_NULL''@|$(REPLACE_NULL)|g' \
+             $(srcdir)/stddef.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+stddef.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stddef.h stddef.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stddef.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module stddef
+
+## begin gnulib module stdint
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_stdint))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDINT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdint.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+ifneq (,$(GL_GENERATE_STDINT_H_CONDITION))
+stdint.h: stdint.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_STDINT_H''@/$(HAVE_STDINT_H)/g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_STDINT_H''@|$(NEXT_STDINT_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_C99_STDINT_H''@/$(HAVE_C99_STDINT_H)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_WCHAR_H''@/$(HAVE_WCHAR_H)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD''@/$(APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX''@/$(PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''SIZE_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIZE_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''WCHAR_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WCHAR_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WINT_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WINT_T)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''WINT_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WINT_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T''@/$(GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T)/g' \
+             $(srcdir)/stdint.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+stdint.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdint.h stdint.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdint.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module stdint
+
+## begin gnulib module stdio
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_stdio))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += stdio.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdio.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+stdio.h: stdio.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) 
$(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_STDIO_H''@|$(NEXT_STDIO_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_DPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_DPRINTF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCLOSE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FCLOSE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FDOPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FDOPEN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFLUSH''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FFLUSH)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FGETC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FGETC)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FGETS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FGETS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FOPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FOPEN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FPRINTF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPURGE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FPURGE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPUTC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FPUTC)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPUTS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FPUTS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREAD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREAD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREOPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREOPEN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSCANF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSCANF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSEEK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSEEK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSEEKO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSEEKO)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTELL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FTELL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTELLO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FTELLO)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FWRITE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FWRITE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETC)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETCHAR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETCHAR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDELIM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETDELIM)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLINE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETLINE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PCLOSE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PCLOSE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PERROR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PERROR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_POPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_POPEN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PRINTF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PUTC)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTCHAR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PUTCHAR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PUTS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_REMOVE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REMOVE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_RENAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RENAME)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_RENAMEAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RENAMEAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SCANF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SCANF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SNPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SNPRINTF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_TMPFILE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TMPFILE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_VASPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VASPRINTF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_VDPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VDPRINTF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VFPRINTF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFSCANF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VFSCANF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSCANF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VSCANF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_VPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VPRINTF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSNPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VSNPRINTF)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_FCLOSEALL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_FCLOSEALL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_FDOPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_FDOPEN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_FILENO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_FILENO)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_GETW''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETW)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_PUTW''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_PUTW)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_TEMPNAM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_TEMPNAM)/g' \
+             < $(srcdir)/stdio.in.h | \
+         sed -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FCLOSEALL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FCLOSEALL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FPURGE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FPURGE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FTELLO''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FTELLO)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLINE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLINE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETW''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETW)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_PUTW''@|$(HAVE_DECL_PUTW)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FSEEKO''@|$(HAVE_FSEEKO)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FTELLO''@|$(HAVE_FTELLO)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_PCLOSE''@|$(HAVE_PCLOSE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_POPEN''@|$(HAVE_POPEN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_RENAMEAT''@|$(HAVE_RENAMEAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_VASPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_VASPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_VDPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_VDPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_DPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_DPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCLOSE''@|$(REPLACE_FCLOSE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FDOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FDOPEN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FFLUSH''@|$(REPLACE_FFLUSH)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FOPEN)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''REPLACE_FOPEN_FOR_FOPEN_GNU''@|$(REPLACE_FOPEN_FOR_FOPEN_GNU)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_FPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FPURGE''@|$(REPLACE_FPURGE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FREOPEN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_FSEEK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSEEKO''@|$(REPLACE_FSEEKO)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTELL''@|$(REPLACE_FTELL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTELLO''@|$(REPLACE_FTELLO)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETDELIM''@|$(REPLACE_GETDELIM)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETLINE''@|$(REPLACE_GETLINE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_PERROR''@|$(REPLACE_PERROR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_POPEN''@|$(REPLACE_POPEN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_PRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_PRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_REMOVE''@|$(REPLACE_REMOVE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_RENAME''@|$(REPLACE_RENAME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_RENAMEAT''@|$(REPLACE_RENAMEAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_SNPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_SNPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_SPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_SPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS''@|$(REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS''@|$(REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_TMPFILE''@|$(REPLACE_TMPFILE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_VASPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VASPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_VDPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VDPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_VFPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VFPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_VPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_VSNPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VSNPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_VSPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VSPRINTF)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX''@|$(ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX)|g' \
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdio.h stdio.h-t
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_STDIO_READ_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += stdio-read.c
+endif
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_STDIO_WRITE_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += stdio-write.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdio.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module stdio
+
+## begin gnulib module stdlib
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_stdlib))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += stdlib.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdlib.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+stdlib.h: stdlib.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) \
+  $(_NORETURN_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_STDLIB_H''@|$(NEXT_STDLIB_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB__EXIT''@/$(GL_GNULIB__EXIT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_ALIGNED_ALLOC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ALIGNED_ALLOC)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_ATOLL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ATOLL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_CALLOC_GNU''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CALLOC_GNU)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREE_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREE_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOADAVG''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETLOADAVG)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETSUBOPT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETSUBOPT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GRANTPT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GRANTPT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBTOWC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBTOWC)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKDTEMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKDTEMP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKOSTEMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKOSTEMP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKSTEMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKSTEMP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKSTEMPS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKSTEMPS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_POSIX_MEMALIGN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_POSIX_MEMALIGN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTSNAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTSNAME)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTSNAME_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTSNAME_R)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTENV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PUTENV)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_QSORT_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_QSORT_R)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_RANDOM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RANDOM)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_RANDOM_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RANDOM_R)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALLOCARRAY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REALLOCARRAY)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALPATH''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REALPATH)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_RPMATCH''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RPMATCH)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SETENV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SETENV)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOLD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOLD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOLL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOLL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOUL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOUL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOULL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOULL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLOCKPT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNLOCKPT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNSETENV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNSETENV)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCTOMB''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCTOMB)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_ECVT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_ECVT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_FCVT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_FCVT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_GCVT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_GCVT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_MKTEMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_MKTEMP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_PUTENV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_PUTENV)/g' \
+             < $(srcdir)/stdlib.in.h | \
+         sed -e 's|@''HAVE__EXIT''@|$(HAVE__EXIT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_ALIGNED_ALLOC''@|$(HAVE_ALIGNED_ALLOC)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_ATOLL''@|$(HAVE_ATOLL)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@|$(HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ECVT''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ECVT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FCVT''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FCVT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GCVT''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GCVT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_GETSUBOPT''@|$(HAVE_GETSUBOPT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_GRANTPT''@|$(HAVE_GRANTPT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_INITSTATE''@|$(HAVE_INITSTATE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_INITSTATE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_INITSTATE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MBTOWC''@|$(HAVE_MBTOWC)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MKDTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKDTEMP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MKOSTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKOSTEMP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MKOSTEMPS''@|$(HAVE_MKOSTEMPS)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MKSTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKSTEMP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MKSTEMPS''@|$(HAVE_MKSTEMPS)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN''@|$(HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT''@|$(HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_PTSNAME''@|$(HAVE_PTSNAME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_PTSNAME_R''@|$(HAVE_PTSNAME_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_QSORT_R''@|$(HAVE_QSORT_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM_H''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM_R''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_REALLOCARRAY''@|$(HAVE_REALLOCARRAY)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_REALPATH''@|$(HAVE_REALPATH)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_RPMATCH''@|$(HAVE_RPMATCH)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SECURE_GETENV''@|$(HAVE_SECURE_GETENV)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SETENV''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SETENV)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SETSTATE''@|$(HAVE_SETSTATE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SETSTATE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SETSTATE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOD''@|$(HAVE_STRTOD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOLD''@|$(HAVE_STRTOLD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOLL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOLL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOUL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOUL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOULL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOULL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA)|g' 
\
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_UNLOCKPT''@|$(HAVE_UNLOCKPT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV''@|$(HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_ALIGNED_ALLOC''@|$(REPLACE_ALIGNED_ALLOC)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_GNU''@|$(REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_GNU)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_POSIX''@|$(REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_POSIX)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@|$(REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREE''@|$(REPLACE_FREE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_INITSTATE''@|$(REPLACE_INITSTATE)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_GNU''@|$(REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_GNU)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_POSIX''@|$(REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_POSIX)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBTOWC''@|$(REPLACE_MBTOWC)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKSTEMP''@|$(REPLACE_MKSTEMP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_POSIX_MEMALIGN''@|$(REPLACE_POSIX_MEMALIGN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTSNAME''@|$(REPLACE_PTSNAME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTSNAME_R''@|$(REPLACE_PTSNAME_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_PUTENV''@|$(REPLACE_PUTENV)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_QSORT_R''@|$(REPLACE_QSORT_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_RANDOM''@|$(REPLACE_RANDOM)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_RANDOM_R''@|$(REPLACE_RANDOM_R)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_GNU''@|$(REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_GNU)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_POSIX''@|$(REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_POSIX)|g'
 \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_REALLOCARRAY''@|$(REPLACE_REALLOCARRAY)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_REALPATH''@|$(REPLACE_REALPATH)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_SETENV''@|$(REPLACE_SETENV)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_SETSTATE''@|$(REPLACE_SETSTATE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOD''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOL''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOLD''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOLD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOLL''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOLL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOUL''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOUL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOULL''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOULL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNSETENV''@|$(REPLACE_UNSETENV)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCTOMB''@|$(REPLACE_WCTOMB)|g' \
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _Noreturn/r $(_NORETURN_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdlib.h stdlib.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdlib.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module stdlib
+
+## begin gnulib module stpcpy
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_stpcpy))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_STPCPY_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += stpcpy.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module stpcpy
+
+## begin gnulib module string
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_string))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += string.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <string.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+string.h: string.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) 
$(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_STRING_H''@|$(NEXT_STRING_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXPLICIT_BZERO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXPLICIT_BZERO)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFSL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FFSL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFSLL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FFSLL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSLEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSLEN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSNLEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSNLEN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSCHR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSRCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSRCHR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSTR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSSTR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCASECMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSCASECMP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCASESTR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSCASESTR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCSPN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSCSPN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSPBRK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSPBRK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSPN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSSPN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSEP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSSEP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSTOK_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSTOK_R)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MEMCHR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMMEM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MEMMEM)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMPCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MEMPCPY)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMRCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MEMRCHR)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_MEMSET_EXPLICIT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MEMSET_EXPLICIT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STPCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STPCPY)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STPNCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STPNCPY)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRCHRNUL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRCHRNUL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRDUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRDUP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNCAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRNCAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNDUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRNDUP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNLEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRNLEN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRPBRK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRPBRK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSEP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRSEP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSTR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRSTR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRCASESTR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRCASESTR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOK_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOK_R)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRERROR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRERROR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRERROR_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRERROR_R)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_STRERRORNAME_NP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRERRORNAME_NP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGABBREV_NP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SIGABBREV_NP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGDESCR_NP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SIGDESCR_NP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSIGNAL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRSIGNAL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRVERSCMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRVERSCMP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_MEMCCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_MEMCCPY)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_STRDUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_STRDUP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREE_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREE_POSIX)/g' \
+             < $(srcdir)/string.in.h | \
+         sed -e 's|@''HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO''@|$(HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FFSL''@|$(HAVE_FFSL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FFSLL''@|$(HAVE_FFSLL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSLEN''@|$(HAVE_MBSLEN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM''@|$(HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MEMPCPY''@|$(HAVE_MEMPCPY)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MEMSET_EXPLICIT''@|$(HAVE_MEMSET_EXPLICIT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_RAWMEMCHR''@|$(HAVE_RAWMEMCHR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STPCPY''@|$(HAVE_STPCPY)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STPNCPY''@|$(HAVE_STPNCPY)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRCHRNUL''@|$(HAVE_STRCHRNUL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRDUP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRDUP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRPBRK''@|$(HAVE_STRPBRK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRSEP''@|$(HAVE_STRSEP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRCASESTR''@|$(HAVE_STRCASESTR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRERRORNAME_NP''@|$(HAVE_STRERRORNAME_NP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGABBREV_NP''@|$(HAVE_SIGABBREV_NP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGDESCR_NP''@|$(HAVE_SIGDESCR_NP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRVERSCMP''@|$(HAVE_STRVERSCMP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FFSLL''@|$(REPLACE_FFSLL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_MEMCHR''@|$(REPLACE_MEMCHR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_MEMMEM''@|$(REPLACE_MEMMEM)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREE''@|$(REPLACE_FREE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STPNCPY''@|$(REPLACE_STPNCPY)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRCHRNUL''@|$(REPLACE_STRCHRNUL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRDUP''@|$(REPLACE_STRDUP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNCAT''@|$(REPLACE_STRNCAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNDUP''@|$(REPLACE_STRNDUP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNLEN''@|$(REPLACE_STRNLEN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRSTR''@|$(REPLACE_STRSTR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRCASESTR''@|$(REPLACE_STRCASESTR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOK_R''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOK_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRERROR''@|$(REPLACE_STRERROR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRERROR_R''@|$(REPLACE_STRERROR_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRERRORNAME_NP''@|$(REPLACE_STRERRORNAME_NP)|g' 
\
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRSIGNAL''@|$(REPLACE_STRSIGNAL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R''@|$(UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R)|g' \
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += string.h string.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += string.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module string
+
+## begin gnulib module strnlen
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_strnlen))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_STRNLEN_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += strnlen.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module strnlen
+
+## begin gnulib module strtoimax
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_strtoimax))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOIMAX_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += strtoimax.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module strtoimax
+
+## begin gnulib module strtoll
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_strtoll))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_strtoll_CONDITION))
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOLL_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += strtoll.c
+endif
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += strtol.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strtol.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module strtoll
+
+## begin gnulib module symlink
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_symlink))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_SYMLINK_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += symlink.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module symlink
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_random
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_sys_random))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += sys/random.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/random.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one.
+sys/random.h: sys_random.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) 
$(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) 'sys'
+       $(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_RANDOM_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_RANDOM_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETRANDOM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETRANDOM)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_GETRANDOM''@/$(HAVE_GETRANDOM)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''REPLACE_GETRANDOM''@/$(REPLACE_GETRANDOM)/g' \
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             $(srcdir)/sys_random.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/random.h sys/random.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += sys_random.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module sys_random
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_select
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_sys_select))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += sys/select.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/select.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+sys/select.h: sys_select.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) 
$(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) 'sys'
+       $(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PSELECT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PSELECT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SELECT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SELECT)/g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_WINSOCK2_H''@|$(HAVE_WINSOCK2_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_PSELECT''@|$(HAVE_PSELECT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_PSELECT''@|$(REPLACE_PSELECT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_SELECT''@|$(REPLACE_SELECT)|g' \
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             $(srcdir)/sys_select.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/select.h sys/select.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += sys_select.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module sys_select
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_stat
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_sys_stat))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += sys/stat.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/stat.h> when the system
+# has one that is incomplete.
+sys/stat.h: sys_stat.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) 
$(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) 'sys'
+       $(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_STAT_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_STAT_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE''@|$(WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC''@|$(WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_CHMOD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CHMOD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCHMODAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FCHMODAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSTAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSTAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSTATAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSTATAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FUTIMENS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FUTIMENS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETUMASK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETUMASK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_LCHMOD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LCHMOD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_LSTAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LSTAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKDIRAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKDIRAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKFIFO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKFIFO)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKFIFOAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKFIFOAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKNOD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKNOD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKNODAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKNODAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_UTIMENSAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UTIMENSAT)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_CHMOD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_CHMOD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_MKDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_MKDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_UMASK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_UMASK)/g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FCHMODAT''@|$(HAVE_FCHMODAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FSTATAT''@|$(HAVE_FSTATAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FUTIMENS''@|$(HAVE_FUTIMENS)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_GETUMASK''@|$(HAVE_GETUMASK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_LCHMOD''@|$(HAVE_LCHMOD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_LSTAT''@|$(HAVE_LSTAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MKDIRAT''@|$(HAVE_MKDIRAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MKFIFO''@|$(HAVE_MKFIFO)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MKFIFOAT''@|$(HAVE_MKFIFOAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MKNOD''@|$(HAVE_MKNOD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_MKNODAT''@|$(HAVE_MKNODAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_UTIMENSAT''@|$(HAVE_UTIMENSAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_CHMOD''@|$(REPLACE_CHMOD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCHMODAT''@|$(REPLACE_FCHMODAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSTAT''@|$(REPLACE_FSTAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSTATAT''@|$(REPLACE_FSTATAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FUTIMENS''@|$(REPLACE_FUTIMENS)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_LSTAT''@|$(REPLACE_LSTAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKDIR''@|$(REPLACE_MKDIR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKFIFO''@|$(REPLACE_MKFIFO)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKFIFOAT''@|$(REPLACE_MKFIFOAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKNOD''@|$(REPLACE_MKNOD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKNODAT''@|$(REPLACE_MKNODAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STAT''@|$(REPLACE_STAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_UTIMENSAT''@|$(REPLACE_UTIMENSAT)|g' \
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             $(srcdir)/sys_stat.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/stat.h sys/stat.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += sys_stat.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module sys_stat
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_time
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_sys_time))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += sys/time.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/time.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+sys/time.h: sys_time.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) 
$(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) 'sys'
+       $(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_TIME_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_TIME_H)/g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_TIME_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_TIME_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY)/g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_WINSOCK2_H''@|$(HAVE_WINSOCK2_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY''@/$(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL''@/$(HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY''@/$(REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL''@/$(REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL)/g' \
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             $(srcdir)/sys_time.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/time.h sys/time.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += sys_time.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module sys_time
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_types
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_sys_types))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += sys/types.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/types.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+sys/types.h: sys_types.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+       $(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) 'sys'
+       $(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T''@|$(WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''WINDOWS_STAT_INODES''@|$(WINDOWS_STAT_INODES)|g' \
+             $(srcdir)/sys_types.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/types.h sys/types.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += sys_types.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module sys_types
+
+## begin gnulib module tempname
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_tempname))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += tempname.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += tempname.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module tempname
+
+## begin gnulib module time
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_time))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += time.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <time.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+time.h: time.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) 
$(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_TIME_H''@|$(NEXT_TIME_H)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_CTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CTIME)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOCALTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOCALTIME)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKTIME)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_NANOSLEEP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_NANOSLEEP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRFTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRFTIME)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRPTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRPTIME)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIMEGM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TIMEGM)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GET''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GET)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GETRES''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GETRES)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIME_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TIME_R)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIME_RZ''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TIME_RZ)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_TZSET''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TZSET)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_TZSET''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_TZSET)/g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_NANOSLEEP''@|$(HAVE_NANOSLEEP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_STRPTIME''@|$(HAVE_STRPTIME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_TIMEGM''@|$(HAVE_TIMEGM)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_TIMESPEC_GET''@|$(HAVE_TIMESPEC_GET)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_TIMESPEC_GETRES''@|$(HAVE_TIMESPEC_GETRES)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_TIMEZONE_T''@|$(HAVE_TIMEZONE_T)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_CTIME''@|$(REPLACE_CTIME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_GMTIME''@|$(REPLACE_GMTIME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOCALTIME''@|$(REPLACE_LOCALTIME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R''@|$(REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKTIME''@|$(REPLACE_MKTIME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_NANOSLEEP''@|$(REPLACE_NANOSLEEP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRFTIME''@|$(REPLACE_STRFTIME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_TIMEGM''@|$(REPLACE_TIMEGM)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_TZSET''@|$(REPLACE_TZSET)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g'
 \
+             -e 
's|@''SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g'
 \
+             -e 
's|@''TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g'
 \
+             -e 's|@''TIME_H_DEFINES_TIME_UTC''@|$(TIME_H_DEFINES_TIME_UTC)|g' 
\
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             $(srcdir)/time.in.h > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += time.h time.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += time.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module time
+
+## begin gnulib module time_r
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_time_r))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_TIME_R_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += time_r.c
+endif
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module time_r
+
+## begin gnulib module time_rz
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_time_rz))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_TIME_RZ_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += time_rz.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += time-internal.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module time_rz
+
+## begin gnulib module timegm
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_timegm))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_TIMEGM_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += timegm.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += mktime-internal.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module timegm
+
+## begin gnulib module timespec
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_timespec))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += timespec.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += timespec.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module timespec
+
+## begin gnulib module timespec-add
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_timespec-add))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += timespec-add.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module timespec-add
+
+## begin gnulib module timespec-sub
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_timespec-sub))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += timespec-sub.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module timespec-sub
+
+## begin gnulib module u64
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_u64))
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += u64.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += u64.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module u64
+
+## begin gnulib module unistd
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_unistd))
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += unistd.h
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += unistd.c
+
+# We need the following in order to create an empty placeholder for
+# <unistd.h> when the system doesn't have one.
+unistd.h: unistd.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) 
$(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+       $(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+             -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_UNISTD_H''@|$(HAVE_UNISTD_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+             -e 's|@''NEXT_UNISTD_H''@|$(NEXT_UNISTD_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T''@|$(WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T)|g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_ACCESS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ACCESS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_CHDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CHDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_CHOWN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CHOWN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_CLOSE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CLOSE)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_COPY_FILE_RANGE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_COPY_FILE_RANGE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_DUP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP2''@/$(GL_GNULIB_DUP2)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP3''@/$(GL_GNULIB_DUP3)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_ENVIRON''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ENVIRON)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_EUIDACCESS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EUIDACCESS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECLE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECLE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECLP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECLP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECV)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECVE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECVE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECVP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECVP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECVPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECVPE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FACCESSAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FACCESSAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCHDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FCHDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCHOWNAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FCHOWNAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FDATASYNC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FDATASYNC)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSYNC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSYNC)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTRUNCATE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FTRUNCATE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETCWD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETCWD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETENTROPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETENTROPY)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETGROUPS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETGROUPS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETLOGIN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETOPT_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETOPT_POSIX)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETPASS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETPASS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETPASS_GNU''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETPASS_GNU)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISATTY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISATTY)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_LCHOWN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LCHOWN)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_LINK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LINK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_LINKAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LINKAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_LSEEK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LSEEK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PIPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PIPE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PIPE2''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PIPE2)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PREAD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PREAD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_PWRITE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PWRITE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_READ''@/$(GL_GNULIB_READ)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_READLINK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_READLINK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_READLINKAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_READLINKAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_RMDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RMDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SLEEP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SLEEP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYMLINK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SYMLINK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYMLINKAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SYMLINKAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_TRUNCATE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TRUNCATE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_TTYNAME_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TTYNAME_R)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_GETOPT''@/0$(GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_GETOPT)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING)/g' \
+             -e 
's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLINK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNLINK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLINKAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNLINKAT)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_USLEEP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_USLEEP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_WRITE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WRITE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_ACCESS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_ACCESS)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_CHDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_CHDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_CLOSE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_CLOSE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_DUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_DUP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_DUP2''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_DUP2)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECL)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECLE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECLE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECLP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECLP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECV)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECVE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECVP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVP)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECVPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVPE)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_GETCWD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETCWD)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_GETPID''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETPID)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_ISATTY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_ISATTY)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_LSEEK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_LSEEK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_READ''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_READ)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_RMDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_RMDIR)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_SWAB''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_SWAB)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_UNLINK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_UNLINK)/g' \
+             -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_WRITE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_WRITE)/g' \
+             < $(srcdir)/unistd.in.h | \
+         sed -e 's|@''HAVE_CHOWN''@|$(HAVE_CHOWN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE''@|$(HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DUP3''@|$(HAVE_DUP3)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_EUIDACCESS''@|$(HAVE_EUIDACCESS)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_EXECVPE''@|$(HAVE_EXECVPE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FACCESSAT''@|$(HAVE_FACCESSAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FCHDIR''@|$(HAVE_FCHDIR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FCHOWNAT''@|$(HAVE_FCHOWNAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FDATASYNC''@|$(HAVE_FDATASYNC)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FSYNC''@|$(HAVE_FSYNC)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(HAVE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE''@|$(HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_GETENTROPY''@|$(HAVE_GETENTROPY)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_GETGROUPS''@|$(HAVE_GETGROUPS)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_GETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_GETHOSTNAME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_GETPASS''@|$(HAVE_GETPASS)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER''@|$(HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_LCHOWN''@|$(HAVE_LCHOWN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_LINK''@|$(HAVE_LINK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_LINKAT''@|$(HAVE_LINKAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_PIPE''@|$(HAVE_PIPE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_PIPE2''@|$(HAVE_PIPE2)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_PREAD''@|$(HAVE_PREAD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_PWRITE''@|$(HAVE_PWRITE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINK''@|$(HAVE_READLINK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_READLINKAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_SETHOSTNAME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SLEEP''@|$(HAVE_SLEEP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SYMLINK''@|$(HAVE_SYMLINK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SYMLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_SYMLINKAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_UNLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_UNLINKAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_USLEEP''@|$(HAVE_USLEEP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_EXECVPE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_EXECVPE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME)|g' 
\
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_TRUNCATE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_TRUNCATE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_OS_H''@|$(HAVE_OS_H)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)|g' \
+         | \
+         sed -e 's|@''REPLACE_ACCESS''@|$(REPLACE_ACCESS)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_CHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_CHOWN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_CLOSE''@|$(REPLACE_CLOSE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_COPY_FILE_RANGE''@|$(REPLACE_COPY_FILE_RANGE)|g' 
\
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_DUP''@|$(REPLACE_DUP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_DUP2''@|$(REPLACE_DUP2)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECL''@|$(REPLACE_EXECL)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECLE''@|$(REPLACE_EXECLE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECLP''@|$(REPLACE_EXECLP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECV''@|$(REPLACE_EXECV)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECVE''@|$(REPLACE_EXECVE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECVP''@|$(REPLACE_EXECVP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECVPE''@|$(REPLACE_EXECVPE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FACCESSAT''@|$(REPLACE_FACCESSAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCHOWNAT''@|$(REPLACE_FCHOWNAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(REPLACE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETCWD''@|$(REPLACE_GETCWD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME''@|$(REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE''@|$(REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETGROUPS''@|$(REPLACE_GETGROUPS)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETPASS''@|$(REPLACE_GETPASS)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''REPLACE_GETPASS_FOR_GETPASS_GNU''@|$(REPLACE_GETPASS_FOR_GETPASS_GNU)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_ISATTY''@|$(REPLACE_ISATTY)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_LCHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_LCHOWN)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_LINK''@|$(REPLACE_LINK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_LINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_LINKAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_LSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_LSEEK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_PREAD''@|$(REPLACE_PREAD)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_PWRITE''@|$(REPLACE_PWRITE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_READ''@|$(REPLACE_READ)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_READLINK''@|$(REPLACE_READLINK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_READLINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_READLINKAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_RMDIR''@|$(REPLACE_RMDIR)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_SLEEP''@|$(REPLACE_SLEEP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_SYMLINK''@|$(REPLACE_SYMLINK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_SYMLINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_SYMLINKAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_TRUNCATE''@|$(REPLACE_TRUNCATE)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_TTYNAME_R''@|$(REPLACE_TTYNAME_R)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNLINK''@|$(REPLACE_UNLINK)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNLINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_UNLINKAT)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_USLEEP''@|$(REPLACE_USLEEP)|g' \
+             -e 's|@''REPLACE_WRITE''@|$(REPLACE_WRITE)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''UNISTD_H_HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H''@|$(UNISTD_H_HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H''@|$(UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H)|g' \
+             -e 
's|@''UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS''@|$(UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS)|g'
 \
+             -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+             -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+             > $@-t
+       $(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += unistd.h unistd.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += unistd.in.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module unistd
+
+## begin gnulib module unlocked-io-internal
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_unlocked-io-internal))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += unlocked-io.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module unlocked-io-internal
+
+## begin gnulib module update-copyright
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_update-copyright))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/update-copyright
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module update-copyright
+
+## begin gnulib module utimens
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_utimens))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_utimens_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += utimens.c
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += utimens.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module utimens
+
+## begin gnulib module utimensat
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_utimensat))
+
+ifneq (,$(GL_COND_OBJ_UTIMENSAT_CONDITION))
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += utimensat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += at-func.c
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module utimensat
+
+## begin gnulib module verify
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_verify))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += verify.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module verify
+
+## begin gnulib module vla
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_vla))
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += vla.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module vla
+
+## begin gnulib module xalloc-oversized
+ifeq (,$(OMIT_GNULIB_MODULE_xalloc-oversized))
+
+ifneq (,$(gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_682e609604ccaac6be382e4ee3a4eaec_CONDITION))
+
+endif
+EXTRA_DIST += xalloc-oversized.h
+
+endif
+## end   gnulib module xalloc-oversized
+
+
+mostlyclean-local: mostlyclean-generic
+       @for dir in '' $(MOSTLYCLEANDIRS); do \
+         if test -n "$$dir" && test -d $$dir; then \
+           echo "rmdir $$dir"; rmdir $$dir; \
+         fi; \
+       done; \
+       :
+distclean-local: distclean-gnulib-libobjs
+distclean-gnulib-libobjs:
+       -rm -f @gl_LIBOBJDEPS@
+maintainer-clean-local: distclean-gnulib-libobjs
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/group-member.c b/xcompile/lib/group-member.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..96a09f94a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/group-member.c
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* group-member.c -- determine whether group id is in calling user's group list
+
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1997-1998, 2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <stdckdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Most processes have no more than this many groups, and for these
+   processes we can avoid using malloc.  */
+enum { GROUPBUF_SIZE = 100 };
+
+struct group_info
+  {
+    gid_t *group;
+    gid_t groupbuf[GROUPBUF_SIZE];
+  };
+
+static void
+free_group_info (struct group_info const *g)
+{
+  if (g->group != g->groupbuf)
+    free (g->group);
+}
+
+static int
+get_group_info (struct group_info *gi)
+{
+  int n_groups = getgroups (GROUPBUF_SIZE, gi->groupbuf);
+  gi->group = gi->groupbuf;
+
+  if (n_groups < 0)
+    {
+      int n_group_slots = getgroups (0, NULL);
+      size_t nbytes;
+      if (! ckd_mul (&nbytes, n_group_slots, sizeof *gi->group))
+        {
+          gi->group = malloc (nbytes);
+          if (gi->group)
+            n_groups = getgroups (n_group_slots, gi->group);
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* In case of error, the user loses.  */
+  return n_groups;
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if GID is one that we have in our groups list.
+   Note that the groups list is not guaranteed to contain the current
+   or effective group ID, so they should generally be checked
+   separately.  */
+
+int
+group_member (gid_t gid)
+{
+  int i;
+  int found;
+  struct group_info gi;
+  int n_groups = get_group_info (&gi);
+
+  /* Search through the list looking for GID. */
+  found = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_groups; i++)
+    {
+      if (gid == gi.group[i])
+        {
+          found = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  free_group_info (&gi);
+
+  return found;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      gid_t gid;
+
+      gid = atoi (argv[i]);
+      printf ("%d: %s\n", gid, group_member (gid) ? "yes" : "no");
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/idx.h b/xcompile/lib/idx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..23020b7ec0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/idx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* A type for indices and sizes.
+   Copyright (C) 2020-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _IDX_H
+#define _IDX_H
+
+/* Get ptrdiff_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get PTRDIFF_MAX.  */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* The type 'idx_t' holds an (array) index or an (object) size.
+   Its implementation promotes to a signed integer type,
+   which can hold the values
+     0..2^63-1 (on 64-bit platforms) or
+     0..2^31-1 (on 32-bit platforms).
+
+   Why a signed integer type?
+
+     * Security: Signed types can be checked for overflow via
+       '-fsanitize=undefined', but unsigned types cannot.
+
+     * Comparisons without surprises: ISO C99 § 6.3.1.8 specifies a few
+       surprising results for comparisons, such as
+
+           (int) -3 < (unsigned long) 7  =>  false
+           (int) -3 < (unsigned int) 7   =>  false
+       and on 32-bit machines:
+           (long) -3 < (unsigned int) 7  =>  false
+
+       This is surprising because the natural comparison order is by
+       value in the realm of infinite-precision signed integers (ℤ).
+
+       The best way to get rid of such surprises is to use signed types
+       for numerical integer values, and use unsigned types only for
+       bit masks and enums.
+
+   Why not use 'size_t' directly?
+
+     * Because 'size_t' is an unsigned type, and a signed type is better.
+       See above.
+
+   Why not use 'ssize_t'?
+
+     * 'ptrdiff_t' is more portable; it is standardized by ISO C
+       whereas 'ssize_t' is standardized only by POSIX.
+
+     * 'ssize_t' is not required to be as wide as 'size_t', and some
+       now-obsolete POSIX platforms had 'size_t' wider than 'ssize_t'.
+
+     * Conversely, some now-obsolete platforms had 'ptrdiff_t' wider
+       than 'size_t', which can be a win and conforms to POSIX.
+
+   Won't this cause a problem with objects larger than PTRDIFF_MAX?
+
+     * Typical modern or large platforms do not allocate such objects,
+       so this is not much of a problem in practice; for example, you
+       can safely write 'idx_t len = strlen (s);'.  To port to older
+       small platforms where allocations larger than PTRDIFF_MAX could
+       in theory be a problem, you can use Gnulib's ialloc module, or
+       functions like ximalloc in Gnulib's xalloc module.
+
+   Why not use 'ptrdiff_t' directly?
+
+     * Maintainability: When reading and modifying code, it helps to know that
+       a certain variable cannot have negative values.  For example, when you
+       have a loop
+
+         int n = ...;
+         for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) ...
+
+       or
+
+         ptrdiff_t n = ...;
+         for (ptrdiff_t i = 0; i < n; i++) ...
+
+       you have to ask yourself "what if n < 0?".  Whereas in
+
+         idx_t n = ...;
+         for (idx_t i = 0; i < n; i++) ...
+
+       you know that this case cannot happen.
+
+       Similarly, when a programmer writes
+
+         idx_t = ptr2 - ptr1;
+
+       there is an implied assertion that ptr1 and ptr2 point into the same
+       object and that ptr1 <= ptr2.
+
+     * Being future-proof: In the future, range types (integers which are
+       constrained to a certain range of values) may be added to C compilers
+       or to the C standard.  Several programming languages (Ada, Haskell,
+       Common Lisp, Pascal) already have range types.  Such range types may
+       help producing good code and good warnings.  The type 'idx_t' could
+       then be typedef'ed to a range type that is signed after promotion.  */
+
+/* In the future, idx_t could be typedef'ed to a signed range type.
+   The clang "extended integer types", supported in Clang 11 or newer
+   
<https://clang.llvm.org/docs/LanguageExtensions.html#extended-integer-types>,
+   are a special case of range types.  However, these types don't support 
binary
+   operators with plain integer types (e.g. expressions such as x > 1).
+   Therefore, they don't behave like signed types (and not like unsigned types
+   either).  So, we cannot use them here.  */
+
+/* Use the signed type 'ptrdiff_t'.  */
+/* Note: ISO C does not mandate that 'size_t' and 'ptrdiff_t' have the same
+   size, but it is so on all platforms we have seen since 1990.  */
+typedef ptrdiff_t idx_t;
+
+/* IDX_MAX is the maximum value of an idx_t.  */
+#define IDX_MAX PTRDIFF_MAX
+
+/* So far no need has been found for an IDX_WIDTH macro.
+   Perhaps there should be another macro IDX_VALUE_BITS that does not
+   count the sign bit and is therefore one less than PTRDIFF_WIDTH.  */
+
+#endif /* _IDX_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/ieee754.in.h b/xcompile/lib/ieee754.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8de4c32be5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/ieee754.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _IEEE754_H
+
+#define _IEEE754_H 1
+
+#ifndef _GL_GNULIB_HEADER
+/* Ordinary glibc usage.  */
+# include <features.h>
+# include <endian.h>
+#else
+/* Gnulib usage.  */
+# ifndef __BEGIN_DECLS
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+#   define __BEGIN_DECLS       extern "C" {
+#   define __END_DECLS         }
+#  else
+#   define __BEGIN_DECLS
+#   define __END_DECLS
+#  endif
+# endif
+# ifndef __FLOAT_WORD_ORDER
+#  define __LITTLE_ENDIAN      1234
+#  define __BIG_ENDIAN         4321
+#  ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+#   define __BYTE_ORDER __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  else
+#   define __BYTE_ORDER __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#  endif
+#  define __FLOAT_WORD_ORDER __BYTE_ORDER
+# endif
+#endif
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+union ieee754_float
+  {
+    float f;
+
+    /* This is the IEEE 754 single-precision format.  */
+    struct
+      {
+#if    __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int exponent:8;
+       unsigned int mantissa:23;
+#endif                         /* Big endian.  */
+#if    __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int mantissa:23;
+       unsigned int exponent:8;
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+#endif                         /* Little endian.  */
+      } ieee;
+
+    /* This format makes it easier to see if a NaN is a signalling NaN.  */
+    struct
+      {
+#if    __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int exponent:8;
+       unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
+       unsigned int mantissa:22;
+#endif                         /* Big endian.  */
+#if    __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int mantissa:22;
+       unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
+       unsigned int exponent:8;
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+#endif                         /* Little endian.  */
+      } ieee_nan;
+  };
+
+#define IEEE754_FLOAT_BIAS     0x7f /* Added to exponent.  */
+
+
+union ieee754_double
+  {
+    double d;
+
+    /* This is the IEEE 754 double-precision format.  */
+    struct
+      {
+#if    __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int exponent:11;
+       /* Together these comprise the mantissa.  */
+       unsigned int mantissa0:20;
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+#endif                         /* Big endian.  */
+#if    __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+# if   __FLOAT_WORD_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int mantissa0:20;
+       unsigned int exponent:11;
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+# else
+       /* Together these comprise the mantissa.  */
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+       unsigned int mantissa0:20;
+       unsigned int exponent:11;
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+# endif
+#endif                         /* Little endian.  */
+      } ieee;
+
+    /* This format makes it easier to see if a NaN is a signalling NaN.  */
+    struct
+      {
+#if    __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int exponent:11;
+       unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
+       /* Together these comprise the mantissa.  */
+       unsigned int mantissa0:19;
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+#else
+# if   __FLOAT_WORD_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int mantissa0:19;
+       unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
+       unsigned int exponent:11;
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+# else
+       /* Together these comprise the mantissa.  */
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+       unsigned int mantissa0:19;
+       unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
+       unsigned int exponent:11;
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+# endif
+#endif
+      } ieee_nan;
+  };
+
+#define IEEE754_DOUBLE_BIAS    0x3ff /* Added to exponent.  */
+
+
+union ieee854_long_double
+  {
+    long double d;
+
+    /* This is the IEEE 854 double-extended-precision format.  */
+    struct
+      {
+#if    __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int exponent:15;
+       unsigned int empty:16;
+       unsigned int mantissa0:32;
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+#endif
+#if    __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+# if   __FLOAT_WORD_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int exponent:15;
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int empty:16;
+       unsigned int mantissa0:32;
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+# else
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+       unsigned int mantissa0:32;
+       unsigned int exponent:15;
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int empty:16;
+# endif
+#endif
+      } ieee;
+
+    /* This is for NaNs in the IEEE 854 double-extended-precision format.  */
+    struct
+      {
+#if    __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int exponent:15;
+       unsigned int empty:16;
+       unsigned int one:1;
+       unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
+       unsigned int mantissa0:30;
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+#endif
+#if    __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+# if   __FLOAT_WORD_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+       unsigned int exponent:15;
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int empty:16;
+       unsigned int mantissa0:30;
+       unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
+       unsigned int one:1;
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+# else
+       unsigned int mantissa1:32;
+       unsigned int mantissa0:30;
+       unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
+       unsigned int one:1;
+       unsigned int exponent:15;
+       unsigned int negative:1;
+       unsigned int empty:16;
+# endif
+#endif
+      } ieee_nan;
+  };
+
+#define IEEE854_LONG_DOUBLE_BIAS 0x3fff
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ieee754.h */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/ignore-value.h b/xcompile/lib/ignore-value.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0b569af4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/ignore-value.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* ignore a function return without a compiler warning.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering, Eric Blake and Pádraig Brady.  */
+
+/* Use "ignore_value" to avoid a warning when using a function declared with
+   gcc's warn_unused_result attribute, but for which you really do want to
+   ignore the result.  Traditionally, people have used a "(void)" cast to
+   indicate that a function's return value is deliberately unused.  However,
+   if the function is declared with __attribute__((warn_unused_result)),
+   gcc issues a warning even with the cast.
+
+   Caution: most of the time, you really should heed gcc's warning, and
+   check the return value.  However, in those exceptional cases in which
+   you're sure you know what you're doing, use this function.
+
+   For the record, here's one of the ignorable warnings:
+   "copy.c:233: warning: ignoring return value of 'fchown',
+   declared with attribute warn_unused_result".  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_IGNORE_VALUE_H
+#define _GL_IGNORE_VALUE_H
+
+/* Normally casting an expression to void discards its value, but GCC
+   versions 3.4 and newer have __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+   which may cause unwanted diagnostics in that case.  Use __typeof__
+   and __extension__ to work around the problem, if the workaround is
+   known to be needed.
+   The workaround is not needed with clang.  */
+#if (3 < __GNUC__ + (4 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) && !defined __clang__
+# define ignore_value(x) \
+    (__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (x) __x = (x); (void) __x; }))
+#else
+# define ignore_value(x) ((void) (x))
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/intprops-internal.h b/xcompile/lib/intprops-internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0467a9ca8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/intprops-internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/* intprops-internal.h -- properties of integer types not visible to users
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_INTPROPS_INTERNAL_H
+#define _GL_INTPROPS_INTERNAL_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Return a value with the common real type of E and V and the value of V.
+   Do not evaluate E.  */
+#define _GL_INT_CONVERT(e, v) ((1 ? 0 : (e)) + (v))
+
+/* Act like _GL_INT_CONVERT (E, -V) but work around a bug in IRIX 6.5 cc; see
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00406.html>.  */
+#define _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT(e, v) ((1 ? 0 : (e)) - (v))
+
+/* The extra casts in the following macros work around compiler bugs,
+   e.g., in Cray C 5.0.3.0.  */
+
+/* True if the real type T is signed.  */
+#define _GL_TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+
+/* Return 1 if the real expression E, after promotion, has a
+   signed or floating type.  Do not evaluate E.  */
+#define _GL_EXPR_SIGNED(e) (_GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1) < 0)
+
+
+/* Minimum and maximum values for integer types and expressions.  */
+
+/* The width in bits of the integer type or expression T.
+   Do not evaluate T.  T must not be a bit-field expression.
+   Padding bits are not supported; this is checked at compile-time below.  */
+#define _GL_TYPE_WIDTH(t) (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+/* The maximum and minimum values for the type of the expression E,
+   after integer promotion.  E is not evaluated.  */
+#define _GL_INT_MINIMUM(e)                                              \
+  (_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (e)                                                  \
+   ? ~ _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e)                                       \
+   : _GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 0))
+#define _GL_INT_MAXIMUM(e)                                              \
+  (_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (e)                                                  \
+   ? _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e)                                         \
+   : _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1))
+#define _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM(e)                                       \
+  (((_GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 1) << (_GL_TYPE_WIDTH (+ (e)) - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
+
+/* Work around OpenVMS incompatibility with C99.  */
+#if !defined LLONG_MAX && defined __INT64_MAX
+# define LLONG_MAX __INT64_MAX
+# define LLONG_MIN __INT64_MIN
+#endif
+
+/* This include file assumes that signed types are two's complement without
+   padding bits; the above macros have undefined behavior otherwise.
+   If this is a problem for you, please let us know how to fix it for your 
host.
+   This assumption is tested by the intprops-tests module.  */
+
+/* Does the __typeof__ keyword work?  This could be done by
+   'configure', but for now it's easier to do it by hand.  */
+#if (2 <= __GNUC__ \
+     || (4 <= __clang_major__) \
+     || (1210 <= __IBMC__ && defined __IBM__TYPEOF__) \
+     || (0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C && !__STDC__))
+# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 1
+#else
+# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 0
+#endif
+
+/* Return 1 if the integer type or expression T might be signed.  Return 0
+   if it is definitely unsigned.  T must not be a bit-field expression.
+   This macro does not evaluate its argument, and expands to an
+   integer constant expression.  */
+#if _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__
+# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) _GL_TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (t))
+#else
+# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) 1
+#endif
+
+/* Return 1 if - A would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   A should not have side effects, and A's type should be an
+   integer with minimum value MIN and maximum MAX.  */
+#define _GL_INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, min, max) \
+  ((min) < 0 ? (a) < - (max) : 0 < (a))
+
+/* True if __builtin_add_overflow (A, B, P) and __builtin_sub_overflow
+   (A, B, P) work when P is non-null.  */
+#ifdef __EDG__
+/* EDG-based compilers like nvc 22.1 cannot add 64-bit signed to unsigned
+   <https://bugs.gnu.org/53256>.  */
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW 0
+#elif defined __has_builtin
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW __has_builtin (__builtin_add_overflow)
+/* __builtin_{add,sub}_overflow exists but is not reliable in GCC 5.x and 6.x,
+   see <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=98269>.  */
+#elif 7 <= __GNUC__
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW 1
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW 0
+#endif
+
+/* True if __builtin_mul_overflow (A, B, P) works when P is non-null.  */
+#if defined __clang_major__ && __clang_major__ < 14
+/* Work around Clang bug <https://bugs.llvm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16404>.  */
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_MUL_OVERFLOW 0
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_MUL_OVERFLOW _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW
+#endif
+
+/* True if __builtin_add_overflow_p (A, B, C) works, and similarly for
+   __builtin_sub_overflow_p and __builtin_mul_overflow_p.  */
+#ifdef __EDG__
+/* In EDG-based compilers like ICC 2021.3 and earlier,
+   __builtin_add_overflow_p etc. are not treated as integral constant
+   expressions even when all arguments are.  */
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P 0
+#elif defined __has_builtin
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P __has_builtin (__builtin_mul_overflow_p)
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P (7 <= __GNUC__)
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined _GL_STDCKDINT_H && 202311 <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+     && ! (_GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW && _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_MUL_OVERFLOW))
+# include <stdckdint.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Store the low-order bits of A + B, A - B, A * B, respectively, into *R.
+   Return 1 if the result overflows.  Arguments should not have side
+   effects and A, B and *R can be of any integer type other than char,
+   bool, a bit-precise integer type, or an enumeration type.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW
+# define _GL_INT_ADD_WRAPV(a, b, r) __builtin_add_overflow (a, b, r)
+# define _GL_INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV(a, b, r) __builtin_sub_overflow (a, b, r)
+#elif defined ckd_add && defined ckd_sub && !defined _GL_STDCKDINT_H
+# define _GL_INT_ADD_WRAPV(a, b, r) ckd_add (r, + (a), + (b))
+# define _GL_INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV(a, b, r) ckd_sub (r, + (a), + (b))
+#else
+# define _GL_INT_ADD_WRAPV(a, b, r) \
+   _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV (a, b, r, +, _GL_INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW)
+# define _GL_INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV(a, b, r) \
+   _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV (a, b, r, -, _GL_INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW)
+#endif
+#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_MUL_OVERFLOW
+# if ((9 < __GNUC__ + (3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+       || (__GNUC__ == 8 && 4 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) \
+      && !defined __EDG__)
+#  define _GL_INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV(a, b, r) __builtin_mul_overflow (a, b, r)
+# else
+   /* Work around GCC bug 91450.  */
+#  define _GL_INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV(a, b, r) \
+    ((!_GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (*(r)) && _GL_EXPR_SIGNED (a) && 
_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (b) \
+      && _GL_INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, 0, (__typeof__ (*(r))) -1)) \
+     ? ((void) __builtin_mul_overflow (a, b, r), 1) \
+     : __builtin_mul_overflow (a, b, r))
+# endif
+#elif defined ckd_mul && !defined _GL_STDCKDINT_H
+# define _GL_INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV(a, b, r) ckd_mul (r, + (a), + (b))
+#else
+# define _GL_INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV(a, b, r) \
+   _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV (a, b, r, *, _GL_INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW)
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if this compiler has GCC bug 68193 or Clang bug 25390.  See:
+   https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=68193
+   https://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=25390
+   For now, assume all versions of GCC-like compilers generate bogus
+   warnings for _Generic.  This matters only for compilers that
+   lack relevant builtins.  */
+#if __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+# define _GL__GENERIC_BOGUS 1
+#else
+# define _GL__GENERIC_BOGUS 0
+#endif
+
+/* Store the low-order bits of A <op> B into *R, where OP specifies
+   the operation and OVERFLOW the overflow predicate.  Return 1 if the
+   result overflows.  Arguments should not have side effects,
+   and A, B and *R can be of any integer type other than char, bool, a
+   bit-precise integer type, or an enumeration type.  */
+#if 201112 <= __STDC_VERSION__ && !_GL__GENERIC_BOGUS
+# define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV(a, b, r, op, overflow) \
+   (_Generic \
+    (*(r), \
+     signed char: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        signed char, SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX), \
+     unsigned char: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        unsigned char, 0, UCHAR_MAX), \
+     short int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        short int, SHRT_MIN, SHRT_MAX), \
+     unsigned short int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        unsigned short int, 0, USHRT_MAX), \
+     int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        int, INT_MIN, INT_MAX), \
+     unsigned int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        unsigned int, 0, UINT_MAX), \
+     long int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                        long int, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX), \
+     unsigned long int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                        unsigned long int, 0, ULONG_MAX), \
+     long long int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long long int, \
+                        long long int, LLONG_MIN, LLONG_MAX), \
+     unsigned long long int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long long int, \
+                        unsigned long long int, 0, ULLONG_MAX)))
+#else
+/* Store the low-order bits of A <op> B into *R, where OP specifies
+   the operation and OVERFLOW the overflow predicate.  If *R is
+   signed, its type is ST with bounds SMIN..SMAX; otherwise its type
+   is UT with bounds U..UMAX.  ST and UT are narrower than int.
+   Return 1 if the result overflows.  Arguments should not have side
+   effects, and A, B and *R can be of any integer type other than
+   char, bool, a bit-precise integer type, or an enumeration type.  */
+# if _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__
+#  define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_SMALLISH(a,b,r,op,overflow,st,smin,smax,ut,umax) \
+    (_GL_TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (*(r))) \
+     ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, st, smin, smax) \
+     : _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, ut, 0, umax))
+# else
+#  define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_SMALLISH(a,b,r,op,overflow,st,smin,smax,ut,umax) \
+    (overflow (a, b, smin, smax) \
+     ? (overflow (a, b, 0, umax) \
+        ? (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a,b,op,unsigned,st), 1) \
+        : (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a,b,op,unsigned,st)) < 0) \
+     : (overflow (a, b, 0, umax) \
+        ? (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a,b,op,unsigned,st)) >= 0 \
+        : (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a,b,op,unsigned,st), 0)))
+# endif
+
+# define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV(a, b, r, op, overflow) \
+   (sizeof *(r) == sizeof (signed char) \
+    ? _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_SMALLISH (a, b, r, op, overflow, \
+                                 signed char, SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX, \
+                                 unsigned char, UCHAR_MAX) \
+    : sizeof *(r) == sizeof (short int) \
+    ? _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_SMALLISH (a, b, r, op, overflow, \
+                                 short int, SHRT_MIN, SHRT_MAX, \
+                                 unsigned short int, USHRT_MAX) \
+    : sizeof *(r) == sizeof (int) \
+    ? (_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (*(r)) \
+       ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                          int, INT_MIN, INT_MAX) \
+       : _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                          unsigned int, 0, UINT_MAX)) \
+    : _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_LONGISH(a, b, r, op, overflow))
+# ifdef LLONG_MAX
+#  define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_LONGISH(a, b, r, op, overflow) \
+    (sizeof *(r) == sizeof (long int) \
+     ? (_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (*(r)) \
+        ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                           long int, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX) \
+        : _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                           unsigned long int, 0, ULONG_MAX)) \
+     : (_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (*(r)) \
+        ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long long int, \
+                           long long int, LLONG_MIN, LLONG_MAX) \
+        : _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long long int, \
+                           unsigned long long int, 0, ULLONG_MAX)))
+# else
+#  define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_LONGISH(a, b, r, op, overflow) \
+    (_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (*(r)) \
+     ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                        long int, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX) \
+     : _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                        unsigned long int, 0, ULONG_MAX))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Store the low-order bits of A <op> B into *R, where the operation
+   is given by OP.  Use the unsigned type UT for calculation to avoid
+   overflow problems.  *R's type is T, with extrema TMIN and TMAX.
+   T can be any signed integer type other than char, bool, a
+   bit-precise integer type, or an enumeration type.
+   Return 1 if the result overflows.  */
+#define _GL_INT_OP_CALC(a, b, r, op, overflow, ut, t, tmin, tmax) \
+  (overflow (a, b, tmin, tmax) \
+   ? (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a, b, op, ut, t), 1) \
+   : (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a, b, op, ut, t), 0))
+
+/* Return 1 if the integer expressions A - B and -A would overflow,
+   respectively.  Arguments should not have side effects,
+   and can be any signed integer type other than char, bool, a
+   bit-precise integer type, or an enumeration type.
+   These macros are tuned for their last input argument being a constant.  */
+
+#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P
+# define _GL_INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW(a) \
+   __builtin_sub_overflow_p (0, a, (__typeof__ (- (a))) 0)
+#else
+# define _GL_INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW(a) \
+   _GL_INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
+#endif
+
+/* Return the low-order bits of A <op> B, where the operation is given
+   by OP.  Use the unsigned type UT for calculation to avoid undefined
+   behavior on signed integer overflow, and convert the result to type T.
+   UT is at least as wide as T and is no narrower than unsigned int,
+   T is two's complement, and there is no padding or trap representations.
+   Assume that converting UT to T yields the low-order bits, as is
+   done in all known two's-complement C compilers.  E.g., see:
+   https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Integers-implementation.html
+
+   According to the C standard, converting UT to T yields an
+   implementation-defined result or signal for values outside T's
+   range.  However, code that works around this theoretical problem
+   runs afoul of a compiler bug in Oracle Studio 12.3 x86.  See:
+   https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2017-04/msg00049.html
+   As the compiler bug is real, don't try to work around the
+   theoretical problem.  */
+
+#define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED(a, b, op, ut, t) \
+  ((t) ((ut) (a) op (ut) (b)))
+
+/* Return true if the numeric values A + B, A - B, A * B fall outside
+   the range TMIN..TMAX.  Arguments should not have side effects
+   and can be any integer type other than char, bool,
+   a bit-precise integer type, or an enumeration type.
+   TMIN should be signed and nonpositive.
+   TMAX should be positive, and should be signed unless TMIN is zero.  */
+#define _GL_INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, tmin, tmax) \
+  ((b) < 0 \
+   ? (((tmin) \
+       ? ((_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, (tmin) - (b))) || (b) < 
(tmin)) \
+          && (a) < (tmin) - (b)) \
+       : (a) <= -1 - (b)) \
+      || ((_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (a) ? 0 <= (a) : (tmax) < (a)) && (tmax) < (a) + 
(b))) \
+   : (a) < 0 \
+   ? (((tmin) \
+       ? ((_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT (b, (tmin) - (a))) || (a) < 
(tmin)) \
+          && (b) < (tmin) - (a)) \
+       : (b) <= -1 - (a)) \
+      || ((_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, b)) || (tmax) < (b)) \
+          && (tmax) < (a) + (b))) \
+   : (tmax) < (b) || (tmax) - (b) < (a))
+#define _GL_INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, tmin, tmax) \
+  (((a) < 0) == ((b) < 0) \
+   ? ((a) < (b) \
+      ? !(tmin) || -1 - (tmin) < (b) - (a) - 1 \
+      : (tmax) < (a) - (b)) \
+   : (a) < 0 \
+   ? ((!_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT ((a) - (tmin), b)) && (a) - (tmin) < 
0) \
+      || (a) - (tmin) < (b)) \
+   : ((! (_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT (tmax, b)) \
+          && _GL_EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT ((tmax) + (b), a))) \
+       && (tmax) <= -1 - (b)) \
+      || (tmax) + (b) < (a)))
+#define _GL_INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, tmin, tmax) \
+  ((b) < 0 \
+   ? ((a) < 0 \
+      ? (_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT (tmax, b)) \
+         ? (a) < (tmax) / (b) \
+         : ((_GL_INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW (b) \
+             ? _GL_INT_CONVERT (b, tmax) >> (_GL_TYPE_WIDTH (+ (b)) - 1) \
+             : (tmax) / -(b)) \
+            <= -1 - (a))) \
+      : _GL_INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW (_GL_INT_CONVERT (b, tmin)) && (b) == -1 \
+      ? (_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (a) \
+         ? 0 < (a) + (tmin) \
+         : 0 < (a) && -1 - (tmin) < (a) - 1) \
+      : (tmin) / (b) < (a)) \
+   : (b) == 0 \
+   ? 0 \
+   : ((a) < 0 \
+      ? (_GL_INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, tmin)) && (a) == -1 \
+         ? (_GL_EXPR_SIGNED (b) ? 0 < (b) + (tmin) : -1 - (tmin) < (b) - 1) \
+         : (tmin) / (a) < (b)) \
+      : (tmax) / (b) < (a)))
+
+#endif /* _GL_INTPROPS_INTERNAL_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/intprops.h b/xcompile/lib/intprops.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44b5e60fb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/intprops.h
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/* intprops.h -- properties of integer types
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_INTPROPS_H
+#define _GL_INTPROPS_H
+
+#include "intprops-internal.h"
+
+/* The extra casts in the following macros work around compiler bugs,
+   e.g., in Cray C 5.0.3.0.  */
+
+/* True if the arithmetic type T is an integer type.  bool counts as
+   an integer.  */
+#define TYPE_IS_INTEGER(t) ((t) 1.5 == 1)
+
+/* True if the real type T is signed.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) _GL_TYPE_SIGNED (t)
+
+/* Return 1 if the real expression E, after promotion, has a
+   signed or floating type.  Do not evaluate E.  */
+#define EXPR_SIGNED(e) _GL_EXPR_SIGNED (e)
+
+
+/* Minimum and maximum values for integer types and expressions.  */
+
+/* The width in bits of the integer type or expression T.
+   Do not evaluate T.  T must not be a bit-field expression.
+   Padding bits are not supported; this is checked at compile-time below.  */
+#define TYPE_WIDTH(t) _GL_TYPE_WIDTH (t)
+
+/* The maximum and minimum values for the integer type T.  */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) ~ TYPE_MAXIMUM (t))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t)                                                 \
+  ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t)                                               \
+        ? (t) -1                                                        \
+        : ((((t) 1 << (TYPE_WIDTH (t) - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)))
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an unsigned integer
+   value representable in B bits.  log10 (2.0) < 146/485.  The
+   smallest value of B where this bound is not tight is 2621.  */
+#define INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND(b) (((b) * 146 + 484) / 485)
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer type or expression T.
+   T must not be a bit-field expression.
+
+   Subtract 1 for the sign bit if T is signed, and then add 1 more for
+   a minus sign if needed.
+
+   Because _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR sometimes returns 1 when its argument is
+   unsigned, this macro may overestimate the true bound by one byte when
+   applied to unsigned types of size 2, 4, 16, ... bytes.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t)                                     \
+  (INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND (TYPE_WIDTH (t) - _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t)) \
+   + _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t))
+
+/* Bound on buffer size needed to represent an integer type or expression T,
+   including the terminating null.  T must not be a bit-field expression.  */
+#define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1)
+
+
+/* Range overflow checks.
+
+   The INT_<op>_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C
+   operators overflow arithmetically when given the same arguments.
+   These macros do not rely on undefined or implementation-defined behavior.
+   Although their implementations are simple and straightforward,
+   they are harder to use and may be less efficient than the
+   INT_<op>_WRAPV, INT_<op>_OK, and INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros described below.
+
+   Example usage:
+
+     long int i = ...;
+     long int j = ...;
+     if (INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (i, j, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX))
+       printf ("multiply would overflow");
+     else
+       printf ("product is %ld", i * j);
+
+   Restrictions on *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros:
+
+   These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
+   undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
+   by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
+
+   These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times,
+   so the arguments should not have side effects.  The arithmetic
+   arguments (including the MIN and MAX arguments) must be of the same
+   integer type after the usual arithmetic conversions, and the type
+   must have minimum value MIN and maximum MAX.  Unsigned types should
+   use a zero MIN of the proper type.
+
+   Because all arguments are subject to integer promotions, these
+   macros typically do not work on types narrower than 'int'.
+
+   These macros are tuned for constant MIN and MAX.  For commutative
+   operations such as A + B, they are also tuned for constant B.  */
+
+/* Return 1 if A + B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  */
+#define INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)          \
+  ((b) < 0                                              \
+   ? (a) < (min) - (b)                                  \
+   : (max) - (b) < (a))
+
+/* Return 1 if A - B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  */
+#define INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)     \
+  ((b) < 0                                              \
+   ? (max) + (b) < (a)                                  \
+   : (a) < (min) + (b))
+
+/* Return 1 if - A would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  */
+#define INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, min, max)          \
+  _GL_INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, min, max)
+
+/* Return 1 if A * B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Avoid && and || as they tickle
+   bugs in Sun C 5.11 2010/08/13 and other compilers; see
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00401.html>.  */
+#define INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)     \
+  ((b) < 0                                              \
+   ? ((a) < 0                                           \
+      ? (a) < (max) / (b)                               \
+      : (b) == -1                                       \
+      ? 0                                               \
+      : (min) / (b) < (a))                              \
+   : (b) == 0                                           \
+   ? 0                                                  \
+   : ((a) < 0                                           \
+      ? (a) < (min) / (b)                               \
+      : (max) / (b) < (a)))
+
+/* Return 1 if A / B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Do not check for division by zero.  */
+#define INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)       \
+  ((min) < 0 && (b) == -1 && (a) < - (max))
+
+/* Return 1 if A % B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Do not check for division by zero.
+   Mathematically, % should never overflow, but on x86-like hosts
+   INT_MIN % -1 traps, and the C standard permits this, so treat this
+   as an overflow too.  */
+#define INT_REMAINDER_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)    \
+  INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)
+
+/* Return 1 if A << B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Here, MIN and MAX are for A only, and B need
+   not be of the same type as the other arguments.  The C standard says that
+   behavior is undefined for shifts unless 0 <= B < wordwidth, and that when
+   A is negative then A << B has undefined behavior and A >> B has
+   implementation-defined behavior, but do not check these other
+   restrictions.  */
+#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)   \
+  ((a) < 0                                              \
+   ? (a) < (min) >> (b)                                 \
+   : (max) >> (b) < (a))
+
+/* The _GL*_OVERFLOW macros have the same restrictions as the
+   *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros, except that they do not assume that operands
+   (e.g., A and B) have the same type as MIN and MAX.  Instead, they assume
+   that the result (e.g., A + B) has that type.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P
+# define _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                               \
+   __builtin_add_overflow_p (a, b, (__typeof__ ((a) + (b))) 0)
+# define _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                          \
+   __builtin_sub_overflow_p (a, b, (__typeof__ ((a) - (b))) 0)
+# define _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                          \
+   __builtin_mul_overflow_p (a, b, (__typeof__ ((a) * (b))) 0)
+#else
+# define _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                                \
+   ((min) < 0 ? INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)                  \
+    : (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b)                                         \
+    : (b) < 0 ? (a) <= (a) + (b)                                         \
+    : (a) + (b) < (b))
+# define _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                           \
+   ((min) < 0 ? INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)             \
+    : (a) < 0 ? 1                                                        \
+    : (b) < 0 ? (a) - (b) <= (a)                                         \
+    : (a) < (b))
+# define _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                           \
+   (((min) == 0 && (((a) < 0 && 0 < (b)) || ((b) < 0 && 0 < (a))))       \
+    || INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max))
+#endif
+#define _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                             \
+  ((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max)  \
+   : (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b) - 1                                     \
+   : (b) < 0 && (a) + (b) <= (a))
+#define _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                          \
+  ((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max)  \
+   : (a) < 0 ? (a) % (b) != ((max) - (b) + 1) % (b)                     \
+   : (b) < 0 && ! _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE (a, b, max))
+
+/* Return a nonzero value if A is a mathematical multiple of B, where
+   A is unsigned, B is negative, and MAX is the maximum value of A's
+   type.  A's type must be the same as (A % B)'s type.  Normally (A %
+   -B == 0) suffices, but things get tricky if -B would overflow.  */
+#define _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE(a, b, max)                            \
+  (((b) < -_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b)                                   \
+    ? (_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b) == (max)                              \
+       ? (a)                                                            \
+       : (a) % (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b)) + 1))   \
+    : (a) % - (b))                                                      \
+   == 0)
+
+/* Check for integer overflow, and report low order bits of answer.
+
+   The INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C operators
+   might not yield numerically correct answers due to arithmetic overflow.
+   The INT_<op>_WRAPV macros compute the low-order bits of the sum,
+   difference, and product of two C integers, and return 1 if these
+   low-order bits are not numerically correct.
+   These macros work correctly on all known practical hosts, and do not rely
+   on undefined behavior due to signed arithmetic overflow.
+
+   Example usage, assuming A and B are long int:
+
+     if (INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW (a, b))
+       printf ("result would overflow\n");
+     else
+       printf ("result is %ld (no overflow)\n", a * b);
+
+   Example usage with WRAPV flavor:
+
+     long int result;
+     bool overflow = INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (a, b, &result);
+     printf ("result is %ld (%s)\n", result,
+             overflow ? "after overflow" : "no overflow");
+
+   Restrictions on these macros:
+
+   These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
+   undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
+   by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
+
+   These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times, so the
+   arguments should not have side effects.
+
+   The WRAPV macros are not constant expressions.  They support only
+   +, binary -, and *.
+
+   Because the WRAPV macros convert the result, they report overflow
+   in different circumstances than the OVERFLOW macros do.  For
+   example, in the typical case with 16-bit 'short' and 32-bit 'int',
+   if A, B and *R are all of type 'short' then INT_ADD_OVERFLOW (A, B)
+   returns false because the addition cannot overflow after A and B
+   are converted to 'int', whereas INT_ADD_WRAPV (A, B, R) returns
+   true or false depending on whether the sum fits into 'short'.
+
+   These macros are tuned for their last input argument being a constant.
+
+   A, B, and *R should be integers; they need not be the same type,
+   and they need not be all signed or all unsigned.
+   However, none of the integer types should be bit-precise,
+   and *R's type should not be char, bool, or an enumeration type.
+
+   Return 1 if the integer expressions A * B, A - B, -A, A * B, A / B,
+   A % B, and A << B would overflow, respectively.  */
+
+#define INT_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW(a) _GL_INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW (a)
+#define INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, \
+                                 _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
+
+/* Return 1 if the expression A <op> B would overflow,
+   where OP_RESULT_OVERFLOW (A, B, MIN, MAX) does the actual test,
+   assuming MIN and MAX are the minimum and maximum for the result type.
+   Arguments should be free of side effects.  */
+#define _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW(a, b, op_result_overflow)        \
+  op_result_overflow (a, b,                                     \
+                      _GL_INT_MINIMUM (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, b)), \
+                      _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, b)))
+
+/* Store the low-order bits of A + B, A - B, A * B, respectively, into *R.
+   Return 1 if the result overflows.  See above for restrictions.  */
+#define INT_ADD_WRAPV(a, b, r) _GL_INT_ADD_WRAPV (a, b, r)
+#define INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV(a, b, r) _GL_INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (a, b, r)
+#define INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV(a, b, r) _GL_INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (a, b, r)
+
+/* The following macros compute A + B, A - B, and A * B, respectively.
+   If no overflow occurs, they set *R to the result and return 1;
+   otherwise, they return 0 and may modify *R.
+
+   Example usage:
+
+     long int result;
+     if (INT_ADD_OK (a, b, &result))
+       printf ("result is %ld\n", result);
+     else
+       printf ("overflow\n");
+
+   A, B, and *R should be integers; they need not be the same type,
+   and they need not be all signed or all unsigned.
+   However, none of the integer types should be bit-precise,
+   and *R's type should not be char, bool, or an enumeration type.
+
+   These macros work correctly on all known practical hosts, and do not rely
+   on undefined behavior due to signed arithmetic overflow.
+
+   These macros are not constant expressions.
+
+   These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times, so the
+   arguments should not have side effects.
+
+   These macros are tuned for B being a constant.  */
+
+#define INT_ADD_OK(a, b, r) (! INT_ADD_WRAPV (a, b, r))
+#define INT_SUBTRACT_OK(a, b, r) (! INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (a, b, r))
+#define INT_MULTIPLY_OK(a, b, r) (! INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (a, b, r))
+
+#endif /* _GL_INTPROPS_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/inttypes.in.h b/xcompile/lib/inttypes.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..50a2bbfcda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/inttypes.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1002 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, Derek Price.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> for platforms that lack it.
+ * <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/inttypes.h.html>
+ */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* Include the original <inttypes.h> if it exists, and if this file
+   has not been included yet or if this file includes gnulib stdint.h
+   which in turn includes this file.
+   The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if ! defined INTTYPES_H || defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+# if @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@
+
+   /* Some pre-C++11 <stdint.h> implementations need this.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && ! defined __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
+#   define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS 1
+#  endif
+
+#  @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_INTTYPES_H@
+
+#  define _GL_FINISHED_INCLUDING_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined INTTYPES_H && ! defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+#define INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Include <stdint.h> or the gnulib replacement.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#ifndef __GLIBC__
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+/* Get CHAR_BIT, INT_MAX, LONG_MAX, etc.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+/* On mingw, __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO only works if <stdio.h> is also included */
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !(INT_MAX == 0x7fffffff && INT_MIN + INT_MAX == -1)
+# error "This file assumes that 'int' is 32-bit two's complement. Please 
report your platform and compiler to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>."
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* 7.8.1 Macros for format specifiers */
+
+#if defined _TNS_R_TARGET
+   /* Tandem NonStop R series and compatible platforms released before
+      July 2005 support %Ld but not %lld.  */
+# define _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX "L"
+#else
+# define _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX "ll"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PRId8
+# ifdef INT8_MAX
+#  define PRId8 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi8
+# ifdef INT8_MAX
+#  define PRIi8 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define PRIo8 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define PRIu8 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define PRIx8 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define PRIX8 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId16
+# ifdef INT16_MAX
+#  define PRId16 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi16
+# ifdef INT16_MAX
+#  define PRIi16 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define PRIo16 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define PRIu16 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define PRIx16 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define PRIX16 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId32
+# ifdef INT32_MAX
+#  define PRId32 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi32
+# ifdef INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIi32 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIo32 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIu32 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIx32 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIX32 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if (@APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@ ? defined _LP64 : @INT64_MAX_EQ_LONG_MAX@)
+#  define _PRI64_PREFIX "l"
+# elif defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
+#  define _PRI64_PREFIX "I64"
+# elif LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
+#  define _PRI64_PREFIX _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX
+# endif
+# if !defined PRId64
+#  define PRId64 _PRI64_PREFIX "d"
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIi64
+#  define PRIi64 _PRI64_PREFIX "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if (@APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@ ? defined _LP64 : @UINT64_MAX_EQ_ULONG_MAX@)
+#  define _PRIu64_PREFIX "l"
+# elif defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
+#  define _PRIu64_PREFIX "I64"
+# elif ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
+#  define _PRIu64_PREFIX _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIo64
+#  define PRIo64 _PRIu64_PREFIX "o"
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIu64
+#  define PRIu64 _PRIu64_PREFIX "u"
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIx64
+#  define PRIx64 _PRIu64_PREFIX "x"
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIX64
+#  define PRIX64 _PRIu64_PREFIX "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST8
+# define PRIdLEAST8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST8
+# define PRIiLEAST8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST8
+# define PRIoLEAST8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST8
+# define PRIuLEAST8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST8
+# define PRIxLEAST8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST8
+# define PRIXLEAST8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST16
+# define PRIdLEAST16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST16
+# define PRIiLEAST16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST16
+# define PRIoLEAST16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST16
+# define PRIuLEAST16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST16
+# define PRIxLEAST16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST16
+# define PRIXLEAST16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST32
+# define PRIdLEAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST32
+# define PRIiLEAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST32
+# define PRIoLEAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST32
+# define PRIuLEAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST32
+# define PRIxLEAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST32
+# define PRIXLEAST32 "X"
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if !defined PRIdLEAST64
+#  define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIiLEAST64
+#  define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if !defined PRIoLEAST64
+#  define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIuLEAST64
+#  define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIxLEAST64
+#  define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIXLEAST64
+#  define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PRIdFAST8
+# if INT_FAST8_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIdFAST8 PRId64
+# else
+#  define PRIdFAST8 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST8
+# if INT_FAST8_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIiFAST8 PRIi64
+# else
+#  define PRIiFAST8 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIoFAST8 PRIo64
+# else
+#  define PRIoFAST8 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIuFAST8 PRIu64
+# else
+#  define PRIuFAST8 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIxFAST8 PRIx64
+# else
+#  define PRIxFAST8 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIXFAST8 PRIX64
+# else
+#  define PRIXFAST8 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST16
+# if INT_FAST16_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIdFAST16 PRId64
+# else
+#  define PRIdFAST16 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST16
+# if INT_FAST16_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIiFAST16 PRIi64
+# else
+#  define PRIiFAST16 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIoFAST16 PRIo64
+# else
+#  define PRIoFAST16 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIuFAST16 PRIu64
+# else
+#  define PRIuFAST16 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIxFAST16 PRIx64
+# else
+#  define PRIxFAST16 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIXFAST16 PRIX64
+# else
+#  define PRIXFAST16 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST32
+# if INT_FAST32_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIdFAST32 PRId64
+# else
+#  define PRIdFAST32 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST32
+# if INT_FAST32_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIiFAST32 PRIi64
+# else
+#  define PRIiFAST32 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIoFAST32 PRIo64
+# else
+#  define PRIoFAST32 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIuFAST32 PRIu64
+# else
+#  define PRIuFAST32 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIxFAST32 PRIx64
+# else
+#  define PRIxFAST32 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIXFAST32 PRIX64
+# else
+#  define PRIXFAST32 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if !defined PRIdFAST64
+#  define PRIdFAST64 PRId64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIiFAST64
+#  define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if !defined PRIoFAST64
+#  define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIuFAST64
+#  define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIxFAST64
+#  define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIXFAST64
+#  define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PRIdMAX
+# if @INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIdMAX PRId64
+# else
+#  define PRIdMAX "ld"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiMAX
+# if @INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIiMAX PRIi64
+# else
+#  define PRIiMAX "li"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIoMAX PRIo64
+# else
+#  define PRIoMAX "lo"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIuMAX PRIu64
+# else
+#  define PRIuMAX "lu"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIxMAX PRIx64
+# else
+#  define PRIxMAX "lx"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIXMAX PRIX64
+# else
+#  define PRIXMAX "lX"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PRIdPTR
+# ifdef INTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIdPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiPTR
+# ifdef INTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIiPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIoPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIuPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIxPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIXPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined SCNd8
+# ifdef INT8_MAX
+#  define SCNd8 "hhd"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNi8
+# ifdef INT8_MAX
+#  define SCNi8 "hhi"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNo8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define SCNo8 "hho"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNu8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define SCNu8 "hhu"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNx8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define SCNx8 "hhx"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNd16
+# ifdef INT16_MAX
+#  define SCNd16 "hd"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNi16
+# ifdef INT16_MAX
+#  define SCNi16 "hi"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNo16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define SCNo16 "ho"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNu16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define SCNu16 "hu"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNx16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define SCNx16 "hx"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNd32
+# ifdef INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNd32 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNi32
+# ifdef INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNi32 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNo32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNo32 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNu32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNu32 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNx32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNx32 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if (@APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@ ? defined _LP64 : @INT64_MAX_EQ_LONG_MAX@)
+#  define _SCN64_PREFIX "l"
+# elif defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
+#  define _SCN64_PREFIX "I64"
+# elif LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
+#  define _SCN64_PREFIX _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNd64
+#  define SCNd64 _SCN64_PREFIX "d"
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNi64
+#  define SCNi64 _SCN64_PREFIX "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if (@APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@ ? defined _LP64 : @UINT64_MAX_EQ_ULONG_MAX@)
+#  define _SCNu64_PREFIX "l"
+# elif defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
+#  define _SCNu64_PREFIX "I64"
+# elif ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
+#  define _SCNu64_PREFIX _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNo64
+#  define SCNo64 _SCNu64_PREFIX "o"
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNu64
+#  define SCNu64 _SCNu64_PREFIX "u"
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNx64
+#  define SCNx64 _SCNu64_PREFIX "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined SCNdLEAST8
+# define SCNdLEAST8 "hhd"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiLEAST8
+# define SCNiLEAST8 "hhi"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoLEAST8
+# define SCNoLEAST8 "hho"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuLEAST8
+# define SCNuLEAST8 "hhu"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxLEAST8
+# define SCNxLEAST8 "hhx"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNdLEAST16
+# define SCNdLEAST16 "hd"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiLEAST16
+# define SCNiLEAST16 "hi"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoLEAST16
+# define SCNoLEAST16 "ho"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuLEAST16
+# define SCNuLEAST16 "hu"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxLEAST16
+# define SCNxLEAST16 "hx"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNdLEAST32
+# define SCNdLEAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiLEAST32
+# define SCNiLEAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoLEAST32
+# define SCNoLEAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuLEAST32
+# define SCNuLEAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxLEAST32
+# define SCNxLEAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if !defined SCNdLEAST64
+#  define SCNdLEAST64 SCNd64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNiLEAST64
+#  define SCNiLEAST64 SCNi64
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if !defined SCNoLEAST64
+#  define SCNoLEAST64 SCNo64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNuLEAST64
+#  define SCNuLEAST64 SCNu64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNxLEAST64
+#  define SCNxLEAST64 SCNx64
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined SCNdFAST8
+# if INT_FAST8_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNdFAST8 SCNd64
+# elif INT_FAST8_MAX == 0x7fff
+#  define SCNdFAST8 "hd"
+# elif INT_FAST8_MAX == 0x7f
+#  define SCNdFAST8 "hhd"
+# else
+#  define SCNdFAST8 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiFAST8
+# if INT_FAST8_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNiFAST8 SCNi64
+# elif INT_FAST8_MAX == 0x7fff
+#  define SCNiFAST8 "hi"
+# elif INT_FAST8_MAX == 0x7f
+#  define SCNiFAST8 "hhi"
+# else
+#  define SCNiFAST8 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNoFAST8 SCNo64
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNoFAST8 "ho"
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xff
+#  define SCNoFAST8 "hho"
+# else
+#  define SCNoFAST8 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNuFAST8 SCNu64
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNuFAST8 "hu"
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xff
+#  define SCNuFAST8 "hhu"
+# else
+#  define SCNuFAST8 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNxFAST8 SCNx64
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNxFAST8 "hx"
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xff
+#  define SCNxFAST8 "hhx"
+# else
+#  define SCNxFAST8 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNdFAST16
+# if INT_FAST16_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNdFAST16 SCNd64
+# elif INT_FAST16_MAX == 0x7fff
+#  define SCNdFAST16 "hd"
+# else
+#  define SCNdFAST16 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiFAST16
+# if INT_FAST16_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNiFAST16 SCNi64
+# elif INT_FAST16_MAX == 0x7fff
+#  define SCNiFAST16 "hi"
+# else
+#  define SCNiFAST16 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNoFAST16 SCNo64
+# elif UINT_FAST16_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNoFAST16 "ho"
+# else
+#  define SCNoFAST16 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNuFAST16 SCNu64
+# elif UINT_FAST16_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNuFAST16 "hu"
+# else
+#  define SCNuFAST16 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNxFAST16 SCNx64
+# elif UINT_FAST16_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNxFAST16 "hx"
+# else
+#  define SCNxFAST16 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNdFAST32
+# if INT_FAST32_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNdFAST32 SCNd64
+# else
+#  define SCNdFAST32 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiFAST32
+# if INT_FAST32_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNiFAST32 SCNi64
+# else
+#  define SCNiFAST32 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNoFAST32 SCNo64
+# else
+#  define SCNoFAST32 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNuFAST32 SCNu64
+# else
+#  define SCNuFAST32 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNxFAST32 SCNx64
+# else
+#  define SCNxFAST32 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if !defined SCNdFAST64
+#  define SCNdFAST64 SCNd64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNiFAST64
+#  define SCNiFAST64 SCNi64
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if !defined SCNoFAST64
+#  define SCNoFAST64 SCNo64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNuFAST64
+#  define SCNuFAST64 SCNu64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNxFAST64
+#  define SCNxFAST64 SCNx64
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined SCNdMAX
+# if @INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX@
+#  define SCNdMAX SCNd64
+# else
+#  define SCNdMAX "ld"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiMAX
+# if @INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX@
+#  define SCNiMAX SCNi64
+# else
+#  define SCNiMAX "li"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define SCNoMAX SCNo64
+# else
+#  define SCNoMAX "lo"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define SCNuMAX SCNu64
+# else
+#  define SCNuMAX "lu"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define SCNxMAX SCNx64
+# else
+#  define SCNxMAX "lx"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined SCNdPTR
+# ifdef INTPTR_MAX
+#  define SCNdPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiPTR
+# ifdef INTPTR_MAX
+#  define SCNiPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define SCNoPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define SCNuPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define SCNxPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* 7.8.2 Functions for greatest-width integer types */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_IMAXABS@
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS@
+extern intmax_t imaxabs (intmax_t);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef imaxabs
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_IMAXABS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (imaxabs, "imaxabs is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module imaxabs for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_IMAXDIV@
+# if !@HAVE_IMAXDIV_T@
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_imaxdiv_t
+typedef struct { intmax_t quot; intmax_t rem; } imaxdiv_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_imaxdiv_t 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV@
+extern imaxdiv_t imaxdiv (intmax_t, intmax_t);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef imaxdiv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_IMAXDIV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (imaxdiv, "imaxdiv is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module imaxdiv for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOIMAX@
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOIMAX@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strtoimax
+#   define strtoimax rpl_strtoimax
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtoimax, intmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtoimax, intmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX@
+#   undef strtoimax
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtoimax, intmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtoimax, intmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtoimax);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtoimax
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOIMAX
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtoimax, "strtoimax is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtoimax for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOUMAX@
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOUMAX@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strtoumax
+#   define strtoumax rpl_strtoumax
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtoumax, uintmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtoumax, uintmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX@
+#   undef strtoumax
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtoumax, uintmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtoumax, uintmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtoumax);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtoumax
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOUMAX
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtoumax, "strtoumax is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtoumax for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Don't bother defining or declaring wcstoimax and wcstoumax, since
+   wide-character functions like this are hardly ever useful.  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined INTTYPES_H && !defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/lchmod.c b/xcompile/lib/lchmod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2d1b8bfde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/lchmod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* Implement lchmod on platforms where it does not work correctly.
+
+   Copyright 2020-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+
+/* Work like chmod, except when FILE is a symbolic link.
+   In that case, on systems where permissions on symbolic links are unsupported
+   (such as Linux), set errno to EOPNOTSUPP and return -1.  */
+
+int
+lchmod (char const *file, mode_t mode)
+{
+  char readlink_buf[1];
+
+#ifdef O_PATH
+  /* Open a file descriptor with O_NOFOLLOW, to make sure we don't
+     follow symbolic links, if /proc is mounted.  O_PATH is used to
+     avoid a failure if the file is not readable.
+     Cf. <https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14578>  */
+  int fd = open (file, O_PATH | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return fd;
+
+  int err;
+  if (0 <= readlinkat (fd, "", readlink_buf, sizeof readlink_buf))
+    err = EOPNOTSUPP;
+  else if (errno == EINVAL)
+    {
+      static char const fmt[] = "/proc/self/fd/%d";
+      char buf[sizeof fmt - sizeof "%d" + INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (int)];
+      sprintf (buf, fmt, fd);
+      err = chmod (buf, mode) == 0 ? 0 : errno == ENOENT ? -1 : errno;
+    }
+  else
+    err = errno == ENOENT ? -1 : errno;
+
+  close (fd);
+
+  errno = err;
+  if (0 <= err)
+    return err == 0 ? 0 : -1;
+#endif
+
+  size_t len = strlen (file);
+  if (len && file[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+      if (lstat (file, &st) < 0)
+        return -1;
+      if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* O_PATH + /proc is not supported.  */
+
+  if (0 <= readlink (file, readlink_buf, sizeof readlink_buf))
+    {
+      errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Fall back on chmod, despite a possible race.  */
+  return chmod (file, mode);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/libc-config.h b/xcompile/lib/libc-config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d28e58c97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/libc-config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/* System definitions for code taken from the GNU C Library
+
+   Copyright 2017-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* This is intended to be a good-enough substitute for glibc system
+   macros like those defined in <sys/cdefs.h>, so that Gnulib code
+   shared with glibc can do this as the first #include:
+
+     #ifndef _LIBC
+     # include <libc-config.h>
+     #endif
+
+   When compiled as part of glibc this is a no-op; when compiled as
+   part of Gnulib this includes Gnulib's <config.h> and defines macros
+   that glibc library code would normally assume.
+
+   Note: This header file MUST NOT be included by public header files
+   of Gnulib.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* On glibc this includes <features.h> and <sys/cdefs.h> and #defines
+   _FEATURES_H, __WORDSIZE, and __set_errno.  On FreeBSD 11 and
+   DragonFlyBSD 5.9 it includes <sys/cdefs.h> which defines __nonnull.
+   Elsewhere it is harmless.  */
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* From glibc <errno.h>.  */
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) (errno = (val))
+#endif
+
+/* From glibc <features.h>.  */
+
+#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) ((maj) < __GNUC__ + ((min) <= 
__GNUC_MINOR__))
+# else
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __glibc_clang_prereq
+# if defined __clang_major__ && defined __clang_minor__
+#  ifdef __apple_build_version__
+/* Apple for some reason renumbers __clang_major__ and __clang_minor__.
+   Gnulib code uses only __glibc_clang_prereq (3, 5); map it to
+   6000000 <= __apple_build_version__.  Support for other calls to
+   __glibc_clang_prereq can be added here as needed.  */
+#   define __glibc_clang_prereq(maj, min) \
+      ((maj) == 3 && (min) == 5 ? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ : 0)
+#  else
+#   define __glibc_clang_prereq(maj, min) \
+      ((maj) < __clang_major__ + ((min) <= __clang_minor__))
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define __glibc_clang_prereq(maj, min) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __attribute_nonnull__
+/* <sys/cdefs.h> either does not exist, or is too old for Gnulib.
+   Prepare to include <cdefs.h>, which is Gnulib's version of a
+   more-recent glibc <sys/cdefs.h>.  */
+
+/* Define _FEATURES_H so that <cdefs.h> does not include <features.h>.  */
+# ifndef _FEATURES_H
+#  define _FEATURES_H 1
+# endif
+/* Define __GNULIB_CDEFS so that <cdefs.h> does not attempt to include
+   nonexistent files.  */
+# define __GNULIB_CDEFS
+/* Undef the macros unconditionally defined by our copy of glibc
+   <sys/cdefs.h>, so that they do not clash with any system-defined
+   versions.  */
+# undef _SYS_CDEFS_H
+# undef __ASMNAME
+# undef __ASMNAME2
+# undef __BEGIN_DECLS
+# undef __CONCAT
+# undef __END_DECLS
+# undef __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION
+# undef __LDBL_COMPAT
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR1
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR_DECL
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR_NTH
+# undef __LEAF
+# undef __LEAF_ATTR
+# undef __NTH
+# undef __NTHNL
+# undef __REDIRECT
+# undef __REDIRECT_LDBL
+# undef __REDIRECT_NTH
+# undef __REDIRECT_NTHNL
+# undef __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL
+# undef __STRING
+# undef __THROW
+# undef __THROWNL
+# undef __attr_access
+# undef __attr_access_none
+# undef __attr_dealloc
+# undef __attr_dealloc_free
+# undef __attribute__
+# undef __attribute_alloc_align__
+# undef __attribute_alloc_size__
+# undef __attribute_artificial__
+# undef __attribute_const__
+# undef __attribute_deprecated__
+# undef __attribute_deprecated_msg__
+# undef __attribute_format_arg__
+# undef __attribute_format_strfmon__
+# undef __attribute_malloc__
+# undef __attribute_maybe_unused__
+# undef __attribute_noinline__
+# undef __attribute_nonstring__
+# undef __attribute_pure__
+# undef __attribute_returns_twice__
+# undef __attribute_used__
+# undef __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+# undef __bos
+# undef __bos0
+# undef __errordecl
+# undef __extension__
+# undef __extern_always_inline
+# undef __extern_inline
+# undef __flexarr
+# undef __fortified_attr_access
+# undef __fortify_function
+# undef __glibc_c99_flexarr_available
+# undef __glibc_fortify
+# undef __glibc_fortify_n
+# undef __glibc_has_attribute
+# undef __glibc_has_builtin
+# undef __glibc_has_extension
+# undef __glibc_likely
+# undef __glibc_macro_warning
+# undef __glibc_macro_warning1
+# undef __glibc_objsize
+# undef __glibc_objsize0
+# undef __glibc_safe_len_cond
+# undef __glibc_safe_or_unknown_len
+# undef __glibc_unlikely
+# undef __glibc_unsafe_len
+# undef __glibc_unsigned_or_positive
+# undef __inline
+# undef __ptr_t
+# undef __restrict
+# undef __restrict_arr
+# undef __va_arg_pack
+# undef __va_arg_pack_len
+# undef __warnattr
+# undef __wur
+
+/* Include our copy of glibc <sys/cdefs.h>.  */
+# include <cdefs.h>
+
+/* <cdefs.h> __inline is too pessimistic for non-GCC.  */
+# undef __inline
+# ifndef HAVE___INLINE
+#  if 199901 <= __STDC_VERSION__ || defined inline
+#   define __inline inline
+#  else
+#   define __inline
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#endif /* defined __glibc_likely */
+
+
+/* A substitute for glibc <libc-symbols.h>, good enough for Gnulib.  */
+#define attribute_hidden
+#define libc_hidden_proto(name)
+#define libc_hidden_def(name)
+#define libc_hidden_weak(name)
+#define libc_hidden_ver(local, name)
+#define strong_alias(name, aliasname)
+#define weak_alias(name, aliasname)
+
+/* A substitute for glibc <shlib-compat.h>, good enough for Gnulib.  */
+#define SHLIB_COMPAT(lib, introduced, obsoleted) 0
+#define compat_symbol(lib, local, symbol, version) extern int dummy
+#define versioned_symbol(lib, local, symbol, version) extern int dummy
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/limits.in.h b/xcompile/lib/limits.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eaeac47229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/limits.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* A GNU-like <limits.h>.
+
+   Copyright 2016-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LIMITS_H
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   On Haiku/x86_64, we have a sequence of nested includes
+   <limits.h> -> <syslimits.h> -> <limits.h>.
+   In this situation, LONG_MAX and INT_MAX are not yet defined,
+   therefore we should not attempt to define LONG_BIT.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LIMITS_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H
+
+# define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LIMITS_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LIMITS_H@
+
+# undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LIMITS_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H
+
+#ifndef LLONG_MIN
+# if defined LONG_LONG_MIN /* HP-UX 11.31 */
+#  define LLONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
+# elif defined LONGLONG_MIN /* IRIX 6.5 */
+#  define LLONG_MIN LONGLONG_MIN
+# elif defined __GNUC__
+#  define LLONG_MIN (- __LONG_LONG_MAX__ - 1LL)
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef LLONG_MAX
+# if defined LONG_LONG_MAX /* HP-UX 11.31 */
+#  define LLONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
+# elif defined LONGLONG_MAX /* IRIX 6.5 */
+#  define LLONG_MAX LONGLONG_MAX
+# elif defined __GNUC__
+#  define LLONG_MAX __LONG_LONG_MAX__
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef ULLONG_MAX
+# if defined ULONG_LONG_MAX /* HP-UX 11.31 */
+#  define ULLONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX
+# elif defined ULONGLONG_MAX /* IRIX 6.5 */
+#  define ULLONG_MAX ULONGLONG_MAX
+# elif defined __GNUC__
+#  define ULLONG_MAX (__LONG_LONG_MAX__ * 2ULL + 1ULL)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The number of usable bits in an unsigned or signed integer type
+   with minimum value MIN and maximum value MAX, as an int expression
+   suitable in #if.  Cover all known practical hosts.  This
+   implementation exploits the fact that MAX is 1 less than a power of
+   2, and merely counts the number of 1 bits in MAX; "COBn" means
+   "count the number of 1 bits in the low-order n bits").  */
+#define _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH(min, max) (((min) < 0) + _GL_COB128 (max))
+#define _GL_COB128(n) (_GL_COB64 ((n) >> 31 >> 31 >> 2) + _GL_COB64 (n))
+#define _GL_COB64(n) (_GL_COB32 ((n) >> 31 >> 1) + _GL_COB32 (n))
+#define _GL_COB32(n) (_GL_COB16 ((n) >> 16) + _GL_COB16 (n))
+#define _GL_COB16(n) (_GL_COB8 ((n) >> 8) + _GL_COB8 (n))
+#define _GL_COB8(n) (_GL_COB4 ((n) >> 4) + _GL_COB4 (n))
+#define _GL_COB4(n) (!!((n) & 8) + !!((n) & 4) + !!((n) & 2) + !!((n) & 1))
+
+#ifndef WORD_BIT
+/* Assume 'int' is 32 bits wide.  */
+# define WORD_BIT 32
+#endif
+#ifndef LONG_BIT
+/* Assume 'long' is 32 or 64 bits wide.  */
+# if LONG_MAX == INT_MAX
+#  define LONG_BIT 32
+# else
+#  define LONG_BIT 64
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Macros specified by C23 and by ISO/IEC TS 18661-1:2014.  */
+
+#if (! defined ULLONG_WIDTH                                             \
+     && (defined _GNU_SOURCE || defined __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__ \
+         || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 201710 < __STDC_VERSION__)))
+# define CHAR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (CHAR_MIN, CHAR_MAX)
+# define SCHAR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX)
+# define UCHAR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UCHAR_MAX)
+# define SHRT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (SHRT_MIN, SHRT_MAX)
+# define USHRT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, USHRT_MAX)
+# define INT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_MIN, INT_MAX)
+# define UINT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_MAX)
+# define LONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX)
+# define ULONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, ULONG_MAX)
+# define LLONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (LLONG_MIN, LLONG_MAX)
+# define ULLONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, ULLONG_MAX)
+#endif
+
+/* Macros specified by C23.  */
+
+#if (! defined BOOL_WIDTH \
+     && (defined _GNU_SOURCE \
+         || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 201710 < __STDC_VERSION__)))
+# define BOOL_MAX 1
+# define BOOL_WIDTH 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/lstat.c b/xcompile/lib/lstat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00a4ce2ab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/lstat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* Work around a bug of lstat on some systems
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_lstat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_lstat.  */
+#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_LSTAT
+/* On systems that lack symlinks, our replacement <sys/stat.h> already
+   defined lstat as stat, so there is nothing further to do other than
+   avoid an empty file.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+#else /* HAVE_LSTAT */
+
+/* Get the original definition of lstat.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
+
+static int
+orig_lstat (const char *filename, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  return lstat (filename, buf);
+}
+
+/* Specification.  */
+# ifdef __osf__
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+#  include "sys/stat.h"
+# else
+#  include <sys/stat.h>
+# endif
+
+# include "stat-time.h"
+
+# include <string.h>
+# include <errno.h>
+
+/* lstat works differently on Linux and Solaris systems.  POSIX (see
+   "pathname resolution" in the glossary) requires that programs like
+   'ls' take into consideration the fact that FILE has a trailing slash
+   when FILE is a symbolic link.  On Linux and Solaris 10 systems, the
+   lstat function already has the desired semantics (in treating
+   'lstat ("symlink/", sbuf)' just like 'lstat ("symlink/.", sbuf)',
+   but on Solaris 9 and earlier it does not.
+
+   If FILE has a trailing slash and specifies a symbolic link,
+   then use stat() to get more info on the referent of FILE.
+   If the referent is a non-directory, then set errno to ENOTDIR
+   and return -1.  Otherwise, return stat's result.  */
+
+int
+rpl_lstat (const char *file, struct stat *sbuf)
+{
+  int result = orig_lstat (file, sbuf);
+
+  /* This replacement file can blindly check against '/' rather than
+     using the ISSLASH macro, because all platforms with '\\' either
+     lack symlinks (mingw) or have working lstat (cygwin) and thus do
+     not compile this file.  0 len should have already been filtered
+     out above, with a failure return of ENOENT.  */
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      if (S_ISDIR (sbuf->st_mode) || file[strlen (file) - 1] != '/')
+        result = stat_time_normalize (result, sbuf);
+      else
+        {
+          /* At this point, a trailing slash is permitted only on
+             symlink-to-dir; but it should have found information on the
+             directory, not the symlink.  Call 'stat' to get info about the
+             link's referent.  Our replacement stat guarantees valid results,
+             even if the symlink is not pointing to a directory.  */
+          if (!S_ISLNK (sbuf->st_mode))
+            {
+              errno = ENOTDIR;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          result = stat (file, sbuf);
+        }
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_LSTAT */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc.c b/xcompile/lib/malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ade35cb63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* malloc() function that is glibc compatible.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-1998, 2006-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
+
+#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
+
+/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap, even if N is 0.  */
+
+void *
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, 1))
+    {
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  void *result = malloc (n);
+
+#if !HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
+  if (result == NULL)
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c 
b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..580c278b7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+/* Type-safe arrays which grow dynamically.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Pre-processor macros which act as parameters:
+
+   DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+      The struct tag of dynamic array to be defined.
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
+      The type name of the element type.  Elements are copied
+      as if by memcpy, and can change address as the dynamic
+      array grows.
+   DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+      The prefix of the functions which are defined.
+
+   The following parameters are optional:
+
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE (E) is evaluated to deallocate the
+      contents of elements. E is of type  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT (E) is evaluated to initialize a new
+      element.  E is of type  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
+      If DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE but not DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT is
+      defined, new elements are automatically zero-initialized.
+      Otherwise, new elements have undefined contents.
+   DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE
+      The size of the statically allocated array (default:
+      at least 2, more elements if they fit into 128 bytes).
+      Must be a preprocessor constant.  If DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE is 0,
+      there is no statically allocated array at, and all non-empty
+      arrays are heap-allocated.
+   DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+      The name of the type which holds the final array.  If not
+      defined, is PREFIX##finalize not provided.  DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+      must be a struct type, with members of type DYNARRAY_ELEMENT and
+      size_t at the start (in this order).
+
+   These macros are undefined after this header file has been
+   included.
+
+   The following types are provided (their members are private to the
+   dynarray implementation):
+
+     struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+
+   The following functions are provided:
+
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##init (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##free (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     bool DYNARRAY_PREFIX##has_failed (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##mark_failed (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     size_t DYNARRAY_PREFIX##size (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *DYNARRAY_PREFIX##begin (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *DYNARRAY_PREFIX##end (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *DYNARRAY_PREFIX##at (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *, size_t);
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##add (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *, DYNARRAY_ELEMENT);
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *DYNARRAY_PREFIX##emplace (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     bool DYNARRAY_PREFIX##resize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *, size_t);
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##remove_last (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##clear (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+
+   The following functions are provided are provided if the
+   prerequisites are met:
+
+     bool DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *,
+                                     DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE *);
+       (if DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE is defined)
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *,
+                                                  size_t *);
+       (if DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE is not defined)
+*/
+
+#include <malloc/dynarray.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+# error "DYNARRAY_STRUCT must be defined"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
+# error "DYNARRAY_ELEMENT must be defined"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+# error "DYNARRAY_PREFIX must be defined"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE
+# if DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE < 0
+#  error "DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE must be non-negative"
+# endif
+# if DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE > 0
+#  define DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH 1
+# else
+#  define DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH 0
+# endif
+#else
+/* Provide a reasonable default which limits the size of
+   DYNARRAY_STRUCT.  */
+# define DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE \
+  (sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT) > 64 ? 2 : 128 / sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT))
+# define DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH 1
+#endif
+
+/* Public type definitions.  */
+
+/* All fields of this struct are private to the implementation.  */
+struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+{
+  union
+  {
+    struct dynarray_header dynarray_abstract;
+    struct
+    {
+      /* These fields must match struct dynarray_header.  */
+      size_t used;
+      size_t allocated;
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *array;
+    } dynarray_header;
+  } u;
+
+#if DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH
+  /* Initial inline allocation.  */
+  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT scratch[DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE];
+#endif
+};
+
+/* Internal use only: Helper macros.  */
+
+/* Ensure macro-expansion of DYNARRAY_PREFIX.  */
+#define DYNARRAY_CONCAT0(prefix, name) prefix##name
+#define DYNARRAY_CONCAT1(prefix, name) DYNARRAY_CONCAT0(prefix, name)
+#define DYNARRAY_NAME(name) DYNARRAY_CONCAT1(DYNARRAY_PREFIX, name)
+
+/* Use DYNARRAY_FREE instead of DYNARRAY_NAME (free),
+   so that Gnulib does not change 'free' to 'rpl_free'.  */
+#define DYNARRAY_FREE DYNARRAY_CONCAT1 (DYNARRAY_NAME (f), ree)
+
+/* Address of the scratch buffer if any.  */
+#if DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH
+# define DYNARRAY_SCRATCH(list) (list)->scratch
+#else
+# define DYNARRAY_SCRATCH(list) NULL
+#endif
+
+/* Internal use only: Helper functions.  */
+
+/* Internal function.  Call DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE with the array
+   elements.  Name mangling needed due to the DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+   macro expansion.  */
+static inline void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (free__elements__) (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *__dynarray_array,
+                                  size_t __dynarray_used)
+{
+#ifdef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+  for (size_t __dynarray_i = 0; __dynarray_i < __dynarray_used; ++__dynarray_i)
+    DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE (&__dynarray_array[__dynarray_i]);
+#endif /* DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE */
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  Free the non-scratch array allocation.  */
+static inline void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (free__array__) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+#if DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH
+  if (list->u.dynarray_header.array != list->scratch)
+    free (list->u.dynarray_header.array);
+#else
+  free (list->u.dynarray_header.array);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Public functions.  */
+
+/* Initialize a dynamic array object.  This must be called before any
+   use of the object.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (init) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  list->u.dynarray_header.used = 0;
+  list->u.dynarray_header.allocated = DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE;
+  list->u.dynarray_header.array = DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list);
+}
+
+/* Deallocate the dynamic array and its elements.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static void
+DYNARRAY_FREE (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (free__elements__)
+    (list->u.dynarray_header.array, list->u.dynarray_header.used);
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (free__array__) (list);
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (init) (list);
+}
+
+/* Return true if the dynamic array is in an error state.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline bool
+DYNARRAY_NAME (has_failed) (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  return list->u.dynarray_header.allocated == __dynarray_error_marker ();
+}
+
+/* Mark the dynamic array as failed.  All elements are deallocated as
+   a side effect.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (mark_failed) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (free__elements__)
+    (list->u.dynarray_header.array, list->u.dynarray_header.used);
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (free__array__) (list);
+  list->u.dynarray_header.array = DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list);
+  list->u.dynarray_header.used = 0;
+  list->u.dynarray_header.allocated = __dynarray_error_marker ();
+}
+
+/* Return the number of elements which have been added to the dynamic
+   array.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline size_t
+DYNARRAY_NAME (size) (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  return list->u.dynarray_header.used;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the array element at INDEX.  Terminate the
+   process if INDEX is out of bounds.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (at) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t index)
+{
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (index >= DYNARRAY_NAME (size) (list)))
+    __libc_dynarray_at_failure (DYNARRAY_NAME (size) (list), index);
+  return list->u.dynarray_header.array + index;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the first array element, if any.  For a
+   zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
+   array has not entered the failure state.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (begin) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  return list->u.dynarray_header.array;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer one element past the last array element.  For a
+   zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
+   array has not entered the failure state.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (end) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  return list->u.dynarray_header.array + list->u.dynarray_header.used;
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  Slow path for the add function below.  */
+static void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (add__) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, DYNARRAY_ELEMENT item)
+{
+  if (__glibc_unlikely
+      (!__libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                         DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                         sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT))))
+    {
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (mark_failed) (list);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy the new element and increase the array length.  */
+  list->u.dynarray_header.array[list->u.dynarray_header.used++] = item;
+}
+
+/* Add ITEM at the end of the array, enlarging it by one element.
+   Mark *LIST as failed if the dynamic array allocation size cannot be
+   increased.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (add) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, DYNARRAY_ELEMENT item)
+{
+  /* Do nothing in case of previous error.  */
+  if (DYNARRAY_NAME (has_failed) (list))
+    return;
+
+  /* Enlarge the array if necessary.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (list->u.dynarray_header.used
+                        == list->u.dynarray_header.allocated))
+    {
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (add__) (list, item);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy the new element and increase the array length.  */
+  list->u.dynarray_header.array[list->u.dynarray_header.used++] = item;
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  Building block for the emplace functions below.
+   Assumes space for one more element in *LIST.  */
+static inline DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace__tail__) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *result
+    = &list->u.dynarray_header.array[list->u.dynarray_header.used];
+  ++list->u.dynarray_header.used;
+#if defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT)
+  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT (result);
+#elif defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE)
+  memset (result, 0, sizeof (*result));
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  Slow path for the emplace function below.  */
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace__) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  if (__glibc_unlikely
+      (!__libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                         DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                         sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT))))
+    {
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (mark_failed) (list);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  return DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace__tail__) (list);
+}
+
+/* Allocate a place for a new element in *LIST and return a pointer to
+   it.  The pointer can be NULL if the dynamic array cannot be
+   enlarged due to a memory allocation failure.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static
+/* Avoid inlining with the larger initialization code.  */
+#if !(defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT) || defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE))
+inline
+#endif
+DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  /* Do nothing in case of previous error.  */
+  if (DYNARRAY_NAME (has_failed) (list))
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Enlarge the array if necessary.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (list->u.dynarray_header.used
+                        == list->u.dynarray_header.allocated))
+    return (DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace__) (list));
+  return DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace__tail__) (list);
+}
+
+/* Change the size of *LIST to SIZE.  If SIZE is larger than the
+   existing size, new elements are added (which can be initialized).
+   Otherwise, the list is truncated, and elements are freed.  Return
+   false on memory allocation failure (and mark *LIST as failed).  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static bool
+DYNARRAY_NAME (resize) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t size)
+{
+  if (size > list->u.dynarray_header.used)
+    {
+      bool ok;
+#if defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT)
+      /* The new elements have to be initialized.  */
+      size_t old_size = list->u.dynarray_header.used;
+      ok = __libc_dynarray_resize (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                   size, DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                   sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT));
+      if (ok)
+        for (size_t i = old_size; i < size; ++i)
+          {
+            DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT (&list->u.dynarray_header.array[i]);
+          }
+#elif defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE)
+      /* Zero initialization is needed so that the elements can be
+         safely freed.  */
+      ok = __libc_dynarray_resize_clear
+        (&list->u.dynarray_abstract, size,
+         DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list), sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT));
+#else
+      ok =  __libc_dynarray_resize (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                    size, DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                    sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT));
+#endif
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (!ok))
+        DYNARRAY_NAME (mark_failed) (list);
+      return ok;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The list has shrunk in size.  Free the removed elements.  */
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (free__elements__)
+        (list->u.dynarray_header.array + size,
+         list->u.dynarray_header.used - size);
+      list->u.dynarray_header.used = size;
+      return true;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Remove the last element of LIST if it is present.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (remove_last) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  /* used > 0 implies that the array is the non-failed state.  */
+  if (list->u.dynarray_header.used > 0)
+    {
+      size_t new_length = list->u.dynarray_header.used - 1;
+#ifdef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE (&list->u.dynarray_header.array[new_length]);
+#endif
+      list->u.dynarray_header.used = new_length;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Remove all elements from the list.  The elements are freed, but the
+   list itself is not.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (clear) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  /* free__elements__ does nothing if the list is in the failed
+     state.  */
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (free__elements__)
+    (list->u.dynarray_header.array, list->u.dynarray_header.used);
+  list->u.dynarray_header.used = 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+/* Transfer the dynamic array to a permanent location at *RESULT.
+   Returns true on success on false on allocation failure.  In either
+   case, *LIST is re-initialized and can be reused.  A NULL pointer is
+   stored in *RESULT if LIST refers to an empty list.  On success, the
+   pointer in *RESULT is heap-allocated and must be deallocated using
+   free.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1, 2))
+static bool
+DYNARRAY_NAME (finalize) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
+                          DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE *result)
+{
+  struct dynarray_finalize_result res;
+  if (__libc_dynarray_finalize (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT), &res))
+    {
+      /* On success, the result owns all the data.  */
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (init) (list);
+      *result = (DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE) { res.array, res.length };
+      return true;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* On error, we need to free all data.  */
+      DYNARRAY_FREE (list);
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+#else /* !DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE */
+/* Transfer the dynamic array to a heap-allocated array and return a
+   pointer to it.  The pointer is NULL if memory allocation fails, or
+   if the array is empty, so this function should be used only for
+   arrays which are known not be empty (usually because they always
+   have a sentinel at the end).  If LENGTHP is not NULL, the array
+   length is written to *LENGTHP.  *LIST is re-initialized and can be
+   reused.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (finalize) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t *lengthp)
+{
+  struct dynarray_finalize_result res;
+  if (__libc_dynarray_finalize (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT), &res))
+    {
+      /* On success, the result owns all the data.  */
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (init) (list);
+      if (lengthp != NULL)
+        *lengthp = res.length;
+      return res.array;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* On error, we need to free all data.  */
+      DYNARRAY_FREE (list);
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* !DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE */
+
+/* Undo macro definitions.  */
+
+#undef DYNARRAY_CONCAT0
+#undef DYNARRAY_CONCAT1
+#undef DYNARRAY_NAME
+#undef DYNARRAY_SCRATCH
+#undef DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH
+
+#undef DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+#undef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
+#undef DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+#undef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+#undef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT
+#undef DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE
+#undef DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray.h b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9a3b0859c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray.h
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/* Type-safe arrays which grow dynamically.  Shared definitions.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* To use the dynarray facility, you need to include
+   <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c> and define the parameter macros
+   documented in that file.
+
+   A minimal example which provides a growing list of integers can be
+   defined like this:
+
+     struct int_array
+     {
+       // Pointer to result array followed by its length,
+       // as required by DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE.
+       int *array;
+       size_t length;
+     };
+
+     #define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_int
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT int
+     #define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_int_
+     #define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct int_array
+     #include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
+
+   To create a three-element array with elements 1, 2, 3, use this
+   code:
+
+     struct dynarray_int dyn;
+     dynarray_int_init (&dyn);
+     for (int i = 1; i <= 3; ++i)
+       {
+         int *place = dynarray_int_emplace (&dyn);
+         assert (place != NULL);
+         *place = i;
+       }
+     struct int_array result;
+     bool ok = dynarray_int_finalize (&dyn, &result);
+     assert (ok);
+     assert (result.length == 3);
+     assert (result.array[0] == 1);
+     assert (result.array[1] == 2);
+     assert (result.array[2] == 3);
+     free (result.array);
+
+   If the elements contain resources which must be freed, define
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE appropriately, like this:
+
+     struct str_array
+     {
+       char **array;
+       size_t length;
+     };
+
+     #define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_str
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT char *
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE(ptr) free (*ptr)
+     #define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_str_
+     #define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct str_array
+     #include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
+
+   Compared to scratch buffers, dynamic arrays have the following
+   features:
+
+   - They have an element type, and are not just an untyped buffer of
+     bytes.
+
+   - When growing, previously stored elements are preserved.  (It is
+     expected that scratch_buffer_grow_preserve and
+     scratch_buffer_set_array_size eventually go away because all
+     current users are moved to dynamic arrays.)
+
+   - Scratch buffers have a more aggressive growth policy because
+     growing them typically means a retry of an operation (across an
+     NSS service module boundary), which is expensive.
+
+   - For the same reason, scratch buffers have a much larger initial
+     stack allocation.  */
+
+#ifndef _DYNARRAY_H
+#define _DYNARRAY_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct dynarray_header
+{
+  size_t used;
+  size_t allocated;
+  void *array;
+};
+
+/* Marker used in the allocated member to indicate that an error was
+   encountered.  */
+static inline size_t
+__dynarray_error_marker (void)
+{
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  See the has_failed function in
+   dynarray-skeleton.c.  */
+static inline bool
+__dynarray_error (struct dynarray_header *list)
+{
+  return list->allocated == __dynarray_error_marker ();
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  Enlarge the dynamically allocated area of the
+   array to make room for one more element.  SCRATCH is a pointer to
+   the scratch area (which is not heap-allocated and must not be
+   freed).  ELEMENT_SIZE is the size, in bytes, of one element.
+   Return false on failure, true on success.  */
+bool __libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge (struct dynarray_header *,
+                                      void *scratch, size_t element_size);
+
+/* Internal function.  Enlarge the dynamically allocated area of the
+   array to make room for at least SIZE elements (which must be larger
+   than the existing used part of the dynamic array).  SCRATCH is a
+   pointer to the scratch area (which is not heap-allocated and must
+   not be freed).  ELEMENT_SIZE is the size, in bytes, of one element.
+   Return false on failure, true on success.  */
+bool __libc_dynarray_resize (struct dynarray_header *, size_t size,
+                             void *scratch, size_t element_size);
+
+/* Internal function.  Like __libc_dynarray_resize, but clear the new
+   part of the dynamic array.  */
+bool __libc_dynarray_resize_clear (struct dynarray_header *, size_t size,
+                                   void *scratch, size_t element_size);
+
+/* Internal type.  */
+struct dynarray_finalize_result
+{
+  void *array;
+  size_t length;
+};
+
+/* Internal function.  Copy the dynamically-allocated area to an
+   explicitly-sized heap allocation.  SCRATCH is a pointer to the
+   embedded scratch space.  ELEMENT_SIZE is the size, in bytes, of the
+   element type.  On success, true is returned, and pointer and length
+   are written to *RESULT.  On failure, false is returned.  The caller
+   has to take care of some of the memory management; this function is
+   expected to be called from dynarray-skeleton.c.  */
+bool __libc_dynarray_finalize (struct dynarray_header *list, void *scratch,
+                               size_t element_size,
+                               struct dynarray_finalize_result *result);
+
+
+/* Internal function.  Terminate the process after an index error.
+   SIZE is the number of elements of the dynamic array.  INDEX is the
+   lookup index which triggered the failure.  */
+_Noreturn void __libc_dynarray_at_failure (size_t size, size_t index);
+
+#ifndef _ISOMAC
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge)
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_dynarray_resize)
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_dynarray_resize_clear)
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_dynarray_finalize)
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_dynarray_at_failure)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _DYNARRAY_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_at_failure.c 
b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_at_failure.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ebc9310982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_at_failure.c
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Report an dynamic array index out of bounds condition.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <dynarray.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+void
+__libc_dynarray_at_failure (size_t size, size_t index)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  char buf[200];
+  __snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "Fatal glibc error: "
+              "array index %zu not less than array length %zu\n",
+              index, size);
+  __libc_fatal (buf);
+#else
+ abort ();
+#endif
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_dynarray_at_failure)
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_emplace_enlarge.c 
b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_emplace_enlarge.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7da539316c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_emplace_enlarge.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Increase the size of a dynamic array in preparation of an emplace operation.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <dynarray.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge (struct dynarray_header *list,
+                                 void *scratch, size_t element_size)
+{
+  size_t new_allocated;
+  if (list->allocated == 0)
+    {
+      /* No scratch buffer provided.  Choose a reasonable default
+         size.  */
+      if (element_size < 4)
+        new_allocated = 16;
+      else if (element_size < 8)
+        new_allocated = 8;
+      else
+        new_allocated = 4;
+    }
+  else
+    /* Increase the allocated size, using an exponential growth
+       policy.  */
+    {
+      new_allocated = list->allocated + list->allocated / 2 + 1;
+      if (new_allocated <= list->allocated)
+        {
+          /* Overflow.  */
+          __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+          return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+  size_t new_size;
+  if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (new_allocated, element_size, &new_size))
+    return false;
+  void *new_array;
+  if (list->array == scratch)
+    {
+      /* The previous array was not heap-allocated.  */
+      new_array = malloc (new_size);
+      if (new_array != NULL && list->array != NULL)
+        memcpy (new_array, list->array, list->used * element_size);
+    }
+  else
+    new_array = realloc (list->array, new_size);
+  if (new_array == NULL)
+    return false;
+  list->array = new_array;
+  list->allocated = new_allocated;
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge)
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_finalize.c 
b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_finalize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..673595a5fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_finalize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Copy the dynamically-allocated area to an explicitly-sized heap allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <dynarray.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_dynarray_finalize (struct dynarray_header *list,
+                          void *scratch, size_t element_size,
+                          struct dynarray_finalize_result *result)
+{
+  if (__dynarray_error (list))
+    /* The caller will reported the deferred error.  */
+    return false;
+
+  size_t used = list->used;
+
+  /* Empty list.  */
+  if (used == 0)
+    {
+      /* An empty list could still be backed by a heap-allocated
+         array.  Free it if necessary.  */
+      if (list->array != scratch)
+        free (list->array);
+      *result = (struct dynarray_finalize_result) { NULL, 0 };
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  size_t allocation_size = used * element_size;
+  void *heap_array = malloc (allocation_size);
+  if (heap_array != NULL)
+    {
+      /* The new array takes ownership of the strings.  */
+      if (list->array != NULL)
+        memcpy (heap_array, list->array, allocation_size);
+      if (list->array != scratch)
+        free (list->array);
+      *result = (struct dynarray_finalize_result)
+        { .array = heap_array, .length = used };
+      return true;
+    }
+  else
+    /* The caller will perform the freeing operation.  */
+    return false;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_dynarray_finalize)
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize.c 
b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ecd4de63b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Increase the size of a dynamic array.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <dynarray.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_dynarray_resize (struct dynarray_header *list, size_t size,
+                        void *scratch, size_t element_size)
+{
+  /* The existing allocation provides sufficient room.  */
+  if (size <= list->allocated)
+    {
+      list->used = size;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Otherwise, use size as the new allocation size.  The caller is
+     expected to provide the final size of the array, so there is no
+     over-allocation here.  */
+
+  size_t new_size_bytes;
+  if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (size, element_size, &new_size_bytes))
+    {
+      /* Overflow.  */
+      __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+      return false;
+    }
+  void *new_array;
+  if (list->array == scratch)
+    {
+      /* The previous array was not heap-allocated.  */
+      new_array = malloc (new_size_bytes);
+      if (new_array != NULL && list->array != NULL)
+        memcpy (new_array, list->array, list->used * element_size);
+    }
+  else
+    new_array = realloc (list->array, new_size_bytes);
+  if (new_array == NULL)
+    return false;
+  list->array = new_array;
+  list->allocated = size;
+  list->used = size;
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_dynarray_resize)
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize_clear.c 
b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize_clear.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb23c522a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize_clear.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Increase the size of a dynamic array and clear the new part.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <dynarray.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_dynarray_resize_clear (struct dynarray_header *list, size_t size,
+                              void *scratch, size_t element_size)
+{
+  size_t old_size = list->used;
+  if (!__libc_dynarray_resize (list, size, scratch, element_size))
+    return false;
+  /* __libc_dynarray_resize already checked for overflow.  */
+  char *array = list->array;
+  memset (array + (old_size * element_size), 0,
+          (size - old_size) * element_size);
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_dynarray_resize_clear)
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.h 
b/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33fd2b29cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2015-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _SCRATCH_BUFFER_H
+#define _SCRATCH_BUFFER_H
+
+/* Scratch buffers with a default stack allocation and fallback to
+   heap allocation.  It is expected that this function is used in this
+   way:
+
+     struct scratch_buffer tmpbuf;
+     scratch_buffer_init (&tmpbuf);
+
+     while (!function_that_uses_buffer (tmpbuf.data, tmpbuf.length))
+       if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&tmpbuf))
+        return -1;
+
+     scratch_buffer_free (&tmpbuf);
+     return 0;
+
+   The allocation functions (scratch_buffer_grow,
+   scratch_buffer_grow_preserve, scratch_buffer_set_array_size) make
+   sure that the heap allocation, if any, is freed, so that the code
+   above does not have a memory leak.  The buffer still remains in a
+   state that can be deallocated using scratch_buffer_free, so a loop
+   like this is valid as well:
+
+     struct scratch_buffer tmpbuf;
+     scratch_buffer_init (&tmpbuf);
+
+     while (!function_that_uses_buffer (tmpbuf.data, tmpbuf.length))
+       if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&tmpbuf))
+        break;
+
+     scratch_buffer_free (&tmpbuf);
+
+   scratch_buffer_grow and scratch_buffer_grow_preserve are guaranteed
+   to grow the buffer by at least 512 bytes.  This means that when
+   using the scratch buffer as a backing store for a non-character
+   array whose element size, in bytes, is 512 or smaller, the scratch
+   buffer only has to grow once to make room for at least one more
+   element.
+*/
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Scratch buffer.  Must be initialized with scratch_buffer_init
+   before its use.  */
+struct scratch_buffer {
+  void *data;    /* Pointer to the beginning of the scratch area.  */
+  size_t length; /* Allocated space at the data pointer, in bytes.  */
+  union { max_align_t __align; char __c[1024]; } __space;
+};
+
+/* Initializes *BUFFER so that BUFFER->data points to BUFFER->__space
+   and BUFFER->length reflects the available space.  */
+static inline void
+scratch_buffer_init (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  buffer->data = buffer->__space.__c;
+  buffer->length = sizeof (buffer->__space);
+}
+
+/* Deallocates *BUFFER (if it was heap-allocated).  */
+static inline void
+scratch_buffer_free (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  if (buffer->data != buffer->__space.__c)
+    free (buffer->data);
+}
+
+/* Grow *BUFFER by some arbitrary amount.  The buffer contents is NOT
+   preserved.  Return true on success, false on allocation failure (in
+   which case the old buffer is freed).  On success, the new buffer is
+   larger than the previous size.  On failure, *BUFFER is deallocated,
+   but remains in a free-able state, and errno is set.  */
+bool __libc_scratch_buffer_grow (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow)
+
+/* Alias for __libc_scratch_buffer_grow.  */
+static __always_inline bool
+scratch_buffer_grow (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  return __glibc_likely (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow (buffer));
+}
+
+/* Like __libc_scratch_buffer_grow, but preserve the old buffer
+   contents on success, as a prefix of the new buffer.  */
+bool __libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve)
+
+/* Alias for __libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.  */
+static __always_inline bool
+scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  return __glibc_likely (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (buffer));
+}
+
+/* Grow *BUFFER so that it can store at least NELEM elements of SIZE
+   bytes.  The buffer contents are NOT preserved.  Both NELEM and SIZE
+   can be zero.  Return true on success, false on allocation failure
+   (in which case the old buffer is freed, but *BUFFER remains in a
+   free-able state, and errno is set).  It is unspecified whether this
+   function can reduce the array size.  */
+bool __libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size (struct scratch_buffer *buffer,
+                                          size_t nelem, size_t size);
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size)
+
+/* Alias for __libc_scratch_set_array_size.  */
+static __always_inline bool
+scratch_buffer_set_array_size (struct scratch_buffer *buffer,
+                              size_t nelem, size_t size)
+{
+  return __glibc_likely (__libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size
+                        (buffer, nelem, size));
+}
+
+#endif /* _SCRATCH_BUFFER_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_dupfree.c 
b/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_dupfree.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2f60fbb54e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_dupfree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2020-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <scratch_buffer.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+void *
+__libc_scratch_buffer_dupfree (struct scratch_buffer *buffer, size_t size)
+{
+  void *data = buffer->data;
+  if (data == buffer->__space.__c)
+    {
+      void *copy = malloc (size);
+      return copy != NULL ? memcpy (copy, data, size) : NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      void *copy = realloc (data, size);
+      return copy != NULL ? copy : data;
+    }
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_scratch_buffer_dupfree)
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow.c 
b/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a5e8f2f723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2015-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <scratch_buffer.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_scratch_buffer_grow (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  void *new_ptr;
+  size_t new_length = buffer->length * 2;
+
+  /* Discard old buffer.  */
+  scratch_buffer_free (buffer);
+
+  /* Check for overflow.  */
+  if (__glibc_likely (new_length >= buffer->length))
+    new_ptr = malloc (new_length);
+  else
+    {
+      __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+      new_ptr = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (new_ptr == NULL))
+    {
+      /* Buffer must remain valid to free.  */
+      scratch_buffer_init (buffer);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Install new heap-based buffer.  */
+  buffer->data = new_ptr;
+  buffer->length = new_length;
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow)
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.c 
b/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0b5d87b7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2015-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <scratch_buffer.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  size_t new_length = 2 * buffer->length;
+  void *new_ptr;
+
+  if (buffer->data == buffer->__space.__c)
+    {
+      /* Move buffer to the heap.  No overflow is possible because
+        buffer->length describes a small buffer on the stack.  */
+      new_ptr = malloc (new_length);
+      if (new_ptr == NULL)
+       return false;
+      memcpy (new_ptr, buffer->__space.__c, buffer->length);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Buffer was already on the heap.  Check for overflow.  */
+      if (__glibc_likely (new_length >= buffer->length))
+       new_ptr = realloc (buffer->data, new_length);
+      else
+       {
+         __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+         new_ptr = NULL;
+       }
+
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_ptr == NULL))
+       {
+         /* Deallocate, but buffer must remain valid to free.  */
+         free (buffer->data);
+         scratch_buffer_init (buffer);
+         return false;
+       }
+    }
+
+  /* Install new heap-based buffer.  */
+  buffer->data = new_ptr;
+  buffer->length = new_length;
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve)
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_set_array_size.c 
b/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_set_array_size.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24c39350ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_set_array_size.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2015-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <scratch_buffer.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size (struct scratch_buffer *buffer,
+                                     size_t nelem, size_t size)
+{
+  size_t new_length = nelem * size;
+
+  /* Avoid overflow check if both values are small. */
+  if ((nelem | size) >> (sizeof (size_t) * CHAR_BIT / 2) != 0
+      && nelem != 0 && size != new_length / nelem)
+    {
+      /* Overflow.  Discard the old buffer, but it must remain valid
+        to free.  */
+      scratch_buffer_free (buffer);
+      scratch_buffer_init (buffer);
+      __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (new_length <= buffer->length)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Discard old buffer.  */
+  scratch_buffer_free (buffer);
+
+  char *new_ptr = malloc (new_length);
+  if (new_ptr == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Buffer must remain valid to free.  */
+      scratch_buffer_init (buffer);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Install new heap-based buffer.  */
+  buffer->data = new_ptr;
+  buffer->length = new_length;
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size)
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/md5-stream.c b/xcompile/lib/md5-stream.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba76792cbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/md5-stream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* Functions to compute MD5 message digest of files or memory blocks.
+   according to the definition of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 1999-2001, 2005-2006, 2008-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "md5.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "af_alg.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <endian.h>
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+# endif
+/* We need to keep the namespace clean so define the MD5 function
+   protected using leading __ .  */
+# define md5_init_ctx __md5_init_ctx
+# define md5_process_block __md5_process_block
+# define md5_process_bytes __md5_process_bytes
+# define md5_finish_ctx __md5_finish_ctx
+# define md5_stream __md5_stream
+#endif
+
+#define BLOCKSIZE 32768
+#if BLOCKSIZE % 64 != 0
+# error "invalid BLOCKSIZE"
+#endif
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
+   resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+int
+md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+  switch (afalg_stream (stream, "md5", resblock, MD5_DIGEST_SIZE))
+    {
+    case 0: return 0;
+    case -EIO: return 1;
+    }
+
+  char *buffer = malloc (BLOCKSIZE + 72);
+  if (!buffer)
+    return 1;
+
+  struct md5_ctx ctx;
+  md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
+  size_t sum;
+
+  /* Iterate over full file contents.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes.  One call of the
+         computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the
+         next round of the loop another block can be read.  */
+      size_t n;
+      sum = 0;
+
+      /* Read block.  Take care for partial reads.  */
+      while (1)
+        {
+          /* Either process a partial fread() from this loop,
+             or the fread() in afalg_stream may have gotten EOF.
+             We need to avoid a subsequent fread() as EOF may
+             not be sticky.  For details of such systems, see:
+             https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1190  */
+          if (feof (stream))
+            goto process_partial_block;
+
+          n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+
+          sum += n;
+
+          if (sum == BLOCKSIZE)
+            break;
+
+          if (n == 0)
+            {
+              /* Check for the error flag IFF N == 0, so that we don't
+                 exit the loop after a partial read due to e.g., EAGAIN
+                 or EWOULDBLOCK.  */
+              if (ferror (stream))
+                {
+                  free (buffer);
+                  return 1;
+                }
+              goto process_partial_block;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes.  Note that
+         BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0
+       */
+      md5_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
+    }
+
+process_partial_block:
+
+  /* Process any remaining bytes.  */
+  if (sum > 0)
+    md5_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
+
+  /* Construct result in desired memory.  */
+  md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  free (buffer);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/md5.c b/xcompile/lib/md5.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a6accf28f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/md5.c
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/* Functions to compute MD5 message digest of files or memory blocks.
+   according to the definition of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 1999-2001, 2005-2006, 2008-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "md5.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <endian.h>
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+# endif
+/* We need to keep the namespace clean so define the MD5 function
+   protected using leading __ .  */
+# define md5_init_ctx __md5_init_ctx
+# define md5_process_block __md5_process_block
+# define md5_process_bytes __md5_process_bytes
+# define md5_finish_ctx __md5_finish_ctx
+# define md5_read_ctx __md5_read_ctx
+# define md5_buffer __md5_buffer
+#endif
+
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define SWAP(n) bswap_32 (n)
+#else
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#endif
+
+#if ! HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   64-byte boundary.  (RFC 1321, 3.1: Step 1)  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation.
+   (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3)  */
+void
+md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->A = 0x67452301;
+  ctx->B = 0xefcdab89;
+  ctx->C = 0x98badcfe;
+  ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the 4 byte value from v into the memory location pointed to by *cp,
+   If your architecture allows unaligned access this is equivalent to
+   * (uint32_t *) cp = v  */
+static void
+set_uint32 (char *cp, uint32_t v)
+{
+  memcpy (cp, &v, sizeof v);
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result
+   must be in little endian byte order.  */
+void *
+md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  char *r = resbuf;
+  set_uint32 (r + 0 * sizeof ctx->A, SWAP (ctx->A));
+  set_uint32 (r + 1 * sizeof ctx->B, SWAP (ctx->B));
+  set_uint32 (r + 2 * sizeof ctx->C, SWAP (ctx->C));
+  set_uint32 (r + 3 * sizeof ctx->D, SWAP (ctx->D));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.  */
+void *
+md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  uint32_t bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t size = (bytes < 56) ? 64 / 4 : 64 * 2 / 4;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.  */
+  ctx->buffer[size - 2] = SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3);
+  ctx->buffer[size - 1] = SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) | (ctx->total[0] >> 29));
+
+  memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[bytes], fillbuf, (size - 2) * 4 - bytes);
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, size * 4, ctx);
+
+  return md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct md5_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  md5_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+
+void
+md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (ctx->buflen > 64)
+        {
+          md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, ctx->buflen & ~63, ctx);
+
+          ctx->buflen &= 63;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because ctx->buflen < 64 ≤ (left_over + add) & ~63.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer,
+                  &((char *) ctx->buffer)[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+                  ctx->buflen);
+        }
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len >= 64)
+    {
+#if !(_STRING_ARCH_unaligned || _STRING_INLINE_unaligned)
+# define UNALIGNED_P(p) ((uintptr_t) (p) % alignof (uint32_t) != 0)
+      if (UNALIGNED_P (buffer))
+        while (len > 64)
+          {
+            md5_process_block (memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, 64), 64, ctx);
+            buffer = (const char *) buffer + 64;
+            len -= 64;
+          }
+      else
+#endif
+        {
+          md5_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+          buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+          len &= 63;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, len);
+      left_over += len;
+      if (left_over >= 64)
+        {
+          md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, 64, ctx);
+          left_over -= 64;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because left_over ≤ 64.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[16], left_over);
+        }
+      ctx->buflen = left_over;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* These are the four functions used in the four steps of the MD5 algorithm
+   and defined in the RFC 1321.  The first function is a little bit optimized
+   (as found in Colin Plumbs public domain implementation).  */
+/* #define FF(b, c, d) ((b & c) | (~b & d)) */
+#define FF(b, c, d) (d ^ (b & (c ^ d)))
+#define FG(b, c, d) FF (d, b, c)
+#define FH(b, c, d) (b ^ c ^ d)
+#define FI(b, c, d) (c ^ (b | ~d))
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0.  */
+
+void
+md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  uint32_t correct_words[16];
+  const uint32_t *words = buffer;
+  size_t nwords = len / sizeof (uint32_t);
+  const uint32_t *endp = words + nwords;
+  uint32_t A = ctx->A;
+  uint32_t B = ctx->B;
+  uint32_t C = ctx->C;
+  uint32_t D = ctx->D;
+  uint32_t lolen = len;
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  RFC 1321 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += lolen;
+  ctx->total[1] += (len >> 31 >> 1) + (ctx->total[0] < lolen);
+
+  /* Process all bytes in the buffer with 64 bytes in each round of
+     the loop.  */
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      uint32_t *cwp = correct_words;
+      uint32_t A_save = A;
+      uint32_t B_save = B;
+      uint32_t C_save = C;
+      uint32_t D_save = D;
+
+      /* First round: using the given function, the context and a constant
+         the next context is computed.  Because the algorithms processing
+         unit is a 32-bit word and it is determined to work on words in
+         little endian byte order we perhaps have to change the byte order
+         before the computation.  To reduce the work for the next steps
+         we store the swapped words in the array CORRECT_WORDS.  */
+
+#define OP(a, b, c, d, s, T)                                            \
+      do                                                                \
+        {                                                               \
+          a += FF (b, c, d) + (*cwp++ = SWAP (*words)) + T;             \
+          ++words;                                                      \
+          CYCLIC (a, s);                                                \
+          a += b;                                                       \
+        }                                                               \
+      while (0)
+
+      /* It is unfortunate that C does not provide an operator for
+         cyclic rotation.  Hope the C compiler is smart enough.  */
+#define CYCLIC(w, s) (w = (w << s) | (w >> (32 - s)))
+
+      /* Before we start, one word to the strange constants.
+         They are defined in RFC 1321 as
+
+         T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64
+
+         Here is an equivalent invocation using Perl:
+
+         perl -e 'foreach(1..64){printf "0x%08x\n", int (4294967296 * abs (sin 
$_))}'
+       */
+
+      /* Round 1.  */
+      OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xd76aa478);
+      OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xe8c7b756);
+      OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0x242070db);
+      OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xc1bdceee);
+      OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xf57c0faf);
+      OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x4787c62a);
+      OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa8304613);
+      OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xfd469501);
+      OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x698098d8);
+      OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x8b44f7af);
+      OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xffff5bb1);
+      OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x895cd7be);
+      OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x6b901122);
+      OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xfd987193);
+      OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa679438e);
+      OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x49b40821);
+
+      /* For the second to fourth round we have the possibly swapped words
+         in CORRECT_WORDS.  Redefine the macro to take an additional first
+         argument specifying the function to use.  */
+#undef OP
+#define OP(f, a, b, c, d, k, s, T)                                      \
+      do                                                                \
+        {                                                               \
+          a += f (b, c, d) + correct_words[k] + T;                      \
+          CYCLIC (a, s);                                                \
+          a += b;                                                       \
+        }                                                               \
+      while (0)
+
+      /* Round 2.  */
+      OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 1, 5, 0xf61e2562);
+      OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 6, 9, 0xc040b340);
+      OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 11, 14, 0x265e5a51);
+      OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 0, 20, 0xe9b6c7aa);
+      OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 5, 5, 0xd62f105d);
+      OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 10, 9, 0x02441453);
+      OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 15, 14, 0xd8a1e681);
+      OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 4, 20, 0xe7d3fbc8);
+      OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 9, 5, 0x21e1cde6);
+      OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 14, 9, 0xc33707d6);
+      OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 3, 14, 0xf4d50d87);
+      OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 8, 20, 0x455a14ed);
+      OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 13, 5, 0xa9e3e905);
+      OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 2, 9, 0xfcefa3f8);
+      OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 7, 14, 0x676f02d9);
+      OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 12, 20, 0x8d2a4c8a);
+
+      /* Round 3.  */
+      OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 5, 4, 0xfffa3942);
+      OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 8, 11, 0x8771f681);
+      OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 11, 16, 0x6d9d6122);
+      OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 14, 23, 0xfde5380c);
+      OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 1, 4, 0xa4beea44);
+      OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 4, 11, 0x4bdecfa9);
+      OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 7, 16, 0xf6bb4b60);
+      OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 10, 23, 0xbebfbc70);
+      OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 13, 4, 0x289b7ec6);
+      OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 0, 11, 0xeaa127fa);
+      OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 3, 16, 0xd4ef3085);
+      OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 6, 23, 0x04881d05);
+      OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 9, 4, 0xd9d4d039);
+      OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 12, 11, 0xe6db99e5);
+      OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 15, 16, 0x1fa27cf8);
+      OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 2, 23, 0xc4ac5665);
+
+      /* Round 4.  */
+      OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 0, 6, 0xf4292244);
+      OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 7, 10, 0x432aff97);
+      OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 14, 15, 0xab9423a7);
+      OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 5, 21, 0xfc93a039);
+      OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 12, 6, 0x655b59c3);
+      OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 3, 10, 0x8f0ccc92);
+      OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 10, 15, 0xffeff47d);
+      OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 1, 21, 0x85845dd1);
+      OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 8, 6, 0x6fa87e4f);
+      OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 15, 10, 0xfe2ce6e0);
+      OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 6, 15, 0xa3014314);
+      OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 13, 21, 0x4e0811a1);
+      OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 4, 6, 0xf7537e82);
+      OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 11, 10, 0xbd3af235);
+      OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 2, 15, 0x2ad7d2bb);
+      OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 9, 21, 0xeb86d391);
+
+      /* Add the starting values of the context.  */
+      A += A_save;
+      B += B_save;
+      C += C_save;
+      D += D_save;
+    }
+
+  /* Put checksum in context given as argument.  */
+  ctx->A = A;
+  ctx->B = B;
+  ctx->C = C;
+  ctx->D = D;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/md5.h b/xcompile/lib/md5.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f34e7cb8df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/md5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* Declaration of functions and data types used for MD5 sum computing
+   library functions.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 1999-2001, 2004-2006, 2008-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _MD5_H
+#define _MD5_H 1
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
+#  ifndef OPENSSL_API_COMPAT
+#   define OPENSSL_API_COMPAT 0x10101000L /* FIXME: Use OpenSSL 1.1+ API.  */
+#  endif
+#  include <openssl/md5.h>
+# endif
+
+#define MD5_DIGEST_SIZE 16
+#define MD5_BLOCK_SIZE 64
+
+#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min)                                       \
+  ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
+# else
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# if defined __cplusplus && (__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __clang_major__ >= 4)
+#  define __THROW       throw ()
+# else
+#  define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __md5_buffer md5_buffer
+# define __md5_finish_ctx md5_finish_ctx
+# define __md5_init_ctx md5_init_ctx
+# define __md5_process_block md5_process_block
+# define __md5_process_bytes md5_process_bytes
+# define __md5_read_ctx md5_read_ctx
+# define __md5_stream md5_stream
+#endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 5
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+# else
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct md5_ctx
+{
+  uint32_t A;
+  uint32_t B;
+  uint32_t C;
+  uint32_t D;
+
+  uint32_t total[2];
+  uint32_t buflen;     /* ≥ 0, ≤ 128 */
+  uint32_t buffer[32]; /* 128 bytes; the first buflen bytes are in use */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The following three functions are build up the low level used in
+ * the functions 'md5_stream' and 'md5_buffer'.
+ */
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation.
+   (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3)  */
+extern void __md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW;
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
+extern void __md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                 struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW;
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void __md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                 struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW;
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *__md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf)
+     __THROW;
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *__md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf)
+     __THROW;
+
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *__md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                           void *restrict resblock) __THROW;
+
+# endif
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.
+   STREAM is an open file stream.  Regular files are handled more efficiently.
+   The contents of STREAM from its current position to its end will be read.
+   The case that the last operation on STREAM was an 'ungetc' is not supported.
+   The resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int __md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock) __THROW;
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif /* md5.h */
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/memmem.c b/xcompile/lib/memmem.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0b48c1b25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/memmem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-1994, 1996-1998, 2000, 2004, 2007-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This particular implementation was written by Eric Blake, 2008.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification of memmem.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define RETURN_TYPE void *
+#define AVAILABLE(h, h_l, j, n_l) ((j) <= (h_l) - (n_l))
+#include "str-two-way.h"
+
+/* Return the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK.  Return HAYSTACK
+   if NEEDLE_LEN is 0, otherwise NULL if NEEDLE is not found in
+   HAYSTACK.  */
+void *
+memmem (const void *haystack_start, size_t haystack_len,
+        const void *needle_start, size_t needle_len)
+{
+  /* Abstract memory is considered to be an array of 'unsigned char' values,
+     not an array of 'char' values.  See ISO C 99 section 6.2.6.1.  */
+  const unsigned char *haystack = (const unsigned char *) haystack_start;
+  const unsigned char *needle = (const unsigned char *) needle_start;
+
+  if (needle_len == 0)
+    /* The first occurrence of the empty string is deemed to occur at
+       the beginning of the string.  */
+    return (void *) haystack;
+
+  /* Sanity check, otherwise the loop might search through the whole
+     memory.  */
+  if (__builtin_expect (haystack_len < needle_len, 0))
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Use optimizations in memchr when possible, to reduce the search
+     size of haystack using a linear algorithm with a smaller
+     coefficient.  However, avoid memchr for long needles, since we
+     can often achieve sublinear performance.  */
+  if (needle_len < LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD)
+    {
+      haystack = memchr (haystack, *needle, haystack_len);
+      if (!haystack || __builtin_expect (needle_len == 1, 0))
+        return (void *) haystack;
+      haystack_len -= haystack - (const unsigned char *) haystack_start;
+      if (haystack_len < needle_len)
+        return NULL;
+      return two_way_short_needle (haystack, haystack_len, needle, needle_len);
+    }
+  else
+    return two_way_long_needle (haystack, haystack_len, needle, needle_len);
+}
+
+#undef LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/mempcpy.c b/xcompile/lib/mempcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24a3135988
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/mempcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Copy memory area and return pointer after last written byte.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* A function definition is only needed if HAVE_MEMPCPY is not defined.  */
+#if !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the
+   last written byte.  */
+void *
+mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)
+{
+  return (char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/memrchr.c b/xcompile/lib/memrchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5b1fe8b2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/memrchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996-1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if defined _LIBC
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# include <config.h>
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#undef __memrchr
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef memrchr
+#endif
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __memrchr memrchr
+#endif
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+void *
+__memrchr (void const *s, int c_in, size_t n)
+{
+  /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
+     long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
+     performance.  On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
+     bits already.  Change this typedef to experiment with
+     performance.  */
+  typedef unsigned long int longword;
+
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const longword *longword_ptr;
+  longword repeated_one;
+  longword repeated_c;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the last few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n;
+       n > 0 && (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
+       --n)
+    if (*--char_ptr == c)
+      return (void *) char_ptr;
+
+  longword_ptr = (const void *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords.  */
+
+  /* Compute auxiliary longword values:
+     repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
+     repeated_c has c in every byte.  */
+  repeated_one = 0x01010101;
+  repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
+  repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
+  if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
+    {
+      repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
+      repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
+      if (8 < sizeof (longword))
+        {
+          size_t i;
+
+          for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
+            {
+              repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
+              repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will test a
+     longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing if *any of the four*
+     bytes in the longword in question are equal to c.  We first use an xor
+     with repeated_c.  This reduces the task to testing whether *any of the
+     four* bytes in longword1 is zero.
+
+     We compute tmp =
+       ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
+     That is, we perform the following operations:
+       1. Subtract repeated_one.
+       2. & ~longword1.
+       3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
+     Consider what happens in each byte:
+       - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
+         and step 3 transforms it into 0x80.  A carry can also be propagated
+         to more significant bytes.
+       - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
+         position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0.  After step 1,
+         the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
+         After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1.  After
+         step 3, the result is 0.  And no carry is produced.
+     So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
+     Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
+     significant zero byte.  Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
+     j-1 and a 0x80 at position j.  We cannot predict the result at the more
+     significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
+     already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
+
+     So, the test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent to
+     testing whether tmp is nonzero.  */
+
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      longword longword1 = *--longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
+
+      if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
+           & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
+        {
+          longword_ptr++;
+          break;
+        }
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  /* At this point, we know that either n < sizeof (longword), or one of the
+     sizeof (longword) bytes starting at char_ptr is == c.  On little-endian
+     machines, we could determine the first such byte without any further
+     memory accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
+     iteration.  But this does not work on big-endian machines.  Choose code
+     that works in both cases.  */
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*--char_ptr == c)
+        return (void *) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr)
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/memset_explicit.c b/xcompile/lib/memset_explicit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d21a5e879
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/memset_explicit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* Erase sensitive data from memory.
+   Copyright 2022-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* memset_s need this define */
+#if HAVE_MEMSET_S
+# define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Set S's bytes to C, where S has LEN bytes.  The compiler will not
+   optimize effects away, even if S is dead after the call.  */
+void *
+memset_explicit (void *s, int c, size_t len)
+{
+#if HAVE_EXPLICIT_MEMSET
+  return explicit_memset (s, c, len);
+#elif HAVE_MEMSET_S
+  (void) memset_s (s, len, c, len);
+  return s;
+#elif defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__
+  memset (s, c, len);
+  /* Compiler barrier.  */
+  __asm__ volatile ("" ::: "memory");
+  return s;
+#elif defined __clang__
+  memset (s, c, len);
+  /* Compiler barrier.  */
+  /* With asm ("" ::: "memory") LLVM analyzes uses of 's' and finds that the
+     whole thing is dead and eliminates it.  Use 'g' to work around this
+     problem.  See <https://bugs.llvm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15495#c11>.  */
+  __asm__ volatile ("" : : "g"(s) : "memory");
+  return s;
+#else
+  /* Invoke memset through a volatile function pointer.  This defeats compiler
+     optimizations.  */
+  void * (* const volatile volatile_memset) (void *, int, size_t) = memset;
+  return volatile_memset (s, c, len);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/min-max.h b/xcompile/lib/min-max.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..997cdd191e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/min-max.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#ifndef min
+# define min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+#ifndef max
+# define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/mini-gmp-gnulib.c b/xcompile/lib/mini-gmp-gnulib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b15ce0ff75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/mini-gmp-gnulib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Tailor mini-gmp.c for Gnulib-using applications.
+
+   Copyright 2018-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software.
+   It is dual-licensed under "the GNU LGPLv3+ or the GNU GPLv2+".
+   You can redistribute it and/or modify it under either
+     - the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+       by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3, or (at your
+       option) any later version, or
+     - the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+       Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+       any later version, or
+     - the same dual license "the GNU LGPLv3+ or the GNU GPLv2+".
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License and the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License and of the GNU General Public License along with this
+   program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "mini-gmp.h"
+
+/* Pacify GCC -Wsuggest-attribute=const, pure, malloc.  */
+#if 4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=const"
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=pure"
+#endif
+#if 8 <= __GNUC__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=malloc"
+#endif
+
+/* Pacify GCC -Wunused-variable for variables used only in 'assert' calls.  */
+#if (defined NDEBUG \
+     && (4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || defined __clang__))
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-variable"
+#endif
+
+#include "mini-gmp.c"
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/mini-gmp.c b/xcompile/lib/mini-gmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ea037b801d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/mini-gmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4620 @@
+/* mini-gmp, a minimalistic implementation of a GNU GMP subset.
+
+   Contributed to the GNU project by Niels Möller
+   Additional functionalities and improvements by Marco Bodrato.
+
+Copyright 1991-1997, 1999-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the GNU MP Library.
+
+The GNU MP Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of either:
+
+  * the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free
+    Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+    option) any later version.
+
+or
+
+  * the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
+    Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
+    later version.
+
+or both in parallel, as here.
+
+The GNU MP Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received copies of the GNU General Public License and the
+GNU Lesser General Public License along with the GNU MP Library.  If not,
+see https://www.gnu.org/licenses/.  */
+
+/* NOTE: All functions in this file which are not declared in
+   mini-gmp.h are internal, and are not intended to be compatible
+   with GMP or with future versions of mini-gmp. */
+
+/* Much of the material copied from GMP files, including: gmp-impl.h,
+   longlong.h, mpn/generic/add_n.c, mpn/generic/addmul_1.c,
+   mpn/generic/lshift.c, mpn/generic/mul_1.c,
+   mpn/generic/mul_basecase.c, mpn/generic/rshift.c,
+   mpn/generic/sbpi1_div_qr.c, mpn/generic/sub_n.c,
+   mpn/generic/submul_1.c. */
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mini-gmp.h"
+
+#if !defined(MINI_GMP_DONT_USE_FLOAT_H)
+#include <float.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* Macros */
+#define GMP_LIMB_BITS (sizeof(mp_limb_t) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+#define GMP_LIMB_MAX ((mp_limb_t) ~ (mp_limb_t) 0)
+#define GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT ((mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1))
+
+#define GMP_HLIMB_BIT ((mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2))
+#define GMP_LLIMB_MASK (GMP_HLIMB_BIT - 1)
+
+#define GMP_ULONG_BITS (sizeof(unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT)
+#define GMP_ULONG_HIGHBIT ((unsigned long) 1 << (GMP_ULONG_BITS - 1))
+
+#define GMP_ABS(x) ((x) >= 0 ? (x) : -(x))
+#define GMP_NEG_CAST(T,x) (-((T)((x) + 1) - 1))
+
+#define GMP_MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define GMP_MAX(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+#define GMP_CMP(a,b) (((a) > (b)) - ((a) < (b)))
+
+#if defined(DBL_MANT_DIG) && FLT_RADIX == 2
+#define GMP_DBL_MANT_BITS DBL_MANT_DIG
+#else
+#define GMP_DBL_MANT_BITS (53)
+#endif
+
+/* Return non-zero if xp,xsize and yp,ysize overlap.
+   If xp+xsize<=yp there's no overlap, or if yp+ysize<=xp there's no
+   overlap.  If both these are false, there's an overlap. */
+#define GMP_MPN_OVERLAP_P(xp, xsize, yp, ysize)                                
\
+  ((xp) + (xsize) > (yp) && (yp) + (ysize) > (xp))
+
+#define gmp_assert_nocarry(x) do { \
+    mp_limb_t __cy = (x);         \
+    assert (__cy == 0);                   \
+    (void) (__cy);                \
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_clz(count, x) do {                                         \
+    mp_limb_t __clz_x = (x);                                           \
+    unsigned __clz_c = 0;                                              \
+    int LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS = 8;                                          \
+    if (GMP_LIMB_BITS > LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS)                              \
+      for (;                                                           \
+          (__clz_x & ((mp_limb_t) 0xff << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - 8))) == 0;  \
+          __clz_c += 8)                                                \
+       { __clz_x <<= LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS; }                               \
+    for (; (__clz_x & GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT) == 0; __clz_c++)               \
+      __clz_x <<= 1;                                                   \
+    (count) = __clz_c;                                                 \
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_ctz(count, x) do {                                         \
+    mp_limb_t __ctz_x = (x);                                           \
+    unsigned __ctz_c = 0;                                              \
+    gmp_clz (__ctz_c, __ctz_x & - __ctz_x);                            \
+    (count) = GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1 - __ctz_c;                             \
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_add_ssaaaa(sh, sl, ah, al, bh, bl) \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    mp_limb_t __x;                                                     \
+    __x = (al) + (bl);                                                 \
+    (sh) = (ah) + (bh) + (__x < (al));                                 \
+    (sl) = __x;                                                                
\
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_sub_ddmmss(sh, sl, ah, al, bh, bl) \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    mp_limb_t __x;                                                     \
+    __x = (al) - (bl);                                                 \
+    (sh) = (ah) - (bh) - ((al) < (bl));                                        
\
+    (sl) = __x;                                                                
\
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_umul_ppmm(w1, w0, u, v)                                    \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    int LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS = GMP_LIMB_BITS;                           \
+    if (sizeof(unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT >= 2 * GMP_LIMB_BITS)          \
+      {                                                                        
\
+       unsigned int __ww = (unsigned int) (u) * (v);                   \
+       w0 = (mp_limb_t) __ww;                                          \
+       w1 = (mp_limb_t) (__ww >> LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS);                 \
+      }                                                                        
\
+    else if (GMP_ULONG_BITS >= 2 * GMP_LIMB_BITS)                      \
+      {                                                                        
\
+       unsigned long int __ww = (unsigned long int) (u) * (v);         \
+       w0 = (mp_limb_t) __ww;                                          \
+       w1 = (mp_limb_t) (__ww >> LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS);                 \
+      }                                                                        
\
+    else {                                                             \
+      mp_limb_t __x0, __x1, __x2, __x3;                                        
\
+      unsigned __ul, __vl, __uh, __vh;                                 \
+      mp_limb_t __u = (u), __v = (v);                                  \
+      assert (sizeof (unsigned) * 2 >= sizeof (mp_limb_t));            \
+                                                                       \
+      __ul = __u & GMP_LLIMB_MASK;                                     \
+      __uh = __u >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);                               \
+      __vl = __v & GMP_LLIMB_MASK;                                     \
+      __vh = __v >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);                               \
+                                                                       \
+      __x0 = (mp_limb_t) __ul * __vl;                                  \
+      __x1 = (mp_limb_t) __ul * __vh;                                  \
+      __x2 = (mp_limb_t) __uh * __vl;                                  \
+      __x3 = (mp_limb_t) __uh * __vh;                                  \
+                                                                       \
+      __x1 += __x0 >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);/* this can't give carry */  \
+      __x1 += __x2;            /* but this indeed can */               \
+      if (__x1 < __x2)         /* did we get it? */                    \
+       __x3 += GMP_HLIMB_BIT;  /* yes, add it in the proper pos. */    \
+                                                                       \
+      (w1) = __x3 + (__x1 >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2));                     \
+      (w0) = (__x1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) + (__x0 & GMP_LLIMB_MASK);  \
+    }                                                                  \
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_udiv_qrnnd_preinv(q, r, nh, nl, d, di)                     \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    mp_limb_t _qh, _ql, _r, _mask;                                     \
+    gmp_umul_ppmm (_qh, _ql, (nh), (di));                              \
+    gmp_add_ssaaaa (_qh, _ql, _qh, _ql, (nh) + 1, (nl));               \
+    _r = (nl) - _qh * (d);                                             \
+    _mask = -(mp_limb_t) (_r > _ql); /* both > and >= are OK */                
\
+    _qh += _mask;                                                      \
+    _r += _mask & (d);                                                 \
+    if (_r >= (d))                                                     \
+      {                                                                        
\
+       _r -= (d);                                                      \
+       _qh++;                                                          \
+      }                                                                        
\
+                                                                       \
+    (r) = _r;                                                          \
+    (q) = _qh;                                                         \
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_udiv_qr_3by2(q, r1, r0, n2, n1, n0, d1, d0, dinv)          \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    mp_limb_t _q0, _t1, _t0, _mask;                                    \
+    gmp_umul_ppmm ((q), _q0, (n2), (dinv));                            \
+    gmp_add_ssaaaa ((q), _q0, (q), _q0, (n2), (n1));                   \
+                                                                       \
+    /* Compute the two most significant limbs of n - q'd */            \
+    (r1) = (n1) - (d1) * (q);                                          \
+    gmp_sub_ddmmss ((r1), (r0), (r1), (n0), (d1), (d0));               \
+    gmp_umul_ppmm (_t1, _t0, (d0), (q));                               \
+    gmp_sub_ddmmss ((r1), (r0), (r1), (r0), _t1, _t0);                 \
+    (q)++;                                                             \
+                                                                       \
+    /* Conditionally adjust q and the remainders */                    \
+    _mask = - (mp_limb_t) ((r1) >= _q0);                               \
+    (q) += _mask;                                                      \
+    gmp_add_ssaaaa ((r1), (r0), (r1), (r0), _mask & (d1), _mask & (d0)); \
+    if ((r1) >= (d1))                                                  \
+      {                                                                        
\
+       if ((r1) > (d1) || (r0) >= (d0))                                \
+         {                                                             \
+           (q)++;                                                      \
+           gmp_sub_ddmmss ((r1), (r0), (r1), (r0), (d1), (d0));        \
+         }                                                             \
+      }                                                                        
\
+  } while (0)
+
+/* Swap macros. */
+#define MP_LIMB_T_SWAP(x, y)                                           \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    mp_limb_t __mp_limb_t_swap__tmp = (x);                             \
+    (x) = (y);                                                         \
+    (y) = __mp_limb_t_swap__tmp;                                       \
+  } while (0)
+#define MP_SIZE_T_SWAP(x, y)                                           \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    mp_size_t __mp_size_t_swap__tmp = (x);                             \
+    (x) = (y);                                                         \
+    (y) = __mp_size_t_swap__tmp;                                       \
+  } while (0)
+#define MP_BITCNT_T_SWAP(x,y)                  \
+  do {                                         \
+    mp_bitcnt_t __mp_bitcnt_t_swap__tmp = (x); \
+    (x) = (y);                                 \
+    (y) = __mp_bitcnt_t_swap__tmp;             \
+  } while (0)
+#define MP_PTR_SWAP(x, y)                                              \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    mp_ptr __mp_ptr_swap__tmp = (x);                                   \
+    (x) = (y);                                                         \
+    (y) = __mp_ptr_swap__tmp;                                          \
+  } while (0)
+#define MP_SRCPTR_SWAP(x, y)                                           \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    mp_srcptr __mp_srcptr_swap__tmp = (x);                             \
+    (x) = (y);                                                         \
+    (y) = __mp_srcptr_swap__tmp;                                       \
+  } while (0)
+
+#define MPN_PTR_SWAP(xp,xs, yp,ys)                                     \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    MP_PTR_SWAP (xp, yp);                                              \
+    MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (xs, ys);                                           \
+  } while(0)
+#define MPN_SRCPTR_SWAP(xp,xs, yp,ys)                                  \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    MP_SRCPTR_SWAP (xp, yp);                                           \
+    MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (xs, ys);                                           \
+  } while(0)
+
+#define MPZ_PTR_SWAP(x, y)                                             \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    mpz_ptr __mpz_ptr_swap__tmp = (x);                                 \
+    (x) = (y);                                                         \
+    (y) = __mpz_ptr_swap__tmp;                                         \
+  } while (0)
+#define MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP(x, y)                                          \
+  do {                                                                 \
+    mpz_srcptr __mpz_srcptr_swap__tmp = (x);                           \
+    (x) = (y);                                                         \
+    (y) = __mpz_srcptr_swap__tmp;                                      \
+  } while (0)
+
+const int mp_bits_per_limb = GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+
+/* Memory allocation and other helper functions. */
+static void
+gmp_die (const char *msg)
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", msg);
+  abort();
+}
+
+static void *
+gmp_default_alloc (size_t size)
+{
+  void *p;
+
+  assert (size > 0);
+
+  p = malloc (size);
+  if (!p)
+    gmp_die("gmp_default_alloc: Virtual memory exhausted.");
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+static void *
+gmp_default_realloc (void *old, size_t unused_old_size, size_t new_size)
+{
+  void * p;
+
+  p = realloc (old, new_size);
+
+  if (!p)
+    gmp_die("gmp_default_realloc: Virtual memory exhausted.");
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+static void
+gmp_default_free (void *p, size_t unused_size)
+{
+  free (p);
+}
+
+static void * (*gmp_allocate_func) (size_t) = gmp_default_alloc;
+static void * (*gmp_reallocate_func) (void *, size_t, size_t) = 
gmp_default_realloc;
+static void (*gmp_free_func) (void *, size_t) = gmp_default_free;
+
+void
+mp_get_memory_functions (void *(**alloc_func) (size_t),
+                        void *(**realloc_func) (void *, size_t, size_t),
+                        void (**free_func) (void *, size_t))
+{
+  if (alloc_func)
+    *alloc_func = gmp_allocate_func;
+
+  if (realloc_func)
+    *realloc_func = gmp_reallocate_func;
+
+  if (free_func)
+    *free_func = gmp_free_func;
+}
+
+void
+mp_set_memory_functions (void *(*alloc_func) (size_t),
+                        void *(*realloc_func) (void *, size_t, size_t),
+                        void (*free_func) (void *, size_t))
+{
+  if (!alloc_func)
+    alloc_func = gmp_default_alloc;
+  if (!realloc_func)
+    realloc_func = gmp_default_realloc;
+  if (!free_func)
+    free_func = gmp_default_free;
+
+  gmp_allocate_func = alloc_func;
+  gmp_reallocate_func = realloc_func;
+  gmp_free_func = free_func;
+}
+
+#define gmp_alloc(size) ((*gmp_allocate_func)((size)))
+#define gmp_free(p, size) ((*gmp_free_func) ((p), (size)))
+#define gmp_realloc(ptr, old_size, size) ((*gmp_reallocate_func)(ptr, 
old_size, size))
+
+static mp_ptr
+gmp_alloc_limbs (mp_size_t size)
+{
+  return (mp_ptr) gmp_alloc (size * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+}
+
+static mp_ptr
+gmp_realloc_limbs (mp_ptr old, mp_size_t old_size, mp_size_t size)
+{
+  assert (size > 0);
+  return (mp_ptr) gmp_realloc (old, old_size * sizeof (mp_limb_t), size * 
sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+}
+
+static void
+gmp_free_limbs (mp_ptr old, mp_size_t size)
+{
+  gmp_free (old, size * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+}
+
+
+/* MPN interface */
+
+void
+mpn_copyi (mp_ptr d, mp_srcptr s, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+    d[i] = s[i];
+}
+
+void
+mpn_copyd (mp_ptr d, mp_srcptr s, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (--n >= 0)
+    d[n] = s[n];
+}
+
+int
+mpn_cmp (mp_srcptr ap, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (--n >= 0)
+    {
+      if (ap[n] != bp[n])
+       return ap[n] > bp[n] ? 1 : -1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+mpn_cmp4 (mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t an, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t bn)
+{
+  if (an != bn)
+    return an < bn ? -1 : 1;
+  else
+    return mpn_cmp (ap, bp, an);
+}
+
+static mp_size_t
+mpn_normalized_size (mp_srcptr xp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (n > 0 && xp[n-1] == 0)
+    --n;
+  return n;
+}
+
+int
+mpn_zero_p(mp_srcptr rp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  return mpn_normalized_size (rp, n) == 0;
+}
+
+void
+mpn_zero (mp_ptr rp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (--n >= 0)
+    rp[n] = 0;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_add_1 (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t n, mp_limb_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+
+  assert (n > 0);
+  i = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      mp_limb_t r = ap[i] + b;
+      /* Carry out */
+      b = (r < b);
+      rp[i] = r;
+    }
+  while (++i < n);
+
+  return b;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_add_n (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  mp_limb_t cy;
+
+  for (i = 0, cy = 0; i < n; i++)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t a, b, r;
+      a = ap[i]; b = bp[i];
+      r = a + cy;
+      cy = (r < cy);
+      r += b;
+      cy += (r < b);
+      rp[i] = r;
+    }
+  return cy;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_add (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t an, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t bn)
+{
+  mp_limb_t cy;
+
+  assert (an >= bn);
+
+  cy = mpn_add_n (rp, ap, bp, bn);
+  if (an > bn)
+    cy = mpn_add_1 (rp + bn, ap + bn, an - bn, cy);
+  return cy;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_sub_1 (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t n, mp_limb_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+
+  assert (n > 0);
+
+  i = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      mp_limb_t a = ap[i];
+      /* Carry out */
+      mp_limb_t cy = a < b;
+      rp[i] = a - b;
+      b = cy;
+    }
+  while (++i < n);
+
+  return b;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_sub_n (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  mp_limb_t cy;
+
+  for (i = 0, cy = 0; i < n; i++)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t a, b;
+      a = ap[i]; b = bp[i];
+      b += cy;
+      cy = (b < cy);
+      cy += (a < b);
+      rp[i] = a - b;
+    }
+  return cy;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_sub (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t an, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t bn)
+{
+  mp_limb_t cy;
+
+  assert (an >= bn);
+
+  cy = mpn_sub_n (rp, ap, bp, bn);
+  if (an > bn)
+    cy = mpn_sub_1 (rp + bn, ap + bn, an - bn, cy);
+  return cy;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_mul_1 (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n, mp_limb_t vl)
+{
+  mp_limb_t ul, cl, hpl, lpl;
+
+  assert (n >= 1);
+
+  cl = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = *up++;
+      gmp_umul_ppmm (hpl, lpl, ul, vl);
+
+      lpl += cl;
+      cl = (lpl < cl) + hpl;
+
+      *rp++ = lpl;
+    }
+  while (--n != 0);
+
+  return cl;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_addmul_1 (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n, mp_limb_t vl)
+{
+  mp_limb_t ul, cl, hpl, lpl, rl;
+
+  assert (n >= 1);
+
+  cl = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = *up++;
+      gmp_umul_ppmm (hpl, lpl, ul, vl);
+
+      lpl += cl;
+      cl = (lpl < cl) + hpl;
+
+      rl = *rp;
+      lpl = rl + lpl;
+      cl += lpl < rl;
+      *rp++ = lpl;
+    }
+  while (--n != 0);
+
+  return cl;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_submul_1 (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n, mp_limb_t vl)
+{
+  mp_limb_t ul, cl, hpl, lpl, rl;
+
+  assert (n >= 1);
+
+  cl = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = *up++;
+      gmp_umul_ppmm (hpl, lpl, ul, vl);
+
+      lpl += cl;
+      cl = (lpl < cl) + hpl;
+
+      rl = *rp;
+      lpl = rl - lpl;
+      cl += lpl > rl;
+      *rp++ = lpl;
+    }
+  while (--n != 0);
+
+  return cl;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_mul (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t un, mp_srcptr vp, mp_size_t vn)
+{
+  assert (un >= vn);
+  assert (vn >= 1);
+  assert (!GMP_MPN_OVERLAP_P(rp, un + vn, up, un));
+  assert (!GMP_MPN_OVERLAP_P(rp, un + vn, vp, vn));
+
+  /* We first multiply by the low order limb. This result can be
+     stored, not added, to rp. We also avoid a loop for zeroing this
+     way. */
+
+  rp[un] = mpn_mul_1 (rp, up, un, vp[0]);
+
+  /* Now accumulate the product of up[] and the next higher limb from
+     vp[]. */
+
+  while (--vn >= 1)
+    {
+      rp += 1, vp += 1;
+      rp[un] = mpn_addmul_1 (rp, up, un, vp[0]);
+    }
+  return rp[un];
+}
+
+void
+mpn_mul_n (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mpn_mul (rp, ap, n, bp, n);
+}
+
+void
+mpn_sqr (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mpn_mul (rp, ap, n, ap, n);
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_lshift (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n, unsigned int cnt)
+{
+  mp_limb_t high_limb, low_limb;
+  unsigned int tnc;
+  mp_limb_t retval;
+
+  assert (n >= 1);
+  assert (cnt >= 1);
+  assert (cnt < GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  up += n;
+  rp += n;
+
+  tnc = GMP_LIMB_BITS - cnt;
+  low_limb = *--up;
+  retval = low_limb >> tnc;
+  high_limb = (low_limb << cnt);
+
+  while (--n != 0)
+    {
+      low_limb = *--up;
+      *--rp = high_limb | (low_limb >> tnc);
+      high_limb = (low_limb << cnt);
+    }
+  *--rp = high_limb;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_rshift (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n, unsigned int cnt)
+{
+  mp_limb_t high_limb, low_limb;
+  unsigned int tnc;
+  mp_limb_t retval;
+
+  assert (n >= 1);
+  assert (cnt >= 1);
+  assert (cnt < GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  tnc = GMP_LIMB_BITS - cnt;
+  high_limb = *up++;
+  retval = (high_limb << tnc);
+  low_limb = high_limb >> cnt;
+
+  while (--n != 0)
+    {
+      high_limb = *up++;
+      *rp++ = low_limb | (high_limb << tnc);
+      low_limb = high_limb >> cnt;
+    }
+  *rp = low_limb;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+static mp_bitcnt_t
+mpn_common_scan (mp_limb_t limb, mp_size_t i, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t un,
+                mp_limb_t ux)
+{
+  unsigned cnt;
+
+  assert (ux == 0 || ux == GMP_LIMB_MAX);
+  assert (0 <= i && i <= un );
+
+  while (limb == 0)
+    {
+      i++;
+      if (i == un)
+       return (ux == 0 ? ~(mp_bitcnt_t) 0 : un * GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+      limb = ux ^ up[i];
+    }
+  gmp_ctz (cnt, limb);
+  return (mp_bitcnt_t) i * GMP_LIMB_BITS + cnt;
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpn_scan1 (mp_srcptr ptr, mp_bitcnt_t bit)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  i = bit / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  return mpn_common_scan ( ptr[i] & (GMP_LIMB_MAX << (bit % GMP_LIMB_BITS)),
+                         i, ptr, i, 0);
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpn_scan0 (mp_srcptr ptr, mp_bitcnt_t bit)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  i = bit / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  return mpn_common_scan (~ptr[i] & (GMP_LIMB_MAX << (bit % GMP_LIMB_BITS)),
+                         i, ptr, i, GMP_LIMB_MAX);
+}
+
+void
+mpn_com (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (--n >= 0)
+    *rp++ = ~ *up++;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_neg (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (*up == 0)
+    {
+      *rp = 0;
+      if (!--n)
+       return 0;
+      ++up; ++rp;
+    }
+  *rp = - *up;
+  mpn_com (++rp, ++up, --n);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* MPN division interface. */
+
+/* The 3/2 inverse is defined as
+
+     m = floor( (B^3-1) / (B u1 + u0)) - B
+*/
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_invert_3by2 (mp_limb_t u1, mp_limb_t u0)
+{
+  mp_limb_t r, m;
+
+  {
+    mp_limb_t p, ql;
+    unsigned ul, uh, qh;
+
+    assert (sizeof (unsigned) * 2 >= sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+    /* For notation, let b denote the half-limb base, so that B = b^2.
+       Split u1 = b uh + ul. */
+    ul = u1 & GMP_LLIMB_MASK;
+    uh = u1 >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+
+    /* Approximation of the high half of quotient. Differs from the 2/1
+       inverse of the half limb uh, since we have already subtracted
+       u0. */
+    qh = (u1 ^ GMP_LIMB_MAX) / uh;
+
+    /* Adjust to get a half-limb 3/2 inverse, i.e., we want
+
+       qh' = floor( (b^3 - 1) / u) - b = floor ((b^3 - b u - 1) / u
+          = floor( (b (~u) + b-1) / u),
+
+       and the remainder
+
+       r = b (~u) + b-1 - qh (b uh + ul)
+       = b (~u - qh uh) + b-1 - qh ul
+
+       Subtraction of qh ul may underflow, which implies adjustments.
+       But by normalization, 2 u >= B > qh ul, so we need to adjust by
+       at most 2.
+    */
+
+    r = ((~u1 - (mp_limb_t) qh * uh) << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | GMP_LLIMB_MASK;
+
+    p = (mp_limb_t) qh * ul;
+    /* Adjustment steps taken from udiv_qrnnd_c */
+    if (r < p)
+      {
+       qh--;
+       r += u1;
+       if (r >= u1) /* i.e. we didn't get carry when adding to r */
+         if (r < p)
+           {
+             qh--;
+             r += u1;
+           }
+      }
+    r -= p;
+
+    /* Low half of the quotient is
+
+       ql = floor ( (b r + b-1) / u1).
+
+       This is a 3/2 division (on half-limbs), for which qh is a
+       suitable inverse. */
+
+    p = (r >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) * qh + r;
+    /* Unlike full-limb 3/2, we can add 1 without overflow. For this to
+       work, it is essential that ql is a full mp_limb_t. */
+    ql = (p >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) + 1;
+
+    /* By the 3/2 trick, we don't need the high half limb. */
+    r = (r << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) + GMP_LLIMB_MASK - ql * u1;
+
+    if (r >= (GMP_LIMB_MAX & (p << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2))))
+      {
+       ql--;
+       r += u1;
+      }
+    m = ((mp_limb_t) qh << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) + ql;
+    if (r >= u1)
+      {
+       m++;
+       r -= u1;
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* Now m is the 2/1 inverse of u1. If u0 > 0, adjust it to become a
+     3/2 inverse. */
+  if (u0 > 0)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t th, tl;
+      r = ~r;
+      r += u0;
+      if (r < u0)
+       {
+         m--;
+         if (r >= u1)
+           {
+             m--;
+             r -= u1;
+           }
+         r -= u1;
+       }
+      gmp_umul_ppmm (th, tl, u0, m);
+      r += th;
+      if (r < th)
+       {
+         m--;
+         m -= ((r > u1) | ((r == u1) & (tl > u0)));
+       }
+    }
+
+  return m;
+}
+
+struct gmp_div_inverse
+{
+  /* Normalization shift count. */
+  unsigned shift;
+  /* Normalized divisor (d0 unused for mpn_div_qr_1) */
+  mp_limb_t d1, d0;
+  /* Inverse, for 2/1 or 3/2. */
+  mp_limb_t di;
+};
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_1_invert (struct gmp_div_inverse *inv, mp_limb_t d)
+{
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  assert (d > 0);
+  gmp_clz (shift, d);
+  inv->shift = shift;
+  inv->d1 = d << shift;
+  inv->di = mpn_invert_limb (inv->d1);
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_2_invert (struct gmp_div_inverse *inv,
+                    mp_limb_t d1, mp_limb_t d0)
+{
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  assert (d1 > 0);
+  gmp_clz (shift, d1);
+  inv->shift = shift;
+  if (shift > 0)
+    {
+      d1 = (d1 << shift) | (d0 >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift));
+      d0 <<= shift;
+    }
+  inv->d1 = d1;
+  inv->d0 = d0;
+  inv->di = mpn_invert_3by2 (d1, d0);
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_invert (struct gmp_div_inverse *inv,
+                  mp_srcptr dp, mp_size_t dn)
+{
+  assert (dn > 0);
+
+  if (dn == 1)
+    mpn_div_qr_1_invert (inv, dp[0]);
+  else if (dn == 2)
+    mpn_div_qr_2_invert (inv, dp[1], dp[0]);
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned shift;
+      mp_limb_t d1, d0;
+
+      d1 = dp[dn-1];
+      d0 = dp[dn-2];
+      assert (d1 > 0);
+      gmp_clz (shift, d1);
+      inv->shift = shift;
+      if (shift > 0)
+       {
+         d1 = (d1 << shift) | (d0 >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift));
+         d0 = (d0 << shift) | (dp[dn-3] >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift));
+       }
+      inv->d1 = d1;
+      inv->d0 = d0;
+      inv->di = mpn_invert_3by2 (d1, d0);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Not matching current public gmp interface, rather corresponding to
+   the sbpi1_div_* functions. */
+static mp_limb_t
+mpn_div_qr_1_preinv (mp_ptr qp, mp_srcptr np, mp_size_t nn,
+                    const struct gmp_div_inverse *inv)
+{
+  mp_limb_t d, di;
+  mp_limb_t r;
+  mp_ptr tp = NULL;
+  mp_size_t tn = 0;
+
+  if (inv->shift > 0)
+    {
+      /* Shift, reusing qp area if possible. In-place shift if qp == np. */
+      tp = qp;
+      if (!tp)
+        {
+          tn = nn;
+          tp = gmp_alloc_limbs (tn);
+        }
+      r = mpn_lshift (tp, np, nn, inv->shift);
+      np = tp;
+    }
+  else
+    r = 0;
+
+  d = inv->d1;
+  di = inv->di;
+  while (--nn >= 0)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t q;
+
+      gmp_udiv_qrnnd_preinv (q, r, r, np[nn], d, di);
+      if (qp)
+       qp[nn] = q;
+    }
+  if (tn)
+    gmp_free_limbs (tp, tn);
+
+  return r >> inv->shift;
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_2_preinv (mp_ptr qp, mp_ptr np, mp_size_t nn,
+                    const struct gmp_div_inverse *inv)
+{
+  unsigned shift;
+  mp_size_t i;
+  mp_limb_t d1, d0, di, r1, r0;
+
+  assert (nn >= 2);
+  shift = inv->shift;
+  d1 = inv->d1;
+  d0 = inv->d0;
+  di = inv->di;
+
+  if (shift > 0)
+    r1 = mpn_lshift (np, np, nn, shift);
+  else
+    r1 = 0;
+
+  r0 = np[nn - 1];
+
+  i = nn - 2;
+  do
+    {
+      mp_limb_t n0, q;
+      n0 = np[i];
+      gmp_udiv_qr_3by2 (q, r1, r0, r1, r0, n0, d1, d0, di);
+
+      if (qp)
+       qp[i] = q;
+    }
+  while (--i >= 0);
+
+  if (shift > 0)
+    {
+      assert ((r0 & (GMP_LIMB_MAX >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift))) == 0);
+      r0 = (r0 >> shift) | (r1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift));
+      r1 >>= shift;
+    }
+
+  np[1] = r1;
+  np[0] = r0;
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_pi1 (mp_ptr qp,
+               mp_ptr np, mp_size_t nn, mp_limb_t n1,
+               mp_srcptr dp, mp_size_t dn,
+               mp_limb_t dinv)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+
+  mp_limb_t d1, d0;
+  mp_limb_t cy, cy1;
+  mp_limb_t q;
+
+  assert (dn > 2);
+  assert (nn >= dn);
+
+  d1 = dp[dn - 1];
+  d0 = dp[dn - 2];
+
+  assert ((d1 & GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT) != 0);
+  /* Iteration variable is the index of the q limb.
+   *
+   * We divide <n1, np[dn-1+i], np[dn-2+i], np[dn-3+i],..., np[i]>
+   * by            <d1,          d0,        dp[dn-3],  ..., dp[0] >
+   */
+
+  i = nn - dn;
+  do
+    {
+      mp_limb_t n0 = np[dn-1+i];
+
+      if (n1 == d1 && n0 == d0)
+       {
+         q = GMP_LIMB_MAX;
+         mpn_submul_1 (np+i, dp, dn, q);
+         n1 = np[dn-1+i];      /* update n1, last loop's value will now be 
invalid */
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         gmp_udiv_qr_3by2 (q, n1, n0, n1, n0, np[dn-2+i], d1, d0, dinv);
+
+         cy = mpn_submul_1 (np + i, dp, dn-2, q);
+
+         cy1 = n0 < cy;
+         n0 = n0 - cy;
+         cy = n1 < cy1;
+         n1 = n1 - cy1;
+         np[dn-2+i] = n0;
+
+         if (cy != 0)
+           {
+             n1 += d1 + mpn_add_n (np + i, np + i, dp, dn - 1);
+             q--;
+           }
+       }
+
+      if (qp)
+       qp[i] = q;
+    }
+  while (--i >= 0);
+
+  np[dn - 1] = n1;
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_preinv (mp_ptr qp, mp_ptr np, mp_size_t nn,
+                  mp_srcptr dp, mp_size_t dn,
+                  const struct gmp_div_inverse *inv)
+{
+  assert (dn > 0);
+  assert (nn >= dn);
+
+  if (dn == 1)
+    np[0] = mpn_div_qr_1_preinv (qp, np, nn, inv);
+  else if (dn == 2)
+    mpn_div_qr_2_preinv (qp, np, nn, inv);
+  else
+    {
+      mp_limb_t nh;
+      unsigned shift;
+
+      assert (inv->d1 == dp[dn-1]);
+      assert (inv->d0 == dp[dn-2]);
+      assert ((inv->d1 & GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT) != 0);
+
+      shift = inv->shift;
+      if (shift > 0)
+       nh = mpn_lshift (np, np, nn, shift);
+      else
+       nh = 0;
+
+      mpn_div_qr_pi1 (qp, np, nn, nh, dp, dn, inv->di);
+
+      if (shift > 0)
+       gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_rshift (np, np, dn, shift));
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr (mp_ptr qp, mp_ptr np, mp_size_t nn, mp_srcptr dp, mp_size_t dn)
+{
+  struct gmp_div_inverse inv;
+  mp_ptr tp = NULL;
+
+  assert (dn > 0);
+  assert (nn >= dn);
+
+  mpn_div_qr_invert (&inv, dp, dn);
+  if (dn > 2 && inv.shift > 0)
+    {
+      tp = gmp_alloc_limbs (dn);
+      gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_lshift (tp, dp, dn, inv.shift));
+      dp = tp;
+    }
+  mpn_div_qr_preinv (qp, np, nn, dp, dn, &inv);
+  if (tp)
+    gmp_free_limbs (tp, dn);
+}
+
+
+/* MPN base conversion. */
+static unsigned
+mpn_base_power_of_two_p (unsigned b)
+{
+  switch (b)
+    {
+    case 2: return 1;
+    case 4: return 2;
+    case 8: return 3;
+    case 16: return 4;
+    case 32: return 5;
+    case 64: return 6;
+    case 128: return 7;
+    case 256: return 8;
+    default: return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+struct mpn_base_info
+{
+  /* bb is the largest power of the base which fits in one limb, and
+     exp is the corresponding exponent. */
+  unsigned exp;
+  mp_limb_t bb;
+};
+
+static void
+mpn_get_base_info (struct mpn_base_info *info, mp_limb_t b)
+{
+  mp_limb_t m;
+  mp_limb_t p;
+  unsigned exp;
+
+  m = GMP_LIMB_MAX / b;
+  for (exp = 1, p = b; p <= m; exp++)
+    p *= b;
+
+  info->exp = exp;
+  info->bb = p;
+}
+
+static mp_bitcnt_t
+mpn_limb_size_in_base_2 (mp_limb_t u)
+{
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  assert (u > 0);
+  gmp_clz (shift, u);
+  return GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift;
+}
+
+static size_t
+mpn_get_str_bits (unsigned char *sp, unsigned bits, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t un)
+{
+  unsigned char mask;
+  size_t sn, j;
+  mp_size_t i;
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  sn = ((un - 1) * GMP_LIMB_BITS + mpn_limb_size_in_base_2 (up[un-1])
+       + bits - 1) / bits;
+
+  mask = (1U << bits) - 1;
+
+  for (i = 0, j = sn, shift = 0; j-- > 0;)
+    {
+      unsigned char digit = up[i] >> shift;
+
+      shift += bits;
+
+      if (shift >= GMP_LIMB_BITS && ++i < un)
+       {
+         shift -= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+         digit |= up[i] << (bits - shift);
+       }
+      sp[j] = digit & mask;
+    }
+  return sn;
+}
+
+/* We generate digits from the least significant end, and reverse at
+   the end. */
+static size_t
+mpn_limb_get_str (unsigned char *sp, mp_limb_t w,
+                 const struct gmp_div_inverse *binv)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  for (i = 0; w > 0; i++)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t h, l, r;
+
+      h = w >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - binv->shift);
+      l = w << binv->shift;
+
+      gmp_udiv_qrnnd_preinv (w, r, h, l, binv->d1, binv->di);
+      assert ((r & (GMP_LIMB_MAX >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - binv->shift))) == 0);
+      r >>= binv->shift;
+
+      sp[i] = r;
+    }
+  return i;
+}
+
+static size_t
+mpn_get_str_other (unsigned char *sp,
+                  int base, const struct mpn_base_info *info,
+                  mp_ptr up, mp_size_t un)
+{
+  struct gmp_div_inverse binv;
+  size_t sn;
+  size_t i;
+
+  mpn_div_qr_1_invert (&binv, base);
+
+  sn = 0;
+
+  if (un > 1)
+    {
+      struct gmp_div_inverse bbinv;
+      mpn_div_qr_1_invert (&bbinv, info->bb);
+
+      do
+       {
+         mp_limb_t w;
+         size_t done;
+         w = mpn_div_qr_1_preinv (up, up, un, &bbinv);
+         un -= (up[un-1] == 0);
+         done = mpn_limb_get_str (sp + sn, w, &binv);
+
+         for (sn += done; done < info->exp; done++)
+           sp[sn++] = 0;
+       }
+      while (un > 1);
+    }
+  sn += mpn_limb_get_str (sp + sn, up[0], &binv);
+
+  /* Reverse order */
+  for (i = 0; 2*i + 1 < sn; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char t = sp[i];
+      sp[i] = sp[sn - i - 1];
+      sp[sn - i - 1] = t;
+    }
+
+  return sn;
+}
+
+size_t
+mpn_get_str (unsigned char *sp, int base, mp_ptr up, mp_size_t un)
+{
+  unsigned bits;
+
+  assert (un > 0);
+  assert (up[un-1] > 0);
+
+  bits = mpn_base_power_of_two_p (base);
+  if (bits)
+    return mpn_get_str_bits (sp, bits, up, un);
+  else
+    {
+      struct mpn_base_info info;
+
+      mpn_get_base_info (&info, base);
+      return mpn_get_str_other (sp, base, &info, up, un);
+    }
+}
+
+static mp_size_t
+mpn_set_str_bits (mp_ptr rp, const unsigned char *sp, size_t sn,
+                 unsigned bits)
+{
+  mp_size_t rn;
+  mp_limb_t limb;
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  for (limb = 0, rn = 0, shift = 0; sn-- > 0; )
+    {
+      limb |= (mp_limb_t) sp[sn] << shift;
+      shift += bits;
+      if (shift >= GMP_LIMB_BITS)
+       {
+         shift -= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+         rp[rn++] = limb;
+         /* Next line is correct also if shift == 0,
+            bits == 8, and mp_limb_t == unsigned char. */
+         limb = (unsigned int) sp[sn] >> (bits - shift);
+       }
+    }
+  if (limb != 0)
+    rp[rn++] = limb;
+  else
+    rn = mpn_normalized_size (rp, rn);
+  return rn;
+}
+
+/* Result is usually normalized, except for all-zero input, in which
+   case a single zero limb is written at *RP, and 1 is returned. */
+static mp_size_t
+mpn_set_str_other (mp_ptr rp, const unsigned char *sp, size_t sn,
+                  mp_limb_t b, const struct mpn_base_info *info)
+{
+  mp_size_t rn;
+  mp_limb_t w;
+  unsigned k;
+  size_t j;
+
+  assert (sn > 0);
+
+  k = 1 + (sn - 1) % info->exp;
+
+  j = 0;
+  w = sp[j++];
+  while (--k != 0)
+    w = w * b + sp[j++];
+
+  rp[0] = w;
+
+  for (rn = 1; j < sn;)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t cy;
+
+      w = sp[j++];
+      for (k = 1; k < info->exp; k++)
+       w = w * b + sp[j++];
+
+      cy = mpn_mul_1 (rp, rp, rn, info->bb);
+      cy += mpn_add_1 (rp, rp, rn, w);
+      if (cy > 0)
+       rp[rn++] = cy;
+    }
+  assert (j == sn);
+
+  return rn;
+}
+
+mp_size_t
+mpn_set_str (mp_ptr rp, const unsigned char *sp, size_t sn, int base)
+{
+  unsigned bits;
+
+  if (sn == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  bits = mpn_base_power_of_two_p (base);
+  if (bits)
+    return mpn_set_str_bits (rp, sp, sn, bits);
+  else
+    {
+      struct mpn_base_info info;
+
+      mpn_get_base_info (&info, base);
+      return mpn_set_str_other (rp, sp, sn, base, &info);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ interface */
+void
+mpz_init (mpz_t r)
+{
+  static const mp_limb_t dummy_limb = GMP_LIMB_MAX & 0xc1a0;
+
+  r->_mp_alloc = 0;
+  r->_mp_size = 0;
+  r->_mp_d = (mp_ptr) &dummy_limb;
+}
+
+/* The utility of this function is a bit limited, since many functions
+   assigns the result variable using mpz_swap. */
+void
+mpz_init2 (mpz_t r, mp_bitcnt_t bits)
+{
+  mp_size_t rn;
+
+  bits -= (bits != 0);         /* Round down, except if 0 */
+  rn = 1 + bits / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  r->_mp_alloc = rn;
+  r->_mp_size = 0;
+  r->_mp_d = gmp_alloc_limbs (rn);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_clear (mpz_t r)
+{
+  if (r->_mp_alloc)
+    gmp_free_limbs (r->_mp_d, r->_mp_alloc);
+}
+
+static mp_ptr
+mpz_realloc (mpz_t r, mp_size_t size)
+{
+  size = GMP_MAX (size, 1);
+
+  if (r->_mp_alloc)
+    r->_mp_d = gmp_realloc_limbs (r->_mp_d, r->_mp_alloc, size);
+  else
+    r->_mp_d = gmp_alloc_limbs (size);
+  r->_mp_alloc = size;
+
+  if (GMP_ABS (r->_mp_size) > size)
+    r->_mp_size = 0;
+
+  return r->_mp_d;
+}
+
+/* Realloc for an mpz_t WHAT if it has less than NEEDED limbs.  */
+#define MPZ_REALLOC(z,n) ((n) > (z)->_mp_alloc                 \
+                         ? mpz_realloc(z,n)                    \
+                         : (z)->_mp_d)
+
+/* MPZ assignment and basic conversions. */
+void
+mpz_set_si (mpz_t r, signed long int x)
+{
+  if (x >= 0)
+    mpz_set_ui (r, x);
+  else /* (x < 0) */
+    if (GMP_LIMB_BITS < GMP_ULONG_BITS)
+      {
+       mpz_set_ui (r, GMP_NEG_CAST (unsigned long int, x));
+       mpz_neg (r, r);
+      }
+  else
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = -1;
+      MPZ_REALLOC (r, 1)[0] = GMP_NEG_CAST (unsigned long int, x);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+mpz_set_ui (mpz_t r, unsigned long int x)
+{
+  if (x > 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 1;
+      MPZ_REALLOC (r, 1)[0] = x;
+      if (GMP_LIMB_BITS < GMP_ULONG_BITS)
+       {
+         int LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS = GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+         while (x >>= LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS)
+           {
+             ++ r->_mp_size;
+             MPZ_REALLOC (r, r->_mp_size)[r->_mp_size - 1] = x;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+  else
+    r->_mp_size = 0;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_set (mpz_t r, const mpz_t x)
+{
+  /* Allow the NOP r == x */
+  if (r != x)
+    {
+      mp_size_t n;
+      mp_ptr rp;
+
+      n = GMP_ABS (x->_mp_size);
+      rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, n);
+
+      mpn_copyi (rp, x->_mp_d, n);
+      r->_mp_size = x->_mp_size;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+mpz_init_set_si (mpz_t r, signed long int x)
+{
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_set_si (r, x);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_init_set_ui (mpz_t r, unsigned long int x)
+{
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_set_ui (r, x);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_init_set (mpz_t r, const mpz_t x)
+{
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_set (r, x);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_slong_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return mpz_cmp_si (u, LONG_MAX) <= 0 && mpz_cmp_si (u, LONG_MIN) >= 0;
+}
+
+static int
+mpn_absfits_ulong_p (mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t un)
+{
+  int ulongsize = GMP_ULONG_BITS / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  mp_limb_t ulongrem = 0;
+
+  if (GMP_ULONG_BITS % GMP_LIMB_BITS != 0)
+    ulongrem = (mp_limb_t) (ULONG_MAX >> GMP_LIMB_BITS * ulongsize) + 1;
+
+  return un <= ulongsize || (up[ulongsize] < ulongrem && un == ulongsize + 1);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_ulong_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mp_size_t us = u->_mp_size;
+
+  return us >= 0 && mpn_absfits_ulong_p (u->_mp_d, us);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_sint_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return mpz_cmp_si (u, INT_MAX) <= 0 && mpz_cmp_si (u, INT_MIN) >= 0;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_uint_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return u->_mp_size >= 0 && mpz_cmpabs_ui (u, UINT_MAX) <= 0;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_sshort_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return mpz_cmp_si (u, SHRT_MAX) <= 0 && mpz_cmp_si (u, SHRT_MIN) >= 0;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_ushort_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return u->_mp_size >= 0 && mpz_cmpabs_ui (u, USHRT_MAX) <= 0;
+}
+
+long int
+mpz_get_si (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  unsigned long r = mpz_get_ui (u);
+  unsigned long c = -LONG_MAX - LONG_MIN;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size < 0)
+    /* This expression is necessary to properly handle -LONG_MIN */
+    return -(long) c - (long) ((r - c) & LONG_MAX);
+  else
+    return (long) (r & LONG_MAX);
+}
+
+unsigned long int
+mpz_get_ui (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  if (GMP_LIMB_BITS < GMP_ULONG_BITS)
+    {
+      int LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS = GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+      unsigned long r = 0;
+      mp_size_t n = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+      n = GMP_MIN (n, 1 + (mp_size_t) (GMP_ULONG_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+      while (--n >= 0)
+       r = (r << LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS) + u->_mp_d[n];
+      return r;
+    }
+
+  return u->_mp_size == 0 ? 0 : u->_mp_d[0];
+}
+
+size_t
+mpz_size (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpz_getlimbn (const mpz_t u, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  if (n >= 0 && n < GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size))
+    return u->_mp_d[n];
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_realloc2 (mpz_t x, mp_bitcnt_t n)
+{
+  mpz_realloc (x, 1 + (n - (n != 0)) / GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+}
+
+mp_srcptr
+mpz_limbs_read (mpz_srcptr x)
+{
+  return x->_mp_d;
+}
+
+mp_ptr
+mpz_limbs_modify (mpz_t x, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  assert (n > 0);
+  return MPZ_REALLOC (x, n);
+}
+
+mp_ptr
+mpz_limbs_write (mpz_t x, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  return mpz_limbs_modify (x, n);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_limbs_finish (mpz_t x, mp_size_t xs)
+{
+  mp_size_t xn;
+  xn = mpn_normalized_size (x->_mp_d, GMP_ABS (xs));
+  x->_mp_size = xs < 0 ? -xn : xn;
+}
+
+static mpz_srcptr
+mpz_roinit_normal_n (mpz_t x, mp_srcptr xp, mp_size_t xs)
+{
+  x->_mp_alloc = 0;
+  x->_mp_d = (mp_ptr) xp;
+  x->_mp_size = xs;
+  return x;
+}
+
+mpz_srcptr
+mpz_roinit_n (mpz_t x, mp_srcptr xp, mp_size_t xs)
+{
+  mpz_roinit_normal_n (x, xp, xs);
+  mpz_limbs_finish (x, xs);
+  return x;
+}
+
+
+/* Conversions and comparison to double. */
+void
+mpz_set_d (mpz_t r, double x)
+{
+  int sign;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+  mp_size_t rn, i;
+  double B;
+  double Bi;
+  mp_limb_t f;
+
+  /* x != x is true when x is a NaN, and x == x * 0.5 is true when x is
+     zero or infinity. */
+  if (x != x || x == x * 0.5)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  sign = x < 0.0 ;
+  if (sign)
+    x = - x;
+
+  if (x < 1.0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+  B = 4.0 * (double) (GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT >> 1);
+  Bi = 1.0 / B;
+  for (rn = 1; x >= B; rn++)
+    x *= Bi;
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn);
+
+  f = (mp_limb_t) x;
+  x -= f;
+  assert (x < 1.0);
+  i = rn-1;
+  rp[i] = f;
+  while (--i >= 0)
+    {
+      x = B * x;
+      f = (mp_limb_t) x;
+      x -= f;
+      assert (x < 1.0);
+      rp[i] = f;
+    }
+
+  r->_mp_size = sign ? - rn : rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_init_set_d (mpz_t r, double x)
+{
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_set_d (r, x);
+}
+
+double
+mpz_get_d (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  int m;
+  mp_limb_t l;
+  mp_size_t un;
+  double x;
+  double B = 4.0 * (double) (GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT >> 1);
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+
+  if (un == 0)
+    return 0.0;
+
+  l = u->_mp_d[--un];
+  gmp_clz (m, l);
+  m = m + GMP_DBL_MANT_BITS - GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  if (m < 0)
+    l &= GMP_LIMB_MAX << -m;
+
+  for (x = l; --un >= 0;)
+    {
+      x = B*x;
+      if (m > 0) {
+       l = u->_mp_d[un];
+       m -= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+       if (m < 0)
+         l &= GMP_LIMB_MAX << -m;
+       x += l;
+      }
+    }
+
+  if (u->_mp_size < 0)
+    x = -x;
+
+  return x;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmpabs_d (const mpz_t x, double d)
+{
+  mp_size_t xn;
+  double B, Bi;
+  mp_size_t i;
+
+  xn = x->_mp_size;
+  d = GMP_ABS (d);
+
+  if (xn != 0)
+    {
+      xn = GMP_ABS (xn);
+
+      B = 4.0 * (double) (GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT >> 1);
+      Bi = 1.0 / B;
+
+      /* Scale d so it can be compared with the top limb. */
+      for (i = 1; i < xn; i++)
+       d *= Bi;
+
+      if (d >= B)
+       return -1;
+
+      /* Compare floor(d) to top limb, subtract and cancel when equal. */
+      for (i = xn; i-- > 0;)
+       {
+         mp_limb_t f, xl;
+
+         f = (mp_limb_t) d;
+         xl = x->_mp_d[i];
+         if (xl > f)
+           return 1;
+         else if (xl < f)
+           return -1;
+         d = B * (d - f);
+       }
+    }
+  return - (d > 0.0);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmp_d (const mpz_t x, double d)
+{
+  if (x->_mp_size < 0)
+    {
+      if (d >= 0.0)
+       return -1;
+      else
+       return -mpz_cmpabs_d (x, d);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (d < 0.0)
+       return 1;
+      else
+       return mpz_cmpabs_d (x, d);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ comparisons and the like. */
+int
+mpz_sgn (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return GMP_CMP (u->_mp_size, 0);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmp_si (const mpz_t u, long v)
+{
+  mp_size_t usize = u->_mp_size;
+
+  if (v >= 0)
+    return mpz_cmp_ui (u, v);
+  else if (usize >= 0)
+    return 1;
+  else
+    return - mpz_cmpabs_ui (u, GMP_NEG_CAST (unsigned long int, v));
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmp_ui (const mpz_t u, unsigned long v)
+{
+  mp_size_t usize = u->_mp_size;
+
+  if (usize < 0)
+    return -1;
+  else
+    return mpz_cmpabs_ui (u, v);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmp (const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t asize = a->_mp_size;
+  mp_size_t bsize = b->_mp_size;
+
+  if (asize != bsize)
+    return (asize < bsize) ? -1 : 1;
+  else if (asize >= 0)
+    return mpn_cmp (a->_mp_d, b->_mp_d, asize);
+  else
+    return mpn_cmp (b->_mp_d, a->_mp_d, -asize);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmpabs_ui (const mpz_t u, unsigned long v)
+{
+  mp_size_t un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+
+  if (! mpn_absfits_ulong_p (u->_mp_d, un))
+    return 1;
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned long uu = mpz_get_ui (u);
+      return GMP_CMP(uu, v);
+    }
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmpabs (const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  return mpn_cmp4 (u->_mp_d, GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size),
+                  v->_mp_d, GMP_ABS (v->_mp_size));
+}
+
+void
+mpz_abs (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mpz_set (r, u);
+  r->_mp_size = GMP_ABS (r->_mp_size);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_neg (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mpz_set (r, u);
+  r->_mp_size = -r->_mp_size;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_swap (mpz_t u, mpz_t v)
+{
+  MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (u->_mp_alloc, v->_mp_alloc);
+  MPN_PTR_SWAP (u->_mp_d, u->_mp_size, v->_mp_d, v->_mp_size);
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ addition and subtraction */
+
+
+void
+mpz_add_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, unsigned long b)
+{
+  mpz_t bb;
+  mpz_init_set_ui (bb, b);
+  mpz_add (r, a, bb);
+  mpz_clear (bb);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_sub_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, unsigned long b)
+{
+  mpz_ui_sub (r, b, a);
+  mpz_neg (r, r);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_ui_sub (mpz_t r, unsigned long a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mpz_neg (r, b);
+  mpz_add_ui (r, r, a);
+}
+
+static mp_size_t
+mpz_abs_add (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t an = GMP_ABS (a->_mp_size);
+  mp_size_t bn = GMP_ABS (b->_mp_size);
+  mp_ptr rp;
+  mp_limb_t cy;
+
+  if (an < bn)
+    {
+      MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP (a, b);
+      MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (an, bn);
+    }
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, an + 1);
+  cy = mpn_add (rp, a->_mp_d, an, b->_mp_d, bn);
+
+  rp[an] = cy;
+
+  return an + cy;
+}
+
+static mp_size_t
+mpz_abs_sub (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t an = GMP_ABS (a->_mp_size);
+  mp_size_t bn = GMP_ABS (b->_mp_size);
+  int cmp;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+
+  cmp = mpn_cmp4 (a->_mp_d, an, b->_mp_d, bn);
+  if (cmp > 0)
+    {
+      rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, an);
+      gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_sub (rp, a->_mp_d, an, b->_mp_d, bn));
+      return mpn_normalized_size (rp, an);
+    }
+  else if (cmp < 0)
+    {
+      rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, bn);
+      gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_sub (rp, b->_mp_d, bn, a->_mp_d, an));
+      return -mpn_normalized_size (rp, bn);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_add (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t rn;
+
+  if ( (a->_mp_size ^ b->_mp_size) >= 0)
+    rn = mpz_abs_add (r, a, b);
+  else
+    rn = mpz_abs_sub (r, a, b);
+
+  r->_mp_size = a->_mp_size >= 0 ? rn : - rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_sub (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t rn;
+
+  if ( (a->_mp_size ^ b->_mp_size) >= 0)
+    rn = mpz_abs_sub (r, a, b);
+  else
+    rn = mpz_abs_add (r, a, b);
+
+  r->_mp_size = a->_mp_size >= 0 ? rn : - rn;
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ multiplication */
+void
+mpz_mul_si (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, long int v)
+{
+  if (v < 0)
+    {
+      mpz_mul_ui (r, u, GMP_NEG_CAST (unsigned long int, v));
+      mpz_neg (r, r);
+    }
+  else
+    mpz_mul_ui (r, u, v);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_mul_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, unsigned long int v)
+{
+  mpz_t vv;
+  mpz_init_set_ui (vv, v);
+  mpz_mul (r, u, vv);
+  mpz_clear (vv);
+  return;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_mul (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  int sign;
+  mp_size_t un, vn, rn;
+  mpz_t t;
+  mp_ptr tp;
+
+  un = u->_mp_size;
+  vn = v->_mp_size;
+
+  if (un == 0 || vn == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  sign = (un ^ vn) < 0;
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (un);
+  vn = GMP_ABS (vn);
+
+  mpz_init2 (t, (un + vn) * GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  tp = t->_mp_d;
+  if (un >= vn)
+    mpn_mul (tp, u->_mp_d, un, v->_mp_d, vn);
+  else
+    mpn_mul (tp, v->_mp_d, vn, u->_mp_d, un);
+
+  rn = un + vn;
+  rn -= tp[rn-1] == 0;
+
+  t->_mp_size = sign ? - rn : rn;
+  mpz_swap (r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_mul_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t bits)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, rn;
+  mp_size_t limbs;
+  unsigned shift;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+  if (un == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  limbs = bits / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  shift = bits % GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  rn = un + limbs + (shift > 0);
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn);
+  if (shift > 0)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t cy = mpn_lshift (rp + limbs, u->_mp_d, un, shift);
+      rp[rn-1] = cy;
+      rn -= (cy == 0);
+    }
+  else
+    mpn_copyd (rp + limbs, u->_mp_d, un);
+
+  mpn_zero (rp, limbs);
+
+  r->_mp_size = (u->_mp_size < 0) ? - rn : rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_addmul_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, unsigned long int v)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  mpz_init_set_ui (t, v);
+  mpz_mul (t, u, t);
+  mpz_add (r, r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_submul_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, unsigned long int v)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  mpz_init_set_ui (t, v);
+  mpz_mul (t, u, t);
+  mpz_sub (r, r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_addmul (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  mpz_init (t);
+  mpz_mul (t, u, v);
+  mpz_add (r, r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_submul (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  mpz_init (t);
+  mpz_mul (t, u, v);
+  mpz_sub (r, r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ division */
+enum mpz_div_round_mode { GMP_DIV_FLOOR, GMP_DIV_CEIL, GMP_DIV_TRUNC };
+
+/* Allows q or r to be zero. Returns 1 iff remainder is non-zero. */
+static int
+mpz_div_qr (mpz_t q, mpz_t r,
+           const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d, enum mpz_div_round_mode mode)
+{
+  mp_size_t ns, ds, nn, dn, qs;
+  ns = n->_mp_size;
+  ds = d->_mp_size;
+
+  if (ds == 0)
+    gmp_die("mpz_div_qr: Divide by zero.");
+
+  if (ns == 0)
+    {
+      if (q)
+       q->_mp_size = 0;
+      if (r)
+       r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  nn = GMP_ABS (ns);
+  dn = GMP_ABS (ds);
+
+  qs = ds ^ ns;
+
+  if (nn < dn)
+    {
+      if (mode == GMP_DIV_CEIL && qs >= 0)
+       {
+         /* q = 1, r = n - d */
+         if (r)
+           mpz_sub (r, n, d);
+         if (q)
+           mpz_set_ui (q, 1);
+       }
+      else if (mode == GMP_DIV_FLOOR && qs < 0)
+       {
+         /* q = -1, r = n + d */
+         if (r)
+           mpz_add (r, n, d);
+         if (q)
+           mpz_set_si (q, -1);
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         /* q = 0, r = d */
+         if (r)
+           mpz_set (r, n);
+         if (q)
+           q->_mp_size = 0;
+       }
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      mp_ptr np, qp;
+      mp_size_t qn, rn;
+      mpz_t tq, tr;
+
+      mpz_init_set (tr, n);
+      np = tr->_mp_d;
+
+      qn = nn - dn + 1;
+
+      if (q)
+       {
+         mpz_init2 (tq, qn * GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+         qp = tq->_mp_d;
+       }
+      else
+       qp = NULL;
+
+      mpn_div_qr (qp, np, nn, d->_mp_d, dn);
+
+      if (qp)
+       {
+         qn -= (qp[qn-1] == 0);
+
+         tq->_mp_size = qs < 0 ? -qn : qn;
+       }
+      rn = mpn_normalized_size (np, dn);
+      tr->_mp_size = ns < 0 ? - rn : rn;
+
+      if (mode == GMP_DIV_FLOOR && qs < 0 && rn != 0)
+       {
+         if (q)
+           mpz_sub_ui (tq, tq, 1);
+         if (r)
+           mpz_add (tr, tr, d);
+       }
+      else if (mode == GMP_DIV_CEIL && qs >= 0 && rn != 0)
+       {
+         if (q)
+           mpz_add_ui (tq, tq, 1);
+         if (r)
+           mpz_sub (tr, tr, d);
+       }
+
+      if (q)
+       {
+         mpz_swap (tq, q);
+         mpz_clear (tq);
+       }
+      if (r)
+       mpz_swap (tr, r);
+
+      mpz_clear (tr);
+
+      return rn != 0;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+mpz_cdiv_qr (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fdiv_qr (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_tdiv_qr (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_cdiv_q (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fdiv_q (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_tdiv_q (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_cdiv_r (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fdiv_r (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_tdiv_r (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_mod (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (NULL, r, n, d, d->_mp_size >= 0 ? GMP_DIV_FLOOR : GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+static void
+mpz_div_q_2exp (mpz_t q, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index,
+               enum mpz_div_round_mode mode)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, qn;
+  mp_size_t limb_cnt;
+  mp_ptr qp;
+  int adjust;
+
+  un = u->_mp_size;
+  if (un == 0)
+    {
+      q->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+  limb_cnt = bit_index / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  qn = GMP_ABS (un) - limb_cnt;
+  bit_index %= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  if (mode == ((un > 0) ? GMP_DIV_CEIL : GMP_DIV_FLOOR)) /* un != 0 here. */
+    /* Note: Below, the final indexing at limb_cnt is valid because at
+       that point we have qn > 0. */
+    adjust = (qn <= 0
+             || !mpn_zero_p (u->_mp_d, limb_cnt)
+             || (u->_mp_d[limb_cnt]
+                 & (((mp_limb_t) 1 << bit_index) - 1)));
+  else
+    adjust = 0;
+
+  if (qn <= 0)
+    qn = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      qp = MPZ_REALLOC (q, qn);
+
+      if (bit_index != 0)
+       {
+         mpn_rshift (qp, u->_mp_d + limb_cnt, qn, bit_index);
+         qn -= qp[qn - 1] == 0;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         mpn_copyi (qp, u->_mp_d + limb_cnt, qn);
+       }
+    }
+
+  q->_mp_size = qn;
+
+  if (adjust)
+    mpz_add_ui (q, q, 1);
+  if (un < 0)
+    mpz_neg (q, q);
+}
+
+static void
+mpz_div_r_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index,
+               enum mpz_div_round_mode mode)
+{
+  mp_size_t us, un, rn;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+  mp_limb_t mask;
+
+  us = u->_mp_size;
+  if (us == 0 || bit_index == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+  rn = (bit_index + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  assert (rn > 0);
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn);
+  un = GMP_ABS (us);
+
+  mask = GMP_LIMB_MAX >> (rn * GMP_LIMB_BITS - bit_index);
+
+  if (rn > un)
+    {
+      /* Quotient (with truncation) is zero, and remainder is
+        non-zero */
+      if (mode == ((us > 0) ? GMP_DIV_CEIL : GMP_DIV_FLOOR)) /* us != 0 here. 
*/
+       {
+         /* Have to negate and sign extend. */
+         mp_size_t i;
+
+         gmp_assert_nocarry (! mpn_neg (rp, u->_mp_d, un));
+         for (i = un; i < rn - 1; i++)
+           rp[i] = GMP_LIMB_MAX;
+
+         rp[rn-1] = mask;
+         us = -us;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         /* Just copy */
+         if (r != u)
+           mpn_copyi (rp, u->_mp_d, un);
+
+         rn = un;
+       }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (r != u)
+       mpn_copyi (rp, u->_mp_d, rn - 1);
+
+      rp[rn-1] = u->_mp_d[rn-1] & mask;
+
+      if (mode == ((us > 0) ? GMP_DIV_CEIL : GMP_DIV_FLOOR)) /* us != 0 here. 
*/
+       {
+         /* If r != 0, compute 2^{bit_count} - r. */
+         mpn_neg (rp, rp, rn);
+
+         rp[rn-1] &= mask;
+
+         /* us is not used for anything else, so we can modify it
+            here to indicate flipped sign. */
+         us = -us;
+       }
+    }
+  rn = mpn_normalized_size (rp, rn);
+  r->_mp_size = us < 0 ? -rn : rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_cdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_q_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_q_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_q_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_cdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_r_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_r_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_tdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_r_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_divexact (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  gmp_assert_nocarry (mpz_div_qr (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC));
+}
+
+int
+mpz_divisible_p (const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr (NULL, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC) == 0;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_congruent_p (const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b, const mpz_t m)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  int res;
+
+  /* a == b (mod 0) iff a == b */
+  if (mpz_sgn (m) == 0)
+    return (mpz_cmp (a, b) == 0);
+
+  mpz_init (t);
+  mpz_sub (t, a, b);
+  res = mpz_divisible_p (t, m);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+static unsigned long
+mpz_div_qr_ui (mpz_t q, mpz_t r,
+              const mpz_t n, unsigned long d, enum mpz_div_round_mode mode)
+{
+  unsigned long ret;
+  mpz_t rr, dd;
+
+  mpz_init (rr);
+  mpz_init_set_ui (dd, d);
+  mpz_div_qr (q, rr, n, dd, mode);
+  mpz_clear (dd);
+  ret = mpz_get_ui (rr);
+
+  if (r)
+    mpz_swap (r, rr);
+  mpz_clear (rr);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_cdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_fdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_tdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_cdiv_q_ui (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_fdiv_q_ui (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_tdiv_q_ui (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_cdiv_r_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+unsigned long
+mpz_fdiv_r_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+unsigned long
+mpz_tdiv_r_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_cdiv_ui (const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_fdiv_ui (const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_tdiv_ui (const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_mod_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_divexact_ui (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  gmp_assert_nocarry (mpz_div_qr_ui (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC));
+}
+
+int
+mpz_divisible_ui_p (const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC) == 0;
+}
+
+
+/* GCD */
+static mp_limb_t
+mpn_gcd_11 (mp_limb_t u, mp_limb_t v)
+{
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  assert ( (u | v) > 0);
+
+  if (u == 0)
+    return v;
+  else if (v == 0)
+    return u;
+
+  gmp_ctz (shift, u | v);
+
+  u >>= shift;
+  v >>= shift;
+
+  if ( (u & 1) == 0)
+    MP_LIMB_T_SWAP (u, v);
+
+  while ( (v & 1) == 0)
+    v >>= 1;
+
+  while (u != v)
+    {
+      if (u > v)
+       {
+         u -= v;
+         do
+           u >>= 1;
+         while ( (u & 1) == 0);
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         v -= u;
+         do
+           v >>= 1;
+         while ( (v & 1) == 0);
+       }
+    }
+  return u << shift;
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_gcd_ui (mpz_t g, const mpz_t u, unsigned long v)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  mpz_init_set_ui(t, v);
+  mpz_gcd (t, u, t);
+  if (v > 0)
+    v = mpz_get_ui (t);
+
+  if (g)
+    mpz_swap (t, g);
+
+  mpz_clear (t);
+
+  return v;
+}
+
+static mp_bitcnt_t
+mpz_make_odd (mpz_t r)
+{
+  mp_bitcnt_t shift;
+
+  assert (r->_mp_size > 0);
+  /* Count trailing zeros, equivalent to mpn_scan1, because we know that there 
is a 1 */
+  shift = mpn_scan1 (r->_mp_d, 0);
+  mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (r, r, shift);
+
+  return shift;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_gcd (mpz_t g, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mpz_t tu, tv;
+  mp_bitcnt_t uz, vz, gz;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_abs (g, v);
+      return;
+    }
+  if (v->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_abs (g, u);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  mpz_init (tu);
+  mpz_init (tv);
+
+  mpz_abs (tu, u);
+  uz = mpz_make_odd (tu);
+  mpz_abs (tv, v);
+  vz = mpz_make_odd (tv);
+  gz = GMP_MIN (uz, vz);
+
+  if (tu->_mp_size < tv->_mp_size)
+    mpz_swap (tu, tv);
+
+  mpz_tdiv_r (tu, tu, tv);
+  if (tu->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_swap (g, tv);
+    }
+  else
+    for (;;)
+      {
+       int c;
+
+       mpz_make_odd (tu);
+       c = mpz_cmp (tu, tv);
+       if (c == 0)
+         {
+           mpz_swap (g, tu);
+           break;
+         }
+       if (c < 0)
+         mpz_swap (tu, tv);
+
+       if (tv->_mp_size == 1)
+         {
+           mp_limb_t *gp;
+
+           mpz_tdiv_r (tu, tu, tv);
+           gp = MPZ_REALLOC (g, 1); /* gp = mpz_limbs_modify (g, 1); */
+           *gp = mpn_gcd_11 (tu->_mp_d[0], tv->_mp_d[0]);
+
+           g->_mp_size = *gp != 0; /* mpz_limbs_finish (g, 1); */
+           break;
+         }
+       mpz_sub (tu, tu, tv);
+      }
+  mpz_clear (tu);
+  mpz_clear (tv);
+  mpz_mul_2exp (g, g, gz);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_gcdext (mpz_t g, mpz_t s, mpz_t t, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mpz_t tu, tv, s0, s1, t0, t1;
+  mp_bitcnt_t uz, vz, gz;
+  mp_bitcnt_t power;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      /* g = 0 u + sgn(v) v */
+      signed long sign = mpz_sgn (v);
+      mpz_abs (g, v);
+      if (s)
+       s->_mp_size = 0;
+      if (t)
+       mpz_set_si (t, sign);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (v->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      /* g = sgn(u) u + 0 v */
+      signed long sign = mpz_sgn (u);
+      mpz_abs (g, u);
+      if (s)
+       mpz_set_si (s, sign);
+      if (t)
+       t->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  mpz_init (tu);
+  mpz_init (tv);
+  mpz_init (s0);
+  mpz_init (s1);
+  mpz_init (t0);
+  mpz_init (t1);
+
+  mpz_abs (tu, u);
+  uz = mpz_make_odd (tu);
+  mpz_abs (tv, v);
+  vz = mpz_make_odd (tv);
+  gz = GMP_MIN (uz, vz);
+
+  uz -= gz;
+  vz -= gz;
+
+  /* Cofactors corresponding to odd gcd. gz handled later. */
+  if (tu->_mp_size < tv->_mp_size)
+    {
+      mpz_swap (tu, tv);
+      MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP (u, v);
+      MPZ_PTR_SWAP (s, t);
+      MP_BITCNT_T_SWAP (uz, vz);
+    }
+
+  /* Maintain
+   *
+   * u = t0 tu + t1 tv
+   * v = s0 tu + s1 tv
+   *
+   * where u and v denote the inputs with common factors of two
+   * eliminated, and det (s0, t0; s1, t1) = 2^p. Then
+   *
+   * 2^p tu =  s1 u - t1 v
+   * 2^p tv = -s0 u + t0 v
+   */
+
+  /* After initial division, tu = q tv + tu', we have
+   *
+   * u = 2^uz (tu' + q tv)
+   * v = 2^vz tv
+   *
+   * or
+   *
+   * t0 = 2^uz, t1 = 2^uz q
+   * s0 = 0,    s1 = 2^vz
+   */
+
+  mpz_tdiv_qr (t1, tu, tu, tv);
+  mpz_mul_2exp (t1, t1, uz);
+
+  mpz_setbit (s1, vz);
+  power = uz + vz;
+
+  if (tu->_mp_size > 0)
+    {
+      mp_bitcnt_t shift;
+      shift = mpz_make_odd (tu);
+      mpz_setbit (t0, uz + shift);
+      power += shift;
+
+      for (;;)
+       {
+         int c;
+         c = mpz_cmp (tu, tv);
+         if (c == 0)
+           break;
+
+         if (c < 0)
+           {
+             /* tv = tv' + tu
+              *
+              * u = t0 tu + t1 (tv' + tu) = (t0 + t1) tu + t1 tv'
+              * v = s0 tu + s1 (tv' + tu) = (s0 + s1) tu + s1 tv' */
+
+             mpz_sub (tv, tv, tu);
+             mpz_add (t0, t0, t1);
+             mpz_add (s0, s0, s1);
+
+             shift = mpz_make_odd (tv);
+             mpz_mul_2exp (t1, t1, shift);
+             mpz_mul_2exp (s1, s1, shift);
+           }
+         else
+           {
+             mpz_sub (tu, tu, tv);
+             mpz_add (t1, t0, t1);
+             mpz_add (s1, s0, s1);
+
+             shift = mpz_make_odd (tu);
+             mpz_mul_2exp (t0, t0, shift);
+             mpz_mul_2exp (s0, s0, shift);
+           }
+         power += shift;
+       }
+    }
+  else
+    mpz_setbit (t0, uz);
+
+  /* Now tv = odd part of gcd, and -s0 and t0 are corresponding
+     cofactors. */
+
+  mpz_mul_2exp (tv, tv, gz);
+  mpz_neg (s0, s0);
+
+  /* 2^p g = s0 u + t0 v. Eliminate one factor of two at a time. To
+     adjust cofactors, we need u / g and v / g */
+
+  mpz_divexact (s1, v, tv);
+  mpz_abs (s1, s1);
+  mpz_divexact (t1, u, tv);
+  mpz_abs (t1, t1);
+
+  while (power-- > 0)
+    {
+      /* s0 u + t0 v = (s0 - v/g) u - (t0 + u/g) v */
+      if (mpz_odd_p (s0) || mpz_odd_p (t0))
+       {
+         mpz_sub (s0, s0, s1);
+         mpz_add (t0, t0, t1);
+       }
+      assert (mpz_even_p (t0) && mpz_even_p (s0));
+      mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (s0, s0, 1);
+      mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (t0, t0, 1);
+    }
+
+  /* Arrange so that |s| < |u| / 2g */
+  mpz_add (s1, s0, s1);
+  if (mpz_cmpabs (s0, s1) > 0)
+    {
+      mpz_swap (s0, s1);
+      mpz_sub (t0, t0, t1);
+    }
+  if (u->_mp_size < 0)
+    mpz_neg (s0, s0);
+  if (v->_mp_size < 0)
+    mpz_neg (t0, t0);
+
+  mpz_swap (g, tv);
+  if (s)
+    mpz_swap (s, s0);
+  if (t)
+    mpz_swap (t, t0);
+
+  mpz_clear (tu);
+  mpz_clear (tv);
+  mpz_clear (s0);
+  mpz_clear (s1);
+  mpz_clear (t0);
+  mpz_clear (t1);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_lcm (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mpz_t g;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size == 0 || v->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  mpz_init (g);
+
+  mpz_gcd (g, u, v);
+  mpz_divexact (g, u, g);
+  mpz_mul (r, g, v);
+
+  mpz_clear (g);
+  mpz_abs (r, r);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_lcm_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, unsigned long v)
+{
+  if (v == 0 || u->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  v /= mpz_gcd_ui (NULL, u, v);
+  mpz_mul_ui (r, u, v);
+
+  mpz_abs (r, r);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_invert (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t m)
+{
+  mpz_t g, tr;
+  int invertible;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size == 0 || mpz_cmpabs_ui (m, 1) <= 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  mpz_init (g);
+  mpz_init (tr);
+
+  mpz_gcdext (g, tr, NULL, u, m);
+  invertible = (mpz_cmp_ui (g, 1) == 0);
+
+  if (invertible)
+    {
+      if (tr->_mp_size < 0)
+       {
+         if (m->_mp_size >= 0)
+           mpz_add (tr, tr, m);
+         else
+           mpz_sub (tr, tr, m);
+       }
+      mpz_swap (r, tr);
+    }
+
+  mpz_clear (g);
+  mpz_clear (tr);
+  return invertible;
+}
+
+
+/* Higher level operations (sqrt, pow and root) */
+
+void
+mpz_pow_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t b, unsigned long e)
+{
+  unsigned long bit;
+  mpz_t tr;
+  mpz_init_set_ui (tr, 1);
+
+  bit = GMP_ULONG_HIGHBIT;
+  do
+    {
+      mpz_mul (tr, tr, tr);
+      if (e & bit)
+       mpz_mul (tr, tr, b);
+      bit >>= 1;
+    }
+  while (bit > 0);
+
+  mpz_swap (r, tr);
+  mpz_clear (tr);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_ui_pow_ui (mpz_t r, unsigned long blimb, unsigned long e)
+{
+  mpz_t b;
+
+  mpz_init_set_ui (b, blimb);
+  mpz_pow_ui (r, b, e);
+  mpz_clear (b);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_powm (mpz_t r, const mpz_t b, const mpz_t e, const mpz_t m)
+{
+  mpz_t tr;
+  mpz_t base;
+  mp_size_t en, mn;
+  mp_srcptr mp;
+  struct gmp_div_inverse minv;
+  unsigned shift;
+  mp_ptr tp = NULL;
+
+  en = GMP_ABS (e->_mp_size);
+  mn = GMP_ABS (m->_mp_size);
+  if (mn == 0)
+    gmp_die ("mpz_powm: Zero modulo.");
+
+  if (en == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_set_ui (r, mpz_cmpabs_ui (m, 1));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  mp = m->_mp_d;
+  mpn_div_qr_invert (&minv, mp, mn);
+  shift = minv.shift;
+
+  if (shift > 0)
+    {
+      /* To avoid shifts, we do all our reductions, except the final
+        one, using a *normalized* m. */
+      minv.shift = 0;
+
+      tp = gmp_alloc_limbs (mn);
+      gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_lshift (tp, mp, mn, shift));
+      mp = tp;
+    }
+
+  mpz_init (base);
+
+  if (e->_mp_size < 0)
+    {
+      if (!mpz_invert (base, b, m))
+       gmp_die ("mpz_powm: Negative exponent and non-invertible base.");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      mp_size_t bn;
+      mpz_abs (base, b);
+
+      bn = base->_mp_size;
+      if (bn >= mn)
+       {
+         mpn_div_qr_preinv (NULL, base->_mp_d, base->_mp_size, mp, mn, &minv);
+         bn = mn;
+       }
+
+      /* We have reduced the absolute value. Now take care of the
+        sign. Note that we get zero represented non-canonically as
+        m. */
+      if (b->_mp_size < 0)
+       {
+         mp_ptr bp = MPZ_REALLOC (base, mn);
+         gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_sub (bp, mp, mn, bp, bn));
+         bn = mn;
+       }
+      base->_mp_size = mpn_normalized_size (base->_mp_d, bn);
+    }
+  mpz_init_set_ui (tr, 1);
+
+  while (--en >= 0)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t w = e->_mp_d[en];
+      mp_limb_t bit;
+
+      bit = GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT;
+      do
+       {
+         mpz_mul (tr, tr, tr);
+         if (w & bit)
+           mpz_mul (tr, tr, base);
+         if (tr->_mp_size > mn)
+           {
+             mpn_div_qr_preinv (NULL, tr->_mp_d, tr->_mp_size, mp, mn, &minv);
+             tr->_mp_size = mpn_normalized_size (tr->_mp_d, mn);
+           }
+         bit >>= 1;
+       }
+      while (bit > 0);
+    }
+
+  /* Final reduction */
+  if (tr->_mp_size >= mn)
+    {
+      minv.shift = shift;
+      mpn_div_qr_preinv (NULL, tr->_mp_d, tr->_mp_size, mp, mn, &minv);
+      tr->_mp_size = mpn_normalized_size (tr->_mp_d, mn);
+    }
+  if (tp)
+    gmp_free_limbs (tp, mn);
+
+  mpz_swap (r, tr);
+  mpz_clear (tr);
+  mpz_clear (base);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_powm_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t b, unsigned long elimb, const mpz_t m)
+{
+  mpz_t e;
+
+  mpz_init_set_ui (e, elimb);
+  mpz_powm (r, b, e, m);
+  mpz_clear (e);
+}
+
+/* x=trunc(y^(1/z)), r=y-x^z */
+void
+mpz_rootrem (mpz_t x, mpz_t r, const mpz_t y, unsigned long z)
+{
+  int sgn;
+  mp_bitcnt_t bc;
+  mpz_t t, u;
+
+  sgn = y->_mp_size < 0;
+  if ((~z & sgn) != 0)
+    gmp_die ("mpz_rootrem: Negative argument, with even root.");
+  if (z == 0)
+    gmp_die ("mpz_rootrem: Zeroth root.");
+
+  if (mpz_cmpabs_ui (y, 1) <= 0) {
+    if (x)
+      mpz_set (x, y);
+    if (r)
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  mpz_init (u);
+  mpz_init (t);
+  bc = (mpz_sizeinbase (y, 2) - 1) / z + 1;
+  mpz_setbit (t, bc);
+
+  if (z == 2) /* simplify sqrt loop: z-1 == 1 */
+    do {
+      mpz_swap (u, t);                 /* u = x */
+      mpz_tdiv_q (t, y, u);            /* t = y/x */
+      mpz_add (t, t, u);               /* t = y/x + x */
+      mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (t, t, 1);       /* x'= (y/x + x)/2 */
+    } while (mpz_cmpabs (t, u) < 0);   /* |x'| < |x| */
+  else /* z != 2 */ {
+    mpz_t v;
+
+    mpz_init (v);
+    if (sgn)
+      mpz_neg (t, t);
+
+    do {
+      mpz_swap (u, t);                 /* u = x */
+      mpz_pow_ui (t, u, z - 1);                /* t = x^(z-1) */
+      mpz_tdiv_q (t, y, t);            /* t = y/x^(z-1) */
+      mpz_mul_ui (v, u, z - 1);                /* v = x*(z-1) */
+      mpz_add (t, t, v);               /* t = y/x^(z-1) + x*(z-1) */
+      mpz_tdiv_q_ui (t, t, z);         /* x'=(y/x^(z-1) + x*(z-1))/z */
+    } while (mpz_cmpabs (t, u) < 0);   /* |x'| < |x| */
+
+    mpz_clear (v);
+  }
+
+  if (r) {
+    mpz_pow_ui (t, u, z);
+    mpz_sub (r, y, t);
+  }
+  if (x)
+    mpz_swap (x, u);
+  mpz_clear (u);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_root (mpz_t x, const mpz_t y, unsigned long z)
+{
+  int res;
+  mpz_t r;
+
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_rootrem (x, r, y, z);
+  res = r->_mp_size == 0;
+  mpz_clear (r);
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* Compute s = floor(sqrt(u)) and r = u - s^2. Allows r == NULL */
+void
+mpz_sqrtrem (mpz_t s, mpz_t r, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mpz_rootrem (s, r, u, 2);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_sqrt (mpz_t s, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mpz_rootrem (s, NULL, u, 2);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_perfect_square_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  if (u->_mp_size <= 0)
+    return (u->_mp_size == 0);
+  else
+    return mpz_root (NULL, u, 2);
+}
+
+int
+mpn_perfect_square_p (mp_srcptr p, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+
+  assert (n > 0);
+  assert (p [n-1] != 0);
+  return mpz_root (NULL, mpz_roinit_normal_n (t, p, n), 2);
+}
+
+mp_size_t
+mpn_sqrtrem (mp_ptr sp, mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr p, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mpz_t s, r, u;
+  mp_size_t res;
+
+  assert (n > 0);
+  assert (p [n-1] != 0);
+
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_init (s);
+  mpz_rootrem (s, r, mpz_roinit_normal_n (u, p, n), 2);
+
+  assert (s->_mp_size == (n+1)/2);
+  mpn_copyd (sp, s->_mp_d, s->_mp_size);
+  mpz_clear (s);
+  res = r->_mp_size;
+  if (rp)
+    mpn_copyd (rp, r->_mp_d, res);
+  mpz_clear (r);
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* Combinatorics */
+
+void
+mpz_mfac_uiui (mpz_t x, unsigned long n, unsigned long m)
+{
+  mpz_set_ui (x, n + (n == 0));
+  if (m + 1 < 2) return;
+  while (n > m + 1)
+    mpz_mul_ui (x, x, n -= m);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_2fac_ui (mpz_t x, unsigned long n)
+{
+  mpz_mfac_uiui (x, n, 2);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fac_ui (mpz_t x, unsigned long n)
+{
+  mpz_mfac_uiui (x, n, 1);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_bin_uiui (mpz_t r, unsigned long n, unsigned long k)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+
+  mpz_set_ui (r, k <= n);
+
+  if (k > (n >> 1))
+    k = (k <= n) ? n - k : 0;
+
+  mpz_init (t);
+  mpz_fac_ui (t, k);
+
+  for (; k > 0; --k)
+    mpz_mul_ui (r, r, n--);
+
+  mpz_divexact (r, r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+
+/* Primality testing */
+
+/* Computes Kronecker (a/b) with odd b, a!=0 and GCD(a,b) = 1 */
+/* Adapted from JACOBI_BASE_METHOD==4 in mpn/generic/jacbase.c */
+static int
+gmp_jacobi_coprime (mp_limb_t a, mp_limb_t b)
+{
+  int c, bit = 0;
+
+  assert (b & 1);
+  assert (a != 0);
+  /* assert (mpn_gcd_11 (a, b) == 1); */
+
+  /* Below, we represent a and b shifted right so that the least
+     significant one bit is implicit. */
+  b >>= 1;
+
+  gmp_ctz(c, a);
+  a >>= 1;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      a >>= c;
+      /* (2/b) = -1 if b = 3 or 5 mod 8 */
+      bit ^= c & (b ^ (b >> 1));
+      if (a < b)
+       {
+         if (a == 0)
+           return bit & 1 ? -1 : 1;
+         bit ^= a & b;
+         a = b - a;
+         b -= a;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         a -= b;
+         assert (a != 0);
+       }
+
+      gmp_ctz(c, a);
+      ++c;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+gmp_lucas_step_k_2k (mpz_t V, mpz_t Qk, const mpz_t n)
+{
+  mpz_mod (Qk, Qk, n);
+  /* V_{2k} <- V_k ^ 2 - 2Q^k */
+  mpz_mul (V, V, V);
+  mpz_submul_ui (V, Qk, 2);
+  mpz_tdiv_r (V, V, n);
+  /* Q^{2k} = (Q^k)^2 */
+  mpz_mul (Qk, Qk, Qk);
+}
+
+/* Computes V_k, Q^k (mod n) for the Lucas' sequence */
+/* with P=1, Q=Q; k = (n>>b0)|1. */
+/* Requires an odd n > 4; b0 > 0; -2*Q must not overflow a long */
+/* Returns (U_k == 0) and sets V=V_k and Qk=Q^k. */
+static int
+gmp_lucas_mod (mpz_t V, mpz_t Qk, long Q,
+              mp_bitcnt_t b0, const mpz_t n)
+{
+  mp_bitcnt_t bs;
+  mpz_t U;
+  int res;
+
+  assert (b0 > 0);
+  assert (Q <= - (LONG_MIN / 2));
+  assert (Q >= - (LONG_MAX / 2));
+  assert (mpz_cmp_ui (n, 4) > 0);
+  assert (mpz_odd_p (n));
+
+  mpz_init_set_ui (U, 1); /* U1 = 1 */
+  mpz_set_ui (V, 1); /* V1 = 1 */
+  mpz_set_si (Qk, Q);
+
+  for (bs = mpz_sizeinbase (n, 2) - 1; --bs >= b0;)
+    {
+      /* U_{2k} <- U_k * V_k */
+      mpz_mul (U, U, V);
+      /* V_{2k} <- V_k ^ 2 - 2Q^k */
+      /* Q^{2k} = (Q^k)^2 */
+      gmp_lucas_step_k_2k (V, Qk, n);
+
+      /* A step k->k+1 is performed if the bit in $n$ is 1     */
+      /* mpz_tstbit(n,bs) or the bit is 0 in $n$ but   */
+      /* should be 1 in $n+1$ (bs == b0)                       */
+      if (b0 == bs || mpz_tstbit (n, bs))
+       {
+         /* Q^{k+1} <- Q^k * Q */
+         mpz_mul_si (Qk, Qk, Q);
+         /* U_{k+1} <- (U_k + V_k) / 2 */
+         mpz_swap (U, V); /* Keep in V the old value of U_k */
+         mpz_add (U, U, V);
+         /* We have to compute U/2, so we need an even value, */
+         /* equivalent (mod n) */
+         if (mpz_odd_p (U))
+           mpz_add (U, U, n);
+         mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (U, U, 1);
+         /* V_{k+1} <-(D*U_k + V_k) / 2 =
+                       U_{k+1} + (D-1)/2*U_k = U_{k+1} - 2Q*U_k */
+         mpz_mul_si (V, V, -2*Q);
+         mpz_add (V, U, V);
+         mpz_tdiv_r (V, V, n);
+       }
+      mpz_tdiv_r (U, U, n);
+    }
+
+  res = U->_mp_size == 0;
+  mpz_clear (U);
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* Performs strong Lucas' test on x, with parameters suggested */
+/* for the BPSW test. Qk is only passed to recycle a variable. */
+/* Requires GCD (x,6) = 1.*/
+static int
+gmp_stronglucas (const mpz_t x, mpz_t Qk)
+{
+  mp_bitcnt_t b0;
+  mpz_t V, n;
+  mp_limb_t maxD, D; /* The absolute value is stored. */
+  long Q;
+  mp_limb_t tl;
+
+  /* Test on the absolute value. */
+  mpz_roinit_normal_n (n, x->_mp_d, GMP_ABS (x->_mp_size));
+
+  assert (mpz_odd_p (n));
+  /* assert (mpz_gcd_ui (NULL, n, 6) == 1); */
+  if (mpz_root (Qk, n, 2))
+    return 0; /* A square is composite. */
+
+  /* Check Ds up to square root (in case, n is prime)
+     or avoid overflows */
+  maxD = (Qk->_mp_size == 1) ? Qk->_mp_d [0] - 1 : GMP_LIMB_MAX;
+
+  D = 3;
+  /* Search a D such that (D/n) = -1 in the sequence 5,-7,9,-11,.. */
+  /* For those Ds we have (D/n) = (n/|D|) */
+  do
+    {
+      if (D >= maxD)
+       return 1 + (D != GMP_LIMB_MAX); /* (1 + ! ~ D) */
+      D += 2;
+      tl = mpz_tdiv_ui (n, D);
+      if (tl == 0)
+       return 0;
+    }
+  while (gmp_jacobi_coprime (tl, D) == 1);
+
+  mpz_init (V);
+
+  /* n-(D/n) = n+1 = d*2^{b0}, with d = (n>>b0) | 1 */
+  b0 = mpn_common_scan (~ n->_mp_d[0], 0, n->_mp_d, n->_mp_size, GMP_LIMB_MAX);
+  /* b0 = mpz_scan0 (n, 0); */
+
+  /* D= P^2 - 4Q; P = 1; Q = (1-D)/4 */
+  Q = (D & 2) ? (long) (D >> 2) + 1 : -(long) (D >> 2);
+
+  if (! gmp_lucas_mod (V, Qk, Q, b0, n))       /* If Ud != 0 */
+    while (V->_mp_size != 0 && --b0 != 0)      /* while Vk != 0 */
+      /* V <- V ^ 2 - 2Q^k */
+      /* Q^{2k} = (Q^k)^2 */
+      gmp_lucas_step_k_2k (V, Qk, n);
+
+  mpz_clear (V);
+  return (b0 != 0);
+}
+
+static int
+gmp_millerrabin (const mpz_t n, const mpz_t nm1, mpz_t y,
+                const mpz_t q, mp_bitcnt_t k)
+{
+  assert (k > 0);
+
+  /* Caller must initialize y to the base. */
+  mpz_powm (y, y, q, n);
+
+  if (mpz_cmp_ui (y, 1) == 0 || mpz_cmp (y, nm1) == 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  while (--k > 0)
+    {
+      mpz_powm_ui (y, y, 2, n);
+      if (mpz_cmp (y, nm1) == 0)
+       return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* This product is 0xc0cfd797, and fits in 32 bits. */
+#define GMP_PRIME_PRODUCT \
+  (3UL*5UL*7UL*11UL*13UL*17UL*19UL*23UL*29UL)
+
+/* Bit (p+1)/2 is set, for each odd prime <= 61 */
+#define GMP_PRIME_MASK 0xc96996dcUL
+
+int
+mpz_probab_prime_p (const mpz_t n, int reps)
+{
+  mpz_t nm1;
+  mpz_t q;
+  mpz_t y;
+  mp_bitcnt_t k;
+  int is_prime;
+  int j;
+
+  /* Note that we use the absolute value of n only, for compatibility
+     with the real GMP. */
+  if (mpz_even_p (n))
+    return (mpz_cmpabs_ui (n, 2) == 0) ? 2 : 0;
+
+  /* Above test excludes n == 0 */
+  assert (n->_mp_size != 0);
+
+  if (mpz_cmpabs_ui (n, 64) < 0)
+    return (GMP_PRIME_MASK >> (n->_mp_d[0] >> 1)) & 2;
+
+  if (mpz_gcd_ui (NULL, n, GMP_PRIME_PRODUCT) != 1)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* All prime factors are >= 31. */
+  if (mpz_cmpabs_ui (n, 31*31) < 0)
+    return 2;
+
+  mpz_init (nm1);
+  mpz_init (q);
+
+  /* Find q and k, where q is odd and n = 1 + 2**k * q.  */
+  mpz_abs (nm1, n);
+  nm1->_mp_d[0] -= 1;
+  /* Count trailing zeros, equivalent to mpn_scan1, because we know that there 
is a 1 */
+  k = mpn_scan1 (nm1->_mp_d, 0);
+  mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (q, nm1, k);
+
+  /* BPSW test */
+  mpz_init_set_ui (y, 2);
+  is_prime = gmp_millerrabin (n, nm1, y, q, k) && gmp_stronglucas (n, y);
+  reps -= 24; /* skip the first 24 repetitions */
+
+  /* Use Miller-Rabin, with a deterministic sequence of bases, a[j] =
+     j^2 + j + 41 using Euler's polynomial. We potentially stop early,
+     if a[j] >= n - 1. Since n >= 31*31, this can happen only if reps >
+     30 (a[30] == 971 > 31*31 == 961). */
+
+  for (j = 0; is_prime & (j < reps); j++)
+    {
+      mpz_set_ui (y, (unsigned long) j*j+j+41);
+      if (mpz_cmp (y, nm1) >= 0)
+       {
+         /* Don't try any further bases. This "early" break does not affect
+            the result for any reasonable reps value (<=5000 was tested) */
+         assert (j >= 30);
+         break;
+       }
+      is_prime = gmp_millerrabin (n, nm1, y, q, k);
+    }
+  mpz_clear (nm1);
+  mpz_clear (q);
+  mpz_clear (y);
+
+  return is_prime;
+}
+
+
+/* Logical operations and bit manipulation. */
+
+/* Numbers are treated as if represented in two's complement (and
+   infinitely sign extended). For a negative values we get the two's
+   complement from -x = ~x + 1, where ~ is bitwise complement.
+   Negation transforms
+
+     xxxx10...0
+
+   into
+
+     yyyy10...0
+
+   where yyyy is the bitwise complement of xxxx. So least significant
+   bits, up to and including the first one bit, are unchanged, and
+   the more significant bits are all complemented.
+
+   To change a bit from zero to one in a negative number, subtract the
+   corresponding power of two from the absolute value. This can never
+   underflow. To change a bit from one to zero, add the corresponding
+   power of two, and this might overflow. E.g., if x = -001111, the
+   two's complement is 110001. Clearing the least significant bit, we
+   get two's complement 110000, and -010000. */
+
+int
+mpz_tstbit (const mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  mp_size_t limb_index;
+  unsigned shift;
+  mp_size_t ds;
+  mp_size_t dn;
+  mp_limb_t w;
+  int bit;
+
+  ds = d->_mp_size;
+  dn = GMP_ABS (ds);
+  limb_index = bit_index / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  if (limb_index >= dn)
+    return ds < 0;
+
+  shift = bit_index % GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  w = d->_mp_d[limb_index];
+  bit = (w >> shift) & 1;
+
+  if (ds < 0)
+    {
+      /* d < 0. Check if any of the bits below is set: If so, our bit
+        must be complemented. */
+      if (shift > 0 && (mp_limb_t) (w << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift)) > 0)
+       return bit ^ 1;
+      while (--limb_index >= 0)
+       if (d->_mp_d[limb_index] > 0)
+         return bit ^ 1;
+    }
+  return bit;
+}
+
+static void
+mpz_abs_add_bit (mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  mp_size_t dn, limb_index;
+  mp_limb_t bit;
+  mp_ptr dp;
+
+  dn = GMP_ABS (d->_mp_size);
+
+  limb_index = bit_index / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  bit = (mp_limb_t) 1 << (bit_index % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  if (limb_index >= dn)
+    {
+      mp_size_t i;
+      /* The bit should be set outside of the end of the number.
+        We have to increase the size of the number. */
+      dp = MPZ_REALLOC (d, limb_index + 1);
+
+      dp[limb_index] = bit;
+      for (i = dn; i < limb_index; i++)
+       dp[i] = 0;
+      dn = limb_index + 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      mp_limb_t cy;
+
+      dp = d->_mp_d;
+
+      cy = mpn_add_1 (dp + limb_index, dp + limb_index, dn - limb_index, bit);
+      if (cy > 0)
+       {
+         dp = MPZ_REALLOC (d, dn + 1);
+         dp[dn++] = cy;
+       }
+    }
+
+  d->_mp_size = (d->_mp_size < 0) ? - dn : dn;
+}
+
+static void
+mpz_abs_sub_bit (mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  mp_size_t dn, limb_index;
+  mp_ptr dp;
+  mp_limb_t bit;
+
+  dn = GMP_ABS (d->_mp_size);
+  dp = d->_mp_d;
+
+  limb_index = bit_index / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  bit = (mp_limb_t) 1 << (bit_index % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  assert (limb_index < dn);
+
+  gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_sub_1 (dp + limb_index, dp + limb_index,
+                                dn - limb_index, bit));
+  dn = mpn_normalized_size (dp, dn);
+  d->_mp_size = (d->_mp_size < 0) ? - dn : dn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_setbit (mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  if (!mpz_tstbit (d, bit_index))
+    {
+      if (d->_mp_size >= 0)
+       mpz_abs_add_bit (d, bit_index);
+      else
+       mpz_abs_sub_bit (d, bit_index);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+mpz_clrbit (mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  if (mpz_tstbit (d, bit_index))
+    {
+      if (d->_mp_size >= 0)
+       mpz_abs_sub_bit (d, bit_index);
+      else
+       mpz_abs_add_bit (d, bit_index);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+mpz_combit (mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  if (mpz_tstbit (d, bit_index) ^ (d->_mp_size < 0))
+    mpz_abs_sub_bit (d, bit_index);
+  else
+    mpz_abs_add_bit (d, bit_index);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_com (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mpz_add_ui (r, u, 1);
+  mpz_neg (r, r);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_and (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, vn, rn, i;
+  mp_ptr up, vp, rp;
+
+  mp_limb_t ux, vx, rx;
+  mp_limb_t uc, vc, rc;
+  mp_limb_t ul, vl, rl;
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+  vn = GMP_ABS (v->_mp_size);
+  if (un < vn)
+    {
+      MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP (u, v);
+      MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (un, vn);
+    }
+  if (vn == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  uc = u->_mp_size < 0;
+  vc = v->_mp_size < 0;
+  rc = uc & vc;
+
+  ux = -uc;
+  vx = -vc;
+  rx = -rc;
+
+  /* If the smaller input is positive, higher limbs don't matter. */
+  rn = vx ? un : vn;
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn + (mp_size_t) rc);
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  vp = v->_mp_d;
+
+  i = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      vl = (vp[i] ^ vx) + vc;
+      vc = vl < vc;
+
+      rl = ( (ul & vl) ^ rx) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  while (++i < vn);
+  assert (vc == 0);
+
+  for (; i < rn; i++)
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      rl = ( (ul & vx) ^ rx) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  if (rc)
+    rp[rn++] = rc;
+  else
+    rn = mpn_normalized_size (rp, rn);
+
+  r->_mp_size = rx ? -rn : rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_ior (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, vn, rn, i;
+  mp_ptr up, vp, rp;
+
+  mp_limb_t ux, vx, rx;
+  mp_limb_t uc, vc, rc;
+  mp_limb_t ul, vl, rl;
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+  vn = GMP_ABS (v->_mp_size);
+  if (un < vn)
+    {
+      MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP (u, v);
+      MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (un, vn);
+    }
+  if (vn == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_set (r, u);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  uc = u->_mp_size < 0;
+  vc = v->_mp_size < 0;
+  rc = uc | vc;
+
+  ux = -uc;
+  vx = -vc;
+  rx = -rc;
+
+  /* If the smaller input is negative, by sign extension higher limbs
+     don't matter. */
+  rn = vx ? vn : un;
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn + (mp_size_t) rc);
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  vp = v->_mp_d;
+
+  i = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      vl = (vp[i] ^ vx) + vc;
+      vc = vl < vc;
+
+      rl = ( (ul | vl) ^ rx) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  while (++i < vn);
+  assert (vc == 0);
+
+  for (; i < rn; i++)
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      rl = ( (ul | vx) ^ rx) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  if (rc)
+    rp[rn++] = rc;
+  else
+    rn = mpn_normalized_size (rp, rn);
+
+  r->_mp_size = rx ? -rn : rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_xor (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, vn, i;
+  mp_ptr up, vp, rp;
+
+  mp_limb_t ux, vx, rx;
+  mp_limb_t uc, vc, rc;
+  mp_limb_t ul, vl, rl;
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+  vn = GMP_ABS (v->_mp_size);
+  if (un < vn)
+    {
+      MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP (u, v);
+      MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (un, vn);
+    }
+  if (vn == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_set (r, u);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  uc = u->_mp_size < 0;
+  vc = v->_mp_size < 0;
+  rc = uc ^ vc;
+
+  ux = -uc;
+  vx = -vc;
+  rx = -rc;
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, un + (mp_size_t) rc);
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  vp = v->_mp_d;
+
+  i = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      vl = (vp[i] ^ vx) + vc;
+      vc = vl < vc;
+
+      rl = (ul ^ vl ^ rx) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  while (++i < vn);
+  assert (vc == 0);
+
+  for (; i < un; i++)
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      rl = (ul ^ ux) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  if (rc)
+    rp[un++] = rc;
+  else
+    un = mpn_normalized_size (rp, un);
+
+  r->_mp_size = rx ? -un : un;
+}
+
+static unsigned
+gmp_popcount_limb (mp_limb_t x)
+{
+  unsigned c;
+
+  /* Do 16 bits at a time, to avoid limb-sized constants. */
+  int LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS = 16;
+  for (c = 0; x > 0;)
+    {
+      unsigned w = x - ((x >> 1) & 0x5555);
+      w = ((w >> 2) & 0x3333) + (w & 0x3333);
+      w =  (w >> 4) + w;
+      w = ((w >> 8) & 0x000f) + (w & 0x000f);
+      c += w;
+      if (GMP_LIMB_BITS > LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS)
+       x >>= LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS;
+      else
+       x = 0;
+    }
+  return c;
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpn_popcount (mp_srcptr p, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  mp_bitcnt_t c;
+
+  for (c = 0, i = 0; i < n; i++)
+    c += gmp_popcount_limb (p[i]);
+
+  return c;
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpz_popcount (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mp_size_t un;
+
+  un = u->_mp_size;
+
+  if (un < 0)
+    return ~(mp_bitcnt_t) 0;
+
+  return mpn_popcount (u->_mp_d, un);
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpz_hamdist (const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, vn, i;
+  mp_limb_t uc, vc, ul, vl, comp;
+  mp_srcptr up, vp;
+  mp_bitcnt_t c;
+
+  un = u->_mp_size;
+  vn = v->_mp_size;
+
+  if ( (un ^ vn) < 0)
+    return ~(mp_bitcnt_t) 0;
+
+  comp = - (uc = vc = (un < 0));
+  if (uc)
+    {
+      assert (vn < 0);
+      un = -un;
+      vn = -vn;
+    }
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  vp = v->_mp_d;
+
+  if (un < vn)
+    MPN_SRCPTR_SWAP (up, un, vp, vn);
+
+  for (i = 0, c = 0; i < vn; i++)
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ comp) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      vl = (vp[i] ^ comp) + vc;
+      vc = vl < vc;
+
+      c += gmp_popcount_limb (ul ^ vl);
+    }
+  assert (vc == 0);
+
+  for (; i < un; i++)
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ comp) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      c += gmp_popcount_limb (ul ^ comp);
+    }
+
+  return c;
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpz_scan1 (const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t starting_bit)
+{
+  mp_ptr up;
+  mp_size_t us, un, i;
+  mp_limb_t limb, ux;
+
+  us = u->_mp_size;
+  un = GMP_ABS (us);
+  i = starting_bit / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  /* Past the end there's no 1 bits for u>=0, or an immediate 1 bit
+     for u<0. Notice this test picks up any u==0 too. */
+  if (i >= un)
+    return (us >= 0 ? ~(mp_bitcnt_t) 0 : starting_bit);
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  ux = 0;
+  limb = up[i];
+
+  if (starting_bit != 0)
+    {
+      if (us < 0)
+       {
+         ux = mpn_zero_p (up, i);
+         limb = ~ limb + ux;
+         ux = - (mp_limb_t) (limb >= ux);
+       }
+
+      /* Mask to 0 all bits before starting_bit, thus ignoring them. */
+      limb &= GMP_LIMB_MAX << (starting_bit % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+    }
+
+  return mpn_common_scan (limb, i, up, un, ux);
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpz_scan0 (const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t starting_bit)
+{
+  mp_ptr up;
+  mp_size_t us, un, i;
+  mp_limb_t limb, ux;
+
+  us = u->_mp_size;
+  ux = - (mp_limb_t) (us >= 0);
+  un = GMP_ABS (us);
+  i = starting_bit / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  /* When past end, there's an immediate 0 bit for u>=0, or no 0 bits for
+     u<0.  Notice this test picks up all cases of u==0 too. */
+  if (i >= un)
+    return (ux ? starting_bit : ~(mp_bitcnt_t) 0);
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  limb = up[i] ^ ux;
+
+  if (ux == 0)
+    limb -= mpn_zero_p (up, i); /* limb = ~(~limb + zero_p) */
+
+  /* Mask all bits before starting_bit, thus ignoring them. */
+  limb &= GMP_LIMB_MAX << (starting_bit % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  return mpn_common_scan (limb, i, up, un, ux);
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ base conversion. */
+
+size_t
+mpz_sizeinbase (const mpz_t u, int base)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, tn;
+  mp_srcptr up;
+  mp_ptr tp;
+  mp_bitcnt_t bits;
+  struct gmp_div_inverse bi;
+  size_t ndigits;
+
+  assert (base >= 2);
+  assert (base <= 62);
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+  if (un == 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+
+  bits = (un - 1) * GMP_LIMB_BITS + mpn_limb_size_in_base_2 (up[un-1]);
+  switch (base)
+    {
+    case 2:
+      return bits;
+    case 4:
+      return (bits + 1) / 2;
+    case 8:
+      return (bits + 2) / 3;
+    case 16:
+      return (bits + 3) / 4;
+    case 32:
+      return (bits + 4) / 5;
+      /* FIXME: Do something more clever for the common case of base
+        10. */
+    }
+
+  tp = gmp_alloc_limbs (un);
+  mpn_copyi (tp, up, un);
+  mpn_div_qr_1_invert (&bi, base);
+
+  tn = un;
+  ndigits = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ndigits++;
+      mpn_div_qr_1_preinv (tp, tp, tn, &bi);
+      tn -= (tp[tn-1] == 0);
+    }
+  while (tn > 0);
+
+  gmp_free_limbs (tp, un);
+  return ndigits;
+}
+
+char *
+mpz_get_str (char *sp, int base, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  unsigned bits;
+  const char *digits;
+  mp_size_t un;
+  size_t i, sn, osn;
+
+  digits = "0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz";
+  if (base > 1)
+    {
+      if (base <= 36)
+       digits = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz";
+      else if (base > 62)
+       return NULL;
+    }
+  else if (base >= -1)
+    base = 10;
+  else
+    {
+      base = -base;
+      if (base > 36)
+       return NULL;
+    }
+
+  sn = 1 + mpz_sizeinbase (u, base);
+  if (!sp)
+    {
+      osn = 1 + sn;
+      sp = (char *) gmp_alloc (osn);
+    }
+  else
+    osn = 0;
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+
+  if (un == 0)
+    {
+      sp[0] = '0';
+      sn = 1;
+      goto ret;
+    }
+
+  i = 0;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size < 0)
+    sp[i++] = '-';
+
+  bits = mpn_base_power_of_two_p (base);
+
+  if (bits)
+    /* Not modified in this case. */
+    sn = i + mpn_get_str_bits ((unsigned char *) sp + i, bits, u->_mp_d, un);
+  else
+    {
+      struct mpn_base_info info;
+      mp_ptr tp;
+
+      mpn_get_base_info (&info, base);
+      tp = gmp_alloc_limbs (un);
+      mpn_copyi (tp, u->_mp_d, un);
+
+      sn = i + mpn_get_str_other ((unsigned char *) sp + i, base, &info, tp, 
un);
+      gmp_free_limbs (tp, un);
+    }
+
+  for (; i < sn; i++)
+    sp[i] = digits[(unsigned char) sp[i]];
+
+ret:
+  sp[sn] = '\0';
+  if (osn && osn != sn + 1)
+    sp = (char*) gmp_realloc (sp, osn, sn + 1);
+  return sp;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_set_str (mpz_t r, const char *sp, int base)
+{
+  unsigned bits, value_of_a;
+  mp_size_t rn, alloc;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+  size_t dn, sn;
+  int sign;
+  unsigned char *dp;
+
+  assert (base == 0 || (base >= 2 && base <= 62));
+
+  while (isspace( (unsigned char) *sp))
+    sp++;
+
+  sign = (*sp == '-');
+  sp += sign;
+
+  if (base == 0)
+    {
+      if (sp[0] == '0')
+       {
+         if (sp[1] == 'x' || sp[1] == 'X')
+           {
+             base = 16;
+             sp += 2;
+           }
+         else if (sp[1] == 'b' || sp[1] == 'B')
+           {
+             base = 2;
+             sp += 2;
+           }
+         else
+           base = 8;
+       }
+      else
+       base = 10;
+    }
+
+  if (!*sp)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  sn = strlen(sp);
+  dp = (unsigned char *) gmp_alloc (sn);
+
+  value_of_a = (base > 36) ? 36 : 10;
+  for (dn = 0; *sp; sp++)
+    {
+      unsigned digit;
+
+      if (isspace ((unsigned char) *sp))
+       continue;
+      else if (*sp >= '0' && *sp <= '9')
+       digit = *sp - '0';
+      else if (*sp >= 'a' && *sp <= 'z')
+       digit = *sp - 'a' + value_of_a;
+      else if (*sp >= 'A' && *sp <= 'Z')
+       digit = *sp - 'A' + 10;
+      else
+       digit = base; /* fail */
+
+      if (digit >= (unsigned) base)
+       {
+         gmp_free (dp, sn);
+         r->_mp_size = 0;
+         return -1;
+       }
+
+      dp[dn++] = digit;
+    }
+
+  if (!dn)
+    {
+      gmp_free (dp, sn);
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  bits = mpn_base_power_of_two_p (base);
+
+  if (bits > 0)
+    {
+      alloc = (dn * bits + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+      rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, alloc);
+      rn = mpn_set_str_bits (rp, dp, dn, bits);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct mpn_base_info info;
+      mpn_get_base_info (&info, base);
+      alloc = (dn + info.exp - 1) / info.exp;
+      rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, alloc);
+      rn = mpn_set_str_other (rp, dp, dn, base, &info);
+      /* Normalization, needed for all-zero input. */
+      assert (rn > 0);
+      rn -= rp[rn-1] == 0;
+    }
+  assert (rn <= alloc);
+  gmp_free (dp, sn);
+
+  r->_mp_size = sign ? - rn : rn;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_init_set_str (mpz_t r, const char *sp, int base)
+{
+  mpz_init (r);
+  return mpz_set_str (r, sp, base);
+}
+
+size_t
+mpz_out_str (FILE *stream, int base, const mpz_t x)
+{
+  char *str;
+  size_t len, n;
+
+  str = mpz_get_str (NULL, base, x);
+  if (!str)
+    return 0;
+  len = strlen (str);
+  n = fwrite (str, 1, len, stream);
+  gmp_free (str, len + 1);
+  return n;
+}
+
+
+static int
+gmp_detect_endian (void)
+{
+  static const int i = 2;
+  const unsigned char *p = (const unsigned char *) &i;
+  return 1 - *p;
+}
+
+/* Import and export. Does not support nails. */
+void
+mpz_import (mpz_t r, size_t count, int order, size_t size, int endian,
+           size_t nails, const void *src)
+{
+  const unsigned char *p;
+  ptrdiff_t word_step;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+  mp_size_t rn;
+
+  /* The current (partial) limb. */
+  mp_limb_t limb;
+  /* The number of bytes already copied to this limb (starting from
+     the low end). */
+  size_t bytes;
+  /* The index where the limb should be stored, when completed. */
+  mp_size_t i;
+
+  if (nails != 0)
+    gmp_die ("mpz_import: Nails not supported.");
+
+  assert (order == 1 || order == -1);
+  assert (endian >= -1 && endian <= 1);
+
+  if (endian == 0)
+    endian = gmp_detect_endian ();
+
+  p = (unsigned char *) src;
+
+  word_step = (order != endian) ? 2 * size : 0;
+
+  /* Process bytes from the least significant end, so point p at the
+     least significant word. */
+  if (order == 1)
+    {
+      p += size * (count - 1);
+      word_step = - word_step;
+    }
+
+  /* And at least significant byte of that word. */
+  if (endian == 1)
+    p += (size - 1);
+
+  rn = (size * count + sizeof(mp_limb_t) - 1) / sizeof(mp_limb_t);
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn);
+
+  for (limb = 0, bytes = 0, i = 0; count > 0; count--, p += word_step)
+    {
+      size_t j;
+      for (j = 0; j < size; j++, p -= (ptrdiff_t) endian)
+       {
+         limb |= (mp_limb_t) *p << (bytes++ * CHAR_BIT);
+         if (bytes == sizeof(mp_limb_t))
+           {
+             rp[i++] = limb;
+             bytes = 0;
+             limb = 0;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+  assert (i + (bytes > 0) == rn);
+  if (limb != 0)
+    rp[i++] = limb;
+  else
+    i = mpn_normalized_size (rp, i);
+
+  r->_mp_size = i;
+}
+
+void *
+mpz_export (void *r, size_t *countp, int order, size_t size, int endian,
+           size_t nails, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  size_t count;
+  mp_size_t un;
+
+  if (nails != 0)
+    gmp_die ("mpz_export: Nails not supported.");
+
+  assert (order == 1 || order == -1);
+  assert (endian >= -1 && endian <= 1);
+  assert (size > 0 || u->_mp_size == 0);
+
+  un = u->_mp_size;
+  count = 0;
+  if (un != 0)
+    {
+      size_t k;
+      unsigned char *p;
+      ptrdiff_t word_step;
+      /* The current (partial) limb. */
+      mp_limb_t limb;
+      /* The number of bytes left to do in this limb. */
+      size_t bytes;
+      /* The index where the limb was read. */
+      mp_size_t i;
+
+      un = GMP_ABS (un);
+
+      /* Count bytes in top limb. */
+      limb = u->_mp_d[un-1];
+      assert (limb != 0);
+
+      k = (GMP_LIMB_BITS <= CHAR_BIT);
+      if (!k)
+       {
+         do {
+           int LOCAL_CHAR_BIT = CHAR_BIT;
+           k++; limb >>= LOCAL_CHAR_BIT;
+         } while (limb != 0);
+       }
+      /* else limb = 0; */
+
+      count = (k + (un-1) * sizeof (mp_limb_t) + size - 1) / size;
+
+      if (!r)
+       r = gmp_alloc (count * size);
+
+      if (endian == 0)
+       endian = gmp_detect_endian ();
+
+      p = (unsigned char *) r;
+
+      word_step = (order != endian) ? 2 * size : 0;
+
+      /* Process bytes from the least significant end, so point p at the
+        least significant word. */
+      if (order == 1)
+       {
+         p += size * (count - 1);
+         word_step = - word_step;
+       }
+
+      /* And at least significant byte of that word. */
+      if (endian == 1)
+       p += (size - 1);
+
+      for (bytes = 0, i = 0, k = 0; k < count; k++, p += word_step)
+       {
+         size_t j;
+         for (j = 0; j < size; ++j, p -= (ptrdiff_t) endian)
+           {
+             if (sizeof (mp_limb_t) == 1)
+               {
+                 if (i < un)
+                   *p = u->_mp_d[i++];
+                 else
+                   *p = 0;
+               }
+             else
+               {
+                 int LOCAL_CHAR_BIT = CHAR_BIT;
+                 if (bytes == 0)
+                   {
+                     if (i < un)
+                       limb = u->_mp_d[i++];
+                     bytes = sizeof (mp_limb_t);
+                   }
+                 *p = limb;
+                 limb >>= LOCAL_CHAR_BIT;
+                 bytes--;
+               }
+           }
+       }
+      assert (i == un);
+      assert (k == count);
+    }
+
+  if (countp)
+    *countp = count;
+
+  return r;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/mini-gmp.h b/xcompile/lib/mini-gmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59c24cf511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/mini-gmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+/* mini-gmp, a minimalistic implementation of a GNU GMP subset.
+
+Copyright 2011-2015, 2017, 2019-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the GNU MP Library.
+
+The GNU MP Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of either:
+
+  * the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free
+    Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+    option) any later version.
+
+or
+
+  * the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
+    Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
+    later version.
+
+or both in parallel, as here.
+
+The GNU MP Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received copies of the GNU General Public License and the
+GNU Lesser General Public License along with the GNU MP Library.  If not,
+see https://www.gnu.org/licenses/.  */
+
+/* About mini-gmp: This is a minimal implementation of a subset of the
+   GMP interface. It is intended for inclusion into applications which
+   have modest bignums needs, as a fallback when the real GMP library
+   is not installed.
+
+   This file defines the public interface. */
+
+#ifndef __MINI_GMP_H__
+#define __MINI_GMP_H__
+
+/* For size_t */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+void mp_set_memory_functions (void *(*) (size_t),
+                             void *(*) (void *, size_t, size_t),
+                             void (*) (void *, size_t));
+
+void mp_get_memory_functions (void *(**) (size_t),
+                             void *(**) (void *, size_t, size_t),
+                             void (**) (void *, size_t));
+
+#ifndef MINI_GMP_LIMB_TYPE
+#define MINI_GMP_LIMB_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+typedef unsigned MINI_GMP_LIMB_TYPE mp_limb_t;
+typedef long mp_size_t;
+typedef unsigned long mp_bitcnt_t;
+
+typedef mp_limb_t *mp_ptr;
+typedef const mp_limb_t *mp_srcptr;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  int _mp_alloc;               /* Number of *limbs* allocated and pointed
+                                  to by the _mp_d field.  */
+  int _mp_size;                        /* abs(_mp_size) is the number of limbs 
the
+                                  last field points to.  If _mp_size is
+                                  negative this is a negative number.  */
+  mp_limb_t *_mp_d;            /* Pointer to the limbs.  */
+} __mpz_struct;
+
+typedef __mpz_struct mpz_t[1];
+
+typedef __mpz_struct *mpz_ptr;
+typedef const __mpz_struct *mpz_srcptr;
+
+extern const int mp_bits_per_limb;
+
+void mpn_copyi (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+void mpn_copyd (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+void mpn_zero (mp_ptr, mp_size_t);
+
+int mpn_cmp (mp_srcptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+int mpn_zero_p (mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_add_1 (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_limb_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_add_n (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_add (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_sub_1 (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_limb_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_sub_n (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_sub (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_mul_1 (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_limb_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_addmul_1 (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_limb_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_submul_1 (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_limb_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_mul (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+void mpn_mul_n (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+void mpn_sqr (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+int mpn_perfect_square_p (mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+mp_size_t mpn_sqrtrem (mp_ptr, mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_lshift (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, unsigned int);
+mp_limb_t mpn_rshift (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, unsigned int);
+
+mp_bitcnt_t mpn_scan0 (mp_srcptr, mp_bitcnt_t);
+mp_bitcnt_t mpn_scan1 (mp_srcptr, mp_bitcnt_t);
+
+void mpn_com (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_neg (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_bitcnt_t mpn_popcount (mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_invert_3by2 (mp_limb_t, mp_limb_t);
+#define mpn_invert_limb(x) mpn_invert_3by2 ((x), 0)
+
+size_t mpn_get_str (unsigned char *, int, mp_ptr, mp_size_t);
+mp_size_t mpn_set_str (mp_ptr, const unsigned char *, size_t, int);
+
+void mpz_init (mpz_t);
+void mpz_init2 (mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_clear (mpz_t);
+
+#define mpz_odd_p(z)   (((z)->_mp_size != 0) & (int) (z)->_mp_d[0])
+#define mpz_even_p(z)  (! mpz_odd_p (z))
+
+int mpz_sgn (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_cmp_si (const mpz_t, long);
+int mpz_cmp_ui (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+int mpz_cmp (const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_cmpabs_ui (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+int mpz_cmpabs (const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_cmp_d (const mpz_t, double);
+int mpz_cmpabs_d (const mpz_t, double);
+
+void mpz_abs (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_neg (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_swap (mpz_t, mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_add_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_add (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_sub_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_ui_sub (mpz_t, unsigned long, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_sub (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_mul_si (mpz_t, const mpz_t, long int);
+void mpz_mul_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long int);
+void mpz_mul (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_mul_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_addmul_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long int);
+void mpz_addmul (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_submul_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long int);
+void mpz_submul (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_cdiv_qr (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_fdiv_qr (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_tdiv_qr (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_cdiv_q (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_fdiv_q (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_tdiv_q (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_cdiv_r (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_fdiv_r (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_tdiv_r (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_cdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_fdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_cdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_fdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_tdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+
+void mpz_mod (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_divexact (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+int mpz_divisible_p (const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_congruent_p (const mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+unsigned long mpz_cdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_fdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_tdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_cdiv_q_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_fdiv_q_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_tdiv_q_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_cdiv_r_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_fdiv_r_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_tdiv_r_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_cdiv_ui (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_fdiv_ui (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_tdiv_ui (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+
+unsigned long mpz_mod_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+
+void mpz_divexact_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+
+int mpz_divisible_ui_p (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+
+unsigned long mpz_gcd_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_gcd (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_gcdext (mpz_t, mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_lcm_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_lcm (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_invert (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_sqrtrem (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_sqrt (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_perfect_square_p (const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_pow_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_ui_pow_ui (mpz_t, unsigned long, unsigned long);
+void mpz_powm (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_powm_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_rootrem (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+int mpz_root (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+
+void mpz_fac_ui (mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_2fac_ui (mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_mfac_uiui (mpz_t, unsigned long, unsigned long);
+void mpz_bin_uiui (mpz_t, unsigned long, unsigned long);
+
+int mpz_probab_prime_p (const mpz_t, int);
+
+int mpz_tstbit (const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_setbit (mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_clrbit (mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_combit (mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+
+void mpz_com (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_and (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_ior (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_xor (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+mp_bitcnt_t mpz_popcount (const mpz_t);
+mp_bitcnt_t mpz_hamdist (const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+mp_bitcnt_t mpz_scan0 (const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+mp_bitcnt_t mpz_scan1 (const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+
+int mpz_fits_slong_p (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_fits_ulong_p (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_fits_sint_p (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_fits_uint_p (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_fits_sshort_p (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_fits_ushort_p (const mpz_t);
+long int mpz_get_si (const mpz_t);
+unsigned long int mpz_get_ui (const mpz_t);
+double mpz_get_d (const mpz_t);
+size_t mpz_size (const mpz_t);
+mp_limb_t mpz_getlimbn (const mpz_t, mp_size_t);
+
+void mpz_realloc2 (mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+mp_srcptr mpz_limbs_read (mpz_srcptr);
+mp_ptr mpz_limbs_modify (mpz_t, mp_size_t);
+mp_ptr mpz_limbs_write (mpz_t, mp_size_t);
+void mpz_limbs_finish (mpz_t, mp_size_t);
+mpz_srcptr mpz_roinit_n (mpz_t, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+#define MPZ_ROINIT_N(xp, xs) {{0, (xs),(xp) }}
+
+void mpz_set_si (mpz_t, signed long int);
+void mpz_set_ui (mpz_t, unsigned long int);
+void mpz_set (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_set_d (mpz_t, double);
+
+void mpz_init_set_si (mpz_t, signed long int);
+void mpz_init_set_ui (mpz_t, unsigned long int);
+void mpz_init_set (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_init_set_d (mpz_t, double);
+
+size_t mpz_sizeinbase (const mpz_t, int);
+char *mpz_get_str (char *, int, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_set_str (mpz_t, const char *, int);
+int mpz_init_set_str (mpz_t, const char *, int);
+
+/* This long list taken from gmp.h. */
+/* For reference, "defined(EOF)" cannot be used here.  In g++ 2.95.4,
+   <iostream> defines EOF but not FILE.  */
+#if defined (FILE)                                              \
+  || defined (H_STDIO)                                          \
+  || defined (_H_STDIO)               /* AIX */                 \
+  || defined (_STDIO_H)               /* glibc, Sun, SCO */     \
+  || defined (_STDIO_H_)              /* BSD, OSF */            \
+  || defined (__STDIO_H)              /* Borland */             \
+  || defined (__STDIO_H__)            /* IRIX */                \
+  || defined (_STDIO_INCLUDED)        /* HPUX */                \
+  || defined (__dj_include_stdio_h_)  /* DJGPP */               \
+  || defined (_FILE_DEFINED)          /* Microsoft */           \
+  || defined (__STDIO__)              /* Apple MPW MrC */       \
+  || defined (_MSL_STDIO_H)           /* Metrowerks */          \
+  || defined (_STDIO_H_INCLUDED)      /* QNX4 */               \
+  || defined (_ISO_STDIO_ISO_H)       /* Sun C++ */            \
+  || defined (__STDIO_LOADED)         /* VMS */                        \
+  || defined (_STDIO)                 /* HPE NonStop */         \
+  || defined (__DEFINED_FILE)         /* musl */
+size_t mpz_out_str (FILE *, int, const mpz_t);
+#endif
+
+void mpz_import (mpz_t, size_t, int, size_t, int, size_t, const void *);
+void *mpz_export (void *, size_t *, int, size_t, int, size_t, const mpz_t);
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* __MINI_GMP_H__ */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/minmax.h b/xcompile/lib/minmax.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1fbfc6616c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/minmax.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* MIN, MAX macros.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1998, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _MINMAX_H
+#define _MINMAX_H
+
+/* Note: MIN, MAX are also defined in <sys/param.h> on some systems
+   (glibc, IRIX, HP-UX, OSF/1).  Therefore you might get warnings about
+   MIN, MAX macro redefinitions on some systems; the workaround is to
+   #include this file as the last one among the #include list.  */
+
+/* Before we define the following symbols we get the <limits.h> file
+   since otherwise we get redefinitions on some systems if <limits.h> is
+   included after this file.  Likewise for <sys/param.h>.
+   If more than one of these system headers define MIN and MAX, pick just
+   one of the headers (because the definitions most likely are the same).  */
+#if HAVE_MINMAX_IN_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#elif HAVE_MINMAX_IN_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Note: MIN and MAX should be used with two arguments of the
+   same type.  They might not return the minimum and maximum of their two
+   arguments, if the arguments have different types or have unusual
+   floating-point values.  For example, on a typical host with 32-bit 'int',
+   64-bit 'long long', and 64-bit IEEE 754 'double' types:
+
+     MAX (-1, 2147483648) returns 4294967295.
+     MAX (9007199254740992.0, 9007199254740993) returns 9007199254740992.0.
+     MAX (NaN, 0.0) returns 0.0.
+     MAX (+0.0, -0.0) returns -0.0.
+
+   and in each case the answer is in some sense bogus.  */
+
+/* MAX(a,b) returns the maximum of A and B.  */
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+/* MIN(a,b) returns the minimum of A and B.  */
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MINMAX_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/mkostemp.c b/xcompile/lib/mkostemp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5cd5b3ac58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/mkostemp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2001, 2005-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is derived from the one in the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include "tempname.h"
+# define __gen_tempname gen_tempname
+# ifndef __GTFILE
+#  define __GT_FILE GT_FILE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+/* Generate a unique temporary file name from XTEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of XTEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
+   Then open the file and return a fd. */
+int
+mkostemp (char *xtemplate, int flags)
+{
+  return __gen_tempname (xtemplate, 0, flags, __GT_FILE);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/mktime-internal.h b/xcompile/lib/mktime-internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..709c36bdf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/mktime-internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* Internals of mktime and related functions
+   Copyright 2016-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Paul Eggert <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <time.h>
+#endif
+
+/* mktime_offset_t is a signed type wide enough to hold a UTC offset
+   in seconds, and used as part of the type of the offset-guess
+   argument to mktime_internal.  In Glibc, it is always long int.
+   When in Gnulib, use time_t on platforms where time_t
+   is signed, to be compatible with platforms like BeOS that export
+   this implementation detail of mktime.  On platforms where time_t is
+   unsigned, GNU and POSIX code can assume 'int' is at least 32 bits
+   which is wide enough for a UTC offset.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+typedef long int mktime_offset_t;
+#elif defined TIME_T_IS_SIGNED
+typedef time_t mktime_offset_t;
+#else
+typedef int mktime_offset_t;
+#endif
+
+/* The source code uses identifiers like __time64_t for glibc
+   timestamps that can contain 64-bit values even when time_t is only
+   32 bits.  These are just macros for the ordinary identifiers unless
+   compiling within glibc when time_t is 32 bits.  */
+#if ! (defined _LIBC && __TIMESIZE != 64)
+# undef __time64_t
+# define __time64_t time_t
+# define __gmtime64_r __gmtime_r
+# define __localtime64_r __localtime_r
+# define __mktime64 mktime
+# define __timegm64 timegm
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+
+/* Although glibc source code uses leading underscores, Gnulib wants
+   ordinary names.
+
+   Portable standalone applications should supply a <time.h> that
+   declares a POSIX-compliant localtime_r, for the benefit of older
+   implementations that lack localtime_r or have a nonstandard one.
+   Similarly for gmtime_r.  See the gnulib time_r module for one way
+   to implement this.  */
+
+# undef __gmtime_r
+# undef __localtime_r
+# define __gmtime_r gmtime_r
+# define __localtime_r localtime_r
+
+# define __mktime_internal mktime_internal
+
+#endif
+
+/* Subroutine of mktime.  Return the time_t representation of TP and
+   normalize TP, given that a struct tm * maps to a time_t as performed
+   by FUNC.  Record next guess for localtime-gmtime offset in *OFFSET.  */
+extern __time64_t __mktime_internal (struct tm *tp,
+                                     struct tm *(*func) (__time64_t const *,
+                                                         struct tm *),
+                                     mktime_offset_t *offset) attribute_hidden;
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/mktime.c b/xcompile/lib/mktime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..94a4320e6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/mktime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
+/* Convert a 'struct tm' to a time_t value.
+   Copyright (C) 1993-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* The following macros influence what gets defined when this file is compiled:
+
+   Macro/expression            Which gnulib module    This compilation unit
+                                                      should define
+
+   _LIBC                       (glibc proper)         mktime
+
+   NEED_MKTIME_WORKING         mktime                 rpl_mktime
+   || NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS
+
+   NEED_MKTIME_INTERNAL        mktime-internal        mktime_internal
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Assume that leap seconds are possible, unless told otherwise.
+   If the host has a 'zic' command with a '-L leapsecondfilename' option,
+   then it supports leap seconds; otherwise it probably doesn't.  */
+#ifndef LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
+# define LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE 1
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <verify.h>
+
+#ifndef NEED_MKTIME_INTERNAL
+# define NEED_MKTIME_INTERNAL 0
+#endif
+#ifndef NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS
+# define NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS 0
+#endif
+#ifndef NEED_MKTIME_WORKING
+# define NEED_MKTIME_WORKING 0
+#endif
+
+#include "mktime-internal.h"
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && (NEED_MKTIME_WORKING || NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS)
+static void
+my_tzset (void)
+{
+# if NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS
+  /* Rectify the value of the environment variable TZ.
+     There are four possible kinds of such values:
+       - Traditional US time zone names, e.g. "PST8PDT".  Syntax: see
+         
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/c-runtime-library/reference/tzset>
+       - Time zone names based on geography, that contain one or more
+         slashes, e.g. "Europe/Moscow".
+       - Time zone names based on geography, without slashes, e.g.
+         "Singapore".
+       - Time zone names that contain explicit DST rules.  Syntax: see
+         
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap08.html#tag_08_03>
+     The Microsoft CRT understands only the first kind.  It produces incorrect
+     results if the value of TZ is of the other kinds.
+     But in a Cygwin environment, /etc/profile.d/tzset.sh sets TZ to a value
+     of the second kind for most geographies, or of the first kind in a few
+     other geographies.  If it is of the second kind, neutralize it.  For the
+     Microsoft CRT, an absent or empty TZ means the time zone that the user
+     has set in the Windows Control Panel.
+     If the value of TZ is of the third or fourth kind -- Cygwin programs
+     understand these syntaxes as well --, it does not matter whether we
+     neutralize it or not, since these values occur only when a Cygwin user
+     has set TZ explicitly; this case is 1. rare and 2. under the user's
+     responsibility.  */
+  const char *tz = getenv ("TZ");
+  if (tz != NULL && strchr (tz, '/') != NULL)
+    _putenv ("TZ=");
+# else
+  tzset ();
+# endif
+}
+# undef __tzset
+# define __tzset() my_tzset ()
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || NEED_MKTIME_WORKING || NEED_MKTIME_INTERNAL
+
+/* A signed type that can represent an integer number of years
+   multiplied by four times the number of seconds in a year.  It is
+   needed when converting a tm_year value times the number of seconds
+   in a year.  The factor of four comes because these products need
+   to be subtracted from each other, and sometimes with an offset
+   added to them, and then with another timestamp added, without
+   worrying about overflow.
+
+   Much of the code uses long_int to represent __time64_t values, to
+   lessen the hassle of dealing with platforms where __time64_t is
+   unsigned, and because long_int should suffice to represent all
+   __time64_t values that mktime can generate even on platforms where
+   __time64_t is wider than the int components of struct tm.  */
+
+#if INT_MAX <= LONG_MAX / 4 / 366 / 24 / 60 / 60
+typedef long int long_int;
+#else
+typedef long long int long_int;
+#endif
+verify (INT_MAX <= TYPE_MAXIMUM (long_int) / 4 / 366 / 24 / 60 / 60);
+
+/* Shift A right by B bits portably, by dividing A by 2**B and
+   truncating towards minus infinity.  B should be in the range 0 <= B
+   <= LONG_INT_BITS - 2, where LONG_INT_BITS is the number of useful
+   bits in a long_int.  LONG_INT_BITS is at least 32.
+
+   ISO C99 says that A >> B is implementation-defined if A < 0.  Some
+   implementations (e.g., UNICOS 9.0 on a Cray Y-MP EL) don't shift
+   right in the usual way when A < 0, so SHR falls back on division if
+   ordinary A >> B doesn't seem to be the usual signed shift.  */
+
+static long_int
+shr (long_int a, int b)
+{
+  long_int one = 1;
+  return (-one >> 1 == -1
+         ? a >> b
+         : (a + (a < 0)) / (one << b) - (a < 0));
+}
+
+/* Bounds for the intersection of __time64_t and long_int.  */
+
+static long_int const mktime_min
+  = ((TYPE_SIGNED (__time64_t)
+      && TYPE_MINIMUM (__time64_t) < TYPE_MINIMUM (long_int))
+     ? TYPE_MINIMUM (long_int) : TYPE_MINIMUM (__time64_t));
+static long_int const mktime_max
+  = (TYPE_MAXIMUM (long_int) < TYPE_MAXIMUM (__time64_t)
+     ? TYPE_MAXIMUM (long_int) : TYPE_MAXIMUM (__time64_t));
+
+#define EPOCH_YEAR 1970
+#define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
+verify (TM_YEAR_BASE % 100 == 0);
+
+/* Is YEAR + TM_YEAR_BASE a leap year?  */
+static bool
+leapyear (long_int year)
+{
+  /* Don't add YEAR to TM_YEAR_BASE, as that might overflow.
+     Also, work even if YEAR is negative.  */
+  return
+    ((year & 3) == 0
+     && (year % 100 != 0
+        || ((year / 100) & 3) == (- (TM_YEAR_BASE / 100) & 3)));
+}
+
+/* How many days come before each month (0-12).  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+static
+#endif
+const unsigned short int __mon_yday[2][13] =
+  {
+    /* Normal years.  */
+    { 0, 31, 59, 90, 120, 151, 181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334, 365 },
+    /* Leap years.  */
+    { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335, 366 }
+  };
+
+
+/* Do the values A and B differ according to the rules for tm_isdst?
+   A and B differ if one is zero and the other positive.  */
+static bool
+isdst_differ (int a, int b)
+{
+  return (!a != !b) && (0 <= a) && (0 <= b);
+}
+
+/* Return an integer value measuring (YEAR1-YDAY1 HOUR1:MIN1:SEC1) -
+   (YEAR0-YDAY0 HOUR0:MIN0:SEC0) in seconds, assuming that the clocks
+   were not adjusted between the timestamps.
+
+   The YEAR values uses the same numbering as TP->tm_year.  Values
+   need not be in the usual range.  However, YEAR1 - YEAR0 must not
+   overflow even when multiplied by three times the number of seconds
+   in a year, and likewise for YDAY1 - YDAY0 and three times the
+   number of seconds in a day.  */
+
+static long_int
+ydhms_diff (long_int year1, long_int yday1, int hour1, int min1, int sec1,
+           int year0, int yday0, int hour0, int min0, int sec0)
+{
+  verify (-1 / 2 == 0);
+
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid integer overflow here.  */
+  int a4 = shr (year1, 2) + shr (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (year1 & 3);
+  int b4 = shr (year0, 2) + shr (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (year0 & 3);
+  int a100 = (a4 + (a4 < 0)) / 25 - (a4 < 0);
+  int b100 = (b4 + (b4 < 0)) / 25 - (b4 < 0);
+  int a400 = shr (a100, 2);
+  int b400 = shr (b100, 2);
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+
+  /* Compute the desired time without overflowing.  */
+  long_int years = year1 - year0;
+  long_int days = 365 * years + yday1 - yday0 + intervening_leap_days;
+  long_int hours = 24 * days + hour1 - hour0;
+  long_int minutes = 60 * hours + min1 - min0;
+  long_int seconds = 60 * minutes + sec1 - sec0;
+  return seconds;
+}
+
+/* Return the average of A and B, even if A + B would overflow.
+   Round toward positive infinity.  */
+static long_int
+long_int_avg (long_int a, long_int b)
+{
+  return shr (a, 1) + shr (b, 1) + ((a | b) & 1);
+}
+
+/* Return a long_int value corresponding to (YEAR-YDAY HOUR:MIN:SEC)
+   minus *TP seconds, assuming no clock adjustments occurred between
+   the two timestamps.
+
+   YEAR and YDAY must not be so large that multiplying them by three times the
+   number of seconds in a year (or day, respectively) would overflow long_int.
+   *TP should be in the usual range.  */
+static long_int
+tm_diff (long_int year, long_int yday, int hour, int min, int sec,
+        struct tm const *tp)
+{
+  return ydhms_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
+                    tp->tm_year, tp->tm_yday,
+                    tp->tm_hour, tp->tm_min, tp->tm_sec);
+}
+
+/* Use CONVERT to convert T to a struct tm value in *TM.  T must be in
+   range for __time64_t.  Return TM if successful, NULL (setting errno) on
+   failure.  */
+static struct tm *
+convert_time (struct tm *(*convert) (const __time64_t *, struct tm *),
+             long_int t, struct tm *tm)
+{
+  __time64_t x = t;
+  return convert (&x, tm);
+}
+
+/* Use CONVERT to convert *T to a broken down time in *TP.
+   If *T is out of range for conversion, adjust it so that
+   it is the nearest in-range value and then convert that.
+   A value is in range if it fits in both __time64_t and long_int.
+   Return TP on success, NULL (setting errno) on failure.  */
+static struct tm *
+ranged_convert (struct tm *(*convert) (const __time64_t *, struct tm *),
+               long_int *t, struct tm *tp)
+{
+  long_int t1 = (*t < mktime_min ? mktime_min
+                : *t <= mktime_max ? *t : mktime_max);
+  struct tm *r = convert_time (convert, t1, tp);
+  if (r)
+    {
+      *t = t1;
+      return r;
+    }
+  if (errno != EOVERFLOW)
+    return NULL;
+
+  long_int bad = t1;
+  long_int ok = 0;
+  struct tm oktm; oktm.tm_sec = -1;
+
+  /* BAD is a known out-of-range value, and OK is a known in-range one.
+     Use binary search to narrow the range between BAD and OK until
+     they differ by 1.  */
+  while (true)
+    {
+      long_int mid = long_int_avg (ok, bad);
+      if (mid == ok || mid == bad)
+       break;
+      if (convert_time (convert, mid, tp))
+       ok = mid, oktm = *tp;
+      else if (errno != EOVERFLOW)
+       return NULL;
+      else
+       bad = mid;
+    }
+
+  if (oktm.tm_sec < 0)
+    return NULL;
+  *t = ok;
+  *tp = oktm;
+  return tp;
+}
+
+
+/* Convert *TP to a __time64_t value, inverting
+   the monotonic and mostly-unit-linear conversion function CONVERT.
+   Use *OFFSET to keep track of a guess at the offset of the result,
+   compared to what the result would be for UTC without leap seconds.
+   If *OFFSET's guess is correct, only one CONVERT call is needed.
+   If successful, set *TP to the canonicalized struct tm;
+   otherwise leave *TP alone, return ((time_t) -1) and set errno.
+   This function is external because it is used also by timegm.c.  */
+__time64_t
+__mktime_internal (struct tm *tp,
+                  struct tm *(*convert) (const __time64_t *, struct tm *),
+                  mktime_offset_t *offset)
+{
+  struct tm tm;
+
+  /* The maximum number of probes (calls to CONVERT) should be enough
+     to handle any combinations of time zone rule changes, solar time,
+     leap seconds, and oscillations around a spring-forward gap.
+     POSIX.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts have them anyway.  */
+  int remaining_probes = 6;
+
+  /* Time requested.  Copy it in case CONVERT modifies *TP; this can
+     occur if TP is localtime's returned value and CONVERT is localtime.  */
+  int sec = tp->tm_sec;
+  int min = tp->tm_min;
+  int hour = tp->tm_hour;
+  int mday = tp->tm_mday;
+  int mon = tp->tm_mon;
+  int year_requested = tp->tm_year;
+  int isdst = tp->tm_isdst;
+
+  /* 1 if the previous probe was DST.  */
+  int dst2 = 0;
+
+  /* Ensure that mon is in range, and set year accordingly.  */
+  int mon_remainder = mon % 12;
+  int negative_mon_remainder = mon_remainder < 0;
+  int mon_years = mon / 12 - negative_mon_remainder;
+  long_int lyear_requested = year_requested;
+  long_int year = lyear_requested + mon_years;
+
+  /* The other values need not be in range:
+     the remaining code handles overflows correctly.  */
+
+  /* Calculate day of year from year, month, and day of month.
+     The result need not be in range.  */
+  int mon_yday = ((__mon_yday[leapyear (year)]
+                  [mon_remainder + 12 * negative_mon_remainder])
+                 - 1);
+  long_int lmday = mday;
+  long_int yday = mon_yday + lmday;
+
+  mktime_offset_t off = *offset;
+  int negative_offset_guess;
+
+  int sec_requested = sec;
+
+  if (LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE)
+    {
+      /* Handle out-of-range seconds specially,
+        since ydhms_diff assumes every minute has 60 seconds.  */
+      if (sec < 0)
+       sec = 0;
+      if (59 < sec)
+       sec = 59;
+    }
+
+  /* Invert CONVERT by probing.  First assume the same offset as last
+     time.  */
+
+  INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, off, &negative_offset_guess);
+  long_int t0 = ydhms_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
+                           EPOCH_YEAR - TM_YEAR_BASE, 0, 0, 0,
+                           negative_offset_guess);
+  long_int t = t0, t1 = t0, t2 = t0;
+
+  /* Repeatedly use the error to improve the guess.  */
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      if (! ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm))
+       return -1;
+      long_int dt = tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &tm);
+      if (dt == 0)
+       break;
+
+      if (t == t1 && t != t2
+         && (tm.tm_isdst < 0
+             || (isdst < 0
+                 ? dst2 <= (tm.tm_isdst != 0)
+                 : (isdst != 0) != (tm.tm_isdst != 0))))
+       /* We can't possibly find a match, as we are oscillating
+          between two values.  The requested time probably falls
+          within a spring-forward gap of size DT.  Follow the common
+          practice in this case, which is to return a time that is DT
+          away from the requested time, preferring a time whose
+          tm_isdst differs from the requested value.  (If no tm_isdst
+          was requested and only one of the two values has a nonzero
+          tm_isdst, prefer that value.)  In practice, this is more
+          useful than returning -1.  */
+       goto offset_found;
+
+      remaining_probes--;
+      if (remaining_probes == 0)
+       {
+         __set_errno (EOVERFLOW);
+         return -1;
+       }
+
+      t1 = t2, t2 = t, t += dt, dst2 = tm.tm_isdst != 0;
+    }
+
+  /* We have a match.  Check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested
+     value, if any.  */
+  if (isdst_differ (isdst, tm.tm_isdst))
+    {
+      /* tm.tm_isdst has the wrong value.  Look for a neighboring
+        time with the right value, and use its UTC offset.
+
+        Heuristic: probe the adjacent timestamps in both directions,
+        looking for the desired isdst.  If none is found within a
+        reasonable duration bound, assume a one-hour DST difference.
+        This should work for all real time zone histories in the tz
+        database.  */
+
+      /* +1 if we wanted standard time but got DST, -1 if the reverse.  */
+      int dst_difference = (isdst == 0) - (tm.tm_isdst == 0);
+
+      /* Distance between probes when looking for a DST boundary.  In
+        tzdata2003a, the shortest period of DST is 601200 seconds
+        (e.g., America/Recife starting 2000-10-08 01:00), and the
+        shortest period of non-DST surrounded by DST is 694800
+        seconds (Africa/Tunis starting 1943-04-17 01:00).  Use the
+        minimum of these two values, so we don't miss these short
+        periods when probing.  */
+      int stride = 601200;
+
+      /* In TZDB 2021e, the longest period of DST (or of non-DST), in
+        which the DST (or adjacent DST) difference is not one hour,
+        is 457243209 seconds: e.g., America/Cambridge_Bay with leap
+        seconds, starting 1965-10-31 00:00 in a switch from
+        double-daylight time (-05) to standard time (-07), and
+        continuing to 1980-04-27 02:00 in a switch from standard time
+        (-07) to daylight time (-06).  */
+      int duration_max = 457243209;
+
+      /* Search in both directions, so the maximum distance is half
+        the duration; add the stride to avoid off-by-1 problems.  */
+      int delta_bound = duration_max / 2 + stride;
+
+      int delta, direction;
+
+      for (delta = stride; delta < delta_bound; delta += stride)
+       for (direction = -1; direction <= 1; direction += 2)
+         {
+           long_int ot;
+           if (! INT_ADD_WRAPV (t, delta * direction, &ot))
+             {
+               struct tm otm;
+               if (! ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm))
+                 return -1;
+               if (! isdst_differ (isdst, otm.tm_isdst))
+                 {
+                   /* We found the desired tm_isdst.
+                      Extrapolate back to the desired time.  */
+                   long_int gt = ot + tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
+                                               &otm);
+                   if (mktime_min <= gt && gt <= mktime_max)
+                     {
+                       if (convert_time (convert, gt, &tm))
+                         {
+                           t = gt;
+                           goto offset_found;
+                         }
+                       if (errno != EOVERFLOW)
+                         return -1;
+                     }
+                 }
+             }
+         }
+
+      /* No unusual DST offset was found nearby.  Assume one-hour DST.  */
+      t += 60 * 60 * dst_difference;
+      if (mktime_min <= t && t <= mktime_max && convert_time (convert, t, &tm))
+       goto offset_found;
+
+      __set_errno (EOVERFLOW);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+ offset_found:
+  /* Set *OFFSET to the low-order bits of T - T0 - NEGATIVE_OFFSET_GUESS.
+     This is just a heuristic to speed up the next mktime call, and
+     correctness is unaffected if integer overflow occurs here.  */
+  INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (t, t0, offset);
+  INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (*offset, negative_offset_guess, offset);
+
+  if (LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE && sec_requested != tm.tm_sec)
+    {
+      /* Adjust time to reflect the tm_sec requested, not the normalized value.
+        Also, repair any damage from a false match due to a leap second.  */
+      long_int sec_adjustment = sec == 0 && tm.tm_sec == 60;
+      sec_adjustment -= sec;
+      sec_adjustment += sec_requested;
+      if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (t, sec_adjustment, &t)
+         || ! (mktime_min <= t && t <= mktime_max))
+       {
+         __set_errno (EOVERFLOW);
+         return -1;
+       }
+      if (! convert_time (convert, t, &tm))
+       return -1;
+    }
+
+  *tp = tm;
+  return t;
+}
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || NEED_MKTIME_WORKING || NEED_MKTIME_INTERNAL */
+
+#if defined _LIBC || NEED_MKTIME_WORKING || NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS
+
+/* Convert *TP to a __time64_t value.  */
+__time64_t
+__mktime64 (struct tm *tp)
+{
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable 'tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  __tzset ();
+
+# if defined _LIBC || NEED_MKTIME_WORKING
+  static mktime_offset_t localtime_offset;
+  return __mktime_internal (tp, __localtime64_r, &localtime_offset);
+# else
+#  undef mktime
+  return mktime (tp);
+# endif
+}
+#endif /* _LIBC || NEED_MKTIME_WORKING || NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS */
+
+#if defined _LIBC && __TIMESIZE != 64
+
+libc_hidden_def (__mktime64)
+
+time_t
+mktime (struct tm *tp)
+{
+  struct tm tm = *tp;
+  __time64_t t = __mktime64 (&tm);
+  if (in_time_t_range (t))
+    {
+      *tp = tm;
+      return t;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      __set_errno (EOVERFLOW);
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+weak_alias (mktime, timelocal)
+libc_hidden_def (mktime)
+libc_hidden_weak (timelocal)
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/nanosleep.c b/xcompile/lib/nanosleep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3f295f49b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/nanosleep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/* Provide a replacement for the POSIX nanosleep function.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002, 2004-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering
+   and Bruno Haible for the native Windows part */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+
+enum { BILLION = 1000 * 1000 * 1000 };
+
+#if HAVE_BUG_BIG_NANOSLEEP
+
+int
+nanosleep (const struct timespec *requested_delay,
+           struct timespec *remaining_delay)
+# undef nanosleep
+{
+  /* nanosleep mishandles large sleeps due to internal overflow problems.
+     The worst known case of this is Linux 2.6.9 with glibc 2.3.4, which
+     can't sleep more than 24.85 days (2^31 milliseconds).  Similarly,
+     cygwin 1.5.x, which can't sleep more than 49.7 days (2^32 milliseconds).
+     Solve this by breaking the sleep up into smaller chunks.  */
+
+  if (requested_delay->tv_nsec < 0 || BILLION <= requested_delay->tv_nsec)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  {
+    /* Verify that time_t is large enough.  */
+    static_assert (TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t) / 24 / 24 / 60 / 60);
+    const time_t limit = 24 * 24 * 60 * 60;
+    time_t seconds = requested_delay->tv_sec;
+    struct timespec intermediate;
+    intermediate.tv_nsec = requested_delay->tv_nsec;
+
+    while (limit < seconds)
+      {
+        int result;
+        intermediate.tv_sec = limit;
+        result = nanosleep (&intermediate, remaining_delay);
+        seconds -= limit;
+        if (result)
+          {
+            if (remaining_delay)
+              remaining_delay->tv_sec += seconds;
+            return result;
+          }
+        intermediate.tv_nsec = 0;
+      }
+    intermediate.tv_sec = seconds;
+    return nanosleep (&intermediate, remaining_delay);
+  }
+}
+
+#elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Native Windows platforms.  */
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+/* The Windows API function Sleep() has a resolution of about 15 ms and takes
+   at least 5 ms to execute.  We use this function for longer time periods.
+   Additionally, we use busy-looping over short time periods, to get a
+   resolution of about 0.01 ms.  In order to measure such short timespans,
+   we use the QueryPerformanceCounter() function.  */
+
+int
+nanosleep (const struct timespec *requested_delay,
+           struct timespec *remaining_delay)
+{
+  static bool initialized;
+  /* Number of performance counter increments per nanosecond,
+     or zero if it could not be determined.  */
+  static double ticks_per_nanosecond;
+
+  if (requested_delay->tv_nsec < 0 || BILLION <= requested_delay->tv_nsec)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* For requested delays of one second or more, 15ms resolution is
+     sufficient.  */
+  if (requested_delay->tv_sec == 0)
+    {
+      if (!initialized)
+        {
+          /* Initialize ticks_per_nanosecond.  */
+          LARGE_INTEGER ticks_per_second;
+
+          if (QueryPerformanceFrequency (&ticks_per_second))
+            ticks_per_nanosecond =
+              (double) ticks_per_second.QuadPart / 1000000000.0;
+
+          initialized = true;
+        }
+      if (ticks_per_nanosecond)
+        {
+          /* QueryPerformanceFrequency worked.  We can use
+             QueryPerformanceCounter.  Use a combination of Sleep and
+             busy-looping.  */
+          /* Number of milliseconds to pass to the Sleep function.
+             Since Sleep can take up to 8 ms less or 8 ms more than requested
+             (or maybe more if the system is loaded), we subtract 10 ms.  */
+          int sleep_millis = (int) requested_delay->tv_nsec / 1000000 - 10;
+          /* Determine how many ticks to delay.  */
+          LONGLONG wait_ticks = requested_delay->tv_nsec * 
ticks_per_nanosecond;
+          /* Start.  */
+          LARGE_INTEGER counter_before;
+          if (QueryPerformanceCounter (&counter_before))
+            {
+              /* Wait until the performance counter has reached this value.
+                 We don't need to worry about overflow, because the performance
+                 counter is reset at reboot, and with a frequency of 3.6E6
+                 ticks per second 63 bits suffice for over 80000 years.  */
+              LONGLONG wait_until = counter_before.QuadPart + wait_ticks;
+              /* Use Sleep for the longest part.  */
+              if (sleep_millis > 0)
+                Sleep (sleep_millis);
+              /* Busy-loop for the rest.  */
+              for (;;)
+                {
+                  LARGE_INTEGER counter_after;
+                  if (!QueryPerformanceCounter (&counter_after))
+                    /* QueryPerformanceCounter failed, but succeeded earlier.
+                       Should not happen.  */
+                    break;
+                  if (counter_after.QuadPart >= wait_until)
+                    /* The requested time has elapsed.  */
+                    break;
+                }
+              goto done;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  /* Implementation for long delays and as fallback.  */
+  Sleep (requested_delay->tv_sec * 1000 + requested_delay->tv_nsec / 1000000);
+
+ done:
+  /* Sleep is not interruptible.  So there is no remaining delay.  */
+  if (remaining_delay != NULL)
+    {
+      remaining_delay->tv_sec = 0;
+      remaining_delay->tv_nsec = 0;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#else
+/* Other platforms lacking nanosleep.
+   It's not clear whether these are still practical porting targets.
+   For now, just fall back on pselect.  */
+
+/* Suspend execution for at least *REQUESTED_DELAY seconds.  The
+   *REMAINING_DELAY part isn't implemented yet.  */
+
+int
+nanosleep (const struct timespec *requested_delay,
+           struct timespec *remaining_delay)
+{
+  return pselect (0, NULL, NULL, NULL, requested_delay, NULL);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/nproc.c b/xcompile/lib/nproc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2740c458c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/nproc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+/* Detect the number of processors.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Glen Lenker and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "nproc.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if HAVE_PTHREAD_GETAFFINITY_NP && 0
+# include <pthread.h>
+# include <sched.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SCHED_GETAFFINITY_LIKE_GLIBC || HAVE_SCHED_GETAFFINITY_NP
+# include <sched.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PSTAT_H
+# include <sys/pstat.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_SYSMP_H
+# include <sys/sysmp.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_SYSCTL_H && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+#include "minmax.h"
+
+#define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
+
+/* Return the number of processors available to the current process, based
+   on a modern system call that returns the "affinity" between the current
+   process and each CPU.  Return 0 if unknown or if such a system call does
+   not exist.  */
+static unsigned long
+num_processors_via_affinity_mask (void)
+{
+  /* glibc >= 2.3.3 with NPTL and NetBSD 5 have pthread_getaffinity_np,
+     but with different APIs.  Also it requires linking with -lpthread.
+     Therefore this code is not enabled.
+     glibc >= 2.3.4 has sched_getaffinity whereas NetBSD 5 has
+     sched_getaffinity_np.  */
+#if HAVE_PTHREAD_GETAFFINITY_NP && defined __GLIBC__ && 0
+  {
+    cpu_set_t set;
+
+    if (pthread_getaffinity_np (pthread_self (), sizeof (set), &set) == 0)
+      {
+        unsigned long count;
+
+# ifdef CPU_COUNT
+        /* glibc >= 2.6 has the CPU_COUNT macro.  */
+        count = CPU_COUNT (&set);
+# else
+        size_t i;
+
+        count = 0;
+        for (i = 0; i < CPU_SETSIZE; i++)
+          if (CPU_ISSET (i, &set))
+            count++;
+# endif
+        if (count > 0)
+          return count;
+      }
+  }
+#elif HAVE_PTHREAD_GETAFFINITY_NP && defined __NetBSD__ && 0
+  {
+    cpuset_t *set;
+
+    set = cpuset_create ();
+    if (set != NULL)
+      {
+        unsigned long count = 0;
+
+        if (pthread_getaffinity_np (pthread_self (), cpuset_size (set), set)
+            == 0)
+          {
+            cpuid_t i;
+
+            for (i = 0;; i++)
+              {
+                int ret = cpuset_isset (i, set);
+                if (ret < 0)
+                  break;
+                if (ret > 0)
+                  count++;
+              }
+          }
+        cpuset_destroy (set);
+        if (count > 0)
+          return count;
+      }
+  }
+#elif HAVE_SCHED_GETAFFINITY_LIKE_GLIBC /* glibc >= 2.3.4 */
+  {
+    cpu_set_t set;
+
+    if (sched_getaffinity (0, sizeof (set), &set) == 0)
+      {
+        unsigned long count;
+
+# ifdef CPU_COUNT
+        /* glibc >= 2.6 has the CPU_COUNT macro.  */
+        count = CPU_COUNT (&set);
+# else
+        size_t i;
+
+        count = 0;
+        for (i = 0; i < CPU_SETSIZE; i++)
+          if (CPU_ISSET (i, &set))
+            count++;
+# endif
+        if (count > 0)
+          return count;
+      }
+  }
+#elif HAVE_SCHED_GETAFFINITY_NP /* NetBSD >= 5 */
+  {
+    cpuset_t *set;
+
+    set = cpuset_create ();
+    if (set != NULL)
+      {
+        unsigned long count = 0;
+
+        if (sched_getaffinity_np (getpid (), cpuset_size (set), set) == 0)
+          {
+            cpuid_t i;
+
+            for (i = 0;; i++)
+              {
+                int ret = cpuset_isset (i, set);
+                if (ret < 0)
+                  break;
+                if (ret > 0)
+                  count++;
+              }
+          }
+        cpuset_destroy (set);
+        if (count > 0)
+          return count;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  { /* This works on native Windows platforms.  */
+    DWORD_PTR process_mask;
+    DWORD_PTR system_mask;
+
+    if (GetProcessAffinityMask (GetCurrentProcess (),
+                                &process_mask, &system_mask))
+      {
+        DWORD_PTR mask = process_mask;
+        unsigned long count = 0;
+
+        for (; mask != 0; mask = mask >> 1)
+          if (mask & 1)
+            count++;
+        if (count > 0)
+          return count;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Return the total number of processors.  Here QUERY must be one of
+   NPROC_ALL, NPROC_CURRENT.  The result is guaranteed to be at least 1.  */
+static unsigned long int
+num_processors_ignoring_omp (enum nproc_query query)
+{
+  /* On systems with a modern affinity mask system call, we have
+         sysconf (_SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF)
+            >= sysconf (_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
+               >= num_processors_via_affinity_mask ()
+     The first number is the number of CPUs configured in the system.
+     The second number is the number of CPUs available to the scheduler.
+     The third number is the number of CPUs available to the current process.
+
+     Note! On Linux systems with glibc, the first and second number come from
+     the /sys and /proc file systems (see
+     glibc/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/getsysstats.c).
+     In some situations these file systems are not mounted, and the sysconf 
call
+     returns 1 or 2 (<https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=21542>),
+     which does not reflect the reality.  */
+
+  if (query == NPROC_CURRENT)
+    {
+      /* Try the modern affinity mask system call.  */
+      {
+        unsigned long nprocs = num_processors_via_affinity_mask ();
+
+        if (nprocs > 0)
+          return nprocs;
+      }
+
+#if defined _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN
+      { /* This works on glibc, Mac OS X 10.5, FreeBSD, AIX, OSF/1, Solaris,
+           Cygwin, Haiku.  */
+        long int nprocs = sysconf (_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN);
+        if (nprocs > 0)
+          return nprocs;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+  else /* query == NPROC_ALL */
+    {
+#if defined _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF
+      { /* This works on glibc, Mac OS X 10.5, FreeBSD, AIX, OSF/1, Solaris,
+           Cygwin, Haiku.  */
+        long int nprocs = sysconf (_SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF);
+
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && defined __linux__
+        /* On Linux systems with glibc, this information comes from the /sys 
and
+           /proc file systems (see 
glibc/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/getsysstats.c).
+           In some situations these file systems are not mounted, and the
+           sysconf call returns 1 or 2.  But we wish to guarantee that
+           num_processors (NPROC_ALL) >= num_processors (NPROC_CURRENT).  */
+        if (nprocs == 1 || nprocs == 2)
+          {
+            unsigned long nprocs_current = num_processors_via_affinity_mask ();
+
+            if (/* nprocs_current > 0 && */ nprocs_current > nprocs)
+              nprocs = nprocs_current;
+          }
+# endif
+
+        if (nprocs > 0)
+          return nprocs;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+#if HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC
+  { /* This works on HP-UX.  */
+    struct pst_dynamic psd;
+    if (pstat_getdynamic (&psd, sizeof psd, 1, 0) >= 0)
+      {
+        /* The field psd_proc_cnt contains the number of active processors.
+           In newer releases of HP-UX 11, the field psd_max_proc_cnt includes
+           deactivated processors.  */
+        if (query == NPROC_CURRENT)
+          {
+            if (psd.psd_proc_cnt > 0)
+              return psd.psd_proc_cnt;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            if (psd.psd_max_proc_cnt > 0)
+              return psd.psd_max_proc_cnt;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYSMP && defined MP_NAPROCS && defined MP_NPROCS
+  { /* This works on IRIX.  */
+    /* MP_NPROCS yields the number of installed processors.
+       MP_NAPROCS yields the number of processors available to unprivileged
+       processes.  */
+    int nprocs =
+      sysmp (query == NPROC_CURRENT && getuid () != 0
+             ? MP_NAPROCS
+             : MP_NPROCS);
+    if (nprocs > 0)
+      return nprocs;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Finally, as fallback, use the APIs that don't distinguish between
+     NPROC_CURRENT and NPROC_ALL.  */
+
+#if HAVE_SYSCTL && ! defined __GLIBC__ && defined HW_NCPU
+  { /* This works on macOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD.
+       macOS 10.14 does not allow mib to be const.  */
+    int nprocs;
+    size_t len = sizeof (nprocs);
+    static int mib[][2] = {
+# ifdef HW_NCPUONLINE
+      { CTL_HW, HW_NCPUONLINE },
+# endif
+      { CTL_HW, HW_NCPU }
+    };
+    for (int i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mib); i++)
+      {
+        if (sysctl (mib[i], ARRAY_SIZE (mib[i]), &nprocs, &len, NULL, 0) == 0
+            && len == sizeof (nprocs)
+            && 0 < nprocs)
+          return nprocs;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  { /* This works on native Windows platforms.  */
+    SYSTEM_INFO system_info;
+    GetSystemInfo (&system_info);
+    if (0 < system_info.dwNumberOfProcessors)
+      return system_info.dwNumberOfProcessors;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Parse OMP environment variables without dependence on OMP.
+   Return 0 for invalid values.  */
+static unsigned long int
+parse_omp_threads (char const* threads)
+{
+  unsigned long int ret = 0;
+
+  if (threads == NULL)
+    return ret;
+
+  /* The OpenMP spec says that the value assigned to the environment variables
+     "may have leading and trailing white space".  */
+  while (*threads != '\0' && c_isspace (*threads))
+    threads++;
+
+  /* Convert it from positive decimal to 'unsigned long'.  */
+  if (c_isdigit (*threads))
+    {
+      char *endptr = NULL;
+      unsigned long int value = strtoul (threads, &endptr, 10);
+
+      if (endptr != NULL)
+        {
+          while (*endptr != '\0' && c_isspace (*endptr))
+            endptr++;
+          if (*endptr == '\0')
+            return value;
+          /* Also accept the first value in a nesting level,
+             since we can't determine the nesting level from env vars.  */
+          else if (*endptr == ',')
+            return value;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+unsigned long int
+num_processors (enum nproc_query query)
+{
+  unsigned long int omp_env_limit = ULONG_MAX;
+
+  if (query == NPROC_CURRENT_OVERRIDABLE)
+    {
+      unsigned long int omp_env_threads;
+      /* Honor the OpenMP environment variables, recognized also by all
+         programs that are based on OpenMP.  */
+      omp_env_threads = parse_omp_threads (getenv ("OMP_NUM_THREADS"));
+      omp_env_limit = parse_omp_threads (getenv ("OMP_THREAD_LIMIT"));
+      if (! omp_env_limit)
+        omp_env_limit = ULONG_MAX;
+
+      if (omp_env_threads)
+        return MIN (omp_env_threads, omp_env_limit);
+
+      query = NPROC_CURRENT;
+    }
+  /* Here query is one of NPROC_ALL, NPROC_CURRENT.  */
+  {
+    unsigned long nprocs = num_processors_ignoring_omp (query);
+    return MIN (nprocs, omp_env_limit);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/nproc.h b/xcompile/lib/nproc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b8b16d37c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/nproc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Detect the number of processors.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Glen Lenker and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* A "processor" in this context means a thread execution unit, that is either
+   - an execution core in a (possibly multi-core) chip, in a (possibly multi-
+     chip) module, in a single computer, or
+   - a thread execution unit inside a core
+     (hyper-threading, see <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyper-threading>).
+   Which of the two definitions is used, is unspecified.  */
+
+enum nproc_query
+{
+  NPROC_ALL,                 /* total number of processors */
+  NPROC_CURRENT,             /* processors available to the current process */
+  NPROC_CURRENT_OVERRIDABLE  /* likewise, but overridable through the
+                                OMP_NUM_THREADS environment variable */
+};
+
+/* Return the total number of processors.  The result is guaranteed to
+   be at least 1.  */
+extern unsigned long int num_processors (enum nproc_query query);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* C++ */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/nstrftime.c b/xcompile/lib/nstrftime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..68bb560910
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/nstrftime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1490 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL 1
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY 1
+# define HAVE_TM_GMTOFF 1
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE 1
+# define HAVE_TZNAME 1
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#else
+# include <libc-config.h>
+# if FPRINTFTIME
+#  include "fprintftime.h"
+# else
+#  include "strftime.h"
+# endif
+# include "time-internal.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#if HAVE_TZNAME && !HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
+extern char *tzname[];
+#endif
+
+/* Do multibyte processing if multibyte encodings are supported, unless
+   multibyte sequences are safe in formats.  Multibyte sequences are
+   safe if they cannot contain byte sequences that look like format
+   conversion specifications.  The multibyte encodings used by the
+   C library on the various platforms (UTF-8, GB2312, GBK, CP936,
+   GB18030, EUC-TW, BIG5, BIG5-HKSCS, CP950, EUC-JP, EUC-KR, CP949,
+   SHIFT_JIS, CP932, JOHAB) are safe for formats, because the byte '%'
+   cannot occur in a multibyte character except in the first byte.
+
+   The DEC-HANYU encoding used on OSF/1 is not safe for formats, but
+   this encoding has never been seen in real-life use, so we ignore
+   it.  */
+#if !(defined __osf__ && 0)
+# define MULTIBYTE_IS_FORMAT_SAFE 1
+#endif
+#define DO_MULTIBYTE (! MULTIBYTE_IS_FORMAT_SAFE)
+
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE
+# include <wchar.h>
+  static const mbstate_t mbstate_zero;
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "attribute.h"
+#include <intprops.h>
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+# include <endian.h>
+# define CHAR_T wchar_t
+# define UCHAR_T unsigned int
+# define L_(Str) L##Str
+# define NLW(Sym) _NL_W##Sym
+
+# define MEMCPY(d, s, n) __wmemcpy (d, s, n)
+# define STRLEN(s) __wcslen (s)
+
+#else
+# define CHAR_T char
+# define UCHAR_T unsigned char
+# define L_(Str) Str
+# define NLW(Sym) Sym
+# define ABALTMON_1 _NL_ABALTMON_1
+
+# define MEMCPY(d, s, n) memcpy (d, s, n)
+# define STRLEN(s) strlen (s)
+
+#endif
+
+/* Shift A right by B bits portably, by dividing A by 2**B and
+   truncating towards minus infinity.  A and B should be free of side
+   effects, and B should be in the range 0 <= B <= INT_BITS - 2, where
+   INT_BITS is the number of useful bits in an int.  GNU code can
+   assume that INT_BITS is at least 32.
+
+   ISO C99 says that A >> B is implementation-defined if A < 0.  Some
+   implementations (e.g., UNICOS 9.0 on a Cray Y-MP EL) don't shift
+   right in the usual way when A < 0, so SHR falls back on division if
+   ordinary A >> B doesn't seem to be the usual signed shift.  */
+#define SHR(a, b)       \
+  (-1 >> 1 == -1        \
+   ? (a) >> (b)         \
+   : ((a) + ((a) < 0)) / (1 << (b)) - ((a) < 0))
+
+#define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
+
+#ifndef __isleap
+/* Nonzero if YEAR is a leap year (every 4 years,
+   except every 100th isn't, and every 400th is).  */
+# define __isleap(year) \
+  ((year) % 4 == 0 && ((year) % 100 != 0 || (year) % 400 == 0))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define mktime_z(tz, tm) mktime (tm)
+# define tzname __tzname
+# define tzset __tzset
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FPRINTFTIME
+# define FPRINTFTIME 0
+#endif
+
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# define STREAM_OR_CHAR_T FILE
+# define STRFTIME_ARG(x) /* empty */
+#else
+# define STREAM_OR_CHAR_T CHAR_T
+# define STRFTIME_ARG(x) x,
+#endif
+
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# define memset_byte(P, Len, Byte) \
+  do { size_t _i; for (_i = 0; _i < Len; _i++) fputc (Byte, P); } while (0)
+# define memset_space(P, Len) memset_byte (P, Len, ' ')
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) memset_byte (P, Len, '0')
+#elif defined COMPILE_WIDE
+# define memset_space(P, Len) (wmemset (P, L' ', Len), (P) += (Len))
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) (wmemset (P, L'0', Len), (P) += (Len))
+#else
+# define memset_space(P, Len) (memset (P, ' ', Len), (P) += (Len))
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) (memset (P, '0', Len), (P) += (Len))
+#endif
+
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# define advance(P, N)
+#else
+# define advance(P, N) ((P) += (N))
+#endif
+
+#define add(n, f) width_add (width, n, f)
+#define width_add(width, n, f)                                                \
+  do                                                                          \
+    {                                                                         \
+      size_t _n = (n);                                                        \
+      size_t _w = pad == L_('-') || width < 0 ? 0 : width;                    \
+      size_t _incr = _n < _w ? _w : _n;                                       \
+      if (_incr >= maxsize - i)                                               \
+        {                                                                     \
+          errno = ERANGE;                                                     \
+          return 0;                                                           \
+        }                                                                     \
+      if (p)                                                                  \
+        {                                                                     \
+          if (_n < _w)                                                        \
+            {                                                                 \
+              size_t _delta = _w - _n;                                        \
+              if (pad == L_('0') || pad == L_('+'))                           \
+                memset_zero (p, _delta);                                      \
+              else                                                            \
+                memset_space (p, _delta);                                     \
+            }                                                                 \
+          f;                                                                  \
+          advance (p, _n);                                                    \
+        }                                                                     \
+      i += _incr;                                                             \
+    } while (0)
+
+#define add1(c) width_add1 (width, c)
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# define width_add1(width, c) width_add (width, 1, fputc (c, p))
+#else
+# define width_add1(width, c) width_add (width, 1, *p = c)
+#endif
+
+#define cpy(n, s) width_cpy (width, n, s)
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# define width_cpy(width, n, s)                                               \
+    width_add (width, n,                                                      \
+     do                                                                       \
+       {                                                                      \
+         if (to_lowcase)                                                      \
+           fwrite_lowcase (p, (s), _n);                                       \
+         else if (to_uppcase)                                                 \
+           fwrite_uppcase (p, (s), _n);                                       \
+         else                                                                 \
+           {                                                                  \
+             /* Ignore the value of fwrite.  The caller can determine whether \
+                an error occurred by inspecting ferror (P).  All known fwrite \
+                implementations set the stream's error indicator when they    \
+                fail due to ENOMEM etc., even though C11 and POSIX.1-2008 do  \
+                not require this.  */                                         \
+             fwrite (s, _n, 1, p);                                            \
+           }                                                                  \
+       }                                                                      \
+     while (0)                                                                \
+    )
+#else
+# define width_cpy(width, n, s)                                               \
+    width_add (width, n,                                                      \
+         if (to_lowcase)                                                      \
+           memcpy_lowcase (p, (s), _n LOCALE_ARG);                            \
+         else if (to_uppcase)                                                 \
+           memcpy_uppcase (p, (s), _n LOCALE_ARG);                            \
+         else                                                                 \
+           MEMCPY ((void *) p, (void const *) (s), _n))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+# ifndef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  undef __mbsrtowcs_l
+#  define __mbsrtowcs_l(d, s, l, st, loc) __mbsrtowcs (d, s, l, st)
+# endif
+# define widen(os, ws, l) \
+  {                                                                           \
+    mbstate_t __st;                                                           \
+    const char *__s = os;                                                     \
+    memset (&__st, '\0', sizeof (__st));                                      \
+    l = __mbsrtowcs_l (NULL, &__s, 0, &__st, loc);                            \
+    ws = (wchar_t *) alloca ((l + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));                     \
+    (void) __mbsrtowcs_l (ws, &__s, l, &__st, loc);                           \
+  }
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
+   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
+   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
+   macro.  */
+# define strftime               __strftime_l
+# define wcsftime               __wcsftime_l
+# undef _NL_CURRENT
+# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
+  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
+# define LOCALE_PARAM , locale_t loc
+# define LOCALE_ARG , loc
+# define HELPER_LOCALE_ARG  , current
+#else
+# define LOCALE_PARAM
+# define LOCALE_ARG
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define HELPER_LOCALE_ARG , _NL_CURRENT_DATA (LC_TIME)
+# else
+#  define HELPER_LOCALE_ARG
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch, L) __towupper_l (Ch, L)
+#  define TOLOWER(Ch, L) __towlower_l (Ch, L)
+# else
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch, L) towupper (Ch)
+#  define TOLOWER(Ch, L) towlower (Ch)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch, L) __toupper_l (Ch, L)
+#  define TOLOWER(Ch, L) __tolower_l (Ch, L)
+# else
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch, L) toupper (Ch)
+#  define TOLOWER(Ch, L) tolower (Ch)
+# endif
+#endif
+/* We don't use 'isdigit' here since the locale dependent
+   interpretation is not what we want here.  We only need to accept
+   the arabic digits in the ASCII range.  One day there is perhaps a
+   more reliable way to accept other sets of digits.  */
+#define ISDIGIT(Ch) ((unsigned int) (Ch) - L_('0') <= 9)
+
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+static void
+fwrite_lowcase (FILE *fp, const CHAR_T *src, size_t len)
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    {
+      fputc (TOLOWER ((UCHAR_T) *src, loc), fp);
+      ++src;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+fwrite_uppcase (FILE *fp, const CHAR_T *src, size_t len)
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    {
+      fputc (TOUPPER ((UCHAR_T) *src, loc), fp);
+      ++src;
+    }
+}
+#else
+static CHAR_T *memcpy_lowcase (CHAR_T *dest, const CHAR_T *src,
+                               size_t len LOCALE_PARAM);
+
+static CHAR_T *
+memcpy_lowcase (CHAR_T *dest, const CHAR_T *src, size_t len LOCALE_PARAM)
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    dest[len] = TOLOWER ((UCHAR_T) src[len], loc);
+  return dest;
+}
+
+static CHAR_T *memcpy_uppcase (CHAR_T *dest, const CHAR_T *src,
+                               size_t len LOCALE_PARAM);
+
+static CHAR_T *
+memcpy_uppcase (CHAR_T *dest, const CHAR_T *src, size_t len LOCALE_PARAM)
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    dest[len] = TOUPPER ((UCHAR_T) src[len], loc);
+  return dest;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+/* Yield the difference between *A and *B,
+   measured in seconds, ignoring leap seconds.  */
+# define tm_diff ftime_tm_diff
+static int tm_diff (const struct tm *, const struct tm *);
+static int
+tm_diff (const struct tm *a, const struct tm *b)
+{
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid int overflow in leap day calculations,
+     but it's OK to assume that A and B are close to each other.  */
+  int a4 = SHR (a->tm_year, 2) + SHR (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (a->tm_year & 3);
+  int b4 = SHR (b->tm_year, 2) + SHR (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (b->tm_year & 3);
+  int a100 = (a4 + (a4 < 0)) / 25 - (a4 < 0);
+  int b100 = (b4 + (b4 < 0)) / 25 - (b4 < 0);
+  int a400 = SHR (a100, 2);
+  int b400 = SHR (b100, 2);
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+  int years = a->tm_year - b->tm_year;
+  int days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
+              + (a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday));
+  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
+                + (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
+          + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
+}
+#endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */
+
+
+
+/* The number of days from the first day of the first ISO week of this
+   year to the year day YDAY with week day WDAY.  ISO weeks start on
+   Monday; the first ISO week has the year's first Thursday.  YDAY may
+   be as small as YDAY_MINIMUM.  */
+#define ISO_WEEK_START_WDAY 1 /* Monday */
+#define ISO_WEEK1_WDAY 4 /* Thursday */
+#define YDAY_MINIMUM (-366)
+static int iso_week_days (int, int);
+static __inline int
+iso_week_days (int yday, int wday)
+{
+  /* Add enough to the first operand of % to make it nonnegative.  */
+  int big_enough_multiple_of_7 = (-YDAY_MINIMUM / 7 + 2) * 7;
+  return (yday
+          - (yday - wday + ISO_WEEK1_WDAY + big_enough_multiple_of_7) % 7
+          + ISO_WEEK1_WDAY - ISO_WEEK_START_WDAY);
+}
+
+
+/* When compiling this file, GNU applications can #define my_strftime
+   to a symbol (typically nstrftime) to get an extended strftime with
+   extra arguments TZ and NS.  */
+
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# undef my_strftime
+# define my_strftime fprintftime
+#endif
+
+#ifdef my_strftime
+# define extra_args , tz, ns
+# define extra_args_spec , timezone_t tz, int ns
+#else
+# if defined COMPILE_WIDE
+#  define my_strftime wcsftime
+#  define nl_get_alt_digit _nl_get_walt_digit
+# else
+#  define my_strftime strftime
+#  define nl_get_alt_digit _nl_get_alt_digit
+# endif
+# define extra_args
+# define extra_args_spec
+/* We don't have this information in general.  */
+# define tz 1
+# define ns 0
+#endif
+
+static size_t __strftime_internal (STREAM_OR_CHAR_T *, STRFTIME_ARG (size_t)
+                                   const CHAR_T *, const struct tm *,
+                                   bool, int, int, bool *
+                                   extra_args_spec LOCALE_PARAM);
+
+/* Write information from TP into S according to the format
+   string FORMAT, writing no more that MAXSIZE characters
+   (including the terminating '\0') and returning number of
+   characters written.  If S is NULL, nothing will be written
+   anywhere, so to determine how many characters would be
+   written, use NULL for S and (size_t) -1 for MAXSIZE.  */
+size_t
+my_strftime (STREAM_OR_CHAR_T *s, STRFTIME_ARG (size_t maxsize)
+             const CHAR_T *format,
+             const struct tm *tp extra_args_spec LOCALE_PARAM)
+{
+  bool tzset_called = false;
+  return __strftime_internal (s, STRFTIME_ARG (maxsize) format, tp, false,
+                              0, -1, &tzset_called extra_args LOCALE_ARG);
+}
+libc_hidden_def (my_strftime)
+
+/* Just like my_strftime, above, but with more parameters.
+   UPCASE indicates that the result should be converted to upper case.
+   YR_SPEC and WIDTH specify the padding and width for the year.
+   *TZSET_CALLED indicates whether tzset has been called here.  */
+static size_t
+__strftime_internal (STREAM_OR_CHAR_T *s, STRFTIME_ARG (size_t maxsize)
+                     const CHAR_T *format,
+                     const struct tm *tp, bool upcase,
+                     int yr_spec, int width, bool *tzset_called
+                     extra_args_spec LOCALE_PARAM)
+{
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+  struct __locale_data *const current = loc->__locales[LC_TIME];
+#endif
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+  size_t maxsize = (size_t) -1;
+#endif
+
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+  int hour12 = tp->tm_hour;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+  /* We cannot make the following values variables since we must delay
+     the evaluation of these values until really needed since some
+     expressions might not be valid in every situation.  The 'struct tm'
+     might be generated by a strptime() call that initialized
+     only a few elements.  Dereference the pointers only if the format
+     requires this.  Then it is ok to fail if the pointers are invalid.  */
+# define a_wkday \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_wday < 0 || tp->tm_wday > 6                      \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ABDAY_1) + 
tp->tm_wday)))
+# define f_wkday \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_wday < 0 || tp->tm_wday > 6                      \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(DAY_1) + tp->tm_wday)))
+# define a_month \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_mon < 0 || tp->tm_mon > 11                       \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ABMON_1) + tp->tm_mon)))
+# define f_month \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_mon < 0 || tp->tm_mon > 11                       \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(MON_1) + tp->tm_mon)))
+# define a_altmonth \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_mon < 0 || tp->tm_mon > 11                       \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ABALTMON_1) + 
tp->tm_mon)))
+# define f_altmonth \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_mon < 0 || tp->tm_mon > 11                       \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ALTMON_1) + 
tp->tm_mon)))
+# define ampm \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, tp->tm_hour > 11                    \
+                                 ? NLW(PM_STR) : NLW(AM_STR)))
+
+# define aw_len STRLEN (a_wkday)
+# define am_len STRLEN (a_month)
+# define aam_len STRLEN (a_altmonth)
+# define ap_len STRLEN (ampm)
+#endif
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+  char **tzname_vec = tzname;
+#endif
+  const char *zone;
+  size_t i = 0;
+  STREAM_OR_CHAR_T *p = s;
+  const CHAR_T *f;
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE && !defined COMPILE_WIDE
+  const char *format_end = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  zone = NULL;
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+  /* The POSIX test suite assumes that setting
+     the environment variable TZ to a new value before calling strftime()
+     will influence the result (the %Z format) even if the information in
+     TP is computed with a totally different time zone.
+     This is bogus: though POSIX allows bad behavior like this,
+     POSIX does not require it.  Do the right thing instead.  */
+  zone = (const char *) tp->tm_zone;
+#endif
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+  if (!tz)
+    {
+      if (! (zone && *zone))
+        zone = "GMT";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+# if !HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+      /* Infer the zone name from *TZ instead of from TZNAME.  */
+      tzname_vec = tz->tzname_copy;
+# endif
+    }
+  /* The tzset() call might have changed the value.  */
+  if (!(zone && *zone) && tp->tm_isdst >= 0)
+    {
+      /* POSIX.1 requires that local time zone information be used as
+         though strftime called tzset.  */
+# ifndef my_strftime
+      if (!*tzset_called)
+        {
+          tzset ();
+          *tzset_called = true;
+        }
+# endif
+      zone = tzname_vec[tp->tm_isdst != 0];
+    }
+#endif
+  if (! zone)
+    zone = "";
+
+  if (hour12 > 12)
+    hour12 -= 12;
+  else
+    if (hour12 == 0)
+      hour12 = 12;
+
+  for (f = format; *f != '\0'; width = -1, f++)
+    {
+      int pad = 0;  /* Padding for number ('_', '-', '+', '0', or 0).  */
+      int modifier;             /* Field modifier ('E', 'O', or 0).  */
+      int digits = 0;           /* Max digits for numeric format.  */
+      int number_value;         /* Numeric value to be printed.  */
+      unsigned int u_number_value; /* (unsigned int) number_value.  */
+      bool negative_number;     /* The number is negative.  */
+      bool always_output_a_sign; /* +/- should always be output.  */
+      int tz_colon_mask;        /* Bitmask of where ':' should appear.  */
+      const CHAR_T *subfmt;
+      CHAR_T *bufp;
+      CHAR_T buf[1
+                 + 2 /* for the two colons in a %::z or %:::z time zone */
+                 + (sizeof (int) < sizeof (time_t)
+                    ? INT_STRLEN_BOUND (time_t)
+                    : INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int))];
+      bool to_lowcase = false;
+      bool to_uppcase = upcase;
+      size_t colons;
+      bool change_case = false;
+      int format_char;
+      int subwidth;
+
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE && !defined COMPILE_WIDE
+      switch (*f)
+        {
+        case L_('%'):
+          break;
+
+        case L_('\b'): case L_('\t'): case L_('\n'):
+        case L_('\v'): case L_('\f'): case L_('\r'):
+        case L_(' '): case L_('!'): case L_('"'): case L_('#'): case L_('&'):
+        case L_('\''): case L_('('): case L_(')'): case L_('*'): case L_('+'):
+        case L_(','): case L_('-'): case L_('.'): case L_('/'): case L_('0'):
+        case L_('1'): case L_('2'): case L_('3'): case L_('4'): case L_('5'):
+        case L_('6'): case L_('7'): case L_('8'): case L_('9'): case L_(':'):
+        case L_(';'): case L_('<'): case L_('='): case L_('>'): case L_('?'):
+        case L_('A'): case L_('B'): case L_('C'): case L_('D'): case L_('E'):
+        case L_('F'): case L_('G'): case L_('H'): case L_('I'): case L_('J'):
+        case L_('K'): case L_('L'): case L_('M'): case L_('N'): case L_('O'):
+        case L_('P'): case L_('Q'): case L_('R'): case L_('S'): case L_('T'):
+        case L_('U'): case L_('V'): case L_('W'): case L_('X'): case L_('Y'):
+        case L_('Z'): case L_('['): case L_('\\'): case L_(']'): case L_('^'):
+        case L_('_'): case L_('a'): case L_('b'): case L_('c'): case L_('d'):
+        case L_('e'): case L_('f'): case L_('g'): case L_('h'): case L_('i'):
+        case L_('j'): case L_('k'): case L_('l'): case L_('m'): case L_('n'):
+        case L_('o'): case L_('p'): case L_('q'): case L_('r'): case L_('s'):
+        case L_('t'): case L_('u'): case L_('v'): case L_('w'): case L_('x'):
+        case L_('y'): case L_('z'): case L_('{'): case L_('|'): case L_('}'):
+        case L_('~'):
+          /* The C Standard requires these 98 characters (plus '%') to
+             be in the basic execution character set.  None of these
+             characters can start a multibyte sequence, so they need
+             not be analyzed further.  */
+          add1 (*f);
+          continue;
+
+        default:
+          /* Copy this multibyte sequence until we reach its end, find
+             an error, or come back to the initial shift state.  */
+          {
+            mbstate_t mbstate = mbstate_zero;
+            size_t len = 0;
+            size_t fsize;
+
+            if (! format_end)
+              format_end = f + strlen (f) + 1;
+            fsize = format_end - f;
+
+            do
+              {
+                size_t bytes = mbrlen (f + len, fsize - len, &mbstate);
+
+                if (bytes == 0)
+                  break;
+
+                if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+                  {
+                    len += strlen (f + len);
+                    break;
+                  }
+
+                if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+                  {
+                    len++;
+                    break;
+                  }
+
+                len += bytes;
+              }
+            while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+
+            cpy (len, f);
+            f += len - 1;
+            continue;
+          }
+        }
+
+#else /* ! DO_MULTIBYTE */
+
+      /* Either multibyte encodings are not supported, they are
+         safe for formats, so any non-'%' byte can be copied through,
+         or this is the wide character version.  */
+      if (*f != L_('%'))
+        {
+          add1 (*f);
+          continue;
+        }
+
+#endif /* ! DO_MULTIBYTE */
+
+      char const *percent = f;
+
+      /* Check for flags that can modify a format.  */
+      while (1)
+        {
+          switch (*++f)
+            {
+              /* This influences the number formats.  */
+            case L_('_'):
+            case L_('-'):
+            case L_('+'):
+            case L_('0'):
+              pad = *f;
+              continue;
+
+              /* This changes textual output.  */
+            case L_('^'):
+              to_uppcase = true;
+              continue;
+            case L_('#'):
+              change_case = true;
+              continue;
+
+            default:
+              break;
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+
+      if (ISDIGIT (*f))
+        {
+          width = 0;
+          do
+            {
+              if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (width, 10, &width)
+                  || INT_ADD_WRAPV (width, *f - L_('0'), &width))
+                width = INT_MAX;
+              ++f;
+            }
+          while (ISDIGIT (*f));
+        }
+
+      /* Check for modifiers.  */
+      switch (*f)
+        {
+        case L_('E'):
+        case L_('O'):
+          modifier = *f++;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          modifier = 0;
+          break;
+        }
+
+      /* Now do the specified format.  */
+      format_char = *f;
+      switch (format_char)
+        {
+#define DO_NUMBER(d, v) \
+          do                                                                  \
+            {                                                                 \
+              digits = d;                                                     \
+              number_value = v;                                               \
+              goto do_number;                                                 \
+            }                                                                 \
+          while (0)
+#define DO_SIGNED_NUMBER(d, negative, v) \
+          DO_MAYBE_SIGNED_NUMBER (d, negative, v, do_signed_number)
+#define DO_YEARISH(d, negative, v) \
+          DO_MAYBE_SIGNED_NUMBER (d, negative, v, do_yearish)
+#define DO_MAYBE_SIGNED_NUMBER(d, negative, v, label) \
+          do                                                                  \
+            {                                                                 \
+              digits = d;                                                     \
+              negative_number = negative;                                     \
+              u_number_value = v;                                             \
+              goto label;                                                     \
+            }                                                                 \
+          while (0)
+
+          /* The mask is not what you might think.
+             When the ordinal i'th bit is set, insert a colon
+             before the i'th digit of the time zone representation.  */
+#define DO_TZ_OFFSET(d, mask, v) \
+          do                                                                  \
+            {                                                                 \
+              digits = d;                                                     \
+              tz_colon_mask = mask;                                           \
+              u_number_value = v;                                             \
+              goto do_tz_offset;                                              \
+            }                                                                 \
+          while (0)
+#define DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD(d, v) \
+          do                                                                  \
+            {                                                                 \
+              digits = d;                                                     \
+              number_value = v;                                               \
+              goto do_number_spacepad;                                        \
+            }                                                                 \
+          while (0)
+
+        case L_('%'):
+          if (f - 1 != percent)
+            goto bad_percent;
+          add1 (*f);
+          break;
+
+        case L_('a'):
+          if (modifier != 0)
+            goto bad_format;
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = true;
+              to_lowcase = false;
+            }
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          cpy (aw_len, a_wkday);
+          break;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case 'A':
+          if (modifier != 0)
+            goto bad_format;
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = true;
+              to_lowcase = false;
+            }
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          cpy (STRLEN (f_wkday), f_wkday);
+          break;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('b'):
+        case L_('h'):
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = true;
+              to_lowcase = false;
+            }
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            cpy (aam_len, a_altmonth);
+          else
+            cpy (am_len, a_month);
+          break;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('B'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = true;
+              to_lowcase = false;
+            }
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            cpy (STRLEN (f_altmonth), f_altmonth);
+          else
+            cpy (STRLEN (f_month), f_month);
+          break;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('c'):
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            goto bad_format;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (! (modifier == L_('E')
+                 && (*(subfmt =
+                       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+                                                     NLW(ERA_D_T_FMT)))
+                     != '\0')))
+            subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_T_FMT));
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        subformat:
+          subwidth = -1;
+        subformat_width:
+          {
+            size_t len = __strftime_internal (NULL, STRFTIME_ARG ((size_t) -1)
+                                              subfmt, tp, to_uppcase,
+                                              pad, subwidth, tzset_called
+                                              extra_args LOCALE_ARG);
+            add (len, __strftime_internal (p,
+                                           STRFTIME_ARG (maxsize - i)
+                                           subfmt, tp, to_uppcase,
+                                           pad, subwidth, tzset_called
+                                           extra_args LOCALE_ARG));
+          }
+          break;
+
+#if !(defined _NL_CURRENT && HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY)
+        underlying_strftime:
+          {
+            /* The relevant information is available only via the
+               underlying strftime implementation, so use that.  */
+            char ufmt[5];
+            char *u = ufmt;
+            char ubuf[1024]; /* enough for any single format in practice */
+            size_t len;
+            /* Make sure we're calling the actual underlying strftime.
+               In some cases, config.h contains something like
+               "#define strftime rpl_strftime".  */
+# ifdef strftime
+#  undef strftime
+            size_t strftime ();
+# endif
+
+            /* The space helps distinguish strftime failure from empty
+               output.  */
+            *u++ = ' ';
+            *u++ = '%';
+            if (modifier != 0)
+              *u++ = modifier;
+            *u++ = format_char;
+            *u = '\0';
+            len = strftime (ubuf, sizeof ubuf, ufmt, tp);
+            if (len != 0)
+              cpy (len - 1, ubuf + 1);
+          }
+          break;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('C'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+              struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+              if (era)
+                {
+# ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+                  size_t len = __wcslen (era->era_wname);
+                  cpy (len, era->era_wname);
+# else
+                  size_t len = strlen (era->era_name);
+                  cpy (len, era->era_name);
+# endif
+                  break;
+                }
+#else
+              goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+            }
+
+          {
+            bool negative_year = tp->tm_year < - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+            bool zero_thru_1899 = !negative_year & (tp->tm_year < 0);
+            int century = ((tp->tm_year - 99 * zero_thru_1899) / 100
+                           + TM_YEAR_BASE / 100);
+            DO_YEARISH (2, negative_year, century);
+          }
+
+        case L_('x'):
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            goto bad_format;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (! (modifier == L_('E')
+                 && (*(subfmt =
+                       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_D_FMT)))
+                     != L_('\0'))))
+            subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_FMT));
+          goto subformat;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+        case L_('D'):
+          if (modifier != 0)
+            goto bad_format;
+          subfmt = L_("%m/%d/%y");
+          goto subformat;
+
+        case L_('d'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_mday);
+
+        case L_('e'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, tp->tm_mday);
+
+          /* All numeric formats set DIGITS and NUMBER_VALUE (or 
U_NUMBER_VALUE)
+             and then jump to one of these labels.  */
+
+        do_tz_offset:
+          always_output_a_sign = true;
+          goto do_number_body;
+
+        do_yearish:
+          if (pad == 0)
+            pad = yr_spec;
+          always_output_a_sign
+            = (pad == L_('+')
+               && ((digits == 2 ? 99 : 9999) < u_number_value
+                   || digits < width));
+          goto do_maybe_signed_number;
+
+        do_number_spacepad:
+          if (pad == 0)
+            pad = L_('_');
+
+        do_number:
+          /* Format NUMBER_VALUE according to the MODIFIER flag.  */
+          negative_number = number_value < 0;
+          u_number_value = number_value;
+
+        do_signed_number:
+          always_output_a_sign = false;
+
+        do_maybe_signed_number:
+          tz_colon_mask = 0;
+
+        do_number_body:
+          /* Format U_NUMBER_VALUE according to the MODIFIER flag.
+             NEGATIVE_NUMBER is nonzero if the original number was
+             negative; in this case it was converted directly to
+             unsigned int (i.e., modulo (UINT_MAX + 1)) without
+             negating it.  */
+          if (modifier == L_('O') && !negative_number)
+            {
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+              /* Get the locale specific alternate representation of
+                 the number.  If none exist NULL is returned.  */
+              const CHAR_T *cp = nl_get_alt_digit (u_number_value
+                                                   HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+
+              if (cp != NULL)
+                {
+                  size_t digitlen = STRLEN (cp);
+                  if (digitlen != 0)
+                    {
+                      cpy (digitlen, cp);
+                      break;
+                    }
+                }
+#else
+              goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+            }
+
+          bufp = buf + sizeof (buf) / sizeof (buf[0]);
+
+          if (negative_number)
+            u_number_value = - u_number_value;
+
+          do
+            {
+              if (tz_colon_mask & 1)
+                *--bufp = ':';
+              tz_colon_mask >>= 1;
+              *--bufp = u_number_value % 10 + L_('0');
+              u_number_value /= 10;
+            }
+          while (u_number_value != 0 || tz_colon_mask != 0);
+
+        do_number_sign_and_padding:
+          if (pad == 0)
+            pad = L_('0');
+          if (width < 0)
+            width = digits;
+
+          {
+            CHAR_T sign_char = (negative_number ? L_('-')
+                                : always_output_a_sign ? L_('+')
+                                : 0);
+            int numlen = buf + sizeof buf / sizeof buf[0] - bufp;
+            int shortage = width - !!sign_char - numlen;
+            int padding = pad == L_('-') || shortage <= 0 ? 0 : shortage;
+
+            if (sign_char)
+              {
+                if (pad == L_('_'))
+                  {
+                    if (p)
+                      memset_space (p, padding);
+                    i += padding;
+                    width -= padding;
+                  }
+                width_add1 (0, sign_char);
+                width--;
+              }
+
+            cpy (numlen, bufp);
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case L_('F'):
+          if (modifier != 0)
+            goto bad_format;
+          if (pad == 0 && width < 0)
+            {
+              pad = L_('+');
+              subwidth = 4;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              subwidth = width - 6;
+              if (subwidth < 0)
+                subwidth = 0;
+            }
+          subfmt = L_("%Y-%m-%d");
+          goto subformat_width;
+
+        case L_('H'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_hour);
+
+        case L_('I'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, hour12);
+
+        case L_('k'):           /* GNU extension.  */
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, tp->tm_hour);
+
+        case L_('l'):           /* GNU extension.  */
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, hour12);
+
+        case L_('j'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_SIGNED_NUMBER (3, tp->tm_yday < -1, tp->tm_yday + 1U);
+
+        case L_('M'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_min);
+
+        case L_('m'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_SIGNED_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_mon < -1, tp->tm_mon + 1U);
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+        case L_('N'):           /* GNU extension.  */
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+          {
+            int n = ns, ns_digits = 9;
+            if (width <= 0)
+              width = ns_digits;
+            int ndigs = ns_digits;
+            while (width < ndigs || (1 < ndigs && n % 10 == 0))
+              ndigs--, n /= 10;
+            for (int j = ndigs; 0 < j; j--)
+              buf[j - 1] = n % 10 + L_('0'), n /= 10;
+            if (!pad)
+              pad = L_('0');
+            width_cpy (0, ndigs, buf);
+            width_add (width - ndigs, 0, (void) 0);
+          }
+          break;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('n'):
+          add1 (L_('\n'));
+          break;
+
+        case L_('P'):
+          to_lowcase = true;
+#ifndef _NL_CURRENT
+          format_char = L_('p');
+#endif
+          FALLTHROUGH;
+        case L_('p'):
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = false;
+              to_lowcase = true;
+            }
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          cpy (ap_len, ampm);
+          break;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('q'):           /* GNU extension.  */
+          DO_SIGNED_NUMBER (1, false, ((tp->tm_mon * 11) >> 5) + 1);
+
+        case L_('R'):
+          subfmt = L_("%H:%M");
+          goto subformat;
+
+        case L_('r'):
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (*(subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+                                                       NLW(T_FMT_AMPM)))
+              == L_('\0'))
+            subfmt = L_("%I:%M:%S %p");
+          goto subformat;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('S'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_sec);
+
+        case L_('s'):           /* GNU extension.  */
+          {
+            struct tm ltm;
+            time_t t;
+
+            ltm = *tp;
+            ltm.tm_yday = -1;
+            t = mktime_z (tz, &ltm);
+            if (ltm.tm_yday < 0)
+              {
+                errno = EOVERFLOW;
+                return 0;
+              }
+
+            /* Generate string value for T using time_t arithmetic;
+               this works even if sizeof (long) < sizeof (time_t).  */
+
+            bufp = buf + sizeof (buf) / sizeof (buf[0]);
+            negative_number = t < 0;
+
+            do
+              {
+                int d = t % 10;
+                t /= 10;
+                *--bufp = (negative_number ? -d : d) + L_('0');
+              }
+            while (t != 0);
+
+            digits = 1;
+            always_output_a_sign = false;
+            goto do_number_sign_and_padding;
+          }
+
+        case L_('X'):
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            goto bad_format;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (! (modifier == L_('E')
+                 && (*(subfmt =
+                       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_T_FMT)))
+                     != L_('\0'))))
+            subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(T_FMT));
+          goto subformat;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+        case L_('T'):
+          subfmt = L_("%H:%M:%S");
+          goto subformat;
+
+        case L_('t'):
+          add1 (L_('\t'));
+          break;
+
+        case L_('u'):
+          DO_NUMBER (1, (tp->tm_wday - 1 + 7) % 7 + 1);
+
+        case L_('U'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, (tp->tm_yday - tp->tm_wday + 7) / 7);
+
+        case L_('V'):
+        case L_('g'):
+        case L_('G'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+          {
+            /* YEAR is a leap year if and only if (tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE)
+               is a leap year, except that YEAR and YEAR - 1 both work
+               correctly even when (tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE) would
+               overflow.  */
+            int year = (tp->tm_year
+                        + (tp->tm_year < 0
+                           ? TM_YEAR_BASE % 400
+                           : TM_YEAR_BASE % 400 - 400));
+            int year_adjust = 0;
+            int days = iso_week_days (tp->tm_yday, tp->tm_wday);
+
+            if (days < 0)
+              {
+                /* This ISO week belongs to the previous year.  */
+                year_adjust = -1;
+                days = iso_week_days (tp->tm_yday + (365 + __isleap (year - 
1)),
+                                      tp->tm_wday);
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                int d = iso_week_days (tp->tm_yday - (365 + __isleap (year)),
+                                       tp->tm_wday);
+                if (0 <= d)
+                  {
+                    /* This ISO week belongs to the next year.  */
+                    year_adjust = 1;
+                    days = d;
+                  }
+              }
+
+            switch (*f)
+              {
+              case L_('g'):
+                {
+                  int yy = (tp->tm_year % 100 + year_adjust) % 100;
+                  DO_YEARISH (2, false,
+                              (0 <= yy
+                               ? yy
+                               : tp->tm_year < -TM_YEAR_BASE - year_adjust
+                               ? -yy
+                               : yy + 100));
+                }
+
+              case L_('G'):
+                DO_YEARISH (4, tp->tm_year < -TM_YEAR_BASE - year_adjust,
+                            (tp->tm_year + (unsigned int) TM_YEAR_BASE
+                             + year_adjust));
+
+              default:
+                DO_NUMBER (2, days / 7 + 1);
+              }
+          }
+
+        case L_('W'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, (tp->tm_yday - (tp->tm_wday - 1 + 7) % 7 + 7) / 7);
+
+        case L_('w'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (1, tp->tm_wday);
+
+        case L_('Y'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+              struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+              if (era)
+                {
+# ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+                  subfmt = era->era_wformat;
+# else
+                  subfmt = era->era_format;
+# endif
+                  if (pad == 0)
+                    pad = yr_spec;
+                  goto subformat;
+                }
+#else
+              goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+            }
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_YEARISH (4, tp->tm_year < -TM_YEAR_BASE,
+                      tp->tm_year + (unsigned int) TM_YEAR_BASE);
+
+        case L_('y'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+              struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+              if (era)
+                {
+                  int delta = tp->tm_year - era->start_date[0];
+                  if (pad == 0)
+                    pad = yr_spec;
+                  DO_NUMBER (2, (era->offset
+                                 + delta * era->absolute_direction));
+                }
+#else
+              goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+            }
+
+          {
+            int yy = tp->tm_year % 100;
+            if (yy < 0)
+              yy = tp->tm_year < - TM_YEAR_BASE ? -yy : yy + 100;
+            DO_YEARISH (2, false, yy);
+          }
+
+        case L_('Z'):
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = false;
+              to_lowcase = true;
+            }
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+          {
+            /* The zone string is always given in multibyte form.  We have
+               to transform it first.  */
+            wchar_t *wczone;
+            size_t len;
+            widen (zone, wczone, len);
+            cpy (len, wczone);
+          }
+#else
+          cpy (strlen (zone), zone);
+#endif
+          break;
+
+        case L_(':'):
+          /* :, ::, and ::: are valid only just before 'z'.
+             :::: etc. are rejected later.  */
+          for (colons = 1; f[colons] == L_(':'); colons++)
+            continue;
+          if (f[colons] != L_('z'))
+            goto bad_format;
+          f += colons;
+          goto do_z_conversion;
+
+        case L_('z'):
+          colons = 0;
+
+        do_z_conversion:
+          if (tp->tm_isdst < 0)
+            break;
+
+          {
+            int diff;
+            int hour_diff;
+            int min_diff;
+            int sec_diff;
+#if HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+            diff = tp->tm_gmtoff;
+#else
+            if (!tz)
+              diff = 0;
+            else
+              {
+                struct tm gtm;
+                struct tm ltm;
+                time_t lt;
+
+                /* POSIX.1 requires that local time zone information be used as
+                   though strftime called tzset.  */
+# ifndef my_strftime
+                if (!*tzset_called)
+                  {
+                    tzset ();
+                    *tzset_called = true;
+                  }
+# endif
+
+                ltm = *tp;
+                ltm.tm_wday = -1;
+                lt = mktime_z (tz, &ltm);
+                if (ltm.tm_wday < 0 || ! localtime_rz (0, &lt, &gtm))
+                  break;
+                diff = tm_diff (&ltm, &gtm);
+              }
+#endif
+
+            negative_number = diff < 0 || (diff == 0 && *zone == '-');
+            hour_diff = diff / 60 / 60;
+            min_diff = diff / 60 % 60;
+            sec_diff = diff % 60;
+
+            switch (colons)
+              {
+              case 0: /* +hhmm */
+                DO_TZ_OFFSET (5, 0, hour_diff * 100 + min_diff);
+
+              case 1: tz_hh_mm: /* +hh:mm */
+                DO_TZ_OFFSET (6, 04, hour_diff * 100 + min_diff);
+
+              case 2: tz_hh_mm_ss: /* +hh:mm:ss */
+                DO_TZ_OFFSET (9, 024,
+                              hour_diff * 10000 + min_diff * 100 + sec_diff);
+
+              case 3: /* +hh if possible, else +hh:mm, else +hh:mm:ss */
+                if (sec_diff != 0)
+                  goto tz_hh_mm_ss;
+                if (min_diff != 0)
+                  goto tz_hh_mm;
+                DO_TZ_OFFSET (3, 0, hour_diff);
+
+              default:
+                goto bad_format;
+              }
+          }
+
+        case L_('\0'):          /* GNU extension: % at end of format.  */
+        bad_percent:
+            --f;
+            FALLTHROUGH;
+        default:
+          /* Unknown format; output the format, including the '%',
+             since this is most likely the right thing to do if a
+             multibyte string has been misparsed.  */
+        bad_format:
+          cpy (f - percent + 1, percent);
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+#if ! FPRINTFTIME
+  if (p && maxsize != 0)
+    *p = L_('\0');
+#endif
+
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  return i;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/open.c b/xcompile/lib/open.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5c95d2b8c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/open.c
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* Open a descriptor to a file.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <fcntl.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <fcntl.h> here, so that orig_open doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_open.  */
+#define __need_system_fcntl_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of open.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#undef __need_system_fcntl_h
+
+static int
+orig_open (const char *filename, int flags, mode_t mode)
+{
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+  return _open (filename, flags, mode);
+#else
+  return open (filename, flags, mode);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Specification.  */
+/* Write "fcntl.h" here, not <fcntl.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc eliminates
+   this include because of the preliminary #include <fcntl.h> above.  */
+#ifdef __ANDROID__
+#include <fnctl.h>
+#else
+#include "fcntl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "cloexec.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifndef REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
+# define REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY 0
+#endif
+
+int
+open (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+{
+  /* 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no.  */
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_CLOEXEC
+  int have_cloexec = -1;
+#else
+  static int have_cloexec;
+#endif
+
+  mode_t mode;
+  int fd;
+
+  mode = 0;
+  if (flags & O_CREAT)
+    {
+      va_list arg;
+      va_start (arg, flags);
+
+      /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4
+         creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'.  */
+      mode = va_arg (arg, PROMOTED_MODE_T);
+
+      va_end (arg);
+    }
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK
+  /* The only known platform that lacks O_NONBLOCK is mingw, but it
+     also lacks named pipes and Unix sockets, which are the only two
+     file types that require non-blocking handling in open().
+     Therefore, it is safe to ignore O_NONBLOCK here.  It is handy
+     that mingw also lacks openat(), so that is also covered here.  */
+  flags &= ~O_NONBLOCK;
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  if (strcmp (filename, "/dev/null") == 0)
+    filename = "NUL";
+#endif
+
+#if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* Fail if one of O_CREAT, O_WRONLY, O_RDWR is specified and the filename
+     ends in a slash, as POSIX says such a filename must name a directory
+     
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_13>:
+       "A pathname that contains at least one non-<slash> character and that
+        ends with one or more trailing <slash> characters shall not be resolved
+        successfully unless the last pathname component before the trailing
+        <slash> characters names an existing directory"
+     If the named file already exists as a directory, then
+       - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail because of the semantics
+         of O_CREAT,
+       - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because POSIX
+         <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/open.html>
+         says that it fails with errno = EISDIR in this case.
+     If the named file does not exist or does not name a directory, then
+       - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail since open() cannot create
+         directories,
+       - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because the
+         file does not contain a '.' directory.  */
+  if ((flags & O_CREAT)
+      || (flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_RDWR
+      || (flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_WRONLY)
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (filename);
+      if (len > 0 && filename[len - 1] == '/')
+        {
+          errno = EISDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  fd = orig_open (filename,
+                  flags & ~(have_cloexec < 0 ? O_CLOEXEC : 0), mode);
+
+  if (flags & O_CLOEXEC)
+    {
+      if (! have_cloexec)
+        {
+          if (0 <= fd)
+            have_cloexec = 1;
+          else if (errno == EINVAL)
+            {
+              fd = orig_open (filename, flags & ~O_CLOEXEC, mode);
+              have_cloexec = -1;
+            }
+        }
+      if (have_cloexec < 0 && 0 <= fd)
+        set_cloexec_flag (fd, true);
+    }
+
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  /* Implementing fchdir and fdopendir requires the ability to open a
+     directory file descriptor.  If open doesn't support that (as on
+     mingw), we use a dummy file that behaves the same as directories
+     on Linux (ie. always reports EOF on attempts to read()), and
+     override fstat() in fchdir.c to hide the fact that we have a
+     dummy.  */
+  if (REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY && fd < 0 && errno == EACCES
+      && ((flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_RDONLY
+          || (O_SEARCH != O_RDONLY && (flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_SEARCH)))
+    {
+      struct stat statbuf;
+      if (stat (filename, &statbuf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+        {
+          /* Maximum recursion depth of 1.  */
+          fd = open ("/dev/null", flags, mode);
+          if (0 <= fd)
+            fd = _gl_register_fd (fd, filename);
+        }
+      else
+        errno = EACCES;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* If the filename ends in a slash and fd does not refer to a directory,
+     then fail.
+     Rationale: POSIX says such a filename must name a directory
+     
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_13>:
+       "A pathname that contains at least one non-<slash> character and that
+        ends with one or more trailing <slash> characters shall not be resolved
+        successfully unless the last pathname component before the trailing
+        <slash> characters names an existing directory"
+     If the named file without the slash is not a directory, open() must fail
+     with ENOTDIR.  */
+  if (fd >= 0)
+    {
+      /* We know len is positive, since open did not fail with ENOENT.  */
+      size_t len = strlen (filename);
+      if (filename[len - 1] == '/')
+        {
+          struct stat statbuf;
+
+          if (fstat (fd, &statbuf) >= 0 && !S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+            {
+              close (fd);
+              errno = ENOTDIR;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (!REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY && 0 <= fd)
+    fd = _gl_register_fd (fd, filename);
+#endif
+
+  return fd;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/openat-die.c b/xcompile/lib/openat-die.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8dab8b9742
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/openat-die.c
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+/* Respond to a save- or restore-cwd failure.
+   This should never happen with Emacs.  */
+#include <config.h>
+#include "openat.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+void openat_save_fail (int errnum) { abort (); }
+void openat_restore_fail (int errnum) { abort (); }
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/openat-priv.h b/xcompile/lib/openat-priv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d31c4e83c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/openat-priv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Internals for openat-like functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#ifndef _GL_HEADER_OPENAT_PRIV
+#define _GL_HEADER_OPENAT_PRIV
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Maximum number of bytes that it is safe to allocate as a single
+   array on the stack, and that is known as a compile-time constant.
+   The assumption is that we'll touch the array very quickly, or a
+   temporary very near the array, provoking an out-of-memory trap.  On
+   some operating systems, there is only one guard page for the stack,
+   and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  Subtract 64 in the
+   hope that this will let the compiler touch a nearby temporary and
+   provoke a trap.  */
+#define SAFER_ALLOCA_MAX (4096 - 64)
+
+#define SAFER_ALLOCA(m) ((m) < SAFER_ALLOCA_MAX ? (m) : SAFER_ALLOCA_MAX)
+
+#if defined PATH_MAX
+# define OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE SAFER_ALLOCA (PATH_MAX)
+#elif defined _XOPEN_PATH_MAX
+# define OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE SAFER_ALLOCA (_XOPEN_PATH_MAX)
+#else
+# define OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE SAFER_ALLOCA (1024)
+#endif
+
+char *openat_proc_name (char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE], int fd, char const 
*file);
+
+/* Trying to access a BUILD_PROC_NAME file will fail on systems without
+   /proc support, and even on systems *with* ProcFS support.  Return
+   nonzero if the failure may be legitimate, e.g., because /proc is not
+   readable, or the particular .../fd/N directory is not present.  */
+#define EXPECTED_ERRNO(Errno)                   \
+  ((Errno) == ENOTDIR || (Errno) == ENOENT      \
+   || (Errno) == EPERM || (Errno) == EACCES     \
+   || (Errno) == ENOSYS /* Solaris 8 */         \
+   || (Errno) == EOPNOTSUPP /* FreeBSD */)
+
+/* Wrapper function shared among linkat and renameat.  */
+int at_func2 (int fd1, char const *file1,
+              int fd2, char const *file2,
+              int (*func) (char const *file1, char const *file2));
+
+#endif /* _GL_HEADER_OPENAT_PRIV */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/openat-proc.c b/xcompile/lib/openat-proc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a6a85f069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/openat-proc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* Create /proc/self/fd-related names for subfiles of open directories.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "openat-priv.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+# include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+/* Set BUF to the name of the subfile of the directory identified by
+   FD, where the subfile is named FILE.  If successful, return BUF if
+   the result fits in BUF, dynamically allocated memory otherwise.
+   Return NULL (setting errno) on error.  */
+char *
+openat_proc_name (char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE], int fd, char const *file)
+{
+  char *result = buf;
+  int dirlen;
+
+  /* Make sure the caller gets ENOENT when appropriate.  */
+  if (!*file)
+    {
+      buf[0] = '\0';
+      return buf;
+    }
+
+#ifndef __KLIBC__
+# define PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT "/proc/self/fd/%d/"
+  {
+    enum {
+      PROC_SELF_FD_DIR_SIZE_BOUND
+        = (sizeof PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT - (sizeof "%d" - 1)
+           + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int))
+    };
+
+    static int proc_status = 0;
+    if (! proc_status)
+      {
+        /* Set PROC_STATUS to a positive value if /proc/self/fd is
+           reliable, and a negative value otherwise.  Solaris 10
+           /proc/self/fd mishandles "..", and any file name might expand
+           to ".." after symbolic link expansion, so avoid /proc/self/fd
+           if it mishandles "..".  Solaris 10 has openat, but this
+           problem is exhibited on code that built on Solaris 8 and
+           running on Solaris 10.  */
+
+        int proc_self_fd =
+          open ("/proc/self/fd",
+                O_SEARCH | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
+        if (proc_self_fd < 0)
+          proc_status = -1;
+        else
+          {
+            /* Detect whether /proc/self/fd/%i/../fd exists, where %i is the
+               number of a file descriptor open on /proc/self/fd.  On Linux,
+               that name resolves to /proc/self/fd, which was opened above.
+               However, on Solaris, it may resolve to /proc/self/fd/fd, which
+               cannot exist, since all names in /proc/self/fd are numeric.  */
+            char dotdot_buf[PROC_SELF_FD_DIR_SIZE_BOUND + sizeof "../fd" - 1];
+            sprintf (dotdot_buf, PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT "../fd", proc_self_fd);
+            proc_status = access (dotdot_buf, F_OK) ? -1 : 1;
+            close (proc_self_fd);
+          }
+      }
+
+    if (proc_status < 0)
+      return NULL;
+    else
+      {
+        size_t bufsize = PROC_SELF_FD_DIR_SIZE_BOUND + strlen (file);
+        if (OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE < bufsize)
+          {
+            result = malloc (bufsize);
+            if (! result)
+              return NULL;
+          }
+
+        dirlen = sprintf (result, PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT, fd);
+      }
+  }
+#else
+  /* OS/2 kLIBC provides a function to retrieve a path from a fd.  */
+  {
+    char dir[_MAX_PATH];
+    size_t bufsize;
+
+    if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, dir, sizeof dir))
+      return NULL;
+
+    dirlen = strlen (dir);
+    bufsize = dirlen + 1 + strlen (file) + 1; /* 1 for '/', 1 for null */
+    if (OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE < bufsize)
+      {
+        result = malloc (bufsize);
+        if (! result)
+          return NULL;
+      }
+
+    strcpy (result, dir);
+    result[dirlen++] = '/';
+  }
+#endif
+
+  strcpy (result + dirlen, file);
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/openat.h b/xcompile/lib/openat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37d8eedbee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/openat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* provide a replacement openat function
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#ifndef _GL_HEADER_OPENAT
+#define _GL_HEADER_OPENAT
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+
+#if !HAVE_OPENAT
+
+int openat_permissive (int fd, char const *file, int flags, mode_t mode,
+                       int *cwd_errno);
+bool openat_needs_fchdir (void);
+
+#else
+
+# define openat_permissive(Fd, File, Flags, Mode, Cwd_errno) \
+    openat (Fd, File, Flags, Mode)
+# define openat_needs_fchdir() false
+
+#endif
+
+_Noreturn void openat_restore_fail (int);
+_Noreturn void openat_save_fail (int);
+
+/* Using these function names makes application code
+   slightly more readable than it would be with
+   fchownat (..., 0) or fchownat (..., AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW).  */
+
+#if GNULIB_CHOWNAT
+
+# ifndef CHOWNAT_INLINE
+#  define CHOWNAT_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+# endif
+
+CHOWNAT_INLINE int
+chownat (int fd, char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
+{
+  return fchownat (fd, file, owner, group, 0);
+}
+
+CHOWNAT_INLINE int
+lchownat (int fd, char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
+{
+  return fchownat (fd, file, owner, group, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_CHMODAT
+
+# ifndef CHMODAT_INLINE
+#  define CHMODAT_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+# endif
+
+CHMODAT_INLINE int
+chmodat (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return fchmodat (fd, file, mode, 0);
+}
+
+CHMODAT_INLINE int
+lchmodat (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return fchmodat (fd, file, mode, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_STATAT
+
+# ifndef STATAT_INLINE
+#  define STATAT_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+# endif
+
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
+STATAT_INLINE int
+statat (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st)
+{
+  return fstatat (fd, name, st, 0);
+}
+
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
+STATAT_INLINE int
+lstatat (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st)
+{
+  return fstatat (fd, name, st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* For now, there are no wrappers named laccessat or leuidaccessat,
+   since gnulib doesn't support faccessat(,AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) and
+   since access rights on symlinks are of limited utility.  Likewise,
+   wrappers are not provided for accessat or euidaccessat, so as to
+   avoid dragging in -lgen on some platforms.  */
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _GL_HEADER_OPENAT */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/pathmax.h b/xcompile/lib/pathmax.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0dd8f3bc5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/pathmax.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* Define PATH_MAX somehow.  Requires sys/types.h.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1999, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _PATHMAX_H
+# define _PATHMAX_H
+
+/* POSIX:2008 defines PATH_MAX to be the maximum number of bytes in a filename,
+   including the terminating NUL byte.
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/limits.h.html>
+   PATH_MAX is not defined on systems which have no limit on filename length,
+   such as GNU/Hurd.
+
+   This file does *not* define PATH_MAX always.  Programs that use this file
+   can handle the GNU/Hurd case in several ways:
+     - Either with a package-wide handling, or with a per-file handling,
+     - Either through a
+         #ifdef PATH_MAX
+       or through a fallback like
+         #ifndef PATH_MAX
+         # define PATH_MAX 8192
+         #endif
+       or through a fallback like
+         #ifndef PATH_MAX
+         # define PATH_MAX pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)
+         #endif
+ */
+
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# include <limits.h>
+
+# ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#  define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 256
+# endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been.  */
+# if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+
+# if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+#  define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __hpux
+/* On HP-UX, PATH_MAX designates the maximum number of bytes in a filename,
+   *not* including the terminating NUL byte, and is set to 1023.
+   Additionally, when _XOPEN_SOURCE is defined to 500 or more, PATH_MAX is
+   not defined at all any more.  */
+#  undef PATH_MAX
+#  define PATH_MAX 1024
+# endif
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* The page "Naming Files, Paths, and Namespaces" on msdn.microsoft.com,
+   section "Maximum Path Length Limitation",
+   
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/FileIO/naming-a-file#maximum-path-length-limitation>
+   explains that the maximum size of a filename, including the terminating
+   NUL byte, is 260 = 3 + 256 + 1.
+   This is the same value as
+     - FILENAME_MAX in <stdio.h>,
+     - _MAX_PATH in <stdlib.h>,
+     - MAX_PATH in <windef.h>.
+   Undefine the original value, because mingw's <limits.h> gets it wrong.  */
+#  undef PATH_MAX
+#  define PATH_MAX 260
+# endif
+
+#endif /* _PATHMAX_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/pipe2.c b/xcompile/lib/pipe2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f06575a1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/pipe2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* Create a pipe, with specific opening flags.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include "binary-io.h"
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK
+# include "nonblocking.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+
+# include <io.h>
+
+#endif
+
+int
+pipe2 (int fd[2], int flags)
+{
+  /* Mingw _pipe() corrupts fd on failure; also, if we succeed at
+     creating the pipe but later fail at changing fcntl, we want
+     to leave fd unchanged: http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=467  */
+  int tmp[2];
+  tmp[0] = fd[0];
+  tmp[1] = fd[1];
+
+#if HAVE_PIPE2
+# undef pipe2
+  /* Try the system call first, if it exists.  (We may be running with a glibc
+     that has the function but with an older kernel that lacks it.)  */
+  {
+    /* Cache the information whether the system call really exists.  */
+    static int have_pipe2_really; /* 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no */
+    if (have_pipe2_really >= 0)
+      {
+        int result = pipe2 (fd, flags);
+        if (!(result < 0 && errno == ENOSYS))
+          {
+            have_pipe2_really = 1;
+            return result;
+          }
+        have_pipe2_really = -1;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Check the supported flags.  */
+  if ((flags & ~(O_CLOEXEC | O_NONBLOCK | O_BINARY | O_TEXT)) != 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+
+  if (_pipe (fd, 4096, flags & ~O_NONBLOCK) < 0)
+    {
+      fd[0] = tmp[0];
+      fd[1] = tmp[1];
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* O_NONBLOCK handling.
+     On native Windows platforms, O_NONBLOCK is defined by gnulib.  Use the
+     functions defined by the gnulib module 'nonblocking'.  */
+# if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK
+  if (flags & O_NONBLOCK)
+    {
+      if (set_nonblocking_flag (fd[0], true) != 0
+          || set_nonblocking_flag (fd[1], true) != 0)
+        goto fail;
+    }
+# else
+  {
+    static_assert (O_NONBLOCK == 0);
+  }
+# endif
+
+  return 0;
+
+#else
+/* Unix API.  */
+
+  if (pipe (fd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* POSIX 
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pipe.html>
+     says that initially, the O_NONBLOCK and FD_CLOEXEC flags are cleared on
+     both fd[0] and fd[1].  */
+
+  /* O_NONBLOCK handling.
+     On Unix platforms, O_NONBLOCK is defined by the system.  Use fcntl().  */
+  if (flags & O_NONBLOCK)
+    {
+      int fcntl_flags;
+
+      if ((fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[1], F_GETFL, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[1], F_SETFL, fcntl_flags | O_NONBLOCK) == -1
+          || (fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[0], F_GETFL, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[0], F_SETFL, fcntl_flags | O_NONBLOCK) == -1)
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+  if (flags & O_CLOEXEC)
+    {
+      int fcntl_flags;
+
+      if ((fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[1], F_GETFD, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[1], F_SETFD, fcntl_flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1
+          || (fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[0], F_GETFD, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[0], F_SETFD, fcntl_flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+# if O_BINARY
+  if (flags & O_BINARY)
+    {
+      set_binary_mode (fd[1], O_BINARY);
+      set_binary_mode (fd[0], O_BINARY);
+    }
+  else if (flags & O_TEXT)
+    {
+      set_binary_mode (fd[1], O_TEXT);
+      set_binary_mode (fd[0], O_TEXT);
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return 0;
+
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK || !(defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+ fail:
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    close (fd[0]);
+    close (fd[1]);
+    fd[0] = tmp[0];
+    fd[1] = tmp[1];
+    errno = saved_errno;
+    return -1;
+  }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/pselect.c b/xcompile/lib/pselect.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5d21e1048
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/pselect.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* pselect - synchronous I/O multiplexing
+
+   Copyright 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/select.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/* Examine the size-NFDS file descriptor sets in RFDS, WFDS, and XFDS
+   to see whether some of their descriptors are ready for reading,
+   ready for writing, or have exceptions pending.  Wait for at most
+   TIMEOUT seconds, and use signal mask SIGMASK while waiting.  A null
+   pointer parameter stands for no descriptors, an infinite timeout,
+   or an unaffected signal mask.  */
+
+#if !HAVE_PSELECT
+
+int
+pselect (int nfds, fd_set *restrict rfds,
+         fd_set *restrict wfds, fd_set *restrict xfds,
+         struct timespec const *restrict timeout,
+         sigset_t const *restrict sigmask)
+{
+  int select_result;
+  sigset_t origmask;
+  struct timeval tv, *tvp;
+
+  if (timeout)
+    {
+      if (! (0 <= timeout->tv_nsec && timeout->tv_nsec < 1000000000))
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      tv.tv_sec = timeout->tv_sec;
+      tv.tv_usec = (timeout->tv_nsec + 999) / 1000;
+      tvp = &tv;
+    }
+  else
+    tvp = NULL;
+
+  /* Signal mask munging should be atomic, but this is the best we can
+     do in this emulation.  */
+  if (sigmask)
+    pthread_sigmask (SIG_SETMASK, sigmask, &origmask);
+
+  select_result = select (nfds, rfds, wfds, xfds, tvp);
+
+  if (sigmask)
+    {
+      int select_errno = errno;
+      pthread_sigmask (SIG_SETMASK, &origmask, NULL);
+      errno = select_errno;
+    }
+
+  return select_result;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_PSELECT */
+# include <unistd.h>
+# undef pselect
+
+int
+rpl_pselect (int nfds, fd_set *restrict rfds,
+             fd_set *restrict wfds, fd_set *restrict xfds,
+             struct timespec const *restrict timeout,
+             sigset_t const *restrict sigmask)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  /* FreeBSD 8.2 has a bug: it does not always detect invalid fds.  */
+  if (nfds < 0 || nfds > FD_SETSIZE)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  for (i = 0; i < nfds; i++)
+    {
+      if (((rfds && FD_ISSET (i, rfds))
+           || (wfds && FD_ISSET (i, wfds))
+           || (xfds && FD_ISSET (i, xfds)))
+          && dup2 (i, i) != i)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+  return pselect (nfds, rfds, wfds, xfds, timeout, sigmask);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/pthread_sigmask.c b/xcompile/lib/pthread_sigmask.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..128107582a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/pthread_sigmask.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* POSIX compatible signal blocking for threads.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_INEFFECTIVE
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_UNBLOCK_BUG
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+int
+pthread_sigmask (int how, const sigset_t *new_mask, sigset_t *old_mask)
+#undef pthread_sigmask
+{
+#if HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK
+  int ret;
+
+# if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_INEFFECTIVE
+  sigset_t omask, omask_copy;
+  sigset_t *old_mask_ptr = &omask;
+  sigemptyset (&omask);
+  /* Add a signal unlikely to be blocked, so that OMASK_COPY
+     is unlikely to match the actual mask.  */
+  sigaddset (&omask, SIGILL);
+  memcpy (&omask_copy, &omask, sizeof omask);
+# else
+  sigset_t *old_mask_ptr = old_mask;
+# endif
+
+  ret = pthread_sigmask (how, new_mask, old_mask_ptr);
+
+# if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_INEFFECTIVE
+  if (ret == 0)
+    {
+      /* Detect whether pthread_sigmask is currently ineffective.
+         Don't cache the information: libpthread.so could be dynamically
+         loaded after the program started and after pthread_sigmask was
+         called for the first time.  */
+      if (memcmp (&omask_copy, &omask, sizeof omask) == 0
+          && pthread_sigmask (1729, &omask_copy, NULL) == 0)
+        {
+          /* pthread_sigmask is currently ineffective.  The program is not
+             linked to -lpthread.  So use sigprocmask instead.  */
+          return (sigprocmask (how, new_mask, old_mask) < 0 ? errno : 0);
+        }
+
+      if (old_mask)
+        memcpy (old_mask, &omask, sizeof omask);
+    }
+# endif
+# if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_FAILS_WITH_ERRNO
+  if (ret == -1)
+    return errno;
+# endif
+# if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_UNBLOCK_BUG
+  if (ret == 0
+      && new_mask != NULL
+      && (how == SIG_UNBLOCK || how == SIG_SETMASK))
+    {
+      /* Give the OS the opportunity to raise signals that were pending before
+         the pthread_sigmask call and have now been unblocked.  */
+      usleep (1);
+    }
+# endif
+  return ret;
+#else
+  int ret = sigprocmask (how, new_mask, old_mask);
+  return (ret < 0 ? errno : 0);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/qcopy-acl.c b/xcompile/lib/qcopy-acl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..883bcf7d58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/qcopy-acl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* Copy access control list from one file to another.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+
+/* Copy access control lists from one file to another. If SOURCE_DESC is
+   a valid file descriptor, use file descriptor operations, else use
+   filename based operations on SRC_NAME. Likewise for DEST_DESC and
+   DST_NAME.
+   If access control lists are not available, fchmod the target file to
+   MODE.  Also sets the non-permission bits of the destination file
+   (S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX) to those from MODE if any are set.
+   Return 0 if successful.
+   Return -2 and set errno for an error relating to the source file.
+   Return -1 and set errno for an error relating to the destination file.  */
+
+int
+qcopy_acl (const char *src_name, int source_desc, const char *dst_name,
+           int dest_desc, mode_t mode)
+{
+  struct permission_context ctx;
+  int ret;
+
+  ret = get_permissions (src_name, source_desc, mode, &ctx);
+  if (ret != 0)
+    return -2;
+  ret = set_permissions (&ctx, dst_name, dest_desc);
+  free_permission_context (&ctx);
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/rawmemchr.c b/xcompile/lib/rawmemchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45c6cd3527
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/rawmemchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* Searching in a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* A function definition is only needed if HAVE_RAWMEMCHR is not defined.  */
+#if !HAVE_RAWMEMCHR
+
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S.  */
+void *
+rawmemchr (const void *s, int c_in)
+{
+  /* Change this typedef to experiment with performance.  */
+  typedef uintptr_t longword;
+  /* If you change the "uintptr_t", you should change UINTPTR_WIDTH to match.
+     This verifies that the type does not have padding bits.  */
+  static_assert (UINTPTR_WIDTH == UCHAR_WIDTH * sizeof (longword));
+
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  unsigned char c = c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
+       (uintptr_t) char_ptr % alignof (longword) != 0;
+       ++char_ptr)
+    if (*char_ptr == c)
+      return (void *) char_ptr;
+
+  longword const *longword_ptr = s = char_ptr;
+
+  /* Compute auxiliary longword values:
+     repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
+     repeated_c has c in every byte.  */
+  longword repeated_one = (longword) -1 / UCHAR_MAX;
+  longword repeated_c = repeated_one * c;
+  longword repeated_hibit = repeated_one * (UCHAR_MAX / 2 + 1);
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will
+     test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing if any of
+     the bytes in the longword in question are equal to
+     c.  We first use an xor with repeated_c.  This reduces the task
+     to testing whether any of the bytes in longword1 is zero.
+
+     (The following comments assume 8-bit bytes, as POSIX requires;
+     the code's use of UCHAR_MAX should work even if bytes have more
+     than 8 bits.)
+
+     We compute tmp =
+       ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one * 0x80).
+     That is, we perform the following operations:
+       1. Subtract repeated_one.
+       2. & ~longword1.
+       3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
+     Consider what happens in each byte:
+       - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
+         and step 3 transforms it into 0x80.  A carry can also be propagated
+         to more significant bytes.
+       - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
+         position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0.  After step 1,
+         the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
+         After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1.  After
+         step 3, the result is 0.  And no carry is produced.
+     So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
+     Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
+     significant zero byte.  Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
+     j-1 and a 0x80 at position j.  We cannot predict the result at the more
+     significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
+     already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
+
+     The test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent
+     to testing whether tmp is nonzero.
+
+     This test can read beyond the end of a string, depending on where
+     C_IN is encountered.  However, this is considered safe since the
+     initialization phase ensured that the read will be aligned,
+     therefore, the read will not cross page boundaries and will not
+     cause a fault.  */
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
+
+      if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & repeated_hibit) != 0)
+        break;
+      longword_ptr++;
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = s = longword_ptr;
+
+  /* At this point, we know that one of the sizeof (longword) bytes
+     starting at char_ptr is == c.  If we knew endianness, we
+     could determine the first such byte without any further memory
+     accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
+     iteration.  However, the following simple and portable code does
+     not attempt this potential optimization.  */
+
+  while (*char_ptr != c)
+    char_ptr++;
+  return (void *) char_ptr;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/rawmemchr.valgrind b/xcompile/lib/rawmemchr.valgrind
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3e4cb0f65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/rawmemchr.valgrind
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in rawmemchr().
+
+# Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# This use is OK because it provides only a speedup.
+{
+    rawmemchr-value4
+    Memcheck:Value4
+    fun:rawmemchr
+}
+{
+    rawmemchr-value8
+    Memcheck:Value8
+    fun:rawmemchr
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/readlink.c b/xcompile/lib/readlink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..14bbb7f10c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/readlink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* Read the contents of a symbolic link.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_READLINK
+
+/* readlink() substitute for systems that don't have a readlink() function,
+   such as DJGPP 2.03 and mingw32.  */
+
+ssize_t
+readlink (char const *file, _GL_UNUSED char *buf,
+          _GL_UNUSED size_t bufsize)
+{
+  struct stat statbuf;
+
+  /* In general we should use lstat() here, not stat().  But on platforms
+     without symbolic links, lstat() - if it exists - would be equivalent to
+     stat(), therefore we can use stat().  This saves us a configure check.  */
+  if (stat (file, &statbuf) >= 0)
+    errno = EINVAL;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_READLINK */
+
+# undef readlink
+
+/* readlink() wrapper that uses correct types, for systems like cygwin
+   1.5.x where readlink returns int, and which rejects trailing slash,
+   for Solaris 9.  */
+
+ssize_t
+rpl_readlink (char const *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+{
+# if READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  size_t file_len = strlen (file);
+  if (file_len && file[file_len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      /* Even if FILE without the slash is a symlink to a directory,
+         both lstat() and stat() must resolve the trailing slash to
+         the directory rather than the symlink.  We can therefore
+         safely use stat() to distinguish between EINVAL and
+         ENOTDIR/ENOENT, avoiding extra overhead of rpl_lstat().  */
+      struct stat st;
+      if (stat (file, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+        errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG */
+
+  ssize_t r = readlink (file, buf, bufsize);
+
+# if READLINK_TRUNCATE_BUG
+  if (r < 0 && errno == ERANGE)
+    {
+      /* Try again with a bigger buffer.  This is just for test cases;
+         real code invariably discards short reads.  */
+      char stackbuf[4032];
+      r = readlink (file, stackbuf, sizeof stackbuf);
+      if (r < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ERANGE)
+            {
+              /* Clear the buffer, which is good enough for real code.
+                 Thankfully, no test cases try short reads of enormous
+                 symlinks and what would be the point anyway?  */
+              r = bufsize;
+              memset (buf, 0, r);
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (bufsize < r)
+            r = bufsize;
+          memcpy (buf, stackbuf, r);
+        }
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_READLINK */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/readlinkat.c b/xcompile/lib/readlinkat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7738ba8bfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/readlinkat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* Read a symlink relative to an open directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if HAVE_READLINKAT
+
+# undef fstatat
+# undef readlinkat
+
+ssize_t
+rpl_readlinkat (int fd, char const *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+{
+# if READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  size_t file_len = strlen (file);
+  if (file_len && file[file_len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      /* Even if FILE without the slash is a symlink to a directory,
+         both lstat() and stat() must resolve the trailing slash to
+         the directory rather than the symlink.  We can therefore
+         safely use fstatat(..., 0) to distinguish between EINVAL and
+         ENOTDIR/ENOENT, avoiding extra overhead of rpl_fstatat().  */
+      struct stat st;
+      if (fstatat (fd, file, &st, 0) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+        errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG */
+
+  ssize_t r = readlinkat (fd, file, buf, bufsize);
+
+# if READLINK_TRUNCATE_BUG
+  if (r < 0 && errno == ERANGE)
+    {
+      /* Try again with a bigger buffer.  This is just for test cases;
+         real code invariably discards short reads.  */
+      char stackbuf[4032];
+      r = readlinkat (fd, file, stackbuf, sizeof stackbuf);
+      if (r < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ERANGE)
+            {
+              /* Clear the buffer, which is good enough for real code.
+                 Thankfully, no test cases try short reads of enormous
+                 symlinks and what would be the point anyway?  */
+              r = bufsize;
+              memset (buf, 0, r);
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (bufsize < r)
+            r = bufsize;
+          memcpy (buf, stackbuf, r);
+        }
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* Gnulib provides a readlink stub for mingw; use it for distinction
+   between EINVAL and ENOENT, rather than always failing with ENOSYS.  */
+
+/* POSIX 2008 says that unlike readlink, readlinkat returns 0 for
+   success instead of the buffer length.  But this would render
+   readlinkat worthless since readlink does not guarantee a
+   NUL-terminated buffer.  Assume this was a bug in POSIX.  */
+
+/* Read the contents of symlink FILE into buffer BUF of size BUFSIZE, in the
+   directory open on descriptor FD.  If possible, do it without changing
+   the working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   then readlink/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
+   fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME readlinkat
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 readlink
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , char *buf, size_t bufsize
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , buf, bufsize
+# define AT_FUNC_RESULT ssize_t
+# include "at-func.c"
+# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+# undef AT_FUNC_F1
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+# undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/realloc.c b/xcompile/lib/realloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1063eb0987
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/realloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* realloc() function that is glibc compatible.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2003-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
+
+/* Call the system's realloc below.  This file does not define
+   _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC because it needs Gnulib's malloc if present.  */
+#undef realloc
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  If P is NULL, use malloc.  Otherwise if N is zero,
+   free P and return NULL.  */
+
+void *
+rpl_realloc (void *p, size_t n)
+{
+  if (p == NULL)
+    return malloc (n);
+
+  if (n == 0)
+    {
+      free (p);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, 1))
+    {
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  void *result = realloc (p, n);
+
+#if !HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
+  if (result == NULL)
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/regcomp.c b/xcompile/lib/regcomp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8947839685
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/regcomp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3788 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <locale/weight.h>
+#endif
+
+static reg_errcode_t re_compile_internal (regex_t *preg, const char * pattern,
+                                         size_t length, reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static void re_compile_fastmap_iter (regex_t *bufp,
+                                    const re_dfastate_t *init_state,
+                                    char *fastmap);
+static reg_errcode_t init_dfa (re_dfa_t *dfa, size_t pat_len);
+static void free_charset (re_charset_t *cset);
+static void free_workarea_compile (regex_t *preg);
+static reg_errcode_t create_initial_state (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static void optimize_utf8 (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static reg_errcode_t analyze (regex_t *preg);
+static reg_errcode_t preorder (bin_tree_t *root,
+                              reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+                              void *extra);
+static reg_errcode_t postorder (bin_tree_t *root,
+                               reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+                               void *extra);
+static reg_errcode_t optimize_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t lower_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static bin_tree_t *lower_subexp (reg_errcode_t *err, regex_t *preg,
+                                bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_first (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_next (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t link_nfa_nodes (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static Idx duplicate_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_idx, unsigned int 
constraint);
+static Idx search_duplicated_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_node,
+                                  unsigned int constraint);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_eclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_eclosure_iter (re_node_set *new_set, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                        Idx node, bool root);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_inveclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static Idx fetch_number (re_string_t *input, re_token_t *token,
+                        reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static int peek_token (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input,
+                       reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static bin_tree_t *parse (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+                         reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_reg_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+                                 re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                 Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_branch (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+                                re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_expression (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+                                    re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                    Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_sub_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+                                 re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                 Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_dup_op (bin_tree_t *dup_elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+                                re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t *token,
+                                reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_bracket_exp (re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                     re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                     reg_errcode_t *err);
+static reg_errcode_t parse_bracket_element (bracket_elem_t *elem,
+                                           re_string_t *regexp,
+                                           re_token_t *token, int token_len,
+                                           re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                           reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                           bool accept_hyphen);
+static reg_errcode_t parse_bracket_symbol (bracket_elem_t *elem,
+                                         re_string_t *regexp,
+                                         re_token_t *token);
+static reg_errcode_t build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset,
+                                       re_charset_t *mbcset,
+                                       Idx *equiv_class_alloc,
+                                       const unsigned char *name);
+static reg_errcode_t build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+                                     bitset_t sbcset,
+                                     re_charset_t *mbcset,
+                                     Idx *char_class_alloc,
+                                     const char *class_name,
+                                     reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static bin_tree_t *build_charclass_op (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                      RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+                                      const char *class_name,
+                                      const char *extra,
+                                      bool non_match, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *create_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                               bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+                               re_token_type_t type);
+static bin_tree_t *create_token_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                     bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+                                     const re_token_t *token);
+static bin_tree_t *duplicate_tree (const bin_tree_t *src, re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static void free_token (re_token_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t free_tree (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t mark_opt_subexp (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+
+/* This table gives an error message for each of the error codes listed
+   in regex.h.  Obviously the order here has to be same as there.
+   POSIX doesn't require that we do anything for REG_NOERROR,
+   but why not be nice?  */
+
+static const char __re_error_msgid[] =
+  {
+#define REG_NOERROR_IDX        0
+    gettext_noop ("Success")   /* REG_NOERROR */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_NOMATCH_IDX (REG_NOERROR_IDX + sizeof "Success")
+    gettext_noop ("No match")  /* REG_NOMATCH */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADPAT_IDX (REG_NOMATCH_IDX + sizeof "No match")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid regular expression") /* REG_BADPAT */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ECOLLATE_IDX (REG_BADPAT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid collation character") /* REG_ECOLLATE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ECTYPE_IDX (REG_ECOLLATE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid collation 
character")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid character class name") /* REG_ECTYPE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EESCAPE_IDX        (REG_ECTYPE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid character 
class name")
+    gettext_noop ("Trailing backslash") /* REG_EESCAPE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESUBREG_IDX        (REG_EESCAPE_IDX + sizeof "Trailing backslash")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid back reference") /* REG_ESUBREG */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EBRACK_IDX (REG_ESUBREG_IDX + sizeof "Invalid back reference")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched [, [^, [:, [., or [=")    /* REG_EBRACK */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EPAREN_IDX (REG_EBRACK_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched [, [^, [:, [., or 
[=")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched ( or \\(") /* REG_EPAREN */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EBRACE_IDX (REG_EPAREN_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched ( or \\(")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched \\{") /* REG_EBRACE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADBR_IDX  (REG_EBRACE_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched \\{")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid content of \\{\\}") /* REG_BADBR */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ERANGE_IDX (REG_BADBR_IDX + sizeof "Invalid content of \\{\\}")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid range end") /* REG_ERANGE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESPACE_IDX (REG_ERANGE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid range end")
+    gettext_noop ("Memory exhausted") /* REG_ESPACE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADRPT_IDX (REG_ESPACE_IDX + sizeof "Memory exhausted")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid preceding regular expression") /* REG_BADRPT */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EEND_IDX   (REG_BADRPT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid preceding regular 
expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Premature end of regular expression") /* REG_EEND */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESIZE_IDX  (REG_EEND_IDX + sizeof "Premature end of regular 
expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Regular expression too big") /* REG_ESIZE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ERPAREN_IDX        (REG_ESIZE_IDX + sizeof "Regular expression too 
big")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched ) or \\)") /* REG_ERPAREN */
+  };
+
+static const size_t __re_error_msgid_idx[] =
+  {
+    REG_NOERROR_IDX,
+    REG_NOMATCH_IDX,
+    REG_BADPAT_IDX,
+    REG_ECOLLATE_IDX,
+    REG_ECTYPE_IDX,
+    REG_EESCAPE_IDX,
+    REG_ESUBREG_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACK_IDX,
+    REG_EPAREN_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADBR_IDX,
+    REG_ERANGE_IDX,
+    REG_ESPACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADRPT_IDX,
+    REG_EEND_IDX,
+    REG_ESIZE_IDX,
+    REG_ERPAREN_IDX
+  };
+
+/* Entry points for GNU code.  */
+
+/* re_compile_pattern is the GNU regular expression compiler: it
+   compiles PATTERN (of length LENGTH) and puts the result in BUFP.
+   Returns 0 if the pattern was valid, otherwise an error string.
+
+   Assumes the 'allocated' (and perhaps 'buffer') and 'translate' fields
+   are set in BUFP on entry.  */
+
+const char *
+re_compile_pattern (const char *pattern, size_t length,
+                   struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  /* And GNU code determines whether or not to get register information
+     by passing null for the REGS argument to re_match, etc., not by
+     setting no_sub, unless RE_NO_SUB is set.  */
+  bufp->no_sub = !!(re_syntax_options & RE_NO_SUB);
+
+  /* Match anchors at newline.  */
+  bufp->newline_anchor = 1;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (bufp, pattern, length, re_syntax_options);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+  return gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+weak_alias (__re_compile_pattern, re_compile_pattern)
+
+/* Set by 're_set_syntax' to the current regexp syntax to recognize.  Can
+   also be assigned to arbitrarily: each pattern buffer stores its own
+   syntax, so it can be changed between regex compilations.  */
+/* This has no initializer because initialized variables in Emacs
+   become read-only after dumping.  */
+reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+
+/* Specify the precise syntax of regexps for compilation.  This provides
+   for compatibility for various utilities which historically have
+   different, incompatible syntaxes.
+
+   The argument SYNTAX is a bit mask comprised of the various bits
+   defined in regex.h.  We return the old syntax.  */
+
+reg_syntax_t
+re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  reg_syntax_t ret = re_syntax_options;
+
+  re_syntax_options = syntax;
+  return ret;
+}
+weak_alias (__re_set_syntax, re_set_syntax)
+
+int
+re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = bufp->buffer;
+  char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap;
+
+  memset (fastmap, '\0', sizeof (char) * SBC_MAX);
+  re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_word)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_word, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_nl)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_nl, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_begbuf)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_begbuf, fastmap);
+  bufp->fastmap_accurate = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+weak_alias (__re_compile_fastmap, re_compile_fastmap)
+
+static __always_inline void
+re_set_fastmap (char *fastmap, bool icase, int ch)
+{
+  fastmap[ch] = 1;
+  if (icase)
+    fastmap[tolower (ch)] = 1;
+}
+
+/* Helper function for re_compile_fastmap.
+   Compile fastmap for the initial_state INIT_STATE.  */
+
+static void
+re_compile_fastmap_iter (regex_t *bufp, const re_dfastate_t *init_state,
+                        char *fastmap)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = bufp->buffer;
+  Idx node_cnt;
+  bool icase = (dfa->mb_cur_max == 1 && (bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE));
+  for (node_cnt = 0; node_cnt < init_state->nodes.nelem; ++node_cnt)
+    {
+      Idx node = init_state->nodes.elems[node_cnt];
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+
+      if (type == CHARACTER)
+       {
+         re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, dfa->nodes[node].opr.c);
+         if ((bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE) && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+           {
+             unsigned char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+             unsigned char *p;
+             wchar_t wc;
+             mbstate_t state;
+
+             p = buf;
+             *p++ = dfa->nodes[node].opr.c;
+             while (++node < dfa->nodes_len
+                    && dfa->nodes[node].type == CHARACTER
+                    && dfa->nodes[node].mb_partial)
+               *p++ = dfa->nodes[node].opr.c;
+             memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (state));
+             if (__mbrtowc (&wc, (const char *) buf, p - buf,
+                            &state) == p - buf
+                 && (__wcrtomb ((char *) buf, __towlower (wc), &state)
+                     != (size_t) -1))
+               re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, buf[0]);
+           }
+       }
+      else if (type == SIMPLE_BRACKET)
+       {
+         int i, ch;
+         for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+           {
+             int j;
+             bitset_word_t w = dfa->nodes[node].opr.sbcset[i];
+             for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+               if (w & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << j))
+                 re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, ch);
+           }
+       }
+      else if (type == COMPLEX_BRACKET)
+       {
+         re_charset_t *cset = dfa->nodes[node].opr.mbcset;
+         Idx i;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+         /* See if we have to try all bytes which start multiple collation
+            elements.
+            e.g. In da_DK, we want to catch 'a' since "aa" is a valid
+                 collation element, and don't catch 'b' since 'b' is
+                 the only collation element which starts from 'b' (and
+                 it is caught by SIMPLE_BRACKET).  */
+             if (_NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES) != 0
+                 && (cset->ncoll_syms || cset->nranges))
+               {
+                 const int32_t *table = (const int32_t *)
+                   _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+                 for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)
+                   if (table[i] < 0)
+                     re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, i);
+               }
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+         /* See if we have to start the match at all multibyte characters,
+            i.e. where we would not find an invalid sequence.  This only
+            applies to multibyte character sets; for single byte character
+            sets, the SIMPLE_BRACKET again suffices.  */
+         if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1
+             && (cset->nchar_classes || cset->non_match || cset->nranges
+#ifdef _LIBC
+                 || cset->nequiv_classes
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+                ))
+           {
+             unsigned char c = 0;
+             do
+               {
+                 mbstate_t mbs;
+                 memset (&mbs, 0, sizeof (mbs));
+                 if (__mbrtowc (NULL, (char *) &c, 1, &mbs) == (size_t) -2)
+                   re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, (int) c);
+               }
+             while (++c != 0);
+           }
+
+         else
+           {
+             /* ... Else catch all bytes which can start the mbchars.  */
+             for (i = 0; i < cset->nmbchars; ++i)
+               {
+                 char buf[256];
+                 mbstate_t state;
+                 memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (state));
+                 if (__wcrtomb (buf, cset->mbchars[i], &state) != (size_t) -1)
+                   re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, *(unsigned char *) buf);
+                 if ((bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE) && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+                   {
+                     if (__wcrtomb (buf, __towlower (cset->mbchars[i]), &state)
+                         != (size_t) -1)
+                       re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, *(unsigned char *) buf);
+                   }
+               }
+           }
+       }
+      else if (type == OP_PERIOD || type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD || type == 
END_OF_RE)
+       {
+         memset (fastmap, '\1', sizeof (char) * SBC_MAX);
+         if (type == END_OF_RE)
+           bufp->can_be_null = 1;
+         return;
+       }
+    }
+}
+
+/* Entry point for POSIX code.  */
+/* regcomp takes a regular expression as a string and compiles it.
+
+   PREG is a regex_t *.  We do not expect any fields to be initialized,
+   since POSIX says we shouldn't.  Thus, we set
+
+     'buffer' to the compiled pattern;
+     'used' to the length of the compiled pattern;
+     'syntax' to RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED if the
+       REG_EXTENDED bit in CFLAGS is set; otherwise, to
+       RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC;
+     'newline_anchor' to REG_NEWLINE being set in CFLAGS;
+     'fastmap' to an allocated space for the fastmap;
+     'fastmap_accurate' to zero;
+     're_nsub' to the number of subexpressions in PATTERN.
+
+   PATTERN is the address of the pattern string.
+
+   CFLAGS is a series of bits which affect compilation.
+
+     If REG_EXTENDED is set, we use POSIX extended syntax; otherwise, we
+     use POSIX basic syntax.
+
+     If REG_NEWLINE is set, then . and [^...] don't match newline.
+     Also, regexec will try a match beginning after every newline.
+
+     If REG_ICASE is set, then we considers upper- and lowercase
+     versions of letters to be equivalent when matching.
+
+     If REG_NOSUB is set, then when PREG is passed to regexec, that
+     routine will report only success or failure, and nothing about the
+     registers.
+
+   It returns 0 if it succeeds, nonzero if it doesn't.  (See regex.h for
+   the return codes and their meanings.)  */
+
+int
+regcomp (regex_t *__restrict preg, const char *__restrict pattern, int cflags)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  reg_syntax_t syntax = ((cflags & REG_EXTENDED) ? RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED
+                        : RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC);
+
+  preg->buffer = NULL;
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+
+  /* Try to allocate space for the fastmap.  */
+  preg->fastmap = re_malloc (char, SBC_MAX);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (preg->fastmap == NULL))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  syntax |= (cflags & REG_ICASE) ? RE_ICASE : 0;
+
+  /* If REG_NEWLINE is set, newlines are treated differently.  */
+  if (cflags & REG_NEWLINE)
+    { /* REG_NEWLINE implies neither . nor [^...] match newline.  */
+      syntax &= ~RE_DOT_NEWLINE;
+      syntax |= RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE;
+      /* It also changes the matching behavior.  */
+      preg->newline_anchor = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    preg->newline_anchor = 0;
+  preg->no_sub = !!(cflags & REG_NOSUB);
+  preg->translate = NULL;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (preg, pattern, strlen (pattern), syntax);
+
+  /* POSIX doesn't distinguish between an unmatched open-group and an
+     unmatched close-group: both are REG_EPAREN.  */
+  if (ret == REG_ERPAREN)
+    ret = REG_EPAREN;
+
+  /* We have already checked preg->fastmap != NULL.  */
+  if (__glibc_likely (ret == REG_NOERROR))
+    /* Compute the fastmap now, since regexec cannot modify the pattern
+       buffer.  This function never fails in this implementation.  */
+    (void) re_compile_fastmap (preg);
+  else
+    {
+      /* Some error occurred while compiling the expression.  */
+      re_free (preg->fastmap);
+      preg->fastmap = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (int) ret;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__regcomp)
+weak_alias (__regcomp, regcomp)
+
+/* Returns a message corresponding to an error code, ERRCODE, returned
+   from either regcomp or regexec.   We don't use PREG here.  */
+
+size_t
+regerror (int errcode, const regex_t *__restrict preg, char *__restrict errbuf,
+         size_t errbuf_size)
+{
+  const char *msg;
+  size_t msg_size;
+  int nerrcodes = sizeof __re_error_msgid_idx / sizeof __re_error_msgid_idx[0];
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (errcode < 0 || errcode >= nerrcodes))
+    /* Only error codes returned by the rest of the code should be passed
+       to this routine.  If we are given anything else, or if other regex
+       code generates an invalid error code, then the program has a bug.
+       Dump core so we can fix it.  */
+    abort ();
+
+  msg = gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[errcode]);
+
+  msg_size = strlen (msg) + 1; /* Includes the null.  */
+
+  if (__glibc_likely (errbuf_size != 0))
+    {
+      size_t cpy_size = msg_size;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (msg_size > errbuf_size))
+       {
+         cpy_size = errbuf_size - 1;
+         errbuf[cpy_size] = '\0';
+       }
+      memcpy (errbuf, msg, cpy_size);
+    }
+
+  return msg_size;
+}
+weak_alias (__regerror, regerror)
+
+
+/* This static array is used for the map to single-byte characters when
+   UTF-8 is used.  Otherwise we would allocate memory just to initialize
+   it the same all the time.  UTF-8 is the preferred encoding so this is
+   a worthwhile optimization.  */
+static const bitset_t utf8_sb_map =
+{
+  /* Set the first 128 bits.  */
+#if (defined __GNUC__ || __clang_major__ >= 4) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__
+  [0 ... 0x80 / BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1] = BITSET_WORD_MAX
+#else
+# if 4 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+#  error "bitset_word_t is narrower than 32 bits"
+# elif 3 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+# elif 2 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+# elif 1 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+# endif
+  (BITSET_WORD_MAX
+   >> (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0
+       ? 0
+       : BITSET_WORD_BITS - SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS))
+#endif
+};
+
+
+static void
+free_dfa_content (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx i, j;
+
+  if (dfa->nodes)
+    for (i = 0; i < dfa->nodes_len; ++i)
+      free_token (dfa->nodes + i);
+  re_free (dfa->nexts);
+  for (i = 0; i < dfa->nodes_len; ++i)
+    {
+      if (dfa->eclosures != NULL)
+       re_node_set_free (dfa->eclosures + i);
+      if (dfa->inveclosures != NULL)
+       re_node_set_free (dfa->inveclosures + i);
+      if (dfa->edests != NULL)
+       re_node_set_free (dfa->edests + i);
+    }
+  re_free (dfa->edests);
+  re_free (dfa->eclosures);
+  re_free (dfa->inveclosures);
+  re_free (dfa->nodes);
+
+  if (dfa->state_table)
+    for (i = 0; i <= dfa->state_hash_mask; ++i)
+      {
+       struct re_state_table_entry *entry = dfa->state_table + i;
+       for (j = 0; j < entry->num; ++j)
+         {
+           re_dfastate_t *state = entry->array[j];
+           free_state (state);
+         }
+       re_free (entry->array);
+      }
+  re_free (dfa->state_table);
+  if (dfa->sb_char != utf8_sb_map)
+    re_free (dfa->sb_char);
+  re_free (dfa->subexp_map);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  re_free (dfa->re_str);
+#endif
+
+  re_free (dfa);
+}
+
+
+/* Free dynamically allocated space used by PREG.  */
+
+void
+regfree (regex_t *preg)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  if (__glibc_likely (dfa != NULL))
+    {
+      lock_fini (dfa->lock);
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+    }
+  preg->buffer = NULL;
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+
+  re_free (preg->fastmap);
+  preg->fastmap = NULL;
+
+  re_free (preg->translate);
+  preg->translate = NULL;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__regfree)
+weak_alias (__regfree, regfree)
+
+/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library.  We don't define
+   them unless specifically requested.  */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+
+/* BSD has one and only one pattern buffer.  */
+static struct re_pattern_buffer re_comp_buf;
+
+char *
+# ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make these definitions weak in libc, so POSIX programs can redefine
+   these names if they don't use our functions, and still use
+   regcomp/regexec above without link errors.  */
+weak_function
+# endif
+re_comp (const char *s)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  char *fastmap;
+
+  if (!s)
+    {
+      if (!re_comp_buf.buffer)
+       return gettext ("No previous regular expression");
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  if (re_comp_buf.buffer)
+    {
+      fastmap = re_comp_buf.fastmap;
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = NULL;
+      __regfree (&re_comp_buf);
+      memset (&re_comp_buf, '\0', sizeof (re_comp_buf));
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = fastmap;
+    }
+
+  if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL)
+    {
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = re_malloc (char, SBC_MAX);
+      if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL)
+       return (char *) gettext (__re_error_msgid
+                                + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) REG_ESPACE]);
+    }
+
+  /* Since 're_exec' always passes NULL for the 'regs' argument, we
+     don't need to initialize the pattern buffer fields which affect it.  */
+
+  /* Match anchors at newlines.  */
+  re_comp_buf.newline_anchor = 1;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (&re_comp_buf, s, strlen (s), re_syntax_options);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Yes, we're discarding 'const' here if !HAVE_LIBINTL.  */
+  return (char *) gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+  __regfree (&re_comp_buf);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */
+
+/* Internal entry point.
+   Compile the regular expression PATTERN, whose length is LENGTH.
+   SYNTAX indicate regular expression's syntax.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+re_compile_internal (regex_t *preg, const char * pattern, size_t length,
+                    reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa;
+  re_string_t regexp;
+
+  /* Initialize the pattern buffer.  */
+  preg->fastmap_accurate = 0;
+  preg->syntax = syntax;
+  preg->not_bol = preg->not_eol = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+  preg->re_nsub = 0;
+  preg->can_be_null = 0;
+  preg->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+
+  /* Initialize the dfa.  */
+  dfa = preg->buffer;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (preg->allocated < sizeof (re_dfa_t)))
+    {
+      /* If zero allocated, but buffer is non-null, try to realloc
+        enough space.  This loses if buffer's address is bogus, but
+        that is the user's responsibility.  If ->buffer is NULL this
+        is a simple allocation.  */
+      dfa = re_realloc (preg->buffer, re_dfa_t, 1);
+      if (dfa == NULL)
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      preg->allocated = sizeof (re_dfa_t);
+      preg->buffer = dfa;
+    }
+  preg->used = sizeof (re_dfa_t);
+
+  err = init_dfa (dfa, length);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err == REG_NOERROR && lock_init (dfa->lock) != 0))
+    err = REG_ESPACE;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+      return err;
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  /* Note: length+1 will not overflow since it is checked in init_dfa.  */
+  dfa->re_str = re_malloc (char, length + 1);
+  strncpy (dfa->re_str, pattern, length + 1);
+#endif
+
+  err = re_string_construct (&regexp, pattern, length, preg->translate,
+                            (syntax & RE_ICASE) != 0, dfa);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+    re_compile_internal_free_return:
+      free_workarea_compile (preg);
+      re_string_destruct (&regexp);
+      lock_fini (dfa->lock);
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+      return err;
+    }
+
+  /* Parse the regular expression, and build a structure tree.  */
+  preg->re_nsub = 0;
+  dfa->str_tree = parse (&regexp, preg, syntax, &err);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->str_tree == NULL))
+    goto re_compile_internal_free_return;
+
+  /* Analyze the tree and create the nfa.  */
+  err = analyze (preg);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    goto re_compile_internal_free_return;
+
+  /* If possible, do searching in single byte encoding to speed things up.  */
+  if (dfa->is_utf8 && !(syntax & RE_ICASE) && preg->translate == NULL)
+    optimize_utf8 (dfa);
+
+  /* Then create the initial state of the dfa.  */
+  err = create_initial_state (dfa);
+
+  /* Release work areas.  */
+  free_workarea_compile (preg);
+  re_string_destruct (&regexp);
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      lock_fini (dfa->lock);
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Initialize DFA.  We use the length of the regular expression PAT_LEN
+   as the initial length of some arrays.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+init_dfa (re_dfa_t *dfa, size_t pat_len)
+{
+  __re_size_t table_size;
+#ifndef _LIBC
+  const char *codeset_name;
+#endif
+  size_t max_i18n_object_size = MAX (sizeof (wchar_t), sizeof (wctype_t));
+  size_t max_object_size =
+    MAX (sizeof (struct re_state_table_entry),
+        MAX (sizeof (re_token_t),
+             MAX (sizeof (re_node_set),
+                  MAX (sizeof (regmatch_t),
+                       max_i18n_object_size))));
+
+  memset (dfa, '\0', sizeof (re_dfa_t));
+
+  /* Force allocation of str_tree_storage the first time.  */
+  dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE;
+
+  /* Avoid overflows.  The extra "/ 2" is for the table_size doubling
+     calculation below, and for similar doubling calculations
+     elsewhere.  And it's <= rather than <, because some of the
+     doubling calculations add 1 afterwards.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size) / 2
+                       <= pat_len))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  dfa->nodes_alloc = pat_len + 1;
+  dfa->nodes = re_malloc (re_token_t, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+
+  /*  table_size = 2 ^ ceil(log pat_len) */
+  for (table_size = 1; ; table_size <<= 1)
+    if (table_size > pat_len)
+      break;
+
+  dfa->state_table = calloc (sizeof (struct re_state_table_entry), table_size);
+  dfa->state_hash_mask = table_size - 1;
+
+  dfa->mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max == 6
+      && strcmp (_NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, _NL_CTYPE_CODESET_NAME), "UTF-8") == 0)
+    dfa->is_utf8 = 1;
+  dfa->map_notascii = (_NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_CTYPE, _NL_CTYPE_MAP_TO_NONASCII)
+                      != 0);
+#else
+  codeset_name = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+  if ((codeset_name[0] == 'U' || codeset_name[0] == 'u')
+      && (codeset_name[1] == 'T' || codeset_name[1] == 't')
+      && (codeset_name[2] == 'F' || codeset_name[2] == 'f')
+      && strcmp (codeset_name + 3 + (codeset_name[3] == '-'), "8") == 0)
+    dfa->is_utf8 = 1;
+
+  /* We check exhaustively in the loop below if this charset is a
+     superset of ASCII.  */
+  dfa->map_notascii = 0;
+#endif
+
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      if (dfa->is_utf8)
+       dfa->sb_char = (re_bitset_ptr_t) utf8_sb_map;
+      else
+       {
+         int i, j, ch;
+
+         dfa->sb_char = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->sb_char == NULL))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+
+         /* Set the bits corresponding to single byte chars.  */
+         for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+           for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+             {
+               wint_t wch = __btowc (ch);
+               if (wch != WEOF)
+                 dfa->sb_char[i] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << j;
+#ifndef _LIBC
+               if (isascii (ch) && wch != ch)
+                 dfa->map_notascii = 1;
+#endif
+             }
+       }
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->nodes == NULL || dfa->state_table == NULL))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Initialize WORD_CHAR table, which indicate which character is
+   "word".  In this case "word" means that it is the word construction
+   character used by some operators like "\<", "\>", etc.  */
+
+static void
+init_word_char (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  int i = 0;
+  int j;
+  int ch = 0;
+  dfa->word_ops_used = 1;
+  if (__glibc_likely (dfa->map_notascii == 0))
+    {
+      bitset_word_t bits0 = 0x00000000;
+      bitset_word_t bits1 = 0x03ff0000;
+      bitset_word_t bits2 = 0x87fffffe;
+      bitset_word_t bits3 = 0x07fffffe;
+      if (BITSET_WORD_BITS == 64)
+       {
+         /* Pacify gcc -Woverflow on 32-bit platformns.  */
+         dfa->word_char[0] = bits1 << 31 << 1 | bits0;
+         dfa->word_char[1] = bits3 << 31 << 1 | bits2;
+         i = 2;
+       }
+      else if (BITSET_WORD_BITS == 32)
+       {
+         dfa->word_char[0] = bits0;
+         dfa->word_char[1] = bits1;
+         dfa->word_char[2] = bits2;
+         dfa->word_char[3] = bits3;
+         i = 4;
+       }
+      else
+        goto general_case;
+      ch = 128;
+
+      if (__glibc_likely (dfa->is_utf8))
+       {
+         memset (&dfa->word_char[i], '\0', (SBC_MAX - ch) / 8);
+         return;
+       }
+    }
+
+ general_case:
+  for (; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+    for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+      if (isalnum (ch) || ch == '_')
+       dfa->word_char[i] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << j;
+}
+
+/* Free the work area which are only used while compiling.  */
+
+static void
+free_workarea_compile (regex_t *preg)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_storage_t *storage, *next;
+  for (storage = dfa->str_tree_storage; storage; storage = next)
+    {
+      next = storage->next;
+      re_free (storage);
+    }
+  dfa->str_tree_storage = NULL;
+  dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE;
+  dfa->str_tree = NULL;
+  re_free (dfa->org_indices);
+  dfa->org_indices = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Create initial states for all contexts.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+create_initial_state (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx first, i;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_node_set init_nodes;
+
+  /* Initial states have the epsilon closure of the node which is
+     the first node of the regular expression.  */
+  first = dfa->str_tree->first->node_idx;
+  dfa->init_node = first;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&init_nodes, dfa->eclosures + first);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+
+  /* The back-references which are in initial states can epsilon transit,
+     since in this case all of the subexpressions can be null.
+     Then we add epsilon closures of the nodes which are the next nodes of
+     the back-references.  */
+  if (dfa->nbackref > 0)
+    for (i = 0; i < init_nodes.nelem; ++i)
+      {
+       Idx node_idx = init_nodes.elems[i];
+       re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node_idx].type;
+
+       Idx clexp_idx;
+       if (type != OP_BACK_REF)
+         continue;
+       for (clexp_idx = 0; clexp_idx < init_nodes.nelem; ++clexp_idx)
+         {
+           re_token_t *clexp_node;
+           clexp_node = dfa->nodes + init_nodes.elems[clexp_idx];
+           if (clexp_node->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP
+               && clexp_node->opr.idx == dfa->nodes[node_idx].opr.idx)
+             break;
+         }
+       if (clexp_idx == init_nodes.nelem)
+         continue;
+
+       if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+         {
+           Idx dest_idx = dfa->edests[node_idx].elems[0];
+           if (!re_node_set_contains (&init_nodes, dest_idx))
+             {
+               reg_errcode_t merge_err
+                  = re_node_set_merge (&init_nodes, dfa->eclosures + dest_idx);
+               if (merge_err != REG_NOERROR)
+                 return merge_err;
+               i = 0;
+             }
+         }
+      }
+
+  /* It must be the first time to invoke acquire_state.  */
+  dfa->init_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes, 0);
+  /* We don't check ERR here, since the initial state must not be NULL.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->init_state == NULL))
+    return err;
+  if (dfa->init_state->has_constraint)
+    {
+      dfa->init_state_word = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes,
+                                                      CONTEXT_WORD);
+      dfa->init_state_nl = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes,
+                                                    CONTEXT_NEWLINE);
+      dfa->init_state_begbuf = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa,
+                                                        &init_nodes,
+                                                        CONTEXT_NEWLINE
+                                                        | CONTEXT_BEGBUF);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->init_state_word == NULL
+                           || dfa->init_state_nl == NULL
+                           || dfa->init_state_begbuf == NULL))
+       return err;
+    }
+  else
+    dfa->init_state_word = dfa->init_state_nl
+      = dfa->init_state_begbuf = dfa->init_state;
+
+  re_node_set_free (&init_nodes);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* If it is possible to do searching in single byte encoding instead of UTF-8
+   to speed things up, set dfa->mb_cur_max to 1, clear is_utf8 and change
+   DFA nodes where needed.  */
+
+static void
+optimize_utf8 (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx node;
+  int i;
+  bool mb_chars = false;
+  bool has_period = false;
+
+  for (node = 0; node < dfa->nodes_len; ++node)
+    switch (dfa->nodes[node].type)
+      {
+      case CHARACTER:
+       if (dfa->nodes[node].opr.c >= ASCII_CHARS)
+         mb_chars = true;
+       break;
+      case ANCHOR:
+       switch (dfa->nodes[node].opr.ctx_type)
+         {
+         case LINE_FIRST:
+         case LINE_LAST:
+         case BUF_FIRST:
+         case BUF_LAST:
+           break;
+         default:
+           /* Word anchors etc. cannot be handled.  It's okay to test
+              opr.ctx_type since constraints (for all DFA nodes) are
+              created by ORing one or more opr.ctx_type values.  */
+           return;
+         }
+       break;
+      case OP_PERIOD:
+       has_period = true;
+       break;
+      case OP_BACK_REF:
+      case OP_ALT:
+      case END_OF_RE:
+      case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+      case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+      case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+       break;
+      case COMPLEX_BRACKET:
+       return;
+      case SIMPLE_BRACKET:
+       /* Just double check.  */
+       {
+         int rshift = (ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0
+                       ? 0
+                       : BITSET_WORD_BITS - ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+         for (i = ASCII_CHARS / BITSET_WORD_BITS; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+           {
+             if (dfa->nodes[node].opr.sbcset[i] >> rshift != 0)
+               return;
+             rshift = 0;
+           }
+       }
+       break;
+      default:
+       abort ();
+      }
+
+  if (mb_chars || has_period)
+    for (node = 0; node < dfa->nodes_len; ++node)
+      {
+       if (dfa->nodes[node].type == CHARACTER
+           && dfa->nodes[node].opr.c >= ASCII_CHARS)
+         dfa->nodes[node].mb_partial = 0;
+       else if (dfa->nodes[node].type == OP_PERIOD)
+         dfa->nodes[node].type = OP_UTF8_PERIOD;
+      }
+
+  /* The search can be in single byte locale.  */
+  dfa->mb_cur_max = 1;
+  dfa->is_utf8 = 0;
+  dfa->has_mb_node = dfa->nbackref > 0 || has_period;
+}
+
+/* Analyze the structure tree, and calculate "first", "next", "edest",
+   "eclosure", and "inveclosure".  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+analyze (regex_t *preg)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  /* Allocate arrays.  */
+  dfa->nexts = re_malloc (Idx, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->org_indices = re_malloc (Idx, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->edests = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->eclosures = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->nexts == NULL || dfa->org_indices == NULL
+                       || dfa->edests == NULL || dfa->eclosures == NULL))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  dfa->subexp_map = re_malloc (Idx, preg->re_nsub);
+  if (dfa->subexp_map != NULL)
+    {
+      Idx i;
+      for (i = 0; i < preg->re_nsub; i++)
+       dfa->subexp_map[i] = i;
+      preorder (dfa->str_tree, optimize_subexps, dfa);
+      for (i = 0; i < preg->re_nsub; i++)
+       if (dfa->subexp_map[i] != i)
+         break;
+      if (i == preg->re_nsub)
+       {
+         re_free (dfa->subexp_map);
+         dfa->subexp_map = NULL;
+       }
+    }
+
+  ret = postorder (dfa->str_tree, lower_subexps, preg);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+  ret = postorder (dfa->str_tree, calc_first, dfa);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+  preorder (dfa->str_tree, calc_next, dfa);
+  ret = preorder (dfa->str_tree, link_nfa_nodes, dfa);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+  ret = calc_eclosure (dfa);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+
+  /* We only need this during the prune_impossible_nodes pass in regexec.c;
+     skip it if p_i_n will not run, as calc_inveclosure can be quadratic.  */
+  if ((!preg->no_sub && preg->re_nsub > 0 && dfa->has_plural_match)
+      || dfa->nbackref)
+    {
+      dfa->inveclosures = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_len);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->inveclosures == NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      ret = calc_inveclosure (dfa);
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Our parse trees are very unbalanced, so we cannot use a stack to
+   implement parse tree visits.  Instead, we use parent pointers and
+   some hairy code in these two functions.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+postorder (bin_tree_t *root, reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+          void *extra)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *node, *prev;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      /* Descend down the tree, preferably to the left (or to the right
+        if that's the only child).  */
+      while (node->left || node->right)
+       if (node->left)
+         node = node->left;
+       else
+         node = node->right;
+
+      do
+       {
+         reg_errcode_t err = fn (extra, node);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+         if (node->parent == NULL)
+           return REG_NOERROR;
+         prev = node;
+         node = node->parent;
+       }
+      /* Go up while we have a node that is reached from the right.  */
+      while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL);
+      node = node->right;
+    }
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+preorder (bin_tree_t *root, reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+         void *extra)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *node;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err = fn (extra, node);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return err;
+
+      /* Go to the left node, or up and to the right.  */
+      if (node->left)
+       node = node->left;
+      else
+       {
+         bin_tree_t *prev = NULL;
+         while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL)
+           {
+             prev = node;
+             node = node->parent;
+             if (!node)
+               return REG_NOERROR;
+           }
+         node = node->right;
+       }
+    }
+}
+
+/* Optimization pass: if a SUBEXP is entirely contained, strip it and tell
+   re_search_internal to map the inner one's opr.idx to this one's.  Adjust
+   backreferences as well.  Requires a preorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+optimize_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+
+  if (node->token.type == OP_BACK_REF && dfa->subexp_map)
+    {
+      int idx = node->token.opr.idx;
+      node->token.opr.idx = dfa->subexp_map[idx];
+      dfa->used_bkref_map |= 1 << node->token.opr.idx;
+    }
+
+  else if (node->token.type == SUBEXP
+          && node->left && node->left->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      Idx other_idx = node->left->token.opr.idx;
+
+      node->left = node->left->left;
+      if (node->left)
+       node->left->parent = node;
+
+      dfa->subexp_map[other_idx] = dfa->subexp_map[node->token.opr.idx];
+      if (other_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+       dfa->used_bkref_map &= ~((bitset_word_t) 1 << other_idx);
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Lowering pass: Turn each SUBEXP node into the appropriate concatenation
+   of OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, the body of the SUBEXP (if any) and OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+lower_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  regex_t *preg = (regex_t *) extra;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+
+  if (node->left && node->left->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      node->left = lower_subexp (&err, preg, node->left);
+      if (node->left)
+       node->left->parent = node;
+    }
+  if (node->right && node->right->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      node->right = lower_subexp (&err, preg, node->right);
+      if (node->right)
+       node->right->parent = node;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+lower_subexp (reg_errcode_t *err, regex_t *preg, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *body = node->left;
+  bin_tree_t *op, *cls, *tree1, *tree;
+
+  if (preg->no_sub
+      /* We do not optimize empty subexpressions, because otherwise we may
+        have bad CONCAT nodes with NULL children.  This is obviously not
+        very common, so we do not lose much.  An example that triggers
+        this case is the sed "script" /\(\)/x.  */
+      && node->left != NULL
+      && (node->token.opr.idx >= BITSET_WORD_BITS
+         || !(dfa->used_bkref_map
+              & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << node->token.opr.idx))))
+    return node->left;
+
+  /* Convert the SUBEXP node to the concatenation of an
+     OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, the contents, and an OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+  op = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, OP_OPEN_SUBEXP);
+  cls = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+  tree1 = body ? create_tree (dfa, body, cls, CONCAT) : cls;
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, op, tree1, CONCAT);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL || tree1 == NULL
+                       || op == NULL || cls == NULL))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  op->token.opr.idx = cls->token.opr.idx = node->token.opr.idx;
+  op->token.opt_subexp = cls->token.opt_subexp = node->token.opt_subexp;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* Pass 1 in building the NFA: compute FIRST and create unlinked automaton
+   nodes.  Requires a postorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_first (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+  if (node->token.type == CONCAT)
+    {
+      node->first = node->left->first;
+      node->node_idx = node->left->node_idx;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      node->first = node;
+      node->node_idx = re_dfa_add_node (dfa, node->token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (node->node_idx == -1))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      if (node->token.type == ANCHOR)
+       dfa->nodes[node->node_idx].constraint = node->token.opr.ctx_type;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Pass 2: compute NEXT on the tree.  Preorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_next (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  switch (node->token.type)
+    {
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+      node->left->next = node;
+      break;
+    case CONCAT:
+      node->left->next = node->right->first;
+      node->right->next = node->next;
+      break;
+    default:
+      if (node->left)
+       node->left->next = node->next;
+      if (node->right)
+       node->right->next = node->next;
+      break;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Pass 3: link all DFA nodes to their NEXT node (any order will do).  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+link_nfa_nodes (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+  Idx idx = node->node_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+
+  switch (node->token.type)
+    {
+    case CONCAT:
+      break;
+
+    case END_OF_RE:
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (node->next == NULL);
+      break;
+
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+    case OP_ALT:
+      {
+       Idx left, right;
+       dfa->has_plural_match = 1;
+       if (node->left != NULL)
+         left = node->left->first->node_idx;
+       else
+         left = node->next->node_idx;
+       if (node->right != NULL)
+         right = node->right->first->node_idx;
+       else
+         right = node->next->node_idx;
+       DEBUG_ASSERT (left > -1);
+       DEBUG_ASSERT (right > -1);
+       err = re_node_set_init_2 (dfa->edests + idx, left, right);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case ANCHOR:
+    case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+    case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+      err = re_node_set_init_1 (dfa->edests + idx, node->next->node_idx);
+      break;
+
+    case OP_BACK_REF:
+      dfa->nexts[idx] = node->next->node_idx;
+      if (node->token.type == OP_BACK_REF)
+       err = re_node_set_init_1 (dfa->edests + idx, dfa->nexts[idx]);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (node->token.type));
+      dfa->nexts[idx] = node->next->node_idx;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Duplicate the epsilon closure of the node ROOT_NODE.
+   Note that duplicated nodes have constraint INIT_CONSTRAINT in addition
+   to their own constraint.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+duplicate_node_closure (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx top_org_node, Idx top_clone_node,
+                       Idx root_node, unsigned int init_constraint)
+{
+  Idx org_node, clone_node;
+  bool ok;
+  unsigned int constraint = init_constraint;
+  for (org_node = top_org_node, clone_node = top_clone_node;;)
+    {
+      Idx org_dest, clone_dest;
+      if (dfa->nodes[org_node].type == OP_BACK_REF)
+       {
+         /* If the back reference epsilon-transit, its destination must
+            also have the constraint.  Then duplicate the epsilon closure
+            of the destination of the back reference, and store it in
+            edests of the back reference.  */
+         org_dest = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+         re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+         clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (clone_dest == -1))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+         dfa->nexts[clone_node] = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+         ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+       }
+      else if (dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 0)
+       {
+         /* In case of the node can't epsilon-transit, don't duplicate the
+            destination and store the original destination as the
+            destination of the node.  */
+         dfa->nexts[clone_node] = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+         break;
+       }
+      else if (dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 1)
+       {
+         /* In case of the node can epsilon-transit, and it has only one
+            destination.  */
+         org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[0];
+         re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+         /* If the node is root_node itself, it means the epsilon closure
+            has a loop.  Then tie it to the destination of the root_node.  */
+         if (org_node == root_node && clone_node != org_node)
+           {
+             ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, org_dest);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+               return REG_ESPACE;
+             break;
+           }
+         /* In case the node has another constraint, append it.  */
+         constraint |= dfa->nodes[org_node].constraint;
+         clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (clone_dest == -1))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+         ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+       }
+      else /* dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 2 */
+       {
+         /* In case of the node can epsilon-transit, and it has two
+            destinations. In the bin_tree_t and DFA, that's '|' and '*'.   */
+         org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[0];
+         re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+         /* Search for a duplicated node which satisfies the constraint.  */
+         clone_dest = search_duplicated_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+         if (clone_dest == -1)
+           {
+             /* There is no such duplicated node, create a new one.  */
+             reg_errcode_t err;
+             clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (clone_dest == -1))
+               return REG_ESPACE;
+             ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+               return REG_ESPACE;
+             err = duplicate_node_closure (dfa, org_dest, clone_dest,
+                                           root_node, constraint);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               return err;
+           }
+         else
+           {
+             /* There is a duplicated node which satisfies the constraint,
+                use it to avoid infinite loop.  */
+             ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+               return REG_ESPACE;
+           }
+
+         org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[1];
+         clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (clone_dest == -1))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+         ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+       }
+      org_node = org_dest;
+      clone_node = clone_dest;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Search for a node which is duplicated from the node ORG_NODE, and
+   satisfies the constraint CONSTRAINT.  */
+
+static Idx
+search_duplicated_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_node,
+                       unsigned int constraint)
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  for (idx = dfa->nodes_len - 1; dfa->nodes[idx].duplicated && idx > 0; --idx)
+    {
+      if (org_node == dfa->org_indices[idx]
+         && constraint == dfa->nodes[idx].constraint)
+       return idx; /* Found.  */
+    }
+  return -1; /* Not found.  */
+}
+
+/* Duplicate the node whose index is ORG_IDX and set the constraint CONSTRAINT.
+   Return the index of the new node, or -1 if insufficient storage is
+   available.  */
+
+static Idx
+duplicate_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_idx, unsigned int constraint)
+{
+  Idx dup_idx = re_dfa_add_node (dfa, dfa->nodes[org_idx]);
+  if (__glibc_likely (dup_idx != -1))
+    {
+      dfa->nodes[dup_idx].constraint = constraint;
+      dfa->nodes[dup_idx].constraint |= dfa->nodes[org_idx].constraint;
+      dfa->nodes[dup_idx].duplicated = 1;
+
+      /* Store the index of the original node.  */
+      dfa->org_indices[dup_idx] = org_idx;
+    }
+  return dup_idx;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_inveclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx src, idx;
+  bool ok;
+  for (idx = 0; idx < dfa->nodes_len; ++idx)
+    re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->inveclosures + idx);
+
+  for (src = 0; src < dfa->nodes_len; ++src)
+    {
+      Idx *elems = dfa->eclosures[src].elems;
+      for (idx = 0; idx < dfa->eclosures[src].nelem; ++idx)
+       {
+         ok = re_node_set_insert_last (dfa->inveclosures + elems[idx], src);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+       }
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate "eclosure" for all the node in DFA.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_eclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx node_idx;
+  bool incomplete;
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (dfa->nodes_len > 0);
+  incomplete = false;
+  /* For each nodes, calculate epsilon closure.  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; ; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      re_node_set eclosure_elem;
+      if (node_idx == dfa->nodes_len)
+       {
+         if (!incomplete)
+           break;
+         incomplete = false;
+         node_idx = 0;
+       }
+
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem != -1);
+
+      /* If we have already calculated, skip it.  */
+      if (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem != 0)
+       continue;
+      /* Calculate epsilon closure of 'node_idx'.  */
+      err = calc_eclosure_iter (&eclosure_elem, dfa, node_idx, true);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return err;
+
+      if (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem == 0)
+       {
+         incomplete = true;
+         re_node_set_free (&eclosure_elem);
+       }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate epsilon closure of NODE.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_eclosure_iter (re_node_set *new_set, re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, bool root)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+  re_node_set eclosure;
+  bool incomplete = false;
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&eclosure, dfa->edests[node].nelem + 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+
+  /* An epsilon closure includes itself.  */
+  eclosure.elems[eclosure.nelem++] = node;
+
+  /* This indicates that we are calculating this node now.
+     We reference this value to avoid infinite loop.  */
+  dfa->eclosures[node].nelem = -1;
+
+  /* If the current node has constraints, duplicate all nodes
+     since they must inherit the constraints.  */
+  if (dfa->nodes[node].constraint
+      && dfa->edests[node].nelem
+      && !dfa->nodes[dfa->edests[node].elems[0]].duplicated)
+    {
+      err = duplicate_node_closure (dfa, node, node, node,
+                                   dfa->nodes[node].constraint);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return err;
+    }
+
+  /* Expand each epsilon destination nodes.  */
+  if (IS_EPSILON_NODE(dfa->nodes[node].type))
+    for (i = 0; i < dfa->edests[node].nelem; ++i)
+      {
+       re_node_set eclosure_elem;
+       Idx edest = dfa->edests[node].elems[i];
+       /* If calculating the epsilon closure of 'edest' is in progress,
+          return intermediate result.  */
+       if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == -1)
+         {
+           incomplete = true;
+           continue;
+         }
+       /* If we haven't calculated the epsilon closure of 'edest' yet,
+          calculate now. Otherwise use calculated epsilon closure.  */
+       if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == 0)
+         {
+           err = calc_eclosure_iter (&eclosure_elem, dfa, edest, false);
+           if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+             return err;
+         }
+       else
+         eclosure_elem = dfa->eclosures[edest];
+       /* Merge the epsilon closure of 'edest'.  */
+       err = re_node_set_merge (&eclosure, &eclosure_elem);
+       if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+         return err;
+       /* If the epsilon closure of 'edest' is incomplete,
+          the epsilon closure of this node is also incomplete.  */
+       if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == 0)
+         {
+           incomplete = true;
+           re_node_set_free (&eclosure_elem);
+         }
+      }
+
+  if (incomplete && !root)
+    dfa->eclosures[node].nelem = 0;
+  else
+    dfa->eclosures[node] = eclosure;
+  *new_set = eclosure;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Functions for token which are used in the parser.  */
+
+/* Fetch a token from INPUT.
+   We must not use this function inside bracket expressions.  */
+
+static void
+fetch_token (re_token_t *result, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  re_string_skip_bytes (input, peek_token (result, input, syntax));
+}
+
+/* Peek a token from INPUT, and return the length of the token.
+   We must not use this function inside bracket expressions.  */
+
+static int
+peek_token (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  if (re_string_eoi (input))
+    {
+      token->type = END_OF_RE;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  c = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+  token->opr.c = c;
+
+  token->word_char = 0;
+  token->mb_partial = 0;
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1
+      && !re_string_first_byte (input, re_string_cur_idx (input)))
+    {
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      token->mb_partial = 1;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  if (c == '\\')
+    {
+      unsigned char c2;
+      if (re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 >= re_string_length (input))
+       {
+         token->type = BACK_SLASH;
+         return 1;
+       }
+
+      c2 = re_string_peek_byte_case (input, 1);
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+       {
+         wint_t wc = re_string_wchar_at (input,
+                                         re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1);
+         token->word_char = IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc) != 0;
+       }
+      else
+       token->word_char = IS_WORD_CHAR (c2) != 0;
+
+      switch (c2)
+       {
+       case '|':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR))
+           token->type = OP_ALT;
+         break;
+       case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+       case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_REFS))
+           {
+             token->type = OP_BACK_REF;
+             token->opr.idx = c2 - '1';
+           }
+         break;
+       case '<':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+           {
+             token->type = ANCHOR;
+             token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_FIRST;
+           }
+         break;
+       case '>':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+           {
+             token->type = ANCHOR;
+             token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_LAST;
+           }
+         break;
+       case 'b':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+           {
+             token->type = ANCHOR;
+             token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_DELIM;
+           }
+         break;
+       case 'B':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+           {
+             token->type = ANCHOR;
+             token->opr.ctx_type = NOT_WORD_DELIM;
+           }
+         break;
+       case 'w':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+           token->type = OP_WORD;
+         break;
+       case 'W':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+           token->type = OP_NOTWORD;
+         break;
+       case 's':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+           token->type = OP_SPACE;
+         break;
+       case 'S':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+           token->type = OP_NOTSPACE;
+         break;
+       case '`':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+           {
+             token->type = ANCHOR;
+             token->opr.ctx_type = BUF_FIRST;
+           }
+         break;
+       case '\'':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+           {
+             token->type = ANCHOR;
+             token->opr.ctx_type = BUF_LAST;
+           }
+         break;
+       case '(':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS))
+           token->type = OP_OPEN_SUBEXP;
+         break;
+       case ')':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS))
+           token->type = OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP;
+         break;
+       case '+':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+           token->type = OP_DUP_PLUS;
+         break;
+       case '?':
+         if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+           token->type = OP_DUP_QUESTION;
+         break;
+       case '{':
+         if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)))
+           token->type = OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM;
+         break;
+       case '}':
+         if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)))
+           token->type = OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM;
+         break;
+       default:
+         break;
+       }
+      return 2;
+    }
+
+  token->type = CHARACTER;
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t wc = re_string_wchar_at (input, re_string_cur_idx (input));
+      token->word_char = IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc) != 0;
+    }
+  else
+    token->word_char = IS_WORD_CHAR (token->opr.c);
+
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '\n':
+      if (syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
+       token->type = OP_ALT;
+      break;
+    case '|':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR))
+       token->type = OP_ALT;
+      break;
+    case '*':
+      token->type = OP_DUP_ASTERISK;
+      break;
+    case '+':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+       token->type = OP_DUP_PLUS;
+      break;
+    case '?':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+       token->type = OP_DUP_QUESTION;
+      break;
+    case '{':
+      if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+       token->type = OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM;
+      break;
+    case '}':
+      if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+       token->type = OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM;
+      break;
+    case '(':
+      if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+       token->type = OP_OPEN_SUBEXP;
+      break;
+    case ')':
+      if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+       token->type = OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP;
+      break;
+    case '[':
+      token->type = OP_OPEN_BRACKET;
+      break;
+    case '.':
+      token->type = OP_PERIOD;
+      break;
+    case '^':
+      if (!(syntax & (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE))
+         && re_string_cur_idx (input) != 0)
+       {
+         char prev = re_string_peek_byte (input, -1);
+         if (!(syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT) || prev != '\n')
+           break;
+       }
+      token->type = ANCHOR;
+      token->opr.ctx_type = LINE_FIRST;
+      break;
+    case '$':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS)
+         && re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 != re_string_length (input))
+       {
+         re_token_t next;
+         re_string_skip_bytes (input, 1);
+         peek_token (&next, input, syntax);
+         re_string_skip_bytes (input, -1);
+         if (next.type != OP_ALT && next.type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+           break;
+       }
+      token->type = ANCHOR;
+      token->opr.ctx_type = LINE_LAST;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Peek a token from INPUT, and return the length of the token.
+   We must not use this function out of bracket expressions.  */
+
+static int
+peek_token_bracket (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+  if (re_string_eoi (input))
+    {
+      token->type = END_OF_RE;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  c = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+  token->opr.c = c;
+
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1
+      && !re_string_first_byte (input, re_string_cur_idx (input)))
+    {
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  if (c == '\\' && (syntax & RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS)
+      && re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 < re_string_length (input))
+    {
+      /* In this case, '\' escape a character.  */
+      unsigned char c2;
+      re_string_skip_bytes (input, 1);
+      c2 = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  if (c == '[') /* '[' is a special char in a bracket exps.  */
+    {
+      unsigned char c2;
+      int token_len;
+      if (re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 < re_string_length (input))
+       c2 = re_string_peek_byte (input, 1);
+      else
+       c2 = 0;
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token_len = 2;
+      switch (c2)
+       {
+       case '.':
+         token->type = OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM;
+         break;
+
+       case '=':
+         token->type = OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS;
+         break;
+
+       case ':':
+         if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES)
+           {
+             token->type = OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS;
+             break;
+           }
+         FALLTHROUGH;
+       default:
+         token->type = CHARACTER;
+         token->opr.c = c;
+         token_len = 1;
+         break;
+       }
+      return token_len;
+    }
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case ']':
+      token->type = OP_CLOSE_BRACKET;
+      break;
+    case '^':
+      token->type = OP_NON_MATCH_LIST;
+      break;
+    case '-':
+      /* In V7 Unix grep and Unix awk and mawk, [...---...]
+         (3 adjacent minus signs) stands for a single minus sign.
+         Support that without breaking anything else.  */
+      if (! (re_string_cur_idx (input) + 2 < re_string_length (input)
+             && re_string_peek_byte (input, 1) == '-'
+             && re_string_peek_byte (input, 2) == '-'))
+        {
+          token->type = OP_CHARSET_RANGE;
+          break;
+        }
+      re_string_skip_bytes (input, 2);
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    default:
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Functions for parser.  */
+
+/* Entry point of the parser.
+   Parse the regular expression REGEXP and return the structure tree.
+   If an error occurs, ERR is set by error code, and return NULL.
+   This function build the following tree, from regular expression <reg_exp>:
+          CAT
+          / \
+         /   \
+   <reg_exp>  EOR
+
+   CAT means concatenation.
+   EOR means end of regular expression.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+       reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *eor, *root;
+  re_token_t current_token;
+  dfa->syntax = syntax;
+  fetch_token (&current_token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+  tree = parse_reg_exp (regexp, preg, &current_token, syntax, 0, err);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+  eor = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, END_OF_RE);
+  if (tree != NULL)
+    root = create_tree (dfa, tree, eor, CONCAT);
+  else
+    root = eor;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (eor == NULL || root == NULL))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  return root;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   <branch1>|<branch2>:
+          ALT
+          / \
+         /   \
+   <branch1> <branch2>
+
+   ALT means alternative, which represents the operator '|'.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_reg_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+              reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *branch = NULL;
+  bitset_word_t initial_bkref_map = dfa->completed_bkref_map;
+  tree = parse_branch (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+
+  while (token->type == OP_ALT)
+    {
+      fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+      if (token->type != OP_ALT && token->type != END_OF_RE
+         && (nest == 0 || token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP))
+       {
+         bitset_word_t accumulated_bkref_map = dfa->completed_bkref_map;
+         dfa->completed_bkref_map = initial_bkref_map;
+         branch = parse_branch (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && branch == NULL))
+           {
+             if (tree != NULL)
+               postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+             return NULL;
+           }
+         dfa->completed_bkref_map |= accumulated_bkref_map;
+       }
+      else
+       branch = NULL;
+      tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, branch, OP_ALT);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+       {
+         *err = REG_ESPACE;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+    }
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   <exp1><exp2>:
+       CAT
+       / \
+       /   \
+   <exp1> <exp2>
+
+   CAT means concatenation.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_branch (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+             reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *expr;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  tree = parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+
+  while (token->type != OP_ALT && token->type != END_OF_RE
+        && (nest == 0 || token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP))
+    {
+      expr = parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && expr == NULL))
+       {
+         if (tree != NULL)
+           postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+         return NULL;
+       }
+      if (tree != NULL && expr != NULL)
+       {
+         bin_tree_t *newtree = create_tree (dfa, tree, expr, CONCAT);
+         if (newtree == NULL)
+           {
+             postorder (expr, free_tree, NULL);
+             postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+             *err = REG_ESPACE;
+             return NULL;
+           }
+         tree = newtree;
+       }
+      else if (tree == NULL)
+       tree = expr;
+      /* Otherwise expr == NULL, we don't need to create new tree.  */
+    }
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression a*:
+        *
+        |
+        a
+*/
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_expression (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+                 reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  switch (token->type)
+    {
+    case CHARACTER:
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+       {
+         *err = REG_ESPACE;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+       {
+         while (!re_string_eoi (regexp)
+                && !re_string_first_byte (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp)))
+           {
+             bin_tree_t *mbc_remain;
+             fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+             mbc_remain = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+             tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, mbc_remain, CONCAT);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (mbc_remain == NULL || tree == NULL))
+               {
+                 *err = REG_ESPACE;
+                 return NULL;
+               }
+           }
+       }
+      break;
+
+    case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+      tree = parse_sub_exp (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest + 1, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+       return NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_OPEN_BRACKET:
+      tree = parse_bracket_exp (regexp, dfa, token, syntax, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+       return NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_BACK_REF:
+      if (!__glibc_likely (dfa->completed_bkref_map & (1 << token->opr.idx)))
+       {
+         *err = REG_ESUBREG;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+      dfa->used_bkref_map |= 1 << token->opr.idx;
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+       {
+         *err = REG_ESPACE;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+      ++dfa->nbackref;
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM:
+      if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+       {
+         *err = REG_BADRPT;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+    case OP_DUP_PLUS:
+    case OP_DUP_QUESTION:
+      if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS)
+       {
+         *err = REG_BADRPT;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+      else if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS)
+       {
+         fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+         return parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+       }
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+      if ((token->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+         && !(syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD))
+       {
+         *err = REG_ERPAREN;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM:
+      /* We treat it as a normal character.  */
+
+      /* Then we can these characters as normal characters.  */
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      /* mb_partial and word_char bits should be initialized already
+        by peek_token.  */
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+       {
+         *err = REG_ESPACE;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+      break;
+
+    case ANCHOR:
+      if ((token->opr.ctx_type
+          & (WORD_DELIM | NOT_WORD_DELIM | WORD_FIRST | WORD_LAST))
+         && dfa->word_ops_used == 0)
+       init_word_char (dfa);
+      if (token->opr.ctx_type == WORD_DELIM
+         || token->opr.ctx_type == NOT_WORD_DELIM)
+       {
+         bin_tree_t *tree_first, *tree_last;
+         if (token->opr.ctx_type == WORD_DELIM)
+           {
+             token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_FIRST;
+             tree_first = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+             token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_LAST;
+           }
+         else
+           {
+             token->opr.ctx_type = INSIDE_WORD;
+             tree_first = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+             token->opr.ctx_type = INSIDE_NOTWORD;
+           }
+         tree_last = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+         tree = create_tree (dfa, tree_first, tree_last, OP_ALT);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (tree_first == NULL || tree_last == NULL
+                               || tree == NULL))
+           {
+             *err = REG_ESPACE;
+             return NULL;
+           }
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+           {
+             *err = REG_ESPACE;
+             return NULL;
+           }
+       }
+      /* We must return here, since ANCHORs can't be followed
+        by repetition operators.
+        eg. RE"^*" is invalid or "<ANCHOR(^)><CHAR(*)>",
+            it must not be "<ANCHOR(^)><REPEAT(*)>".  */
+      fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+      return tree;
+
+    case OP_PERIOD:
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+       {
+         *err = REG_ESPACE;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+       dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_WORD:
+    case OP_NOTWORD:
+      tree = build_charclass_op (dfa, regexp->trans,
+                                "alnum",
+                                "_",
+                                token->type == OP_NOTWORD, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+       return NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_SPACE:
+    case OP_NOTSPACE:
+      tree = build_charclass_op (dfa, regexp->trans,
+                                "space",
+                                "",
+                                token->type == OP_NOTSPACE, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+       return NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_ALT:
+    case END_OF_RE:
+      return NULL;
+
+    case BACK_SLASH:
+      *err = REG_EESCAPE;
+      return NULL;
+
+    default:
+      /* Must not happen?  */
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (false);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+  while (token->type == OP_DUP_ASTERISK || token->type == OP_DUP_PLUS
+        || token->type == OP_DUP_QUESTION || token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM)
+    {
+      bin_tree_t *dup_tree = parse_dup_op (tree, regexp, dfa, token,
+                                          syntax, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && dup_tree == NULL))
+       {
+         if (tree != NULL)
+           postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+         return NULL;
+       }
+      tree = dup_tree;
+      /* In BRE consecutive duplications are not allowed.  */
+      if ((syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+         && (token->type == OP_DUP_ASTERISK
+             || token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM))
+       {
+         if (tree != NULL)
+           postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+         *err = REG_BADRPT;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+    }
+
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   (<reg_exp>):
+        SUBEXP
+           |
+       <reg_exp>
+*/
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_sub_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+              reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  size_t cur_nsub;
+  cur_nsub = preg->re_nsub++;
+
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+
+  /* The subexpression may be a null string.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+    tree = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      tree = parse_reg_exp (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err == REG_NOERROR
+                           && token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP))
+       {
+         if (tree != NULL)
+           postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+         *err = REG_EPAREN;
+       }
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (cur_nsub <= '9' - '1')
+    dfa->completed_bkref_map |= 1 << cur_nsub;
+
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, NULL, SUBEXP);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  tree->token.opr.idx = cur_nsub;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function parse repetition operators like "*", "+", "{1,3}" etc.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_dup_op (bin_tree_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+             re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree = NULL, *old_tree = NULL;
+  Idx i, start, end, start_idx = re_string_cur_idx (regexp);
+  re_token_t start_token = *token;
+
+  if (token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM)
+    {
+      end = 0;
+      start = fetch_number (regexp, token, syntax);
+      if (start == -1)
+       {
+         if (token->type == CHARACTER && token->opr.c == ',')
+           start = 0; /* We treat "{,m}" as "{0,m}".  */
+         else
+           {
+             *err = REG_BADBR; /* <re>{} is invalid.  */
+             return NULL;
+           }
+       }
+      if (__glibc_likely (start != -2))
+       {
+         /* We treat "{n}" as "{n,n}".  */
+         end = ((token->type == OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM) ? start
+                : ((token->type == CHARACTER && token->opr.c == ',')
+                   ? fetch_number (regexp, token, syntax) : -2));
+       }
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (start == -2 || end == -2))
+       {
+         /* Invalid sequence.  */
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (!(syntax & RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)))
+           {
+             if (token->type == END_OF_RE)
+               *err = REG_EBRACE;
+             else
+               *err = REG_BADBR;
+
+             return NULL;
+           }
+
+         /* If the syntax bit is set, rollback.  */
+         re_string_set_index (regexp, start_idx);
+         *token = start_token;
+         token->type = CHARACTER;
+         /* mb_partial and word_char bits should be already initialized by
+            peek_token.  */
+         return elem;
+       }
+
+      if (__glibc_unlikely ((end != -1 && start > end)
+                           || token->type != OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM))
+       {
+         /* First number greater than second.  */
+         *err = REG_BADBR;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (RE_DUP_MAX < (end == -1 ? start : end)))
+       {
+         *err = REG_ESIZE;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      start = (token->type == OP_DUP_PLUS) ? 1 : 0;
+      end = (token->type == OP_DUP_QUESTION) ? 1 : -1;
+    }
+
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (elem == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start == 0 && end == 0))
+    {
+      postorder (elem, free_tree, NULL);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Extract "<re>{n,m}" to "<re><re>...<re><re>{0,<m-n>}".  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start > 0))
+    {
+      tree = elem;
+      for (i = 2; i <= start; ++i)
+       {
+         elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+         tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, elem, CONCAT);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (elem == NULL || tree == NULL))
+           goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+       }
+
+      if (start == end)
+       return tree;
+
+      /* Duplicate ELEM before it is marked optional.  */
+      elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (elem == NULL))
+        goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+      old_tree = tree;
+    }
+  else
+    old_tree = NULL;
+
+  if (elem->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      uintptr_t subidx = elem->token.opr.idx;
+      postorder (elem, mark_opt_subexp, (void *) subidx);
+    }
+
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, elem, NULL,
+                     (end == -1 ? OP_DUP_ASTERISK : OP_ALT));
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+    goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+
+  /* This loop is actually executed only when end != -1,
+     to rewrite <re>{0,n} as (<re>(<re>...<re>?)?)?...  We have
+     already created the start+1-th copy.  */
+  if (TYPE_SIGNED (Idx) || end != -1)
+    for (i = start + 2; i <= end; ++i)
+      {
+       elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+       tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, elem, CONCAT);
+       if (__glibc_unlikely (elem == NULL || tree == NULL))
+         goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+
+       tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, NULL, OP_ALT);
+       if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+         goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+      }
+
+  if (old_tree)
+    tree = create_tree (dfa, old_tree, tree, CONCAT);
+
+  return tree;
+
+ parse_dup_op_espace:
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Size of the names for collating symbol/equivalence_class/character_class.
+   I'm not sure, but maybe enough.  */
+#define BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE 32
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+
+/* Convert the byte B to the corresponding wide character.  In a
+   unibyte locale, treat B as itself.  In a multibyte locale, return
+   WEOF if B is an encoding error.  */
+static wint_t
+parse_byte (unsigned char b, re_dfa_t const *dfa)
+{
+  return dfa->mb_cur_max > 1 ? __btowc (b) : b;
+}
+
+/* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+   Build the range expression which starts from START_ELEM, and ends
+   at END_ELEM.  The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+   RANGE_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->range_starts, and
+   mbcset->range_ends, is a pointer argument since we may
+   update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+build_range_exp (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *range_alloc,
+                bracket_elem_t *start_elem, bracket_elem_t *end_elem,
+                re_dfa_t *dfa, reg_syntax_t syntax, uint_fast32_t nrules,
+                const unsigned char *collseqmb, const char *collseqwc,
+                int_fast32_t table_size, const void *symb_table,
+                const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  /* Equivalence Classes and Character Classes can't be a range start/end.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS
+                       || start_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS
+                       || end_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS
+                       || end_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS))
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* We can handle no multi character collating elements without libc
+     support.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM
+                        && strlen ((char *) start_elem->opr.name) > 1)
+                       || (end_elem->type == COLL_SYM
+                           && strlen ((char *) end_elem->opr.name) > 1)))
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+  unsigned int
+    start_ch = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR) ? start_elem->opr.ch
+               : ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? start_elem->opr.name[0]
+                  : 0)),
+    end_ch = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR) ? end_elem->opr.ch
+             : ((end_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? end_elem->opr.name[0]
+                : 0));
+  wint_t
+    start_wc = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR || start_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+               ? parse_byte (start_ch, dfa) : start_elem->opr.wch),
+    end_wc = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR || end_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+             ? parse_byte (end_ch, dfa) : end_elem->opr.wch);
+
+  if (start_wc == WEOF || end_wc == WEOF)
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+  else if (__glibc_unlikely ((syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+                             && start_wc > end_wc))
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* Got valid collation sequence values, add them as a new entry.
+     However, for !_LIBC we have no collation elements: if the
+     character set is single byte, the single byte character set
+     that we build below suffices.  parse_bracket_exp passes
+     no MBCSET if dfa->mb_cur_max == 1.  */
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*range_alloc == mbcset->nranges))
+        {
+          /* There is not enough space, need realloc.  */
+          wchar_t *new_array_start, *new_array_end;
+          Idx new_nranges;
+
+          /* +1 in case of mbcset->nranges is 0.  */
+          new_nranges = 2 * mbcset->nranges + 1;
+          /* Use realloc since mbcset->range_starts and mbcset->range_ends
+             are NULL if *range_alloc == 0.  */
+          new_array_start = re_realloc (mbcset->range_starts, wchar_t,
+                                        new_nranges);
+          new_array_end = re_realloc (mbcset->range_ends, wchar_t,
+                                      new_nranges);
+
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array_start == NULL
+                                || new_array_end == NULL))
+            {
+              re_free (new_array_start);
+              re_free (new_array_end);
+              return REG_ESPACE;
+            }
+
+          mbcset->range_starts = new_array_start;
+          mbcset->range_ends = new_array_end;
+          *range_alloc = new_nranges;
+        }
+
+      mbcset->range_starts[mbcset->nranges] = start_wc;
+      mbcset->range_ends[mbcset->nranges++] = end_wc;
+    }
+
+  /* Build the table for single byte characters.  */
+  for (wchar_t wc = 0; wc < SBC_MAX; ++wc)
+    {
+      if (start_wc <= wc && wc <= end_wc)
+        bitset_set (sbcset, wc);
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+/* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp only used in case of NOT _LIBC.
+   Build the collating element which is represented by NAME.
+   The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+   COLL_SYM_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->coll_sym, is a
+   pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+build_collating_symbol (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset,
+                       Idx *coll_sym_alloc, const unsigned char *name,
+                       uint_fast32_t nrules, int_fast32_t table_size,
+                       const void *symb_table, const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  size_t name_len = strlen ((const char *) name);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (name_len != 1))
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+  else
+    {
+      bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+   Seek the collating symbol entry corresponding to NAME.
+   Return the index of the symbol in the SYMB_TABLE,
+   or -1 if not found.  */
+
+static __always_inline int32_t
+seek_collating_symbol_entry (const unsigned char *name, size_t name_len,
+                            const int32_t *symb_table,
+                            int_fast32_t table_size,
+                            const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  int_fast32_t elem;
+
+  for (elem = 0; elem < table_size; elem++)
+    if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+      {
+       int32_t idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+       /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+       idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+       if (/* Compare the length of the name.  */
+           name_len == extra[idx]
+           /* Compare the name.  */
+           && memcmp (name, &extra[idx + 1], name_len) == 0)
+         /* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+         return elem;
+      }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+   Look up the collation sequence value of BR_ELEM.
+   Return the value if succeeded, UINT_MAX otherwise.  */
+
+static __always_inline unsigned int
+lookup_collation_sequence_value (bracket_elem_t *br_elem, uint32_t nrules,
+                                const unsigned char *collseqmb,
+                                const char *collseqwc,
+                                int_fast32_t table_size,
+                                const int32_t *symb_table,
+                                const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  if (br_elem->type == SB_CHAR)
+    {
+      /* if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1) */
+      if (nrules == 0)
+       return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.ch];
+      else
+       {
+         wint_t wc = __btowc (br_elem->opr.ch);
+         return __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, wc);
+       }
+    }
+  else if (br_elem->type == MB_CHAR)
+    {
+      if (nrules != 0)
+       return __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, br_elem->opr.wch);
+    }
+  else if (br_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+    {
+      size_t sym_name_len = strlen ((char *) br_elem->opr.name);
+      if (nrules != 0)
+       {
+         int32_t elem, idx;
+         elem = seek_collating_symbol_entry (br_elem->opr.name,
+                                             sym_name_len,
+                                             symb_table, table_size,
+                                             extra);
+         if (elem != -1)
+           {
+             /* We found the entry.  */
+             idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+             /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+             idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+             /* Skip the byte sequence of the collating element.  */
+             idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+             /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+             idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+             /* Skip the multibyte collation sequence value.  */
+             idx += sizeof (unsigned int);
+             /* Skip the wide char sequence of the collating element.  */
+             idx += sizeof (unsigned int) *
+               (1 + *(unsigned int *) (extra + idx));
+             /* Return the collation sequence value.  */
+             return *(unsigned int *) (extra + idx);
+           }
+         else if (sym_name_len == 1)
+           {
+             /* No valid character.  Match it as a single byte
+                character.  */
+             return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.name[0]];
+           }
+       }
+      else if (sym_name_len == 1)
+       return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.name[0]];
+    }
+  return UINT_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+   Build the range expression which starts from START_ELEM, and ends
+   at END_ELEM.  The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+   RANGE_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->range_starts, and
+   mbcset->range_ends, is a pointer argument since we may
+   update it.  */
+
+static __always_inline reg_errcode_t
+build_range_exp (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *range_alloc,
+                bracket_elem_t *start_elem, bracket_elem_t *end_elem,
+                re_dfa_t *dfa, reg_syntax_t syntax, uint32_t nrules,
+                const unsigned char *collseqmb, const char *collseqwc,
+                int_fast32_t table_size, const int32_t *symb_table,
+                const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  unsigned int ch;
+  uint32_t start_collseq;
+  uint32_t end_collseq;
+
+  /* Equivalence Classes and Character Classes can't be a range
+     start/end.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS
+                        || start_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS
+                        || end_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS
+                        || end_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS))
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* FIXME: Implement rational ranges here, too.  */
+  start_collseq = lookup_collation_sequence_value (start_elem, nrules, 
collseqmb, collseqwc,
+                                                  table_size, symb_table, 
extra);
+  end_collseq = lookup_collation_sequence_value (end_elem, nrules, collseqmb, 
collseqwc,
+                                                table_size, symb_table, extra);
+  /* Check start/end collation sequence values.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start_collseq == UINT_MAX
+                        || end_collseq == UINT_MAX))
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely ((syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+                        && start_collseq > end_collseq))
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* Got valid collation sequence values, add them as a new entry.
+     However, if we have no collation elements, and the character set
+     is single byte, the single byte character set that we
+     build below suffices. */
+  if (nrules > 0 || dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*range_alloc == mbcset->nranges))
+       {
+         /* There is not enough space, need realloc.  */
+         uint32_t *new_array_start;
+         uint32_t *new_array_end;
+         int new_nranges;
+
+         /* +1 in case of mbcset->nranges is 0.  */
+         new_nranges = 2 * mbcset->nranges + 1;
+         new_array_start = re_realloc (mbcset->range_starts, uint32_t,
+                                       new_nranges);
+         new_array_end = re_realloc (mbcset->range_ends, uint32_t,
+                                     new_nranges);
+
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array_start == NULL
+                                || new_array_end == NULL))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+
+         mbcset->range_starts = new_array_start;
+         mbcset->range_ends = new_array_end;
+         *range_alloc = new_nranges;
+       }
+
+      mbcset->range_starts[mbcset->nranges] = start_collseq;
+      mbcset->range_ends[mbcset->nranges++] = end_collseq;
+    }
+
+  /* Build the table for single byte characters.  */
+  for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ch++)
+    {
+      uint32_t ch_collseq;
+      /* if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1) */
+      if (nrules == 0)
+       ch_collseq = collseqmb[ch];
+      else
+       ch_collseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, __btowc (ch));
+      if (start_collseq <= ch_collseq && ch_collseq <= end_collseq)
+       bitset_set (sbcset, ch);
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+   Build the collating element which is represented by NAME.
+   The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+   COLL_SYM_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->coll_sym, is a
+   pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static __always_inline reg_errcode_t
+build_collating_symbol (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset,
+                       Idx *coll_sym_alloc, const unsigned char *name,
+                       uint_fast32_t nrules, int_fast32_t table_size,
+                       const int32_t *symb_table, const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  int32_t elem, idx;
+  size_t name_len = strlen ((const char *) name);
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      elem = seek_collating_symbol_entry (name, name_len, symb_table,
+                                         table_size, extra);
+      if (elem != -1)
+       {
+         /* We found the entry.  */
+         idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+         /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+         idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+       }
+      else if (name_len == 1)
+       {
+         /* No valid character, treat it as a normal
+            character.  */
+         bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+         return REG_NOERROR;
+       }
+      else
+       return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+      /* Got valid collation sequence, add it as a new entry.  */
+      /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*coll_sym_alloc == mbcset->ncoll_syms))
+       {
+         /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+         /* +1 in case of mbcset->ncoll_syms is 0.  */
+         int new_coll_sym_alloc = 2 * mbcset->ncoll_syms + 1;
+         /* Use realloc since mbcset->coll_syms is NULL
+            if *alloc == 0.  */
+         int32_t *new_coll_syms = re_realloc (mbcset->coll_syms, int32_t,
+                                              new_coll_sym_alloc);
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (new_coll_syms == NULL))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+         mbcset->coll_syms = new_coll_syms;
+         *coll_sym_alloc = new_coll_sym_alloc;
+       }
+      mbcset->coll_syms[mbcset->ncoll_syms++] = idx;
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (name_len != 1))
+       return REG_ECOLLATE;
+      else
+       {
+         bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+         return REG_NOERROR;
+       }
+    }
+}
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+/* This function parse bracket expression like "[abc]", "[a-c]",
+   "[[.a-a.]]" etc.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_bracket_exp (re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t *token,
+                  reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  const unsigned char *collseqmb = NULL;
+  const char *collseqwc = NULL;
+  uint_fast32_t nrules = 0;
+  int_fast32_t table_size = 0;
+  const void *symb_table = NULL;
+  const unsigned char *extra = NULL;
+
+  re_token_t br_token;
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;
+  re_charset_t *mbcset;
+  Idx coll_sym_alloc = 0, range_alloc = 0, mbchar_alloc = 0;
+  Idx equiv_class_alloc = 0, char_class_alloc = 0;
+  bool non_match = false;
+  bin_tree_t *work_tree;
+  int token_len;
+  bool first_round = true;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  collseqmb = (const unsigned char *)
+    _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+  nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules)
+    {
+      /*
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+      */
+      collseqwc = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+      table_size = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB);
+      symb_table = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                                  _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+    }
+#endif
+  sbcset = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+  mbcset = (re_charset_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_charset_t), 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (sbcset == NULL || mbcset == NULL))
+    {
+      re_free (sbcset);
+      re_free (mbcset);
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == END_OF_RE))
+    {
+      *err = REG_BADPAT;
+      goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+    }
+  if (token->type == OP_NON_MATCH_LIST)
+    {
+      mbcset->non_match = 1;
+      non_match = true;
+      if (syntax & RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE)
+       bitset_set (sbcset, '\n');
+      re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+      token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == END_OF_RE))
+       {
+         *err = REG_BADPAT;
+         goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+       }
+    }
+
+  /* We treat the first ']' as a normal character.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+    token->type = CHARACTER;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      bracket_elem_t start_elem, end_elem;
+      unsigned char start_name_buf[BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE];
+      unsigned char end_name_buf[BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE];
+      reg_errcode_t ret;
+      int token_len2 = 0;
+      bool is_range_exp = false;
+      re_token_t token2;
+
+      start_elem.opr.name = start_name_buf;
+      start_elem.type = COLL_SYM;
+      ret = parse_bracket_element (&start_elem, regexp, token, token_len, dfa,
+                                  syntax, first_round);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+       {
+         *err = ret;
+         goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+       }
+      first_round = false;
+
+      /* Get information about the next token.  We need it in any case.  */
+      token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+      /* Do not check for ranges if we know they are not allowed.  */
+      if (start_elem.type != CHAR_CLASS && start_elem.type != EQUIV_CLASS)
+       {
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == END_OF_RE))
+           {
+             *err = REG_EBRACK;
+             goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+           }
+         if (token->type == OP_CHARSET_RANGE)
+           {
+             re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip '-'.  */
+             token_len2 = peek_token_bracket (&token2, regexp, syntax);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (token2.type == END_OF_RE))
+               {
+                 *err = REG_EBRACK;
+                 goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+               }
+             if (token2.type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+               {
+                 /* We treat the last '-' as a normal character.  */
+                 re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, -token_len);
+                 token->type = CHARACTER;
+               }
+             else
+               is_range_exp = true;
+           }
+       }
+
+      if (is_range_exp == true)
+       {
+         end_elem.opr.name = end_name_buf;
+         end_elem.type = COLL_SYM;
+         ret = parse_bracket_element (&end_elem, regexp, &token2, token_len2,
+                                      dfa, syntax, true);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+           {
+             *err = ret;
+             goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+           }
+
+         token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+         *err = build_range_exp (sbcset, mbcset, &range_alloc,
+                                 &start_elem, &end_elem,
+                                 dfa, syntax, nrules, collseqmb, collseqwc,
+                                 table_size, symb_table, extra);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+           goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         switch (start_elem.type)
+           {
+           case SB_CHAR:
+             bitset_set (sbcset, start_elem.opr.ch);
+             break;
+           case MB_CHAR:
+             /* Check whether the array has enough space.  */
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (mbchar_alloc == mbcset->nmbchars))
+               {
+                 wchar_t *new_mbchars;
+                 /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+                 /* +1 in case of mbcset->nmbchars is 0.  */
+                 mbchar_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nmbchars + 1;
+                 /* Use realloc since array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+                 new_mbchars = re_realloc (mbcset->mbchars, wchar_t,
+                                           mbchar_alloc);
+                 if (__glibc_unlikely (new_mbchars == NULL))
+                   goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+                 mbcset->mbchars = new_mbchars;
+               }
+             mbcset->mbchars[mbcset->nmbchars++] = start_elem.opr.wch;
+             break;
+           case EQUIV_CLASS:
+             *err = build_equiv_class (sbcset,
+                                       mbcset, &equiv_class_alloc,
+                                       start_elem.opr.name);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+               goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+             break;
+           case COLL_SYM:
+             *err = build_collating_symbol (sbcset,
+                                            mbcset, &coll_sym_alloc,
+                                            start_elem.opr.name,
+                                            nrules, table_size, symb_table, 
extra);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+               goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+             break;
+           case CHAR_CLASS:
+             *err = build_charclass (regexp->trans, sbcset,
+                                     mbcset, &char_class_alloc,
+                                     (const char *) start_elem.opr.name,
+                                     syntax);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+              goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+             break;
+           default:
+             DEBUG_ASSERT (false);
+             break;
+           }
+       }
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == END_OF_RE))
+       {
+         *err = REG_EBRACK;
+         goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+       }
+      if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+       break;
+    }
+
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+
+  /* If it is non-matching list.  */
+  if (non_match)
+    bitset_not (sbcset);
+
+  /* Ensure only single byte characters are set.  */
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    bitset_mask (sbcset, dfa->sb_char);
+
+  if (mbcset->nmbchars || mbcset->ncoll_syms || mbcset->nequiv_classes
+      || mbcset->nranges || (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1 && (mbcset->nchar_classes
+                                                    || mbcset->non_match)))
+    {
+      bin_tree_t *mbc_tree;
+      int sbc_idx;
+      /* Build a tree for complex bracket.  */
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      br_token.type = COMPLEX_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.mbcset = mbcset;
+      mbc_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mbc_tree == NULL))
+       goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+      for (sbc_idx = 0; sbc_idx < BITSET_WORDS; ++sbc_idx)
+       if (sbcset[sbc_idx])
+         break;
+      /* If there are no bits set in sbcset, there is no point
+        of having both SIMPLE_BRACKET and COMPLEX_BRACKET.  */
+      if (sbc_idx < BITSET_WORDS)
+       {
+         /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+         br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET;
+         br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset;
+         work_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (work_tree == NULL))
+           goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+
+         /* Then join them by ALT node.  */
+         work_tree = create_tree (dfa, work_tree, mbc_tree, OP_ALT);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (work_tree == NULL))
+           goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         re_free (sbcset);
+         work_tree = mbc_tree;
+       }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+      /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+      br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset;
+      work_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (work_tree == NULL))
+       goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+    }
+  return work_tree;
+
+ parse_bracket_exp_espace:
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+ parse_bracket_exp_free_return:
+  re_free (sbcset);
+  free_charset (mbcset);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Parse an element in the bracket expression.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+parse_bracket_element (bracket_elem_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+                      re_token_t *token, int token_len, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                      reg_syntax_t syntax, bool accept_hyphen)
+{
+  int cur_char_size;
+  cur_char_size = re_string_char_size_at (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp));
+  if (cur_char_size > 1)
+    {
+      elem->type = MB_CHAR;
+      elem->opr.wch = re_string_wchar_at (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp));
+      re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, cur_char_size);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM || token->type == OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS
+      || token->type == OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS)
+    return parse_bracket_symbol (elem, regexp, token);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == OP_CHARSET_RANGE) && !accept_hyphen)
+    {
+      /* A '-' must only appear as anything but a range indicator before
+        the closing bracket.  Everything else is an error.  */
+      re_token_t token2;
+      (void) peek_token_bracket (&token2, regexp, syntax);
+      if (token2.type != OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+       /* The actual error value is not standardized since this whole
+          case is undefined.  But ERANGE makes good sense.  */
+       return REG_ERANGE;
+    }
+  elem->type = SB_CHAR;
+  elem->opr.ch = token->opr.c;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Parse a bracket symbol in the bracket expression.  Bracket symbols are
+   such as [:<character_class>:], [.<collating_element>.], and
+   [=<equivalent_class>=].  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+parse_bracket_symbol (bracket_elem_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+                     re_token_t *token)
+{
+  unsigned char ch, delim = token->opr.c;
+  int i = 0;
+  if (re_string_eoi(regexp))
+    return REG_EBRACK;
+  for (;; ++i)
+    {
+      if (i >= BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE)
+       return REG_EBRACK;
+      if (token->type == OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS)
+       ch = re_string_fetch_byte_case (regexp);
+      else
+       ch = re_string_fetch_byte (regexp);
+      if (re_string_eoi(regexp))
+       return REG_EBRACK;
+      if (ch == delim && re_string_peek_byte (regexp, 0) == ']')
+       break;
+      elem->opr.name[i] = ch;
+    }
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, 1);
+  elem->opr.name[i] = '\0';
+  switch (token->type)
+    {
+    case OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM:
+      elem->type = COLL_SYM;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS:
+      elem->type = EQUIV_CLASS;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS:
+      elem->type = CHAR_CLASS;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+  /* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp.
+     Build the equivalence class which is represented by NAME.
+     The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     EQUIV_CLASS_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->equiv_classes,
+     is a pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset,
+                  Idx *equiv_class_alloc, const unsigned char *name)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  uint32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+      const unsigned char *weights, *extra, *cp;
+      unsigned char char_buf[2];
+      int32_t idx1, idx2;
+      unsigned int ch;
+      size_t len;
+      /* Calculate the index for equivalence class.  */
+      cp = name;
+      table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+      weights = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                              _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                                  _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+      indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                               _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+      idx1 = findidx (table, indirect, extra, &cp, -1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (idx1 == 0 || *cp != '\0'))
+       /* This isn't a valid character.  */
+       return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+      /* Build single byte matching table for this equivalence class.  */
+      len = weights[idx1 & 0xffffff];
+      for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ++ch)
+       {
+         char_buf[0] = ch;
+         cp = char_buf;
+         idx2 = findidx (table, indirect, extra, &cp, 1);
+/*
+         idx2 = table[ch];
+*/
+         if (idx2 == 0)
+           /* This isn't a valid character.  */
+           continue;
+         /* Compare only if the length matches and the collation rule
+            index is the same.  */
+         if (len == weights[idx2 & 0xffffff] && (idx1 >> 24) == (idx2 >> 24)
+             && memcmp (weights + (idx1 & 0xffffff) + 1,
+                        weights + (idx2 & 0xffffff) + 1, len) == 0)
+           bitset_set (sbcset, ch);
+       }
+      /* Check whether the array has enough space.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*equiv_class_alloc == mbcset->nequiv_classes))
+       {
+         /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+         /* +1 in case of mbcset->nequiv_classes is 0.  */
+         Idx new_equiv_class_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nequiv_classes + 1;
+         /* Use realloc since the array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+         int32_t *new_equiv_classes = re_realloc (mbcset->equiv_classes,
+                                                  int32_t,
+                                                  new_equiv_class_alloc);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (new_equiv_classes == NULL))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+         mbcset->equiv_classes = new_equiv_classes;
+         *equiv_class_alloc = new_equiv_class_alloc;
+       }
+      mbcset->equiv_classes[mbcset->nequiv_classes++] = idx1;
+    }
+  else
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+    {
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (strlen ((const char *) name) != 1))
+       return REG_ECOLLATE;
+      bitset_set (sbcset, *name);
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+  /* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp.
+     Build the character class which is represented by NAME.
+     The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     CHAR_CLASS_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->char_classes,
+     is a pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bitset_t sbcset,
+                re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *char_class_alloc,
+                const char *class_name, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *name = class_name;
+
+  /* In case of REG_ICASE "upper" and "lower" match the both of
+     upper and lower cases.  */
+  if ((syntax & RE_ICASE)
+      && (strcmp (name, "upper") == 0 || strcmp (name, "lower") == 0))
+    name = "alpha";
+
+  /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (*char_class_alloc == mbcset->nchar_classes))
+    {
+      /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+      /* +1 in case of mbcset->nchar_classes is 0.  */
+      Idx new_char_class_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nchar_classes + 1;
+      /* Use realloc since array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+      wctype_t *new_char_classes = re_realloc (mbcset->char_classes, wctype_t,
+                                              new_char_class_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_char_classes == NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      mbcset->char_classes = new_char_classes;
+      *char_class_alloc = new_char_class_alloc;
+    }
+  mbcset->char_classes[mbcset->nchar_classes++] = __wctype (name);
+
+#define BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP(ctype_func)       \
+  do {                                         \
+    if (__glibc_unlikely (trans != NULL))                      \
+      {                                                \
+       for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)           \
+         if (ctype_func (i))                   \
+           bitset_set (sbcset, trans[i]);      \
+      }                                                \
+    else                                       \
+      {                                                \
+       for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)           \
+         if (ctype_func (i))                   \
+           bitset_set (sbcset, i);             \
+      }                                                \
+  } while (0)
+
+  if (strcmp (name, "alnum") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isalnum);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "cntrl") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (iscntrl);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "lower") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (islower);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "space") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isspace);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "alpha") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isalpha);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "digit") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isdigit);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "print") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isprint);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "upper") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isupper);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "blank") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isblank);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "graph") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isgraph);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "punct") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (ispunct);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "xdigit") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isxdigit);
+  else
+    return REG_ECTYPE;
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+build_charclass_op (re_dfa_t *dfa, RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+                   const char *class_name,
+                   const char *extra, bool non_match,
+                   reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;
+  re_charset_t *mbcset;
+  Idx alloc = 0;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+
+  sbcset = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (sbcset == NULL))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  mbcset = (re_charset_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_charset_t), 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (mbcset == NULL))
+    {
+      re_free (sbcset);
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  mbcset->non_match = non_match;
+
+  /* We don't care the syntax in this case.  */
+  ret = build_charclass (trans, sbcset, mbcset, &alloc, class_name, 0);
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      re_free (sbcset);
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+      *err = ret;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  /* \w match '_' also.  */
+  for (; *extra; extra++)
+    bitset_set (sbcset, *extra);
+
+  /* If it is non-matching list.  */
+  if (non_match)
+    bitset_not (sbcset);
+
+  /* Ensure only single byte characters are set.  */
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    bitset_mask (sbcset, dfa->sb_char);
+
+  /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+  re_token_t br_token = { .type = SIMPLE_BRACKET, .opr.sbcset = sbcset };
+  tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+    goto build_word_op_espace;
+
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      bin_tree_t *mbc_tree;
+      /* Build a tree for complex bracket.  */
+      br_token.type = COMPLEX_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.mbcset = mbcset;
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      mbc_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mbc_tree == NULL))
+       goto build_word_op_espace;
+      /* Then join them by ALT node.  */
+      tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, mbc_tree, OP_ALT);
+      if (__glibc_likely (mbc_tree != NULL))
+       return tree;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+      return tree;
+    }
+
+ build_word_op_espace:
+  re_free (sbcset);
+  free_charset (mbcset);
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* This is intended for the expressions like "a{1,3}".
+   Fetch a number from 'input', and return the number.
+   Return -1 if the number field is empty like "{,1}".
+   Return RE_DUP_MAX + 1 if the number field is too large.
+   Return -2 if an error occurred.  */
+
+static Idx
+fetch_number (re_string_t *input, re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  Idx num = -1;
+  unsigned char c;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      fetch_token (token, input, syntax);
+      c = token->opr.c;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == END_OF_RE))
+       return -2;
+      if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM || c == ',')
+       break;
+      num = ((token->type != CHARACTER || c < '0' || '9' < c || num == -2)
+            ? -2
+            : num == -1
+            ? c - '0'
+            : MIN (RE_DUP_MAX + 1, num * 10 + c - '0'));
+    }
+  return num;
+}
+
+static void
+free_charset (re_charset_t *cset)
+{
+  re_free (cset->mbchars);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  re_free (cset->coll_syms);
+  re_free (cset->equiv_classes);
+#endif
+  re_free (cset->range_starts);
+  re_free (cset->range_ends);
+  re_free (cset->char_classes);
+  re_free (cset);
+}
+
+/* Functions for binary tree operation.  */
+
+/* Create a tree node.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+create_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+            re_token_type_t type)
+{
+  re_token_t t = { .type = type };
+  return create_token_tree (dfa, left, right, &t);
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+create_token_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+                  const re_token_t *token)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->str_tree_storage_idx == BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE))
+    {
+      bin_tree_storage_t *storage = re_malloc (bin_tree_storage_t, 1);
+
+      if (storage == NULL)
+       return NULL;
+      storage->next = dfa->str_tree_storage;
+      dfa->str_tree_storage = storage;
+      dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = 0;
+    }
+  tree = &dfa->str_tree_storage->data[dfa->str_tree_storage_idx++];
+
+  tree->parent = NULL;
+  tree->left = left;
+  tree->right = right;
+  tree->token = *token;
+  tree->token.duplicated = 0;
+  tree->token.opt_subexp = 0;
+  tree->first = NULL;
+  tree->next = NULL;
+  tree->node_idx = -1;
+
+  if (left != NULL)
+    left->parent = tree;
+  if (right != NULL)
+    right->parent = tree;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* Mark the tree SRC as an optional subexpression.
+   To be called from preorder or postorder.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+mark_opt_subexp (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  Idx idx = (uintptr_t) extra;
+  if (node->token.type == SUBEXP && node->token.opr.idx == idx)
+    node->token.opt_subexp = 1;
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Free the allocated memory inside NODE. */
+
+static void
+free_token (re_token_t *node)
+{
+  if (node->type == COMPLEX_BRACKET && node->duplicated == 0)
+    free_charset (node->opr.mbcset);
+  else if (node->type == SIMPLE_BRACKET && node->duplicated == 0)
+    re_free (node->opr.sbcset);
+}
+
+/* Worker function for tree walking.  Free the allocated memory inside NODE
+   and its children. */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+free_tree (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  free_token (&node->token);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Duplicate the node SRC, and return new node.  This is a preorder
+   visit similar to the one implemented by the generic visitor, but
+   we need more infrastructure to maintain two parallel trees --- so,
+   it's easier to duplicate.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+duplicate_tree (const bin_tree_t *root, re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  const bin_tree_t *node;
+  bin_tree_t *dup_root;
+  bin_tree_t **p_new = &dup_root, *dup_node = root->parent;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      /* Create a new tree and link it back to the current parent.  */
+      *p_new = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &node->token);
+      if (*p_new == NULL)
+       return NULL;
+      (*p_new)->parent = dup_node;
+      (*p_new)->token.duplicated = 1;
+      dup_node = *p_new;
+
+      /* Go to the left node, or up and to the right.  */
+      if (node->left)
+       {
+         node = node->left;
+         p_new = &dup_node->left;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         const bin_tree_t *prev = NULL;
+         while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL)
+           {
+             prev = node;
+             node = node->parent;
+             dup_node = dup_node->parent;
+             if (!node)
+               return dup_root;
+           }
+         node = node->right;
+         p_new = &dup_node->right;
+       }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/regex.c b/xcompile/lib/regex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3beb0deb98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/regex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6)
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=pure"
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wvla"
+# endif
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-definition"
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure no one compiles this code with a C++ compiler.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined _LIBC
+# error "This is C code, use a C compiler"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to keep the namespace clean.  */
+# define regfree(preg) __regfree (preg)
+# define regexec(pr, st, nm, pm, ef) __regexec (pr, st, nm, pm, ef)
+# define regcomp(preg, pattern, cflags) __regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
+# define regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) \
+       __regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
+# define re_set_registers(bu, re, nu, st, en) \
+       __re_set_registers (bu, re, nu, st, en)
+# define re_match_2(bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) \
+       __re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
+# define re_match(bufp, string, size, pos, regs) \
+       __re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs)
+# define re_search(bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) \
+       __re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs)
+# define re_compile_pattern(pattern, length, bufp) \
+       __re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
+# define re_set_syntax(syntax) __re_set_syntax (syntax)
+# define re_search_2(bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop) \
+       __re_search_2 (bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop)
+# define re_compile_fastmap(bufp) __re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
+
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* On some systems, limits.h sets RE_DUP_MAX to a lower value than
+   GNU regex allows.  Include it before <regex.h>, which correctly
+   #undefs RE_DUP_MAX and sets it to the right value.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <regex.h>
+#include "regex_internal.h"
+
+#include "regex_internal.c"
+#include "regcomp.c"
+#include "regexec.c"
+
+/* Binary backward compatibility.  */
+#if _LIBC
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3)
+link_warning (re_max_failures, "the 're_max_failures' variable is obsolete and 
will go away.")
+int re_max_failures = 2000;
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/regex.h b/xcompile/lib/regex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ef0252fff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/regex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
+/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
+   expression library.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_H
+#define _REGEX_H 1
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Define __USE_GNU to declare GNU extensions that violate the
+   POSIX name space rules.  */
+#ifdef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define __USE_GNU 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+
+/* Use types and values that are wide enough to represent signed and
+   unsigned byte offsets in memory.  This currently works only when
+   the regex code is used outside of the GNU C library; it is not yet
+   supported within glibc itself, and glibc users should not define
+   _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS.  */
+
+/* The type of object sizes.  */
+typedef size_t __re_size_t;
+
+/* The type of object sizes, in places where the traditional code
+   uses unsigned long int.  */
+typedef size_t __re_long_size_t;
+
+#else
+
+/* The traditional GNU regex implementation mishandles strings longer
+   than INT_MAX.  */
+typedef unsigned int __re_size_t;
+typedef unsigned long int __re_long_size_t;
+
+#endif
+
+/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
+   wide enough to hold a value of a pointer.  For most ANSI compilers
+   ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK.  Still size of these two
+   types is 2 for Microsoft C.  Ugh... */
+typedef long int s_reg_t;
+typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
+
+/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
+   recognize.  The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
+   remains the value 0.  The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
+   the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
+   add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change.  */
+typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
+   If set, then such a \ quotes the following character.  */
+# define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
+
+/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
+     literals.
+   If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals.  */
+# define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported.  They are:
+     [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:],  [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
+     [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
+   If not set, then character classes are not supported.  */
+# define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
+     expressions, of course).
+   If this bit is not set, then it depends:
+       ^  is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
+          expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
+       $  is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
+          before a close-group or an alternation operator.
+
+   This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
+   POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
+   We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
+   invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
+     regardless of where they are in the pattern.
+   If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
+     some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary.  Specifically,
+     * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
+     open-group, or alternation operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
+     immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
+   If not set, then it doesn't.  */
+# define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
+   If not set, then it does.  */
+# define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
+   If not set, they do.  */
+# define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
+     interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
+   If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals.  */
+# define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
+   If not set, they are.  */
+# define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
+   If not set, newline is literal.  */
+# define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then '{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
+     are literals.
+  If not set, then '\{...\}' defines an interval.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
+   If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
+   If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
+   If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
+     than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
+   If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
+     starting range point, the range is ignored.  */
+# define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
+   If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid.  */
+# define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
+   without further backtracking.  */
+# define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
+   If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
+# define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
+   If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
+   This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
+   We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
+   debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
+   this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
+# define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
+   a string of ordinary characters.  For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
+   treated as 'a\{1'.  */
+# define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+# define RE_ICASE (RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD << 1)
+
+/* This bit is used internally like RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS but only
+   for ^, because it is difficult to scan the regex backwards to find
+   whether ^ should be special.  */
+# define RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE (RE_ICASE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \{ cannot be first in a regex or
+   immediately after an alternation, open-group or \} operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP (RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then no_sub will be set to 1 during
+   re_compile_pattern.  */
+# define RE_NO_SUB (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP << 1)
+#endif
+
+/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
+   some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
+   stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
+   already-compiled regexps.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
+   (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
+   don't delete them!)  */
+/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_AWK                                                 \
+  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS   | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL                    \
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS              | RE_NO_BK_REFS                      \
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES                 \
+   | RE_DOT_NEWLINE              | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS            \
+   | RE_CHAR_CLASSES                                                   \
+   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK                                             \
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS            \
+    | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)                                         \
+   & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS                          \
+      | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS ))
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK                                           \
+  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS             \
+   | RE_INTERVALS          | RE_NO_GNU_OPS                             \
+   | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_GREP                                                        
\
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC | RE_NEWLINE_ALT)                            \
+   & ~(RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL))
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP                                               \
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD | RE_NEWLINE_ALT) \
+   & ~(RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL))
+
+/* POSIX grep -E behavior is no longer incompatible with GNU.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP                                         \
+  RE_SYNTAX_EGREP
+
+/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax.  */
+# define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON                                       \
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE      | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL             \
+   | RE_INTERVALS  | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC                                         \
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
+   RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized.  Actually, this
+   isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC                                 \
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED                                      \
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS                 \
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS   | RE_NO_BK_BRACES                          \
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                            \
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is
+   removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED                              \
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS                 \
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES                          \
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_REFS                            \
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR         | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
+
+/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow.  POSIX-conforming
+   systems might define this in <limits.h>, but we want our
+   value, so remove any previous define.  */
+# ifdef _REGEX_INCLUDE_LIMITS_H
+#  include <limits.h>
+# endif
+# ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
+#  undef RE_DUP_MAX
+# endif
+
+/* RE_DUP_MAX is 2**15 - 1 because an earlier implementation stored
+   the counter as a 2-byte signed integer.  This is no longer true, so
+   RE_DUP_MAX could be increased to (INT_MAX / 10 - 1), or to
+   ((SIZE_MAX - 9) / 10) if _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS is defined.
+   However, there would be a huge performance problem if someone
+   actually used a pattern like a\{214748363\}, so RE_DUP_MAX retains
+   its historical value.  */
+# define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX 'cflags' bits (i.e., information for 'regcomp').  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
+   If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax.  */
+#define REG_EXTENDED 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+#define REG_ICASE (1 << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
+     characters in the string.
+   If not set, then anchors do match at newlines.  */
+#define REG_NEWLINE (1 << 2)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
+   If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors.  */
+#define REG_NOSUB (1 << 3)
+
+
+/* POSIX 'eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec).  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
+     the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
+     beginning of a line).
+   If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
+     beginning of the string.  */
+#define REG_NOTBOL 1
+
+/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line.  */
+#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
+
+/* Use PMATCH[0] to delimit the start and end of the search in the
+   buffer.  */
+#define REG_STARTEND (1 << 2)
+
+
+/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
+   '__re_error_msgid' table in regcomp.c.  */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  _REG_ENOSYS = -1,    /* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
+  _REG_NOERROR = 0,    /* Success.  */
+  _REG_NOMATCH,                /* Didn't find a match (for regexec).  */
+
+  /* POSIX regcomp return error codes.  (In the order listed in the
+     standard.)  */
+  _REG_BADPAT,         /* Invalid pattern.  */
+  _REG_ECOLLATE,       /* Invalid collating element.  */
+  _REG_ECTYPE,         /* Invalid character class name.  */
+  _REG_EESCAPE,                /* Trailing backslash.  */
+  _REG_ESUBREG,                /* Invalid back reference.  */
+  _REG_EBRACK,         /* Unmatched left bracket.  */
+  _REG_EPAREN,         /* Parenthesis imbalance.  */
+  _REG_EBRACE,         /* Unmatched \{.  */
+  _REG_BADBR,          /* Invalid contents of \{\}.  */
+  _REG_ERANGE,         /* Invalid range end.  */
+  _REG_ESPACE,         /* Ran out of memory.  */
+  _REG_BADRPT,         /* No preceding re for repetition op.  */
+
+  /* Error codes we've added.  */
+  _REG_EEND,           /* Premature end.  */
+  _REG_ESIZE,          /* Too large (e.g., repeat count too large).  */
+  _REG_ERPAREN         /* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp.  */
+} reg_errcode_t;
+
+#if defined _XOPEN_SOURCE || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
+# define REG_ENOSYS    _REG_ENOSYS
+#endif
+#define REG_NOERROR    _REG_NOERROR
+#define REG_NOMATCH    _REG_NOMATCH
+#define REG_BADPAT     _REG_BADPAT
+#define REG_ECOLLATE   _REG_ECOLLATE
+#define REG_ECTYPE     _REG_ECTYPE
+#define REG_EESCAPE    _REG_EESCAPE
+#define REG_ESUBREG    _REG_ESUBREG
+#define REG_EBRACK     _REG_EBRACK
+#define REG_EPAREN     _REG_EPAREN
+#define REG_EBRACE     _REG_EBRACE
+#define REG_BADBR      _REG_BADBR
+#define REG_ERANGE     _REG_ERANGE
+#define REG_ESPACE     _REG_ESPACE
+#define REG_BADRPT     _REG_BADRPT
+#define REG_EEND       _REG_EEND
+#define REG_ESIZE      _REG_ESIZE
+#define REG_ERPAREN    _REG_ERPAREN
+
+/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern.  Before calling
+   the pattern compiler, the fields 'buffer', 'allocated', 'fastmap',
+   and 'translate' can be set.  After the pattern has been compiled,
+   the fields 're_nsub', 'not_bol' and 'not_eol' are available.  All
+   other fields are private to the regex routines.  */
+
+#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+# define __RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char *
+# ifdef __USE_GNU
+#  define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE __RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+# define __REPB_PREFIX(name) name
+#else
+# define __REPB_PREFIX(name) __##name
+#endif
+
+struct re_pattern_buffer
+{
+  /* Space that holds the compiled pattern.  The type
+     'struct re_dfa_t' is private and is not declared here.  */
+  struct re_dfa_t *__REPB_PREFIX(buffer);
+
+  /* Number of bytes to which 'buffer' points.  */
+  __re_long_size_t __REPB_PREFIX(allocated);
+
+  /* Number of bytes actually used in 'buffer'.  */
+  __re_long_size_t __REPB_PREFIX(used);
+
+  /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
+  reg_syntax_t __REPB_PREFIX(syntax);
+
+  /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero.  re_search uses the
+     fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible starting points
+     for matches.  */
+  char *__REPB_PREFIX(fastmap);
+
+  /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
+     comparing them, or zero for no translation.  The translation is
+     applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string when it
+     is matched.  */
+  __RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE __REPB_PREFIX(translate);
+
+  /* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler.  */
+  size_t re_nsub;
+
+  /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
+     Well, in truth it's used only in 're_search_2', to see whether or
+     not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set this absolutely
+     perfectly; see 're_compile_fastmap' (the "duplicate" case).  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(can_be_null) : 1;
+
+  /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the 'regs' structure
+     for 'max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
+     If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
+     If REGS_FIXED, use what's there.  */
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+# define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
+# define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
+# define REGS_FIXED 2
+#endif
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(regs_allocated) : 2;
+
+  /* Set to zero when 're_compile_pattern' compiles a pattern; set to
+     one by 're_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(fastmap_accurate) : 1;
+
+  /* If set, 're_match_2' does not return information about
+     subexpressions.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(no_sub) : 1;
+
+  /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the beginning
+     of the string.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(not_bol) : 1;
+
+  /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(not_eol) : 1;
+
+  /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(newline_anchor) : 1;
+};
+
+typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
+
+/* Type for byte offsets within the string.  POSIX mandates this.  */
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+/* POSIX 1003.1-2008 requires that regoff_t be at least as wide as
+   ptrdiff_t and ssize_t.  We don't know of any hosts where ptrdiff_t
+   is wider than ssize_t, so ssize_t is safe.  ptrdiff_t is not
+   visible here, so use ssize_t.  */
+typedef ssize_t regoff_t;
+#else
+/* The traditional GNU regex implementation mishandles strings longer
+   than INT_MAX.  */
+typedef int regoff_t;
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* This is the structure we store register match data in.  See
+   regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match.  */
+struct re_registers
+{
+  __re_size_t num_regs;
+  regoff_t *start;
+  regoff_t *end;
+};
+
+
+/* If 'regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
+   're_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
+   the first time a 'regs' structure is passed.  */
+# ifndef RE_NREGS
+#  define RE_NREGS 30
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX specification for registers.  Aside from the different names than
+   're_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
+   structure of arrays.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  regoff_t rm_so;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start.  */
+  regoff_t rm_eo;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end.  */
+} regmatch_t;
+
+/* Declarations for routines.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_NELTS
+# if (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+       && !defined __STDC_NO_VLA__)
+#  define _REGEX_NELTS(n) n
+# else
+#  define _REGEX_NELTS(n)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && 4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# pragma GCC diagnostic push
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wvla"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _Attr_access_
+# ifdef __attr_access
+#  define _Attr_access_(arg) __attr_access (arg)
+# elif defined __GNUC__ && 10 <= __GNUC__
+#  define _Attr_access_(x) __attribute__ ((__access__ x))
+# else
+#  define _Attr_access_(x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
+   You can also simply assign to the 're_syntax_options' variable.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t __syntax);
+
+/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
+   and syntax given by the global 're_syntax_options', into the buffer
+   BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.
+
+   To free the allocated storage, you must call 'regfree' on BUFFER.
+   Note that the translate table must either have been initialized by
+   'regcomp', with a malloc'ed value, or set to NULL before calling
+   'regfree'.  */
+extern const char *re_compile_pattern (const char *__pattern, size_t __length,
+                                      struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 1, 2));
+
+
+/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
+   accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
+   internal error.  */
+extern int re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
+
+
+/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
+   compiled into BUFFER.  Start searching at position START, for RANGE
+   characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
+   match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
+   information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
+extern regoff_t re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+                          const char *__String, regoff_t __length,
+                          regoff_t __start, regoff_t __range,
+                          struct re_registers *__regs)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 2, 3));
+
+
+/* Like 're_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
+   STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
+extern regoff_t re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+                            const char *__string1, regoff_t __length1,
+                            const char *__string2, regoff_t __length2,
+                            regoff_t __start, regoff_t __range,
+                            struct re_registers *__regs,
+                            regoff_t __stop)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 2, 3))
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 4, 5));
+
+
+/* Like 're_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
+   in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
+extern regoff_t re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+                         const char *__String, regoff_t __length,
+                         regoff_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 2, 3));
+
+
+/* Relates to 're_match' as 're_search_2' relates to 're_search'.  */
+extern regoff_t re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+                           const char *__string1, regoff_t __length1,
+                           const char *__string2, regoff_t __length2,
+                           regoff_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs,
+                           regoff_t __stop)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 2, 3))
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 4, 5));
+
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
+   for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS must be
+   allocated with malloc, and must each be at least 'NUM_REGS * sizeof
+   (regoff_t)' bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+extern void re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+                             struct re_registers *__regs,
+                             __re_size_t __num_regs,
+                             regoff_t *__starts, regoff_t *__ends);
+#endif /* Use GNU */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || (defined _LIBC && defined __USE_MISC)
+/* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
+extern char *re_comp (const char *);
+extern int re_exec (const char *);
+#endif
+
+/* For plain 'restrict', use glibc's __restrict if defined.
+   Otherwise, GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
+   Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
+   'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words, so pick a
+   different name.  */
+#ifndef _Restrict_
+# if defined __restrict \
+     || 2 < __GNUC__ + (95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+     || __clang_major__ >= 3
+#  define _Restrict_ __restrict
+# elif 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ || defined restrict
+#  define _Restrict_ restrict
+# else
+#  define _Restrict_
+# endif
+#endif
+/* For the ISO C99 syntax
+     array_name[restrict]
+   use glibc's __restrict_arr if available.
+   Otherwise, GCC 3.1 and clang support this syntax (but not in C++ mode).
+   Other ISO C99 compilers support it as well.  */
+#ifndef _Restrict_arr_
+# ifdef __restrict_arr
+#  define _Restrict_arr_ __restrict_arr
+# elif ((199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+         || 3 < __GNUC__ + (1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+         || __clang_major__ >= 3) \
+        && !defined __cplusplus)
+#  define _Restrict_arr_ _Restrict_
+# else
+#  define _Restrict_arr_
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* POSIX compatibility.  */
+extern int regcomp (regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+                   const char *_Restrict_ __pattern,
+                   int __cflags);
+
+extern int regexec (const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+                   const char *_Restrict_ __String, size_t __nmatch,
+                   regmatch_t __pmatch[_Restrict_arr_
+                                       _REGEX_NELTS (__nmatch)],
+                   int __eflags);
+
+extern size_t regerror (int __errcode, const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+                       char *_Restrict_ __errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__write_only__, 3, 4));
+
+extern void regfree (regex_t *__preg);
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && 4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* C++ */
+
+#endif /* regex.h */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/regex_internal.c b/xcompile/lib/regex_internal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..998a19b724
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/regex_internal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1711 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+static void re_string_construct_common (const char *str, Idx len,
+                                       re_string_t *pstr,
+                                       RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase,
+                                       const re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static re_dfastate_t *create_ci_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                         const re_node_set *nodes,
+                                         re_hashval_t hash);
+static re_dfastate_t *create_cd_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                         const re_node_set *nodes,
+                                         unsigned int context,
+                                         re_hashval_t hash);
+static reg_errcode_t re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr,
+                                               Idx new_buf_len);
+static void build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr);
+static reg_errcode_t build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr);
+static void build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr);
+static void re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr);
+static unsigned int re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx,
+                                         int eflags) __attribute__ ((pure));
+
+/* Functions for string operation.  */
+
+/* This function allocate the buffers.  It is necessary to call
+   re_string_reconstruct before using the object.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_allocate (re_string_t *pstr, const char *str, Idx len, Idx init_len,
+                   RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  Idx init_buf_len;
+
+  /* Ensure at least one character fits into the buffers.  */
+  if (init_len < dfa->mb_cur_max)
+    init_len = dfa->mb_cur_max;
+  init_buf_len = (len + 1 < init_len) ? len + 1: init_len;
+  re_string_construct_common (str, len, pstr, trans, icase, dfa);
+
+  ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, init_buf_len);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+
+  pstr->word_char = dfa->word_char;
+  pstr->word_ops_used = dfa->word_ops_used;
+  pstr->mbs = pstr->mbs_allocated ? pstr->mbs : (unsigned char *) str;
+  pstr->valid_len = (pstr->mbs_allocated || dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) ? 0 : len;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* This function allocate the buffers, and initialize them.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_construct (re_string_t *pstr, const char *str, Idx len,
+                    RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  memset (pstr, '\0', sizeof (re_string_t));
+  re_string_construct_common (str, len, pstr, trans, icase, dfa);
+
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, len + 1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+       return ret;
+    }
+  pstr->mbs = pstr->mbs_allocated ? pstr->mbs : (unsigned char *) str;
+
+  if (icase)
+    {
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+       {
+         while (1)
+           {
+             ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+               return ret;
+             if (pstr->valid_raw_len >= len)
+               break;
+             if (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->valid_len + dfa->mb_cur_max)
+               break;
+             ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, pstr->bufs_len * 2);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+               return ret;
+           }
+       }
+      else
+       build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+       build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+      else
+       {
+         if (trans != NULL)
+           re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+         else
+           {
+             pstr->valid_len = pstr->bufs_len;
+             pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->bufs_len;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for re_string_allocate, and re_string_construct.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr, Idx new_buf_len)
+{
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t *new_wcs;
+
+      /* Avoid overflow in realloc.  */
+      const size_t max_object_size = MAX (sizeof (wint_t), sizeof (Idx));
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size)
+                           < new_buf_len))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+
+      new_wcs = re_realloc (pstr->wcs, wint_t, new_buf_len);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_wcs == NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      pstr->wcs = new_wcs;
+      if (pstr->offsets != NULL)
+       {
+         Idx *new_offsets = re_realloc (pstr->offsets, Idx, new_buf_len);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (new_offsets == NULL))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+         pstr->offsets = new_offsets;
+       }
+    }
+  if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+    {
+      unsigned char *new_mbs = re_realloc (pstr->mbs, unsigned char,
+                                          new_buf_len);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_mbs == NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      pstr->mbs = new_mbs;
+    }
+  pstr->bufs_len = new_buf_len;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+static void
+re_string_construct_common (const char *str, Idx len, re_string_t *pstr,
+                           RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase,
+                           const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  pstr->raw_mbs = (const unsigned char *) str;
+  pstr->len = len;
+  pstr->raw_len = len;
+  pstr->trans = trans;
+  pstr->icase = icase;
+  pstr->mbs_allocated = (trans != NULL || icase);
+  pstr->mb_cur_max = dfa->mb_cur_max;
+  pstr->is_utf8 = dfa->is_utf8;
+  pstr->map_notascii = dfa->map_notascii;
+  pstr->stop = pstr->len;
+  pstr->raw_stop = pstr->stop;
+}
+
+
+/* Build wide character buffer PSTR->WCS.
+   If the byte sequence of the string are:
+     <mb1>(0), <mb1>(1), <mb2>(0), <mb2>(1), <sb3>
+   Then wide character buffer will be:
+     <wc1>   , WEOF    , <wc2>   , WEOF    , <wc3>
+   We use WEOF for padding, they indicate that the position isn't
+   a first byte of a multibyte character.
+
+   Note that this function assumes PSTR->VALID_LEN elements are already
+   built and starts from PSTR->VALID_LEN.  */
+
+static void
+build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  unsigned char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (MB_LEN_MAX >= pstr->mb_cur_max);
+#else
+  unsigned char buf[64];
+#endif
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx byte_idx, end_idx, remain_len;
+  size_t mbclen;
+
+  /* Build the buffers from pstr->valid_len to either pstr->len or
+     pstr->bufs_len.  */
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+  for (byte_idx = pstr->valid_len; byte_idx < end_idx;)
+    {
+      wchar_t wc;
+      const char *p;
+
+      remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+      prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+      /* Apply the translation if we need.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+       {
+         int i, ch;
+
+         for (i = 0; i < pstr->mb_cur_max && i < remain_len; ++i)
+           {
+             ch = pstr->raw_mbs [pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx + i];
+             buf[i] = pstr->mbs[byte_idx + i] = pstr->trans[ch];
+           }
+         p = (const char *) buf;
+       }
+      else
+       p = (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx;
+      mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc, p, remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0
+                           || (mbclen == (size_t) -2
+                               && pstr->bufs_len >= pstr->len)))
+       {
+         /* We treat these cases as a singlebyte character.  */
+         mbclen = 1;
+         wc = (wchar_t) pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx];
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+           wc = pstr->trans[wc];
+         pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+       }
+      else if (__glibc_unlikely (mbclen == (size_t) -2))
+       {
+         /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+         pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+         break;
+       }
+
+      /* Write wide character and padding.  */
+      pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wc;
+      /* Write paddings.  */
+      for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+       pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+    }
+  pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = byte_idx;
+}
+
+/* Build wide character buffer PSTR->WCS like build_wcs_buffer,
+   but for REG_ICASE.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx src_idx, byte_idx, end_idx, remain_len;
+  size_t mbclen;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (pstr->mb_cur_max <= MB_LEN_MAX);
+#else
+  char buf[64];
+#endif
+
+  byte_idx = pstr->valid_len;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  /* The following optimization assumes that ASCII characters can be
+     mapped to wide characters with a simple cast.  */
+  if (! pstr->map_notascii && pstr->trans == NULL && !pstr->offsets_needed)
+    {
+      while (byte_idx < end_idx)
+       {
+         wchar_t wc;
+         unsigned char ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx];
+
+         if (isascii (ch) && mbsinit (&pstr->cur_state))
+           {
+             /* The next step uses the assumption that wchar_t is encoded
+                ASCII-safe: all ASCII values can be converted like this.  */
+             wchar_t wcu = __towupper (ch);
+             if (isascii (wcu))
+               {
+                 pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = wcu;
+                 pstr->wcs[byte_idx] = wcu;
+                 byte_idx++;
+                 continue;
+               }
+           }
+
+         remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+         prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+         mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc,
+                             ((const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx
+                              + byte_idx), remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+         if (__glibc_likely (0 < mbclen && mbclen < (size_t) -2))
+           {
+             wchar_t wcu = __towupper (wc);
+             if (wcu != wc)
+               {
+                 size_t mbcdlen;
+
+                 mbcdlen = __wcrtomb (buf, wcu, &prev_st);
+                 if (__glibc_likely (mbclen == mbcdlen))
+                   memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbclen);
+                 else
+                   {
+                     src_idx = byte_idx;
+                     goto offsets_needed;
+                   }
+               }
+             else
+               memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx,
+                       pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx, mbclen);
+             pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wcu;
+             /* Write paddings.  */
+             for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+               pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+           }
+         else if (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0
+                  || (mbclen == (size_t) -2 && pstr->bufs_len >= pstr->len))
+           {
+             /* It is an invalid character, an incomplete character
+                at the end of the string, or '\0'.  Just use the byte.  */
+             pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = ch;
+             /* And also cast it to wide char.  */
+             pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = (wchar_t) ch;
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (mbclen == (size_t) -1))
+               pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+           }
+         else
+           {
+             /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+             pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+             break;
+           }
+       }
+      pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+      pstr->valid_raw_len = byte_idx;
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  else
+    for (src_idx = pstr->valid_raw_len; byte_idx < end_idx;)
+      {
+       wchar_t wc;
+       const char *p;
+      offsets_needed:
+       remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+       prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+       if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+         {
+           int i, ch;
+
+           for (i = 0; i < pstr->mb_cur_max && i < remain_len; ++i)
+             {
+               ch = pstr->raw_mbs [pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx + i];
+               buf[i] = pstr->trans[ch];
+             }
+           p = (const char *) buf;
+         }
+       else
+         p = (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx;
+       mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc, p, remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+       if (__glibc_likely (0 < mbclen && mbclen < (size_t) -2))
+         {
+           wchar_t wcu = __towupper (wc);
+           if (wcu != wc)
+             {
+               size_t mbcdlen;
+
+               mbcdlen = __wcrtomb ((char *) buf, wcu, &prev_st);
+               if (__glibc_likely (mbclen == mbcdlen))
+                 memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbclen);
+               else if (mbcdlen != (size_t) -1)
+                 {
+                   size_t i;
+
+                   if (byte_idx + mbcdlen > pstr->bufs_len)
+                     {
+                       pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+                       break;
+                     }
+
+                   if (pstr->offsets == NULL)
+                     {
+                       pstr->offsets = re_malloc (Idx, pstr->bufs_len);
+
+                       if (pstr->offsets == NULL)
+                         return REG_ESPACE;
+                     }
+                   if (!pstr->offsets_needed)
+                     {
+                       for (i = 0; i < (size_t) byte_idx; ++i)
+                         pstr->offsets[i] = i;
+                       pstr->offsets_needed = 1;
+                     }
+
+                   memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbcdlen);
+                   pstr->wcs[byte_idx] = wcu;
+                   pstr->offsets[byte_idx] = src_idx;
+                   for (i = 1; i < mbcdlen; ++i)
+                     {
+                       pstr->offsets[byte_idx + i]
+                         = src_idx + (i < mbclen ? i : mbclen - 1);
+                       pstr->wcs[byte_idx + i] = WEOF;
+                     }
+                   pstr->len += mbcdlen - mbclen;
+                   if (pstr->raw_stop > src_idx)
+                     pstr->stop += mbcdlen - mbclen;
+                   end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len)
+                             ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+                   byte_idx += mbcdlen;
+                   src_idx += mbclen;
+                   continue;
+                 }
+               else
+                 memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, p, mbclen);
+             }
+           else
+             memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, p, mbclen);
+
+           if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->offsets_needed != 0))
+             {
+               size_t i;
+               for (i = 0; i < mbclen; ++i)
+                 pstr->offsets[byte_idx + i] = src_idx + i;
+             }
+           src_idx += mbclen;
+
+           pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wcu;
+           /* Write paddings.  */
+           for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+             pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+         }
+       else if (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0
+                || (mbclen == (size_t) -2 && pstr->bufs_len >= pstr->len))
+         {
+           /* It is an invalid character or '\0'.  Just use the byte.  */
+           int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx];
+
+           if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+             ch = pstr->trans [ch];
+           pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = ch;
+
+           if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->offsets_needed != 0))
+             pstr->offsets[byte_idx] = src_idx;
+           ++src_idx;
+
+           /* And also cast it to wide char.  */
+           pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = (wchar_t) ch;
+           if (__glibc_unlikely (mbclen == (size_t) -1))
+             pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+         }
+       else
+         {
+           /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+           pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+           break;
+         }
+      }
+  pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = src_idx;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Skip characters until the index becomes greater than NEW_RAW_IDX.
+   Return the index.  */
+
+static Idx
+re_string_skip_chars (re_string_t *pstr, Idx new_raw_idx, wint_t *last_wc)
+{
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx rawbuf_idx;
+  size_t mbclen;
+  wint_t wc = WEOF;
+
+  /* Skip the characters which are not necessary to check.  */
+  for (rawbuf_idx = pstr->raw_mbs_idx + pstr->valid_raw_len;
+       rawbuf_idx < new_raw_idx;)
+    {
+      wchar_t wc2;
+      Idx remain_len = pstr->raw_len - rawbuf_idx;
+      prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+      mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc2, (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + rawbuf_idx,
+                         remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mbclen == (size_t) -2 || mbclen == (size_t) -1
+                           || mbclen == 0))
+       {
+         /* We treat these cases as a single byte character.  */
+         if (mbclen == 0 || remain_len == 0)
+           wc = L'\0';
+         else
+           wc = *(unsigned char *) (pstr->raw_mbs + rawbuf_idx);
+         mbclen = 1;
+         pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+       }
+      else
+       wc = wc2;
+      /* Then proceed the next character.  */
+      rawbuf_idx += mbclen;
+    }
+  *last_wc = wc;
+  return rawbuf_idx;
+}
+
+/* Build the buffer PSTR->MBS, and apply the translation if we need.
+   This function is used in case of REG_ICASE.  */
+
+static void
+build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  Idx char_idx, end_idx;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  for (char_idx = pstr->valid_len; char_idx < end_idx; ++char_idx)
+    {
+      int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + char_idx];
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+       ch = pstr->trans[ch];
+      pstr->mbs[char_idx] = toupper (ch);
+    }
+  pstr->valid_len = char_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = char_idx;
+}
+
+/* Apply TRANS to the buffer in PSTR.  */
+
+static void
+re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  Idx buf_idx, end_idx;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  for (buf_idx = pstr->valid_len; buf_idx < end_idx; ++buf_idx)
+    {
+      int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + buf_idx];
+      pstr->mbs[buf_idx] = pstr->trans[ch];
+    }
+
+  pstr->valid_len = buf_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = buf_idx;
+}
+
+/* This function re-construct the buffers.
+   Concretely, convert to wide character in case of pstr->mb_cur_max > 1,
+   convert to upper case in case of REG_ICASE, apply translation.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_reconstruct (re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx, int eflags)
+{
+  Idx offset;
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->raw_mbs_idx <= idx))
+    offset = idx - pstr->raw_mbs_idx;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Reset buffer.  */
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+       memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+      pstr->len = pstr->raw_len;
+      pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop;
+      pstr->valid_len = 0;
+      pstr->raw_mbs_idx = 0;
+      pstr->valid_raw_len = 0;
+      pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+      pstr->tip_context = ((eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? CONTEXT_BEGBUF
+                          : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_BEGBUF);
+      if (!pstr->mbs_allocated)
+       pstr->mbs = (unsigned char *) pstr->raw_mbs;
+      offset = idx;
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_likely (offset != 0))
+    {
+      /* Should the already checked characters be kept?  */
+      if (__glibc_likely (offset < pstr->valid_raw_len))
+       {
+         /* Yes, move them to the front of the buffer.  */
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->offsets_needed))
+           {
+             Idx low = 0, high = pstr->valid_len, mid;
+             do
+               {
+                 mid = (high + low) / 2;
+                 if (pstr->offsets[mid] > offset)
+                   high = mid;
+                 else if (pstr->offsets[mid] < offset)
+                   low = mid + 1;
+                 else
+                   break;
+               }
+             while (low < high);
+             if (pstr->offsets[mid] < offset)
+               ++mid;
+             pstr->tip_context = re_string_context_at (pstr, mid - 1,
+                                                       eflags);
+             /* This can be quite complicated, so handle specially
+                only the common and easy case where the character with
+                different length representation of lower and upper
+                case is present at or after offset.  */
+             if (pstr->valid_len > offset
+                 && mid == offset && pstr->offsets[mid] == offset)
+               {
+                 memmove (pstr->wcs, pstr->wcs + offset,
+                          (pstr->valid_len - offset) * sizeof (wint_t));
+                 memmove (pstr->mbs, pstr->mbs + offset, pstr->valid_len - 
offset);
+                 pstr->valid_len -= offset;
+                 pstr->valid_raw_len -= offset;
+                 for (low = 0; low < pstr->valid_len; low++)
+                   pstr->offsets[low] = pstr->offsets[low + offset] - offset;
+               }
+             else
+               {
+                 /* Otherwise, just find out how long the partial multibyte
+                    character at offset is and fill it with WEOF/255.  */
+                 pstr->len = pstr->raw_len - idx + offset;
+                 pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop - idx + offset;
+                 pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+                 while (mid > 0 && pstr->offsets[mid - 1] == offset)
+                   --mid;
+                 while (mid < pstr->valid_len)
+                   if (pstr->wcs[mid] != WEOF)
+                     break;
+                   else
+                     ++mid;
+                 if (mid == pstr->valid_len)
+                   pstr->valid_len = 0;
+                 else
+                   {
+                     pstr->valid_len = pstr->offsets[mid] - offset;
+                     if (pstr->valid_len)
+                       {
+                         for (low = 0; low < pstr->valid_len; ++low)
+                           pstr->wcs[low] = WEOF;
+                         memset (pstr->mbs, 255, pstr->valid_len);
+                       }
+                   }
+                 pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+               }
+           }
+         else
+           {
+             pstr->tip_context = re_string_context_at (pstr, offset - 1,
+                                                       eflags);
+             if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+               memmove (pstr->wcs, pstr->wcs + offset,
+                        (pstr->valid_len - offset) * sizeof (wint_t));
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->mbs_allocated))
+               memmove (pstr->mbs, pstr->mbs + offset,
+                        pstr->valid_len - offset);
+             pstr->valid_len -= offset;
+             pstr->valid_raw_len -= offset;
+             DEBUG_ASSERT (pstr->valid_len > 0);
+           }
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         /* No, skip all characters until IDX.  */
+         Idx prev_valid_len = pstr->valid_len;
+
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->offsets_needed))
+           {
+             pstr->len = pstr->raw_len - idx + offset;
+             pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop - idx + offset;
+             pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+           }
+         pstr->valid_len = 0;
+         if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+           {
+             Idx wcs_idx;
+             wint_t wc = WEOF;
+
+             if (pstr->is_utf8)
+               {
+                 const unsigned char *raw, *p, *end;
+
+                 /* Special case UTF-8.  Multi-byte chars start with any
+                    byte other than 0x80 - 0xbf.  */
+                 raw = pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx;
+                 end = raw + (offset - pstr->mb_cur_max);
+                 if (end < pstr->raw_mbs)
+                   end = pstr->raw_mbs;
+                 p = raw + offset - 1;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+                 /* We know the wchar_t encoding is UCS4, so for the simple
+                    case, ASCII characters, skip the conversion step.  */
+                 if (isascii (*p) && __glibc_likely (pstr->trans == NULL))
+                   {
+                     memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+                     /* pstr->valid_len = 0; */
+                     wc = (wchar_t) *p;
+                   }
+                 else
+#endif
+                   for (; p >= end; --p)
+                     if ((*p & 0xc0) != 0x80)
+                       {
+                         mbstate_t cur_state;
+                         wchar_t wc2;
+                         Idx mlen = raw + pstr->len - p;
+                         unsigned char buf[6];
+                         size_t mbclen;
+
+                         const unsigned char *pp = p;
+                         if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+                           {
+                             int i = mlen < 6 ? mlen : 6;
+                             while (--i >= 0)
+                               buf[i] = pstr->trans[p[i]];
+                             pp = buf;
+                           }
+                         /* XXX Don't use mbrtowc, we know which conversion
+                            to use (UTF-8 -> UCS4).  */
+                         memset (&cur_state, 0, sizeof (cur_state));
+                         mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc2, (const char *) pp, mlen,
+                                             &cur_state);
+                         if (raw + offset - p <= mbclen
+                             && mbclen < (size_t) -2)
+                           {
+                             memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0',
+                                     sizeof (mbstate_t));
+                             pstr->valid_len = mbclen - (raw + offset - p);
+                             wc = wc2;
+                           }
+                         break;
+                       }
+               }
+
+             if (wc == WEOF)
+               pstr->valid_len = re_string_skip_chars (pstr, idx, &wc) - idx;
+             if (wc == WEOF)
+               pstr->tip_context
+                 = re_string_context_at (pstr, prev_valid_len - 1, eflags);
+             else
+               pstr->tip_context = ((__glibc_unlikely (pstr->word_ops_used != 
0)
+                                     && IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc))
+                                    ? CONTEXT_WORD
+                                    : ((IS_WIDE_NEWLINE (wc)
+                                        && pstr->newline_anchor)
+                                       ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0));
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->valid_len))
+               {
+                 for (wcs_idx = 0; wcs_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++wcs_idx)
+                   pstr->wcs[wcs_idx] = WEOF;
+                 if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+                   memset (pstr->mbs, 255, pstr->valid_len);
+               }
+             pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+           }
+         else
+           {
+             int c = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + offset - 1];
+             pstr->valid_raw_len = 0;
+             if (pstr->trans)
+               c = pstr->trans[c];
+             pstr->tip_context = (bitset_contain (pstr->word_char, c)
+                                  ? CONTEXT_WORD
+                                  : ((IS_NEWLINE (c) && pstr->newline_anchor)
+                                     ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0));
+           }
+       }
+      if (!__glibc_unlikely (pstr->mbs_allocated))
+       pstr->mbs += offset;
+    }
+  pstr->raw_mbs_idx = idx;
+  pstr->len -= offset;
+  pstr->stop -= offset;
+
+  /* Then build the buffers.  */
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      if (pstr->icase)
+       {
+         reg_errcode_t ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+           return ret;
+       }
+      else
+       build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+    if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->mbs_allocated))
+      {
+       if (pstr->icase)
+         build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+       else if (pstr->trans != NULL)
+         re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+      }
+    else
+      pstr->valid_len = pstr->len;
+
+  pstr->cur_idx = 0;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static unsigned char
+__attribute__ ((pure))
+re_string_peek_byte_case (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  int ch;
+  Idx off;
+
+  /* Handle the common (easiest) cases first.  */
+  if (__glibc_likely (!pstr->mbs_allocated))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1
+      && ! re_string_is_single_byte_char (pstr, pstr->cur_idx + idx))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+
+  off = pstr->cur_idx + idx;
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed)
+    off = pstr->offsets[off];
+
+  ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + off];
+
+  /* Ensure that e.g. for tr_TR.UTF-8 BACKSLASH DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I
+     this function returns CAPITAL LETTER I instead of first byte of
+     DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I.  The latter would confuse the parser,
+     since peek_byte_case doesn't advance cur_idx in any way.  */
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed && !isascii (ch))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+
+  return ch;
+}
+
+static unsigned char
+re_string_fetch_byte_case (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  if (__glibc_likely (!pstr->mbs_allocated))
+    return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed)
+    {
+      Idx off;
+      int ch;
+
+      /* For tr_TR.UTF-8 [[:islower:]] there is
+        [[: CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DOT lower:]] in mbs.  Skip
+        in that case the whole multi-byte character and return
+        the original letter.  On the other side, with
+        [[: DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I return [[:I, as doing
+        anything else would complicate things too much.  */
+
+      if (!re_string_first_byte (pstr, pstr->cur_idx))
+       return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+      off = pstr->offsets[pstr->cur_idx];
+      ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + off];
+
+      if (! isascii (ch))
+       return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+      re_string_skip_bytes (pstr,
+                           re_string_char_size_at (pstr, pstr->cur_idx));
+      return ch;
+    }
+
+  return pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + pstr->cur_idx++];
+}
+
+static void
+re_string_destruct (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  re_free (pstr->wcs);
+  re_free (pstr->offsets);
+  if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+    re_free (pstr->mbs);
+}
+
+/* Return the context at IDX in INPUT.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx, int eflags)
+{
+  int c;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (idx < 0))
+    /* In this case, we use the value stored in input->tip_context,
+       since we can't know the character in input->mbs[-1] here.  */
+    return input->tip_context;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (idx == input->len))
+    return ((eflags & REG_NOTEOL) ? CONTEXT_ENDBUF
+           : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_ENDBUF);
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t wc;
+      Idx wc_idx = idx;
+      while(input->wcs[wc_idx] == WEOF)
+       {
+         DEBUG_ASSERT (wc_idx >= 0);
+         --wc_idx;
+         if (wc_idx < 0)
+           return input->tip_context;
+       }
+      wc = input->wcs[wc_idx];
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (input->word_ops_used != 0)
+         && IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc))
+       return CONTEXT_WORD;
+      return (IS_WIDE_NEWLINE (wc) && input->newline_anchor
+             ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      c = re_string_byte_at (input, idx);
+      if (bitset_contain (input->word_char, c))
+       return CONTEXT_WORD;
+      return IS_NEWLINE (c) && input->newline_anchor ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Functions for set operation.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_alloc (re_node_set *set, Idx size)
+{
+  set->alloc = size;
+  set->nelem = 0;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, size);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (set->elems == NULL)
+      && (MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL || size != 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_1 (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  set->alloc = 1;
+  set->nelem = 1;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (set->elems == NULL))
+    {
+      set->alloc = set->nelem = 0;
+      return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  set->elems[0] = elem;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_2 (re_node_set *set, Idx elem1, Idx elem2)
+{
+  set->alloc = 2;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, 2);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (set->elems == NULL))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  if (elem1 == elem2)
+    {
+      set->nelem = 1;
+      set->elems[0] = elem1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      set->nelem = 2;
+      if (elem1 < elem2)
+       {
+         set->elems[0] = elem1;
+         set->elems[1] = elem2;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         set->elems[0] = elem2;
+         set->elems[1] = elem1;
+       }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_copy (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src)
+{
+  dest->nelem = src->nelem;
+  if (src->nelem > 0)
+    {
+      dest->alloc = dest->nelem;
+      dest->elems = re_malloc (Idx, dest->alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dest->elems == NULL))
+       {
+         dest->alloc = dest->nelem = 0;
+         return REG_ESPACE;
+       }
+      memcpy (dest->elems, src->elems, src->nelem * sizeof (Idx));
+    }
+  else
+    re_node_set_init_empty (dest);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the intersection of the sets SRC1 and SRC2. And merge it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.
+   Note: We assume dest->elems is NULL, when dest->alloc is 0.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_add_intersect (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src1,
+                          const re_node_set *src2)
+{
+  Idx i1, i2, is, id, delta, sbase;
+  if (src1->nelem == 0 || src2->nelem == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  /* We need dest->nelem + 2 * elems_in_intersection; this is a
+     conservative estimate.  */
+  if (src1->nelem + src2->nelem + dest->nelem > dest->alloc)
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = src1->nelem + src2->nelem + dest->alloc;
+      Idx *new_elems = re_realloc (dest->elems, Idx, new_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_elems == NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      dest->elems = new_elems;
+      dest->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+
+  /* Find the items in the intersection of SRC1 and SRC2, and copy
+     into the top of DEST those that are not already in DEST itself.  */
+  sbase = dest->nelem + src1->nelem + src2->nelem;
+  i1 = src1->nelem - 1;
+  i2 = src2->nelem - 1;
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (src1->elems[i1] == src2->elems[i2])
+       {
+         /* Try to find the item in DEST.  Maybe we could binary search?  */
+         while (id >= 0 && dest->elems[id] > src1->elems[i1])
+           --id;
+
+         if (id < 0 || dest->elems[id] != src1->elems[i1])
+            dest->elems[--sbase] = src1->elems[i1];
+
+         if (--i1 < 0 || --i2 < 0)
+           break;
+       }
+
+      /* Lower the highest of the two items.  */
+      else if (src1->elems[i1] < src2->elems[i2])
+       {
+         if (--i2 < 0)
+           break;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         if (--i1 < 0)
+           break;
+       }
+    }
+
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  is = dest->nelem + src1->nelem + src2->nelem - 1;
+  delta = is - sbase + 1;
+
+  /* Now copy.  When DELTA becomes zero, the remaining
+     DEST elements are already in place; this is more or
+     less the same loop that is in re_node_set_merge.  */
+  dest->nelem += delta;
+  if (delta > 0 && id >= 0)
+    for (;;)
+      {
+       if (dest->elems[is] > dest->elems[id])
+         {
+           /* Copy from the top.  */
+           dest->elems[id + delta--] = dest->elems[is--];
+           if (delta == 0)
+             break;
+         }
+       else
+         {
+           /* Slide from the bottom.  */
+           dest->elems[id + delta] = dest->elems[id];
+           if (--id < 0)
+             break;
+         }
+      }
+
+  /* Copy remaining SRC elements.  */
+  memcpy (dest->elems, dest->elems + sbase, delta * sizeof (Idx));
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the union set of the sets SRC1 and SRC2. And store it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_union (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src1,
+                       const re_node_set *src2)
+{
+  Idx i1, i2, id;
+  if (src1 != NULL && src1->nelem > 0 && src2 != NULL && src2->nelem > 0)
+    {
+      dest->alloc = src1->nelem + src2->nelem;
+      dest->elems = re_malloc (Idx, dest->alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dest->elems == NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (src1 != NULL && src1->nelem > 0)
+       return re_node_set_init_copy (dest, src1);
+      else if (src2 != NULL && src2->nelem > 0)
+       return re_node_set_init_copy (dest, src2);
+      else
+       re_node_set_init_empty (dest);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  for (i1 = i2 = id = 0 ; i1 < src1->nelem && i2 < src2->nelem ;)
+    {
+      if (src1->elems[i1] > src2->elems[i2])
+       {
+         dest->elems[id++] = src2->elems[i2++];
+         continue;
+       }
+      if (src1->elems[i1] == src2->elems[i2])
+       ++i2;
+      dest->elems[id++] = src1->elems[i1++];
+    }
+  if (i1 < src1->nelem)
+    {
+      memcpy (dest->elems + id, src1->elems + i1,
+            (src1->nelem - i1) * sizeof (Idx));
+      id += src1->nelem - i1;
+    }
+  else if (i2 < src2->nelem)
+    {
+      memcpy (dest->elems + id, src2->elems + i2,
+            (src2->nelem - i2) * sizeof (Idx));
+      id += src2->nelem - i2;
+    }
+  dest->nelem = id;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the union set of the sets DEST and SRC. And store it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_merge (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src)
+{
+  Idx is, id, sbase, delta;
+  if (src == NULL || src->nelem == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+  if (dest->alloc < 2 * src->nelem + dest->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = 2 * (src->nelem + dest->alloc);
+      Idx *new_buffer = re_realloc (dest->elems, Idx, new_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_buffer == NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      dest->elems = new_buffer;
+      dest->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dest->nelem == 0))
+    {
+      /* Although we already guaranteed above that dest->alloc != 0 and
+         therefore dest->elems != NULL, add a debug assertion to pacify
+         GCC 11.2.1's -fanalyzer.  */
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (dest->elems);
+      dest->nelem = src->nelem;
+      memcpy (dest->elems, src->elems, src->nelem * sizeof (Idx));
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy into the top of DEST the items of SRC that are not
+     found in DEST.  Maybe we could binary search in DEST?  */
+  for (sbase = dest->nelem + 2 * src->nelem,
+       is = src->nelem - 1, id = dest->nelem - 1; is >= 0 && id >= 0; )
+    {
+      if (dest->elems[id] == src->elems[is])
+       is--, id--;
+      else if (dest->elems[id] < src->elems[is])
+       dest->elems[--sbase] = src->elems[is--];
+      else /* if (dest->elems[id] > src->elems[is]) */
+       --id;
+    }
+
+  if (is >= 0)
+    {
+      /* If DEST is exhausted, the remaining items of SRC must be unique.  */
+      sbase -= is + 1;
+      memcpy (dest->elems + sbase, src->elems, (is + 1) * sizeof (Idx));
+    }
+
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  is = dest->nelem + 2 * src->nelem - 1;
+  delta = is - sbase + 1;
+  if (delta == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  /* Now copy.  When DELTA becomes zero, the remaining
+     DEST elements are already in place.  */
+  dest->nelem += delta;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (dest->elems[is] > dest->elems[id])
+       {
+         /* Copy from the top.  */
+         dest->elems[id + delta--] = dest->elems[is--];
+         if (delta == 0)
+           break;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         /* Slide from the bottom.  */
+         dest->elems[id + delta] = dest->elems[id];
+         if (--id < 0)
+           {
+             /* Copy remaining SRC elements.  */
+             memcpy (dest->elems, dest->elems + sbase,
+                     delta * sizeof (Idx));
+             break;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Insert the new element ELEM to the re_node_set* SET.
+   SET should not already have ELEM.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_insert (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  /* In case the set is empty.  */
+  if (set->alloc == 0)
+    return __glibc_likely (re_node_set_init_1 (set, elem) == REG_NOERROR);
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (set->nelem) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Although we already guaranteed above that set->alloc != 0 and
+         therefore set->elems != NULL, add a debug assertion to pacify
+         GCC 11.2 -fanalyzer.  */
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (set->elems);
+      set->elems[0] = elem;
+      ++set->nelem;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Realloc if we need.  */
+  if (set->alloc == set->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx *new_elems;
+      set->alloc = set->alloc * 2;
+      new_elems = re_realloc (set->elems, Idx, set->alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_elems == NULL))
+       return false;
+      set->elems = new_elems;
+    }
+
+  /* Move the elements which follows the new element.  Test the
+     first element separately to skip a check in the inner loop.  */
+  if (elem < set->elems[0])
+    {
+      for (idx = set->nelem; idx > 0; idx--)
+       set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx - 1];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (idx = set->nelem; set->elems[idx - 1] > elem; idx--)
+       set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx - 1];
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (set->elems[idx - 1] < elem);
+    }
+
+  /* Insert the new element.  */
+  set->elems[idx] = elem;
+  ++set->nelem;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Insert the new element ELEM to the re_node_set* SET.
+   SET should not already have any element greater than or equal to ELEM.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_insert_last (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  /* Realloc if we need.  */
+  if (set->alloc == set->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx *new_elems;
+      set->alloc = (set->alloc + 1) * 2;
+      new_elems = re_realloc (set->elems, Idx, set->alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_elems == NULL))
+       return false;
+      set->elems = new_elems;
+    }
+
+  /* Insert the new element.  */
+  set->elems[set->nelem++] = elem;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Compare two node sets SET1 and SET2.
+   Return true if SET1 and SET2 are equivalent.  */
+
+static bool
+__attribute__ ((pure))
+re_node_set_compare (const re_node_set *set1, const re_node_set *set2)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  if (set1 == NULL || set2 == NULL || set1->nelem != set2->nelem)
+    return false;
+  for (i = set1->nelem ; --i >= 0 ; )
+    if (set1->elems[i] != set2->elems[i])
+      return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return (idx + 1) if SET contains the element ELEM, return 0 otherwise.  */
+
+static Idx
+__attribute__ ((pure))
+re_node_set_contains (const re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  __re_size_t idx, right, mid;
+  if (set->nelem <= 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Binary search the element.  */
+  idx = 0;
+  right = set->nelem - 1;
+  while (idx < right)
+    {
+      mid = (idx + right) / 2;
+      if (set->elems[mid] < elem)
+       idx = mid + 1;
+      else
+       right = mid;
+    }
+  return set->elems[idx] == elem ? idx + 1 : 0;
+}
+
+static void
+re_node_set_remove_at (re_node_set *set, Idx idx)
+{
+  if (idx < 0 || idx >= set->nelem)
+    return;
+  --set->nelem;
+  for (; idx < set->nelem; idx++)
+    set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx + 1];
+}
+
+
+/* Add the token TOKEN to dfa->nodes, and return the index of the token.
+   Or return -1 if an error occurred.  */
+
+static Idx
+re_dfa_add_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t token)
+{
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->nodes_len >= dfa->nodes_alloc))
+    {
+      size_t new_nodes_alloc = dfa->nodes_alloc * 2;
+      Idx *new_nexts, *new_indices;
+      re_node_set *new_edests, *new_eclosures;
+      re_token_t *new_nodes;
+
+      /* Avoid overflows in realloc.  */
+      const size_t max_object_size = MAX (sizeof (re_token_t),
+                                         MAX (sizeof (re_node_set),
+                                              sizeof (Idx)));
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size)
+                           < new_nodes_alloc))
+       return -1;
+
+      new_nodes = re_realloc (dfa->nodes, re_token_t, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_nodes == NULL))
+       return -1;
+      dfa->nodes = new_nodes;
+      dfa->nodes_alloc = new_nodes_alloc;
+      new_nexts = re_realloc (dfa->nexts, Idx, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (new_nexts != NULL)
+       dfa->nexts = new_nexts;
+      new_indices = re_realloc (dfa->org_indices, Idx, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (new_indices != NULL)
+       dfa->org_indices = new_indices;
+      new_edests = re_realloc (dfa->edests, re_node_set, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (new_edests != NULL)
+       dfa->edests = new_edests;
+      new_eclosures = re_realloc (dfa->eclosures, re_node_set, 
new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (new_eclosures != NULL)
+       dfa->eclosures = new_eclosures;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_nexts == NULL || new_indices == NULL
+                           || new_edests == NULL || new_eclosures == NULL))
+       return -1;
+    }
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len] = token;
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len].constraint = 0;
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len].accept_mb =
+    ((token.type == OP_PERIOD && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+     || token.type == COMPLEX_BRACKET);
+  dfa->nexts[dfa->nodes_len] = -1;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->edests + dfa->nodes_len);
+  re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->eclosures + dfa->nodes_len);
+  return dfa->nodes_len++;
+}
+
+static re_hashval_t
+calc_state_hash (const re_node_set *nodes, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash = nodes->nelem + context;
+  Idx i;
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    hash += nodes->elems[i];
+  return hash;
+}
+
+/* Search for the state whose node_set is equivalent to NODES.
+   Return the pointer to the state, if we found it in the DFA.
+   Otherwise create the new one and return it.  In case of an error
+   return NULL and set the error code in ERR.
+   Note: - We assume NULL as the invalid state, then it is possible that
+          return value is NULL and ERR is REG_NOERROR.
+        - We never return non-NULL value in case of any errors, it is for
+          optimization.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_acquire_state (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                 const re_node_set *nodes)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_dfastate_t *new_state;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  Idx i;
+#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+  /* Suppress bogus uninitialized-variable warnings.  */
+  *err = REG_NOERROR;
+#endif
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (nodes->nelem == 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_NOERROR;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  hash = calc_state_hash (nodes, 0);
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < spot->num ; i++)
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *state = spot->array[i];
+      if (hash != state->hash)
+       continue;
+      if (re_node_set_compare (&state->nodes, nodes))
+       return state;
+    }
+
+  /* There are no appropriate state in the dfa, create the new one.  */
+  new_state = create_ci_newstate (dfa, nodes, hash);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (new_state == NULL))
+    *err = REG_ESPACE;
+
+  return new_state;
+}
+
+/* Search for the state whose node_set is equivalent to NODES and
+   whose context is equivalent to CONTEXT.
+   Return the pointer to the state, if we found it in the DFA.
+   Otherwise create the new one and return it.  In case of an error
+   return NULL and set the error code in ERR.
+   Note: - We assume NULL as the invalid state, then it is possible that
+          return value is NULL and ERR is REG_NOERROR.
+        - We never return non-NULL value in case of any errors, it is for
+          optimization.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_acquire_state_context (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                         const re_node_set *nodes, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_dfastate_t *new_state;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  Idx i;
+#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+  /* Suppress bogus uninitialized-variable warnings.  */
+  *err = REG_NOERROR;
+#endif
+  if (nodes->nelem == 0)
+    {
+      *err = REG_NOERROR;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  hash = calc_state_hash (nodes, context);
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < spot->num ; i++)
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *state = spot->array[i];
+      if (state->hash == hash
+         && state->context == context
+         && re_node_set_compare (state->entrance_nodes, nodes))
+       return state;
+    }
+  /* There are no appropriate state in 'dfa', create the new one.  */
+  new_state = create_cd_newstate (dfa, nodes, context, hash);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (new_state == NULL))
+    *err = REG_ESPACE;
+
+  return new_state;
+}
+
+/* Finish initialization of the new state NEWSTATE, and using its hash value
+   HASH put in the appropriate bucket of DFA's state table.  Return value
+   indicates the error code if failed.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+register_state (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *newstate,
+               re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+
+  newstate->hash = hash;
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&newstate->non_eps_nodes, newstate->nodes.nelem);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  for (i = 0; i < newstate->nodes.nelem; i++)
+    {
+      Idx elem = newstate->nodes.elems[i];
+      if (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[elem].type))
+       if (! re_node_set_insert_last (&newstate->non_eps_nodes, elem))
+         return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (spot->alloc <= spot->num))
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = 2 * spot->num + 2;
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array = re_realloc (spot->array, re_dfastate_t *,
+                                             new_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array == NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      spot->array = new_array;
+      spot->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+  spot->array[spot->num++] = newstate;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static void
+free_state (re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  re_node_set_free (&state->non_eps_nodes);
+  re_node_set_free (&state->inveclosure);
+  if (state->entrance_nodes != &state->nodes)
+    {
+      re_node_set_free (state->entrance_nodes);
+      re_free (state->entrance_nodes);
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&state->nodes);
+  re_free (state->word_trtable);
+  re_free (state->trtable);
+  re_free (state);
+}
+
+/* Create the new state which is independent of contexts.
+   Return the new state if succeeded, otherwise return NULL.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+create_ci_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+                   re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_dfastate_t *newstate;
+
+  newstate = (re_dfastate_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t), 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (newstate == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&newstate->nodes, nodes);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      re_free (newstate);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  newstate->entrance_nodes = &newstate->nodes;
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    {
+      re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + nodes->elems[i];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      if (type == CHARACTER && !node->constraint)
+       continue;
+      newstate->accept_mb |= node->accept_mb;
+
+      /* If the state has the halt node, the state is a halt state.  */
+      if (type == END_OF_RE)
+       newstate->halt = 1;
+      else if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+       newstate->has_backref = 1;
+      else if (type == ANCHOR || node->constraint)
+       newstate->has_constraint = 1;
+    }
+  err = register_state (dfa, newstate, hash);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      free_state (newstate);
+      newstate = NULL;
+    }
+  return newstate;
+}
+
+/* Create the new state which is depend on the context CONTEXT.
+   Return the new state if succeeded, otherwise return NULL.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+create_cd_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+                   unsigned int context, re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  Idx i, nctx_nodes = 0;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_dfastate_t *newstate;
+
+  newstate = (re_dfastate_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t), 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (newstate == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&newstate->nodes, nodes);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      re_free (newstate);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  newstate->context = context;
+  newstate->entrance_nodes = &newstate->nodes;
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    {
+      re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + nodes->elems[i];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      unsigned int constraint = node->constraint;
+
+      if (type == CHARACTER && !constraint)
+       continue;
+      newstate->accept_mb |= node->accept_mb;
+
+      /* If the state has the halt node, the state is a halt state.  */
+      if (type == END_OF_RE)
+       newstate->halt = 1;
+      else if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+       newstate->has_backref = 1;
+
+      if (constraint)
+       {
+         if (newstate->entrance_nodes == &newstate->nodes)
+           {
+             re_node_set *entrance_nodes = re_malloc (re_node_set, 1);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (entrance_nodes == NULL))
+               {
+                 free_state (newstate);
+                 return NULL;
+               }
+             newstate->entrance_nodes = entrance_nodes;
+             if (re_node_set_init_copy (newstate->entrance_nodes, nodes)
+                 != REG_NOERROR)
+               {
+                 free_state (newstate);
+                 return NULL;
+               }
+             nctx_nodes = 0;
+             newstate->has_constraint = 1;
+           }
+
+         if (NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT (constraint,context))
+           {
+             re_node_set_remove_at (&newstate->nodes, i - nctx_nodes);
+             ++nctx_nodes;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+  err = register_state (dfa, newstate, hash);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      free_state (newstate);
+      newstate = NULL;
+    }
+  return  newstate;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/regex_internal.h b/xcompile/lib/regex_internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..149ec2e868
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/regex_internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,834 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_INTERNAL_H
+#define _REGEX_INTERNAL_H 1
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <langinfo.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <dynarray.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <verify.h>
+
+#if defined DEBUG && DEBUG != 0
+# include <assert.h>
+# define DEBUG_ASSERT(x) assert (x)
+#else
+# define DEBUG_ASSERT(x) assume (x)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libc-lock.h>
+# define lock_define(name) __libc_lock_define (, name)
+# define lock_init(lock) (__libc_lock_init (lock), 0)
+# define lock_fini(lock) ((void) 0)
+# define lock_lock(lock) __libc_lock_lock (lock)
+# define lock_unlock(lock) __libc_lock_unlock (lock)
+#elif defined GNULIB_LOCK && !defined GNULIB_REGEX_SINGLE_THREAD
+# include "glthread/lock.h"
+# define lock_define(name) gl_lock_define (, name)
+# define lock_init(lock) glthread_lock_init (&(lock))
+# define lock_fini(lock) glthread_lock_destroy (&(lock))
+# define lock_lock(lock) glthread_lock_lock (&(lock))
+# define lock_unlock(lock) glthread_lock_unlock (&(lock))
+#elif defined GNULIB_PTHREAD && !defined GNULIB_REGEX_SINGLE_THREAD
+# include <pthread.h>
+# define lock_define(name) pthread_mutex_t name;
+# define lock_init(lock) pthread_mutex_init (&(lock), 0)
+# define lock_fini(lock) pthread_mutex_destroy (&(lock))
+# define lock_lock(lock) pthread_mutex_lock (&(lock))
+# define lock_unlock(lock) pthread_mutex_unlock (&(lock))
+#else
+# define lock_define(name)
+# define lock_init(lock) 0
+# define lock_fini(lock) ((void) 0)
+  /* The 'dfa' avoids an "unused variable 'dfa'" warning from GCC.  */
+# define lock_lock(lock) ((void) dfa)
+# define lock_unlock(lock) ((void) 0)
+#endif
+
+/* In case that the system doesn't have isblank().  */
+#if !defined _LIBC && ! (defined isblank || (HAVE_ISBLANK && 
HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK))
+# define isblank(ch) ((ch) == ' ' || (ch) == '\t')
+#endif
+
+/* regex code assumes isascii has its usual numeric meaning,
+   even if the portable character set uses EBCDIC encoding,
+   and even if wint_t is wider than int.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# undef isascii
+# define isascii(c) (((c) & ~0x7f) == 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifndef _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS
+#  define _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS 1
+#   include <locale/localeinfo.h>
+#   include <locale/coll-lookup.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+#if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(msgid) \
+  __dcgettext (_libc_intl_domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+# endif
+#else
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef gettext_noop
+/* This define is so xgettext can find the internationalizable
+   strings.  */
+# define gettext_noop(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* Number of ASCII characters.  */
+#define ASCII_CHARS 0x80
+
+/* Number of single byte characters.  */
+#define SBC_MAX (UCHAR_MAX + 1)
+
+#define COLL_ELEM_LEN_MAX 8
+
+/* The character which represents newline.  */
+#define NEWLINE_CHAR '\n'
+#define WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR L'\n'
+
+/* Rename to standard API for using out of glibc.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# undef __wctype
+# undef __iswalnum
+# undef __iswctype
+# undef __towlower
+# undef __towupper
+# define __wctype wctype
+# define __iswalnum iswalnum
+# define __iswctype iswctype
+# define __towlower towlower
+# define __towupper towupper
+# define __btowc btowc
+# define __mbrtowc mbrtowc
+# define __wcrtomb wcrtomb
+# define __regfree regfree
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+/* Types related to integers.  Unless protected by #ifdef _LIBC, the
+   regex code should avoid exact-width types like int32_t and uint64_t
+   as some non-GCC platforms lack them, an issue when this code is
+   used in Gnulib.  */
+
+#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
+# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
+#endif
+#ifndef ULONG_WIDTH
+# define ULONG_WIDTH REGEX_UINTEGER_WIDTH (ULONG_MAX)
+/* The number of usable bits in an unsigned integer type with maximum
+   value MAX, as an int expression suitable in #if.  Cover all known
+   practical hosts.  This implementation exploits the fact that MAX is
+   1 less than a power of 2, and merely counts the number of 1 bits in
+   MAX; "COBn" means "count the number of 1 bits in the low-order n bits".  */
+# define REGEX_UINTEGER_WIDTH(max) REGEX_COB128 (max)
+# define REGEX_COB128(n) (REGEX_COB64 ((n) >> 31 >> 31 >> 2) + REGEX_COB64 (n))
+# define REGEX_COB64(n) (REGEX_COB32 ((n) >> 31 >> 1) + REGEX_COB32 (n))
+# define REGEX_COB32(n) (REGEX_COB16 ((n) >> 16) + REGEX_COB16 (n))
+# define REGEX_COB16(n) (REGEX_COB8 ((n) >> 8) + REGEX_COB8 (n))
+# define REGEX_COB8(n) (REGEX_COB4 ((n) >> 4) + REGEX_COB4 (n))
+# define REGEX_COB4(n) (!!((n) & 8) + !!((n) & 4) + !!((n) & 2) + ((n) & 1))
+# if ULONG_MAX / 2 + 1 != 1ul << (ULONG_WIDTH - 1)
+#  error "ULONG_MAX out of range"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The type of indexes into strings.  This is signed, not size_t,
+   since the API requires indexes to fit in regoff_t anyway, and using
+   signed integers makes the code a bit smaller and presumably faster.
+   The traditional GNU regex implementation uses int for indexes.
+   The POSIX-compatible implementation uses a possibly-wider type.
+   The name 'Idx' is three letters to minimize the hassle of
+   reindenting a lot of regex code that formerly used 'int'.  */
+typedef regoff_t Idx;
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+# define IDX_MAX SSIZE_MAX
+#else
+# define IDX_MAX INT_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* A hash value, suitable for computing hash tables.  */
+typedef __re_size_t re_hashval_t;
+
+/* An integer used to represent a set of bits.  It must be unsigned,
+   and must be at least as wide as unsigned int.  */
+typedef unsigned long int bitset_word_t;
+/* All bits set in a bitset_word_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORD_MAX ULONG_MAX
+/* Number of bits in a bitset_word_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORD_BITS ULONG_WIDTH
+
+/* Number of bitset_word_t values in a bitset_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORDS ((SBC_MAX + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+
+typedef bitset_word_t bitset_t[BITSET_WORDS];
+typedef bitset_word_t *re_bitset_ptr_t;
+typedef const bitset_word_t *re_const_bitset_ptr_t;
+
+#define PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0001
+#define PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0002
+#define NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0004
+#define NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0008
+#define PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0010
+#define NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0020
+#define PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0040
+#define NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0080
+#define WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0100
+#define NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0200
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  INSIDE_WORD = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_FIRST = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_LAST = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  INSIDE_NOTWORD = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  LINE_FIRST = PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
+  LINE_LAST = NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
+  BUF_FIRST = PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT,
+  BUF_LAST = NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_DELIM = WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT,
+  NOT_WORD_DELIM = NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT
+} re_context_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx alloc;
+  Idx nelem;
+  Idx *elems;
+} re_node_set;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  NON_TYPE = 0,
+
+  /* Node type, These are used by token, node, tree.  */
+  CHARACTER = 1,
+  END_OF_RE = 2,
+  SIMPLE_BRACKET = 3,
+  OP_BACK_REF = 4,
+  OP_PERIOD = 5,
+  COMPLEX_BRACKET = 6,
+  OP_UTF8_PERIOD = 7,
+
+  /* We define EPSILON_BIT as a macro so that OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is used
+     when the debugger shows values of this enum type.  */
+#define EPSILON_BIT 8
+  OP_OPEN_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 0,
+  OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 1,
+  OP_ALT = EPSILON_BIT | 2,
+  OP_DUP_ASTERISK = EPSILON_BIT | 3,
+  ANCHOR = EPSILON_BIT | 4,
+
+  /* Tree type, these are used only by tree. */
+  CONCAT = 16,
+  SUBEXP = 17,
+
+  /* Token type, these are used only by token.  */
+  OP_DUP_PLUS = 18,
+  OP_DUP_QUESTION,
+  OP_OPEN_BRACKET,
+  OP_CLOSE_BRACKET,
+  OP_CHARSET_RANGE,
+  OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM,
+  OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM,
+  OP_NON_MATCH_LIST,
+  OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM,
+  OP_CLOSE_COLL_ELEM,
+  OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS,
+  OP_CLOSE_EQUIV_CLASS,
+  OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS,
+  OP_CLOSE_CHAR_CLASS,
+  OP_WORD,
+  OP_NOTWORD,
+  OP_SPACE,
+  OP_NOTSPACE,
+  BACK_SLASH
+
+} re_token_type_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* Multibyte characters.  */
+  wchar_t *mbchars;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* Collating symbols.  */
+  int32_t *coll_syms;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* Equivalence classes. */
+  int32_t *equiv_classes;
+#endif
+
+  /* Range expressions. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  uint32_t *range_starts;
+  uint32_t *range_ends;
+#else
+  wchar_t *range_starts;
+  wchar_t *range_ends;
+#endif
+
+  /* Character classes. */
+  wctype_t *char_classes;
+
+  /* If this character set is the non-matching list.  */
+  unsigned int non_match : 1;
+
+  /* # of multibyte characters.  */
+  Idx nmbchars;
+
+  /* # of collating symbols.  */
+  Idx ncoll_syms;
+
+  /* # of equivalence classes. */
+  Idx nequiv_classes;
+
+  /* # of range expressions. */
+  Idx nranges;
+
+  /* # of character classes. */
+  Idx nchar_classes;
+} re_charset_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned char c;           /* for CHARACTER */
+    re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;    /* for SIMPLE_BRACKET */
+    re_charset_t *mbcset;      /* for COMPLEX_BRACKET */
+    Idx idx;                   /* for BACK_REF */
+    re_context_type ctx_type;  /* for ANCHOR */
+  } opr;
+#if (__GNUC__ >= 2 || defined __clang__) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__
+  re_token_type_t type : 8;
+#else
+  re_token_type_t type;
+#endif
+  unsigned int constraint : 10;        /* context constraint */
+  unsigned int duplicated : 1;
+  unsigned int opt_subexp : 1;
+  unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
+  /* These 2 bits can be moved into the union if needed (e.g. if running out
+     of bits; move opr.c to opr.c.c and move the flags to opr.c.flags).  */
+  unsigned int mb_partial : 1;
+  unsigned int word_char : 1;
+} re_token_t;
+
+#define IS_EPSILON_NODE(type) ((type) & EPSILON_BIT)
+
+struct re_string_t
+{
+  /* Indicate the raw buffer which is the original string passed as an
+     argument of regexec(), re_search(), etc..  */
+  const unsigned char *raw_mbs;
+  /* Store the multibyte string.  In case of "case insensitive mode" like
+     REG_ICASE, upper cases of the string are stored, otherwise MBS points
+     the same address that RAW_MBS points.  */
+  unsigned char *mbs;
+  /* Store the wide character string which is corresponding to MBS.  */
+  wint_t *wcs;
+  Idx *offsets;
+  mbstate_t cur_state;
+  /* Index in RAW_MBS.  Each character mbs[i] corresponds to
+     raw_mbs[raw_mbs_idx + i].  */
+  Idx raw_mbs_idx;
+  /* The length of the valid characters in the buffers.  */
+  Idx valid_len;
+  /* The corresponding number of bytes in raw_mbs array.  */
+  Idx valid_raw_len;
+  /* The length of the buffers MBS and WCS.  */
+  Idx bufs_len;
+  /* The index in MBS, which is updated by re_string_fetch_byte.  */
+  Idx cur_idx;
+  /* length of RAW_MBS array.  */
+  Idx raw_len;
+  /* This is RAW_LEN - RAW_MBS_IDX + VALID_LEN - VALID_RAW_LEN.  */
+  Idx len;
+  /* End of the buffer may be shorter than its length in the cases such
+     as re_match_2, re_search_2.  Then, we use STOP for end of the buffer
+     instead of LEN.  */
+  Idx raw_stop;
+  /* This is RAW_STOP - RAW_MBS_IDX adjusted through OFFSETS.  */
+  Idx stop;
+
+  /* The context of mbs[0].  We store the context independently, since
+     the context of mbs[0] may be different from raw_mbs[0], which is
+     the beginning of the input string.  */
+  unsigned int tip_context;
+  /* The translation passed as a part of an argument of re_compile_pattern.  */
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans;
+  /* Copy of re_dfa_t's word_char.  */
+  re_const_bitset_ptr_t word_char;
+  /* true if REG_ICASE.  */
+  unsigned char icase;
+  unsigned char is_utf8;
+  unsigned char map_notascii;
+  unsigned char mbs_allocated;
+  unsigned char offsets_needed;
+  unsigned char newline_anchor;
+  unsigned char word_ops_used;
+  int mb_cur_max;
+};
+typedef struct re_string_t re_string_t;
+
+
+struct re_dfa_t;
+typedef struct re_dfa_t re_dfa_t;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define IS_IN(libc) false
+#endif
+
+#define re_string_peek_byte(pstr, offset) \
+  ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx + offset])
+#define re_string_fetch_byte(pstr) \
+  ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx++])
+#define re_string_first_byte(pstr, idx) \
+  ((idx) == (pstr)->valid_len || (pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF)
+#define re_string_is_single_byte_char(pstr, idx) \
+  ((pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF && ((pstr)->valid_len == (idx) + 1 \
+                               || (pstr)->wcs[(idx) + 1] != WEOF))
+#define re_string_eoi(pstr) ((pstr)->stop <= (pstr)->cur_idx)
+#define re_string_cur_idx(pstr) ((pstr)->cur_idx)
+#define re_string_get_buffer(pstr) ((pstr)->mbs)
+#define re_string_length(pstr) ((pstr)->len)
+#define re_string_byte_at(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->mbs[idx])
+#define re_string_skip_bytes(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx += (idx))
+#define re_string_set_index(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx = (idx))
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL 1
+#elif !defined MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL
+# define MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#endif
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#define re_malloc(t,n) ((t *) malloc ((n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define re_realloc(p,t,n) ((t *) realloc (p, (n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define re_free(p) free (p)
+
+struct bin_tree_t
+{
+  struct bin_tree_t *parent;
+  struct bin_tree_t *left;
+  struct bin_tree_t *right;
+  struct bin_tree_t *first;
+  struct bin_tree_t *next;
+
+  re_token_t token;
+
+  /* 'node_idx' is the index in dfa->nodes, if 'type' == 0.
+     Otherwise 'type' indicate the type of this node.  */
+  Idx node_idx;
+};
+typedef struct bin_tree_t bin_tree_t;
+
+#define BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE \
+  ((1024 - sizeof (void *)) / sizeof (bin_tree_t))
+
+struct bin_tree_storage_t
+{
+  struct bin_tree_storage_t *next;
+  bin_tree_t data[BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE];
+};
+typedef struct bin_tree_storage_t bin_tree_storage_t;
+
+#define CONTEXT_WORD 1
+#define CONTEXT_NEWLINE (CONTEXT_WORD << 1)
+#define CONTEXT_BEGBUF (CONTEXT_NEWLINE << 1)
+#define CONTEXT_ENDBUF (CONTEXT_BEGBUF << 1)
+
+#define IS_WORD_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_WORD)
+#define IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_NEWLINE)
+#define IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_BEGBUF)
+#define IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_ENDBUF)
+#define IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT(c) ((c) == 0)
+
+#define IS_WORD_CHAR(ch) (isalnum (ch) || (ch) == '_')
+#define IS_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == NEWLINE_CHAR)
+#define IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR(ch) (__iswalnum (ch) || (ch) == L'_')
+#define IS_WIDE_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR)
+
+#define NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
+ ((((constraint) & PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || ((constraint & PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || ((constraint & PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))\
+  || ((constraint & PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
+
+#define NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
+ ((((constraint) & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT 
(context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
+
+struct re_dfastate_t
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_node_set nodes;
+  re_node_set non_eps_nodes;
+  re_node_set inveclosure;
+  re_node_set *entrance_nodes;
+  struct re_dfastate_t **trtable, **word_trtable;
+  unsigned int context : 4;
+  unsigned int halt : 1;
+  /* If this state can accept "multi byte".
+     Note that we refer to multibyte characters, and multi character
+     collating elements as "multi byte".  */
+  unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
+  /* If this state has backreference node(s).  */
+  unsigned int has_backref : 1;
+  unsigned int has_constraint : 1;
+};
+typedef struct re_dfastate_t re_dfastate_t;
+
+struct re_state_table_entry
+{
+  Idx num;
+  Idx alloc;
+  re_dfastate_t **array;
+};
+
+/* Array type used in re_sub_match_last_t and re_sub_match_top_t.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx next_idx;
+  Idx alloc;
+  re_dfastate_t **array;
+} state_array_t;
+
+/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx node;
+  Idx str_idx; /* The position NODE match at.  */
+  state_array_t path;
+} re_sub_match_last_t;
+
+/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP.
+   And information about the node, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP,
+   corresponding to NODE is stored in LASTS.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx str_idx;
+  Idx node;
+  state_array_t *path;
+  Idx alasts; /* Allocation size of LASTS.  */
+  Idx nlasts; /* The number of LASTS.  */
+  re_sub_match_last_t **lasts;
+} re_sub_match_top_t;
+
+struct re_backref_cache_entry
+{
+  Idx node;
+  Idx str_idx;
+  Idx subexp_from;
+  Idx subexp_to;
+  bitset_word_t eps_reachable_subexps_map;
+  char more;
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* The string object corresponding to the input string.  */
+  re_string_t input;
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa;
+  /* EFLAGS of the argument of regexec.  */
+  int eflags;
+  /* Where the matching ends.  */
+  Idx match_last;
+  Idx last_node;
+  /* The state log used by the matcher.  */
+  re_dfastate_t **state_log;
+  Idx state_log_top;
+  /* Back reference cache.  */
+  Idx nbkref_ents;
+  Idx abkref_ents;
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents;
+  int max_mb_elem_len;
+  Idx nsub_tops;
+  Idx asub_tops;
+  re_sub_match_top_t **sub_tops;
+} re_match_context_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  re_dfastate_t **sifted_states;
+  re_dfastate_t **limited_states;
+  Idx last_node;
+  Idx last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set limits;
+} re_sift_context_t;
+
+struct re_fail_stack_ent_t
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  Idx node;
+  regmatch_t *regs;
+  re_node_set eps_via_nodes;
+};
+
+struct re_fail_stack_t
+{
+  Idx num;
+  Idx alloc;
+  struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *stack;
+};
+
+struct re_dfa_t
+{
+  re_token_t *nodes;
+  size_t nodes_alloc;
+  size_t nodes_len;
+  Idx *nexts;
+  Idx *org_indices;
+  re_node_set *edests;
+  re_node_set *eclosures;
+  re_node_set *inveclosures;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *state_table;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_word;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_nl;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_begbuf;
+  bin_tree_t *str_tree;
+  bin_tree_storage_t *str_tree_storage;
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sb_char;
+  int str_tree_storage_idx;
+
+  /* number of subexpressions 're_nsub' is in regex_t.  */
+  re_hashval_t state_hash_mask;
+  Idx init_node;
+  Idx nbackref; /* The number of backreference in this dfa.  */
+
+  /* Bitmap expressing which backreference is used.  */
+  bitset_word_t used_bkref_map;
+  bitset_word_t completed_bkref_map;
+
+  unsigned int has_plural_match : 1;
+  /* If this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a backreference or
+     a node which can accept multibyte character or multi character
+     collating element.  */
+  unsigned int has_mb_node : 1;
+  unsigned int is_utf8 : 1;
+  unsigned int map_notascii : 1;
+  unsigned int word_ops_used : 1;
+  int mb_cur_max;
+  bitset_t word_char;
+  reg_syntax_t syntax;
+  Idx *subexp_map;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  char* re_str;
+#endif
+  lock_define (lock)
+};
+
+#define re_node_set_init_empty(set) memset (set, '\0', sizeof (re_node_set))
+#define re_node_set_remove(set,id) \
+  (re_node_set_remove_at (set, re_node_set_contains (set, id) - 1))
+#define re_node_set_empty(p) ((p)->nelem = 0)
+#define re_node_set_free(set) re_free ((set)->elems)
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  SB_CHAR,
+  MB_CHAR,
+  EQUIV_CLASS,
+  COLL_SYM,
+  CHAR_CLASS
+} bracket_elem_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  bracket_elem_type type;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned char ch;
+    unsigned char *name;
+    wchar_t wch;
+  } opr;
+} bracket_elem_t;
+
+
+/* Functions for bitset_t operation.  */
+
+static inline void
+bitset_set (bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_clear (bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] &= ~ ((bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+}
+
+static inline bool
+bitset_contain (const bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  return (set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] >> i % BITSET_WORD_BITS) & 1;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_empty (bitset_t set)
+{
+  memset (set, '\0', sizeof (bitset_t));
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_set_all (bitset_t set)
+{
+  memset (set, -1, sizeof (bitset_word_t) * (SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
+    set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
+      ((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_copy (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  memcpy (dest, src, sizeof (bitset_t));
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_not (bitset_t set)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++bitset_i)
+    set[bitset_i] = ~set[bitset_i];
+  if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
+    set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
+      ((((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1)
+       & ~set[BITSET_WORDS - 1]);
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_merge (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
+    dest[bitset_i] |= src[bitset_i];
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_mask (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
+    dest[bitset_i] &= src[bitset_i];
+}
+
+/* Functions for re_string.  */
+static int
+__attribute__ ((pure, unused))
+re_string_char_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  int byte_idx;
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
+    return 1;
+  for (byte_idx = 1; idx + byte_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++byte_idx)
+    if (pstr->wcs[idx + byte_idx] != WEOF)
+      break;
+  return byte_idx;
+}
+
+static wint_t
+__attribute__ ((pure, unused))
+re_string_wchar_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
+    return (wint_t) pstr->mbs[idx];
+  return (wint_t) pstr->wcs[idx];
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <locale/weight.h>
+#endif
+
+static int
+__attribute__ ((pure, unused))
+re_string_elem_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  const unsigned char *p, *extra;
+  const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+  uint_fast32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *)
+       _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+      indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                               _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+      p = pstr->mbs + idx;
+      findidx (table, indirect, extra, &p, pstr->len - idx);
+      return p - pstr->mbs - idx;
+    }
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 7
+#  define FALLTHROUGH __attribute__ ((__fallthrough__))
+# else
+#  define FALLTHROUGH ((void) 0)
+# endif
+#else
+# include "attribute.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /*  _REGEX_INTERNAL_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/regexec.c b/xcompile/lib/regexec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13e0349e72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/regexec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4221 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_init (re_match_context_t *cache, int eflags,
+                                    Idx n);
+static void match_ctx_clean (re_match_context_t *mctx);
+static void match_ctx_free (re_match_context_t *cache);
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_add_entry (re_match_context_t *cache, Idx node,
+                                         Idx str_idx, Idx from, Idx to);
+static Idx search_cur_bkref_entry (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx 
str_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_add_subtop (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node,
+                                          Idx str_idx);
+static re_sub_match_last_t * match_ctx_add_sublast (re_sub_match_top_t *subtop,
+                                                   Idx node, Idx str_idx);
+static void sift_ctx_init (re_sift_context_t *sctx, re_dfastate_t **sifted_sts,
+                          re_dfastate_t **limited_sts, Idx last_node,
+                          Idx last_str_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t re_search_internal (const regex_t *preg,
+                                        const char *string, Idx length,
+                                        Idx start, Idx last_start, Idx stop,
+                                        size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[],
+                                        int eflags);
+static regoff_t re_search_2_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+                                 const char *string1, Idx length1,
+                                 const char *string2, Idx length2,
+                                 Idx start, regoff_t range,
+                                 struct re_registers *regs,
+                                 Idx stop, bool ret_len);
+static regoff_t re_search_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+                               const char *string, Idx length, Idx start,
+                               regoff_t range, Idx stop,
+                               struct re_registers *regs,
+                               bool ret_len);
+static unsigned re_copy_regs (struct re_registers *regs, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+                              Idx nregs, int regs_allocated);
+static reg_errcode_t prune_impossible_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx);
+static Idx check_matching (re_match_context_t *mctx, bool fl_longest_match,
+                          Idx *p_match_first);
+static Idx check_halt_state_context (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                    const re_dfastate_t *state, Idx idx);
+static void update_regs (const re_dfa_t *dfa, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+                        regmatch_t *prev_idx_match, Idx cur_node,
+                        Idx cur_idx, Idx nmatch);
+static reg_errcode_t push_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs,
+                                     Idx str_idx, Idx dest_node, Idx nregs,
+                                     regmatch_t *regs, regmatch_t *prevregs,
+                                     re_node_set *eps_via_nodes);
+static reg_errcode_t set_regs (const regex_t *preg,
+                              const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                              size_t nmatch, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+                              bool fl_backtrack);
+static reg_errcode_t free_fail_stack_return (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs);
+
+static int sift_states_iter_mb (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                               re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                               Idx node_idx, Idx str_idx, Idx max_str_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t sift_states_backward (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                          re_sift_context_t *sctx);
+static reg_errcode_t build_sifted_states (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                         re_sift_context_t *sctx, Idx str_idx,
+                                         re_node_set *cur_dest);
+static reg_errcode_t update_cur_sifted_state (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                             re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                                             Idx str_idx,
+                                             re_node_set *dest_nodes);
+static reg_errcode_t add_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                           re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+                                           const re_node_set *candidates);
+static bool check_dst_limits (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                             const re_node_set *limits,
+                             Idx dst_node, Idx dst_idx, Idx src_node,
+                             Idx src_idx);
+static int check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                       int boundaries, Idx subexp_idx,
+                                       Idx from_node, Idx bkref_idx);
+static int check_dst_limits_calc_pos (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                     Idx limit, Idx subexp_idx,
+                                     Idx node, Idx str_idx,
+                                     Idx bkref_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t check_subexp_limits (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                         re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+                                         const re_node_set *candidates,
+                                         re_node_set *limits,
+                                         struct re_backref_cache_entry 
*bkref_ents,
+                                         Idx str_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t sift_states_bkref (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                       re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                                       Idx str_idx, const re_node_set 
*candidates);
+static reg_errcode_t merge_state_array (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                       re_dfastate_t **dst,
+                                       re_dfastate_t **src, Idx num);
+static re_dfastate_t *find_recover_state (reg_errcode_t *err,
+                                        re_match_context_t *mctx);
+static re_dfastate_t *transit_state (reg_errcode_t *err,
+                                    re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                    re_dfastate_t *state);
+static re_dfastate_t *merge_state_with_log (reg_errcode_t *err,
+                                           re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                           re_dfastate_t *next_state);
+static reg_errcode_t check_subexp_matching_top (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                               re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                                               Idx str_idx);
+#if 0
+static re_dfastate_t *transit_state_sb (reg_errcode_t *err,
+                                       re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                       re_dfastate_t *pstate);
+#endif
+static reg_errcode_t transit_state_mb (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                      re_dfastate_t *pstate);
+static reg_errcode_t transit_state_bkref (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                         const re_node_set *nodes);
+static reg_errcode_t get_subexp (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t get_subexp_sub (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                    const re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top,
+                                    re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last,
+                                    Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str);
+static Idx find_subexp_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+                            Idx subexp_idx, int type);
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                   state_array_t *path, Idx top_node,
+                                   Idx top_str, Idx last_node, Idx last_str,
+                                   int type);
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_add_next_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                                  Idx str_idx,
+                                                  re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                                                  re_node_set *next_nodes);
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_expand_ecl (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                              re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                                              Idx ex_subexp, int type);
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                                  re_node_set *dst_nodes,
+                                                  Idx target, Idx ex_subexp,
+                                                  int type);
+static reg_errcode_t expand_bkref_cache (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                        re_node_set *cur_nodes, Idx cur_str,
+                                        Idx subexp_num, int type);
+static bool build_trtable (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *state);
+static int check_node_accept_bytes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node_idx,
+                                   const re_string_t *input, Idx idx);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static unsigned int find_collation_sequence_value (const unsigned char *mbs,
+                                                  size_t name_len);
+#endif
+static Idx group_nodes_into_DFAstates (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                      const re_dfastate_t *state,
+                                      re_node_set *states_node,
+                                      bitset_t *states_ch);
+static bool check_node_accept (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                              const re_token_t *node, Idx idx);
+static reg_errcode_t extend_buffers (re_match_context_t *mctx, int min_len);
+
+/* Entry point for POSIX code.  */
+
+/* regexec searches for a given pattern, specified by PREG, in the
+   string STRING.
+
+   If NMATCH is zero or REG_NOSUB was set in the cflags argument to
+   'regcomp', we ignore PMATCH.  Otherwise, we assume PMATCH has at
+   least NMATCH elements, and we set them to the offsets of the
+   corresponding matched substrings.
+
+   EFLAGS specifies "execution flags" which affect matching: if
+   REG_NOTBOL is set, then ^ does not match at the beginning of the
+   string; if REG_NOTEOL is set, then $ does not match at the end.
+
+   Return 0 if a match is found, REG_NOMATCH if not, REG_BADPAT if
+   EFLAGS is invalid.  */
+
+int
+regexec (const regex_t *__restrict preg, const char *__restrict string,
+        size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[_REGEX_NELTS (nmatch)], int eflags)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx start, length;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+
+  if (eflags & ~(REG_NOTBOL | REG_NOTEOL | REG_STARTEND))
+    return REG_BADPAT;
+
+  if (eflags & REG_STARTEND)
+    {
+      start = pmatch[0].rm_so;
+      length = pmatch[0].rm_eo;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      start = 0;
+      length = strlen (string);
+    }
+
+  lock_lock (dfa->lock);
+  if (preg->no_sub)
+    err = re_search_internal (preg, string, length, start, length,
+                             length, 0, NULL, eflags);
+  else
+    err = re_search_internal (preg, string, length, start, length,
+                             length, nmatch, pmatch, eflags);
+  lock_unlock (dfa->lock);
+  return err != REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_hidden_def (__regexec)
+
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+versioned_symbol (libc, __regexec, regexec, GLIBC_2_3_4);
+
+# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3_4)
+__typeof__ (__regexec) __compat_regexec;
+
+int
+attribute_compat_text_section
+__compat_regexec (const regex_t *__restrict preg,
+                 const char *__restrict string, size_t nmatch,
+                 regmatch_t pmatch[_REGEX_NELTS (nmatch)], int eflags)
+{
+  return regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch,
+                 eflags & (REG_NOTBOL | REG_NOTEOL));
+}
+compat_symbol (libc, __compat_regexec, regexec, GLIBC_2_0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points for GNU code.  */
+
+/* re_match, re_search, re_match_2, re_search_2
+
+   The former two functions operate on STRING with length LENGTH,
+   while the later two operate on concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2
+   with lengths LENGTH1 and LENGTH2, respectively.
+
+   re_match() matches the compiled pattern in BUFP against the string,
+   starting at index START.
+
+   re_search() first tries matching at index START, then it tries to match
+   starting from index START + 1, and so on.  The last start position tried
+   is START + RANGE.  (Thus RANGE = 0 forces re_search to operate the same
+   way as re_match().)
+
+   The parameter STOP of re_{match,search}_2 specifies that no match exceeding
+   the first STOP characters of the concatenation of the strings should be
+   concerned.
+
+   If REGS is not NULL, and BUFP->no_sub is not set, the offsets of the match
+   and all groups is stored in REGS.  (For the "_2" variants, the offsets are
+   computed relative to the concatenation, not relative to the individual
+   strings.)
+
+   On success, re_match* functions return the length of the match, re_search*
+   return the position of the start of the match.  They return -1 on
+   match failure, -2 on error.  */
+
+regoff_t
+re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string, Idx length,
+         Idx start, struct re_registers *regs)
+{
+  return re_search_stub (bufp, string, length, start, 0, length, regs, true);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match, re_match)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string, Idx length,
+          Idx start, regoff_t range, struct re_registers *regs)
+{
+  return re_search_stub (bufp, string, length, start, range, length, regs,
+                        false);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search, re_search)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string1, Idx length1,
+           const char *string2, Idx length2, Idx start,
+           struct re_registers *regs, Idx stop)
+{
+  return re_search_2_stub (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2,
+                          start, 0, regs, stop, true);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match_2, re_match_2)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string1, Idx length1,
+            const char *string2, Idx length2, Idx start, regoff_t range,
+            struct re_registers *regs, Idx stop)
+{
+  return re_search_2_stub (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2,
+                          start, range, regs, stop, false);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search_2, re_search_2)
+#endif
+
+static regoff_t
+re_search_2_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string1,
+                 Idx length1, const char *string2, Idx length2, Idx start,
+                 regoff_t range, struct re_registers *regs,
+                 Idx stop, bool ret_len)
+{
+  const char *str;
+  regoff_t rval;
+  Idx len;
+  char *s = NULL;
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely ((length1 < 0 || length2 < 0 || stop < 0
+                        || INT_ADD_WRAPV (length1, length2, &len))))
+    return -2;
+
+  /* Concatenate the strings.  */
+  if (length2 > 0)
+    if (length1 > 0)
+      {
+       s = re_malloc (char, len);
+
+       if (__glibc_unlikely (s == NULL))
+         return -2;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+       memcpy (__mempcpy (s, string1, length1), string2, length2);
+#else
+       memcpy (s, string1, length1);
+       memcpy (s + length1, string2, length2);
+#endif
+       str = s;
+      }
+    else
+      str = string2;
+  else
+    str = string1;
+
+  rval = re_search_stub (bufp, str, len, start, range, stop, regs,
+                        ret_len);
+  re_free (s);
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* The parameters have the same meaning as those of re_search.
+   Additional parameters:
+   If RET_LEN is true the length of the match is returned (re_match style);
+   otherwise the position of the match is returned.  */
+
+static regoff_t
+re_search_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string, Idx length,
+               Idx start, regoff_t range, Idx stop, struct re_registers *regs,
+               bool ret_len)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t result;
+  regmatch_t *pmatch;
+  Idx nregs;
+  regoff_t rval;
+  int eflags = 0;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = bufp->buffer;
+  Idx last_start = start + range;
+
+  /* Check for out-of-range.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start < 0 || start > length))
+    return -1;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (length < last_start
+                       || (0 <= range && last_start < start)))
+    last_start = length;
+  else if (__glibc_unlikely (last_start < 0
+                            || (range < 0 && start <= last_start)))
+    last_start = 0;
+
+  lock_lock (dfa->lock);
+
+  eflags |= (bufp->not_bol) ? REG_NOTBOL : 0;
+  eflags |= (bufp->not_eol) ? REG_NOTEOL : 0;
+
+  /* Compile fastmap if we haven't yet.  */
+  if (start < last_start && bufp->fastmap != NULL && !bufp->fastmap_accurate)
+    re_compile_fastmap (bufp);
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (bufp->no_sub))
+    regs = NULL;
+
+  /* We need at least 1 register.  */
+  if (regs == NULL)
+    nregs = 1;
+  else if (__glibc_unlikely (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED
+                            && regs->num_regs <= bufp->re_nsub))
+    {
+      nregs = regs->num_regs;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (nregs < 1))
+       {
+         /* Nothing can be copied to regs.  */
+         regs = NULL;
+         nregs = 1;
+       }
+    }
+  else
+    nregs = bufp->re_nsub + 1;
+  pmatch = re_malloc (regmatch_t, nregs);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (pmatch == NULL))
+    {
+      rval = -2;
+      goto out;
+    }
+
+  result = re_search_internal (bufp, string, length, start, last_start, stop,
+                              nregs, pmatch, eflags);
+
+  rval = 0;
+
+  /* I hope we needn't fill their regs with -1's when no match was found.  */
+  if (result != REG_NOERROR)
+    rval = result == REG_NOMATCH ? -1 : -2;
+  else if (regs != NULL)
+    {
+      /* If caller wants register contents data back, copy them.  */
+      bufp->regs_allocated = re_copy_regs (regs, pmatch, nregs,
+                                          bufp->regs_allocated);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED))
+       rval = -2;
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_likely (rval == 0))
+    {
+      if (ret_len)
+       {
+         DEBUG_ASSERT (pmatch[0].rm_so == start);
+         rval = pmatch[0].rm_eo - start;
+       }
+      else
+       rval = pmatch[0].rm_so;
+    }
+  re_free (pmatch);
+ out:
+  lock_unlock (dfa->lock);
+  return rval;
+}
+
+static unsigned
+re_copy_regs (struct re_registers *regs, regmatch_t *pmatch, Idx nregs,
+             int regs_allocated)
+{
+  int rval = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+  Idx i;
+  Idx need_regs = nregs + 1;
+  /* We need one extra element beyond 'num_regs' for the '-1' marker GNU code
+     uses.  */
+
+  /* Have the register data arrays been allocated?  */
+  if (regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED)
+    { /* No.  So allocate them with malloc.  */
+      regs->start = re_malloc (regoff_t, need_regs);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (regs->start == NULL))
+       return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+      regs->end = re_malloc (regoff_t, need_regs);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (regs->end == NULL))
+       {
+         re_free (regs->start);
+         return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+       }
+      regs->num_regs = need_regs;
+    }
+  else if (regs_allocated == REGS_REALLOCATE)
+    { /* Yes.  If we need more elements than were already
+        allocated, reallocate them.  If we need fewer, just
+        leave it alone.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (need_regs > regs->num_regs))
+       {
+         regoff_t *new_start = re_realloc (regs->start, regoff_t, need_regs);
+         regoff_t *new_end;
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (new_start == NULL))
+           return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+         new_end = re_realloc (regs->end, regoff_t, need_regs);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (new_end == NULL))
+           {
+             re_free (new_start);
+             return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+           }
+         regs->start = new_start;
+         regs->end = new_end;
+         regs->num_regs = need_regs;
+       }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED);
+      /* This function may not be called with REGS_FIXED and nregs too big.  */
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (nregs <= regs->num_regs);
+      rval = REGS_FIXED;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy the regs.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < nregs; ++i)
+    {
+      regs->start[i] = pmatch[i].rm_so;
+      regs->end[i] = pmatch[i].rm_eo;
+    }
+  for ( ; i < regs->num_regs; ++i)
+    regs->start[i] = regs->end[i] = -1;
+
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using PATTERN_BUFFER and REGS will use
+   this memory for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS
+   must be allocated using the malloc library routine, and must each
+   be at least NUM_REGS * sizeof (regoff_t) bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+
+void
+re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, struct re_registers *regs,
+                 __re_size_t num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends)
+{
+  if (num_regs)
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+      regs->num_regs = num_regs;
+      regs->start = starts;
+      regs->end = ends;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+      regs->num_regs = 0;
+      regs->start = regs->end = NULL;
+    }
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_set_registers, re_set_registers)
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library.  We don't define
+   them unless specifically requested.  */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+int
+# ifdef _LIBC
+weak_function
+# endif
+re_exec (const char *s)
+{
+  return 0 == regexec (&re_comp_buf, s, 0, NULL, 0);
+}
+#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */
+
+/* Internal entry point.  */
+
+/* Searches for a compiled pattern PREG in the string STRING, whose
+   length is LENGTH.  NMATCH, PMATCH, and EFLAGS have the same
+   meaning as with regexec.  LAST_START is START + RANGE, where
+   START and RANGE have the same meaning as with re_search.
+   Return REG_NOERROR if we find a match, and REG_NOMATCH if not,
+   otherwise return the error code.
+   Note: We assume front end functions already check ranges.
+   (0 <= LAST_START && LAST_START <= LENGTH)  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_search_internal (const regex_t *preg, const char *string, Idx length,
+                   Idx start, Idx last_start, Idx stop, size_t nmatch,
+                   regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  const re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  Idx left_lim, right_lim;
+  int incr;
+  bool fl_longest_match;
+  int match_kind;
+  Idx match_first;
+  Idx match_last = -1;
+  Idx extra_nmatch;
+  bool sb;
+  int ch;
+  re_match_context_t mctx = { .dfa = dfa };
+  char *fastmap = ((preg->fastmap != NULL && preg->fastmap_accurate
+                   && start != last_start && !preg->can_be_null)
+                  ? preg->fastmap : NULL);
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE t = preg->translate;
+
+  extra_nmatch = (nmatch > preg->re_nsub) ? nmatch - (preg->re_nsub + 1) : 0;
+  nmatch -= extra_nmatch;
+
+  /* Check if the DFA haven't been compiled.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (preg->used == 0 || dfa->init_state == NULL
+                       || dfa->init_state_word == NULL
+                       || dfa->init_state_nl == NULL
+                       || dfa->init_state_begbuf == NULL))
+    return REG_NOMATCH;
+
+  /* We assume front-end functions already check them.  */
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (0 <= last_start && last_start <= length);
+
+  /* If initial states with non-begbuf contexts have no elements,
+     the regex must be anchored.  If preg->newline_anchor is set,
+     we'll never use init_state_nl, so do not check it.  */
+  if (dfa->init_state->nodes.nelem == 0
+      && dfa->init_state_word->nodes.nelem == 0
+      && (dfa->init_state_nl->nodes.nelem == 0
+         || !preg->newline_anchor))
+    {
+      if (start != 0 && last_start != 0)
+        return REG_NOMATCH;
+      start = last_start = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* We must check the longest matching, if nmatch > 0.  */
+  fl_longest_match = (nmatch != 0 || dfa->nbackref);
+
+  err = re_string_allocate (&mctx.input, string, length, dfa->nodes_len + 1,
+                           preg->translate, (preg->syntax & RE_ICASE) != 0,
+                           dfa);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    goto free_return;
+  mctx.input.stop = stop;
+  mctx.input.raw_stop = stop;
+  mctx.input.newline_anchor = preg->newline_anchor;
+
+  err = match_ctx_init (&mctx, eflags, dfa->nbackref * 2);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    goto free_return;
+
+  /* We will log all the DFA states through which the dfa pass,
+     if nmatch > 1, or this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a
+     back-reference or a node which can accept multibyte character or
+     multi character collating element.  */
+  if (nmatch > 1 || dfa->has_mb_node)
+    {
+      /* Avoid overflow.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely ((MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *))
+                            <= mctx.input.bufs_len)))
+       {
+         err = REG_ESPACE;
+         goto free_return;
+       }
+
+      mctx.state_log = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, mctx.input.bufs_len + 1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx.state_log == NULL))
+       {
+         err = REG_ESPACE;
+         goto free_return;
+       }
+    }
+
+  match_first = start;
+  mctx.input.tip_context = (eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? CONTEXT_BEGBUF
+                          : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_BEGBUF;
+
+  /* Check incrementally whether the input string matches.  */
+  incr = (last_start < start) ? -1 : 1;
+  left_lim = (last_start < start) ? last_start : start;
+  right_lim = (last_start < start) ? start : last_start;
+  sb = dfa->mb_cur_max == 1;
+  match_kind =
+    (fastmap
+     ? ((sb || !(preg->syntax & RE_ICASE || t) ? 4 : 0)
+       | (start <= last_start ? 2 : 0)
+       | (t != NULL ? 1 : 0))
+     : 8);
+
+  for (;; match_first += incr)
+    {
+      err = REG_NOMATCH;
+      if (match_first < left_lim || right_lim < match_first)
+       goto free_return;
+
+      /* Advance as rapidly as possible through the string, until we
+        find a plausible place to start matching.  This may be done
+        with varying efficiency, so there are various possibilities:
+        only the most common of them are specialized, in order to
+        save on code size.  We use a switch statement for speed.  */
+      switch (match_kind)
+       {
+       case 8:
+         /* No fastmap.  */
+         break;
+
+       case 7:
+         /* Fastmap with single-byte translation, match forward.  */
+         while (__glibc_likely (match_first < right_lim)
+                && !fastmap[t[(unsigned char) string[match_first]]])
+           ++match_first;
+         goto forward_match_found_start_or_reached_end;
+
+       case 6:
+         /* Fastmap without translation, match forward.  */
+         while (__glibc_likely (match_first < right_lim)
+                && !fastmap[(unsigned char) string[match_first]])
+           ++match_first;
+
+       forward_match_found_start_or_reached_end:
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (match_first == right_lim))
+           {
+             ch = match_first >= length
+                      ? 0 : (unsigned char) string[match_first];
+             if (!fastmap[t ? t[ch] : ch])
+               goto free_return;
+           }
+         break;
+
+       case 4:
+       case 5:
+         /* Fastmap without multi-byte translation, match backwards.  */
+         while (match_first >= left_lim)
+           {
+             ch = match_first >= length
+                      ? 0 : (unsigned char) string[match_first];
+             if (fastmap[t ? t[ch] : ch])
+               break;
+             --match_first;
+           }
+         if (match_first < left_lim)
+           goto free_return;
+         break;
+
+       default:
+         /* In this case, we can't determine easily the current byte,
+            since it might be a component byte of a multibyte
+            character.  Then we use the constructed buffer instead.  */
+         for (;;)
+           {
+             /* If MATCH_FIRST is out of the valid range, reconstruct the
+                buffers.  */
+             __re_size_t offset = match_first - mctx.input.raw_mbs_idx;
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (offset
+                                   >= (__re_size_t) mctx.input.valid_raw_len))
+               {
+                 err = re_string_reconstruct (&mctx.input, match_first,
+                                              eflags);
+                 if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+                   goto free_return;
+
+                 offset = match_first - mctx.input.raw_mbs_idx;
+               }
+             /* Use buffer byte if OFFSET is in buffer, otherwise '\0'.  */
+             ch = (offset < mctx.input.valid_len
+                   ? re_string_byte_at (&mctx.input, offset) : 0);
+             if (fastmap[ch])
+               break;
+             match_first += incr;
+             if (match_first < left_lim || match_first > right_lim)
+               {
+                 err = REG_NOMATCH;
+                 goto free_return;
+               }
+           }
+         break;
+       }
+
+      /* Reconstruct the buffers so that the matcher can assume that
+        the matching starts from the beginning of the buffer.  */
+      err = re_string_reconstruct (&mctx.input, match_first, eflags);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       goto free_return;
+
+      /* Don't consider this char as a possible match start if it part,
+         yet isn't the head, of a multibyte character.  */
+      if (!sb && !re_string_first_byte (&mctx.input, 0))
+       continue;
+
+      /* It seems to be appropriate one, then use the matcher.  */
+      /* We assume that the matching starts from 0.  */
+      mctx.state_log_top = mctx.nbkref_ents = mctx.max_mb_elem_len = 0;
+      match_last = check_matching (&mctx, fl_longest_match,
+                                  start <= last_start ? &match_first : NULL);
+      if (match_last != -1)
+       {
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (match_last == -2))
+           {
+             err = REG_ESPACE;
+             goto free_return;
+           }
+         else
+           {
+             mctx.match_last = match_last;
+             if ((!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1) || dfa->nbackref)
+               {
+                 re_dfastate_t *pstate = mctx.state_log[match_last];
+                 mctx.last_node = check_halt_state_context (&mctx, pstate,
+                                                            match_last);
+               }
+             if ((!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1 && dfa->has_plural_match)
+                 || dfa->nbackref)
+               {
+                 err = prune_impossible_nodes (&mctx);
+                 if (err == REG_NOERROR)
+                   break;
+                 if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOMATCH))
+                   goto free_return;
+                 match_last = -1;
+               }
+             else
+               break; /* We found a match.  */
+           }
+       }
+
+      match_ctx_clean (&mctx);
+    }
+
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (match_last != -1);
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (err == REG_NOERROR);
+
+  /* Set pmatch[] if we need.  */
+  if (nmatch > 0)
+    {
+      Idx reg_idx;
+
+      /* Initialize registers.  */
+      for (reg_idx = 1; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+       pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so = pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo = -1;
+
+      /* Set the points where matching start/end.  */
+      pmatch[0].rm_so = 0;
+      pmatch[0].rm_eo = mctx.match_last;
+      /* FIXME: This function should fail if mctx.match_last exceeds
+        the maximum possible regoff_t value.  We need a new error
+        code REG_OVERFLOW.  */
+
+      if (!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1)
+       {
+         err = set_regs (preg, &mctx, nmatch, pmatch,
+                         dfa->has_plural_match && dfa->nbackref > 0);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           goto free_return;
+       }
+
+      /* At last, add the offset to each register, since we slid
+        the buffers so that we could assume that the matching starts
+        from 0.  */
+      for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+       if (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so != -1)
+         {
+           if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx.input.offsets_needed != 0))
+             {
+               pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so =
+                 (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so == mctx.input.valid_len
+                  ? mctx.input.valid_raw_len
+                  : mctx.input.offsets[pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so]);
+               pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo =
+                 (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo == mctx.input.valid_len
+                  ? mctx.input.valid_raw_len
+                  : mctx.input.offsets[pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo]);
+             }
+           pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so += match_first;
+           pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo += match_first;
+         }
+      for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < extra_nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+       {
+         pmatch[nmatch + reg_idx].rm_so = -1;
+         pmatch[nmatch + reg_idx].rm_eo = -1;
+       }
+
+      if (dfa->subexp_map)
+       for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx + 1 < nmatch; reg_idx++)
+         if (dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] != reg_idx)
+           {
+             pmatch[reg_idx + 1].rm_so
+               = pmatch[dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] + 1].rm_so;
+             pmatch[reg_idx + 1].rm_eo
+               = pmatch[dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] + 1].rm_eo;
+           }
+    }
+
+ free_return:
+  re_free (mctx.state_log);
+  if (dfa->nbackref)
+    match_ctx_free (&mctx);
+  re_string_destruct (&mctx.input);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+prune_impossible_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx halt_node, match_last;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  re_dfastate_t **sifted_states;
+  re_dfastate_t **lim_states = NULL;
+  re_sift_context_t sctx;
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->state_log != NULL);
+  match_last = mctx->match_last;
+  halt_node = mctx->last_node;
+
+  /* Avoid overflow.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *))
+                       <= match_last))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  sifted_states = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, match_last + 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (sifted_states == NULL))
+    {
+      ret = REG_ESPACE;
+      goto free_return;
+    }
+  if (dfa->nbackref)
+    {
+      lim_states = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, match_last + 1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (lim_states == NULL))
+       {
+         ret = REG_ESPACE;
+         goto free_return;
+       }
+      while (1)
+       {
+         memset (lim_states, '\0',
+                 sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (match_last + 1));
+         sift_ctx_init (&sctx, sifted_states, lim_states, halt_node,
+                        match_last);
+         ret = sift_states_backward (mctx, &sctx);
+         re_node_set_free (&sctx.limits);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+             goto free_return;
+         if (sifted_states[0] != NULL || lim_states[0] != NULL)
+           break;
+         do
+           {
+             --match_last;
+             if (match_last < 0)
+               {
+                 ret = REG_NOMATCH;
+                 goto free_return;
+               }
+           } while (mctx->state_log[match_last] == NULL
+                    || !mctx->state_log[match_last]->halt);
+         halt_node = check_halt_state_context (mctx,
+                                               mctx->state_log[match_last],
+                                               match_last);
+       }
+      ret = merge_state_array (dfa, sifted_states, lim_states,
+                              match_last + 1);
+      re_free (lim_states);
+      lim_states = NULL;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+       goto free_return;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      sift_ctx_init (&sctx, sifted_states, lim_states, halt_node, match_last);
+      ret = sift_states_backward (mctx, &sctx);
+      re_node_set_free (&sctx.limits);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+       goto free_return;
+      if (sifted_states[0] == NULL)
+       {
+         ret = REG_NOMATCH;
+         goto free_return;
+       }
+    }
+  re_free (mctx->state_log);
+  mctx->state_log = sifted_states;
+  sifted_states = NULL;
+  mctx->last_node = halt_node;
+  mctx->match_last = match_last;
+  ret = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  re_free (sifted_states);
+  re_free (lim_states);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Acquire an initial state and return it.
+   We must select appropriate initial state depending on the context,
+   since initial states may have constraints like "\<", "^", etc..  */
+
+static __always_inline re_dfastate_t *
+acquire_init_state_context (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                           Idx idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  if (dfa->init_state->has_constraint)
+    {
+      unsigned int context;
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+      if (IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context))
+       return dfa->init_state_word;
+      else if (IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT (context))
+       return dfa->init_state;
+      else if (IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context) && IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))
+       return dfa->init_state_begbuf;
+      else if (IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))
+       return dfa->init_state_nl;
+      else if (IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context))
+       {
+         /* It is relatively rare case, then calculate on demand.  */
+         return re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa,
+                                          dfa->init_state->entrance_nodes,
+                                          context);
+       }
+      else
+       /* Must not happen?  */
+       return dfa->init_state;
+    }
+  else
+    return dfa->init_state;
+}
+
+/* Check whether the regular expression match input string INPUT or not,
+   and return the index where the matching end.  Return -1 if
+   there is no match, and return -2 in case of an error.
+   FL_LONGEST_MATCH means we want the POSIX longest matching.
+   If P_MATCH_FIRST is not NULL, and the match fails, it is set to the
+   next place where we may want to try matching.
+   Note that the matcher assumes that the matching starts from the current
+   index of the buffer.  */
+
+static Idx
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_matching (re_match_context_t *mctx, bool fl_longest_match,
+               Idx *p_match_first)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx match = 0;
+  Idx match_last = -1;
+  Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+  bool at_init_state = p_match_first != NULL;
+  Idx next_start_idx = cur_str_idx;
+
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+  cur_state = acquire_init_state_context (&err, mctx, cur_str_idx);
+  /* An initial state must not be NULL (invalid).  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_state == NULL))
+    {
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (err == REG_ESPACE);
+      return -2;
+    }
+
+  if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] = cur_state;
+
+      /* Check OP_OPEN_SUBEXP in the initial state in case that we use them
+        later.  E.g. Processing back references.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->nbackref))
+       {
+         at_init_state = false;
+         err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, &cur_state->nodes, 0);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+
+         if (cur_state->has_backref)
+           {
+             err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, &cur_state->nodes);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               return err;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+
+  /* If the RE accepts NULL string.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_state->halt))
+    {
+      if (!cur_state->has_constraint
+         || check_halt_state_context (mctx, cur_state, cur_str_idx))
+       {
+         if (!fl_longest_match)
+           return cur_str_idx;
+         else
+           {
+             match_last = cur_str_idx;
+             match = 1;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+
+  while (!re_string_eoi (&mctx->input))
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *old_state = cur_state;
+      Idx next_char_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) + 1;
+
+      if ((__glibc_unlikely (next_char_idx >= mctx->input.bufs_len)
+          && mctx->input.bufs_len < mctx->input.len)
+         || (__glibc_unlikely (next_char_idx >= mctx->input.valid_len)
+             && mctx->input.valid_len < mctx->input.len))
+       {
+         err = extend_buffers (mctx, next_char_idx + 1);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           {
+             DEBUG_ASSERT (err == REG_ESPACE);
+             return -2;
+           }
+       }
+
+      cur_state = transit_state (&err, mctx, cur_state);
+      if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+       cur_state = merge_state_with_log (&err, mctx, cur_state);
+
+      if (cur_state == NULL)
+       {
+         /* Reached the invalid state or an error.  Try to recover a valid
+            state using the state log, if available and if we have not
+            already found a valid (even if not the longest) match.  */
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return -2;
+
+         if (mctx->state_log == NULL
+             || (match && !fl_longest_match)
+             || (cur_state = find_recover_state (&err, mctx)) == NULL)
+           break;
+       }
+
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (at_init_state))
+       {
+         if (old_state == cur_state)
+           next_start_idx = next_char_idx;
+         else
+           at_init_state = false;
+       }
+
+      if (cur_state->halt)
+       {
+         /* Reached a halt state.
+            Check the halt state can satisfy the current context.  */
+         if (!cur_state->has_constraint
+             || check_halt_state_context (mctx, cur_state,
+                                          re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input)))
+           {
+             /* We found an appropriate halt state.  */
+             match_last = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+             match = 1;
+
+             /* We found a match, do not modify match_first below.  */
+             p_match_first = NULL;
+             if (!fl_longest_match)
+               break;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+
+  if (p_match_first)
+    *p_match_first += next_start_idx;
+
+  return match_last;
+}
+
+/* Check NODE match the current context.  */
+
+static bool
+check_halt_node_context (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+  unsigned int constraint = dfa->nodes[node].constraint;
+  if (type != END_OF_RE)
+    return false;
+  if (!constraint)
+    return true;
+  if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (constraint, context))
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Check the halt state STATE match the current context.
+   Return 0 if not match, if the node, STATE has, is a halt node and
+   match the context, return the node.  */
+
+static Idx
+check_halt_state_context (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                         const re_dfastate_t *state, Idx idx)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  unsigned int context;
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (state->halt);
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx, mctx->eflags);
+  for (i = 0; i < state->nodes.nelem; ++i)
+    if (check_halt_node_context (mctx->dfa, state->nodes.elems[i], context))
+      return state->nodes.elems[i];
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compute the next node to which "NFA" transit from NODE("NFA" is a NFA
+   corresponding to the DFA).
+   Return the destination node, and update EPS_VIA_NODES;
+   return -1 on match failure, -2 on error.  */
+
+static Idx
+proceed_next_node (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx nregs, regmatch_t *regs,
+                  regmatch_t *prevregs,
+                  Idx *pidx, Idx node, re_node_set *eps_via_nodes,
+                  struct re_fail_stack_t *fs)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  if (IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[node].type))
+    {
+      re_node_set *cur_nodes = &mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes;
+      re_node_set *edests = &dfa->edests[node];
+
+      if (! re_node_set_contains (eps_via_nodes, node))
+        {
+          bool ok = re_node_set_insert (eps_via_nodes, node);
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+            return -2;
+        }
+
+      /* Pick a valid destination, or return -1 if none is found.  */
+      Idx dest_node = -1;
+      for (Idx i = 0; i < edests->nelem; i++)
+       {
+         Idx candidate = edests->elems[i];
+         if (!re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, candidate))
+           continue;
+          if (dest_node == -1)
+           dest_node = candidate;
+
+         else
+           {
+             /* In order to avoid infinite loop like "(a*)*", return the second
+                epsilon-transition if the first was already considered.  */
+             if (re_node_set_contains (eps_via_nodes, dest_node))
+               return candidate;
+
+             /* Otherwise, push the second epsilon-transition on the fail 
stack.  */
+             else if (fs != NULL
+                      && push_fail_stack (fs, *pidx, candidate, nregs, regs,
+                                          prevregs, eps_via_nodes))
+               return -2;
+
+             /* We know we are going to exit.  */
+             break;
+           }
+       }
+      return dest_node;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      Idx naccepted = 0;
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[node].accept_mb)
+       naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, node, &mctx->input, *pidx);
+      else if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+       {
+         Idx subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx + 1;
+         if (subexp_idx < nregs)
+           naccepted = regs[subexp_idx].rm_eo - regs[subexp_idx].rm_so;
+         if (fs != NULL)
+           {
+             if (subexp_idx >= nregs
+                 || regs[subexp_idx].rm_so == -1
+                 || regs[subexp_idx].rm_eo == -1)
+               return -1;
+             else if (naccepted)
+               {
+                 char *buf = (char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+                 if (mctx->input.valid_len - *pidx < naccepted
+                     || (memcmp (buf + regs[subexp_idx].rm_so, buf + *pidx,
+                                 naccepted)
+                         != 0))
+                   return -1;
+               }
+           }
+
+         if (naccepted == 0)
+           {
+             Idx dest_node;
+             bool ok = re_node_set_insert (eps_via_nodes, node);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+               return -2;
+             dest_node = dfa->edests[node].elems[0];
+             if (re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes,
+                                       dest_node))
+               return dest_node;
+           }
+       }
+
+      if (naccepted != 0
+         || check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + node, *pidx))
+       {
+         Idx dest_node = dfa->nexts[node];
+         *pidx = (naccepted == 0) ? *pidx + 1 : *pidx + naccepted;
+         if (fs && (*pidx > mctx->match_last || mctx->state_log[*pidx] == NULL
+                    || !re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes,
+                                              dest_node)))
+           return -1;
+         re_node_set_empty (eps_via_nodes);
+         return dest_node;
+       }
+    }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+push_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs, Idx str_idx, Idx dest_node,
+                Idx nregs, regmatch_t *regs, regmatch_t *prevregs,
+                re_node_set *eps_via_nodes)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx num = fs->num;
+  if (num == fs->alloc)
+    {
+      struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *new_array;
+      new_array = re_realloc (fs->stack, struct re_fail_stack_ent_t,
+                              fs->alloc * 2);
+      if (new_array == NULL)
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      fs->alloc *= 2;
+      fs->stack = new_array;
+    }
+  fs->stack[num].idx = str_idx;
+  fs->stack[num].node = dest_node;
+  fs->stack[num].regs = re_malloc (regmatch_t, 2 * nregs);
+  if (fs->stack[num].regs == NULL)
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  fs->num = num + 1;
+  memcpy (fs->stack[num].regs, regs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  memcpy (fs->stack[num].regs + nregs, prevregs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&fs->stack[num].eps_via_nodes, eps_via_nodes);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static Idx
+pop_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs, Idx *pidx, Idx nregs,
+               regmatch_t *regs, regmatch_t *prevregs,
+               re_node_set *eps_via_nodes)
+{
+  if (fs == NULL || fs->num == 0)
+    return -1;
+  Idx num = --fs->num;
+  *pidx = fs->stack[num].idx;
+  memcpy (regs, fs->stack[num].regs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  memcpy (prevregs, fs->stack[num].regs + nregs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  re_node_set_free (eps_via_nodes);
+  re_free (fs->stack[num].regs);
+  *eps_via_nodes = fs->stack[num].eps_via_nodes;
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (0 <= fs->stack[num].node);
+  return fs->stack[num].node;
+}
+
+
+#define DYNARRAY_STRUCT  regmatch_list
+#define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT regmatch_t
+#define DYNARRAY_PREFIX  regmatch_list_
+#include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
+
+/* Set the positions where the subexpressions are starts/ends to registers
+   PMATCH.
+   Note: We assume that pmatch[0] is already set, and
+   pmatch[i].rm_so == pmatch[i].rm_eo == -1 for 0 < i < nmatch.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+set_regs (const regex_t *preg, const re_match_context_t *mctx, size_t nmatch,
+         regmatch_t *pmatch, bool fl_backtrack)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  Idx idx, cur_node;
+  re_node_set eps_via_nodes;
+  struct re_fail_stack_t *fs;
+  struct re_fail_stack_t fs_body = { 0, 2, NULL };
+  struct regmatch_list prev_match;
+  regmatch_list_init (&prev_match);
+
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (nmatch > 1);
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->state_log != NULL);
+  if (fl_backtrack)
+    {
+      fs = &fs_body;
+      fs->stack = re_malloc (struct re_fail_stack_ent_t, fs->alloc);
+      if (fs->stack == NULL)
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  else
+    fs = NULL;
+
+  cur_node = dfa->init_node;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&eps_via_nodes);
+
+  if (!regmatch_list_resize (&prev_match, nmatch))
+    {
+      regmatch_list_free (&prev_match);
+      free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+      return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  regmatch_t *prev_idx_match = regmatch_list_begin (&prev_match);
+  memcpy (prev_idx_match, pmatch, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+
+  for (idx = pmatch[0].rm_so; idx <= pmatch[0].rm_eo ;)
+    {
+      update_regs (dfa, pmatch, prev_idx_match, cur_node, idx, nmatch);
+
+      if ((idx == pmatch[0].rm_eo && cur_node == mctx->last_node)
+         || (fs && re_node_set_contains (&eps_via_nodes, cur_node)))
+       {
+         Idx reg_idx;
+         cur_node = -1;
+         if (fs)
+           {
+             for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+               if (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so > -1 && pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo == -1)
+                 {
+                   cur_node = pop_fail_stack (fs, &idx, nmatch, pmatch,
+                                              prev_idx_match, &eps_via_nodes);
+                   break;
+                 }
+           }
+         if (cur_node < 0)
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+             regmatch_list_free (&prev_match);
+             return free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+           }
+       }
+
+      /* Proceed to next node.  */
+      cur_node = proceed_next_node (mctx, nmatch, pmatch, prev_idx_match,
+                                   &idx, cur_node,
+                                   &eps_via_nodes, fs);
+
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_node < 0))
+       {
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_node == -2))
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+             regmatch_list_free (&prev_match);
+             free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+             return REG_ESPACE;
+           }
+         cur_node = pop_fail_stack (fs, &idx, nmatch, pmatch,
+                                    prev_idx_match, &eps_via_nodes);
+         if (cur_node < 0)
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+             regmatch_list_free (&prev_match);
+             free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+             return REG_NOMATCH;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+  regmatch_list_free (&prev_match);
+  return free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+free_fail_stack_return (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs)
+{
+  if (fs)
+    {
+      Idx fs_idx;
+      for (fs_idx = 0; fs_idx < fs->num; ++fs_idx)
+       {
+         re_node_set_free (&fs->stack[fs_idx].eps_via_nodes);
+         re_free (fs->stack[fs_idx].regs);
+       }
+      re_free (fs->stack);
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static void
+update_regs (const re_dfa_t *dfa, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+            regmatch_t *prev_idx_match, Idx cur_node, Idx cur_idx, Idx nmatch)
+{
+  int type = dfa->nodes[cur_node].type;
+  if (type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP)
+    {
+      Idx reg_num = dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx + 1;
+
+      /* We are at the first node of this sub expression.  */
+      if (reg_num < nmatch)
+       {
+         pmatch[reg_num].rm_so = cur_idx;
+         pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = -1;
+       }
+    }
+  else if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+    {
+      /* We are at the last node of this sub expression.  */
+      Idx reg_num = dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx + 1;
+      if (reg_num < nmatch)
+       {
+         if (pmatch[reg_num].rm_so < cur_idx)
+           {
+             pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = cur_idx;
+             /* This is a non-empty match or we are not inside an optional
+                subexpression.  Accept this right away.  */
+             memcpy (prev_idx_match, pmatch, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+           }
+         else
+           {
+             if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].opt_subexp
+                 && prev_idx_match[reg_num].rm_so != -1)
+               /* We transited through an empty match for an optional
+                  subexpression, like (a?)*, and this is not the subexp's
+                  first match.  Copy back the old content of the registers
+                  so that matches of an inner subexpression are undone as
+                  well, like in ((a?))*.  */
+               memcpy (pmatch, prev_idx_match, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+             else
+               /* We completed a subexpression, but it may be part of
+                  an optional one, so do not update PREV_IDX_MATCH.  */
+               pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = cur_idx;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+}
+
+/* This function checks the STATE_LOG from the SCTX->last_str_idx to 0
+   and sift the nodes in each states according to the following rules.
+   Updated state_log will be wrote to STATE_LOG.
+
+   Rules: We throw away the Node 'a' in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX] if...
+     1. When STR_IDX == MATCH_LAST(the last index in the state_log):
+       If 'a' isn't the LAST_NODE and 'a' can't epsilon transit to
+       the LAST_NODE, we throw away the node 'a'.
+     2. When 0 <= STR_IDX < MATCH_LAST and 'a' accepts
+       string 's' and transit to 'b':
+       i. If 'b' isn't in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX+strlen('s')], we throw
+          away the node 'a'.
+       ii. If 'b' is in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX+strlen('s')] but 'b' is
+           thrown away, we throw away the node 'a'.
+     3. When 0 <= STR_IDX < MATCH_LAST and 'a' epsilon transit to 'b':
+       i. If 'b' isn't in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX], we throw away the
+          node 'a'.
+       ii. If 'b' is in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX] but 'b' is thrown away,
+           we throw away the node 'a'.  */
+
+#define STATE_NODE_CONTAINS(state,node) \
+  ((state) != NULL && re_node_set_contains (&(state)->nodes, node))
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+sift_states_backward (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  int null_cnt = 0;
+  Idx str_idx = sctx->last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set cur_dest;
+
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->state_log != NULL && mctx->state_log[str_idx] != NULL);
+
+  /* Build sifted state_log[str_idx].  It has the nodes which can epsilon
+     transit to the last_node and the last_node itself.  */
+  err = re_node_set_init_1 (&cur_dest, sctx->last_node);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+  err = update_cur_sifted_state (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    goto free_return;
+
+  /* Then check each states in the state_log.  */
+  while (str_idx > 0)
+    {
+      /* Update counters.  */
+      null_cnt = (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] == NULL) ? null_cnt + 1 : 0;
+      if (null_cnt > mctx->max_mb_elem_len)
+       {
+         memset (sctx->sifted_states, '\0',
+                 sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * str_idx);
+         re_node_set_free (&cur_dest);
+         return REG_NOERROR;
+       }
+      re_node_set_empty (&cur_dest);
+      --str_idx;
+
+      if (mctx->state_log[str_idx])
+       {
+         err = build_sifted_states (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           goto free_return;
+       }
+
+      /* Add all the nodes which satisfy the following conditions:
+        - It can epsilon transit to a node in CUR_DEST.
+        - It is in CUR_SRC.
+        And update state_log.  */
+      err = update_cur_sifted_state (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       goto free_return;
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  re_node_set_free (&cur_dest);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+build_sifted_states (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                    Idx str_idx, re_node_set *cur_dest)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  const re_node_set *cur_src = &mctx->state_log[str_idx]->non_eps_nodes;
+  Idx i;
+
+  /* Then build the next sifted state.
+     We build the next sifted state on 'cur_dest', and update
+     'sifted_states[str_idx]' with 'cur_dest'.
+     Note:
+     'cur_dest' is the sifted state from 'state_log[str_idx + 1]'.
+     'cur_src' points the node_set of the old 'state_log[str_idx]'
+     (with the epsilon nodes pre-filtered out).  */
+  for (i = 0; i < cur_src->nelem; i++)
+    {
+      Idx prev_node = cur_src->elems[i];
+      int naccepted = 0;
+      bool ok;
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[prev_node].type));
+
+      /* If the node may accept "multi byte".  */
+      if (dfa->nodes[prev_node].accept_mb)
+       naccepted = sift_states_iter_mb (mctx, sctx, prev_node,
+                                        str_idx, sctx->last_str_idx);
+
+      /* We don't check backreferences here.
+        See update_cur_sifted_state().  */
+      if (!naccepted
+         && check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + prev_node, str_idx)
+         && STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx + 1],
+                                 dfa->nexts[prev_node]))
+       naccepted = 1;
+
+      if (naccepted == 0)
+       continue;
+
+      if (sctx->limits.nelem)
+       {
+         Idx to_idx = str_idx + naccepted;
+         if (check_dst_limits (mctx, &sctx->limits,
+                               dfa->nexts[prev_node], to_idx,
+                               prev_node, str_idx))
+           continue;
+       }
+      ok = re_node_set_insert (cur_dest, prev_node);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+clean_state_log_if_needed (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx next_state_log_idx)
+{
+  Idx top = mctx->state_log_top;
+
+  if ((next_state_log_idx >= mctx->input.bufs_len
+       && mctx->input.bufs_len < mctx->input.len)
+      || (next_state_log_idx >= mctx->input.valid_len
+         && mctx->input.valid_len < mctx->input.len))
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      err = extend_buffers (mctx, next_state_log_idx + 1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return err;
+    }
+
+  if (top < next_state_log_idx)
+    {
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->state_log != NULL);
+      memset (mctx->state_log + top + 1, '\0',
+             sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (next_state_log_idx - top));
+      mctx->state_log_top = next_state_log_idx;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+merge_state_array (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t **dst,
+                  re_dfastate_t **src, Idx num)
+{
+  Idx st_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  for (st_idx = 0; st_idx < num; ++st_idx)
+    {
+      if (dst[st_idx] == NULL)
+       dst[st_idx] = src[st_idx];
+      else if (src[st_idx] != NULL)
+       {
+         re_node_set merged_set;
+         err = re_node_set_init_union (&merged_set, &dst[st_idx]->nodes,
+                                       &src[st_idx]->nodes);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+         dst[st_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, &merged_set);
+         re_node_set_free (&merged_set);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+       }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+update_cur_sifted_state (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                        re_sift_context_t *sctx, Idx str_idx,
+                        re_node_set *dest_nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  const re_node_set *candidates;
+  candidates = ((mctx->state_log[str_idx] == NULL) ? NULL
+               : &mctx->state_log[str_idx]->nodes);
+
+  if (dest_nodes->nelem == 0)
+    sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      if (candidates)
+       {
+         /* At first, add the nodes which can epsilon transit to a node in
+            DEST_NODE.  */
+         err = add_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, dest_nodes, candidates);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+
+         /* Then, check the limitations in the current sift_context.  */
+         if (sctx->limits.nelem)
+           {
+             err = check_subexp_limits (dfa, dest_nodes, candidates, 
&sctx->limits,
+                                        mctx->bkref_ents, str_idx);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               return err;
+           }
+       }
+
+      sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, dest_nodes);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return err;
+    }
+
+  if (candidates && mctx->state_log[str_idx]->has_backref)
+    {
+      err = sift_states_bkref (mctx, sctx, str_idx, candidates);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return err;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+add_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+                      const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  Idx i;
+
+  re_dfastate_t *state = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, dest_nodes);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+
+  if (!state->inveclosure.alloc)
+    {
+      err = re_node_set_alloc (&state->inveclosure, dest_nodes->nelem);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      for (i = 0; i < dest_nodes->nelem; i++)
+       {
+         err = re_node_set_merge (&state->inveclosure,
+                                  dfa->inveclosures + dest_nodes->elems[i]);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+       }
+    }
+  return re_node_set_add_intersect (dest_nodes, candidates,
+                                   &state->inveclosure);
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+sub_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+                      const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+    Idx ecl_idx;
+    reg_errcode_t err;
+    re_node_set *inv_eclosure = dfa->inveclosures + node;
+    re_node_set except_nodes;
+    re_node_set_init_empty (&except_nodes);
+    for (ecl_idx = 0; ecl_idx < inv_eclosure->nelem; ++ecl_idx)
+      {
+       Idx cur_node = inv_eclosure->elems[ecl_idx];
+       if (cur_node == node)
+         continue;
+       if (IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type))
+         {
+           Idx edst1 = dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[0];
+           Idx edst2 = ((dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem > 1)
+                        ? dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[1] : -1);
+           if ((!re_node_set_contains (inv_eclosure, edst1)
+                && re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, edst1))
+               || (edst2 > 0
+                   && !re_node_set_contains (inv_eclosure, edst2)
+                   && re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, edst2)))
+             {
+               err = re_node_set_add_intersect (&except_nodes, candidates,
+                                                dfa->inveclosures + cur_node);
+               if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+                 {
+                   re_node_set_free (&except_nodes);
+                   return err;
+                 }
+             }
+         }
+      }
+    for (ecl_idx = 0; ecl_idx < inv_eclosure->nelem; ++ecl_idx)
+      {
+       Idx cur_node = inv_eclosure->elems[ecl_idx];
+       if (!re_node_set_contains (&except_nodes, cur_node))
+         {
+           Idx idx = re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, cur_node) - 1;
+           re_node_set_remove_at (dest_nodes, idx);
+         }
+      }
+    re_node_set_free (&except_nodes);
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static bool
+check_dst_limits (const re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_node_set *limits,
+                 Idx dst_node, Idx dst_idx, Idx src_node, Idx src_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx lim_idx, src_pos, dst_pos;
+
+  Idx dst_bkref_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, dst_idx);
+  Idx src_bkref_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, src_idx);
+  for (lim_idx = 0; lim_idx < limits->nelem; ++lim_idx)
+    {
+      Idx subexp_idx;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+      ent = mctx->bkref_ents + limits->elems[lim_idx];
+      subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[ent->node].opr.idx;
+
+      dst_pos = check_dst_limits_calc_pos (mctx, limits->elems[lim_idx],
+                                          subexp_idx, dst_node, dst_idx,
+                                          dst_bkref_idx);
+      src_pos = check_dst_limits_calc_pos (mctx, limits->elems[lim_idx],
+                                          subexp_idx, src_node, src_idx,
+                                          src_bkref_idx);
+
+      /* In case of:
+        <src> <dst> ( <subexp> )
+        ( <subexp> ) <src> <dst>
+        ( <subexp1> <src> <subexp2> <dst> <subexp3> )  */
+      if (src_pos == dst_pos)
+       continue; /* This is unrelated limitation.  */
+      else
+       return true;
+    }
+  return false;
+}
+
+static int
+check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (const re_match_context_t *mctx, int boundaries,
+                            Idx subexp_idx, Idx from_node, Idx bkref_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  const re_node_set *eclosures = dfa->eclosures + from_node;
+  Idx node_idx;
+
+  /* Else, we are on the boundary: examine the nodes on the epsilon
+     closure.  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < eclosures->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx node = eclosures->elems[node_idx];
+      switch (dfa->nodes[node].type)
+       {
+       case OP_BACK_REF:
+         if (bkref_idx != -1)
+           {
+             struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent = mctx->bkref_ents + bkref_idx;
+             do
+               {
+                 Idx dst;
+                 int cpos;
+
+                 if (ent->node != node)
+                   continue;
+
+                 if (subexp_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS
+                     && !(ent->eps_reachable_subexps_map
+                          & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << subexp_idx)))
+                   continue;
+
+                 /* Recurse trying to reach the OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and
+                    OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP cases below.  But, if the
+                    destination node is the same node as the source
+                    node, don't recurse because it would cause an
+                    infinite loop: a regex that exhibits this behavior
+                    is ()\1*\1*  */
+                 dst = dfa->edests[node].elems[0];
+                 if (dst == from_node)
+                   {
+                     if (boundaries & 1)
+                       return -1;
+                     else /* if (boundaries & 2) */
+                       return 0;
+                   }
+
+                 cpos =
+                   check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (mctx, boundaries, subexp_idx,
+                                                dst, bkref_idx);
+                 if (cpos == -1 /* && (boundaries & 1) */)
+                   return -1;
+                 if (cpos == 0 && (boundaries & 2))
+                   return 0;
+
+                 if (subexp_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+                   ent->eps_reachable_subexps_map
+                     &= ~((bitset_word_t) 1 << subexp_idx);
+               }
+             while (ent++->more);
+           }
+         break;
+
+       case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+         if ((boundaries & 1) && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+           return -1;
+         break;
+
+       case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+         if ((boundaries & 2) && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+           return 0;
+         break;
+
+       default:
+           break;
+       }
+    }
+
+  return (boundaries & 2) ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+static int
+check_dst_limits_calc_pos (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx limit,
+                          Idx subexp_idx, Idx from_node, Idx str_idx,
+                          Idx bkref_idx)
+{
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *lim = mctx->bkref_ents + limit;
+  int boundaries;
+
+  /* If we are outside the range of the subexpression, return -1 or 1.  */
+  if (str_idx < lim->subexp_from)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (lim->subexp_to < str_idx)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* If we are within the subexpression, return 0.  */
+  boundaries = (str_idx == lim->subexp_from);
+  boundaries |= (str_idx == lim->subexp_to) << 1;
+  if (boundaries == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Else, examine epsilon closure.  */
+  return check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (mctx, boundaries, subexp_idx,
+                                     from_node, bkref_idx);
+}
+
+/* Check the limitations of sub expressions LIMITS, and remove the nodes
+   which are against limitations from DEST_NODES. */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+check_subexp_limits (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+                    const re_node_set *candidates, re_node_set *limits,
+                    struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx node_idx, lim_idx;
+
+  for (lim_idx = 0; lim_idx < limits->nelem; ++lim_idx)
+    {
+      Idx subexp_idx;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+      ent = bkref_ents + limits->elems[lim_idx];
+
+      if (str_idx <= ent->subexp_from || ent->str_idx < str_idx)
+       continue; /* This is unrelated limitation.  */
+
+      subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[ent->node].opr.idx;
+      if (ent->subexp_to == str_idx)
+       {
+         Idx ops_node = -1;
+         Idx cls_node = -1;
+         for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+           {
+             Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+             re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+             if (type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP
+                 && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+               ops_node = node;
+             else if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP
+                      && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+               cls_node = node;
+           }
+
+         /* Check the limitation of the open subexpression.  */
+         /* Note that (ent->subexp_to = str_idx != ent->subexp_from).  */
+         if (ops_node >= 0)
+           {
+             err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, ops_node, dest_nodes,
+                                          candidates);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               return err;
+           }
+
+         /* Check the limitation of the close subexpression.  */
+         if (cls_node >= 0)
+           for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+             {
+               Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+               if (!re_node_set_contains (dfa->inveclosures + node,
+                                          cls_node)
+                   && !re_node_set_contains (dfa->eclosures + node,
+                                             cls_node))
+                 {
+                   /* It is against this limitation.
+                      Remove it form the current sifted state.  */
+                   err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, node, dest_nodes,
+                                                candidates);
+                   if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+                     return err;
+                   --node_idx;
+                 }
+             }
+       }
+      else /* (ent->subexp_to != str_idx)  */
+       {
+         for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+           {
+             Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+             re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+             if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP || type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP)
+               {
+                 if (subexp_idx != dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+                   continue;
+                 /* It is against this limitation.
+                    Remove it form the current sifted state.  */
+                 err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, node, dest_nodes,
+                                              candidates);
+                 if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+                   return err;
+               }
+           }
+       }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+sift_states_bkref (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                  Idx str_idx, const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx node_idx, node;
+  re_sift_context_t local_sctx;
+  Idx first_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, str_idx);
+
+  if (first_idx == -1)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  local_sctx.sifted_states = NULL; /* Mark that it hasn't been initialized.  */
+
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < candidates->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx enabled_idx;
+      re_token_type_t type;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *entry;
+      node = candidates->elems[node_idx];
+      type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+      /* Avoid infinite loop for the REs like "()\1+".  */
+      if (node == sctx->last_node && str_idx == sctx->last_str_idx)
+       continue;
+      if (type != OP_BACK_REF)
+       continue;
+
+      entry = mctx->bkref_ents + first_idx;
+      enabled_idx = first_idx;
+      do
+       {
+         Idx subexp_len;
+         Idx to_idx;
+         Idx dst_node;
+         bool ok;
+         re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+
+         if (entry->node != node)
+           continue;
+         subexp_len = entry->subexp_to - entry->subexp_from;
+         to_idx = str_idx + subexp_len;
+         dst_node = (subexp_len ? dfa->nexts[node]
+                     : dfa->edests[node].elems[0]);
+
+         if (to_idx > sctx->last_str_idx
+             || sctx->sifted_states[to_idx] == NULL
+             || !STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[to_idx], dst_node)
+             || check_dst_limits (mctx, &sctx->limits, node,
+                                  str_idx, dst_node, to_idx))
+           continue;
+
+         if (local_sctx.sifted_states == NULL)
+           {
+             local_sctx = *sctx;
+             err = re_node_set_init_copy (&local_sctx.limits, &sctx->limits);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               goto free_return;
+           }
+         local_sctx.last_node = node;
+         local_sctx.last_str_idx = str_idx;
+         ok = re_node_set_insert (&local_sctx.limits, enabled_idx);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+           {
+             err = REG_ESPACE;
+             goto free_return;
+           }
+         cur_state = local_sctx.sifted_states[str_idx];
+         err = sift_states_backward (mctx, &local_sctx);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           goto free_return;
+         if (sctx->limited_states != NULL)
+           {
+             err = merge_state_array (dfa, sctx->limited_states,
+                                      local_sctx.sifted_states,
+                                      str_idx + 1);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               goto free_return;
+           }
+         local_sctx.sifted_states[str_idx] = cur_state;
+         re_node_set_remove (&local_sctx.limits, enabled_idx);
+
+         /* mctx->bkref_ents may have changed, reload the pointer.  */
+         entry = mctx->bkref_ents + enabled_idx;
+       }
+      while (enabled_idx++, entry++->more);
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  if (local_sctx.sifted_states != NULL)
+    {
+      re_node_set_free (&local_sctx.limits);
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+static int
+sift_states_iter_mb (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                    Idx node_idx, Idx str_idx, Idx max_str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  int naccepted;
+  /* Check the node can accept "multi byte".  */
+  naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, node_idx, &mctx->input, str_idx);
+  if (naccepted > 0 && str_idx + naccepted <= max_str_idx
+      && !STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx + naccepted],
+                              dfa->nexts[node_idx]))
+    /* The node can't accept the "multi byte", or the
+       destination was already thrown away, then the node
+       couldn't accept the current input "multi byte".   */
+    naccepted = 0;
+  /* Otherwise, it is sure that the node could accept
+     'naccepted' bytes input.  */
+  return naccepted;
+}
+
+/* Functions for state transition.  */
+
+/* Return the next state to which the current state STATE will transit by
+   accepting the current input byte, and update STATE_LOG if necessary.
+   Return NULL on failure.
+   If STATE can accept a multibyte char/collating element/back reference
+   update the destination of STATE_LOG.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+transit_state (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+              re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  re_dfastate_t **trtable;
+  unsigned char ch;
+
+  /* If the current state can accept multibyte.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (state->accept_mb))
+    {
+      *err = transit_state_mb (mctx, state);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Then decide the next state with the single byte.  */
+#if 0
+  if (0)
+    /* don't use transition table  */
+    return transit_state_sb (err, mctx, state);
+#endif
+
+  /* Use transition table  */
+  ch = re_string_fetch_byte (&mctx->input);
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      trtable = state->trtable;
+      if (__glibc_likely (trtable != NULL))
+       return trtable[ch];
+
+      trtable = state->word_trtable;
+      if (__glibc_likely (trtable != NULL))
+       {
+         unsigned int context;
+         context
+           = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+                                   re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) - 1,
+                                   mctx->eflags);
+         if (IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context))
+           return trtable[ch + SBC_MAX];
+         else
+           return trtable[ch];
+       }
+
+      if (!build_trtable (mctx->dfa, state))
+       {
+         *err = REG_ESPACE;
+         return NULL;
+       }
+
+      /* Retry, we now have a transition table.  */
+    }
+}
+
+/* Update the state_log if we need */
+static re_dfastate_t *
+merge_state_with_log (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                     re_dfastate_t *next_state)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx cur_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+  if (cur_idx > mctx->state_log_top)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_idx] = next_state;
+      mctx->state_log_top = cur_idx;
+    }
+  else if (mctx->state_log[cur_idx] == 0)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_idx] = next_state;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *pstate;
+      unsigned int context;
+      re_node_set next_nodes, *log_nodes, *table_nodes = NULL;
+      /* If (state_log[cur_idx] != 0), it implies that cur_idx is
+        the destination of a multibyte char/collating element/
+        back reference.  Then the next state is the union set of
+        these destinations and the results of the transition table.  */
+      pstate = mctx->state_log[cur_idx];
+      log_nodes = pstate->entrance_nodes;
+      if (next_state != NULL)
+       {
+         table_nodes = next_state->entrance_nodes;
+         *err = re_node_set_init_union (&next_nodes, table_nodes,
+                                            log_nodes);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return NULL;
+       }
+      else
+       next_nodes = *log_nodes;
+      /* Note: We already add the nodes of the initial state,
+        then we don't need to add them here.  */
+
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+                                     re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) - 1,
+                                     mctx->eflags);
+      next_state = mctx->state_log[cur_idx]
+       = re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      /* We don't need to check errors here, since the return value of
+        this function is next_state and ERR is already set.  */
+
+      if (table_nodes != NULL)
+       re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->nbackref) && next_state != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Check OP_OPEN_SUBEXP in the current state in case that we use them
+        later.  We must check them here, since the back references in the
+        next state might use them.  */
+      *err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, &next_state->nodes,
+                                       cur_idx);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return NULL;
+
+      /* If the next state has back references.  */
+      if (next_state->has_backref)
+       {
+         *err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, &next_state->nodes);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return NULL;
+         next_state = mctx->state_log[cur_idx];
+       }
+    }
+
+  return next_state;
+}
+
+/* Skip bytes in the input that correspond to part of a
+   multi-byte match, then look in the log for a state
+   from which to restart matching.  */
+static re_dfastate_t *
+find_recover_state (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+  do
+    {
+      Idx max = mctx->state_log_top;
+      Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+      do
+       {
+         if (++cur_str_idx > max)
+           return NULL;
+         re_string_skip_bytes (&mctx->input, 1);
+       }
+      while (mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] == NULL);
+
+      cur_state = merge_state_with_log (err, mctx, NULL);
+    }
+  while (*err == REG_NOERROR && cur_state == NULL);
+  return cur_state;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for transit_state.  */
+
+/* From the node set CUR_NODES, pick up the nodes whose types are
+   OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and which have corresponding back references in the regular
+   expression. And register them to use them later for evaluating the
+   corresponding back references.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+check_subexp_matching_top (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                          Idx str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx node_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+
+  /* TODO: This isn't efficient.
+          Because there might be more than one nodes whose types are
+          OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX, we must check all
+          nodes.
+          E.g. RE: (a){2}  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx node = cur_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+      if (dfa->nodes[node].type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP
+         && dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS
+         && (dfa->used_bkref_map
+             & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)))
+       {
+         err = match_ctx_add_subtop (mctx, node, str_idx);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+       }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Return the next state to which the current state STATE will transit by
+   accepting the current input byte.  Return NULL on failure.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+transit_state_sb (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                 re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  re_node_set next_nodes;
+  re_dfastate_t *next_state;
+  Idx node_cnt, cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+  unsigned int context;
+
+  *err = re_node_set_alloc (&next_nodes, state->nodes.nelem + 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return NULL;
+  for (node_cnt = 0; node_cnt < state->nodes.nelem; ++node_cnt)
+    {
+      Idx cur_node = state->nodes.elems[node_cnt];
+      if (check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + cur_node, cur_str_idx))
+       {
+         *err = re_node_set_merge (&next_nodes,
+                                   dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[cur_node]);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+             return NULL;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, cur_str_idx, mctx->eflags);
+  next_state = re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+  /* We don't need to check errors here, since the return value of
+     this function is next_state and ERR is already set.  */
+
+  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+  re_string_skip_bytes (&mctx->input, 1);
+  return next_state;
+}
+#endif
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+transit_state_mb (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_dfastate_t *pstate)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < pstate->nodes.nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      re_node_set dest_nodes, *new_nodes;
+      Idx cur_node_idx = pstate->nodes.elems[i];
+      int naccepted;
+      Idx dest_idx;
+      unsigned int context;
+      re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+
+      if (!dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].accept_mb)
+       continue;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].constraint)
+       {
+         context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+                                         re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input),
+                                         mctx->eflags);
+         if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].constraint,
+                                          context))
+           continue;
+       }
+
+      /* How many bytes the node can accept?  */
+      naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, cur_node_idx, &mctx->input,
+                                          re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input));
+      if (naccepted == 0)
+       continue;
+
+      /* The node can accepts 'naccepted' bytes.  */
+      dest_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) + naccepted;
+      mctx->max_mb_elem_len = ((mctx->max_mb_elem_len < naccepted) ? naccepted
+                              : mctx->max_mb_elem_len);
+      err = clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx, dest_idx);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return err;
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (dfa->nexts[cur_node_idx] != -1);
+      new_nodes = dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[cur_node_idx];
+
+      dest_state = mctx->state_log[dest_idx];
+      if (dest_state == NULL)
+       dest_nodes = *new_nodes;
+      else
+       {
+         err = re_node_set_init_union (&dest_nodes,
+                                       dest_state->entrance_nodes, new_nodes);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+       }
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, dest_idx - 1,
+                                     mctx->eflags);
+      mctx->state_log[dest_idx]
+       = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &dest_nodes, context);
+      if (dest_state != NULL)
+       re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->state_log[dest_idx] == NULL
+                           && err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return err;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+transit_state_bkref (re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_node_set *nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+  Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < nodes->nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      Idx dest_str_idx, prev_nelem, bkc_idx;
+      Idx node_idx = nodes->elems[i];
+      unsigned int context;
+      const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + node_idx;
+      re_node_set *new_dest_nodes;
+
+      /* Check whether 'node' is a backreference or not.  */
+      if (node->type != OP_BACK_REF)
+       continue;
+
+      if (node->constraint)
+       {
+         context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, cur_str_idx,
+                                         mctx->eflags);
+         if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (node->constraint, context))
+           continue;
+       }
+
+      /* 'node' is a backreference.
+        Check the substring which the substring matched.  */
+      bkc_idx = mctx->nbkref_ents;
+      err = get_subexp (mctx, node_idx, cur_str_idx);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       goto free_return;
+
+      /* And add the epsilon closures (which is 'new_dest_nodes') of
+        the backreference to appropriate state_log.  */
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (dfa->nexts[node_idx] != -1);
+      for (; bkc_idx < mctx->nbkref_ents; ++bkc_idx)
+       {
+         Idx subexp_len;
+         re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+         struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ent;
+         bkref_ent = mctx->bkref_ents + bkc_idx;
+         if (bkref_ent->node != node_idx || bkref_ent->str_idx != cur_str_idx)
+           continue;
+         subexp_len = bkref_ent->subexp_to - bkref_ent->subexp_from;
+         new_dest_nodes = (subexp_len == 0
+                           ? dfa->eclosures + dfa->edests[node_idx].elems[0]
+                           : dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[node_idx]);
+         dest_str_idx = (cur_str_idx + bkref_ent->subexp_to
+                         - bkref_ent->subexp_from);
+         context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, dest_str_idx - 1,
+                                         mctx->eflags);
+         dest_state = mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx];
+         prev_nelem = ((mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] == NULL) ? 0
+                       : mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx]->nodes.nelem);
+         /* Add 'new_dest_node' to state_log.  */
+         if (dest_state == NULL)
+           {
+             mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx]
+               = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, new_dest_nodes,
+                                           context);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] == NULL
+                                   && err != REG_NOERROR))
+               goto free_return;
+           }
+         else
+           {
+             re_node_set dest_nodes;
+             err = re_node_set_init_union (&dest_nodes,
+                                           dest_state->entrance_nodes,
+                                           new_dest_nodes);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               {
+                 re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+                 goto free_return;
+               }
+             mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx]
+               = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &dest_nodes, context);
+             re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] == NULL
+                                   && err != REG_NOERROR))
+               goto free_return;
+           }
+         /* We need to check recursively if the backreference can epsilon
+            transit.  */
+         if (subexp_len == 0
+             && mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx]->nodes.nelem > prev_nelem)
+           {
+             err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, new_dest_nodes,
+                                              cur_str_idx);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               goto free_return;
+             err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, new_dest_nodes);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               goto free_return;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Enumerate all the candidates which the backreference BKREF_NODE can match
+   at BKREF_STR_IDX, and register them by match_ctx_add_entry().
+   Note that we might collect inappropriate candidates here.
+   However, the cost of checking them strictly here is too high, then we
+   delay these checking for prune_impossible_nodes().  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+get_subexp (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx subexp_num, sub_top_idx;
+  const char *buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+  /* Return if we have already checked BKREF_NODE at BKREF_STR_IDX.  */
+  Idx cache_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, bkref_str_idx);
+  if (cache_idx != -1)
+    {
+      const struct re_backref_cache_entry *entry
+       = mctx->bkref_ents + cache_idx;
+      do
+       if (entry->node == bkref_node)
+         return REG_NOERROR; /* We already checked it.  */
+      while (entry++->more);
+    }
+
+  subexp_num = dfa->nodes[bkref_node].opr.idx;
+
+  /* For each sub expression  */
+  for (sub_top_idx = 0; sub_top_idx < mctx->nsub_tops; ++sub_top_idx)
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top = mctx->sub_tops[sub_top_idx];
+      re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last;
+      Idx sub_last_idx, sl_str, bkref_str_off;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[sub_top->node].opr.idx != subexp_num)
+       continue; /* It isn't related.  */
+
+      sl_str = sub_top->str_idx;
+      bkref_str_off = bkref_str_idx;
+      /* At first, check the last node of sub expressions we already
+        evaluated.  */
+      for (sub_last_idx = 0; sub_last_idx < sub_top->nlasts; ++sub_last_idx)
+       {
+         regoff_t sl_str_diff;
+         sub_last = sub_top->lasts[sub_last_idx];
+         sl_str_diff = sub_last->str_idx - sl_str;
+         /* The matched string by the sub expression match with the substring
+            at the back reference?  */
+         if (sl_str_diff > 0)
+           {
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (bkref_str_off + sl_str_diff
+                                   > mctx->input.valid_len))
+               {
+                 /* Not enough chars for a successful match.  */
+                 if (bkref_str_off + sl_str_diff > mctx->input.len)
+                   break;
+
+                 err = clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx,
+                                                  bkref_str_off
+                                                  + sl_str_diff);
+                 if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+                   return err;
+                 buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+               }
+             if (memcmp (buf + bkref_str_off, buf + sl_str, sl_str_diff) != 0)
+               /* We don't need to search this sub expression any more.  */
+               break;
+           }
+         bkref_str_off += sl_str_diff;
+         sl_str += sl_str_diff;
+         err = get_subexp_sub (mctx, sub_top, sub_last, bkref_node,
+                               bkref_str_idx);
+
+         /* Reload buf, since the preceding call might have reallocated
+            the buffer.  */
+         buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+
+         if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+           continue;
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+       }
+
+      if (sub_last_idx < sub_top->nlasts)
+       continue;
+      if (sub_last_idx > 0)
+       ++sl_str;
+      /* Then, search for the other last nodes of the sub expression.  */
+      for (; sl_str <= bkref_str_idx; ++sl_str)
+       {
+         Idx cls_node;
+         regoff_t sl_str_off;
+         const re_node_set *nodes;
+         sl_str_off = sl_str - sub_top->str_idx;
+         /* The matched string by the sub expression match with the substring
+            at the back reference?  */
+         if (sl_str_off > 0)
+           {
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (bkref_str_off >= mctx->input.valid_len))
+               {
+                 /* If we are at the end of the input, we cannot match.  */
+                 if (bkref_str_off >= mctx->input.len)
+                   break;
+
+                 err = extend_buffers (mctx, bkref_str_off + 1);
+                 if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+                   return err;
+
+                 buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+               }
+             if (buf [bkref_str_off++] != buf[sl_str - 1])
+               break; /* We don't need to search this sub expression
+                         any more.  */
+           }
+         if (mctx->state_log[sl_str] == NULL)
+           continue;
+         /* Does this state have a ')' of the sub expression?  */
+         nodes = &mctx->state_log[sl_str]->nodes;
+         cls_node = find_subexp_node (dfa, nodes, subexp_num,
+                                      OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+         if (cls_node == -1)
+           continue; /* No.  */
+         if (sub_top->path == NULL)
+           {
+             sub_top->path = calloc (sizeof (state_array_t),
+                                     sl_str - sub_top->str_idx + 1);
+             if (sub_top->path == NULL)
+               return REG_ESPACE;
+           }
+         /* Can the OP_OPEN_SUBEXP node arrive the OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP node
+            in the current context?  */
+         err = check_arrival (mctx, sub_top->path, sub_top->node,
+                              sub_top->str_idx, cls_node, sl_str,
+                              OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+         if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+             continue;
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+             return err;
+         sub_last = match_ctx_add_sublast (sub_top, cls_node, sl_str);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (sub_last == NULL))
+           return REG_ESPACE;
+         err = get_subexp_sub (mctx, sub_top, sub_last, bkref_node,
+                               bkref_str_idx);
+         buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+         if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+           continue;
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+       }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for get_subexp().  */
+
+/* Check SUB_LAST can arrive to the back reference BKREF_NODE at BKREF_STR.
+   If it can arrive, register the sub expression expressed with SUB_TOP
+   and SUB_LAST.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+get_subexp_sub (re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top,
+               re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last, Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx to_idx;
+  /* Can the subexpression arrive the back reference?  */
+  err = check_arrival (mctx, &sub_last->path, sub_last->node,
+                      sub_last->str_idx, bkref_node, bkref_str,
+                      OP_OPEN_SUBEXP);
+  if (err != REG_NOERROR)
+    return err;
+  err = match_ctx_add_entry (mctx, bkref_node, bkref_str, sub_top->str_idx,
+                            sub_last->str_idx);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+  to_idx = bkref_str + sub_last->str_idx - sub_top->str_idx;
+  return clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx, to_idx);
+}
+
+/* Find the first node which is '(' or ')' and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX.
+   Search '(' if FL_OPEN, or search ')' otherwise.
+   TODO: This function isn't efficient...
+        Because there might be more than one nodes whose types are
+        OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX, we must check all
+        nodes.
+        E.g. RE: (a){2}  */
+
+static Idx
+find_subexp_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+                 Idx subexp_idx, int type)
+{
+  Idx cls_idx;
+  for (cls_idx = 0; cls_idx < nodes->nelem; ++cls_idx)
+    {
+      Idx cls_node = nodes->elems[cls_idx];
+      const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + cls_node;
+      if (node->type == type
+         && node->opr.idx == subexp_idx)
+       return cls_node;
+    }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Check whether the node TOP_NODE at TOP_STR can arrive to the node
+   LAST_NODE at LAST_STR.  We record the path onto PATH since it will be
+   heavily reused.
+   Return REG_NOERROR if it can arrive, REG_NOMATCH if it cannot,
+   REG_ESPACE if memory is exhausted.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_arrival (re_match_context_t *mctx, state_array_t *path, Idx top_node,
+              Idx top_str, Idx last_node, Idx last_str, int type)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  Idx subexp_num, backup_cur_idx, str_idx, null_cnt;
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state = NULL;
+  re_node_set *cur_nodes, next_nodes;
+  re_dfastate_t **backup_state_log;
+  unsigned int context;
+
+  subexp_num = dfa->nodes[top_node].opr.idx;
+  /* Extend the buffer if we need.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (path->alloc < last_str + mctx->max_mb_elem_len + 1))
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array;
+      Idx old_alloc = path->alloc;
+      Idx incr_alloc = last_str + mctx->max_mb_elem_len + 1;
+      Idx new_alloc;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (IDX_MAX - old_alloc < incr_alloc))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      new_alloc = old_alloc + incr_alloc;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) < new_alloc))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      new_array = re_realloc (path->array, re_dfastate_t *, new_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array == NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      path->array = new_array;
+      path->alloc = new_alloc;
+      memset (new_array + old_alloc, '\0',
+             sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (path->alloc - old_alloc));
+    }
+
+  str_idx = path->next_idx ? path->next_idx : top_str;
+
+  /* Temporary modify MCTX.  */
+  backup_state_log = mctx->state_log;
+  backup_cur_idx = mctx->input.cur_idx;
+  mctx->state_log = path->array;
+  mctx->input.cur_idx = str_idx;
+
+  /* Setup initial node set.  */
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, str_idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+  if (str_idx == top_str)
+    {
+      err = re_node_set_init_1 (&next_nodes, top_node);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       return err;
+      err = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &next_nodes, subexp_num, type);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+       {
+         re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+         return err;
+       }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      cur_state = mctx->state_log[str_idx];
+      if (cur_state && cur_state->has_backref)
+       {
+         err = re_node_set_init_copy (&next_nodes, &cur_state->nodes);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+       }
+      else
+       re_node_set_init_empty (&next_nodes);
+    }
+  if (str_idx == top_str || (cur_state && cur_state->has_backref))
+    {
+      if (next_nodes.nelem)
+       {
+         err = expand_bkref_cache (mctx, &next_nodes, str_idx,
+                                   subexp_num, type);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+             return err;
+           }
+       }
+      cur_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_state == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR))
+       {
+         re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+         return err;
+       }
+      mctx->state_log[str_idx] = cur_state;
+    }
+
+  for (null_cnt = 0; str_idx < last_str && null_cnt <= mctx->max_mb_elem_len;)
+    {
+      re_node_set_empty (&next_nodes);
+      if (mctx->state_log[str_idx + 1])
+       {
+         err = re_node_set_merge (&next_nodes,
+                                  &mctx->state_log[str_idx + 1]->nodes);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+             return err;
+           }
+       }
+      if (cur_state)
+       {
+         err = check_arrival_add_next_nodes (mctx, str_idx,
+                                             &cur_state->non_eps_nodes,
+                                             &next_nodes);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+             return err;
+           }
+       }
+      ++str_idx;
+      if (next_nodes.nelem)
+       {
+         err = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &next_nodes, subexp_num, type);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+             return err;
+           }
+         err = expand_bkref_cache (mctx, &next_nodes, str_idx,
+                                   subexp_num, type);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+             return err;
+           }
+       }
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, str_idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+      cur_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_state == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR))
+       {
+         re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+         return err;
+       }
+      mctx->state_log[str_idx] = cur_state;
+      null_cnt = cur_state == NULL ? null_cnt + 1 : 0;
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+  cur_nodes = (mctx->state_log[last_str] == NULL ? NULL
+              : &mctx->state_log[last_str]->nodes);
+  path->next_idx = str_idx;
+
+  /* Fix MCTX.  */
+  mctx->state_log = backup_state_log;
+  mctx->input.cur_idx = backup_cur_idx;
+
+  /* Then check the current node set has the node LAST_NODE.  */
+  if (cur_nodes != NULL && re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, last_node))
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  return REG_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for check_arrival.  */
+
+/* Calculate the destination nodes of CUR_NODES at STR_IDX, and append them
+   to NEXT_NODES.
+   TODO: This function is similar to the functions transit_state*(),
+        however this function has many additional works.
+        Can't we unify them?  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_arrival_add_next_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx,
+                             re_node_set *cur_nodes, re_node_set *next_nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  bool ok;
+  Idx cur_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  re_node_set union_set;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&union_set);
+  for (cur_idx = 0; cur_idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++cur_idx)
+    {
+      int naccepted = 0;
+      Idx cur_node = cur_nodes->elems[cur_idx];
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type));
+
+      /* If the node may accept "multi byte".  */
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].accept_mb)
+       {
+         naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, cur_node, &mctx->input,
+                                              str_idx);
+         if (naccepted > 1)
+           {
+             re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+             Idx next_node = dfa->nexts[cur_node];
+             Idx next_idx = str_idx + naccepted;
+             dest_state = mctx->state_log[next_idx];
+             re_node_set_empty (&union_set);
+             if (dest_state)
+               {
+                 err = re_node_set_merge (&union_set, &dest_state->nodes);
+                 if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+                   {
+                     re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+                     return err;
+                   }
+               }
+             ok = re_node_set_insert (&union_set, next_node);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+               {
+                 re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+                 return REG_ESPACE;
+               }
+             mctx->state_log[next_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa,
+                                                           &union_set);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->state_log[next_idx] == NULL
+                                   && err != REG_NOERROR))
+               {
+                 re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+                 return err;
+               }
+           }
+       }
+
+      if (naccepted
+         || check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + cur_node, str_idx))
+       {
+         ok = re_node_set_insert (next_nodes, dfa->nexts[cur_node]);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+             return REG_ESPACE;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* For all the nodes in CUR_NODES, add the epsilon closures of them to
+   CUR_NODES, however exclude the nodes which are:
+    - inside the sub expression whose number is EX_SUBEXP, if FL_OPEN.
+    - out of the sub expression whose number is EX_SUBEXP, if !FL_OPEN.
+*/
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+check_arrival_expand_ecl (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                         Idx ex_subexp, int type)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx idx, outside_node;
+  re_node_set new_nodes;
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (cur_nodes->nelem);
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&new_nodes, cur_nodes->nelem);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+  /* Create a new node set NEW_NODES with the nodes which are epsilon
+     closures of the node in CUR_NODES.  */
+
+  for (idx = 0; idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++idx)
+    {
+      Idx cur_node = cur_nodes->elems[idx];
+      const re_node_set *eclosure = dfa->eclosures + cur_node;
+      outside_node = find_subexp_node (dfa, eclosure, ex_subexp, type);
+      if (outside_node == -1)
+       {
+         /* There are no problematic nodes, just merge them.  */
+         err = re_node_set_merge (&new_nodes, eclosure);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&new_nodes);
+             return err;
+           }
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         /* There are problematic nodes, re-calculate incrementally.  */
+         err = check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (dfa, &new_nodes, cur_node,
+                                             ex_subexp, type);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           {
+             re_node_set_free (&new_nodes);
+             return err;
+           }
+       }
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (cur_nodes);
+  *cur_nodes = new_nodes;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper function for check_arrival_expand_ecl.
+   Check incrementally the epsilon closure of TARGET, and if it isn't
+   problematic append it to DST_NODES.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dst_nodes,
+                             Idx target, Idx ex_subexp, int type)
+{
+  Idx cur_node;
+  for (cur_node = target; !re_node_set_contains (dst_nodes, cur_node);)
+    {
+      bool ok;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type == type
+         && dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx == ex_subexp)
+       {
+         if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+           {
+             ok = re_node_set_insert (dst_nodes, cur_node);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+               return REG_ESPACE;
+           }
+         break;
+       }
+      ok = re_node_set_insert (dst_nodes, cur_node);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      if (dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem == 0)
+       break;
+      if (dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem == 2)
+       {
+         reg_errcode_t err;
+         err = check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (dfa, dst_nodes,
+                                             dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[1],
+                                             ex_subexp, type);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+       }
+      cur_node = dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[0];
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* For all the back references in the current state, calculate the
+   destination of the back references by the appropriate entry
+   in MCTX->BKREF_ENTS.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+expand_bkref_cache (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                   Idx cur_str, Idx subexp_num, int type)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx cache_idx_start = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, cur_str);
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+
+  if (cache_idx_start == -1)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+ restart:
+  ent = mctx->bkref_ents + cache_idx_start;
+  do
+    {
+      Idx to_idx, next_node;
+
+      /* Is this entry ENT is appropriate?  */
+      if (!re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, ent->node))
+       continue; /* No.  */
+
+      to_idx = cur_str + ent->subexp_to - ent->subexp_from;
+      /* Calculate the destination of the back reference, and append it
+        to MCTX->STATE_LOG.  */
+      if (to_idx == cur_str)
+       {
+         /* The backreference did epsilon transit, we must re-check all the
+            node in the current state.  */
+         re_node_set new_dests;
+         reg_errcode_t err2, err3;
+         next_node = dfa->edests[ent->node].elems[0];
+         if (re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, next_node))
+           continue;
+         err = re_node_set_init_1 (&new_dests, next_node);
+         err2 = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &new_dests, subexp_num, type);
+         err3 = re_node_set_merge (cur_nodes, &new_dests);
+         re_node_set_free (&new_dests);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR || err2 != REG_NOERROR
+                               || err3 != REG_NOERROR))
+           {
+             err = (err != REG_NOERROR ? err
+                    : (err2 != REG_NOERROR ? err2 : err3));
+             return err;
+           }
+         /* TODO: It is still inefficient...  */
+         goto restart;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         re_node_set union_set;
+         next_node = dfa->nexts[ent->node];
+         if (mctx->state_log[to_idx])
+           {
+             bool ok;
+             if (re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[to_idx]->nodes,
+                                       next_node))
+               continue;
+             err = re_node_set_init_copy (&union_set,
+                                          &mctx->state_log[to_idx]->nodes);
+             ok = re_node_set_insert (&union_set, next_node);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR || ! ok))
+               {
+                 re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+                 err = err != REG_NOERROR ? err : REG_ESPACE;
+                 return err;
+               }
+           }
+         else
+           {
+             err = re_node_set_init_1 (&union_set, next_node);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               return err;
+           }
+         mctx->state_log[to_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, &union_set);
+         re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->state_log[to_idx] == NULL
+                               && err != REG_NOERROR))
+           return err;
+       }
+    }
+  while (ent++->more);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Build transition table for the state.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool __attribute_noinline__
+build_trtable (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i, j;
+  int ch;
+  bool need_word_trtable = false;
+  bitset_word_t elem, mask;
+  Idx ndests; /* Number of the destination states from 'state'.  */
+  re_dfastate_t **trtable;
+  re_dfastate_t *dest_states[SBC_MAX];
+  re_dfastate_t *dest_states_word[SBC_MAX];
+  re_dfastate_t *dest_states_nl[SBC_MAX];
+  re_node_set follows;
+  bitset_t acceptable;
+
+  /* We build DFA states which corresponds to the destination nodes
+     from 'state'.  'dests_node[i]' represents the nodes which i-th
+     destination state contains, and 'dests_ch[i]' represents the
+     characters which i-th destination state accepts.  */
+  re_node_set dests_node[SBC_MAX];
+  bitset_t dests_ch[SBC_MAX];
+
+  /* Initialize transition table.  */
+  state->word_trtable = state->trtable = NULL;
+
+  /* At first, group all nodes belonging to 'state' into several
+     destinations.  */
+  ndests = group_nodes_into_DFAstates (dfa, state, dests_node, dests_ch);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ndests <= 0))
+    {
+      /* Return false in case of an error, true otherwise.  */
+      if (ndests == 0)
+       {
+         state->trtable = (re_dfastate_t **)
+           calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), SBC_MAX);
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (state->trtable == NULL))
+            return false;
+         return true;
+       }
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&follows, ndests + 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+    out_free:
+      re_node_set_free (&follows);
+      for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+       re_node_set_free (dests_node + i);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  bitset_empty (acceptable);
+
+  /* Then build the states for all destinations.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+    {
+      Idx next_node;
+      re_node_set_empty (&follows);
+      /* Merge the follows of this destination states.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < dests_node[i].nelem; ++j)
+       {
+         next_node = dfa->nexts[dests_node[i].elems[j]];
+         if (next_node != -1)
+           {
+             err = re_node_set_merge (&follows, dfa->eclosures + next_node);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               goto out_free;
+           }
+       }
+      dest_states[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows, 0);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dest_states[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR))
+       goto out_free;
+      /* If the new state has context constraint,
+        build appropriate states for these contexts.  */
+      if (dest_states[i]->has_constraint)
+       {
+         dest_states_word[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows,
+                                                         CONTEXT_WORD);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (dest_states_word[i] == NULL
+                               && err != REG_NOERROR))
+           goto out_free;
+
+         if (dest_states[i] != dest_states_word[i] && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+           need_word_trtable = true;
+
+         dest_states_nl[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows,
+                                                       CONTEXT_NEWLINE);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (dest_states_nl[i] == NULL && err != 
REG_NOERROR))
+           goto out_free;
+       }
+      else
+       {
+         dest_states_word[i] = dest_states[i];
+         dest_states_nl[i] = dest_states[i];
+       }
+      bitset_merge (acceptable, dests_ch[i]);
+    }
+
+  if (!__glibc_unlikely (need_word_trtable))
+    {
+      /* We don't care about whether the following character is a word
+        character, or we are in a single-byte character set so we can
+        discern by looking at the character code: allocate a
+        256-entry transition table.  */
+      trtable = state->trtable =
+       (re_dfastate_t **) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), SBC_MAX);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (trtable == NULL))
+       goto out_free;
+
+      /* For all characters ch...:  */
+      for (i = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+       for (ch = i * BITSET_WORD_BITS, elem = acceptable[i], mask = 1;
+            elem;
+            mask <<= 1, elem >>= 1, ++ch)
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (elem & 1))
+           {
+             /* There must be exactly one destination which accepts
+                character ch.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+             for (j = 0; (dests_ch[j][i] & mask) == 0; ++j)
+               ;
+
+             /* j-th destination accepts the word character ch.  */
+             if (dfa->word_char[i] & mask)
+               trtable[ch] = dest_states_word[j];
+             else
+               trtable[ch] = dest_states[j];
+           }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We care about whether the following character is a word
+        character, and we are in a multi-byte character set: discern
+        by looking at the character code: build two 256-entry
+        transition tables, one starting at trtable[0] and one
+        starting at trtable[SBC_MAX].  */
+      trtable = state->word_trtable =
+       (re_dfastate_t **) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), 2 * SBC_MAX);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (trtable == NULL))
+       goto out_free;
+
+      /* For all characters ch...:  */
+      for (i = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+       for (ch = i * BITSET_WORD_BITS, elem = acceptable[i], mask = 1;
+            elem;
+            mask <<= 1, elem >>= 1, ++ch)
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (elem & 1))
+           {
+             /* There must be exactly one destination which accepts
+                character ch.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+             for (j = 0; (dests_ch[j][i] & mask) == 0; ++j)
+               ;
+
+             /* j-th destination accepts the word character ch.  */
+             trtable[ch] = dest_states[j];
+             trtable[ch + SBC_MAX] = dest_states_word[j];
+           }
+    }
+
+  /* new line */
+  if (bitset_contain (acceptable, NEWLINE_CHAR))
+    {
+      /* The current state accepts newline character.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+       if (bitset_contain (dests_ch[j], NEWLINE_CHAR))
+         {
+           /* k-th destination accepts newline character.  */
+           trtable[NEWLINE_CHAR] = dest_states_nl[j];
+           if (need_word_trtable)
+             trtable[NEWLINE_CHAR + SBC_MAX] = dest_states_nl[j];
+           /* There must be only one destination which accepts
+              newline.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+           break;
+         }
+    }
+
+  re_node_set_free (&follows);
+  for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+    re_node_set_free (dests_node + i);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Group all nodes belonging to STATE into several destinations.
+   Then for all destinations, set the nodes belonging to the destination
+   to DESTS_NODE[i] and set the characters accepted by the destination
+   to DEST_CH[i].  Return the number of destinations if successful,
+   -1 on internal error.  */
+
+static Idx
+group_nodes_into_DFAstates (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_dfastate_t *state,
+                           re_node_set *dests_node, bitset_t *dests_ch)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  bool ok;
+  Idx i, j, k;
+  Idx ndests; /* Number of the destinations from 'state'.  */
+  bitset_t accepts; /* Characters a node can accept.  */
+  const re_node_set *cur_nodes = &state->nodes;
+  bitset_empty (accepts);
+  ndests = 0;
+
+  /* For all the nodes belonging to 'state',  */
+  for (i = 0; i < cur_nodes->nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      re_token_t *node = &dfa->nodes[cur_nodes->elems[i]];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      unsigned int constraint = node->constraint;
+
+      /* Enumerate all single byte character this node can accept.  */
+      if (type == CHARACTER)
+       bitset_set (accepts, node->opr.c);
+      else if (type == SIMPLE_BRACKET)
+       {
+         bitset_merge (accepts, node->opr.sbcset);
+       }
+      else if (type == OP_PERIOD)
+       {
+         if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+           bitset_merge (accepts, dfa->sb_char);
+         else
+           bitset_set_all (accepts);
+         if (!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+           bitset_clear (accepts, '\n');
+         if (dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)
+           bitset_clear (accepts, '\0');
+       }
+      else if (type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD)
+       {
+         if (ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0)
+           memset (accepts, -1, ASCII_CHARS / CHAR_BIT);
+         else
+           bitset_merge (accepts, utf8_sb_map);
+         if (!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+           bitset_clear (accepts, '\n');
+         if (dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)
+           bitset_clear (accepts, '\0');
+       }
+      else
+       continue;
+
+      /* Check the 'accepts' and sift the characters which are not
+        match it the context.  */
+      if (constraint)
+       {
+         if (constraint & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT)
+           {
+             bool accepts_newline = bitset_contain (accepts, NEWLINE_CHAR);
+             bitset_empty (accepts);
+             if (accepts_newline)
+               bitset_set (accepts, NEWLINE_CHAR);
+             else
+               continue;
+           }
+         if (constraint & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT)
+           {
+             bitset_empty (accepts);
+             continue;
+           }
+
+         if (constraint & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT)
+           {
+             bitset_word_t any_set = 0;
+             if (type == CHARACTER && !node->word_char)
+               {
+                 bitset_empty (accepts);
+                 continue;
+               }
+             if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+               for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+                 any_set |= (accepts[j] &= (dfa->word_char[j] | 
~dfa->sb_char[j]));
+             else
+               for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+                 any_set |= (accepts[j] &= dfa->word_char[j]);
+             if (!any_set)
+               continue;
+           }
+         if (constraint & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT)
+           {
+             bitset_word_t any_set = 0;
+             if (type == CHARACTER && node->word_char)
+               {
+                 bitset_empty (accepts);
+                 continue;
+               }
+             if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+               for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+                 any_set |= (accepts[j] &= ~(dfa->word_char[j] & 
dfa->sb_char[j]));
+             else
+               for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+                 any_set |= (accepts[j] &= ~dfa->word_char[j]);
+             if (!any_set)
+               continue;
+           }
+       }
+
+      /* Then divide 'accepts' into DFA states, or create a new
+        state.  Above, we make sure that accepts is not empty.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+       {
+         bitset_t intersec; /* Intersection sets, see below.  */
+         bitset_t remains;
+         /* Flags, see below.  */
+         bitset_word_t has_intersec, not_subset, not_consumed;
+
+         /* Optimization, skip if this state doesn't accept the character.  */
+         if (type == CHARACTER && !bitset_contain (dests_ch[j], node->opr.c))
+           continue;
+
+         /* Enumerate the intersection set of this state and 'accepts'.  */
+         has_intersec = 0;
+         for (k = 0; k < BITSET_WORDS; ++k)
+           has_intersec |= intersec[k] = accepts[k] & dests_ch[j][k];
+         /* And skip if the intersection set is empty.  */
+         if (!has_intersec)
+           continue;
+
+         /* Then check if this state is a subset of 'accepts'.  */
+         not_subset = not_consumed = 0;
+         for (k = 0; k < BITSET_WORDS; ++k)
+           {
+             not_subset |= remains[k] = ~accepts[k] & dests_ch[j][k];
+             not_consumed |= accepts[k] = accepts[k] & ~dests_ch[j][k];
+           }
+
+         /* If this state isn't a subset of 'accepts', create a
+            new group state, which has the 'remains'. */
+         if (not_subset)
+           {
+             bitset_copy (dests_ch[ndests], remains);
+             bitset_copy (dests_ch[j], intersec);
+             err = re_node_set_init_copy (dests_node + ndests, &dests_node[j]);
+             if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+               goto error_return;
+             ++ndests;
+           }
+
+         /* Put the position in the current group. */
+         ok = re_node_set_insert (&dests_node[j], cur_nodes->elems[i]);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+           goto error_return;
+
+         /* If all characters are consumed, go to next node. */
+         if (!not_consumed)
+           break;
+       }
+      /* Some characters remain, create a new group. */
+      if (j == ndests)
+       {
+         bitset_copy (dests_ch[ndests], accepts);
+         err = re_node_set_init_1 (dests_node + ndests, cur_nodes->elems[i]);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+           goto error_return;
+         ++ndests;
+         bitset_empty (accepts);
+       }
+    }
+  assume (ndests <= SBC_MAX);
+  return ndests;
+ error_return:
+  for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+    re_node_set_free (dests_node + j);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Check how many bytes the node 'dfa->nodes[node_idx]' accepts.
+   Return the number of the bytes the node accepts.
+   STR_IDX is the current index of the input string.
+
+   This function handles the nodes which can accept one character, or
+   one collating element like '.', '[a-z]', opposite to the other nodes
+   can only accept one byte.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <locale/weight.h>
+#endif
+
+static int
+check_node_accept_bytes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node_idx,
+                        const re_string_t *input, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + node_idx;
+  int char_len, elem_len;
+  Idx i;
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (node->type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD))
+    {
+      unsigned char c = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx), d;
+      if (__glibc_likely (c < 0xc2))
+       return 0;
+
+      if (str_idx + 2 > input->len)
+       return 0;
+
+      d = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx + 1);
+      if (c < 0xe0)
+       return (d < 0x80 || d > 0xbf) ? 0 : 2;
+      else if (c < 0xf0)
+       {
+         char_len = 3;
+         if (c == 0xe0 && d < 0xa0)
+           return 0;
+       }
+      else if (c < 0xf8)
+       {
+         char_len = 4;
+         if (c == 0xf0 && d < 0x90)
+           return 0;
+       }
+      else if (c < 0xfc)
+       {
+         char_len = 5;
+         if (c == 0xf8 && d < 0x88)
+           return 0;
+       }
+      else if (c < 0xfe)
+       {
+         char_len = 6;
+         if (c == 0xfc && d < 0x84)
+           return 0;
+       }
+      else
+       return 0;
+
+      if (str_idx + char_len > input->len)
+       return 0;
+
+      for (i = 1; i < char_len; ++i)
+       {
+         d = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx + i);
+         if (d < 0x80 || d > 0xbf)
+           return 0;
+       }
+      return char_len;
+    }
+
+  char_len = re_string_char_size_at (input, str_idx);
+  if (node->type == OP_PERIOD)
+    {
+      if (char_len <= 1)
+       return 0;
+      /* FIXME: I don't think this if is needed, as both '\n'
+        and '\0' are char_len == 1.  */
+      /* '.' accepts any one character except the following two cases.  */
+      if ((!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE)
+          && re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx) == '\n')
+         || ((dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)
+             && re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx) == '\0'))
+       return 0;
+      return char_len;
+    }
+
+  elem_len = re_string_elem_size_at (input, str_idx);
+  if ((elem_len <= 1 && char_len <= 1) || char_len == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (node->type == COMPLEX_BRACKET)
+    {
+      const re_charset_t *cset = node->opr.mbcset;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      const unsigned char *pin
+       = ((const unsigned char *) re_string_get_buffer (input) + str_idx);
+      Idx j;
+      uint32_t nrules;
+#endif
+      int match_len = 0;
+      wchar_t wc = ((cset->nranges || cset->nchar_classes || cset->nmbchars)
+                   ? re_string_wchar_at (input, str_idx) : 0);
+
+      /* match with multibyte character?  */
+      for (i = 0; i < cset->nmbchars; ++i)
+       if (wc == cset->mbchars[i])
+         {
+           match_len = char_len;
+           goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+         }
+      /* match with character_class?  */
+      for (i = 0; i < cset->nchar_classes; ++i)
+       {
+         wctype_t wt = cset->char_classes[i];
+         if (__iswctype (wc, wt))
+           {
+             match_len = char_len;
+             goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+           }
+       }
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+      if (nrules != 0)
+       {
+         unsigned int in_collseq = 0;
+         const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+         const unsigned char *weights, *extra;
+         const char *collseqwc;
+
+         /* match with collating_symbol?  */
+         if (cset->ncoll_syms)
+           extra = (const unsigned char *)
+             _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+         for (i = 0; i < cset->ncoll_syms; ++i)
+           {
+             const unsigned char *coll_sym = extra + cset->coll_syms[i];
+             /* Compare the length of input collating element and
+                the length of current collating element.  */
+             if (*coll_sym != elem_len)
+               continue;
+             /* Compare each bytes.  */
+             for (j = 0; j < *coll_sym; j++)
+               if (pin[j] != coll_sym[1 + j])
+                 break;
+             if (j == *coll_sym)
+               {
+                 /* Match if every bytes is equal.  */
+                 match_len = j;
+                 goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+               }
+           }
+
+         if (cset->nranges)
+           {
+             if (elem_len <= char_len)
+               {
+                 collseqwc = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+                 in_collseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, wc);
+               }
+             else
+               in_collseq = find_collation_sequence_value (pin, elem_len);
+           }
+         /* match with range expression?  */
+         /* FIXME: Implement rational ranges here, too.  */
+         for (i = 0; i < cset->nranges; ++i)
+           if (cset->range_starts[i] <= in_collseq
+               && in_collseq <= cset->range_ends[i])
+             {
+               match_len = elem_len;
+               goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+             }
+
+         /* match with equivalence_class?  */
+         if (cset->nequiv_classes)
+           {
+             const unsigned char *cp = pin;
+             table = (const int32_t *)
+               _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+             weights = (const unsigned char *)
+               _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB);
+             extra = (const unsigned char *)
+               _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+             indirect = (const int32_t *)
+               _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+             int32_t idx = findidx (table, indirect, extra, &cp, elem_len);
+             int32_t rule = idx >> 24;
+             idx &= 0xffffff;
+             if (idx > 0)
+               {
+                 size_t weight_len = weights[idx];
+                 for (i = 0; i < cset->nequiv_classes; ++i)
+                   {
+                     int32_t equiv_class_idx = cset->equiv_classes[i];
+                     int32_t equiv_class_rule = equiv_class_idx >> 24;
+                     equiv_class_idx &= 0xffffff;
+                     if (weights[equiv_class_idx] == weight_len
+                         && equiv_class_rule == rule
+                         && memcmp (weights + idx + 1,
+                                    weights + equiv_class_idx + 1,
+                                    weight_len) == 0)
+                       {
+                         match_len = elem_len;
+                         goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+                       }
+                   }
+               }
+           }
+       }
+      else
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+       {
+         /* match with range expression?  */
+         for (i = 0; i < cset->nranges; ++i)
+           {
+             if (cset->range_starts[i] <= wc && wc <= cset->range_ends[i])
+               {
+                 match_len = char_len;
+                 goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+               }
+           }
+       }
+    check_node_accept_bytes_match:
+      if (!cset->non_match)
+       return match_len;
+      else
+       {
+         if (match_len > 0)
+           return 0;
+         else
+           return (elem_len > char_len) ? elem_len : char_len;
+       }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static unsigned int
+find_collation_sequence_value (const unsigned char *mbs, size_t mbs_len)
+{
+  uint32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules == 0)
+    {
+      if (mbs_len == 1)
+       {
+         /* No valid character.  Match it as a single byte character.  */
+         const unsigned char *collseq = (const unsigned char *)
+           _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+         return collseq[mbs[0]];
+       }
+      return UINT_MAX;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int32_t idx;
+      const unsigned char *extra = (const unsigned char *)
+       _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+      int32_t extrasize = (const unsigned char *)
+       _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB + 1) - extra;
+
+      for (idx = 0; idx < extrasize;)
+       {
+         int mbs_cnt;
+         bool found = false;
+         int32_t elem_mbs_len;
+         /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+         idx = idx + extra[idx] + 1;
+         elem_mbs_len = extra[idx++];
+         if (mbs_len == elem_mbs_len)
+           {
+             for (mbs_cnt = 0; mbs_cnt < elem_mbs_len; ++mbs_cnt)
+               if (extra[idx + mbs_cnt] != mbs[mbs_cnt])
+                 break;
+             if (mbs_cnt == elem_mbs_len)
+               /* Found the entry.  */
+               found = true;
+           }
+         /* Skip the byte sequence of the collating element.  */
+         idx += elem_mbs_len;
+         /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+         idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+         /* Skip the collation sequence value.  */
+         idx += sizeof (uint32_t);
+         /* Skip the wide char sequence of the collating element.  */
+         idx = idx + sizeof (uint32_t) * (*(int32_t *) (extra + idx) + 1);
+         /* If we found the entry, return the sequence value.  */
+         if (found)
+           return *(uint32_t *) (extra + idx);
+         /* Skip the collation sequence value.  */
+         idx += sizeof (uint32_t);
+       }
+      return UINT_MAX;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+/* Check whether the node accepts the byte which is IDX-th
+   byte of the INPUT.  */
+
+static bool
+check_node_accept (const re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_token_t *node,
+                  Idx idx)
+{
+  unsigned char ch;
+  ch = re_string_byte_at (&mctx->input, idx);
+  switch (node->type)
+    {
+    case CHARACTER:
+      if (node->opr.c != ch)
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case SIMPLE_BRACKET:
+      if (!bitset_contain (node->opr.sbcset, ch))
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_UTF8_PERIOD:
+      if (ch >= ASCII_CHARS)
+        return false;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case OP_PERIOD:
+      if ((ch == '\n' && !(mctx->dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+         || (ch == '\0' && (mctx->dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)))
+       return false;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (node->constraint)
+    {
+      /* The node has constraints.  Check whether the current context
+        satisfies the constraints.  */
+      unsigned int context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx,
+                                                  mctx->eflags);
+      if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (node->constraint, context))
+       return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Extend the buffers, if the buffers have run out.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+extend_buffers (re_match_context_t *mctx, int min_len)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  re_string_t *pstr = &mctx->input;
+
+  /* Avoid overflow.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *)) / 2
+                       <= pstr->bufs_len))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  /* Double the lengths of the buffers, but allocate at least MIN_LEN.  */
+  ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr,
+                                  MAX (min_len,
+                                       MIN (pstr->len, pstr->bufs_len * 2)));
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+
+  if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+    {
+      /* And double the length of state_log.  */
+      /* XXX We have no indication of the size of this buffer.  If this
+        allocation fail we have no indication that the state_log array
+        does not have the right size.  */
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array = re_realloc (mctx->state_log, re_dfastate_t *,
+                                             pstr->bufs_len + 1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array == NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      mctx->state_log = new_array;
+    }
+
+  /* Then reconstruct the buffers.  */
+  if (pstr->icase)
+    {
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+       {
+         ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+         if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+           return ret;
+       }
+      else
+       build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+       build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+      else
+       {
+         if (pstr->trans != NULL)
+           re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+       }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Functions for matching context.  */
+
+/* Initialize MCTX.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+match_ctx_init (re_match_context_t *mctx, int eflags, Idx n)
+{
+  mctx->eflags = eflags;
+  mctx->match_last = -1;
+  if (n > 0)
+    {
+      /* Avoid overflow.  */
+      size_t max_object_size =
+       MAX (sizeof (struct re_backref_cache_entry),
+            sizeof (re_sub_match_top_t *));
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size) < n))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+
+      mctx->bkref_ents = re_malloc (struct re_backref_cache_entry, n);
+      mctx->sub_tops = re_malloc (re_sub_match_top_t *, n);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->bkref_ents == NULL || mctx->sub_tops == 
NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  /* Already zero-ed by the caller.
+     else
+       mctx->bkref_ents = NULL;
+     mctx->nbkref_ents = 0;
+     mctx->nsub_tops = 0;  */
+  mctx->abkref_ents = n;
+  mctx->max_mb_elem_len = 1;
+  mctx->asub_tops = n;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Clean the entries which depend on the current input in MCTX.
+   This function must be invoked when the matcher changes the start index
+   of the input, or changes the input string.  */
+
+static void
+match_ctx_clean (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  Idx st_idx;
+  for (st_idx = 0; st_idx < mctx->nsub_tops; ++st_idx)
+    {
+      Idx sl_idx;
+      re_sub_match_top_t *top = mctx->sub_tops[st_idx];
+      for (sl_idx = 0; sl_idx < top->nlasts; ++sl_idx)
+       {
+         re_sub_match_last_t *last = top->lasts[sl_idx];
+         re_free (last->path.array);
+         re_free (last);
+       }
+      re_free (top->lasts);
+      if (top->path)
+       {
+         re_free (top->path->array);
+         re_free (top->path);
+       }
+      re_free (top);
+    }
+
+  mctx->nsub_tops = 0;
+  mctx->nbkref_ents = 0;
+}
+
+/* Free all the memory associated with MCTX.  */
+
+static void
+match_ctx_free (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  /* First, free all the memory associated with MCTX->SUB_TOPS.  */
+  match_ctx_clean (mctx);
+  re_free (mctx->sub_tops);
+  re_free (mctx->bkref_ents);
+}
+
+/* Add a new backreference entry to MCTX.
+   Note that we assume that caller never call this function with duplicate
+   entry, and call with STR_IDX which isn't smaller than any existing entry.
+*/
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+match_ctx_add_entry (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node, Idx str_idx, Idx from,
+                    Idx to)
+{
+  if (mctx->nbkref_ents >= mctx->abkref_ents)
+    {
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry* new_entry;
+      new_entry = re_realloc (mctx->bkref_ents, struct re_backref_cache_entry,
+                             mctx->abkref_ents * 2);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_entry == NULL))
+       {
+         re_free (mctx->bkref_ents);
+         return REG_ESPACE;
+       }
+      mctx->bkref_ents = new_entry;
+      memset (mctx->bkref_ents + mctx->nbkref_ents, '\0',
+             sizeof (struct re_backref_cache_entry) * mctx->abkref_ents);
+      mctx->abkref_ents *= 2;
+    }
+  if (mctx->nbkref_ents > 0
+      && mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents - 1].str_idx == str_idx)
+    mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents - 1].more = 1;
+
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].node = node;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].str_idx = str_idx;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].subexp_from = from;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].subexp_to = to;
+
+  /* This is a cache that saves negative results of check_dst_limits_calc_pos.
+     If bit N is clear, means that this entry won't epsilon-transition to
+     an OP_OPEN_SUBEXP or OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP for the N+1-th subexpression.  If
+     it is set, check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 will recurse and try to find one
+     such node.
+
+     A backreference does not epsilon-transition unless it is empty, so set
+     to all zeros if FROM != TO.  */
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].eps_reachable_subexps_map
+    = (from == to ? -1 : 0);
+
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents++].more = 0;
+  if (mctx->max_mb_elem_len < to - from)
+    mctx->max_mb_elem_len = to - from;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Return the first entry with the same str_idx, or -1 if none is
+   found.  Note that MCTX->BKREF_ENTS is already sorted by MCTX->STR_IDX.  */
+
+static Idx
+search_cur_bkref_entry (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  Idx left, right, mid, last;
+  last = right = mctx->nbkref_ents;
+  for (left = 0; left < right;)
+    {
+      mid = (left + right) / 2;
+      if (mctx->bkref_ents[mid].str_idx < str_idx)
+       left = mid + 1;
+      else
+       right = mid;
+    }
+  if (left < last && mctx->bkref_ents[left].str_idx == str_idx)
+    return left;
+  else
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/* Register the node NODE, whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, and which matches
+   at STR_IDX.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+match_ctx_add_subtop (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->sub_tops != NULL);
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->asub_tops > 0);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->nsub_tops == mctx->asub_tops))
+    {
+      Idx new_asub_tops = mctx->asub_tops * 2;
+      re_sub_match_top_t **new_array = re_realloc (mctx->sub_tops,
+                                                  re_sub_match_top_t *,
+                                                  new_asub_tops);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array == NULL))
+       return REG_ESPACE;
+      mctx->sub_tops = new_array;
+      mctx->asub_tops = new_asub_tops;
+    }
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops] = calloc (1, sizeof (re_sub_match_top_t));
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops] == NULL))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops]->node = node;
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops++]->str_idx = str_idx;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Register the node NODE, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP, and which matches
+   at STR_IDX, whose corresponding OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is SUB_TOP.
+   Return the new entry if successful, NULL if memory is exhausted.  */
+
+static re_sub_match_last_t *
+match_ctx_add_sublast (re_sub_match_top_t *subtop, Idx node, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  re_sub_match_last_t *new_entry;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (subtop->nlasts == subtop->alasts))
+    {
+      Idx new_alasts = 2 * subtop->alasts + 1;
+      re_sub_match_last_t **new_array = re_realloc (subtop->lasts,
+                                                   re_sub_match_last_t *,
+                                                   new_alasts);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array == NULL))
+       return NULL;
+      subtop->lasts = new_array;
+      subtop->alasts = new_alasts;
+    }
+  new_entry = calloc (1, sizeof (re_sub_match_last_t));
+  if (__glibc_likely (new_entry != NULL))
+    {
+      subtop->lasts[subtop->nlasts] = new_entry;
+      new_entry->node = node;
+      new_entry->str_idx = str_idx;
+      ++subtop->nlasts;
+    }
+  return new_entry;
+}
+
+static void
+sift_ctx_init (re_sift_context_t *sctx, re_dfastate_t **sifted_sts,
+              re_dfastate_t **limited_sts, Idx last_node, Idx last_str_idx)
+{
+  sctx->sifted_states = sifted_sts;
+  sctx->limited_states = limited_sts;
+  sctx->last_node = last_node;
+  sctx->last_str_idx = last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&sctx->limits);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/root-uid.h b/xcompile/lib/root-uid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1905575e47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/root-uid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* The user ID that always has appropriate privileges in the POSIX sense.
+
+   Copyright 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef ROOT_UID_H_
+#define ROOT_UID_H_
+
+/* The user ID that always has appropriate privileges in the POSIX sense.  */
+#ifdef __TANDEM
+# define ROOT_UID 65535
+#else
+# define ROOT_UID 0
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/save-cwd.c b/xcompile/lib/save-cwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c517d1c81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/save-cwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* save-cwd.c -- Save and restore current working directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2003-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Gnulib needs to save and restore the current working directory to
+   fully emulate functions like fstatat.  But Emacs doesn't care what
+   the current working directory is; it always uses absolute file
+   names.  This module replaces the Gnulib module by omitting the code
+   that Emacs does not need.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "save-cwd.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Record the location of the current working directory in CWD so that
+   the program may change to other directories and later use restore_cwd
+   to return to the recorded location.  This function may allocate
+   space using malloc (via getcwd) or leave a file descriptor open;
+   use free_cwd to perform the necessary free or close.  Upon failure,
+   no memory is allocated, any locally opened file descriptors are
+   closed;  return non-zero -- in that case, free_cwd need not be
+   called, but doing so is ok.  Otherwise, return zero.
+
+   The _raison d'etre_ for this interface is that the working directory
+   is sometimes inaccessible, and getcwd is not robust or as efficient.
+   So, we prefer to use the open/fchdir approach, but fall back on
+   getcwd if necessary.  This module works for most cases with just
+   the getcwd-lgpl module, but to be truly robust, use the getcwd module.
+
+   Some systems lack fchdir altogether: e.g., OS/2, pre-2001 Cygwin,
+   SCO Xenix.  Also, SunOS 4 and Irix 5.3 provide the function, yet it
+   doesn't work for partitions on which auditing is enabled.  If
+   you're still using an obsolete system with these problems, please
+   send email to the maintainer of this code.  */
+
+#if !defined HAVE_FCHDIR && !defined fchdir
+# define fchdir(fd) (-1)
+#endif
+
+int
+save_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd)
+{
+  cwd->desc = open (".", O_SEARCH | O_CLOEXEC);
+  /* The 'name' member is present only to minimize differences from
+     gnulib.  Initialize it to zero, if only to simplify debugging.  */
+  cwd->name = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Change to recorded location, CWD, in directory hierarchy.
+   Upon failure, return -1 (errno is set by chdir or fchdir).
+   Upon success, return zero.  */
+
+int
+restore_cwd (const struct saved_cwd *cwd)
+{
+  /* Restore the previous directory if possible, to avoid tying down
+     the file system of the new directory (Bug#18232).
+     Don't worry if fchdir fails, as Emacs doesn't care what the
+     working directory is.  The fchdir call is inside an 'if' merely to
+     pacify compilers that complain if fchdir's return value is ignored.  */
+  if (fchdir (cwd->desc) == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+free_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd)
+{
+  close (cwd->desc);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/save-cwd.h b/xcompile/lib/save-cwd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d089b0e214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/save-cwd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Save and restore current working directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2003, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef SAVE_CWD_H
+# define SAVE_CWD_H 1
+
+struct saved_cwd
+  {
+    int desc;
+    char *name;
+  };
+
+int save_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd);
+int restore_cwd (const struct saved_cwd *cwd);
+void free_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd);
+
+#endif /* SAVE_CWD_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/scratch_buffer.h b/xcompile/lib/scratch_buffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4cf60d232b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/scratch_buffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, 2017.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_SCRATCH_BUFFER_H
+#define _GL_SCRATCH_BUFFER_H
+
+/* Scratch buffers with a default stack allocation and fallback to
+   heap allocation.  It is expected that this function is used in this
+   way:
+
+     struct scratch_buffer tmpbuf;
+     scratch_buffer_init (&tmpbuf);
+
+     while (!function_that_uses_buffer (tmpbuf.data, tmpbuf.length))
+       if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&tmpbuf))
+         return -1;
+
+     scratch_buffer_free (&tmpbuf);
+     return 0;
+
+   The allocation functions (scratch_buffer_grow,
+   scratch_buffer_grow_preserve, scratch_buffer_set_array_size) make
+   sure that the heap allocation, if any, is freed, so that the code
+   above does not have a memory leak.  The buffer still remains in a
+   state that can be deallocated using scratch_buffer_free, so a loop
+   like this is valid as well:
+
+     struct scratch_buffer tmpbuf;
+     scratch_buffer_init (&tmpbuf);
+
+     while (!function_that_uses_buffer (tmpbuf.data, tmpbuf.length))
+       if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&tmpbuf))
+         break;
+
+     scratch_buffer_free (&tmpbuf);
+
+   scratch_buffer_grow and scratch_buffer_grow_preserve are guaranteed
+   to grow the buffer by at least 512 bytes.  This means that when
+   using the scratch buffer as a backing store for a non-character
+   array whose element size, in bytes, is 512 or smaller, the scratch
+   buffer only has to grow once to make room for at least one more
+   element.
+*/
+
+/* Scratch buffer.  Must be initialized with scratch_buffer_init
+   before its use.  */
+struct scratch_buffer;
+
+/* Initializes *BUFFER so that BUFFER->data points to BUFFER->__space
+   and BUFFER->length reflects the available space.  */
+#if 0
+extern void scratch_buffer_init (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+#endif
+
+/* Deallocates *BUFFER (if it was heap-allocated).  */
+#if 0
+extern void scratch_buffer_free (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+#endif
+
+/* Grow *BUFFER by some arbitrary amount.  The buffer contents is NOT
+   preserved.  Return true on success, false on allocation failure (in
+   which case the old buffer is freed).  On success, the new buffer is
+   larger than the previous size.  On failure, *BUFFER is deallocated,
+   but remains in a free-able state, and errno is set.  */
+#if 0
+extern bool scratch_buffer_grow (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+#endif
+
+/* Like scratch_buffer_grow, but preserve the old buffer
+   contents on success, as a prefix of the new buffer.  */
+#if 0
+extern bool scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+#endif
+
+/* Grow *BUFFER so that it can store at least NELEM elements of SIZE
+   bytes.  The buffer contents are NOT preserved.  Both NELEM and SIZE
+   can be zero.  Return true on success, false on allocation failure
+   (in which case the old buffer is freed, but *BUFFER remains in a
+   free-able state, and errno is set).  It is unspecified whether this
+   function can reduce the array size.  */
+#if 0
+extern bool scratch_buffer_set_array_size (struct scratch_buffer *buffer,
+                                           size_t nelem, size_t size);
+#endif
+
+
+/* The implementation is imported from glibc.  */
+
+/* Avoid possible conflicts with symbols exported by the GNU libc.  */
+#define __libc_scratch_buffer_grow gl_scratch_buffer_grow
+#define __libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve gl_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve
+#define __libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size gl_scratch_buffer_set_array_size
+
+#ifndef _GL_LIKELY
+/* Rely on __builtin_expect, as provided by the module 'builtin-expect'.  */
+# define _GL_LIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
+# define _GL_UNLIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
+#endif
+
+#include <malloc/scratch_buffer.gl.h>
+
+#endif /* _GL_SCRATCH_BUFFER_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/set-permissions.c b/xcompile/lib/set-permissions.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d6732cc78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/set-permissions.c
@@ -0,0 +1,847 @@
+/* Set permissions of a file.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+#if USE_ACL
+# if ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_MODE && defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_TEXT /* FreeBSD, 
IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+#  if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE && !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+
+static acl_t
+acl_from_mode (mode_t mode)
+{
+#  if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
+  char acl_text[] = "u::---,g::---,o::---,";
+#  else /* FreeBSD, IRIX, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+  char acl_text[] = "u::---,g::---,o::---";
+#  endif
+
+  if (mode & S_IRUSR) acl_text[ 3] = 'r';
+  if (mode & S_IWUSR) acl_text[ 4] = 'w';
+  if (mode & S_IXUSR) acl_text[ 5] = 'x';
+  if (mode & S_IRGRP) acl_text[10] = 'r';
+  if (mode & S_IWGRP) acl_text[11] = 'w';
+  if (mode & S_IXGRP) acl_text[12] = 'x';
+  if (mode & S_IROTH) acl_text[17] = 'r';
+  if (mode & S_IWOTH) acl_text[18] = 'w';
+  if (mode & S_IXOTH) acl_text[19] = 'x';
+
+  return acl_from_text (acl_text);
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
+static int
+set_acls_from_mode (const char *name, int desc, mode_t mode, bool *must_chmod)
+{
+#  ifdef ACE_GETACL
+  /* Solaris also has a different variant of ACLs, used in ZFS and NFSv4
+     file systems (whereas the other ones are used in UFS file systems).  */
+
+  /* The flags in the ace_t structure changed in a binary incompatible way
+     when ACL_NO_TRIVIAL etc. were introduced in <sys/acl.h> version 1.15.
+     How to distinguish the two conventions at runtime?
+     We fetch the existing ACL.  In the old convention, usually three ACEs have
+     a_flags = ACE_OWNER / ACE_GROUP / ACE_OTHER, in the range 0x0100..0x0400.
+     In the new convention, these values are not used.  */
+  int convention;
+
+  {
+    /* Initially, try to read the entries into a stack-allocated buffer.
+       Use malloc if it does not fit.  */
+    enum
+      {
+        alloc_init = 4000 / sizeof (ace_t), /* >= 3 */
+        alloc_max = MIN (INT_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (ace_t))
+      };
+    ace_t buf[alloc_init];
+    size_t alloc = alloc_init;
+    ace_t *entries = buf;
+    ace_t *malloced = NULL;
+    int count;
+
+    for (;;)
+      {
+        count = (desc != -1
+                 ? facl (desc, ACE_GETACL, alloc, entries)
+                 : acl (name, ACE_GETACL, alloc, entries));
+        if (count < 0 && errno == ENOSPC)
+          {
+            /* Increase the size of the buffer.  */
+            free (malloced);
+            if (alloc > alloc_max / 2)
+              {
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return -1;
+              }
+            alloc = 2 * alloc; /* <= alloc_max */
+            entries = malloced = (ace_t *) malloc (alloc * sizeof (ace_t));
+            if (entries == NULL)
+              {
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return -1;
+              }
+            continue;
+          }
+        break;
+      }
+
+    if (count <= 0)
+      convention = -1;
+    else
+      {
+        int i;
+
+        convention = 0;
+        for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+          if (entries[i].a_flags & (OLD_ACE_OWNER | OLD_ACE_GROUP | 
OLD_ACE_OTHER))
+            {
+              convention = 1;
+              break;
+            }
+      }
+    free (malloced);
+  }
+
+  if (convention >= 0)
+    {
+      ace_t entries[6];
+      int count;
+      int ret;
+
+      if (convention)
+        {
+          /* Running on Solaris 10.  */
+          entries[0].a_type = OLD_ALLOW;
+          entries[0].a_flags = OLD_ACE_OWNER;
+          entries[0].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[0].a_access_mask = (mode >> 6) & 7;
+          entries[1].a_type = OLD_ALLOW;
+          entries[1].a_flags = OLD_ACE_GROUP;
+          entries[1].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[1].a_access_mask = (mode >> 3) & 7;
+          entries[2].a_type = OLD_ALLOW;
+          entries[2].a_flags = OLD_ACE_OTHER;
+          entries[2].a_who = 0;
+          entries[2].a_access_mask = mode & 7;
+          count = 3;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Running on Solaris 10 (newer version) or Solaris 11.
+             The details here were found through "/bin/ls -lvd somefiles".  */
+          entries[0].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[0].a_flags = NEW_ACE_OWNER;
+          entries[0].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[0].a_access_mask = 0;
+          entries[1].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[1].a_flags = NEW_ACE_OWNER;
+          entries[1].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[1].a_access_mask = NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER;
+          if (mode & 0400)
+            entries[1].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[0].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0200)
+            entries[1].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | 
NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[0].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | 
NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0100)
+            entries[1].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          else
+            entries[0].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          entries[2].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[2].a_flags = NEW_ACE_GROUP | NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP;
+          entries[2].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[2].a_access_mask = 0;
+          entries[3].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[3].a_flags = NEW_ACE_GROUP | NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP;
+          entries[3].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[3].a_access_mask = 0;
+          if (mode & 0040)
+            entries[3].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[2].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0020)
+            entries[3].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | 
NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[2].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | 
NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0010)
+            entries[3].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          else
+            entries[2].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          entries[4].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[4].a_flags = NEW_ACE_EVERYONE;
+          entries[4].a_who = 0;
+          entries[4].a_access_mask = NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER;
+          entries[5].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[5].a_flags = NEW_ACE_EVERYONE;
+          entries[5].a_who = 0;
+          entries[5].a_access_mask = NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
+                                     | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
+                                     | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
+                                     | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE;
+          if (mode & 0004)
+            entries[5].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[4].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0002)
+            entries[5].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | 
NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[4].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | 
NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0001)
+            entries[5].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          else
+            entries[4].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          count = 6;
+        }
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, ACE_SETACL, count, entries);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, ACE_SETACL, count, entries);
+      if (ret < 0 && errno != EINVAL && errno != ENOTSUP)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS)
+            {
+              *must_chmod = true;
+              return 0;
+            }
+          return -1;
+        }
+      if (ret == 0)
+        return 0;
+    }
+#  endif
+
+  {
+    aclent_t entries[3];
+    int ret;
+
+    entries[0].a_type = USER_OBJ;
+    entries[0].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+    entries[0].a_perm = (mode >> 6) & 7;
+    entries[1].a_type = GROUP_OBJ;
+    entries[1].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+    entries[1].a_perm = (mode >> 3) & 7;
+    entries[2].a_type = OTHER_OBJ;
+    entries[2].a_id = 0;
+    entries[2].a_perm = mode & 7;
+
+    if (desc != -1)
+      ret = facl (desc, SETACL,
+                  sizeof (entries) / sizeof (aclent_t), entries);
+    else
+      ret = acl (name, SETACL,
+                 sizeof (entries) / sizeof (aclent_t), entries);
+    if (ret < 0)
+      {
+        if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP)
+          {
+            *must_chmod = true;
+            return 0;
+          }
+        return -1;
+      }
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+static int
+context_acl_from_mode (struct permission_context *ctx, const char *name, int 
desc)
+{
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  int ret;
+
+  if (desc != -1)
+    ret = fstat (desc, &statbuf);
+  else
+    ret = stat (name, &statbuf);
+  if (ret < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  ctx->entries[0].uid = statbuf.st_uid;
+  ctx->entries[0].gid = ACL_NSGROUP;
+  ctx->entries[0].mode = (ctx->mode >> 6) & 7;
+  ctx->entries[1].uid = ACL_NSUSER;
+  ctx->entries[1].gid = statbuf.st_gid;
+  ctx->entries[1].mode = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->entries[2].uid = ACL_NSUSER;
+  ctx->entries[2].gid = ACL_NSGROUP;
+  ctx->entries[2].mode = ctx->mode & 7;
+  ctx->count = 3;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
+static int
+context_aclv_from_mode (struct permission_context *ctx)
+{
+  int ret;
+
+  ctx->aclv_entries[0].a_type = USER_OBJ;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[0].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+  ctx->aclv_entries[0].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 6) & 7;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[1].a_type = GROUP_OBJ;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[1].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+  ctx->aclv_entries[1].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[2].a_type = CLASS_OBJ;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[2].a_id = 0;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[2].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[3].a_type = OTHER_OBJ;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[3].a_id = 0;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[3].a_perm = ctx->mode & 7;
+  ctx->aclv_count = 4;
+
+  ret = aclsort (ctx->aclv_count, 1, ctx->aclv_entries);
+  if (ret > 0)
+    abort ();
+  return ret;
+}
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && defined ACL_AIX_WIP /* AIX */
+static int
+set_acls_from_mode (const char *name, int desc, mode_t mode, bool *must_chmod)
+{
+  acl_type_list_t types;
+  size_t types_size = sizeof (types);
+  acl_type_t type;
+
+  if (aclx_gettypes (name, &types, &types_size) < 0
+      || types.num_entries == 0)
+    {
+      *must_chmod = true;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* XXX Do we need to clear all types of ACLs for the given file, or is it
+     sufficient to clear the first one?  */
+  type = types.entries[0];
+  if (type.u64 == ACL_AIXC)
+    {
+      union { struct acl a; char room[128]; } u;
+      int ret;
+
+      u.a.acl_len = (char *) &u.a.acl_ext[0] - (char *) &u.a; /* no entries */
+      u.a.acl_mode = mode & ~(S_IXACL | 0777);
+      u.a.u_access = (mode >> 6) & 7;
+      u.a.g_access = (mode >> 3) & 7;
+      u.a.o_access = mode & 7;
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = aclx_fput (desc, SET_ACL | SET_MODE_S_BITS,
+                         type, &u.a, u.a.acl_len, mode);
+      else
+        ret = aclx_put (name, SET_ACL | SET_MODE_S_BITS,
+                        type, &u.a, u.a.acl_len, mode);
+      if (!(ret < 0 && errno == ENOSYS))
+        return ret;
+    }
+  else if (type.u64 == ACL_NFS4)
+    {
+      union { nfs4_acl_int_t a; char room[128]; } u;
+      nfs4_ace_int_t *ace;
+      int ret;
+
+      u.a.aclVersion = NFS4_ACL_INT_STRUCT_VERSION;
+      u.a.aclEntryN = 0;
+      ace = &u.a.aclEntry[0];
+      {
+        ace->flags = ACE4_ID_SPECIAL;
+        ace->aceWho.special_whoid = ACE4_WHO_OWNER;
+        ace->aceType = ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+        ace->aceFlags = 0;
+        ace->aceMask =
+          (mode & 0400 ? ACE4_READ_DATA | ACE4_LIST_DIRECTORY : 0)
+          | (mode & 0200
+             ? ACE4_WRITE_DATA | ACE4_ADD_FILE | ACE4_APPEND_DATA
+               | ACE4_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY
+             : 0)
+          | (mode & 0100 ? ACE4_EXECUTE : 0);
+        ace->aceWhoString[0] = '\0';
+        ace->entryLen = (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4] - (char *) ace;
+        ace = (nfs4_ace_int_t *) (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4];
+        u.a.aclEntryN++;
+      }
+      {
+        ace->flags = ACE4_ID_SPECIAL;
+        ace->aceWho.special_whoid = ACE4_WHO_GROUP;
+        ace->aceType = ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+        ace->aceFlags = 0;
+        ace->aceMask =
+          (mode & 0040 ? ACE4_READ_DATA | ACE4_LIST_DIRECTORY : 0)
+          | (mode & 0020
+             ? ACE4_WRITE_DATA | ACE4_ADD_FILE | ACE4_APPEND_DATA
+               | ACE4_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY
+             : 0)
+          | (mode & 0010 ? ACE4_EXECUTE : 0);
+        ace->aceWhoString[0] = '\0';
+        ace->entryLen = (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4] - (char *) ace;
+        ace = (nfs4_ace_int_t *) (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4];
+        u.a.aclEntryN++;
+      }
+      {
+        ace->flags = ACE4_ID_SPECIAL;
+        ace->aceWho.special_whoid = ACE4_WHO_EVERYONE;
+        ace->aceType = ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+        ace->aceFlags = 0;
+        ace->aceMask =
+          (mode & 0004 ? ACE4_READ_DATA | ACE4_LIST_DIRECTORY : 0)
+          | (mode & 0002
+             ? ACE4_WRITE_DATA | ACE4_ADD_FILE | ACE4_APPEND_DATA
+               | ACE4_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY
+             : 0)
+          | (mode & 0001 ? ACE4_EXECUTE : 0);
+        ace->aceWhoString[0] = '\0';
+        ace->entryLen = (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4] - (char *) ace;
+        ace = (nfs4_ace_int_t *) (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4];
+        u.a.aclEntryN++;
+      }
+      u.a.aclLength = (char *) ace - (char *) &u.a;
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = aclx_fput (desc, SET_ACL | SET_MODE_S_BITS,
+                         type, &u.a, u.a.aclLength, mode);
+      else
+        ret = aclx_put (name, SET_ACL | SET_MODE_S_BITS,
+                        type, &u.a, u.a.aclLength, mode);
+      if (!(ret < 0 && errno == ENOSYS))
+        return ret;
+    }
+
+  *must_chmod = true;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+static int
+context_acl_from_mode (struct permission_context *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->u.a.acl_len = (char *) &ctx->u.a.acl_ext[0] - (char *) &ctx->u.a; /* no 
entries */
+  ctx->u.a.acl_mode = ctx->mode & ~(S_IXACL | 0777);
+  ctx->u.a.u_access = (ctx->mode >> 6) & 7;
+  ctx->u.a.g_access = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->u.a.o_access = ctx->mode & 7;
+  ctx->have_u = true;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+static int
+context_acl_from_mode (struct permission_context *ctx)
+{
+  int ret;
+
+  ctx->entries[0].a_type = USER_OBJ;
+  ctx->entries[0].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+  ctx->entries[0].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 6) & 7;
+  ctx->entries[1].a_type = GROUP_OBJ;
+  ctx->entries[1].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+  ctx->entries[1].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->entries[2].a_type = CLASS_OBJ;
+  ctx->entries[2].a_id = 0;
+  ctx->entries[2].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->entries[3].a_type = OTHER_OBJ;
+  ctx->entries[3].a_id = 0;
+  ctx->entries[3].a_perm = ctx->mode & 7;
+  ctx->count = 4;
+
+  ret = aclsort (ctx->count, 1, entries);
+  if (ret > 0)
+    abort ();
+  return ret;
+}
+# endif
+
+static int
+set_acls (struct permission_context *ctx, const char *name, int desc,
+          int from_mode, bool *must_chmod, bool *acls_set)
+{
+  int ret = 0;
+
+# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
+  /* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version.  */
+  /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+#  if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+  /* Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+#   ifndef HAVE_ACL_FROM_TEXT
+#    error Must have acl_from_text (see POSIX 1003.1e draft 17).
+#   endif
+#   ifndef HAVE_ACL_DELETE_DEF_FILE
+#    error Must have acl_delete_def_file (see POSIX 1003.1e draft 17).
+#   endif
+
+  if (! ctx->acls_not_supported)
+    {
+      if (ret == 0 && from_mode)
+        {
+          if (ctx->acl)
+            acl_free (ctx->acl);
+          ctx->acl = acl_from_mode (ctx->mode);
+          if (ctx->acl == NULL)
+            ret = -1;
+        }
+
+      if (ret == 0 && ctx->acl)
+        {
+          if (HAVE_ACL_SET_FD && desc != -1)
+            ret = acl_set_fd (desc, ctx->acl);
+          else
+            ret = acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, ctx->acl);
+          if (ret != 0)
+            {
+              if (! acl_errno_valid (errno))
+                {
+                  ctx->acls_not_supported = true;
+                  if (from_mode || acl_access_nontrivial (ctx->acl) == 0)
+                    ret = 0;
+                }
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              *acls_set = true;
+              if (S_ISDIR(ctx->mode))
+                {
+                  if (! from_mode && ctx->default_acl &&
+                      acl_default_nontrivial (ctx->default_acl))
+                    ret = acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT,
+                                        ctx->default_acl);
+                  else
+                    ret = acl_delete_def_file (name);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#   if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_NFS4  /* FreeBSD */
+
+  /* File systems either support POSIX ACLs (for example, ufs) or NFS4 ACLs
+     (for example, zfs). */
+
+  /* TODO: Implement setting ACLs once get_permissions() reads them. */
+
+#   endif
+
+#  else /* HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED */
+  /* Mac OS X */
+
+  /* On Mac OS X,  acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
+     and           acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT)
+     always return NULL / EINVAL.  You have to use
+                   acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED)
+     or            acl_get_fd (open (name, ...))
+     to retrieve an ACL.
+     On the other hand,
+                   acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, acl)
+     and           acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT, acl)
+     have the same effect as
+                   acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED, acl):
+     Each of these calls sets the file's ACL.  */
+
+  if (ctx->acl == NULL)
+    {
+      acl_t acl;
+
+      /* Remove ACLs if the file has ACLs.  */
+      if (HAVE_ACL_GET_FD && desc != -1)
+        acl = acl_get_fd (desc);
+      else
+        acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED);
+      if (acl)
+        {
+          acl_free (acl);
+
+          acl = acl_init (0);
+          if (acl)
+            {
+              if (HAVE_ACL_SET_FD && desc != -1)
+                ret = acl_set_fd (desc, acl);
+              else
+                ret = acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED, acl);
+              acl_free (acl);
+            }
+          else
+            ret = -1;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (HAVE_ACL_SET_FD && desc != -1)
+        ret = acl_set_fd (desc, ctx->acl);
+      else
+        ret = acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED, ctx->acl);
+      if (ret != 0)
+        {
+          if (! acl_errno_valid (errno)
+              && ! acl_extended_nontrivial (ctx->acl))
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+    }
+  *acls_set = true;
+
+#  endif
+
+# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin, not HP-UX */
+
+  /* Solaris 2.5 through Solaris 10, Cygwin, and contemporaneous versions
+     of Unixware.  The acl() call returns the access and default ACL both
+     at once.  */
+
+  /* If both ace_entries and entries are available, try SETACL before
+     ACE_SETACL, because SETACL cannot fail with ENOTSUP whereas ACE_SETACL
+     can.  */
+
+  if (from_mode)
+    return set_acls_from_mode (name, desc, ctx->mode, must_chmod);
+
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->count)
+    {
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, SETACL, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, SETACL, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if ((errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == EINVAL)
+              && acl_nontrivial (ctx->count, ctx->entries) == 0)
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+
+#  ifdef ACE_GETACL
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->ace_count)
+    {
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, ACE_SETACL, ctx->ace_count, ctx->ace_entries);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, ACE_SETACL, ctx->ace_count, ctx->ace_entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if ((errno == ENOSYS || errno == EINVAL || errno == ENOTSUP)
+              && acl_ace_nontrivial (ctx->ace_count, ctx->ace_entries) == 0)
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+  if (from_mode)
+    ret = context_acl_from_mode (ctx, name, desc);
+
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->count > 0)
+    {
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = fsetacl (desc, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      else
+        ret = setacl (name, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if ((errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == ENOTSUP)
+              && (from_mode || !acl_nontrivial (ctx->count, ctx->entries)))
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H
+  if (from_mode)
+    ret = context_aclv_from_mode (ctx);
+
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->aclv_count > 0)
+    {
+      ret = acl ((char *) name, ACL_SET, ctx->aclv_count, ctx->aclv_entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if ((errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == EINVAL)
+              && (from_mode || !aclv_nontrivial (ctx->aclv_count, 
ctx->aclv_entries)))
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && ACL_AIX_WIP /* AIX */
+
+  /* TODO: Implement setting ACLs once get_permissions() reads them. */
+
+  if (from_mode)
+    ret = set_acls_from_mode (name, desc, mode, must_chmod);
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+
+  if (from_mode)
+    ret = context_acl_from_mode (ctx);
+
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->have_u)
+    {
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = fchacl (desc, &ctx->u.a, ctx->u.a.acl_len);
+      else
+        ret = chacl ((char *) name, &ctx->u.a, ctx->u.a.acl_len);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS && from_mode)
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+  if (from_mode)
+    ret = context_acl_from_mode (ctx);
+
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->count)
+    {
+      ret = acl ((char *) name, ACL_SET, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      if (ret != 0)
+        {
+          if (!acl_nontrivial (ctx->count, ctx->entries))
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+
+# else  /* No ACLs */
+
+  /* Nothing to do. */
+
+# endif
+
+  return ret;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* If DESC is a valid file descriptor use fchmod to change the
+   file's mode to MODE on systems that have fchmod. On systems
+   that don't have fchmod and if DESC is invalid, use chmod on
+   NAME instead.
+   Return 0 if successful.  Return -1 and set errno upon failure.  */
+
+int
+chmod_or_fchmod (const char *name, int desc, mode_t mode)
+{
+  if (HAVE_FCHMOD && desc != -1)
+    return fchmod (desc, mode);
+  else
+    return chmod (name, mode);
+}
+
+/* Set the permissions in CTX on a file. If DESC is a valid file descriptor,
+   use file descriptor operations, else use filename based operations on NAME.
+   If access control lists are not available, fchmod the target file to the
+   mode in CTX.  Also sets the non-permission bits of the destination file
+   (S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX) to those from the mode in CTX if any are set.
+   Return 0 if successful.  Return -1 and set errno upon failure.  */
+
+int
+set_permissions (struct permission_context *ctx, const char *name, int desc)
+{
+  _GL_UNUSED bool acls_set = false;
+  bool early_chmod;
+  bool must_chmod = false;
+  int ret = 0;
+
+#if USE_ACL
+# if HAVE_STATACL
+  /* older AIX */
+  /* There is no need to call chmod_or_fchmod, since the mode
+     bits S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX are also stored in the ACL.  */
+
+  early_chmod = false;
+# else
+  /* All other platforms */
+  /* On Cygwin, it is necessary to call chmod before acl, because
+     chmod can change the contents of the ACL (in ways that don't
+     change the allowed accesses, but still visible).  */
+
+  early_chmod = (! MODE_INSIDE_ACL || (ctx->mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | 
S_ISVTX)));
+# endif
+#else
+  /* No ACLs */
+
+  early_chmod = true;
+#endif
+
+  if (early_chmod)
+    {
+      ret = chmod_or_fchmod (name, desc, ctx->mode);
+      if (ret != 0)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+#if USE_ACL
+  ret = set_acls (ctx, name, desc, false, &must_chmod, &acls_set);
+  if (! acls_set)
+    {
+      int saved_errno = ret ? errno : 0;
+
+      /* If we can't set an acl which we expect to be able to set, try setting
+         the permissions to ctx->mode. Due to possible inherited permissions,
+         we cannot simply chmod.  */
+
+      ret = set_acls (ctx, name, desc, true, &must_chmod, &acls_set);
+      if (! acls_set)
+        must_chmod = true;
+
+      if (saved_errno)
+        {
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          ret = -1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (must_chmod && ! early_chmod)
+    {
+      int saved_errno = ret ? errno : 0;
+
+      ret = chmod_or_fchmod (name, desc, ctx->mode);
+
+      if (saved_errno)
+        {
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          ret = -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sha1.c b/xcompile/lib/sha1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..80f0b7a331
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sha1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/* sha1.c - Functions to compute SHA1 message digest of files or
+   memory blocks according to the NIST specification FIPS-180-1.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Scott G. Miller
+   Credits:
+      Robert Klep <robert@ilse.nl>  -- Expansion function fix
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA1
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "sha1.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#else
+# define SWAP(n) bswap_32 (n)
+#endif
+
+#if ! HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA1
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   64-byte boundary.  (RFC 1321, 3.1: Step 1)  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/* Take a pointer to a 160 bit block of data (five 32 bit ints) and
+   initialize it to the start constants of the SHA1 algorithm.  This
+   must be called before using hash in the call to sha1_hash.  */
+void
+sha1_init_ctx (struct sha1_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->A = 0x67452301;
+  ctx->B = 0xefcdab89;
+  ctx->C = 0x98badcfe;
+  ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+  ctx->E = 0xc3d2e1f0;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the 4 byte value from v into the memory location pointed to by *cp,
+   If your architecture allows unaligned access this is equivalent to
+   * (uint32_t *) cp = v  */
+static void
+set_uint32 (char *cp, uint32_t v)
+{
+  memcpy (cp, &v, sizeof v);
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 20 bytes following RESBUF.  The result
+   must be in little endian byte order.  */
+void *
+sha1_read_ctx (const struct sha1_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  char *r = resbuf;
+  set_uint32 (r + 0 * sizeof ctx->A, SWAP (ctx->A));
+  set_uint32 (r + 1 * sizeof ctx->B, SWAP (ctx->B));
+  set_uint32 (r + 2 * sizeof ctx->C, SWAP (ctx->C));
+  set_uint32 (r + 3 * sizeof ctx->D, SWAP (ctx->D));
+  set_uint32 (r + 4 * sizeof ctx->E, SWAP (ctx->E));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.  */
+void *
+sha1_finish_ctx (struct sha1_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  uint32_t bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t size = (bytes < 56) ? 64 / 4 : 64 * 2 / 4;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.  */
+  ctx->buffer[size - 2] = SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) | (ctx->total[0] >> 29));
+  ctx->buffer[size - 1] = SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3);
+
+  memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[bytes], fillbuf, (size - 2) * 4 - bytes);
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  sha1_process_block (ctx->buffer, size * 4, ctx);
+
+  return sha1_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute SHA1 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+sha1_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha1_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha1_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  sha1_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha1_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void
+sha1_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha1_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (ctx->buflen > 64)
+        {
+          sha1_process_block (ctx->buffer, ctx->buflen & ~63, ctx);
+
+          ctx->buflen &= 63;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because ctx->buflen < 64 ≤ (left_over + add) & ~63.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer,
+                  &((char *) ctx->buffer)[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+                  ctx->buflen);
+        }
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len >= 64)
+    {
+#if !(_STRING_ARCH_unaligned || _STRING_INLINE_unaligned)
+# define UNALIGNED_P(p) ((uintptr_t) (p) % alignof (uint32_t) != 0)
+      if (UNALIGNED_P (buffer))
+        while (len > 64)
+          {
+            sha1_process_block (memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, 64), 64, ctx);
+            buffer = (const char *) buffer + 64;
+            len -= 64;
+          }
+      else
+#endif
+        {
+          sha1_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+          buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+          len &= 63;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, len);
+      left_over += len;
+      if (left_over >= 64)
+        {
+          sha1_process_block (ctx->buffer, 64, ctx);
+          left_over -= 64;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because left_over ≤ 64.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[16], left_over);
+        }
+      ctx->buflen = left_over;
+    }
+}
+
+/* --- Code below is the primary difference between md5.c and sha1.c --- */
+
+/* SHA1 round constants */
+#define K1 0x5a827999
+#define K2 0x6ed9eba1
+#define K3 0x8f1bbcdc
+#define K4 0xca62c1d6
+
+/* Round functions.  Note that F2 is the same as F4.  */
+#define F1(B,C,D) ( D ^ ( B & ( C ^ D ) ) )
+#define F2(B,C,D) (B ^ C ^ D)
+#define F3(B,C,D) ( ( B & C ) | ( D & ( B | C ) ) )
+#define F4(B,C,D) (B ^ C ^ D)
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0.
+   Most of this code comes from GnuPG's cipher/sha1.c.  */
+
+void
+sha1_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha1_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  const uint32_t *words = buffer;
+  size_t nwords = len / sizeof (uint32_t);
+  const uint32_t *endp = words + nwords;
+  uint32_t x[16];
+  uint32_t a = ctx->A;
+  uint32_t b = ctx->B;
+  uint32_t c = ctx->C;
+  uint32_t d = ctx->D;
+  uint32_t e = ctx->E;
+  uint32_t lolen = len;
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  RFC 1321 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += lolen;
+  ctx->total[1] += (len >> 31 >> 1) + (ctx->total[0] < lolen);
+
+#define rol(x, n) (((x) << (n)) | ((uint32_t) (x) >> (32 - (n))))
+
+#define M(I) ( tm =   x[I&0x0f] ^ x[(I-14)&0x0f] \
+                    ^ x[(I-8)&0x0f] ^ x[(I-3)&0x0f] \
+               , (x[I&0x0f] = rol(tm, 1)) )
+
+#define R(A,B,C,D,E,F,K,M)  do { E += rol( A, 5 )     \
+                                      + F( B, C, D )  \
+                                      + K             \
+                                      + M;            \
+                                 B = rol( B, 30 );    \
+                               } while(0)
+
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      uint32_t tm;
+      int t;
+      for (t = 0; t < 16; t++)
+        {
+          x[t] = SWAP (*words);
+          words++;
+        }
+
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[ 0] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[ 1] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[ 2] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[ 3] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[ 4] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[ 5] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[ 6] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[ 7] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[ 8] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[ 9] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[10] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[11] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[12] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[13] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[14] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[15] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, M(16) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, M(17) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, M(18) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, M(19) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(20) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(21) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(22) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(23) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(24) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(25) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(26) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(27) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(28) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(29) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(30) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(31) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(32) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(33) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(34) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(35) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(36) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(37) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(38) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(39) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(40) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(41) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(42) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(43) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(44) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(45) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(46) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(47) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(48) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(49) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(50) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(51) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(52) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(53) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(54) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(55) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(56) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(57) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(58) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(59) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(60) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(61) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(62) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(63) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(64) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(65) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(66) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(67) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(68) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(69) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(70) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(71) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(72) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(73) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(74) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(75) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(76) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(77) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(78) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(79) );
+
+      a = ctx->A += a;
+      b = ctx->B += b;
+      c = ctx->C += c;
+      d = ctx->D += d;
+      e = ctx->E += e;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sha1.h b/xcompile/lib/sha1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5a58b567ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sha1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* Declarations of functions and data types used for SHA1 sum
+   library functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2006, 2008-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef SHA1_H
+# define SHA1_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA1
+#  ifndef OPENSSL_API_COMPAT
+#   define OPENSSL_API_COMPAT 0x10101000L /* FIXME: Use OpenSSL 1.1+ API.  */
+#  endif
+#  include <openssl/sha.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# define SHA1_DIGEST_SIZE 20
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA1
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 1
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+# else
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct sha1_ctx
+{
+  uint32_t A;
+  uint32_t B;
+  uint32_t C;
+  uint32_t D;
+  uint32_t E;
+
+  uint32_t total[2];
+  uint32_t buflen;     /* ≥ 0, ≤ 128 */
+  uint32_t buffer[32]; /* 128 bytes; the first buflen bytes are in use */
+};
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. */
+extern void sha1_init_ctx (struct sha1_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
+extern void sha1_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                struct sha1_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void sha1_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                struct sha1_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 20 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sha1_finish_ctx (struct sha1_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 20 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sha1_read_ctx (const struct sha1_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Compute SHA1 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *sha1_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                          void *restrict resblock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* Compute SHA1 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.
+   STREAM is an open file stream.  Regular files are handled more efficiently.
+   The contents of STREAM from its current position to its end will be read.
+   The case that the last operation on STREAM was an 'ungetc' is not supported.
+   The resulting message digest number will be written into the 20 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int sha1_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sha256.c b/xcompile/lib/sha256.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5fea02bc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sha256.c
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+/* sha256.c - Functions to compute SHA256 and SHA224 message digest of files or
+   memory blocks according to the NIST specification FIPS-180-2.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David Madore, considerably copypasting from
+   Scott G. Miller's sha1.c
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA256
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "sha256.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#else
+# define SWAP(n) bswap_32 (n)
+#endif
+
+#if ! HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA256
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   64-byte boundary.  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/*
+  Takes a pointer to a 256 bit block of data (eight 32 bit ints) and
+  initializes it to the start constants of the SHA256 algorithm.  This
+  must be called before using hash in the call to sha256_hash
+*/
+void
+sha256_init_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->state[0] = 0x6a09e667UL;
+  ctx->state[1] = 0xbb67ae85UL;
+  ctx->state[2] = 0x3c6ef372UL;
+  ctx->state[3] = 0xa54ff53aUL;
+  ctx->state[4] = 0x510e527fUL;
+  ctx->state[5] = 0x9b05688cUL;
+  ctx->state[6] = 0x1f83d9abUL;
+  ctx->state[7] = 0x5be0cd19UL;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+void
+sha224_init_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->state[0] = 0xc1059ed8UL;
+  ctx->state[1] = 0x367cd507UL;
+  ctx->state[2] = 0x3070dd17UL;
+  ctx->state[3] = 0xf70e5939UL;
+  ctx->state[4] = 0xffc00b31UL;
+  ctx->state[5] = 0x68581511UL;
+  ctx->state[6] = 0x64f98fa7UL;
+  ctx->state[7] = 0xbefa4fa4UL;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the value from v into the memory location pointed to by *CP,
+   If your architecture allows unaligned access, this is equivalent to
+   * (__typeof__ (v) *) cp = v  */
+static void
+set_uint32 (char *cp, uint32_t v)
+{
+  memcpy (cp, &v, sizeof v);
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 32 bytes following RESBUF.
+   The result must be in little endian byte order.  */
+void *
+sha256_read_ctx (const struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  int i;
+  char *r = resbuf;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+    set_uint32 (r + i * sizeof ctx->state[0], SWAP (ctx->state[i]));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+void *
+sha224_read_ctx (const struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  int i;
+  char *r = resbuf;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 7; i++)
+    set_uint32 (r + i * sizeof ctx->state[0], SWAP (ctx->state[i]));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.  */
+static void
+sha256_conclude_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  size_t bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t size = (bytes < 56) ? 64 / 4 : 64 * 2 / 4;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.
+     Use set_uint32 rather than a simple assignment, to avoid risk of
+     unaligned access.  */
+  set_uint32 ((char *) &ctx->buffer[size - 2],
+              SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) | (ctx->total[0] >> 29)));
+  set_uint32 ((char *) &ctx->buffer[size - 1],
+              SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3));
+
+  memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[bytes], fillbuf, (size - 2) * 4 - bytes);
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  sha256_process_block (ctx->buffer, size * 4, ctx);
+}
+
+void *
+sha256_finish_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  sha256_conclude_ctx (ctx);
+  return sha256_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+void *
+sha224_finish_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  sha256_conclude_ctx (ctx);
+  return sha224_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute SHA256 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+sha256_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha256_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha256_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  sha256_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha256_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void *
+sha224_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha256_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha224_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  sha256_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha224_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void
+sha256_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha256_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (ctx->buflen > 64)
+        {
+          sha256_process_block (ctx->buffer, ctx->buflen & ~63, ctx);
+
+          ctx->buflen &= 63;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because ctx->buflen < 64 ≤ (left_over + add) & ~63.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer,
+                  &((char *) ctx->buffer)[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+                  ctx->buflen);
+        }
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len >= 64)
+    {
+#if !(_STRING_ARCH_unaligned || _STRING_INLINE_unaligned)
+# define UNALIGNED_P(p) ((uintptr_t) (p) % alignof (uint32_t) != 0)
+      if (UNALIGNED_P (buffer))
+        while (len > 64)
+          {
+            sha256_process_block (memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, 64), 64, ctx);
+            buffer = (const char *) buffer + 64;
+            len -= 64;
+          }
+      else
+#endif
+        {
+          sha256_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+          buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+          len &= 63;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, len);
+      left_over += len;
+      if (left_over >= 64)
+        {
+          sha256_process_block (ctx->buffer, 64, ctx);
+          left_over -= 64;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because left_over ≤ 64.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[16], left_over);
+        }
+      ctx->buflen = left_over;
+    }
+}
+
+/* --- Code below is the primary difference between sha1.c and sha256.c --- */
+
+/* SHA256 round constants */
+#define K(I) sha256_round_constants[I]
+static const uint32_t sha256_round_constants[64] = {
+  0x428a2f98UL, 0x71374491UL, 0xb5c0fbcfUL, 0xe9b5dba5UL,
+  0x3956c25bUL, 0x59f111f1UL, 0x923f82a4UL, 0xab1c5ed5UL,
+  0xd807aa98UL, 0x12835b01UL, 0x243185beUL, 0x550c7dc3UL,
+  0x72be5d74UL, 0x80deb1feUL, 0x9bdc06a7UL, 0xc19bf174UL,
+  0xe49b69c1UL, 0xefbe4786UL, 0x0fc19dc6UL, 0x240ca1ccUL,
+  0x2de92c6fUL, 0x4a7484aaUL, 0x5cb0a9dcUL, 0x76f988daUL,
+  0x983e5152UL, 0xa831c66dUL, 0xb00327c8UL, 0xbf597fc7UL,
+  0xc6e00bf3UL, 0xd5a79147UL, 0x06ca6351UL, 0x14292967UL,
+  0x27b70a85UL, 0x2e1b2138UL, 0x4d2c6dfcUL, 0x53380d13UL,
+  0x650a7354UL, 0x766a0abbUL, 0x81c2c92eUL, 0x92722c85UL,
+  0xa2bfe8a1UL, 0xa81a664bUL, 0xc24b8b70UL, 0xc76c51a3UL,
+  0xd192e819UL, 0xd6990624UL, 0xf40e3585UL, 0x106aa070UL,
+  0x19a4c116UL, 0x1e376c08UL, 0x2748774cUL, 0x34b0bcb5UL,
+  0x391c0cb3UL, 0x4ed8aa4aUL, 0x5b9cca4fUL, 0x682e6ff3UL,
+  0x748f82eeUL, 0x78a5636fUL, 0x84c87814UL, 0x8cc70208UL,
+  0x90befffaUL, 0xa4506cebUL, 0xbef9a3f7UL, 0xc67178f2UL,
+};
+
+/* Round functions.  */
+#define F2(A,B,C) ( ( A & B ) | ( C & ( A | B ) ) )
+#define F1(E,F,G) ( G ^ ( E & ( F ^ G ) ) )
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0.
+   Most of this code comes from GnuPG's cipher/sha1.c.  */
+
+void
+sha256_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha256_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  const uint32_t *words = buffer;
+  size_t nwords = len / sizeof (uint32_t);
+  const uint32_t *endp = words + nwords;
+  uint32_t x[16];
+  uint32_t a = ctx->state[0];
+  uint32_t b = ctx->state[1];
+  uint32_t c = ctx->state[2];
+  uint32_t d = ctx->state[3];
+  uint32_t e = ctx->state[4];
+  uint32_t f = ctx->state[5];
+  uint32_t g = ctx->state[6];
+  uint32_t h = ctx->state[7];
+  uint32_t lolen = len;
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  FIPS PUB 180-2 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += lolen;
+  ctx->total[1] += (len >> 31 >> 1) + (ctx->total[0] < lolen);
+
+#define rol(x, n) (((x) << (n)) | ((x) >> (32 - (n))))
+#define S0(x) (rol(x,25)^rol(x,14)^(x>>3))
+#define S1(x) (rol(x,15)^rol(x,13)^(x>>10))
+#define SS0(x) (rol(x,30)^rol(x,19)^rol(x,10))
+#define SS1(x) (rol(x,26)^rol(x,21)^rol(x,7))
+
+#define M(I) ( tm =   S1(x[(I-2)&0x0f]) + x[(I-7)&0x0f] \
+                    + S0(x[(I-15)&0x0f]) + x[I&0x0f]    \
+               , x[I&0x0f] = tm )
+
+#define R(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,K,M)  do { t0 = SS0(A) + F2(A,B,C); \
+                                     t1 = H + SS1(E)  \
+                                      + F1(E,F,G)     \
+                                      + K             \
+                                      + M;            \
+                                     D += t1;  H = t0 + t1; \
+                               } while(0)
+
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      uint32_t tm;
+      uint32_t t0, t1;
+      int t;
+      /* FIXME: see sha1.c for a better implementation.  */
+      for (t = 0; t < 16; t++)
+        {
+          x[t] = SWAP (*words);
+          words++;
+        }
+
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K( 0), x[ 0] );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K( 1), x[ 1] );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K( 2), x[ 2] );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K( 3), x[ 3] );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K( 4), x[ 4] );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K( 5), x[ 5] );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K( 6), x[ 6] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K( 7), x[ 7] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K( 8), x[ 8] );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K( 9), x[ 9] );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(10), x[10] );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(11), x[11] );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(12), x[12] );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(13), x[13] );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(14), x[14] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(15), x[15] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(16), M(16) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(17), M(17) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(18), M(18) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(19), M(19) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(20), M(20) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(21), M(21) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(22), M(22) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(23), M(23) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(24), M(24) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(25), M(25) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(26), M(26) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(27), M(27) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(28), M(28) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(29), M(29) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(30), M(30) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(31), M(31) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(32), M(32) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(33), M(33) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(34), M(34) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(35), M(35) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(36), M(36) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(37), M(37) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(38), M(38) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(39), M(39) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(40), M(40) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(41), M(41) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(42), M(42) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(43), M(43) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(44), M(44) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(45), M(45) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(46), M(46) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(47), M(47) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(48), M(48) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(49), M(49) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(50), M(50) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(51), M(51) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(52), M(52) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(53), M(53) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(54), M(54) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(55), M(55) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(56), M(56) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(57), M(57) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(58), M(58) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(59), M(59) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(60), M(60) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(61), M(61) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(62), M(62) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(63), M(63) );
+
+      a = ctx->state[0] += a;
+      b = ctx->state[1] += b;
+      c = ctx->state[2] += c;
+      d = ctx->state[3] += d;
+      e = ctx->state[4] += e;
+      f = ctx->state[5] += f;
+      g = ctx->state[6] += g;
+      h = ctx->state[7] += h;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sha256.h b/xcompile/lib/sha256.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2879477e89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sha256.h
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/* Declarations of functions and data types used for SHA256 and SHA224 sum
+   library functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef SHA256_H
+# define SHA256_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA256
+#  ifndef OPENSSL_API_COMPAT
+#   define OPENSSL_API_COMPAT 0x10101000L /* FIXME: Use OpenSSL 1.1+ API.  */
+#  endif
+#  include <openssl/sha.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+enum { SHA224_DIGEST_SIZE = 224 / 8 };
+enum { SHA256_DIGEST_SIZE = 256 / 8 };
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA256
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 224
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 256
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+# else
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct sha256_ctx
+{
+  uint32_t state[8];
+
+  uint32_t total[2];
+  size_t buflen;       /* ≥ 0, ≤ 128 */
+  uint32_t buffer[32]; /* 128 bytes; the first buflen bytes are in use */
+};
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. */
+extern void sha256_init_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx);
+extern void sha224_init_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
+extern void sha256_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                  struct sha256_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void sha256_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                  struct sha256_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 32 (28) bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sha256_finish_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+extern void *sha224_finish_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 32 (28) bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sha256_read_ctx (const struct sha256_ctx *ctx,
+                              void *restrict resbuf);
+extern void *sha224_read_ctx (const struct sha256_ctx *ctx,
+                              void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Compute SHA256 (SHA224) message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.
+   The result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *sha256_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                            void *restrict resblock);
+extern void *sha224_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                            void *restrict resblock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* Compute SHA256 (SHA224) message digest for bytes read from STREAM.
+   STREAM is an open file stream.  Regular files are handled more efficiently.
+   The contents of STREAM from its current position to its end will be read.
+   The case that the last operation on STREAM was an 'ungetc' is not supported.
+   The resulting message digest number will be written into the 32 (28) bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int sha256_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
+extern int sha224_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sha512.c b/xcompile/lib/sha512.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8ca7fa319f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sha512.c
@@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
+/* sha512.c - Functions to compute SHA512 and SHA384 message digest of files or
+   memory blocks according to the NIST specification FIPS-180-2.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David Madore, considerably copypasting from
+   Scott G. Miller's sha1.c
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA512
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "sha512.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#else
+# define SWAP(n) bswap_64 (n)
+#endif
+
+#if ! HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA512
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   128-byte boundary.  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[128] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/*
+  Takes a pointer to a 512 bit block of data (eight 64 bit ints) and
+  initializes it to the start constants of the SHA512 algorithm.  This
+  must be called before using hash in the call to sha512_hash
+*/
+void
+sha512_init_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->state[0] = u64hilo (0x6a09e667, 0xf3bcc908);
+  ctx->state[1] = u64hilo (0xbb67ae85, 0x84caa73b);
+  ctx->state[2] = u64hilo (0x3c6ef372, 0xfe94f82b);
+  ctx->state[3] = u64hilo (0xa54ff53a, 0x5f1d36f1);
+  ctx->state[4] = u64hilo (0x510e527f, 0xade682d1);
+  ctx->state[5] = u64hilo (0x9b05688c, 0x2b3e6c1f);
+  ctx->state[6] = u64hilo (0x1f83d9ab, 0xfb41bd6b);
+  ctx->state[7] = u64hilo (0x5be0cd19, 0x137e2179);
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = u64lo (0);
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+void
+sha384_init_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->state[0] = u64hilo (0xcbbb9d5d, 0xc1059ed8);
+  ctx->state[1] = u64hilo (0x629a292a, 0x367cd507);
+  ctx->state[2] = u64hilo (0x9159015a, 0x3070dd17);
+  ctx->state[3] = u64hilo (0x152fecd8, 0xf70e5939);
+  ctx->state[4] = u64hilo (0x67332667, 0xffc00b31);
+  ctx->state[5] = u64hilo (0x8eb44a87, 0x68581511);
+  ctx->state[6] = u64hilo (0xdb0c2e0d, 0x64f98fa7);
+  ctx->state[7] = u64hilo (0x47b5481d, 0xbefa4fa4);
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = u64lo (0);
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the value from V into the memory location pointed to by *CP,
+   If your architecture allows unaligned access, this is equivalent to
+   * (__typeof__ (v) *) cp = v  */
+static void
+set_uint64 (char *cp, u64 v)
+{
+  memcpy (cp, &v, sizeof v);
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 64 bytes following RESBUF.
+   The result must be in little endian byte order.  */
+void *
+sha512_read_ctx (const struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  int i;
+  char *r = resbuf;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+    set_uint64 (r + i * sizeof ctx->state[0], SWAP (ctx->state[i]));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+void *
+sha384_read_ctx (const struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  int i;
+  char *r = resbuf;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+    set_uint64 (r + i * sizeof ctx->state[0], SWAP (ctx->state[i]));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.  */
+static void
+sha512_conclude_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  size_t bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t size = (bytes < 112) ? 128 / 8 : 128 * 2 / 8;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] = u64plus (ctx->total[0], u64lo (bytes));
+  if (u64lt (ctx->total[0], u64lo (bytes)))
+    ctx->total[1] = u64plus (ctx->total[1], u64lo (1));
+
+  /* Put the 128-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.
+     Use set_uint64 rather than a simple assignment, to avoid risk of
+     unaligned access.  */
+  set_uint64 ((char *) &ctx->buffer[size - 2],
+              SWAP (u64or (u64shl (ctx->total[1], 3),
+                           u64shr (ctx->total[0], 61))));
+  set_uint64 ((char *) &ctx->buffer[size - 1],
+              SWAP (u64shl (ctx->total[0], 3)));
+
+  memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[bytes], fillbuf, (size - 2) * 8 - bytes);
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  sha512_process_block (ctx->buffer, size * 8, ctx);
+}
+
+void *
+sha512_finish_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  sha512_conclude_ctx (ctx);
+  return sha512_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+void *
+sha384_finish_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  sha512_conclude_ctx (ctx);
+  return sha384_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute SHA512 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+sha512_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha512_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha512_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 128 bytes.  */
+  sha512_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha512_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void *
+sha384_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha512_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha384_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 128 bytes.  */
+  sha512_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha384_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void
+sha512_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha512_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 256 - left_over > len ? len : 256 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (ctx->buflen > 128)
+        {
+          sha512_process_block (ctx->buffer, ctx->buflen & ~127, ctx);
+
+          ctx->buflen &= 127;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because ctx->buflen < 128 ≤ (left_over + add) & ~127.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer,
+                  &((char *) ctx->buffer)[(left_over + add) & ~127],
+                  ctx->buflen);
+        }
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len >= 128)
+    {
+#if !(_STRING_ARCH_unaligned || _STRING_INLINE_unaligned)
+# define UNALIGNED_P(p) ((uintptr_t) (p) % alignof (u64) != 0)
+      if (UNALIGNED_P (buffer))
+        while (len > 128)
+          {
+            sha512_process_block (memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, 128), 128, ctx);
+            buffer = (const char *) buffer + 128;
+            len -= 128;
+          }
+      else
+#endif
+        {
+          sha512_process_block (buffer, len & ~127, ctx);
+          buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~127);
+          len &= 127;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, len);
+      left_over += len;
+      if (left_over >= 128)
+        {
+          sha512_process_block (ctx->buffer, 128, ctx);
+          left_over -= 128;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because left_over ≤ 128.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[16], left_over);
+        }
+      ctx->buflen = left_over;
+    }
+}
+
+/* --- Code below is the primary difference between sha1.c and sha512.c --- */
+
+/* SHA512 round constants */
+#define K(I) sha512_round_constants[I]
+static u64 const sha512_round_constants[80] = {
+  u64init (0x428a2f98, 0xd728ae22), u64init (0x71374491, 0x23ef65cd),
+  u64init (0xb5c0fbcf, 0xec4d3b2f), u64init (0xe9b5dba5, 0x8189dbbc),
+  u64init (0x3956c25b, 0xf348b538), u64init (0x59f111f1, 0xb605d019),
+  u64init (0x923f82a4, 0xaf194f9b), u64init (0xab1c5ed5, 0xda6d8118),
+  u64init (0xd807aa98, 0xa3030242), u64init (0x12835b01, 0x45706fbe),
+  u64init (0x243185be, 0x4ee4b28c), u64init (0x550c7dc3, 0xd5ffb4e2),
+  u64init (0x72be5d74, 0xf27b896f), u64init (0x80deb1fe, 0x3b1696b1),
+  u64init (0x9bdc06a7, 0x25c71235), u64init (0xc19bf174, 0xcf692694),
+  u64init (0xe49b69c1, 0x9ef14ad2), u64init (0xefbe4786, 0x384f25e3),
+  u64init (0x0fc19dc6, 0x8b8cd5b5), u64init (0x240ca1cc, 0x77ac9c65),
+  u64init (0x2de92c6f, 0x592b0275), u64init (0x4a7484aa, 0x6ea6e483),
+  u64init (0x5cb0a9dc, 0xbd41fbd4), u64init (0x76f988da, 0x831153b5),
+  u64init (0x983e5152, 0xee66dfab), u64init (0xa831c66d, 0x2db43210),
+  u64init (0xb00327c8, 0x98fb213f), u64init (0xbf597fc7, 0xbeef0ee4),
+  u64init (0xc6e00bf3, 0x3da88fc2), u64init (0xd5a79147, 0x930aa725),
+  u64init (0x06ca6351, 0xe003826f), u64init (0x14292967, 0x0a0e6e70),
+  u64init (0x27b70a85, 0x46d22ffc), u64init (0x2e1b2138, 0x5c26c926),
+  u64init (0x4d2c6dfc, 0x5ac42aed), u64init (0x53380d13, 0x9d95b3df),
+  u64init (0x650a7354, 0x8baf63de), u64init (0x766a0abb, 0x3c77b2a8),
+  u64init (0x81c2c92e, 0x47edaee6), u64init (0x92722c85, 0x1482353b),
+  u64init (0xa2bfe8a1, 0x4cf10364), u64init (0xa81a664b, 0xbc423001),
+  u64init (0xc24b8b70, 0xd0f89791), u64init (0xc76c51a3, 0x0654be30),
+  u64init (0xd192e819, 0xd6ef5218), u64init (0xd6990624, 0x5565a910),
+  u64init (0xf40e3585, 0x5771202a), u64init (0x106aa070, 0x32bbd1b8),
+  u64init (0x19a4c116, 0xb8d2d0c8), u64init (0x1e376c08, 0x5141ab53),
+  u64init (0x2748774c, 0xdf8eeb99), u64init (0x34b0bcb5, 0xe19b48a8),
+  u64init (0x391c0cb3, 0xc5c95a63), u64init (0x4ed8aa4a, 0xe3418acb),
+  u64init (0x5b9cca4f, 0x7763e373), u64init (0x682e6ff3, 0xd6b2b8a3),
+  u64init (0x748f82ee, 0x5defb2fc), u64init (0x78a5636f, 0x43172f60),
+  u64init (0x84c87814, 0xa1f0ab72), u64init (0x8cc70208, 0x1a6439ec),
+  u64init (0x90befffa, 0x23631e28), u64init (0xa4506ceb, 0xde82bde9),
+  u64init (0xbef9a3f7, 0xb2c67915), u64init (0xc67178f2, 0xe372532b),
+  u64init (0xca273ece, 0xea26619c), u64init (0xd186b8c7, 0x21c0c207),
+  u64init (0xeada7dd6, 0xcde0eb1e), u64init (0xf57d4f7f, 0xee6ed178),
+  u64init (0x06f067aa, 0x72176fba), u64init (0x0a637dc5, 0xa2c898a6),
+  u64init (0x113f9804, 0xbef90dae), u64init (0x1b710b35, 0x131c471b),
+  u64init (0x28db77f5, 0x23047d84), u64init (0x32caab7b, 0x40c72493),
+  u64init (0x3c9ebe0a, 0x15c9bebc), u64init (0x431d67c4, 0x9c100d4c),
+  u64init (0x4cc5d4be, 0xcb3e42b6), u64init (0x597f299c, 0xfc657e2a),
+  u64init (0x5fcb6fab, 0x3ad6faec), u64init (0x6c44198c, 0x4a475817),
+};
+
+/* Round functions.  */
+#define F2(A, B, C) u64or (u64and (A, B), u64and (C, u64or (A, B)))
+#define F1(E, F, G) u64xor (G, u64and (E, u64xor (F, G)))
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 128 == 0.
+   Most of this code comes from GnuPG's cipher/sha1.c.  */
+
+void
+sha512_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha512_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  u64 const *words = buffer;
+  u64 const *endp = words + len / sizeof (u64);
+  u64 x[16];
+  u64 a = ctx->state[0];
+  u64 b = ctx->state[1];
+  u64 c = ctx->state[2];
+  u64 d = ctx->state[3];
+  u64 e = ctx->state[4];
+  u64 f = ctx->state[5];
+  u64 g = ctx->state[6];
+  u64 h = ctx->state[7];
+  u64 lolen = u64size (len);
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  FIPS PUB 180-2 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^128 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] = u64plus (ctx->total[0], lolen);
+  ctx->total[1] = u64plus (ctx->total[1],
+                           u64plus (u64size (len >> 31 >> 31 >> 2),
+                                    u64lo (u64lt (ctx->total[0], lolen))));
+
+#define S0(x) u64xor (u64rol(x, 63), u64xor (u64rol (x, 56), u64shr (x, 7)))
+#define S1(x) u64xor (u64rol (x, 45), u64xor (u64rol (x, 3), u64shr (x, 6)))
+#define SS0(x) u64xor (u64rol (x, 36), u64xor (u64rol (x, 30), u64rol (x, 25)))
+#define SS1(x) u64xor (u64rol(x, 50), u64xor (u64rol (x, 46), u64rol (x, 23)))
+
+#define M(I) (x[(I) & 15]                                                 \
+              = u64plus (x[(I) & 15],                                     \
+                         u64plus (S1 (x[((I) - 2) & 15]),                 \
+                                  u64plus (x[((I) - 7) & 15],             \
+                                           S0 (x[((I) - 15) & 15])))))
+
+#define R(A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, K, M)                                   \
+  do                                                                      \
+    {                                                                     \
+      u64 t0 = u64plus (SS0 (A), F2 (A, B, C));                           \
+      u64 t1 =                                                            \
+        u64plus (H, u64plus (SS1 (E),                                     \
+                             u64plus (F1 (E, F, G), u64plus (K, M))));    \
+      D = u64plus (D, t1);                                                \
+      H = u64plus (t0, t1);                                               \
+    }                                                                     \
+  while (0)
+
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      int t;
+      /* FIXME: see sha1.c for a better implementation.  */
+      for (t = 0; t < 16; t++)
+        {
+          x[t] = SWAP (*words);
+          words++;
+        }
+
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K( 0), x[ 0] );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K( 1), x[ 1] );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K( 2), x[ 2] );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K( 3), x[ 3] );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K( 4), x[ 4] );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K( 5), x[ 5] );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K( 6), x[ 6] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K( 7), x[ 7] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K( 8), x[ 8] );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K( 9), x[ 9] );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(10), x[10] );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(11), x[11] );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(12), x[12] );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(13), x[13] );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(14), x[14] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(15), x[15] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(16), M(16) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(17), M(17) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(18), M(18) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(19), M(19) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(20), M(20) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(21), M(21) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(22), M(22) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(23), M(23) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(24), M(24) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(25), M(25) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(26), M(26) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(27), M(27) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(28), M(28) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(29), M(29) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(30), M(30) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(31), M(31) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(32), M(32) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(33), M(33) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(34), M(34) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(35), M(35) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(36), M(36) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(37), M(37) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(38), M(38) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(39), M(39) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(40), M(40) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(41), M(41) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(42), M(42) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(43), M(43) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(44), M(44) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(45), M(45) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(46), M(46) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(47), M(47) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(48), M(48) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(49), M(49) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(50), M(50) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(51), M(51) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(52), M(52) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(53), M(53) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(54), M(54) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(55), M(55) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(56), M(56) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(57), M(57) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(58), M(58) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(59), M(59) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(60), M(60) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(61), M(61) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(62), M(62) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(63), M(63) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(64), M(64) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(65), M(65) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(66), M(66) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(67), M(67) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(68), M(68) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(69), M(69) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(70), M(70) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(71), M(71) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(72), M(72) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(73), M(73) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(74), M(74) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(75), M(75) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(76), M(76) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(77), M(77) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(78), M(78) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(79), M(79) );
+
+      a = ctx->state[0] = u64plus (ctx->state[0], a);
+      b = ctx->state[1] = u64plus (ctx->state[1], b);
+      c = ctx->state[2] = u64plus (ctx->state[2], c);
+      d = ctx->state[3] = u64plus (ctx->state[3], d);
+      e = ctx->state[4] = u64plus (ctx->state[4], e);
+      f = ctx->state[5] = u64plus (ctx->state[5], f);
+      g = ctx->state[6] = u64plus (ctx->state[6], g);
+      h = ctx->state[7] = u64plus (ctx->state[7], h);
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sha512.h b/xcompile/lib/sha512.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3a98a2644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sha512.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* Declarations of functions and data types used for SHA512 and SHA384 sum
+   library functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef SHA512_H
+# define SHA512_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include "u64.h"
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA512
+#  ifndef OPENSSL_API_COMPAT
+#   define OPENSSL_API_COMPAT 0x10101000L /* FIXME: Use OpenSSL 1.1+ API.  */
+#  endif
+#  include <openssl/sha.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+enum { SHA384_DIGEST_SIZE = 384 / 8 };
+enum { SHA512_DIGEST_SIZE = 512 / 8 };
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA512
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 384
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 512
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+# else
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct sha512_ctx
+{
+  u64 state[8];
+
+  u64 total[2];
+  size_t buflen;  /* ≥ 0, ≤ 256 */
+  u64 buffer[32]; /* 256 bytes; the first buflen bytes are in use */
+};
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. */
+extern void sha512_init_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx);
+extern void sha384_init_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 128!!! */
+extern void sha512_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                  struct sha512_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 128.  */
+extern void sha512_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                  struct sha512_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 64 (48) bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sha512_finish_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+extern void *sha384_finish_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 64 (48) bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *sha512_read_ctx (const struct sha512_ctx *ctx,
+                              void *restrict resbuf);
+extern void *sha384_read_ctx (const struct sha512_ctx *ctx,
+                              void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Compute SHA512 (SHA384) message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.
+   The result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *sha512_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                            void *restrict resblock);
+extern void *sha384_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                            void *restrict resblock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* Compute SHA512 (SHA384) message digest for bytes read from STREAM.
+   STREAM is an open file stream.  Regular files are handled more efficiently.
+   The contents of STREAM from its current position to its end will be read.
+   The case that the last operation on STREAM was an 'ungetc' is not supported.
+   The resulting message digest number will be written into the 64 (48) bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int sha512_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
+extern int sha384_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sig2str.c b/xcompile/lib/sig2str.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5219caaae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sig2str.c
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+/* sig2str.c -- convert between signal names and numbers
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "sig2str.h"
+
+#ifndef SIGRTMIN
+# define SIGRTMIN 0
+# undef SIGRTMAX
+#endif
+#ifndef SIGRTMAX
+# define SIGRTMAX (SIGRTMIN - 1)
+#endif
+
+#define NUMNAME(name) { SIG##name, #name }
+
+/* Signal names and numbers.  Put the preferred name first.  */
+static struct numname { int num; char const name[8]; } numname_table[] =
+  {
+    /* Signals required by POSIX 1003.1-2001 base, listed in
+       traditional numeric order where possible.  */
+#ifdef SIGHUP
+    NUMNAME (HUP),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGINT
+    NUMNAME (INT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGQUIT
+    NUMNAME (QUIT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGILL
+    NUMNAME (ILL),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTRAP
+    NUMNAME (TRAP),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGABRT
+    NUMNAME (ABRT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGFPE
+    NUMNAME (FPE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGKILL
+    NUMNAME (KILL),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSEGV
+    NUMNAME (SEGV),
+#endif
+    /* On Haiku, SIGSEGV == SIGBUS, but we prefer SIGSEGV to match
+       strsignal.c output, so SIGBUS must be listed second.  */
+#ifdef SIGBUS
+    NUMNAME (BUS),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPIPE
+    NUMNAME (PIPE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGALRM
+    NUMNAME (ALRM),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTERM
+    NUMNAME (TERM),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGUSR1
+    NUMNAME (USR1),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGUSR2
+    NUMNAME (USR2),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGCHLD
+    NUMNAME (CHLD),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGURG
+    NUMNAME (URG),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSTOP
+    NUMNAME (STOP),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTSTP
+    NUMNAME (TSTP),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGCONT
+    NUMNAME (CONT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTTIN
+    NUMNAME (TTIN),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTTOU
+    NUMNAME (TTOU),
+#endif
+
+    /* Signals required by POSIX 1003.1-2001 with the XSI extension.  */
+#ifdef SIGSYS
+    NUMNAME (SYS),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPOLL
+    NUMNAME (POLL),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGVTALRM
+    NUMNAME (VTALRM),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPROF
+    NUMNAME (PROF),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXCPU
+    NUMNAME (XCPU),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXFSZ
+    NUMNAME (XFSZ),
+#endif
+
+    /* Unix Version 7.  */
+#ifdef SIGIOT
+    NUMNAME (IOT),      /* Older name for ABRT.  */
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGEMT
+    NUMNAME (EMT),
+#endif
+
+    /* USG Unix.  */
+#ifdef SIGPHONE
+    NUMNAME (PHONE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGWIND
+    NUMNAME (WIND),
+#endif
+
+    /* Unix System V.  */
+#ifdef SIGCLD
+    NUMNAME (CLD),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPWR
+    NUMNAME (PWR),
+#endif
+
+    /* GNU/Linux 2.2 and Solaris 8.  */
+#ifdef SIGCANCEL
+    NUMNAME (CANCEL),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGLWP
+    NUMNAME (LWP),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGWAITING
+    NUMNAME (WAITING),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGFREEZE
+    NUMNAME (FREEZE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTHAW
+    NUMNAME (THAW),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGLOST
+    NUMNAME (LOST),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGWINCH
+    NUMNAME (WINCH),
+#endif
+
+    /* GNU/Linux 2.2.  */
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+    NUMNAME (INFO),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGIO
+    NUMNAME (IO),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSTKFLT
+    NUMNAME (STKFLT),
+#endif
+
+    /* AIX 7.  */
+#ifdef SIGCPUFAIL
+    NUMNAME (CPUFAIL),
+#endif
+
+    /* AIX 5L.  */
+#ifdef SIGDANGER
+    NUMNAME (DANGER),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGGRANT
+    NUMNAME (GRANT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGMIGRATE
+    NUMNAME (MIGRATE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGMSG
+    NUMNAME (MSG),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPRE
+    NUMNAME (PRE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGRETRACT
+    NUMNAME (RETRACT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSAK
+    NUMNAME (SAK),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSOUND
+    NUMNAME (SOUND),
+#endif
+
+    /* Older AIX versions.  */
+#ifdef SIGALRM1
+    NUMNAME (ALRM1),    /* unknown; taken from Bash 2.05 */
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGKAP
+    NUMNAME (KAP),      /* Older name for SIGGRANT.  */
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGVIRT
+    NUMNAME (VIRT),     /* unknown; taken from Bash 2.05 */
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGWINDOW
+    NUMNAME (WINDOW),   /* Older name for SIGWINCH.  */
+#endif
+
+    /* OpenBSD.  */
+#ifdef SIGTHR
+    NUMNAME (THR),
+#endif
+
+    /* BeOS, Haiku */
+#ifdef SIGKILLTHR
+    NUMNAME (KILLTHR),
+#endif
+
+    /* Older HP-UX versions.  */
+#ifdef SIGDIL
+    NUMNAME (DIL),
+#endif
+
+    /* native Windows */
+#ifdef SIGBREAK
+    NUMNAME (BREAK),
+#endif
+
+    /* Korn shell and Bash, of uncertain vintage.  */
+    { 0, "EXIT" }
+  };
+
+#define NUMNAME_ENTRIES (sizeof numname_table / sizeof numname_table[0])
+
+/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
+   - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char
+     or EOF.
+   - It's typically faster.
+   POSIX says that only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to
+   isdigit unless it's important to use the locale's definition
+   of "digit" even when the host does not conform to POSIX.  */
+#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned int) (c) - '0' <= 9)
+
+/* Convert the signal name SIGNAME to a signal number.  Return the
+   signal number if successful, -1 otherwise.  */
+
+static int
+str2signum (char const *signame)
+{
+  if (ISDIGIT (*signame))
+    {
+      char *endp;
+      long int n = strtol (signame, &endp, 10);
+      if (! *endp && n <= SIGNUM_BOUND)
+        return n;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < NUMNAME_ENTRIES; i++)
+        if (strcmp (numname_table[i].name, signame) == 0)
+          return numname_table[i].num;
+
+      {
+        char *endp;
+        int rtmin = SIGRTMIN;
+        int rtmax = SIGRTMAX;
+
+        if (0 < rtmin && strncmp (signame, "RTMIN", 5) == 0)
+          {
+            long int n = strtol (signame + 5, &endp, 10);
+            if (! *endp && 0 <= n && n <= rtmax - rtmin)
+              return rtmin + n;
+          }
+        else if (0 < rtmax && strncmp (signame, "RTMAX", 5) == 0)
+          {
+            long int n = strtol (signame + 5, &endp, 10);
+            if (! *endp && rtmin - rtmax <= n && n <= 0)
+              return rtmax + n;
+          }
+      }
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Convert the signal name SIGNAME to the signal number *SIGNUM.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 otherwise.  */
+
+int
+str2sig (char const *signame, int *signum)
+{
+  *signum = str2signum (signame);
+  return *signum < 0 ? -1 : 0;
+}
+
+/* Convert SIGNUM to a signal name in SIGNAME.  SIGNAME must point to
+   a buffer of at least SIG2STR_MAX bytes.  Return 0 if successful, -1
+   otherwise.  */
+
+int
+sig2str (int signum, char *signame)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < NUMNAME_ENTRIES; i++)
+    if (numname_table[i].num == signum)
+      {
+        strcpy (signame, numname_table[i].name);
+        return 0;
+      }
+
+  {
+    int rtmin = SIGRTMIN;
+    int rtmax = SIGRTMAX;
+    int base, delta;
+
+    if (! (rtmin <= signum && signum <= rtmax))
+      return -1;
+
+    if (signum <= rtmin + (rtmax - rtmin) / 2)
+      {
+        strcpy (signame, "RTMIN");
+        base = rtmin;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        strcpy (signame, "RTMAX");
+        base = rtmax;
+      }
+
+    delta = signum - base;
+    if (delta != 0)
+      sprintf (signame + 5, "%+d", delta);
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sig2str.h b/xcompile/lib/sig2str.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e5253658e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sig2str.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* sig2str.h -- convert between signal names and numbers
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2005, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/* Don't override system declarations of SIG2STR_MAX, sig2str, str2sig.  */
+#ifndef SIG2STR_MAX
+
+# include "intprops.h"
+
+/* Size of a buffer needed to hold a signal name like "HUP".  */
+# define SIG2STR_MAX (sizeof "SIGRTMAX" + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) - 1)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+int sig2str (int, char *);
+int str2sig (char const *, int *);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* An upper bound on signal numbers allowed by the system.  */
+
+#if defined _sys_nsig
+# define SIGNUM_BOUND (_sys_nsig - 1)
+#elif defined _SIG_MAXSIG
+# define SIGNUM_BOUND (_SIG_MAXSIG - 2) /* FreeBSD >= 7.  */
+#elif defined NSIG
+# define SIGNUM_BOUND (NSIG - 1)
+#else
+# define SIGNUM_BOUND 64
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sigdescr_np.c b/xcompile/lib/sigdescr_np.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc8a4ad47a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sigdescr_np.c
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/* English descriptions of signals.
+   Copyright (C) 2020-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2020.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+const char *
+sigdescr_np (int sig)
+{
+  /* Note: Some platforms (glibc, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, AIX, IRIX, Haiku,
+     Android) have an array 'sys_siglist'.  (On AIX, you need to declare it
+     yourself, and it has fewer than NSIG elements.)  Its contents varies
+     depending on the OS.
+     On other OSes, you can invoke strsignal (sig) in the C locale.
+     In the code below, we show the differences.
+     You can see how cryptic some of these strings are.  We try to pick more
+     understandable wordings.  */
+
+  switch (sig)
+    {
+    /* Signals specified by ISO C.  */
+    case SIGABRT:
+      /* glibc: "Aborted".  *BSD: "Abort trap".  Solaris: "Abort".  */
+      return "Aborted";
+    case SIGFPE:
+      /* glibc, *BSD: "Floating point exception".  Solaris: "Arithmetic 
exception".
+         The latter is more correct, because of integer division by 0 or -1.  
*/
+      return "Arithmetic exception";
+    case SIGILL:
+      return "Illegal instruction";
+    case SIGINT:
+      return "Interrupt";
+    case SIGSEGV:
+      return "Segmentation fault";
+    case SIGTERM:
+      return "Terminated";
+
+    /* Signals specified by POSIX.
+       
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/signal.h.html>  */
+    #if defined SIGALRM
+    case SIGALRM:
+      return "Alarm clock";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGBUS
+    case SIGBUS:
+      return "Bus error";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGCHLD
+    case SIGCHLD:
+      /* glibc, *BSD: "Child exited".  Solaris: "Child status changed".  */
+      return "Child stopped or exited";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGCONT
+    case SIGCONT:
+      return "Continued";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGHUP
+    case SIGHUP:
+      return "Hangup";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGKILL
+    case SIGKILL:
+      return "Killed";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGPIPE
+    case SIGPIPE:
+      return "Broken pipe";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGQUIT
+    case SIGQUIT:
+      return "Quit";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGSTOP
+    case SIGSTOP:
+      /* glibc, Solaris: "Stopped (signal)".  *BSD: "Suspended (signal)".  */
+      return "Stopped (signal)";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGTSTP
+    case SIGTSTP:
+      /* glibc: "Stopped".  *BSD: "Suspended".  Solaris: "Stopped (user)".  */
+      return "Stopped";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGTTIN
+    case SIGTTIN:
+      return "Stopped (tty input)";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGTTOU
+    case SIGTTOU:
+      return "Stopped (tty output)";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGUSR1
+    case SIGUSR1:
+      /* glibc, *BSD: "User defined signal 1".  Solaris: "User signal 1".  */
+      return "User defined signal 1";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGUSR2
+    case SIGUSR2:
+      /* glibc, *BSD: "User defined signal 2".  Solaris: "User signal 2".  */
+      return "User defined signal 2";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGPOLL
+    case SIGPOLL:
+      /* glibc: "I/O possible".  Solaris: "Pollable event".  */
+      return "I/O possible";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGPROF
+    case SIGPROF:
+      return "Profiling timer expired";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGSYS
+    case SIGSYS:
+      return "Bad system call";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGTRAP
+    case SIGTRAP:
+      /* glibc, Solaris: "Trace/breakpoint trap".  *BSD: "Trace/BPT trap".  */
+      return "Trace/breakpoint trap";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGURG
+    case SIGURG:
+      /* glibc, *BSD: "Urgent I/O condition".  Solaris: "Urgent socket 
condition".  */
+      return "Urgent I/O condition";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGVTALRM
+    case SIGVTALRM:
+      return "Virtual timer expired";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGXCPU
+    case SIGXCPU:
+      /* glibc, *BSD: "CPU time limit exceeded".  Solaris: "Cpu limit 
exceeded".  */
+      return "CPU time limit exceeded";
+    #endif
+    #if defined SIGXFSZ
+    case SIGXFSZ:
+      return "File size limit exceeded";
+    #endif
+
+    /* Other signals on other systems.  */
+    /* native Windows */
+    #if defined SIGBREAK
+    case SIGBREAK:
+      return "Ctrl-Break";
+    #endif
+    /* IRIX */
+    #if defined SIGCKPT
+    case SIGCKPT:
+      return "Checkpoint"; /* See man 1 cpr, man 3C atcheckpoint */
+    #endif
+    /* Linux, IRIX, Cygwin */
+    #if defined SIGCLD && SIGCLD != SIGCHLD
+    case SIGCLD:
+      return "Child stopped or exited";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGCPUFAIL
+    case SIGCPUFAIL:
+      /* AIX: "CPU failure predicted".  */
+      return "CPU going down"; /* See man bindprocessor */
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGDANGER
+    case SIGDANGER:
+      /* AIX: "Paging space low".  */
+      return "Swap space nearly exhausted";
+    #endif
+    /* Mac OS X, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, Minix, AIX, IRIX, Cygwin, mingw */
+    #if defined SIGEMT
+    case SIGEMT:
+      /* glibc/Hurd, *BSD: "EMT trap".  Solaris: "Emulation trap".  */
+      return "Instruction emulation needed";
+    #endif
+    /* Mac OS X, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, Minix */
+    #if defined SIGINFO && SIGINFO != SIGPWR
+    case SIGINFO:
+      return "Information request";
+    #endif
+    /* Linux, Mac OS X, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, Minix, AIX, IRIX, Cygwin */
+    #if defined SIGIO && SIGIO != SIGPOLL
+    case SIGIO:
+      return "I/O possible";
+    #endif
+    /* Linux, IRIX, Cygwin, mingw */
+    #if defined SIGIOT && SIGIOT != SIGABRT
+    case SIGIOT:
+      return "IOT instruction"; /* a PDP-11 instruction */
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGKAP
+    case SIGKAP:
+      /* Process must issue a KSKAPACK ioctl, or will be killed in 30 seconds. 
 */
+      /* AIX: "Monitor mode granted".  */
+      return "Keep Alive Poll";
+    #endif
+    /* Haiku */
+    #if defined SIGKILLTHR
+    case SIGKILLTHR:
+      return "Kill thread";
+    #endif
+    /* Minix */
+    #if defined SIGKMEM
+    case SIGKMEM:
+      return "Kernel memory request";
+    #endif
+    /* Minix */
+    #if defined SIGKMESS
+    case SIGKMESS:
+      return "Kernel message";
+    #endif
+    /* Minix */
+    #if defined SIGKSIG
+    case SIGKSIG:
+      return "Kernel signal";
+    #endif
+    /* Minix */
+    #if defined SIGKSIGSM
+    case SIGKSIGSM:
+      return "Kernel signal for signal manager";
+    #endif
+    /* FreeBSD */
+    #if defined SIGLIBRT
+    case SIGLIBRT:
+      return "Real-time library interrupt";
+    #endif
+    /* Cygwin */
+    #if defined SIGLOST && SIGLOST != SIGABRT && SIGLOST != SIGPWR
+    case SIGLOST:
+      /* Solaris: "Resource lost".  */
+      return "File lock lost";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGMIGRATE
+    case SIGMIGRATE:
+      return "Process migration";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGMSG
+    case SIGMSG:
+      /* AIX: "Input device data".  */
+      return "Message in the ring";
+    #endif
+    /* ACM */
+    #if defined SIGPLAN
+    case SIGPLAN:
+      return "Programming language anomaly";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGPRE
+    case SIGPRE:
+      return "Programmed exception";
+    #endif
+    /* IRIX */
+    #if defined SIGPTINTR
+    case SIGPTINTR:
+      return "Pthread interrupt";
+    #endif
+    /* IRIX */
+    #if defined SIGPTRESCHED
+    case SIGPTRESCHED:
+      return "Pthread rescheduling";
+    #endif
+    /* Linux, NetBSD, Minix, AIX, IRIX, Cygwin */
+    #if defined SIGPWR
+    case SIGPWR:
+      /* glibc: "Power failure".  NetBSD: "Power fail/restart".  */
+      return "Power failure";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGRECONFIG
+    case SIGRECONFIG:
+      return "Dynamic logical partitioning changed";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGRECOVERY
+    case SIGRECOVERY:
+      return "Kernel recovery";
+    #endif
+    /* IRIX */
+    #if defined SIGRESTART
+    case SIGRESTART:
+      return "Checkpoint restart"; /* See man 1 cpr, man 3C atrestart */
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGRETRACT
+    case SIGRETRACT:
+      /* AIX: "Monitor mode retracted".  */
+      return "Retracting Keep Alive Poll";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGSAK
+    case SIGSAK:
+      /* AIX: "Secure attention".  */
+      return "Secure Attention Key";
+    #endif
+    /* ACM */
+    #if defined SIGSAM
+    case SIGSAM:
+      return "Symbolic computation failed";
+    #endif
+    /* Minix */
+    #if defined SIGSNDELAY
+    case SIGSNDELAY:
+      return "Done sending message";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGSOUND
+    case SIGSOUND:
+      /* AIX: "Sound completed".  */
+      return "Sound configuration changed";
+    #endif
+    /* Linux */
+    #if defined SIGSTKFLT
+    case SIGSTKFLT:
+      return "Stack fault";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGSYSERROR
+    case SIGSYSERROR:
+      return "Kernel error";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGTALRM
+    case SIGTALRM:
+      return "Thread alarm clock";
+    #endif
+    /* FreeBSD, OpenBSD */
+    #if defined SIGTHR
+    case SIGTHR:
+      /* OpenBSD: "Thread AST".  */
+      return "Thread library interrupt";
+    #endif
+    /* IRIX */
+    #if defined SIGUME
+    case SIGUME:
+      return "Uncorrectable memory error";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGVIRT
+    case SIGVIRT:
+      return "Virtual time alarm clock";
+    #endif
+    /* AIX */
+    #if defined SIGWAITING
+    case SIGWAITING:
+      /* AIX: "No runnable lwp".  */
+      return "Thread waiting";
+    #endif
+    /* Linux, Mac OS X, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, Minix, AIX, IRIX, Cygwin, 
Haiku */
+    #if defined SIGWINCH
+    case SIGWINCH:
+      /* glibc: "Window changed".  *BSD: "Window size changed" or "Window size 
changes".  */
+      return "Window size changed";
+    #endif
+
+    default:
+      return NULL;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/signal.in.h b/xcompile/lib/signal.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fea12e6572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/signal.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,495 @@
+/* A GNU-like <signal.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined __need_sig_atomic_t || defined __need_sigset_t || defined 
_GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H || (defined _SIGNAL_H && !defined 
__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T)
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - Inside glibc header files.
+   - On glibc systems we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <signal.h> -> <ucontext.h> -> <signal.h>.
+     In this situation, the functions are not yet declared, therefore we cannot
+     provide the C++ aliases.
+   - On glibc systems with GCC 4.3 we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <csignal> -> </usr/include/signal.h> -> <sys/ucontext.h> -> <signal.h>.
+     In this situation, some of the functions are not yet declared, therefore
+     we cannot provide the C++ aliases.  */
+
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SIGNAL_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H
+
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H
+
+/* Define pid_t, uid_t.
+   Also, mingw defines sigset_t not in <signal.h>, but in <sys/types.h>.
+   On Solaris 10, <signal.h> includes <sys/types.h>, which eventually includes
+   us; so include <sys/types.h> now, before the second inclusion guard.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SIGNAL_H@
+
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H
+
+/* For testing the OpenBSD version.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && defined __OpenBSD__
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Mac OS X 10.3, FreeBSD < 8.0, OpenBSD < 5.1, OSF/1 4.0, Solaris 2.6, 
Android,
+   OS/2 kLIBC declare pthread_sigmask in <pthread.h>, not in <signal.h>.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.*/
+#if (@GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && ((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) \
+        || (defined __FreeBSD__ && __FreeBSD__ < 8) \
+        || (defined __OpenBSD__ && OpenBSD < 201205) \
+        || defined __osf__ || defined __sun || defined __ANDROID__ \
+        || defined __KLIBC__) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <pthread.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* On AIX, sig_atomic_t already includes volatile.  C99 requires that
+   'volatile sig_atomic_t' ignore the extra modifier, but C89 did not.
+   Hence, redefine this to a non-volatile type as needed.  */
+#if ! @HAVE_TYPE_VOLATILE_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
+# if !GNULIB_defined_sig_atomic_t
+typedef int rpl_sig_atomic_t;
+#  undef sig_atomic_t
+#  define sig_atomic_t rpl_sig_atomic_t
+#  define GNULIB_defined_sig_atomic_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* A set or mask of signals.  */
+#if !@HAVE_SIGSET_T@
+# if !GNULIB_defined_sigset_t
+typedef unsigned int sigset_t;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_sigset_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Define sighandler_t, the type of signal handlers.  A GNU extension.  */
+#if !@HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T@
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+# if !GNULIB_defined_sighandler_t
+typedef void (*sighandler_t) (int);
+#  define GNULIB_defined_sighandler_t 1
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SIGNAL_H_SIGPIPE@
+# ifndef SIGPIPE
+/* Define SIGPIPE to a value that does not overlap with other signals.  */
+#  define SIGPIPE 13
+#  define GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE 1
+/* To actually use SIGPIPE, you also need the gnulib modules 'sigprocmask',
+   'write', 'stdio'.  */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Maximum signal number + 1.  */
+#ifndef NSIG
+# if defined __TANDEM
+#  define NSIG 32
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_sigmask
+#   define pthread_sigmask rpl_pthread_sigmask
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict new_mask,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_mask));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict new_mask,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_mask));
+# else
+#  if !(@HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@ || defined pthread_sigmask)
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict new_mask,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_mask));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict new_mask,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_mask));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_sigmask);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_sigmask
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_SIGMASK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_sigmask, "pthread_sigmask is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread_sigmask for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_RAISE@
+# if @REPLACE_RAISE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef raise
+#   define raise rpl_raise
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (raise, int, (int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (raise, int, (int sig));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_RAISE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (raise, int, (int sig));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (raise, int, (int sig));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (raise);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef raise
+/* Assume raise is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (raise, "raise can crash on native Windows - "
+                 "use gnulib module raise for portability");
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK@
+# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+
+#  ifndef GNULIB_defined_signal_blocking
+#   define GNULIB_defined_signal_blocking 1
+#  endif
+
+/* Maximum signal number + 1.  */
+#  ifndef NSIG
+#   define NSIG 32
+#  endif
+
+/* This code supports only 32 signals.  */
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_verify_NSIG_constraint
+typedef int verify_NSIG_constraint[NSIG <= 32 ? 1 : -1];
+#   define GNULIB_defined_verify_NSIG_constraint 1
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* When also using extern inline, suppress the use of static inline in
+   standard headers of problematic Apple configurations, as Libc at
+   least through Libc-825.26 (2013-04-09) mishandles it; see, e.g.,
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2012-12/msg00023.html>.
+   Perhaps Apple will fix this some day.  */
+#if (defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE && defined __APPLE__ \
+     && (defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__))
+# undef sigaddset
+# undef sigdelset
+# undef sigemptyset
+# undef sigfillset
+# undef sigismember
+#endif
+
+/* Test whether a given signal is contained in a signal set.  */
+# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigismember
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigismember, int, (const sigset_t *set, int sig)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigismember, int, (const sigset_t *set, int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigismember);
+
+/* Initialize a signal set to the empty set.  */
+# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigemptyset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigemptyset, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigemptyset, int, (sigset_t *set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigemptyset);
+
+/* Add a signal to a signal set.  */
+# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigaddset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigaddset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigaddset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigaddset);
+
+/* Remove a signal from a signal set.  */
+# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigdelset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigdelset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigdelset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigdelset);
+
+/* Fill a signal set with all possible signals.  */
+# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigfillset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigfillset, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigfillset, int, (sigset_t *set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigfillset);
+
+/* Return the set of those blocked signals that are pending.  */
+# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigpending, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigpending, int, (sigset_t *set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigpending);
+
+/* If OLD_SET is not NULL, put the current set of blocked signals in *OLD_SET.
+   Then, if SET is not NULL, affect the current set of blocked signals by
+   combining it with *SET as indicated in OPERATION.
+   In this implementation, you are not allowed to change a signal handler
+   while the signal is blocked.  */
+# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+#  define SIG_BLOCK   0  /* blocked_set = blocked_set | *set; */
+#  define SIG_SETMASK 1  /* blocked_set = *set; */
+#  define SIG_UNBLOCK 2  /* blocked_set = blocked_set & ~*set; */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigprocmask, int,
+                  (int operation,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict set,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_set));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigprocmask, int,
+                  (int operation,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict set,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigprocmask);
+
+/* Install the handler FUNC for signal SIG, and return the previous
+   handler.  */
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+# if !GNULIB_defined_function_taking_int_returning_void_t
+typedef void (*_gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t) (int);
+#  define GNULIB_defined_function_taking_int_returning_void_t 1
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define signal rpl_signal
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t,
+                  (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t,
+                  (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func));
+# else
+/* On OpenBSD, the declaration of 'signal' may not be present at this point,
+   because it occurs in <sys/signal.h>, not <signal.h> directly.  */
+#  if defined __OpenBSD__
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t,
+                  (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t,
+                  (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (signal);
+# endif
+
+# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ && GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE
+/* Raise signal SIGPIPE.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_raise_SIGPIPE (void);
+# endif
+
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sigaddset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGADDSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigaddset, "sigaddset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigdelset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGDELSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigdelset, "sigdelset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigemptyset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGEMPTYSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigemptyset, "sigemptyset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigfillset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGFILLSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigfillset, "sigfillset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigismember
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGISMEMBER
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigismember, "sigismember is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigpending
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGPENDING
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigpending, "sigpending is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigprocmask
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGPROCMASK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigprocmask, "sigprocmask is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+#endif /* @GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK@ */
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SIGACTION@
+# if !@HAVE_SIGACTION@
+
+#  if !@HAVE_SIGINFO_T@
+
+#   if !GNULIB_defined_siginfo_types
+
+/* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib.  */
+union sigval
+{
+  int sival_int;
+  void *sival_ptr;
+};
+
+/* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib.  */
+struct siginfo_t
+{
+  int si_signo;
+  int si_code;
+  int si_errno;
+  pid_t si_pid;
+  uid_t si_uid;
+  void *si_addr;
+  int si_status;
+  long si_band;
+  union sigval si_value;
+};
+typedef struct siginfo_t siginfo_t;
+
+#    define GNULIB_defined_siginfo_types 1
+#   endif
+
+#  endif /* !@HAVE_SIGINFO_T@ */
+
+/* We assume that platforms which lack the sigaction() function also lack
+   the 'struct sigaction' type, and vice versa.  */
+
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_struct_sigaction
+
+struct sigaction
+{
+  union
+  {
+    void (*_sa_handler) (int);
+    /* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib.  POSIX
+       says that implementations may, but not must, make sa_sigaction
+       overlap with sa_handler, but we know of no implementation where
+       they do not overlap.  */
+    void (*_sa_sigaction) (int, siginfo_t *, void *);
+  } _sa_func;
+  sigset_t sa_mask;
+  /* Not all POSIX flags are supported.  */
+  int sa_flags;
+};
+#   define sa_handler _sa_func._sa_handler
+#   define sa_sigaction _sa_func._sa_sigaction
+/* Unsupported flags are not present.  */
+#   define SA_RESETHAND 1
+#   define SA_NODEFER 2
+#   define SA_RESTART 4
+
+#   define GNULIB_defined_struct_sigaction 1
+#  endif
+
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigaction, int, (int, const struct sigaction *restrict,
+                                   struct sigaction *restrict));
+
+# elif !@HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION@
+
+#  define sa_sigaction sa_handler
+
+# endif /* !@HAVE_SIGACTION@, !@HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION@ */
+
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigaction, int, (int, const struct sigaction *restrict,
+                                   struct sigaction *restrict));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigaction);
+
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sigaction
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGACTION
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigaction, "sigaction is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigaction for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems don't have SA_NODEFER.  */
+#ifndef SA_NODEFER
+# define SA_NODEFER 0
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/stat-time.c b/xcompile/lib/stat-time.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bc282232ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/stat-time.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* stat-related time functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "stat-time.h"
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/stat-time.h b/xcompile/lib/stat-time.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92aa1e64e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/stat-time.h
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/* stat-related time functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef STAT_TIME_H
+#define STAT_TIME_H 1
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdckdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE
+# define _GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* STAT_TIMESPEC (ST, ST_XTIM) is the ST_XTIM member for *ST of type
+   struct timespec, if available.  If not, then STAT_TIMESPEC_NS (ST,
+   ST_XTIM) is the nanosecond component of the ST_XTIM member for *ST,
+   if available.  ST_XTIM can be st_atim, st_ctim, st_mtim, or st_birthtim
+   for access, status change, data modification, or birth (creation)
+   time respectively.
+
+   These macros are private to stat-time.h.  */
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_TV_NSEC
+# if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC || defined 
TYPEOF_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_IS_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
+#  define STAT_TIMESPEC(st, st_xtim) ((st)->st_xtim)
+# else
+#  define STAT_TIMESPEC_NS(st, st_xtim) ((st)->st_xtim.tv_nsec)
+# endif
+#elif defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMESPEC_TV_NSEC
+# define STAT_TIMESPEC(st, st_xtim) ((st)->st_xtim##espec)
+#elif defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
+# define STAT_TIMESPEC_NS(st, st_xtim) ((st)->st_xtim##ensec)
+#elif defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_ST__TIM_TV_NSEC
+# define STAT_TIMESPEC_NS(st, st_xtim) ((st)->st_xtim.st__tim.tv_nsec)
+#endif
+
+/* Return the nanosecond component of *ST's access time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE long int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_atime_ns (struct stat const *st)
+{
+# if defined STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_atim).tv_nsec;
+# elif defined STAT_TIMESPEC_NS
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC_NS (st, st_atim);
+# else
+  return 0;
+# endif
+}
+
+/* Return the nanosecond component of *ST's status change time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE long int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_ctime_ns (struct stat const *st)
+{
+# if defined STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_ctim).tv_nsec;
+# elif defined STAT_TIMESPEC_NS
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC_NS (st, st_ctim);
+# else
+  return 0;
+# endif
+}
+
+/* Return the nanosecond component of *ST's data modification time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE long int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_mtime_ns (struct stat const *st)
+{
+# if defined STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_mtim).tv_nsec;
+# elif defined STAT_TIMESPEC_NS
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC_NS (st, st_mtim);
+# else
+  return 0;
+# endif
+}
+
+/* Return the nanosecond component of *ST's birth time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE long int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_birthtime_ns (_GL_UNUSED struct stat const *st)
+{
+# if defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMESPEC_TV_NSEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_birthtim).tv_nsec;
+# elif defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMENSEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC_NS (st, st_birthtim);
+# else
+  return 0;
+# endif
+}
+
+/* Return *ST's access time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE struct timespec _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_atime (struct stat const *st)
+{
+#ifdef STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_atim);
+#else
+  struct timespec t;
+  t.tv_sec = st->st_atime;
+  t.tv_nsec = get_stat_atime_ns (st);
+  return t;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return *ST's status change time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE struct timespec _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_ctime (struct stat const *st)
+{
+#ifdef STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_ctim);
+#else
+  struct timespec t;
+  t.tv_sec = st->st_ctime;
+  t.tv_nsec = get_stat_ctime_ns (st);
+  return t;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return *ST's data modification time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE struct timespec _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_mtime (struct stat const *st)
+{
+#ifdef STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_mtim);
+#else
+  struct timespec t;
+  t.tv_sec = st->st_mtime;
+  t.tv_nsec = get_stat_mtime_ns (st);
+  return t;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return *ST's birth time, if available; otherwise return a value
+   with tv_sec and tv_nsec both equal to -1.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE struct timespec _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_birthtime (_GL_UNUSED struct stat const *st)
+{
+  struct timespec t;
+
+#if (defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMESPEC_TV_NSEC \
+     || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIM_TV_NSEC)
+  t = STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_birthtim);
+#elif defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMENSEC
+  t.tv_sec = st->st_birthtime;
+  t.tv_nsec = st->st_birthtimensec;
+#elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* Native Windows platforms (but not Cygwin) put the "file creation
+     time" in st_ctime (!).  See
+     
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/c-runtime-library/reference/stat-functions>.
  */
+# if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC
+  t = st->st_ctim;
+# else
+  t.tv_sec = st->st_ctime;
+  t.tv_nsec = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+  /* Birth time is not supported.  */
+  t.tv_sec = -1;
+  t.tv_nsec = -1;
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMESPEC_TV_NSEC \
+     || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIM_TV_NSEC \
+     || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMENSEC)
+  /* FreeBSD and NetBSD sometimes signal the absence of knowledge by
+     using zero.  Attempt to work around this problem.  Alas, this can
+     report failure even for valid timestamps.  Also, NetBSD
+     sometimes returns junk in the birth time fields; work around this
+     bug if it is detected.  */
+  if (! (t.tv_sec && 0 <= t.tv_nsec && t.tv_nsec < 1000000000))
+    {
+      t.tv_sec = -1;
+      t.tv_nsec = -1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* If a stat-like function returned RESULT, normalize the timestamps
+   in *ST, in case this platform suffers from the Solaris 11 bug where
+   tv_nsec might be negative.  Return the adjusted RESULT, setting
+   errno to EOVERFLOW if normalization overflowed.  This function
+   is intended to be private to this .h file.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE int
+stat_time_normalize (int result, _GL_UNUSED struct stat *st)
+{
+#if defined __sun && defined STAT_TIMESPEC
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      long int timespec_hz = 1000000000;
+      short int const ts_off[] = { offsetof (struct stat, st_atim),
+                                   offsetof (struct stat, st_mtim),
+                                   offsetof (struct stat, st_ctim) };
+      int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < sizeof ts_off / sizeof *ts_off; i++)
+        {
+          struct timespec *ts = (struct timespec *) ((char *) st + ts_off[i]);
+          long int q = ts->tv_nsec / timespec_hz;
+          long int r = ts->tv_nsec % timespec_hz;
+          if (r < 0)
+            {
+              r += timespec_hz;
+              q--;
+            }
+          ts->tv_nsec = r;
+          /* Overflow is possible, as Solaris 11 stat can yield
+             tv_sec == TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t) && tv_nsec == -1000000000.
+             INT_ADD_WRAPV is OK, since time_t is signed on Solaris.  */
+          if (ckd_add (&ts->tv_sec, q, ts->tv_sec))
+            {
+              errno = EOVERFLOW;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/stpcpy.c b/xcompile/lib/stpcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73c1eb786f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/stpcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* stpcpy.c -- copy a string and return pointer to end of new string
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997-1998, 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C 
Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#undef __stpcpy
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef stpcpy
+#endif
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __stpcpy stpcpy
+#endif
+
+/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */
+char *
+__stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+{
+  register char *d = dest;
+  register const char *s = src;
+
+  do
+    *d++ = *s;
+  while (*s++ != '\0');
+
+  return d - 1;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__stpcpy, stpcpy)
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/str-two-way.h b/xcompile/lib/str-two-way.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dfe702241c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/str-two-way.h
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+/* Byte-wise substring search, using the Two-Way algorithm.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Before including this file, you need to include <config.h> and
+   <string.h>, and define:
+     RETURN_TYPE             A macro that expands to the return type.
+     AVAILABLE(h, h_l, j, n_l)
+                             A macro that returns nonzero if there are
+                             at least N_L bytes left starting at H[J].
+                             H is 'unsigned char *', H_L, J, and N_L
+                             are 'size_t'; H_L is an lvalue.  For
+                             NUL-terminated searches, H_L can be
+                             modified each iteration to avoid having
+                             to compute the end of H up front.
+
+  For case-insensitivity, you may optionally define:
+     CMP_FUNC(p1, p2, l)     A macro that returns 0 iff the first L
+                             characters of P1 and P2 are equal.
+     CANON_ELEMENT(c)        A macro that canonicalizes an element right after
+                             it has been fetched from one of the two strings.
+                             The argument is an 'unsigned char'; the result
+                             must be an 'unsigned char' as well.
+
+  This file undefines the macros documented above, and defines
+  LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD.
+*/
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* We use the Two-Way string matching algorithm (also known as
+   Chrochemore-Perrin), which guarantees linear complexity with
+   constant space.  Additionally, for long needles, we also use a bad
+   character shift table similar to the Boyer-Moore algorithm to
+   achieve improved (potentially sub-linear) performance.
+
+   See https://www-igm.univ-mlv.fr/~lecroq/string/node26.html#SECTION00260,
+   https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boyer-Moore_string_search_algorithm,
+   
https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.34.6641&rep=rep1&type=pdf
+*/
+
+/* Point at which computing a bad-byte shift table is likely to be
+   worthwhile.  Small needles should not compute a table, since it
+   adds (1 << CHAR_BIT) + NEEDLE_LEN computations of preparation for a
+   speedup no greater than a factor of NEEDLE_LEN.  The larger the
+   needle, the better the potential performance gain.  On the other
+   hand, on non-POSIX systems with CHAR_BIT larger than eight, the
+   memory required for the table is prohibitive.  */
+#if CHAR_BIT < 10
+# define LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD 32U
+#else
+# define LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD SIZE_MAX
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a, b) ((a < b) ? (b) : (a))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CANON_ELEMENT
+# define CANON_ELEMENT(c) c
+#endif
+#ifndef CMP_FUNC
+# define CMP_FUNC memcmp
+#endif
+
+/* Perform a critical factorization of NEEDLE, of length NEEDLE_LEN.
+   Return the index of the first byte in the right half, and set
+   *PERIOD to the global period of the right half.
+
+   The global period of a string is the smallest index (possibly its
+   length) at which all remaining bytes in the string are repetitions
+   of the prefix (the last repetition may be a subset of the prefix).
+
+   When NEEDLE is factored into two halves, a local period is the
+   length of the smallest word that shares a suffix with the left half
+   and shares a prefix with the right half.  All factorizations of a
+   non-empty NEEDLE have a local period of at least 1 and no greater
+   than NEEDLE_LEN.
+
+   A critical factorization has the property that the local period
+   equals the global period.  All strings have at least one critical
+   factorization with the left half smaller than the global period.
+   And while some strings have more than one critical factorization,
+   it is provable that with an ordered alphabet, at least one of the
+   critical factorizations corresponds to a maximal suffix.
+
+   Given an ordered alphabet, a critical factorization can be computed
+   in linear time, with 2 * NEEDLE_LEN comparisons, by computing the
+   shorter of two ordered maximal suffixes.  The ordered maximal
+   suffixes are determined by lexicographic comparison while tracking
+   periodicity.  */
+static size_t
+critical_factorization (const unsigned char *needle, size_t needle_len,
+                        size_t *period)
+{
+  /* Index of last byte of left half, or SIZE_MAX.  */
+  size_t max_suffix, max_suffix_rev;
+  size_t j; /* Index into NEEDLE for current candidate suffix.  */
+  size_t k; /* Offset into current period.  */
+  size_t p; /* Intermediate period.  */
+  unsigned char a, b; /* Current comparison bytes.  */
+
+  /* Special case NEEDLE_LEN of 1 or 2 (all callers already filtered
+     out 0-length needles.  */
+  if (needle_len < 3)
+    {
+      *period = 1;
+      return needle_len - 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Invariants:
+     0 <= j < NEEDLE_LEN - 1
+     -1 <= max_suffix{,_rev} < j (treating SIZE_MAX as if it were signed)
+     min(max_suffix, max_suffix_rev) < global period of NEEDLE
+     1 <= p <= global period of NEEDLE
+     p == global period of the substring NEEDLE[max_suffix{,_rev}+1...j]
+     1 <= k <= p
+  */
+
+  /* Perform lexicographic search.  */
+  max_suffix = SIZE_MAX;
+  j = 0;
+  k = p = 1;
+  while (j + k < needle_len)
+    {
+      a = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[j + k]);
+      b = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[max_suffix + k]);
+      if (a < b)
+        {
+          /* Suffix is smaller, period is entire prefix so far.  */
+          j += k;
+          k = 1;
+          p = j - max_suffix;
+        }
+      else if (a == b)
+        {
+          /* Advance through repetition of the current period.  */
+          if (k != p)
+            ++k;
+          else
+            {
+              j += p;
+              k = 1;
+            }
+        }
+      else /* b < a */
+        {
+          /* Suffix is larger, start over from current location.  */
+          max_suffix = j++;
+          k = p = 1;
+        }
+    }
+  *period = p;
+
+  /* Perform reverse lexicographic search.  */
+  max_suffix_rev = SIZE_MAX;
+  j = 0;
+  k = p = 1;
+  while (j + k < needle_len)
+    {
+      a = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[j + k]);
+      b = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[max_suffix_rev + k]);
+      if (b < a)
+        {
+          /* Suffix is smaller, period is entire prefix so far.  */
+          j += k;
+          k = 1;
+          p = j - max_suffix_rev;
+        }
+      else if (a == b)
+        {
+          /* Advance through repetition of the current period.  */
+          if (k != p)
+            ++k;
+          else
+            {
+              j += p;
+              k = 1;
+            }
+        }
+      else /* a < b */
+        {
+          /* Suffix is larger, start over from current location.  */
+          max_suffix_rev = j++;
+          k = p = 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Choose the shorter suffix.  Return the index of the first byte of
+     the right half, rather than the last byte of the left half.
+
+     For some examples, 'banana' has two critical factorizations, both
+     exposed by the two lexicographic extreme suffixes of 'anana' and
+     'nana', where both suffixes have a period of 2.  On the other
+     hand, with 'aab' and 'bba', both strings have a single critical
+     factorization of the last byte, with the suffix having a period
+     of 1.  While the maximal lexicographic suffix of 'aab' is 'b',
+     the maximal lexicographic suffix of 'bba' is 'ba', which is not a
+     critical factorization.  Conversely, the maximal reverse
+     lexicographic suffix of 'a' works for 'bba', but not 'ab' for
+     'aab'.  The shorter suffix of the two will always be a critical
+     factorization.  */
+  if (max_suffix_rev + 1 < max_suffix + 1)
+    return max_suffix + 1;
+  *period = p;
+  return max_suffix_rev + 1;
+}
+
+/* Return the first location of non-empty NEEDLE within HAYSTACK, or
+   NULL.  HAYSTACK_LEN is the minimum known length of HAYSTACK.  This
+   method is optimized for NEEDLE_LEN < LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD.
+   Performance is guaranteed to be linear, with an initialization cost
+   of 2 * NEEDLE_LEN comparisons.
+
+   If AVAILABLE does not modify HAYSTACK_LEN (as in memmem), then at
+   most 2 * HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching.
+   If AVAILABLE modifies HAYSTACK_LEN (as in strstr), then at most 3 *
+   HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching.  */
+static RETURN_TYPE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+two_way_short_needle (const unsigned char *haystack, size_t haystack_len,
+                      const unsigned char *needle, size_t needle_len)
+{
+  size_t i; /* Index into current byte of NEEDLE.  */
+  size_t j; /* Index into current window of HAYSTACK.  */
+  size_t period; /* The period of the right half of needle.  */
+  size_t suffix; /* The index of the right half of needle.  */
+
+  /* Factor the needle into two halves, such that the left half is
+     smaller than the global period, and the right half is
+     periodic (with a period as large as NEEDLE_LEN - suffix).  */
+  suffix = critical_factorization (needle, needle_len, &period);
+
+  /* Perform the search.  Each iteration compares the right half
+     first.  */
+  if (CMP_FUNC (needle, needle + period, suffix) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Entire needle is periodic; a mismatch in the left half can
+         only advance by the period, so use memory to avoid rescanning
+         known occurrences of the period in the right half.  */
+      size_t memory = 0;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  */
+          i = MAX (suffix, memory);
+          while (i < needle_len && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                    == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (memory < i + 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i + 1 < memory + 1)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              /* No match, so remember how many repetitions of period
+                 on the right half were scanned.  */
+              j += period;
+              memory = needle_len - period;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              j += i - suffix + 1;
+              memory = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The two halves of needle are distinct; no extra memory is
+         required, and any mismatch results in a maximal shift.  */
+      period = MAX (suffix, needle_len - suffix) + 1;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  */
+          i = suffix;
+          while (i < needle_len && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                    == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (i != SIZE_MAX && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                       == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i == SIZE_MAX)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              j += period;
+            }
+          else
+            j += i - suffix + 1;
+        }
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Return the first location of non-empty NEEDLE within HAYSTACK, or
+   NULL.  HAYSTACK_LEN is the minimum known length of HAYSTACK.  This
+   method is optimized for LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD <= NEEDLE_LEN.
+   Performance is guaranteed to be linear, with an initialization cost
+   of 3 * NEEDLE_LEN + (1 << CHAR_BIT) operations.
+
+   If AVAILABLE does not modify HAYSTACK_LEN (as in memmem), then at
+   most 2 * HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching,
+   and sublinear performance O(HAYSTACK_LEN / NEEDLE_LEN) is possible.
+   If AVAILABLE modifies HAYSTACK_LEN (as in strstr), then at most 3 *
+   HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching, and
+   sublinear performance is not possible.  */
+static RETURN_TYPE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+two_way_long_needle (const unsigned char *haystack, size_t haystack_len,
+                     const unsigned char *needle, size_t needle_len)
+{
+  size_t i; /* Index into current byte of NEEDLE.  */
+  size_t j; /* Index into current window of HAYSTACK.  */
+  size_t period; /* The period of the right half of needle.  */
+  size_t suffix; /* The index of the right half of needle.  */
+  size_t shift_table[1U << CHAR_BIT]; /* See below.  */
+
+  /* Factor the needle into two halves, such that the left half is
+     smaller than the global period, and the right half is
+     periodic (with a period as large as NEEDLE_LEN - suffix).  */
+  suffix = critical_factorization (needle, needle_len, &period);
+
+  /* Populate shift_table.  For each possible byte value c,
+     shift_table[c] is the distance from the last occurrence of c to
+     the end of NEEDLE, or NEEDLE_LEN if c is absent from the NEEDLE.
+     shift_table[NEEDLE[NEEDLE_LEN - 1]] contains the only 0.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < 1U << CHAR_BIT; i++)
+    shift_table[i] = needle_len;
+  for (i = 0; i < needle_len; i++)
+    shift_table[CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])] = needle_len - i - 1;
+
+  /* Perform the search.  Each iteration compares the right half
+     first.  */
+  if (CMP_FUNC (needle, needle + period, suffix) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Entire needle is periodic; a mismatch in the left half can
+         only advance by the period, so use memory to avoid rescanning
+         known occurrences of the period in the right half.  */
+      size_t memory = 0;
+      size_t shift;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Check the last byte first; if it does not match, then
+             shift to the next possible match location.  */
+          shift = shift_table[CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[j + needle_len - 1])];
+          if (0 < shift)
+            {
+              if (memory && shift < period)
+                {
+                  /* Since needle is periodic, but the last period has
+                     a byte out of place, there can be no match until
+                     after the mismatch.  */
+                  shift = needle_len - period;
+                }
+              memory = 0;
+              j += shift;
+              continue;
+            }
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  The last byte has
+             already been matched, by virtue of the shift table.  */
+          i = MAX (suffix, memory);
+          while (i < needle_len - 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len - 1 <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (memory < i + 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i + 1 < memory + 1)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              /* No match, so remember how many repetitions of period
+                 on the right half were scanned.  */
+              j += period;
+              memory = needle_len - period;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              j += i - suffix + 1;
+              memory = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The two halves of needle are distinct; no extra memory is
+         required, and any mismatch results in a maximal shift.  */
+      size_t shift;
+      period = MAX (suffix, needle_len - suffix) + 1;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Check the last byte first; if it does not match, then
+             shift to the next possible match location.  */
+          shift = shift_table[CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[j + needle_len - 1])];
+          if (0 < shift)
+            {
+              j += shift;
+              continue;
+            }
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  The last byte has
+             already been matched, by virtue of the shift table.  */
+          i = suffix;
+          while (i < needle_len - 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len - 1 <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (i != SIZE_MAX && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                       == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i == SIZE_MAX)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              j += period;
+            }
+          else
+            j += i - suffix + 1;
+        }
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#undef AVAILABLE
+#undef CANON_ELEMENT
+#undef CMP_FUNC
+#undef MAX
+#undef RETURN_TYPE
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/strftime.h b/xcompile/lib/strftime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..88c1f73928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/strftime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* declarations for strftime.c
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Just like strftime, but with two more arguments:
+   POSIX requires that strftime use the local timezone information.
+   Use the timezone __TZ instead.  Use __NS as the number of
+   nanoseconds in the %N directive.
+
+   On error, set errno and return 0.  Otherwise, return the number of
+   bytes generated (not counting the trailing NUL), preserving errno
+   if the number is 0.  This errno behavior is in draft POSIX 202x
+   plus some requested changes to POSIX.  */
+size_t nstrftime (char *restrict, size_t, char const *, struct tm const *,
+                  timezone_t __tz, int __ns);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/string.in.h b/xcompile/lib/string.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b227a17887
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/string.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1323 @@
+/* A GNU-like <string.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STRING_H
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - On OS X/NetBSD we have a sequence of nested includes
+       <string.h> -> <strings.h> -> "string.h"
+     In this situation system _chk variants due to -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE
+     might be used after any replacements defined here.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STRING_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H
+
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STRING_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STRING_H@
+
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STRING_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* MirBSD defines mbslen as a macro.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MBSLEN@ && defined __MirBSD__
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 declares strsignal in <unistd.h>, not in <string.h>.  */
+/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_STRSIGNAL@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && defined __NetBSD__ \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* AIX 7.2 and Android 13 declare ffsl and ffsll in <strings.h>, not in
+   <string.h>.  */
+/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if ((@GNULIB_FFSL@ || @GNULIB_FFSLL@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+     && (defined _AIX || defined __ANDROID__)) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
+   that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
+   function F.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (f, i)))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE declares that the function returns pointers that
+   can be freed via 'free'; it can be used only after declaring 'free'.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  Cannot be used on inline functions.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+# if defined __cplusplus && defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__
+/* Work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=108231> */
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE \
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC ((void (*) (void *)) free, 1)
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE \
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (free, 1)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC declares that the function returns a pointer to freshly
+   allocated memory.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) || defined 
__clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* Make _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE work, even though <stdlib.h> may not have
+   been included yet.  */
+#if @GNULIB_FREE_POSIX@
+# if (@REPLACE_FREE@ && !defined free \
+      && !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE))
+/* We can't do '#define free rpl_free' here.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C void rpl_free (void *);
+#  undef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (rpl_free, 1)
+# else
+#  if defined _MSC_VER && !defined free
+_GL_EXTERN_C
+#   if defined _DLL
+     __declspec (dllimport)
+#   endif
+     void __cdecl free (void *);
+#  else
+#   if defined __cplusplus && (__GLIBC__ + (__GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 14) > 2)
+_GL_EXTERN_C void free (void *) throw ();
+#   else
+_GL_EXTERN_C void free (void *);
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# if defined _MSC_VER && !defined free
+_GL_EXTERN_C
+#   if defined _DLL
+     __declspec (dllimport)
+#   endif
+     void __cdecl free (void *);
+# else
+#  if defined __cplusplus && (__GLIBC__ + (__GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 14) > 2)
+_GL_EXTERN_C void free (void *) throw ();
+#  else
+_GL_EXTERN_C void free (void *);
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Clear a block of memory.  The compiler will not delete a call to
+   this function, even if the block is dead after the call.  */
+#if @GNULIB_EXPLICIT_BZERO@
+# if ! @HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (explicit_bzero, void,
+                  (void *__dest, size_t __n) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (explicit_bzero, void, (void *__dest, size_t __n));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (explicit_bzero);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef explicit_bzero
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPLICIT_BZERO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (explicit_bzero, "explicit_bzero is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module explicit_bzero for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Find the index of the least-significant set bit.  */
+#if @GNULIB_FFSL@
+# if !@HAVE_FFSL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ffsl, int, (long int i));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ffsl, int, (long int i));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ffsl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ffsl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FFSL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ffsl, "ffsl is not portable - use the ffsl module");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Find the index of the least-significant set bit.  */
+#if @GNULIB_FFSLL@
+# if @REPLACE_FFSLL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define ffsll rpl_ffsll
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ffsll, int, (long long int i));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ffsll, int, (long long int i));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FFSLL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ffsll, int, (long long int i));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ffsll, int, (long long int i));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ffsll);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ffsll
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FFSLL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ffsll, "ffsll is not portable - use the ffsll module");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_MEMCCPY@
+/* On native Windows, map 'memccpy' to '_memccpy', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::memccpy always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef memccpy
+#   define memccpy _memccpy
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (memccpy, void *,
+                  (void *dest, const void *src, int c, size_t n));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (memccpy, void *,
+                  (void *dest, const void *src, int c, size_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memccpy);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return the first instance of C within N bytes of S, or NULL.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MEMCHR@
+# if @REPLACE_MEMCHR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef memchr
+#   define memchr rpl_memchr
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (memchr, void *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (memchr, void *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n));
+# else
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C" { const void * std::memchr (const void *, int, size_t); }
+       extern "C++" { void * std::memchr (void *, int, size_t); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (memchr,
+                        void *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n),
+                        void const *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n));
+# endif
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
+         || defined __clang__)
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memchr, void *, (void *__s, int __c, size_t __n) throw ());
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memchr, void const *,
+                   (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n) throw ());
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memchr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef memchr
+/* Assume memchr is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (memchr, "memchr has platform-specific bugs - "
+                 "use gnulib module memchr for portability" );
+#endif
+
+/* Return the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MEMMEM@
+# if @REPLACE_MEMMEM@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define memmem rpl_memmem
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (memmem, void *,
+                  (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len,
+                   void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (memmem, void *,
+                  (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len,
+                   void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (memmem, void *,
+                  (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len,
+                   void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (memmem, void *,
+                  (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len,
+                   void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memmem);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef memmem
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MEMMEM
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (memmem, "memmem is unportable and often quadratic - "
+                 "use gnulib module memmem-simple for portability, "
+                 "and module memmem for speed" );
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the
+   last written byte.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MEMPCPY@
+# if ! @HAVE_MEMPCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mempcpy, void *,
+                  (void *restrict __dest, void const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mempcpy, void *,
+                  (void *restrict __dest, void const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mempcpy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mempcpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MEMPCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mempcpy, "mempcpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mempcpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Search backwards through a block for a byte (specified as an int).  */
+#if @GNULIB_MEMRCHR@
+# if ! @HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (memrchr, void *, (void const *, int, size_t)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" { const void * std::memrchr (const void *, int, size_t); }
+       extern "C++" { void * std::memrchr (void *, int, size_t); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (memrchr,
+                        void *, (void const *, int, size_t),
+                        void const *, (void const *, int, size_t));
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
+         || defined __clang__)
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memrchr, void *, (void *, int, size_t) throw ());
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memrchr, void const *, (void const *, int, size_t) throw 
());
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memrchr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef memrchr
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MEMRCHR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (memrchr, "memrchr is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module memrchr for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Overwrite a block of memory.  The compiler will not optimize
+   effects away, even if the block is dead after the call.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MEMSET_EXPLICIT@
+# if ! @HAVE_MEMSET_EXPLICIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (memset_explicit, void *,
+                  (void *__dest, int __c, size_t __n) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (memset_explicit, void *, (void *__dest, int __c, size_t 
__n));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memset_explicit);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef memset_explicit
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MEMSET_EXPLICIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (memset_explicit, "memset_explicit is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module memset_explicit for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S.  More efficient than
+   memchr(S,C,N), at the expense of undefined behavior if C does not
+   occur within N bytes.  */
+#if @GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR@
+# if ! @HAVE_RAWMEMCHR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rawmemchr, void *, (void const *__s, int __c_in)
+                                     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" { const void * std::rawmemchr (const void *, int); }
+       extern "C++" { void * std::rawmemchr (void *, int); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (rawmemchr,
+                        void *, (void const *__s, int __c_in),
+                        void const *, (void const *__s, int __c_in));
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
+         || defined __clang__)
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (rawmemchr, void *, (void *__s, int __c_in) throw ());
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (rawmemchr, void const *,
+                   (void const *__s, int __c_in) throw ());
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rawmemchr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rawmemchr
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RAWMEMCHR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rawmemchr, "rawmemchr is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rawmemchr for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Copy SRC to DST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STPCPY@
+# if ! @HAVE_STPCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (stpcpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (stpcpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (stpcpy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef stpcpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STPCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (stpcpy, "stpcpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module stpcpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Copy no more than N bytes of SRC to DST, returning a pointer past the
+   last non-NUL byte written into DST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STPNCPY@
+# if @REPLACE_STPNCPY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef stpncpy
+#   define stpncpy rpl_stpncpy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (stpncpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (stpncpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_STPNCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (stpncpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (stpncpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (stpncpy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef stpncpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STPNCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (stpncpy, "stpncpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module stpncpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strchr() does not work with multibyte strings if the locale encoding is
+   GB18030 and the character to be searched is a digit.  */
+# undef strchr
+/* Assume strchr is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (strchr,
+                     const char *, char *, (const char *, int),
+                     "strchr cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                     "in some multibyte locales - "
+                     "use mbschr if you care about internationalization");
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S or the final NUL byte.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRCHRNUL@
+# if @REPLACE_STRCHRNUL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strchrnul rpl_strchrnul
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strchrnul, char *, (const char *__s, int __c_in)
+                                     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strchrnul, char *,
+                  (const char *str, int ch));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_STRCHRNUL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strchrnul, char *, (char const *__s, int __c_in)
+                                     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" { const char * std::strchrnul (const char *, int); }
+       extern "C++" { char * std::strchrnul (char *, int); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strchrnul,
+                        char *, (char const *__s, int __c_in),
+                        char const *, (char const *__s, int __c_in));
+# endif
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
+         || defined __clang__)
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strchrnul, char *, (char *__s, int __c_in) throw ());
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strchrnul, char const *,
+                   (char const *__s, int __c_in) throw ());
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strchrnul);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strchrnul
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRCHRNUL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strchrnul, "strchrnul is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strchrnul for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRDUP@
+# if @REPLACE_STRDUP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strdup
+#   define strdup rpl_strdup
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strdup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strdup, char *, (char const *__s));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strdup
+#   define strdup _strdup
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (strdup, char *, (char const *__s));
+# else
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && defined strdup
+    /* strdup exists as a function and as a macro.  Get rid of the macro.  */
+#   undef strdup
+#  endif
+#  if (!@HAVE_DECL_STRDUP@ || __GNUC__ >= 11) && !defined strdup
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strdup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strdup, char *, (char const *__s));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strdup);
+#else
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined strdup
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate strdup with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strdup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef strdup
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRDUP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strdup, "strdup is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strdup for portability");
+#  endif
+# elif @GNULIB_MDA_STRDUP@
+/* On native Windows, map 'creat' to '_creat', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::strdup always.  */
+#  if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef strdup
+#    define strdup _strdup
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (strdup, char *, (char const *__s));
+#  else
+#   if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && defined strdup
+#    undef strdup
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strdup, char *, (char const *__s));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strdup);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Append no more than N characters from SRC onto DEST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRNCAT@
+# if @REPLACE_STRNCAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strncat
+#   define strncat rpl_strncat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strncat, char *,
+                  (char *restrict dest, const char *restrict src, size_t n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strncat, char *,
+                  (char *restrict dest, const char *restrict src, size_t n));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strncat, char *,
+                  (char *restrict dest, const char *restrict src, size_t n));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strncat);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strncat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRNCAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strncat, "strncat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strncat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRNDUP@
+# if @REPLACE_STRNDUP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strndup
+#   define strndup rpl_strndup
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strndup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s, size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strndup, char *, (char const *__s, size_t __n));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP@ || (__GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined strndup)
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strndup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s, size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strndup, char *, (char const *__s, size_t __n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strndup);
+#else
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined strndup
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate strndup with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strndup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s, size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef strndup
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRNDUP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strndup, "strndup is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strndup for portability");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Find the length (number of bytes) of STRING, but scan at most
+   MAXLEN bytes.  If no '\0' terminator is found in that many bytes,
+   return MAXLEN.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRNLEN@
+# if @REPLACE_STRNLEN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strnlen
+#   define strnlen rpl_strnlen
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strnlen);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strnlen
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRNLEN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strnlen, "strnlen is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strnlen for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strcspn() assumes the second argument is a list of single-byte characters.
+   Even in this simple case, it does not work with multibyte strings if the
+   locale encoding is GB18030 and one of the characters to be searched is a
+   digit.  */
+# undef strcspn
+/* Assume strcspn is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strcspn, "strcspn cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                 "in multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbscspn if you care about internationalization");
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence in S of any character in ACCEPT.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRPBRK@
+# if ! @HAVE_STRPBRK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strpbrk, char *, (char const *__s, char const *__accept)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C" { const char * strpbrk (const char *, const char *); }
+       extern "C++" { char * strpbrk (char *, const char *); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strpbrk,
+                        char *, (char const *__s, char const *__accept),
+                        const char *, (char const *__s, char const *__accept));
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
+         || defined __clang__)
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strpbrk, char *, (char *__s, char const *__accept) throw 
());
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strpbrk, char const *,
+                   (char const *__s, char const *__accept) throw ());
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strpbrk);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strpbrk() assumes the second argument is a list of single-byte characters.
+   Even in this simple case, it does not work with multibyte strings if the
+   locale encoding is GB18030 and one of the characters to be searched is a
+   digit.  */
+#  undef strpbrk
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (strpbrk,
+                     const char *, char *, (const char *, const char *),
+                     "strpbrk cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                     "in multibyte locales - "
+                     "use mbspbrk if you care about internationalization");
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strpbrk
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRPBRK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (strpbrk,
+                     const char *, char *, (const char *, const char *),
+                     "strpbrk is unportable - "
+                     "use gnulib module strpbrk for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strspn() assumes the second argument is a list of single-byte characters.
+   Even in this simple case, it cannot work with multibyte strings.  */
+# undef strspn
+/* Assume strspn is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strspn, "strspn cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                 "in multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbsspn if you care about internationalization");
+#endif
+
+#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strrchr() does not work with multibyte strings if the locale encoding is
+   GB18030 and the character to be searched is a digit.  */
+# undef strrchr
+/* Assume strrchr is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (strrchr,
+                     const char *, char *, (const char *, int),
+                     "strrchr cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                     "in some multibyte locales - "
+                     "use mbsrchr if you care about internationalization");
+#endif
+
+/* Search the next delimiter (char listed in DELIM) starting at *STRINGP.
+   If one is found, overwrite it with a NUL, and advance *STRINGP
+   to point to the next char after it.  Otherwise, set *STRINGP to NULL.
+   If *STRINGP was already NULL, nothing happens.
+   Return the old value of *STRINGP.
+
+   This is a variant of strtok() that is multithread-safe and supports
+   empty fields.
+
+   Caveat: It modifies the original string.
+   Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings.
+   Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
+   Caveat: It doesn't work with multibyte strings unless all of the delimiter
+           characters are ASCII characters < 0x30.
+
+   See also strtok_r().  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRSEP@
+# if ! @HAVE_STRSEP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strsep, char *,
+                  (char **restrict __stringp, char const *restrict __delim)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strsep, char *,
+                  (char **restrict __stringp, char const *restrict __delim));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strsep);
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef strsep
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strsep, "strsep cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                 "in multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbssep if you care about internationalization");
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strsep
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRSEP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strsep, "strsep is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strsep for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRSTR@
+# if @REPLACE_STRSTR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strstr rpl_strstr
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strstr, char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strstr, char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle));
+# else
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" { const char * strstr (const char *, const char *); }
+       extern "C++" { char * strstr (char *, const char *); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strstr,
+                        char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle),
+                        const char *, (const char *haystack, const char 
*needle));
+# endif
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
+         || defined __clang__)
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strstr, char *,
+                   (char *haystack, const char *needle) throw ());
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strstr, const char *,
+                   (const char *haystack, const char *needle) throw ());
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strstr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strstr() does not work with multibyte strings if the locale encoding is
+   different from UTF-8:
+   POSIX says that it operates on "strings", and "string" in POSIX is defined
+   as a sequence of bytes, not of characters.  */
+# undef strstr
+/* Assume strstr is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strstr, "strstr is quadratic on many systems, and cannot "
+                 "work correctly on character strings in most "
+                 "multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbsstr if you care about internationalization, "
+                 "or use strstr if you care about speed");
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK, using case-insensitive
+   comparison.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRCASESTR@
+# if @REPLACE_STRCASESTR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strcasestr rpl_strcasestr
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strcasestr, char *,
+                  (const char *haystack, const char *needle)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strcasestr, char *,
+                  (const char *haystack, const char *needle));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_STRCASESTR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strcasestr, char *,
+                  (const char *haystack, const char *needle)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" { const char * strcasestr (const char *, const char *); }
+       extern "C++" { char * strcasestr (char *, const char *); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strcasestr,
+                        char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle),
+                        const char *, (const char *haystack, const char 
*needle));
+# endif
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
+         || defined __clang__)
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strcasestr, char *,
+                   (char *haystack, const char *needle) throw ());
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strcasestr, const char *,
+                   (const char *haystack, const char *needle) throw ());
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strcasestr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strcasestr() does not work with multibyte strings:
+   It is a glibc extension, and glibc implements it only for unibyte
+   locales.  */
+# undef strcasestr
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRCASESTR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strcasestr, "strcasestr does work correctly on character "
+                 "strings in multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbscasestr if you care about "
+                 "internationalization, or use c-strcasestr if you want "
+                 "a locale independent function");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Parse S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.
+   If S is NULL, the saved pointer in SAVE_PTR is used as
+   the next starting point.  For example:
+        char s[] = "-abc-=-def";
+        char *sp;
+        x = strtok_r(s, "-", &sp);      // x = "abc", sp = "=-def"
+        x = strtok_r(NULL, "-=", &sp);  // x = "def", sp = NULL
+        x = strtok_r(NULL, "=", &sp);   // x = NULL
+                // s = "abc\0-def\0"
+
+   This is a variant of strtok() that is multithread-safe.
+
+   For the POSIX documentation for this function, see:
+   https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/strtok.html
+
+   Caveat: It modifies the original string.
+   Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings.
+   Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
+   Caveat: It doesn't work with multibyte strings unless all of the delimiter
+           characters are ASCII characters < 0x30.
+
+   See also strsep().  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOK_R@
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOK_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strtok_r
+#   define strtok_r rpl_strtok_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtok_r, char *,
+                  (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim,
+                   char **restrict save_ptr)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtok_r, char *,
+                  (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim,
+                   char **restrict save_ptr));
+# else
+#  if @UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#   undef strtok_r
+#  endif
+#  if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtok_r, char *,
+                  (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim,
+                   char **restrict save_ptr)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtok_r, char *,
+                  (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim,
+                   char **restrict save_ptr));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtok_r);
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtok_r, "strtok_r cannot work correctly on character "
+                 "strings in multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbstok_r if you care about internationalization");
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtok_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOK_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtok_r, "strtok_r is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtok_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* The following functions are not specified by POSIX.  They are gnulib
+   extensions.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSLEN@
+/* Return the number of multibyte characters in the character string STRING.
+   This considers multibyte characters, unlike strlen, which counts bytes.  */
+# ifdef __MirBSD__  /* MirBSD defines mbslen as a macro.  Override it.  */
+#  undef mbslen
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_MBSLEN@  /* AIX, OSF/1, MirBSD define mbslen already in libc.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define mbslen rpl_mbslen
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbslen);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSNLEN@
+/* Return the number of multibyte characters in the character string starting
+   at STRING and ending at STRING + LEN.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C size_t mbsnlen (const char *string, size_t len)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSCHR@
+/* Locate the first single-byte character C in the character string STRING,
+   and return a pointer to it.  Return NULL if C is not found in STRING.
+   Unlike strchr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales with
+   encodings such as GB18030.  */
+# if defined __hpux
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define mbschr rpl_mbschr /* avoid collision with HP-UX function */
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbschr);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSRCHR@
+/* Locate the last single-byte character C in the character string STRING,
+   and return a pointer to it.  Return NULL if C is not found in STRING.
+   Unlike strrchr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales with
+   encodings such as GB18030.  */
+# if defined __hpux || defined __INTERIX
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define mbsrchr rpl_mbsrchr /* avoid collision with system function */
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbsrchr);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSSTR@
+/* Find the first occurrence of the character string NEEDLE in the character
+   string HAYSTACK.  Return NULL if NEEDLE is not found in HAYSTACK.
+   Unlike strstr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales with
+   encodings different from UTF-8.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbsstr (const char *haystack, const char *needle)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSCASECMP@
+/* Compare the character strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than,
+   equal to or greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to
+   or greater than S2.
+   Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return 0 for strings of
+   different lengths!
+   Unlike strcasecmp(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int mbscasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP@
+/* Compare the initial segment of the character string S1 consisting of at most
+   N characters with the initial segment of the character string S2 consisting
+   of at most N characters, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if the initial segment of S1 is lexicographically less
+   than, equal to or greater than the initial segment of S2.
+   Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return 0 for initial segments
+   of different lengths!
+   Unlike strncasecmp(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.
+   But beware that N is not a byte count but a character count!  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int mbsncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP@
+/* Compare the initial segment of the character string STRING consisting of
+   at most mbslen (PREFIX) characters with the character string PREFIX,
+   ignoring case.  If the two match, return a pointer to the first byte
+   after this prefix in STRING.  Otherwise, return NULL.
+   Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return non-NULL if STRING
+   is of smaller length than PREFIX!
+   Unlike strncasecmp(), this function works correctly in multibyte
+   locales.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbspcasecmp (const char *string, const char *prefix)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSCASESTR@
+/* Find the first occurrence of the character string NEEDLE in the character
+   string HAYSTACK, using case-insensitive comparison.
+   Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return success even if
+   strlen (haystack) < strlen (needle) !
+   Unlike strcasestr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbscasestr (const char *haystack, const char *needle)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSCSPN@
+/* Find the first occurrence in the character string STRING of any character
+   in the character string ACCEPT.  Return the number of bytes from the
+   beginning of the string to this occurrence, or to the end of the string
+   if none exists.
+   Unlike strcspn(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C size_t mbscspn (const char *string, const char *accept)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSPBRK@
+/* Find the first occurrence in the character string STRING of any character
+   in the character string ACCEPT.  Return the pointer to it, or NULL if none
+   exists.
+   Unlike strpbrk(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+# if defined __hpux
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define mbspbrk rpl_mbspbrk /* avoid collision with HP-UX function */
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbspbrk);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSSPN@
+/* Find the first occurrence in the character string STRING of any character
+   not in the character string REJECT.  Return the number of bytes from the
+   beginning of the string to this occurrence, or to the end of the string
+   if none exists.
+   Unlike strspn(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C size_t mbsspn (const char *string, const char *reject)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSSEP@
+/* Search the next delimiter (multibyte character listed in the character
+   string DELIM) starting at the character string *STRINGP.
+   If one is found, overwrite it with a NUL, and advance *STRINGP to point
+   to the next multibyte character after it.  Otherwise, set *STRINGP to NULL.
+   If *STRINGP was already NULL, nothing happens.
+   Return the old value of *STRINGP.
+
+   This is a variant of mbstok_r() that supports empty fields.
+
+   Caveat: It modifies the original string.
+   Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings.
+   Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
+
+   See also mbstok_r().  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbssep (char **stringp, const char *delim)
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSTOK_R@
+/* Parse the character string STRING into tokens separated by characters in
+   the character string DELIM.
+   If STRING is NULL, the saved pointer in SAVE_PTR is used as
+   the next starting point.  For example:
+        char s[] = "-abc-=-def";
+        char *sp;
+        x = mbstok_r(s, "-", &sp);      // x = "abc", sp = "=-def"
+        x = mbstok_r(NULL, "-=", &sp);  // x = "def", sp = NULL
+        x = mbstok_r(NULL, "=", &sp);   // x = NULL
+                // s = "abc\0-def\0"
+
+   Caveat: It modifies the original string.
+   Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings.
+   Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
+
+   See also mbssep().  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbstok_r (char *restrict string, const char *delim,
+                              char **save_ptr)
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+#endif
+
+/* Map any int, typically from errno, into an error message.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRERROR@
+# if @REPLACE_STRERROR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strerror
+#   define strerror rpl_strerror
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strerror, char *, (int));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strerror, char *, (int));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strerror, char *, (int));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strerror);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strerror
+/* Assume strerror is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strerror, "strerror is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strerror to guarantee non-NULL result");
+#endif
+
+/* Map any int, typically from errno, into an error message.  Multithread-safe.
+   Uses the POSIX declaration, not the glibc declaration.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRERROR_R@
+# if @REPLACE_STRERROR_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strerror_r
+#   define strerror_r rpl_strerror_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen));
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strerror_r);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strerror_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRERROR_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strerror_r, "strerror_r is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strerror_r-posix for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return the name of the system error code ERRNUM.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRERRORNAME_NP@
+# if @REPLACE_STRERRORNAME_NP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strerrorname_np
+#   define strerrorname_np rpl_strerrorname_np
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strerrorname_np, const char *, (int errnum));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strerrorname_np, const char *, (int errnum));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_STRERRORNAME_NP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strerrorname_np, const char *, (int errnum));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strerrorname_np, const char *, (int errnum));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strerrorname_np);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strerrorname_np
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRERRORNAME_NP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strerrorname_np, "strerrorname_np is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strerrorname_np for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return an abbreviation string for the signal number SIG.  */
+#if @GNULIB_SIGABBREV_NP@
+# if ! @HAVE_SIGABBREV_NP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigabbrev_np, const char *, (int sig));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigabbrev_np, const char *, (int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigabbrev_np);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sigabbrev_np
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGABBREV_NP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigabbrev_np, "sigabbrev_np is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sigabbrev_np for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return an English description string for the signal number SIG.  */
+#if @GNULIB_SIGDESCR_NP@
+# if ! @HAVE_SIGDESCR_NP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigdescr_np, const char *, (int sig));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigdescr_np, const char *, (int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigdescr_np);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sigdescr_np
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGDESCR_NP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigdescr_np, "sigdescr_np is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sigdescr_np for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRSIGNAL@
+# if @REPLACE_STRSIGNAL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strsignal rpl_strsignal
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strsignal, char *, (int __sig));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strsignal, char *, (int __sig));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strsignal, char *, (int __sig));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Cygwin 1.5.x systems, the return type is
+   'const char *'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (strsignal, char *, (int __sig));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strsignal);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strsignal
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRSIGNAL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strsignal, "strsignal is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strsignal for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRVERSCMP@
+# if !@HAVE_STRVERSCMP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strverscmp, int, (const char *, const char *)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strverscmp, int, (const char *, const char *));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strverscmp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strverscmp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRVERSCMP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strverscmp, "strverscmp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strverscmp for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/strnlen.c b/xcompile/lib/strnlen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09c010eac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/strnlen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
+
+size_t
+strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
+  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/strtoimax.c b/xcompile/lib/strtoimax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7977e28e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/strtoimax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an intmax_t value.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2001-2004, 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Verify interface.  */
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef UNSIGNED
+# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+# endif
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+unsigned long long int strtoull (char const *, char **, int);
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+# endif
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
+long long int strtoll (char const *, char **, int);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef UNSIGNED
+# define Int uintmax_t
+# define Strtoimax strtoumax
+# define Strtol strtoul
+# define Strtoll strtoull
+# define Unsigned unsigned
+#else
+# define Int intmax_t
+# define Strtoimax strtoimax
+# define Strtol strtol
+# define Strtoll strtoll
+# define Unsigned
+#endif
+
+Int
+Strtoimax (char const *ptr, char **endptr, int base)
+{
+  static_assert (sizeof (Int) == sizeof (Unsigned long int)
+                 || sizeof (Int) == sizeof (Unsigned long long int));
+
+  if (sizeof (Int) != sizeof (Unsigned long int))
+    return Strtoll (ptr, endptr, base);
+
+  return Strtol (ptr, endptr, base);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/strtol.c b/xcompile/lib/strtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d11269b262
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/strtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1994-1999, 2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+#else
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if we are defining 'strtoul' or 'strtoull', operating on
+   unsigned integers.  */
+#ifndef UNSIGNED
+# define UNSIGNED 0
+# define INT LONG int
+#else
+# define INT unsigned LONG int
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the name.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# undef strtol
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstoul_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtoul_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstol_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtol_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  undef strtol
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstoul
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol strtoul
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   undef strtol
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoll
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstol
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    undef strtol
+#    define strtol strtoll
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining 'strtoll' or 'strtoull',
+   operating on 'long long int's.  */
+#ifdef QUAD
+# define LONG long long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LLONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LLONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULLONG_MAX
+# if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7
+   /* Work around gcc bug with using this constant.  */
+   static const unsigned long long int maxquad = ULLONG_MAX;
+#  undef STRTOL_ULONG_MAX
+#  define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX maxquad
+# endif
+#else
+# define LONG long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# define GROUP_PARAM_PROTO , int group
+#else
+# define GROUP_PARAM_PROTO
+#endif
+
+/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
+   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
+   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
+   macro.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# undef _NL_CURRENT
+# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
+  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
+# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO , __locale_t loc
+#else
+# define LOCALE_PARAM
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+# include <wchar.h>
+# include <wctype.h>
+# define L_(Ch) L##Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
+# define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __iswspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __iswalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __towupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
+# endif
+#else
+# define L_(Ch) Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
+# define STRING_TYPE char
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __isspace_l ((unsigned char) (Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __isalpha_l ((unsigned char) (Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __toupper_l ((unsigned char) (Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) isspace ((unsigned char) (Ch))
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) isalpha ((unsigned char) (Ch))
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) toupper ((unsigned char) (Ch))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X)
+# define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal
+# define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X)
+#else
+# define INTERNAL(X) X
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+/* This file defines a function to check for correct grouping.  */
+# include "grouping.h"
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Convert NPTR to an 'unsigned long int' or 'long int' in base BASE.
+   If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
+   zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
+   If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is reset to 10.
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last
+   one converted is stored in *ENDPTR.  */
+
+INT
+INTERNAL (strtol) (const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr,
+                   int base GROUP_PARAM_PROTO LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO)
+{
+  int negative;
+  register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
+  register unsigned int cutlim;
+  register unsigned LONG int i;
+  register const STRING_TYPE *s;
+  register UCHAR_TYPE c;
+  const STRING_TYPE *save, *end;
+  int overflow;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+  struct locale_data *current = loc->__locales[LC_NUMERIC];
+# endif
+  /* The thousands character of the current locale.  */
+  wchar_t thousands = L'\0';
+  /* The numeric grouping specification of the current locale,
+     in the format described in <locale.h>.  */
+  const char *grouping;
+
+  if (group)
+    {
+      grouping = _NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, GROUPING);
+      if (*grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX)
+        grouping = NULL;
+      else
+        {
+          /* Figure out the thousands separator character.  */
+# if defined _LIBC || defined _HAVE_BTOWC
+          thousands = __btowc (*_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP));
+          if (thousands == WEOF)
+            thousands = L'\0';
+# endif
+          if (thousands == L'\0')
+            grouping = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    grouping = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  save = s = nptr;
+
+  /* Skip white space.  */
+  while (ISSPACE (*s))
+    ++s;
+  if (*s == L_('\0'))
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Check for a sign.  */
+  if (*s == L_('-'))
+    {
+      negative = 1;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else if (*s == L_('+'))
+    {
+      negative = 0;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else
+    negative = 0;
+
+  /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
+  if (*s == L_('0'))
+    {
+      if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
+        {
+          s += 2;
+          base = 16;
+        }
+      else if (base == 0)
+        base = 8;
+    }
+  else if (base == 0)
+    base = 10;
+
+  /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened.  */
+  save = s;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+  if (group)
+    {
+      /* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping.  */
+      end = s;
+      for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end)
+        if ((wchar_t) c != thousands
+            && ((wchar_t) c < L_('0') || (wchar_t) c > L_('9'))
+            && (!ISALPHA (c) || (int) (TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10) >= base))
+          break;
+      if (*s == thousands)
+        end = s;
+      else
+        end = correctly_grouped_prefix (s, end, thousands, grouping);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    end = NULL;
+
+  cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
+  cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
+
+  overflow = 0;
+  i = 0;
+  for (c = *s; c != L_('\0'); c = *++s)
+    {
+      if (s == end)
+        break;
+      if (c >= L_('0') && c <= L_('9'))
+        c -= L_('0');
+      else if (ISALPHA (c))
+        c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10;
+      else
+        break;
+      if ((int) c >= base)
+        break;
+      /* Check for overflow.  */
+      if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
+        overflow = 1;
+      else
+        {
+          i *= (unsigned LONG int) base;
+          i += c;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Check if anything actually happened.  */
+  if (s == save)
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
+     past the last character we converted.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) s;
+
+#if !UNSIGNED
+  /* Check for a value that is within the range of
+     'unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of 'LONG int'.  */
+  if (overflow == 0
+      && i > (negative
+              ? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
+              : (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
+    overflow = 1;
+#endif
+
+  if (overflow)
+    {
+      __set_errno (ERANGE);
+#if UNSIGNED
+      return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
+#else
+      return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Return the result of the appropriate sign.  */
+  return negative ? -i : i;
+
+noconv:
+  /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
+     first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
+     hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
+     ENDPTR points to the 'x'.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    {
+      if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
+          && save[-2] == L_('0'))
+        *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
+      else
+        /*  There was no number to convert.  */
+        *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0L;
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+/* External user entry point.  */
+
+INT
+# ifdef weak_function
+weak_function
+# endif
+strtol (const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr,
+        int base LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO)
+{
+  return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0 LOCALE_PARAM);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/strtoll.c b/xcompile/lib/strtoll.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9fdfa19b22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/strtoll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Function to parse a 'long long int' from text.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 1999, 2001, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define QUAD    1
+
+#include <strtol.c>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef SHARED
+#  include <shlib-compat.h>
+
+#  if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_2)
+compat_symbol (libc, __strtoll_internal, __strtoq_internal, GLIBC_2_0);
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+weak_alias (strtoll, strtoq)
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/symlink.c b/xcompile/lib/symlink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b5009ae835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/symlink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Stub for symlink().
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+
+#if HAVE_SYMLINK
+
+# undef symlink
+
+/* Create a symlink, but reject trailing slash.  */
+int
+rpl_symlink (char const *contents, char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len = strlen (name);
+  if (len && name[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+      if (lstat (name, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+        errno = EEXIST;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return symlink (contents, name);
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_SYMLINK */
+
+/* The system does not support symlinks.  */
+int
+symlink (_GL_UNUSED char const *contents,
+         _GL_UNUSED char const *name)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_SYMLINK */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sys_random.in.h b/xcompile/lib/sys_random.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8dca132683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sys_random.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* Substitute for <sys/random.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2020-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+# endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RANDOM_H
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H@
+
+/* On uClibc < 1.0.35, <sys/random.h> assumes prior inclusion of <stddef.h>.
+   Do not use __UCLIBC__ here, as it might not be defined yet.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+# ifndef __GLIBC__
+#  include <stddef.h>
+# endif
+/* On Mac OS X 10.5, <sys/random.h> assumes prior inclusion of <sys/types.h>.
+   On Max OS X 10.13, <sys/random.h> assumes prior inclusion of a file that
+   includes <Availability.h>, such as <stdlib.h> or <unistd.h>.  */
+# if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__                  /* Mac OS X */
+#  include <sys/types.h>
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_RANDOM_H@
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RANDOM_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RANDOM_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Define the GRND_* constants.  */
+#ifndef GRND_NONBLOCK
+# define GRND_NONBLOCK 1
+# define GRND_RANDOM 2
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETRANDOM@
+/* Fill a buffer with random bytes.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETRANDOM@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getrandom
+#   define getrandom rpl_getrandom
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getrandom, ssize_t,
+                  (void *buffer, size_t length, unsigned int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getrandom, ssize_t,
+                  (void *buffer, size_t length, unsigned int flags));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETRANDOM@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getrandom, ssize_t,
+                  (void *buffer, size_t length, unsigned int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getrandom, ssize_t,
+                  (void *buffer, size_t length, unsigned int flags));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ + (__GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 25) > 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getrandom);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getrandom
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETRANDOM
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getrandom, "getrandom is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getrandom for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RANDOM_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RANDOM_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sys_select.in.h b/xcompile/lib/sys_select.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13440fa6f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sys_select.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+/* Substitute for <sys/select.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+# endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* On OSF/1 and Solaris 2.6, <sys/types.h> and <sys/time.h>
+   both include <sys/select.h>.
+   On Cygwin and OpenBSD, <sys/time.h> includes <sys/select.h>.
+   Simply delegate to the system's header in this case.  */
+#if (@HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@                                                \
+     && !defined _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_TYPES_H             \
+     && ((defined __osf__ && defined _SYS_TYPES_H_                      \
+          && defined _OSF_SOURCE)                                       \
+         || (defined __sun && defined _SYS_TYPES_H                      \
+             && (! (defined _XOPEN_SOURCE || defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE)   \
+                 || defined __EXTENSIONS__))))
+
+# define _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_TYPES_H
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+#elif (@HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@                                              \
+       && (defined _CYGWIN_SYS_TIME_H                                   \
+           || (!defined _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_TIME_H       \
+               && ((defined __osf__ && defined _SYS_TIME_H_             \
+                    && defined _OSF_SOURCE)                             \
+                   || (defined __OpenBSD__ && defined _SYS_TIME_H_)     \
+                   || (defined __sun && defined _SYS_TIME_H             \
+                       && (! (defined _XOPEN_SOURCE                     \
+                              || defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE)               \
+                           || defined __EXTENSIONS__))))))
+
+# define _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_TIME_H
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+/* On IRIX 6.5, <sys/timespec.h> includes <sys/types.h>, which includes
+   <sys/bsd_types.h>, which includes <sys/select.h>.  At this point we cannot
+   include <signal.h>, because that includes <internal/signal_core.h>, which
+   gives a syntax error because <sys/timespec.h> has not been completely
+   processed.  Simply delegate to the system's header in this case.  */
+#elif @HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@ && defined __sgi && (defined _SYS_BSD_TYPES_H && 
!defined _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_BSD_TYPES_H)
+
+# define _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_BSD_TYPES_H
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+/* On OpenBSD 5.0, <pthread.h> includes <sys/types.h>, which includes
+   <sys/select.h>.  At this point we cannot include <signal.h>, because that
+   includes gnulib's pthread.h override, which gives a syntax error because
+   /usr/include/pthread.h has not been completely processed.  Simply delegate
+   to the system's header in this case.  */
+#elif @HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@ && defined __OpenBSD__ && (defined _PTHREAD_H_ && 
!defined PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER)
+
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+#else
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H
+
+/* On many platforms, <sys/select.h> assumes prior inclusion of
+   <sys/types.h>.  Also, mingw defines sigset_t there, instead of
+   in <signal.h> where it belongs.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+/* On OSF/1 4.0, <sys/select.h> provides only a forward declaration
+   of 'struct timeval', and no definition of this type.
+   Also, Mac OS X, AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, Solaris, Interix declare select()
+   in <sys/time.h>.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems, a circular include
+   <sys/select.h> -> <sys/time.h> -> <sys/select.h> on FreeBSD 13.1, and
+   "unknown type name" problems on Cygwin.  */
+# if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __CYGWIN__)
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+# endif
+
+/* On AIX 7 and Solaris 10, <sys/select.h> provides an FD_ZERO implementation
+   that relies on memset(), but without including <string.h>.
+   But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+# if (defined __OpenBSD__ || defined _AIX || defined __sun || defined __osf__ 
|| defined __BEOS__) \
+     && ! defined __GLIBC__
+#  include <string.h>
+# endif
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+#endif
+
+/* Get definition of 'sigset_t'.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems and "unknown type
+   name" problems on Cygwin.
+   On OS/2 kLIBC, sigset_t is defined in <sys/select.h>, too. In addition,
+   if <sys/param.h> is included, <types.h> -> <sys/types.h> -> <sys/select.h>
+   are included. Then <signal.h> -> <pthread.h> are included by GNULIB. By the
+   way, <pthread.h> requires PAGE_SIZE defined in <sys/param.h>. However,
+   <sys/param.h> has not been processed, yet. As a result, 'PAGE_SIZE'
+   undeclared error occurs in <pthread.h>.
+   Do this after the include_next (for the sake of OpenBSD 5.0) but before
+   the split double-inclusion guard (for the sake of Solaris).  */
+#if !((defined __GLIBC__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __KLIBC__) \
+      && !defined __UCLIBC__)
+# include <signal.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H
+
+#if !@HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@
+/* A platform that lacks <sys/select.h>.  */
+/* Get the 'struct timeval' and 'fd_set' types and the FD_* macros
+   on most platforms.  */
+# include <sys/time.h>
+/* On HP-UX 11, <sys/time.h> provides an FD_ZERO implementation
+   that relies on memset(), but without including <string.h>.  */
+# if defined __hpux
+#  include <string.h>
+# endif
+/* On native Windows platforms:
+   Get the 'fd_set' type.
+   Get the close() declaration before we override it.  */
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#   define _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#   include <winsock2.h>
+#   undef _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#  endif
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Fix some definitions from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_fd_isset
+
+/* Re-define FD_ISSET to avoid a WSA call while we are not using
+   network sockets.  */
+static int
+rpl_fd_isset (SOCKET fd, fd_set * set)
+{
+  u_int i;
+  if (set == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < set->fd_count; i++)
+    if (set->fd_array[i] == fd)
+      return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#  define GNULIB_defined_rpl_fd_isset 1
+# endif
+
+# undef FD_ISSET
+# define FD_ISSET(fd, set) rpl_fd_isset(fd, set)
+
+#endif
+
+/* Hide some function declarations from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close close_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  elif !defined __clang__
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (close,
+                     "close() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gethostname
+#   define gethostname gethostname_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  elif !defined __clang__
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (gethostname,
+                     "gethostname() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef socket
+#   define socket              socket_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef connect
+#   define connect             connect_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef accept
+#   define accept              accept_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef bind
+#   define bind                bind_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getpeername
+#   define getpeername         getpeername_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockname
+#   define getsockname         getsockname_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockopt
+#   define getsockopt          getsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef listen
+#   define listen              listen_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recv
+#   define recv                recv_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef send
+#   define send                send_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recvfrom
+#   define recvfrom            recvfrom_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef sendto
+#   define sendto              sendto_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef setsockopt
+#   define setsockopt          setsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef shutdown
+#   define shutdown            shutdown_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#  elif !defined __clang__
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (socket,
+                     "socket() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (connect,
+                     "connect() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept,
+                     "accept() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (bind,
+                     "bind() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpeername,
+                     "getpeername() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockname,
+                     "getsockname() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockopt,
+                     "getsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (listen,
+                     "listen() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recv,
+                     "recv() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (send,
+                     "send() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recvfrom,
+                     "recvfrom() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (sendto,
+                     "sendto() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (setsockopt,
+                     "setsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (shutdown,
+                     "shutdown() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PSELECT@
+# if @REPLACE_PSELECT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pselect
+#   define pselect rpl_pselect
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pselect, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   struct timespec const *restrict, const sigset_t *restrict));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pselect, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   struct timespec const *restrict, const sigset_t *restrict));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PSELECT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pselect, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   struct timespec const *restrict, const sigset_t *restrict));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on AIX 7, the second, third, fourth argument may be
+                        void *restrict,   void *restrict,   void *restrict.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (pselect, int,
+                       (int,
+                        fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                        struct timespec const *restrict,
+                        const sigset_t *restrict));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pselect);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pselect
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PSELECT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pselect, "pselect is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pselect for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SELECT@
+# if @REPLACE_SELECT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef select
+#   define select rpl_select
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (select, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   struct timeval *restrict));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (select, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   timeval *restrict));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (select, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   timeval *restrict));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (select);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef select
+# define select select_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_select
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef select
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SELECT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (select, "select is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module select for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H */
+#endif /* OSF/1 */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sys_stat.in.h b/xcompile/lib/sys_stat.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..096887c016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sys_stat.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,954 @@
+/* Provide a more complete sys/stat.h header file.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake, Paul Eggert, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+/* This file is supposed to be used on platforms where <sys/stat.h> is
+   incomplete.  It is intended to provide definitions and prototypes
+   needed by an application.  Start with what the system provides.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined __need_system_sys_stat_h
+/* Special invocation convention.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_STAT_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Get nlink_t.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Get struct timespec.  */
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_STAT_H@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* Before doing "#define mknod rpl_mknod" below, we need to include all
+   headers that may declare mknod().  OS/2 kLIBC declares mknod() in
+   <unistd.h>, not in <sys/stat.h>.  */
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Before doing "#define mkdir rpl_mkdir" below, we need to include all
+   headers that may declare mkdir().  Native Windows platforms declare mkdir
+   in <io.h> and/or <direct.h>, not in <sys/stat.h>.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <io.h>     /* mingw32, mingw64 */
+# include <direct.h> /* mingw64, MSVC 9 */
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare umask() in <io.h>.  */
+#if 0 && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Large File Support on native Windows.  */
+#if @WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE@
+# define stat _stati64
+#endif
+
+/* Optionally, override 'struct stat' on native Windows.  */
+#if @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+
+# undef stat
+# if @GNULIB_STAT@
+#  define stat rpl_stat
+# else
+   /* Provoke a clear link error if stat() is used as a function and
+      module 'stat' is not in use.  */
+#  define stat stat_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_stat
+# endif
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_stat
+struct stat
+{
+  dev_t st_dev;
+  ino_t st_ino;
+  mode_t st_mode;
+  nlink_t st_nlink;
+#  if 0
+  uid_t st_uid;
+#  else /* uid_t is not defined by default on native Windows.  */
+  short st_uid;
+#  endif
+#  if 0
+  gid_t st_gid;
+#  else /* gid_t is not defined by default on native Windows.  */
+  short st_gid;
+#  endif
+  dev_t st_rdev;
+  off_t st_size;
+#  if 0
+  blksize_t st_blksize;
+  blkcnt_t st_blocks;
+#  endif
+
+#  if @WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC@
+  struct timespec st_atim;
+  struct timespec st_mtim;
+  struct timespec st_ctim;
+#  else
+  time_t st_atime;
+  time_t st_mtime;
+  time_t st_ctime;
+#  endif
+};
+#  if @WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC@
+#   define st_atime st_atim.tv_sec
+#   define st_mtime st_mtim.tv_sec
+#   define st_ctime st_ctim.tv_sec
+    /* Indicator, for gnulib internal purposes.  */
+#   define _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC 1
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_stat 1
+# endif
+
+/* Other possible values of st_mode.  */
+# if 0
+#  define _S_IFBLK  0x6000
+# endif
+# if 0
+#  define _S_IFLNK  0xA000
+# endif
+# if 0
+#  define _S_IFSOCK 0xC000
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IFIFO
+# ifdef _S_IFIFO
+#  define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IFMT
+# define S_IFMT 0170000
+#endif
+
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISBLK
+# undef S_ISCHR
+# undef S_ISDIR
+# undef S_ISFIFO
+# undef S_ISLNK
+# undef S_ISNAM
+# undef S_ISMPB
+# undef S_ISMPC
+# undef S_ISNWK
+# undef S_ISREG
+# undef S_ISSOCK
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISBLK
+# ifdef S_IFBLK
+#  define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISBLK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISCHR
+# ifdef S_IFCHR
+#  define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+# else
+#  define S_ISCHR(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISDIR
+# ifdef S_IFDIR
+#  define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# else
+#  define S_ISDIR(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISDOOR /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+# define S_ISDOOR(m) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISFIFO
+# ifdef S_IFIFO
+#  define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+# else
+#  define S_ISFIFO(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+# ifdef S_IFLNK
+#  define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISLNK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISMPB /* V7 */
+# ifdef S_IFMPB
+#  define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
+#  define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
+# else
+#  define S_ISMPB(m) 0
+#  define S_ISMPC(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISMPX /* AIX */
+# define S_ISMPX(m) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISNAM /* Xenix */
+# ifdef S_IFNAM
+#  define S_ISNAM(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNAM)
+# else
+#  define S_ISNAM(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISNWK /* HP/UX */
+# ifdef S_IFNWK
+#  define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISNWK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISPORT /* Solaris 10 and up */
+# define S_ISPORT(m) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISREG
+# ifdef S_IFREG
+#  define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+# else
+#  define S_ISREG(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISSOCK
+# ifdef S_IFSOCK
+#  define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISSOCK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISMQ
+# define S_TYPEISMQ(p) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISTMO
+# define S_TYPEISTMO(p) 0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISSEM
+# ifdef S_INSEM
+#  define S_TYPEISSEM(p) (S_ISNAM ((p)->st_mode) && (p)->st_rdev == S_INSEM)
+# else
+#  define S_TYPEISSEM(p) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISSHM
+# ifdef S_INSHD
+#  define S_TYPEISSHM(p) (S_ISNAM ((p)->st_mode) && (p)->st_rdev == S_INSHD)
+# else
+#  define S_TYPEISSHM(p) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* high performance ("contiguous data") */
+#ifndef S_ISCTG
+# define S_ISCTG(p) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Cray DMF (data migration facility): off line, with data  */
+#ifndef S_ISOFD
+# define S_ISOFD(p) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Cray DMF (data migration facility): off line, with no data  */
+#ifndef S_ISOFL
+# define S_ISOFL(p) 0
+#endif
+
+/* 4.4BSD whiteout */
+#ifndef S_ISWHT
+# define S_ISWHT(m) 0
+#endif
+
+/* If any of the following are undefined,
+   define them to their de facto standard values.  */
+#if !S_ISUID
+# define S_ISUID 04000
+#endif
+#if !S_ISGID
+# define S_ISGID 02000
+#endif
+
+/* S_ISVTX is a common extension to POSIX.  */
+#ifndef S_ISVTX
+# define S_ISVTX 01000
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IRUSR && S_IREAD
+# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
+#endif
+#if !S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 00400
+#endif
+#if !S_IRGRP
+# define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IROTH
+# define S_IROTH (S_IRUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IWUSR && S_IWRITE
+# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
+#endif
+#if !S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 00200
+#endif
+#if !S_IWGRP
+# define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IWOTH
+# define S_IWOTH (S_IWUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IXUSR && S_IEXEC
+# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
+#endif
+#if !S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 00100
+#endif
+#if !S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH (S_IXUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IRWXU
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+#endif
+#if !S_IRWXG
+# define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)
+#endif
+#if !S_IRWXO
+# define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)
+#endif
+
+/* Although S_IXUGO and S_IRWXUGO are not specified by POSIX and are
+   not implemented in GNU/Linux, some Gnulib-using apps use the macros.  */
+#if !S_IXUGO
+# define S_IXUGO (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRWXUGO
+# define S_IRWXUGO (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
+#endif
+
+/* Macros for futimens and utimensat.  */
+#ifndef UTIME_NOW
+# define UTIME_NOW (-1)
+# define UTIME_OMIT (-2)
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_CHMOD@
+# if @REPLACE_CHMOD@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef chmod
+#   define chmod rpl_chmod
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (chmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (chmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef chmod
+#   define chmod _chmod
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because in mingw the last argument is 'int mode'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (chmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chmod);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef chmod
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CHMOD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (chmod, "chmod has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module chmod for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_CHMOD@
+/* On native Windows, map 'chmod' to '_chmod', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::chmod always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef chmod
+#   define chmod _chmod
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because in mingw the last argument is 'int mode'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (chmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chmod);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FCHMODAT@
+# if @REPLACE_FCHMODAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fchmodat
+#   define fchmodat rpl_fchmodat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fchmodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fchmodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FCHMODAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchmodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchmodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchmodat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fchmodat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHMODAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchmodat, "fchmodat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FSTAT@
+# if @REPLACE_FSTAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fstat
+#   define fstat rpl_fstat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf) _GL_ARG_NONNULL 
((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fstat);
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+# undef fstat
+# define fstat fstat_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_fstat
+#elif @WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE@
+/* Above, we define stat to _stati64.  */
+# define fstat _fstati64
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fstat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSTAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fstat, "fstat has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module fstat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FSTATAT@
+# if @REPLACE_FSTATAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fstatat
+#   define fstatat rpl_fstatat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict name, struct stat *restrict st,
+                   int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict name, struct stat *restrict st,
+                   int flags));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FSTATAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict name, struct stat *restrict st,
+                   int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict name, struct stat *restrict st,
+                   int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fstatat);
+#elif @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+# undef fstatat
+# define fstatat fstatat_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_fstatat
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fstatat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSTATAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fstatat, "fstatat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FUTIMENS@
+/* Use the rpl_ prefix also on Solaris <= 9, because on Solaris 9 our futimens
+   implementation relies on futimesat, which on Solaris 10 makes an invocation
+   to futimens that is meant to invoke the libc's futimens(), not gnulib's
+   futimens().  */
+# if @REPLACE_FUTIMENS@ || (!@HAVE_FUTIMENS@ && defined __sun)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef futimens
+#   define futimens rpl_futimens
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FUTIMENS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_FUTIMENS@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (futimens);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef futimens
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FUTIMENS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (futimens, "futimens is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module futimens for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETUMASK@
+# if !@HAVE_GETUMASK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getumask, mode_t, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getumask, mode_t, (void));
+# if @HAVE_GETUMASK@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getumask);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getumask
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETUMASK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getumask, "getumask is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getumask for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LCHMOD@
+/* Change the mode of FILENAME to MODE, without dereferencing it if FILENAME
+   denotes a symbolic link.  */
+# if !@HAVE_LCHMOD@ || defined __hpux
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (lchmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lchmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lchmod);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lchmod
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LCHMOD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lchmod, "lchmod is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module lchmod for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKDIR@
+# if @REPLACE_MKDIR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mkdir
+#   define mkdir rpl_mkdir
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+/* mingw's _mkdir() function has 1 argument, but we pass 2 arguments.
+   Additionally, it declares _mkdir (and depending on compile flags, an
+   alias mkdir), only in the nonstandard includes <direct.h> and <io.h>,
+   which are included above.  */
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir
+static int
+rpl_mkdir (char const *name, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return _mkdir (name);
+}
+#   define GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir 1
+#  endif
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mkdir
+#   define mkdir rpl_mkdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkdir, "mkdir does not always support two parameters - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkdir for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_MKDIR@
+/* On native Windows, map 'mkdir' to '_mkdir', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::mkdir always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir
+static int
+rpl_mkdir (char const *name, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return _mkdir (name);
+}
+#   define GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir 1
+#  endif
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mkdir
+#   define mkdir rpl_mkdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdir);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKDIRAT@
+# if !@HAVE_MKDIRAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkdirat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdirat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdirat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkdirat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKDIRAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkdirat, "mkdirat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKFIFO@
+# if @REPLACE_MKFIFO@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mkfifo
+#   define mkfifo rpl_mkfifo
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MKFIFO@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkfifo);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkfifo
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKFIFO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkfifo, "mkfifo is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkfifo for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKFIFOAT@
+# if @REPLACE_MKFIFOAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mkfifoat
+#   define mkfifoat rpl_mkfifoat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MKFIFOAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkfifoat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkfifoat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKFIFOAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkfifoat, "mkfifoat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkfifoat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKNOD@
+# if @REPLACE_MKNOD@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mknod
+#   define mknod rpl_mknod
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MKNOD@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on OSF/1 5.1, the third parameter is '...'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mknod);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mknod
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKNOD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mknod, "mknod is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mknod for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKNODAT@
+# if @REPLACE_MKNODAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mknodat
+#   define mknodat rpl_mknodat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mknodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mknodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MKNODAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mknodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mknodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mknodat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mknodat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKNODAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mknodat, "mknodat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkfifoat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_STAT@
+# if @REPLACE_STAT@
+#  if !@GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+    /* We can't use the object-like #define stat rpl_stat, because of
+       struct stat.  This means that rpl_stat will not be used if the user
+       does (stat)(a,b).  Oh well.  */
+#   if defined _AIX && defined stat && defined _LARGE_FILES
+     /* With _LARGE_FILES defined, AIX (only) defines stat to stat64,
+        so we have to replace stat64() instead of stat(). */
+#    undef stat64
+#    define stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#   elif @WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE@
+     /* Above, we define stat to _stati64.  */
+#    if defined __MINGW32__ && defined _stati64
+#     ifndef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+       /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat64.  */
+#      undef _stat64
+#      define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#     endif
+#    elif defined _MSC_VER && defined _stati64
+#     ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+       /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat32i64.  */
+#      undef _stat32i64
+#      define _stat32i64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#     else
+       /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat64.  */
+#      undef _stat64
+#      define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#     endif
+#    else
+#     undef _stati64
+#     define _stati64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    endif
+#   elif defined __MINGW32__ && defined stat
+#    ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+      /* The system headers define stat to _stat32i64.  */
+#     undef _stat32i64
+#     define _stat32i64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    else
+      /* The system headers define stat to _stat64.  */
+#     undef _stat64
+#     define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    endif
+#   elif defined _MSC_VER && defined stat
+#    ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+      /* The system headers define stat to _stat32.  */
+#     undef _stat32
+#     define _stat32(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    else
+      /* The system headers define stat to _stat64i32.  */
+#     undef _stat64i32
+#     define _stat64i32(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    endif
+#   else /* !(_AIX || __MINGW32__ || _MSC_VER) */
+#    undef stat
+#    define stat(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#   endif /* !_LARGE_FILES */
+#  endif /* !@GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@ */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int stat (const char *restrict name, struct stat *restrict buf)
+                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+/* see above:
+  #define stat stat_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_stat
+ */
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef stat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (stat, "stat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module stat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LSTAT@
+# if ! @HAVE_LSTAT@
+/* mingw does not support symlinks, therefore it does not have lstat.  But
+   without links, stat does just fine.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define lstat stat
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (lstat, stat, int,
+                    (const char *restrict name, struct stat *restrict buf));
+# elif @REPLACE_LSTAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef lstat
+#   define lstat rpl_lstat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lstat, int,
+                  (const char *restrict name, struct stat *restrict buf)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lstat, int,
+                  (const char *restrict name, struct stat *restrict buf));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lstat, int,
+                  (const char *restrict name, struct stat *restrict buf));
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_LSTAT@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lstat);
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+# undef lstat
+# define lstat lstat_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_lstat
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lstat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LSTAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lstat, "lstat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module lstat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_UMASK@
+/* On native Windows, map 'umask' to '_umask', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::umask always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef umask
+#   define umask _umask
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because in mingw the last argument is 'int mode'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (umask, mode_t, (mode_t mask));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (umask, mode_t, (mode_t mask));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (umask);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_UTIMENSAT@
+/* Use the rpl_ prefix also on Solaris <= 9, because on Solaris 9 our utimensat
+   implementation relies on futimesat, which on Solaris 10 makes an invocation
+   to utimensat that is meant to invoke the libc's utimensat(), not gnulib's
+   utimensat().  */
+# if @REPLACE_UTIMENSAT@ || (!@HAVE_UTIMENSAT@ && defined __sun)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef utimensat
+#   define utimensat rpl_utimensat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_UTIMENSAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag));
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_UTIMENSAT@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (utimensat);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef utimensat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UTIMENSAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (utimensat, "utimensat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module utimensat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sys_time.in.h b/xcompile/lib/sys_time.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e833d55167
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sys_time.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/* Provide a more complete sys/time.h.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* On Cygwin and on many BSDish systems, <sys/time.h> includes itself
+   recursively via <sys/select.h>.
+   Simply delegate to the system's header in this case; it is a no-op.
+   Without this extra ifdef, the C++ gettimeofday declaration below
+   would be a forward declaration in gnulib's nested <sys/time.h>.  */
+#if defined _CYGWIN_SYS_TIME_H || defined _SYS_TIME_H || defined _SYS_TIME_H_
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TIME_H@
+#else
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_SYS_TIME_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TIME_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H
+
+#if ! @HAVE_SYS_TIME_H@
+# include <time.h>
+#endif
+
+/* On native Windows with MSVC, get the 'struct timeval' type.
+   Also, on native Windows with a 64-bit time_t, where we are overriding the
+   'struct timeval' type, get all declarations of system functions whose
+   signature contains 'struct timeval'.  */
+#if (defined _MSC_VER || @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@) && @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@ && 
!defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# define _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# include <winsock2.h>
+# undef _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !@HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@ || @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@
+
+# if @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@
+#  define timeval rpl_timeval
+# endif
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_timeval
+struct timeval
+{
+  time_t tv_sec;
+  long int tv_usec;
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_timeval 1
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY@
+# if @REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gettimeofday
+#   define gettimeofday rpl_gettimeofday
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gettimeofday, int,
+                  (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gettimeofday, int,
+                  (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gettimeofday, int,
+                  (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, by default, the second argument is
+                                                  struct timezone *.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (gettimeofday, int,
+                       (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gettimeofday);
+# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
+  typedef ::timeval
+#  undef timeval
+    timeval;
+#  if @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@
+#   define timeval rpl_timeval
+  typedef ::timeval timeval;
+#  endif
+}
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef gettimeofday
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETTIMEOFDAY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gettimeofday, "gettimeofday is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module gettimeofday for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Hide some function declarations from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if defined _MSC_VER && @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close close_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  elif !defined __clang__
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (close,
+                      "close() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gethostname
+#   define gethostname gethostname_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  else
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (gethostname,
+                      "gethostname() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef socket
+#   define socket              socket_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef connect
+#   define connect             connect_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef accept
+#   define accept              accept_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef bind
+#   define bind                bind_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getpeername
+#   define getpeername         getpeername_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockname
+#   define getsockname         getsockname_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockopt
+#   define getsockopt          getsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef listen
+#   define listen              listen_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recv
+#   define recv                recv_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef send
+#   define send                send_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recvfrom
+#   define recvfrom            recvfrom_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef sendto
+#   define sendto              sendto_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef setsockopt
+#   define setsockopt          setsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef shutdown
+#   define shutdown            shutdown_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#  else
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (socket,
+                      "socket() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (connect,
+                      "connect() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept,
+                      "accept() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (bind,
+                      "bind() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpeername,
+                      "getpeername() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockname,
+                      "getsockname() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockopt,
+                      "getsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (listen,
+                      "listen() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recv,
+                      "recv() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (send,
+                      "send() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recvfrom,
+                      "recvfrom() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (sendto,
+                      "sendto() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (setsockopt,
+                      "setsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (shutdown,
+                      "shutdown() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef select
+#   define select select_used_without_including_sys_select_h
+#  else
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (select,
+                      "select() used without including <sys/select.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H */
+#endif /* _CYGWIN_SYS_TIME_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/sys_types.in.h b/xcompile/lib/sys_types.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..082a6c674d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/sys_types.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* Provide a more complete sys/types.h.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__ \
+    && (defined __need_off_t || defined __need___off64_t \
+        || defined __need_ssize_t || defined __need_time_t)
+
+/* Special invocation convention inside mingw header files.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# define _GL_INCLUDING_SYS_TYPES_H
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H@
+# undef _GL_INCLUDING_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Override off_t if Large File Support is requested on native Windows.  */
+#if @WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T@
+/* Same as int64_t in <stdint.h>.  */
+# if defined _MSC_VER
+#  define off_t __int64
+# else
+#  define off_t long long int
+# endif
+/* Indicator, for gnulib internal purposes.  */
+# define _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T 1
+#endif
+
+/* Override dev_t and ino_t if distinguishable inodes support is requested
+   on native Windows.  */
+#if @WINDOWS_STAT_INODES@
+
+# if @WINDOWS_STAT_INODES@ == 2
+/* Experimental, not useful in Windows 10.  */
+
+/* Define dev_t to a 64-bit type.  */
+#  if !defined GNULIB_defined_dev_t
+typedef unsigned long long int rpl_dev_t;
+#   undef dev_t
+#   define dev_t rpl_dev_t
+#   define GNULIB_defined_dev_t 1
+#  endif
+
+/* Define ino_t to a 128-bit type.  */
+#  if !defined GNULIB_defined_ino_t
+/* MSVC does not have a 128-bit integer type.
+   GCC has a 128-bit integer type __int128, but only on 64-bit targets.  */
+typedef struct { unsigned long long int _gl_ino[2]; } rpl_ino_t;
+#   undef ino_t
+#   define ino_t rpl_ino_t
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ino_t 1
+#  endif
+
+# else /* @WINDOWS_STAT_INODES@ == 1 */
+
+/* Define ino_t to a 64-bit type.  */
+#  if !defined GNULIB_defined_ino_t
+typedef unsigned long long int rpl_ino_t;
+#   undef ino_t
+#   define ino_t rpl_ino_t
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ino_t 1
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* Indicator, for gnulib internal purposes.  */
+# define _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES @WINDOWS_STAT_INODES@
+
+#endif
+
+/* MSVC 9 defines size_t in <stddef.h>, not in <sys/types.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H */
+#endif /* __need_XXX */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/tempname.c b/xcompile/lib/tempname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bf362db6e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/tempname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+# include "tempname.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef TMP_MAX
+# define TMP_MAX 238328
+#endif
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE      0
+# define __GT_DIR       1
+# define __GT_NOCREATE  2
+#endif
+#if !_LIBC && (GT_FILE != __GT_FILE || GT_DIR != __GT_DIR       \
+               || GT_NOCREATE != __GT_NOCREATE)
+# error report this to bug-gnulib@gnu.org
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/random.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#if _LIBC
+# define struct_stat64 struct __stat64_t64
+#else
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat
+# define __gen_tempname gen_tempname
+# define __mkdir mkdir
+# define __open open
+# define __lstat64_time64(file, buf) lstat (file, buf)
+# define __getrandom getrandom
+# define __clock_gettime64 clock_gettime
+# define __timespec64 timespec
+#endif
+
+/* Use getrandom if it works, falling back on a 64-bit linear
+   congruential generator that starts with Var's value
+   mixed in with a clock's low-order bits if available.  */
+typedef uint_fast64_t random_value;
+#define RANDOM_VALUE_MAX UINT_FAST64_MAX
+#define BASE_62_DIGITS 10 /* 62**10 < UINT_FAST64_MAX */
+#define BASE_62_POWER (62LL * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62)
+
+/* Return the result of mixing the entropy from R and S.
+   Assume that R and S are not particularly random,
+   and that the result should look randomish to an untrained eye.  */
+
+static random_value
+mix_random_values (random_value r, random_value s)
+{
+  /* As this code is used only when high-quality randomness is neither
+     available nor necessary, there is no need for fancier polynomials
+     such as those in the Linux kernel's 'random' driver.  */
+  return (2862933555777941757 * r + 3037000493) ^ s;
+}
+
+/* Set *R to a random value.
+   Return true if *R is set to high-quality value taken from getrandom.
+   Otherwise return false, falling back to a low-quality *R that might
+   depend on S.
+
+   This function returns false only when getrandom fails.
+   On GNU systems this should happen only early in the boot process,
+   when the fallback should be good enough for programs using tempname
+   because any attacker likely has root privileges already.  */
+
+static bool
+random_bits (random_value *r, random_value s)
+{
+  /* Without GRND_NONBLOCK it can be blocked for minutes on some systems.  */
+  if (__getrandom (r, sizeof *r, GRND_NONBLOCK) == sizeof *r)
+    return true;
+
+  /* If getrandom did not work, use ersatz entropy based on low-order
+     clock bits.  On GNU systems getrandom should fail only
+     early in booting, when ersatz should be good enough.
+     Do not use ASLR-based entropy, as that would leak ASLR info into
+     the resulting file name which is typically public.
+
+     Of course we are in a state of sin here.  */
+
+  random_value v = s;
+
+#if _LIBC || (defined CLOCK_REALTIME && HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME)
+  struct __timespec64 tv;
+  __clock_gettime64 (CLOCK_REALTIME, &tv);
+  v = mix_random_values (v, tv.tv_sec);
+  v = mix_random_values (v, tv.tv_nsec);
+#endif
+
+  *r = mix_random_values (v, clock ());
+  return false;
+}
+
+#if _LIBC
+static int try_tempname_len (char *, int, void *, int (*) (char *, void *),
+                             size_t);
+#endif
+
+static int
+try_file (char *tmpl, void *flags)
+{
+  int *openflags = flags;
+  return __open (tmpl,
+                 (*openflags & ~O_ACCMODE)
+                 | O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+}
+
+static int
+try_dir (char *tmpl, _GL_UNUSED void *flags)
+{
+  return __mkdir (tmpl, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
+}
+
+static int
+try_nocreate (char *tmpl, _GL_UNUSED void *flags)
+{
+  struct_stat64 st;
+
+  if (__lstat64_time64 (tmpl, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+    __set_errno (EEXIST);
+  return errno == ENOENT ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+/* These are the characters used in temporary file names.  */
+static const char letters[] =
+"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
+
+/* Generate a temporary file name based on TMPL.  TMPL must match the
+   rules for mk[s]temp (i.e., end in at least X_SUFFIX_LEN "X"s,
+   possibly with a suffix).
+   The name constructed does not exist at the time of the call to
+   this function.  TMPL is overwritten with the result.
+
+   KIND may be one of:
+   __GT_NOCREATE:       simply verify that the name does not exist
+                        at the time of the call.
+   __GT_FILE:           create the file using open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL)
+                        and return a read-write fd.  The file is mode 0600.
+   __GT_DIR:            create a directory, which will be mode 0700.
+
+   */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static
+#endif
+int
+gen_tempname_len (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, int flags, int kind,
+                  size_t x_suffix_len)
+{
+  static int (*const tryfunc[]) (char *, void *) =
+    {
+      [__GT_FILE] = try_file,
+      [__GT_DIR] = try_dir,
+      [__GT_NOCREATE] = try_nocreate
+    };
+  return try_tempname_len (tmpl, suffixlen, &flags, tryfunc[kind],
+                           x_suffix_len);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static
+#endif
+int
+try_tempname_len (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, void *args,
+                  int (*tryfunc) (char *, void *), size_t x_suffix_len)
+{
+  size_t len;
+  char *XXXXXX;
+  unsigned int count;
+  int fd = -1;
+  int save_errno = errno;
+
+  /* A lower bound on the number of temporary files to attempt to
+     generate.  The maximum total number of temporary file names that
+     can exist for a given template is 62**6.  It should never be
+     necessary to try all of these combinations.  Instead if a reasonable
+     number of names is tried (we define reasonable as 62**3) fail to
+     give the system administrator the chance to remove the problems.
+     This value requires that X_SUFFIX_LEN be at least 3.  */
+#define ATTEMPTS_MIN (62 * 62 * 62)
+
+  /* The number of times to attempt to generate a temporary file.  To
+     conform to POSIX, this must be no smaller than TMP_MAX.  */
+#if ATTEMPTS_MIN < TMP_MAX
+  unsigned int attempts = TMP_MAX;
+#else
+  unsigned int attempts = ATTEMPTS_MIN;
+#endif
+
+  /* A random variable.  */
+  random_value v = 0;
+
+  /* A value derived from the random variable, and how many random
+     base-62 digits can currently be extracted from VDIGBUF.  */
+  random_value vdigbuf;
+  int vdigits = 0;
+
+  /* Least biased value for V.  If V is less than this, V can generate
+     BASE_62_DIGITS unbiased digits.  Otherwise the digits are biased.  */
+  random_value const biased_min
+    = RANDOM_VALUE_MAX - RANDOM_VALUE_MAX % BASE_62_POWER;
+
+  len = strlen (tmpl);
+  if (len < x_suffix_len + suffixlen
+      || strspn (&tmpl[len - x_suffix_len - suffixlen], "X") < x_suffix_len)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* This is where the Xs start.  */
+  XXXXXX = &tmpl[len - x_suffix_len - suffixlen];
+
+  for (count = 0; count < attempts; ++count)
+    {
+      for (size_t i = 0; i < x_suffix_len; i++)
+        {
+          if (vdigits == 0)
+            {
+              /* Worry about bias only if the bits are high quality.  */
+              while (random_bits (&v, v) && biased_min <= v)
+                continue;
+
+              vdigbuf = v;
+              vdigits = BASE_62_DIGITS;
+            }
+
+          XXXXXX[i] = letters[vdigbuf % 62];
+          vdigbuf /= 62;
+          vdigits--;
+        }
+
+      fd = tryfunc (tmpl, args);
+      if (fd >= 0)
+        {
+          __set_errno (save_errno);
+          return fd;
+        }
+      else if (errno != EEXIST)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* We got out of the loop because we ran out of combinations to try.  */
+  __set_errno (EEXIST);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+int
+__gen_tempname (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, int flags, int kind)
+{
+  return gen_tempname_len (tmpl, suffixlen, flags, kind, 6);
+}
+
+#if !_LIBC
+int
+try_tempname (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, void *args,
+              int (*tryfunc) (char *, void *))
+{
+  return try_tempname_len (tmpl, suffixlen, args, tryfunc, 6);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/tempname.h b/xcompile/lib/tempname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..36a5138154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/tempname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Create a temporary file or directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* header written by Eric Blake */
+
+#ifndef GL_TEMPNAME_H
+# define GL_TEMPNAME_H
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# ifdef __GT_FILE
+#  define GT_FILE     __GT_FILE
+#  define GT_DIR      __GT_DIR
+#  define GT_NOCREATE __GT_NOCREATE
+# else
+#  define GT_FILE     0
+#  define GT_DIR      1
+#  define GT_NOCREATE 2
+# endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Generate a temporary file name based on TMPL.  TMPL must match the
+   rules for mk[s]temp (i.e. end in "XXXXXX", possibly with a suffix).
+   The name constructed does not exist at the time of the call to
+   gen_tempname.  TMPL is overwritten with the result.
+
+   KIND may be one of:
+   GT_NOCREATE:         simply verify that the name does not exist
+                        at the time of the call.
+   GT_FILE:             create a large file using open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL)
+                        and return a read-write fd.  The file is mode 0600.
+   GT_DIR:              create a directory, which will be mode 0700.
+
+   */
+extern int gen_tempname (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, int flags, int kind);
+/* Similar, except X_SUFFIX_LEN gives the number of Xs.  */
+extern int gen_tempname_len (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, int flags, int kind,
+                             size_t x_suffix_len);
+
+/* Similar to gen_tempname, but TRYFUNC is called for each temporary
+   name to try.  If TRYFUNC returns a non-negative number, TRY_GEN_TEMPNAME
+   returns with this value.  Otherwise, if errno is set to EEXIST, another
+   name is tried, or else TRY_GEN_TEMPNAME returns -1. */
+extern int try_tempname (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, void *args,
+                         int (*tryfunc) (char *, void *));
+/* Similar, except X_SUFFIX_LEN gives the number of Xs.  */
+extern int try_tempname_len (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, void *args,
+                             int (*tryfunc) (char *, void *),
+                             size_t x_suffix_len);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* GL_TEMPNAME_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/time-internal.h b/xcompile/lib/time-internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51423c94ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/time-internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Time internal interface
+
+   Copyright 2015-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* A time zone rule.  */
+struct tm_zone
+{
+  /* More abbreviations, should they be needed.  Their TZ_IS_SET
+     members are zero.  */
+  struct tm_zone *next;
+
+#if HAVE_TZNAME && !HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+  /* Copies of recent strings taken from tzname[0] and tzname[1].
+     The copies are in ABBRS, so that they survive tzset.  Null if unknown.  */
+  char *tzname_copy[2];
+#endif
+
+  /* If nonzero, the rule represents the TZ environment variable set
+     to the first "abbreviation" (this may be the empty string).
+     Otherwise, it represents an unset TZ.  */
+  char tz_is_set;
+
+  /* A sequence of null-terminated strings packed next to each other.
+     The strings are followed by an extra null byte.  If TZ_IS_SET,
+     there must be at least one string and the first string (which is
+     actually a TZ environment value) may be empty.  Otherwise all
+     strings must be nonempty.
+
+     Abbreviations are stored here because otherwise the values of
+     tm_zone and/or tzname would be dead after changing TZ and calling
+     tzset.  Abbreviations never move once allocated, and are live
+     until tzfree is called.  */
+  char abbrs[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
+};
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/time.in.h b/xcompile/lib/time.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..50c9b30b6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/time.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
+/* A more-standard <time.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* Don't get in the way of glibc when it includes time.h merely to
+   declare a few standard symbols, rather than to declare all the
+   symbols.  (However, skip this for MinGW as it treats __need_time_t
+   incompatibly.)  Also, Solaris 8 <time.h> eventually includes itself
+   recursively; if that is happening, just include the system <time.h>
+   without adding our own declarations.  */
+#if (((defined __need_time_t || defined __need_clock_t \
+       || defined __need_timespec)                     \
+      && !defined __MINGW32__)                         \
+     || defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_TIME_H)
+
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_TIME_H@
+
+#else
+
+# define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_TIME_H
+
+/* mingw's <time.h> provides the functions asctime_r, ctime_r, gmtime_r,
+   localtime_r only if <unistd.h> or <pthread.h> has been included before.  */
+# if defined __MINGW32__
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_TIME_H@
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL.  */
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* Some systems don't define struct timespec (e.g., AIX 4.1).
+   Or they define it with the wrong member names or define it in <sys/time.h>
+   (e.g., FreeBSD circa 1997).  Stock Mingw prior to 3.0 does not define it,
+   but the pthreads-win32 library defines it in <pthread.h>.  */
+# if ! @TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+#  if @SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+#   include <sys/time.h>
+#  elif @PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+#   include <pthread.h>
+#  elif @UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+#   include <unistd.h>
+#  else
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#   endif
+
+#   if !GNULIB_defined_struct_timespec
+#    undef timespec
+#    define timespec rpl_timespec
+struct timespec
+{
+  time_t tv_sec;
+  long int tv_nsec;
+};
+#    define GNULIB_defined_struct_timespec 1
+#   endif
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#   endif
+
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_time_t_must_be_integral
+/* https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/sys_types.h.html
+   requires time_t to be an integer type, even though C99 permits floating
+   point.  We don't know of any implementation that uses floating
+   point, and it is much easier to write code that doesn't have to
+   worry about that corner case, so we force the issue.  */
+struct __time_t_must_be_integral {
+  unsigned int __floating_time_t_unsupported : (time_t) 1;
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_time_t_must_be_integral 1
+# endif
+
+/* Define TIME_UTC, a positive integer constant used for timespec_get().  */
+# if ! @TIME_H_DEFINES_TIME_UTC@
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_TIME_UTC
+#   define TIME_UTC 1
+#   define GNULIB_defined_TIME_UTC 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Set *TS to the current time, and return BASE.
+   Upon failure, return 0.  */
+# if @GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GET@
+#  if ! @HAVE_TIMESPEC_GET@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (timespec_get, int, (struct timespec *ts, int base)
+                                     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (timespec_get, int, (struct timespec *ts, int base));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (timespec_get);
+# endif
+
+/* Set *TS to the current time resolution, and return BASE.
+   Upon failure, return 0.  */
+# if @GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GETRES@
+#  if ! @HAVE_TIMESPEC_GETRES@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (timespec_getres, int, (struct timespec *ts, int base)
+                                        _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (timespec_getres, int, (struct timespec *ts, int base));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (timespec_getres);
+# endif
+
+/* Sleep for at least RQTP seconds unless interrupted,  If interrupted,
+   return -1 and store the remaining time into RMTP.  See
+   
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/nanosleep.html>.  */
+# if @GNULIB_NANOSLEEP@
+#  if @REPLACE_NANOSLEEP@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    define nanosleep rpl_nanosleep
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (nanosleep, int,
+                  (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (nanosleep, int,
+                  (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp));
+#  else
+#   if ! @HAVE_NANOSLEEP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (nanosleep, int,
+                  (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (nanosleep, int,
+                  (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (nanosleep);
+# endif
+
+/* Initialize time conversion information.  */
+# if @GNULIB_TZSET@
+#  if @REPLACE_TZSET@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef tzset
+#    define tzset rpl_tzset
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (tzset, void, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (tzset, void, (void));
+#  elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef tzset
+#    define tzset _tzset
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (tzset, void, (void));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tzset, void, (void));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tzset);
+# elif @GNULIB_MDA_TZSET@
+/* On native Windows, map 'tzset' to '_tzset', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::tzset always.  */
+#  if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef tzset
+#    define tzset _tzset
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (tzset, void, (void));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tzset, void, (void));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tzset);
+# endif
+
+/* Return the 'time_t' representation of TP and normalize TP.  */
+# if @GNULIB_MKTIME@
+#  if @REPLACE_MKTIME@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    define mktime rpl_mktime
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mktime, time_t, (struct tm *__tp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mktime, time_t, (struct tm *__tp));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mktime, time_t, (struct tm *__tp));
+#  endif
+#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mktime);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Convert TIMER to RESULT, assuming local time and UTC respectively.  See
+   
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/localtime_r.html> 
and
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/gmtime_r.html>. 
 */
+# if @GNULIB_TIME_R@
+#  if @REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef localtime_r
+#    define localtime_r rpl_localtime_r
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                             struct tm *restrict __result)
+                                            _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                             struct tm *restrict __result));
+#  else
+#   if ! @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                             struct tm *restrict __result)
+                                            _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                             struct tm *restrict __result));
+#  endif
+#  if @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (localtime_r);
+#  endif
+#  if @REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef gmtime_r
+#    define gmtime_r rpl_gmtime_r
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                          struct tm *restrict __result)
+                                         _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                          struct tm *restrict __result));
+#  else
+#   if ! @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                          struct tm *restrict __result)
+                                         _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                          struct tm *restrict __result));
+#  endif
+#  if @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gmtime_r);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Convert TIMER to RESULT, assuming local time and UTC respectively.  See
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/localtime.html> 
and
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/gmtime.html>.  
*/
+# if @GNULIB_LOCALTIME@ || @REPLACE_LOCALTIME@
+#  if @REPLACE_LOCALTIME@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef localtime
+#    define localtime rpl_localtime
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (localtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer)
+                                          _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (localtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer));
+#  endif
+#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (localtime);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if 0 || @REPLACE_GMTIME@
+#  if @REPLACE_GMTIME@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef gmtime
+#    define gmtime rpl_gmtime
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gmtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer)
+                                       _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gmtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (gmtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gmtime);
+# endif
+
+/* Parse BUF as a timestamp, assuming FORMAT specifies its layout, and store
+   the resulting broken-down time into TM.  See
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/strptime.html>. 
 */
+# if @GNULIB_STRPTIME@
+#  if ! @HAVE_STRPTIME@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strptime, char *, (char const *restrict __buf,
+                                     char const *restrict __format,
+                                     struct tm *restrict __tm)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strptime, char *, (char const *restrict __buf,
+                                     char const *restrict __format,
+                                     struct tm *restrict __tm));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strptime);
+# endif
+
+/* Convert *TP to a date and time string.  See
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/ctime.html>.  */
+# if @GNULIB_CTIME@
+#  if @REPLACE_CTIME@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    define ctime rpl_ctime
+#   endif
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ctime, char *, (time_t const *__tp)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ctime, char *, (time_t const *__tp));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ctime, char *, (time_t const *__tp));
+#  endif
+#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ctime);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Convert *TP to a date and time string.  See
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/strftime.html>. 
 */
+# if @GNULIB_STRFTIME@
+#  if @REPLACE_STRFTIME@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    define strftime rpl_strftime
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strftime, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict __buf, size_t __bufsize,
+                   const char *restrict __fmt, const struct tm *restrict __tp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3, 4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strftime, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict __buf, size_t __bufsize,
+                   const char *restrict __fmt, const struct tm *restrict 
__tp));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strftime, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict __buf, size_t __bufsize,
+                   const char *restrict __fmt, const struct tm *restrict 
__tp));
+#  endif
+#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strftime);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if defined _GNU_SOURCE && @GNULIB_TIME_RZ@ && ! @HAVE_TIMEZONE_T@
+/* Functions that use a first-class time zone data type, instead of
+   relying on an implicit global time zone.
+   Inspired by NetBSD.  */
+
+/* Represents a time zone.
+   (timezone_t) NULL stands for UTC.  */
+typedef struct tm_zone *timezone_t;
+
+/* tzalloc (name)
+   Returns a time zone object for the given time zone NAME.  This object
+   represents the time zone that other functions would use it the TZ
+   environment variable was set to NAME.
+   If NAME is NULL, the result represents the time zone that other functions
+   would use it the TZ environment variable was unset.
+   May return NULL if NAME is invalid (this is platform dependent) or
+   upon memory allocation failure.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tzalloc, timezone_t, (char const *__name));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tzalloc, timezone_t, (char const *__name));
+
+/* tzfree (tz)
+   Frees a time zone object.
+   The argument must have been returned by tzalloc().  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tzfree, void, (timezone_t __tz));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tzfree, void, (timezone_t __tz));
+
+/* localtime_rz (tz, &t, &result)
+   Converts an absolute time T to a broken-down time RESULT, assuming the
+   time zone TZ.
+   This function is like 'localtime_r', but relies on the argument TZ instead
+   of an implicit global time zone.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (localtime_rz, struct tm *,
+                  (timezone_t __tz, time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                   struct tm *restrict __result) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localtime_rz, struct tm *,
+                  (timezone_t __tz, time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                   struct tm *restrict __result));
+
+/* mktime_z (tz, &tm)
+   Normalizes the broken-down time TM and converts it to an absolute time,
+   assuming the time zone TZ.  Returns the absolute time.
+   This function is like 'mktime', but relies on the argument TZ instead
+   of an implicit global time zone.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mktime_z, time_t,
+                  (timezone_t __tz, struct tm *restrict __tm)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mktime_z, time_t,
+                  (timezone_t __tz, struct tm *restrict __tm));
+
+/* Time zone abbreviation strings (returned by 'localtime_rz' or 'mktime_z'
+   in the 'tm_zone' member of 'struct tm') are valid as long as
+     - the 'struct tm' argument is not destroyed or overwritten,
+   and
+     - the 'timezone_t' argument is not freed through tzfree().  */
+
+# endif
+
+/* Convert TM to a time_t value, assuming UTC.  */
+# if @GNULIB_TIMEGM@
+#  if @REPLACE_TIMEGM@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef timegm
+#    define timegm rpl_timegm
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm));
+#  else
+#   if ! @HAVE_TIMEGM@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (timegm);
+# endif
+
+/* Encourage applications to avoid unsafe functions that can overrun
+   buffers when given outlandish struct tm values.  Portable
+   applications should use strftime (or even sprintf) instead.  */
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef asctime
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asctime, "asctime can overrun buffers in some cases - "
+                 "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead");
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef asctime_r
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ASCTIME_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asctime_r, "asctime_r can overrun buffers in some cases - "
+                 "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef ctime
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ctime, "ctime can overrun buffers in some cases - "
+                 "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead");
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef ctime_r
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CTIME_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ctime_r, "ctime_r can overrun buffers in some cases - "
+                 "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead");
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/time_r.c b/xcompile/lib/time_r.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97be4fd054
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/time_r.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Reentrant time functions like localtime_r.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007, 2010-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+static struct tm *
+copy_tm_result (struct tm *dest, struct tm const *src)
+{
+  if (! src)
+    return 0;
+  *dest = *src;
+  return dest;
+}
+
+
+struct tm *
+gmtime_r (time_t const * restrict t, struct tm * restrict tp)
+{
+  return copy_tm_result (tp, gmtime (t));
+}
+
+struct tm *
+localtime_r (time_t const * restrict t, struct tm * restrict tp)
+{
+  return copy_tm_result (tp, localtime (t));
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/time_rz.c b/xcompile/lib/time_rz.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da0d57b8b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/time_rz.c
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/* Time zone functions such as tzalloc and localtime_rz
+
+   Copyright 2015-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* Although this module is not thread-safe, any races should be fairly
+   rare and reasonably benign.  For complete thread-safety, use a C
+   library with a working timezone_t type, so that this module is not
+   needed.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "flexmember.h"
+#include "idx.h"
+#include "time-internal.h"
+
+/* The approximate size to use for small allocation requests.  This is
+   the largest "small" request for the GNU C library malloc.  */
+enum { DEFAULT_MXFAST = 64 * sizeof (size_t) / 4 };
+
+/* Minimum size of the ABBRS member of struct tm_zone.  ABBRS is larger
+   only in the unlikely case where an abbreviation longer than this is
+   used.  */
+enum { ABBR_SIZE_MIN = DEFAULT_MXFAST - offsetof (struct tm_zone, abbrs) };
+
+/* Magic cookie timezone_t value, for local time.  It differs from
+   NULL and from all other timezone_t values.  Only the address
+   matters; the pointer is never dereferenced.  */
+static timezone_t const local_tz = (timezone_t) 1;
+
+/* Copy to ABBRS the abbreviation at ABBR with size ABBR_SIZE (this
+   includes its trailing null byte).  Append an extra null byte to
+   mark the end of ABBRS.  */
+static void
+extend_abbrs (char *abbrs, char const *abbr, size_t abbr_size)
+{
+  memcpy (abbrs, abbr, abbr_size);
+  abbrs[abbr_size] = '\0';
+}
+
+/* Return a newly allocated time zone for NAME, or NULL on failure.
+   A null NAME stands for wall clock time (which is like unset TZ).  */
+timezone_t
+tzalloc (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t name_size = name ? strlen (name) + 1 : 0;
+  size_t abbr_size = name_size < ABBR_SIZE_MIN ? ABBR_SIZE_MIN : name_size + 1;
+  timezone_t tz = malloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct tm_zone, abbrs, abbr_size));
+  if (tz)
+    {
+      tz->next = NULL;
+#if HAVE_TZNAME && !HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+      tz->tzname_copy[0] = tz->tzname_copy[1] = NULL;
+#endif
+      tz->tz_is_set = !!name;
+      tz->abbrs[0] = '\0';
+      if (name)
+        extend_abbrs (tz->abbrs, name, name_size);
+    }
+  return tz;
+}
+
+/* Save into TZ any nontrivial time zone abbreviation used by TM, and
+   update *TM (if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE) or *TZ (if
+   !HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE && HAVE_TZNAME) if they use the abbreviation.
+   Return true if successful, false (setting errno) otherwise.  */
+static bool
+save_abbr (timezone_t tz, struct tm *tm)
+{
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE || HAVE_TZNAME
+  char const *zone = NULL;
+  char *zone_copy = (char *) "";
+
+# if HAVE_TZNAME
+  int tzname_index = -1;
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+  zone = tm->tm_zone;
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_TZNAME
+  if (! (zone && *zone) && 0 <= tm->tm_isdst)
+    {
+      tzname_index = tm->tm_isdst != 0;
+      zone = tzname[tzname_index];
+    }
+# endif
+
+  /* No need to replace null zones, or zones within the struct tm.  */
+  if (!zone || ((char *) tm <= zone && zone < (char *) (tm + 1)))
+    return true;
+
+  if (*zone)
+    {
+      zone_copy = tz->abbrs;
+
+      while (strcmp (zone_copy, zone) != 0)
+        {
+          if (! (*zone_copy || (zone_copy == tz->abbrs && tz->tz_is_set)))
+            {
+              idx_t zone_size = strlen (zone) + 1;
+              if (zone_size < tz->abbrs + ABBR_SIZE_MIN - zone_copy)
+                extend_abbrs (zone_copy, zone, zone_size);
+              else
+                {
+                  tz = tz->next = tzalloc (zone);
+                  if (!tz)
+                    return false;
+                  tz->tz_is_set = 0;
+                  zone_copy = tz->abbrs;
+                }
+              break;
+            }
+
+          zone_copy += strlen (zone_copy) + 1;
+          if (!*zone_copy && tz->next)
+            {
+              tz = tz->next;
+              zone_copy = tz->abbrs;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Replace the zone name so that its lifetime matches that of TZ.  */
+# if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+  tm->tm_zone = zone_copy;
+# else
+  if (0 <= tzname_index)
+    tz->tzname_copy[tzname_index] = zone_copy;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Free a time zone.  */
+void
+tzfree (timezone_t tz)
+{
+  if (tz != local_tz)
+    while (tz)
+      {
+        timezone_t next = tz->next;
+        free (tz);
+        tz = next;
+      }
+}
+
+/* Get and set the TZ environment variable.  These functions can be
+   overridden by programs like Emacs that manage their own environment.  */
+
+#ifndef getenv_TZ
+static char *
+getenv_TZ (void)
+{
+  return getenv ("TZ");
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef setenv_TZ
+static int
+setenv_TZ (char const *tz)
+{
+  return tz ? setenv ("TZ", tz, 1) : unsetenv ("TZ");
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Change the environment to match the specified timezone_t value.
+   Return true if successful, false (setting errno) otherwise.  */
+static bool
+change_env (timezone_t tz)
+{
+  if (setenv_TZ (tz->tz_is_set ? tz->abbrs : NULL) != 0)
+    return false;
+  tzset ();
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Temporarily set the time zone to TZ, which must not be null.
+   Return LOCAL_TZ if the time zone setting is already correct.
+   Otherwise return a newly allocated time zone representing the old
+   setting, or NULL (setting errno) on failure.  */
+static timezone_t
+set_tz (timezone_t tz)
+{
+  char *env_tz = getenv_TZ ();
+  if (env_tz
+      ? tz->tz_is_set && strcmp (tz->abbrs, env_tz) == 0
+      : !tz->tz_is_set)
+    return local_tz;
+  else
+    {
+      timezone_t old_tz = tzalloc (env_tz);
+      if (!old_tz)
+        return old_tz;
+      if (! change_env (tz))
+        {
+          int saved_errno = errno;
+          tzfree (old_tz);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      return old_tz;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Restore an old setting returned by set_tz.  It must not be null.
+   Return true (preserving errno) if successful, false (setting errno)
+   otherwise.  */
+static bool
+revert_tz (timezone_t tz)
+{
+  if (tz == local_tz)
+    return true;
+  else
+    {
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+      bool ok = change_env (tz);
+      if (!ok)
+        saved_errno = errno;
+      tzfree (tz);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return ok;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Use time zone TZ to compute localtime_r (T, TM).  */
+struct tm *
+localtime_rz (timezone_t tz, time_t const *t, struct tm *tm)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_INFLOOP_BUG
+  /* The -67768038400665599 comes from:
+     https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2017-07/msg00142.html
+     On affected platforms the greatest POSIX-compatible time_t value
+     that could return nonnull is 67768036191766798 (when
+     TZ="XXX24:59:59" it resolves to the year 2**31 - 1 + 1900, on
+     12-31 at 23:59:59), so test for that too while we're in the
+     neighborhood.  */
+  if (! (-67768038400665599 <= *t && *t <= 67768036191766798))
+    {
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (!tz)
+    return gmtime_r (t, tm);
+  else
+    {
+      timezone_t old_tz = set_tz (tz);
+      if (old_tz)
+        {
+          bool abbr_saved = localtime_r (t, tm) && save_abbr (tz, tm);
+          if (revert_tz (old_tz) && abbr_saved)
+            return tm;
+        }
+      return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Use time zone TZ to compute mktime (TM).  */
+time_t
+mktime_z (timezone_t tz, struct tm *tm)
+{
+  if (!tz)
+    return timegm (tm);
+  else
+    {
+      timezone_t old_tz = set_tz (tz);
+      if (old_tz)
+        {
+          struct tm tm_1;
+          tm_1.tm_sec = tm->tm_sec;
+          tm_1.tm_min = tm->tm_min;
+          tm_1.tm_hour = tm->tm_hour;
+          tm_1.tm_mday = tm->tm_mday;
+          tm_1.tm_mon = tm->tm_mon;
+          tm_1.tm_year = tm->tm_year;
+          tm_1.tm_yday = -1;
+          tm_1.tm_isdst = tm->tm_isdst;
+          time_t t = mktime (&tm_1);
+          bool ok = 0 <= tm_1.tm_yday;
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE || HAVE_TZNAME
+          ok = ok && save_abbr (tz, &tm_1);
+#endif
+          if (revert_tz (old_tz) && ok)
+            {
+              *tm = tm_1;
+              return t;
+            }
+        }
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/timegm.c b/xcompile/lib/timegm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b47025a054
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/timegm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Convert UTC calendar time to simple time.  Like mktime but assumes UTC.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1994-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "mktime-internal.h"
+
+__time64_t
+__timegm64 (struct tm *tmp)
+{
+  static mktime_offset_t gmtime_offset;
+  tmp->tm_isdst = 0;
+  return __mktime_internal (tmp, __gmtime64_r, &gmtime_offset);
+}
+
+#if defined _LIBC && __TIMESIZE != 64
+
+libc_hidden_def (__timegm64)
+
+time_t
+timegm (struct tm *tmp)
+{
+  struct tm tm = *tmp;
+  __time64_t t = __timegm64 (&tm);
+  if (in_time_t_range (t))
+    {
+      *tmp = tm;
+      return t;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      __set_errno (EOVERFLOW);
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/timespec-add.c b/xcompile/lib/timespec-add.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cb3017803b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/timespec-add.c
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* Add two struct timespec values.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* Return the sum of two timespec values A and B.  On overflow, return
+   an extremal value.  This assumes 0 <= tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "timespec.h"
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+struct timespec
+timespec_add (struct timespec a, struct timespec b)
+{
+  time_t rs = a.tv_sec;
+  time_t bs = b.tv_sec;
+  int ns = a.tv_nsec + b.tv_nsec;
+  int nsd = ns - TIMESPEC_HZ;
+  int rns = ns;
+
+  if (0 <= nsd)
+    {
+      rns = nsd;
+      time_t bs1;
+      if (!INT_ADD_WRAPV (bs, 1, &bs1))
+        bs = bs1;
+      else if (rs < 0)
+        rs++;
+      else
+        goto high_overflow;
+    }
+
+  if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (rs, bs, &rs))
+    {
+      if (bs < 0)
+        {
+          rs = TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t);
+          rns = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+        high_overflow:
+          rs = TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t);
+          rns = TIMESPEC_HZ - 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return make_timespec (rs, rns);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/timespec-sub.c b/xcompile/lib/timespec-sub.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..822c283108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/timespec-sub.c
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* Subtract two struct timespec values.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* Return the difference between two timespec values A and B.  On
+   overflow, return an extremal value.  This assumes 0 <= tv_nsec <
+   TIMESPEC_HZ.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "timespec.h"
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+struct timespec
+timespec_sub (struct timespec a, struct timespec b)
+{
+  time_t rs = a.tv_sec;
+  time_t bs = b.tv_sec;
+  int ns = a.tv_nsec - b.tv_nsec;
+  int rns = ns;
+
+  if (ns < 0)
+    {
+      rns = ns + TIMESPEC_HZ;
+      time_t bs1;
+      if (!INT_ADD_WRAPV (bs, 1, &bs1))
+        bs = bs1;
+      else if (- TYPE_SIGNED (time_t) < rs)
+        rs--;
+      else
+        goto low_overflow;
+    }
+
+  if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (rs, bs, &rs))
+    {
+      if (0 < bs)
+        {
+        low_overflow:
+          rs = TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t);
+          rns = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          rs = TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t);
+          rns = TIMESPEC_HZ - 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return make_timespec (rs, rns);
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/timespec.c b/xcompile/lib/timespec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f7ffbdd45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/timespec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Inline functions for <timespec.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "timespec.h"
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/timespec.h b/xcompile/lib/timespec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba78647f09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/timespec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* timespec -- System time interface
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002, 2004-2005, 2007, 2009-2023 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if ! defined TIMESPEC_H
+#define TIMESPEC_H
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE
+# define _GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "arg-nonnull.h"
+
+/* Inverse resolution of timespec timestamps (in units per second),
+   and log base 10 of the inverse resolution.  */
+
+enum { TIMESPEC_HZ = 1000000000 };
+enum { LOG10_TIMESPEC_HZ = 9 };
+
+/* Obsolescent names for backward compatibility.
+   They are misnomers, because TIMESPEC_RESOLUTION is not a resolution.  */
+
+enum { TIMESPEC_RESOLUTION = TIMESPEC_HZ };
+enum { LOG10_TIMESPEC_RESOLUTION = LOG10_TIMESPEC_HZ };
+
+/* Return a timespec with seconds S and nanoseconds NS.  */
+
+_GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE struct timespec
+make_timespec (time_t s, long int ns)
+{
+  struct timespec r;
+  r.tv_sec = s;
+  r.tv_nsec = ns;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return negative, zero, positive if A < B, A == B, A > B, respectively.  */
+
+_GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+timespec_cmp (struct timespec a, struct timespec b)
+{
+  return 2 * _GL_CMP (a.tv_sec, b.tv_sec) + _GL_CMP (a.tv_nsec, b.tv_nsec);
+}
+
+/* Return -1, 0, 1, depending on the sign of A.  A.tv_nsec must be
+   nonnegative.  */
+_GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+timespec_sign (struct timespec a)
+{
+  return _GL_CMP (a.tv_sec, 0) + (!a.tv_sec & !!a.tv_nsec);
+}
+
+struct timespec timespec_add (struct timespec, struct timespec)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+struct timespec timespec_sub (struct timespec, struct timespec)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+struct timespec dtotimespec (double)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+
+/* Return an approximation to A, of type 'double'.  */
+_GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE double
+timespectod (struct timespec a)
+{
+  return a.tv_sec + a.tv_nsec / 1e9;
+}
+
+long int gettime_res (void);
+struct timespec current_timespec (void);
+void gettime (struct timespec *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
+int settime (struct timespec const *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/u64.c b/xcompile/lib/u64.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca088b4546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/u64.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* uint64_t-like operations that work even on hosts lacking uint64_t
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_U64_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "u64.h"
+typedef int dummy;
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/u64.h b/xcompile/lib/u64.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0353ad4d9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/u64.h
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/* uint64_t-like operations that work even on hosts lacking uint64_t
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_U64_INLINE
+# define _GL_U64_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* Return X rotated left by N bits, where 0 < N < 64.  */
+#define u64rol(x, n) u64or (u64shl (x, n), u64shr (x, 64 - n))
+
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+
+/* Native implementations are trivial.  See below for comments on what
+   these operations do.  */
+typedef uint64_t u64;
+# define u64hilo(hi, lo) ((u64) (((u64) (hi) << 32) + (lo)))
+# define u64init(hi, lo) u64hilo (hi, lo)
+# define u64lo(x) ((u64) (x))
+# define u64size(x) u64lo (x)
+# define u64lt(x, y) ((x) < (y))
+# define u64and(x, y) ((x) & (y))
+# define u64or(x, y) ((x) | (y))
+# define u64xor(x, y) ((x) ^ (y))
+# define u64plus(x, y) ((x) + (y))
+# define u64shl(x, n) ((x) << (n))
+# define u64shr(x, n) ((x) >> (n))
+
+#else
+
+/* u64 is a 64-bit unsigned integer value.
+   u64init (HI, LO), is like u64hilo (HI, LO), but for use in
+   initializer contexts.  */
+# ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+typedef struct { uint32_t hi, lo; } u64;
+#  define u64init(hi, lo) { hi, lo }
+# else
+typedef struct { uint32_t lo, hi; } u64;
+#  define u64init(hi, lo) { lo, hi }
+# endif
+
+/* Given the high and low-order 32-bit quantities HI and LO, return a u64
+   value representing (HI << 32) + LO.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64hilo (uint32_t hi, uint32_t lo)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = hi;
+  r.lo = lo;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return a u64 value representing LO.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64lo (uint32_t lo)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = 0;
+  r.lo = lo;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return a u64 value representing SIZE.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64size (size_t size)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = size >> 31 >> 1;
+  r.lo = size;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X < Y.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE int
+u64lt (u64 x, u64 y)
+{
+  return x.hi < y.hi || (x.hi == y.hi && x.lo < y.lo);
+}
+
+/* Return X & Y.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64and (u64 x, u64 y)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = x.hi & y.hi;
+  r.lo = x.lo & y.lo;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X | Y.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64or (u64 x, u64 y)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = x.hi | y.hi;
+  r.lo = x.lo | y.lo;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X ^ Y.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64xor (u64 x, u64 y)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = x.hi ^ y.hi;
+  r.lo = x.lo ^ y.lo;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X + Y.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64plus (u64 x, u64 y)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.lo = x.lo + y.lo;
+  r.hi = x.hi + y.hi + (r.lo < x.lo);
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X << N.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64shl (u64 x, int n)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  if (n < 32)
+    {
+      r.hi = (x.hi << n) | (x.lo >> (32 - n));
+      r.lo = x.lo << n;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      r.hi = x.lo << (n - 32);
+      r.lo = 0;
+    }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X >> N.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64shr (u64 x, int n)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  if (n < 32)
+    {
+      r.hi = x.hi >> n;
+      r.lo = (x.hi << (32 - n)) | (x.lo >> n);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      r.hi = 0;
+      r.lo = x.hi >> (n - 32);
+    }
+  return r;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/unistd.c b/xcompile/lib/unistd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98bdb4e265
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/unistd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Inline functions for <unistd.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_UNISTD_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include <unistd.h>
+typedef int dummy;
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/unistd.in.h b/xcompile/lib/unistd.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4812fdb112
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/unistd.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2329 @@
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <unistd.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if @HAVE_UNISTD_H@ && defined _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - On Mac OS X 10.3.9 we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <unistd.h> -> <signal.h> -> <pthread.h> -> <unistd.h>
+     In this situation, the functions are not yet declared, therefore we cannot
+     provide the C++ aliases.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_UNISTD_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_UNISTD_H@
+# define _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_UNISTD_H@
+# undef _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
+#endif
+
+/* Get all possible declarations of gethostname().  */
+#if @GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@ && @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@ \
+  && !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# define _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# include <winsock2.h>
+# undef _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#endif
+
+#if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H && !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL.  Also get size_t.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#ifndef __GLIBC__
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* mingw doesn't define the SEEK_* or *_FILENO macros in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* MSVC declares 'unlink' in <stdio.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  We must include
+   it before we  #define unlink rpl_unlink.  */
+/* Cygwin 1.7.1 declares symlinkat in <stdio.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (!(defined SEEK_CUR && defined SEEK_END && defined SEEK_SET) \
+     || ((@GNULIB_UNLINK@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+         && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)) \
+     || ((@GNULIB_SYMLINKAT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+         && defined __CYGWIN__)) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Cygwin 1.7.1 and Android 4.3 declare unlinkat in <fcntl.h>, not in
+   <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_UNLINKAT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && (defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __ANDROID__) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+/* mingw fails to declare _exit in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* mingw, MSVC, BeOS, Haiku declare environ in <stdlib.h>, not in
+   <unistd.h>.  */
+/* Solaris declares getcwd not only in <unistd.h> but also in <stdlib.h>.  */
+/* OSF Tru64 Unix cannot see gnulib rpl_strtod when system <stdlib.h> is
+   included here.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if !defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __osf__
+# define __need_system_stdlib_h
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# undef __need_system_stdlib_h
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare _chdir, _getcwd, _rmdir in
+   <io.h> and/or <direct.h>, not in <unistd.h>.
+   They also declare _access(), _chmod(), _close(), _dup(), _dup2(), _isatty(),
+   _lseek(), _read(), _unlink(), _write() in <io.h>.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <io.h>
+# include <direct.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare _execl*, _execv* in <process.h>.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <process.h>
+#endif
+
+/* AIX and OSF/1 5.1 declare getdomainname in <netdb.h>, not in <unistd.h>.
+   NonStop Kernel declares gethostname in <netdb.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if ((@GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME@ && (defined _AIX || defined __osf__)) \
+     || (@GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@ && defined __TANDEM)) \
+    && !defined __GLIBC__
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Mac OS X 10.13, Solaris 11.4, and Android 9.0 declare getentropy in
+   <sys/random.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_GETENTROPY@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && ((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined __sun \
+        || defined __ANDROID__) \
+    && @UNISTD_H_HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H@ \
+    && !defined __GLIBC__
+# include <sys/random.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Android 4.3 declares fchownat in <sys/stat.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_FCHOWNAT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && defined __ANDROID__ \
+    && !defined __GLIBC__
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+/* MSVC defines off_t in <sys/types.h>.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+/* Get off_t, ssize_t, mode_t.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Get getopt(), optarg, optind, opterr, optopt.  */
+#if @GNULIB_GETOPT_POSIX@ && @GNULIB_UNISTD_H_GETOPT@ && !defined 
_GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+# include <getopt-cdefs.h>
+# include <getopt-pfx-core.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_UNISTD_INLINE
+# define _GL_UNISTD_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* Hide some function declarations from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@ && @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef socket
+#   define socket              socket_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef connect
+#   define connect             connect_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef accept
+#   define accept              accept_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef bind
+#   define bind                bind_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getpeername
+#   define getpeername         getpeername_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockname
+#   define getsockname         getsockname_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockopt
+#   define getsockopt          getsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef listen
+#   define listen              listen_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recv
+#   define recv                recv_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef send
+#   define send                send_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recvfrom
+#   define recvfrom            recvfrom_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef sendto
+#   define sendto              sendto_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef setsockopt
+#   define setsockopt          setsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef shutdown
+#   define shutdown            shutdown_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#  else
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (socket,
+                     "socket() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (connect,
+                     "connect() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept,
+                     "accept() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (bind,
+                     "bind() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpeername,
+                     "getpeername() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockname,
+                     "getsockname() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockopt,
+                     "getsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (listen,
+                     "listen() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recv,
+                     "recv() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (send,
+                     "send() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recvfrom,
+                     "recvfrom() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (sendto,
+                     "sendto() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (setsockopt,
+                     "setsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (shutdown,
+                     "shutdown() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef select
+#   define select              select_used_without_including_sys_select_h
+#  else
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (select,
+                     "select() used without including <sys/select.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* OS/2 EMX lacks these macros.  */
+#ifndef STDIN_FILENO
+# define STDIN_FILENO 0
+#endif
+#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO
+# define STDOUT_FILENO 1
+#endif
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+/* Ensure *_OK macros exist.  */
+#ifndef F_OK
+# define F_OK 0
+# define X_OK 1
+# define W_OK 2
+# define R_OK 4
+#endif
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ACCESS@
+# if @REPLACE_ACCESS@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef access
+#   define access rpl_access
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (access, int, (const char *file, int mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (access, int, (const char *file, int mode));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef access
+#   define access _access
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (access, int, (const char *file, int mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (access, int, (const char *file, int mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (access);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef access
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ACCESS
+/* The access() function is a security risk.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (access, "access does not always support X_OK - "
+                 "use gnulib module access for portability; "
+                 "also, this function is a security risk - "
+                 "use the gnulib module faccessat instead");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_ACCESS@
+/* On native Windows, map 'access' to '_access', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::access always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef access
+#   define access _access
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (access, int, (const char *file, int mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (access, int, (const char *file, int mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (access);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_CHDIR@
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef chdir
+#   define chdir _chdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (chdir, int, (const char *file));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chdir, int, (const char *file) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef chdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CHDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (chown, "chdir is not always in <unistd.h> - "
+                 "use gnulib module chdir for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_CHDIR@
+/* On native Windows, map 'chdir' to '_chdir', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::chdir always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef chdir
+#   define chdir _chdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (chdir, int, (const char *file));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chdir, int, (const char *file) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chdir);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_CHOWN@
+/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE
+   to GID (if GID is not -1).  Follow symbolic links.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/chown.html.  */
+# if @REPLACE_CHOWN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef chown
+#   define chown rpl_chown
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_CHOWN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chown);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef chown
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CHOWN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (chown, "chown fails to follow symlinks on some systems and "
+                 "doesn't treat a uid or gid of -1 on some systems - "
+                 "use gnulib module chown for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_CLOSE@
+# if @REPLACE_CLOSE@
+/* Automatically included by modules that need a replacement for close.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close rpl_close
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (close, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (close, int, (int fd));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close _close
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (close, int, (int fd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (close, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (close);
+#elif @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS@
+# undef close
+# define close close_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_close
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef close
+/* Assume close is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (close, "close does not portably work on sockets - "
+                 "use gnulib module close for portability");
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_CLOSE@
+/* On native Windows, map 'close' to '_close', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::close always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close _close
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (close, int, (int fd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (close, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (close);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_COPY_FILE_RANGE@
+# if @REPLACE_COPY_FILE_RANGE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef copy_file_range
+#   define copy_file_range rpl_copy_file_range
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (copy_file_range, ssize_t, (int ifd, off_t *ipos,
+                                             int ofd, off_t *opos,
+                                             size_t len, unsigned flags));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (copy_file_range, ssize_t, (int ifd, off_t *ipos,
+                                             int ofd, off_t *opos,
+                                             size_t len, unsigned flags));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (copy_file_range, ssize_t, (int ifd, off_t *ipos,
+                                             int ofd, off_t *opos,
+                                             size_t len, unsigned flags));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (copy_file_range, ssize_t, (int ifd, off_t *ipos,
+                                             int ofd, off_t *opos,
+                                             size_t len, unsigned flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (copy_file_range);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef copy_file_range
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COPY_FILE_RANGE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (copy_file_range,
+                 "copy_file_range is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module copy_file_range for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_DUP@
+# if @REPLACE_DUP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define dup rpl_dup
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef dup
+#   define dup _dup
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dup
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup, "dup is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dup for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_DUP@
+/* On native Windows, map 'dup' to '_dup', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::dup always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef dup
+#   define dup _dup
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_DUP2@
+/* Copy the file descriptor OLDFD into file descriptor NEWFD.  Do nothing if
+   NEWFD = OLDFD, otherwise close NEWFD first if it is open.
+   Return newfd if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/dup2.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_DUP2@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define dup2 rpl_dup2
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef dup2
+#   define dup2 _dup2
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup2);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dup2
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP2
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup2, "dup2 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dup2 for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_DUP2@
+/* On native Windows, map 'dup2' to '_dup2', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::dup2 always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef dup2
+#   define dup2 _dup2
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup2);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_DUP3@
+/* Copy the file descriptor OLDFD into file descriptor NEWFD, with the
+   specified flags.
+   The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>)
+   and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h").
+   Close NEWFD first if it is open.
+   Return newfd if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the Linux man page at
+   <https://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man2/dup3.2.html>.  */
+# if @HAVE_DUP3@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define dup3 rpl_dup3
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup3);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dup3
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP3
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup3, "dup3 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dup3 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ENVIRON@
+# if defined __CYGWIN__ && !defined __i386__
+/* The 'environ' variable is defined in a DLL. Therefore its declaration needs
+   the '__declspec(dllimport)' attribute, but the system's <unistd.h> lacks it.
+   This leads to a link error on 64-bit Cygwin when the option
+   -Wl,--disable-auto-import is in use.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C __declspec(dllimport) char **environ;
+# endif
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@
+/* Set of environment variables and values.  An array of strings of the form
+   "VARIABLE=VALUE", terminated with a NULL.  */
+#  if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+#   include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#   if !TARGET_OS_IPHONE && !TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR
+#    define _GL_USE_CRT_EXTERNS
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  ifdef _GL_USE_CRT_EXTERNS
+#   include <crt_externs.h>
+#   define environ (*_NSGetEnviron ())
+#  else
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#   endif
+extern char **environ;
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
+_GL_UNISTD_INLINE char ***
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE ("environ is unportable - "
+                           "use gnulib module environ for portability")
+rpl_environ (void)
+{
+  return &environ;
+}
+#  undef environ
+#  define environ (*rpl_environ ())
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_EUIDACCESS@
+/* Like access(), except that it uses the effective user id and group id of
+   the current process.  */
+# if !@HAVE_EUIDACCESS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (euidaccess, int, (const char *filename, int mode)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (euidaccess, int, (const char *filename, int mode));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (euidaccess);
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* Like access(), this function is a security risk.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (euidaccess, "the euidaccess function is a security risk - "
+                 "use the gnulib module faccessat instead");
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef euidaccess
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EUIDACCESS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (euidaccess, "euidaccess is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module euidaccess for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECL@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execl
+#   define execl rpl_execl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execl, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execl, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execl, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execl, "execl behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execl for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECL@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execl' to '_execl', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execl always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execl
+#   define execl _execl
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (execl, intptr_t, (const char *program, const char *arg, 
...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execl, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execl);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECLE@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECLE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execle
+#   define execle rpl_execle
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execle, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execle, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execle, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execle);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execle
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECLE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execle, "execle behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execle for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECLE@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execle' to '_execle', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execle always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execle
+#   define execle _execle
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (execle, intptr_t,
+                  (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execle, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execle);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECLP@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECLP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execlp
+#   define execlp rpl_execlp
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execlp, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execlp, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execlp, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execlp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execlp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECLP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execlp, "execlp behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execlp for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECLP@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execlp' to '_execlp', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execlp always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execlp
+#   define execlp _execlp
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (execlp, intptr_t,
+                  (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execlp, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execlp);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECV@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECV@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execv
+#   define execv rpl_execv
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execv, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execv, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execv, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execv);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execv, "execv behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execv for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECV@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execv' to '_execv', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execv always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execv
+#   define execv _execv
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (execv, intptr_t,
+                       (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execv, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execv);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECVE@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECVE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execve
+#   define execve rpl_execve
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execve, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execve, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const 
*env));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execve, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const 
*env));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execve);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execve
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECVE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execve, "execve behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execve for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECVE@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execve' to '_execve', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execve always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execve
+#   define execve _execve
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (execve, intptr_t,
+                       (const char *program, char * const *argv,
+                        char * const *env));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execve, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const 
*env));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execve);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECVP@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECVP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execvp
+#   define execvp rpl_execvp
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execvp, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execvp, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execvp, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execvp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execvp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECVP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execvp, "execvp behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execvp for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECVP@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execvp' to '_execvp', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execvp always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execvp
+#   define execvp _execvp
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (execvp, intptr_t,
+                       (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execvp, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execvp);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECVPE@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECVPE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execvpe
+#   define execvpe rpl_execvpe
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const 
*env));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_EXECVPE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const 
*env));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execvpe);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execvpe
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECVPE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execvpe, "execvpe behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execvpe for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECVPE@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execvpe' to '_execvpe', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execvpe on all platforms that have
+   it.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execvpe
+#   define execvpe _execvpe
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (execvpe, intptr_t,
+                       (const char *program, char * const *argv,
+                        char * const *env));
+# elif @HAVE_EXECVPE@
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_EXECVPE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const 
*env));
+# endif
+# if (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__) || @HAVE_EXECVPE@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execvpe);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FACCESSAT@
+# if @REPLACE_FACCESSAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef faccessat
+#   define faccessat rpl_faccessat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (faccessat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *name, int mode, int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (faccessat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *name, int mode, int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FACCESSAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (faccessat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int mode, int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (faccessat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int mode, int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (faccessat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef faccessat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FACCESSAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (faccessat, "faccessat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module faccessat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FCHDIR@
+/* Change the process' current working directory to the directory on which
+   the given file descriptor is open.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fchdir.html>.  
*/
+# if ! @HAVE_FCHDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/));
+
+/* Gnulib internal hooks needed to maintain the fchdir metadata.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_fd (int fd, const char *filename)
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2));
+_GL_EXTERN_C void _gl_unregister_fd (int fd);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_dup (int oldfd, int newfd);
+_GL_EXTERN_C const char *_gl_directory_name (int fd);
+
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/));
+#  endif
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fchdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchdir, "fchdir is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fchdir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FCHOWNAT@
+# if @REPLACE_FCHOWNAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fchownat
+#   define fchownat rpl_fchownat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FCHOWNAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchownat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fchownat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHOWNAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchownat, "fchownat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fchownat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FDATASYNC@
+/* Synchronize changes to a file.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See POSIX:2008 specification
+   
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fdatasync.html>.  */
+# if !@HAVE_FDATASYNC@ || !@HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdatasync, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdatasync, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdatasync);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fdatasync
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FDATASYNC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fdatasync, "fdatasync is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fdatasync for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FSYNC@
+/* Synchronize changes, including metadata, to a file.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fsync.html>.  */
+# if !@HAVE_FSYNC@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fsync, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fsync, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fsync);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fsync
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSYNC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fsync, "fsync is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fsync for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@
+/* Change the size of the file to which FD is opened to become equal to LENGTH.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/ftruncate.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_FTRUNCATE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ftruncate
+#   define ftruncate rpl_ftruncate
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FTRUNCATE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ftruncate);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ftruncate
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FTRUNCATE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ftruncate, "ftruncate is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ftruncate for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETCWD@
+/* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE bytes
+   of BUF.
+   Return BUF if successful, or NULL if the directory couldn't be determined
+   or SIZE was too small.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getcwd.html>.
+   Additionally, the gnulib module 'getcwd' guarantees the following GNU
+   extension: If BUF is NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array
+   is SIZE bytes long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as
+   necessary.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETCWD@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define getcwd rpl_getcwd
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getcwd
+#   define getcwd _getcwd
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the second parameter is
+                                                   int size.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getcwd);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getcwd
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETCWD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getcwd, "getcwd is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getcwd for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_GETCWD@
+/* On native Windows, map 'getcwd' to '_getcwd', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::getcwd always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getcwd
+#   define getcwd _getcwd
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the second parameter is either
+   'int size' or 'size_t size'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getcwd);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME@
+/* Return the NIS domain name of the machine.
+   WARNING! The NIS domain name is unrelated to the fully qualified host name
+            of the machine.  It is also unrelated to email addresses.
+   WARNING! The NIS domain name is usually the empty string or "(none)" when
+            not using NIS.
+
+   Put up to LEN bytes of the NIS domain name into NAME.
+   Null terminate it if the name is shorter than LEN.
+   If the NIS domain name is longer than LEN, set errno = EINVAL and return -1.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise set errno and return -1.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getdomainname
+#   define getdomainname rpl_getdomainname
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getdomainname);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getdomainname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getdomainname, "getdomainname is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getdomainname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE@
+/* Return the maximum number of file descriptors in the current process.
+   In POSIX, this is same as sysconf (_SC_OPEN_MAX).  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getdtablesize
+#   define getdtablesize rpl_getdtablesize
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getdtablesize, int, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getdtablesize, int, (void));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getdtablesize, int, (void));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on AIX, the parameter list is
+                                           (...).  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getdtablesize, int, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getdtablesize);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getdtablesize
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETDTABLESIZE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getdtablesize, "getdtablesize is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getdtablesize for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETENTROPY@
+/* Fill a buffer with random bytes.  */
+# if !@HAVE_GETENTROPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getentropy, int, (void *buffer, size_t length));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getentropy, int, (void *buffer, size_t length));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getentropy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getentropy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETENTROPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getentropy, "getentropy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getentropy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETGROUPS@
+/* Return the supplemental groups that the current process belongs to.
+   It is unspecified whether the effective group id is in the list.
+   If N is 0, return the group count; otherwise, N describes how many
+   entries are available in GROUPS.  Return -1 and set errno if N is
+   not 0 and not large enough.  Fails with ENOSYS on some systems.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETGROUPS@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getgroups
+#   define getgroups rpl_getgroups
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETGROUPS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getgroups);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getgroups
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETGROUPS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getgroups, "getgroups is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getgroups for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@
+/* Return the standard host name of the machine.
+   WARNING! The host name may or may not be fully qualified.
+
+   Put up to LEN bytes of the host name into NAME.
+   Null terminate it if the name is shorter than LEN.
+   If the host name is longer than LEN, set errno = EINVAL and return -1.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise set errno and return -1.  */
+# if @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gethostname
+#   define gethostname rpl_gethostname
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETHOSTNAME@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 and OSF/1 5.1 systems, the second
+   parameter is
+                                                      int len.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gethostname);
+#elif @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef gethostname
+# define gethostname 
gethostname_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_gethostname
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef gethostname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETHOSTNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gethostname, "gethostname is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module gethostname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETLOGIN@
+/* Returns the user's login name, or NULL if it cannot be found.  Upon error,
+   returns NULL with errno set.
+
+   See 
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getlogin.html>.
+
+   Most programs don't need to use this function, because the information is
+   available through environment variables:
+     ${LOGNAME-$USER}        on Unix platforms,
+     $USERNAME               on native Windows platforms.
+ */
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getlogin, char *, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getlogin, char *, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getlogin);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getlogin
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLOGIN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getlogin, "getlogin is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getlogin for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@
+/* Copies the user's login name to NAME.
+   The array pointed to by NAME has room for SIZE bytes.
+
+   Returns 0 if successful.  Upon error, an error number is returned, or -1 in
+   the case that the login name cannot be found but no specific error is
+   provided (this case is hopefully rare but is left open by the POSIX spec).
+
+   See 
<https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getlogin.html>.
+
+   Most programs don't need to use this function, because the information is
+   available through environment variables:
+     ${LOGNAME-$USER}        on Unix platforms,
+     $USERNAME               on native Windows platforms.
+ */
+# if @REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define getlogin_r rpl_getlogin_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 systems, the second argument is
+                                                     int size.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getlogin_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getlogin_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLOGIN_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getlogin_r, "getlogin_r is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getlogin_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@
+# if @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define getpagesize rpl_getpagesize
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getpagesize, int, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getpagesize, int, (void));
+# else
+/* On HP-UX, getpagesize exists, but it is not declared in <unistd.h> even if
+   the compiler options -D_HPUX_SOURCE -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=600 are used.  */
+#  if defined __hpux
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getpagesize, int, (void));
+#  endif
+#  if !@HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@
+#   if !defined getpagesize
+/* This is for POSIX systems.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+#     if ! (defined __VMS && __VMS_VER < 70000000)
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE)
+#     endif
+#    endif
+/* This is for older VMS.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined __VMS
+#     ifdef __ALPHA
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() 8192
+#     else
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() 512
+#     endif
+#    endif
+/* This is for BeOS.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && @HAVE_OS_H@
+#     include <OS.h>
+#     if defined B_PAGE_SIZE
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() B_PAGE_SIZE
+#     endif
+#    endif
+/* This is for AmigaOS4.0.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined __amigaos4__
+#     define _gl_getpagesize() 2048
+#    endif
+/* This is for older Unix systems.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@
+#     include <sys/param.h>
+#     ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#     else
+#      ifdef NBPG
+#       ifndef CLSIZE
+#        define CLSIZE 1
+#       endif
+#       define _gl_getpagesize() (NBPG * CLSIZE)
+#      else
+#       ifdef NBPC
+#        define _gl_getpagesize() NBPC
+#       endif
+#      endif
+#     endif
+#    endif
+#    if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#     define getpagesize() _gl_getpagesize ()
+#    else
+#     if !GNULIB_defined_getpagesize_function
+_GL_UNISTD_INLINE int
+getpagesize ()
+{
+  return _gl_getpagesize ();
+}
+#      define GNULIB_defined_getpagesize_function 1
+#     endif
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Cygwin 1.5.x systems, the return type is size_t.  
*/
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getpagesize, int, (void));
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getpagesize);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getpagesize
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETPAGESIZE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpagesize, "getpagesize is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getpagesize for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETPASS@
+/* Function getpass() from module 'getpass':
+     Read a password from /dev/tty or stdin.
+   Function getpass() from module 'getpass-gnu':
+     Read a password of arbitrary length from /dev/tty or stdin.  */
+# if (@GNULIB_GETPASS@ && @REPLACE_GETPASS@) \
+     || (@GNULIB_GETPASS_GNU@ && @REPLACE_GETPASS_FOR_GETPASS_GNU@)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getpass
+#   define getpass rpl_getpass
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getpass, char *, (const char *prompt)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getpass, char *, (const char *prompt));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETPASS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getpass, char *, (const char *prompt)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getpass, char *, (const char *prompt));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getpass);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getpass
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETPASS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpass, "getpass is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getpass or getpass-gnu for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_GETPID@
+/* On native Windows, map 'getpid' to '_getpid', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::getpid always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getpid
+#   define getpid _getpid
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (getpid, int, (void));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getpid, pid_t, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getpid);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL@
+/* Return the next valid login shell on the system, or NULL when the end of
+   the list has been reached.  */
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getusershell, char *, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getusershell, char *, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getusershell);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getusershell
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETUSERSHELL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getusershell, "getusershell is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getusershell for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL@
+/* Rewind to pointer that is advanced at each getusershell() call.  */
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setusershell, void, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setusershell, void, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setusershell);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef setusershell
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETUSERSHELL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setusershell, "setusershell is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getusershell for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL@
+/* Free the pointer that is advanced at each getusershell() call and
+   associated resources.  */
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (endusershell, void, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (endusershell, void, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (endusershell);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef endusershell
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENDUSERSHELL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (endusershell, "endusershell is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getusershell for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER@
+/* Determine whether group id is in calling user's group list.  */
+# if !@HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (group_member, int, (gid_t gid));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (group_member, int, (gid_t gid));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (group_member);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef group_member
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GROUP_MEMBER
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (group_member, "group_member is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module group-member for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ISATTY@
+# if @REPLACE_ISATTY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef isatty
+#   define isatty rpl_isatty
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_isatty 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (isatty, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef isatty
+#   define isatty _isatty
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (isatty);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef isatty
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ISATTY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (isatty, "isatty has portability problems on native Windows - "
+                 "use gnulib module isatty for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_ISATTY@
+/* On native Windows, map 'isatty' to '_isatty', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::isatty always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef isatty
+#   define isatty _isatty
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (isatty);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LCHOWN@
+/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE
+   to GID (if GID is not -1).  Do not follow symbolic links.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/lchown.html>.  
*/
+# if @REPLACE_LCHOWN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef lchown
+#   define lchown rpl_lchown
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LCHOWN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lchown);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lchown
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LCHOWN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lchown, "lchown is unportable to pre-POSIX.1-2001 systems - "
+                 "use gnulib module lchown for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LINK@
+/* Create a new hard link for an existing file.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/link.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_LINK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define link rpl_link
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LINK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (link);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef link
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (link, "link is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module link for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LINKAT@
+/* Create a new hard link for an existing file, relative to two
+   directories.  FLAG controls whether symlinks are followed.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.  */
+# if @REPLACE_LINKAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef linkat
+#   define linkat rpl_linkat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LINKAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (linkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef linkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (linkat, "linkat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module linkat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LSEEK@
+/* Set the offset of FD relative to SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, or SEEK_END.
+   Return the new offset if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/lseek.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_LSEEK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define lseek rpl_lseek
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef lseek
+#   define lseek _lseek
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lseek);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lseek
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LSEEK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lseek, "lseek does not fail with ESPIPE on pipes on some "
+                 "systems - use gnulib module lseek for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_LSEEK@
+/* On native Windows, map 'lseek' to '_lseek', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::lseek always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef lseek
+#   define lseek _lseek
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (lseek, long, (int fd, long offset, int whence));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lseek);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PIPE@
+/* Create a pipe, defaulting to O_BINARY mode.
+   Store the read-end as fd[0] and the write-end as fd[1].
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 with errno set upon failure.  */
+# if !@HAVE_PIPE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pipe, int, (int fd[2]) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pipe, int, (int fd[2]));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pipe);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pipe
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PIPE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pipe, "pipe is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pipe-posix for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PIPE2@
+/* Create a pipe, applying the given flags when opening the read-end of the
+   pipe and the write-end of the pipe.
+   The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>)
+   and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h").
+   Store the read-end as fd[0] and the write-end as fd[1].
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 with errno set upon failure.
+   See also the Linux man page at
+   <https://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man2/pipe2.2.html>.  */
+# if @HAVE_PIPE2@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define pipe2 rpl_pipe2
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pipe2);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pipe2
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PIPE2
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pipe2, "pipe2 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pipe2 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PREAD@
+/* Read at most BUFSIZE bytes from FD into BUF, starting at OFFSET.
+   Return the number of bytes placed into BUF if successful, otherwise
+   set errno and return -1.  0 indicates EOF.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pread.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_PREAD@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pread
+#   define pread rpl_pread
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PREAD@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pread);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pread
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PREAD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pread, "pread is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PWRITE@
+/* Write at most BUFSIZE bytes from BUF into FD, starting at OFFSET.
+   Return the number of bytes written if successful, otherwise
+   set errno and return -1.  0 indicates nothing written.  See the
+   POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pwrite.html>.  
*/
+# if @REPLACE_PWRITE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pwrite
+#   define pwrite rpl_pwrite
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PWRITE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pwrite);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pwrite
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PWRITE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pwrite, "pwrite is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pwrite for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_READ@
+/* Read up to COUNT bytes from file descriptor FD into the buffer starting
+   at BUF.  See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/read.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_READ@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef read
+#   define read rpl_read
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef read
+#   define read _read
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (read);
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_READ@
+/* On native Windows, map 'read' to '_read', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::read always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef read
+#   define read _read
+#  endif
+#  ifdef __MINGW32__
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (read, int, (int fd, void *buf, unsigned int count));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, unsigned int count));
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (read);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_READLINK@
+/* Read the contents of the symbolic link FILE and place the first BUFSIZE
+   bytes of it into BUF.  Return the number of bytes placed into BUF if
+   successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>. 
 */
+# if @REPLACE_READLINK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define readlink rpl_readlink
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t bufsize)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t bufsize));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_READLINK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t bufsize)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t bufsize));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readlink);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef readlink
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READLINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readlink, "readlink is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module readlink for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_READLINKAT@
+# if @REPLACE_READLINKAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define readlinkat rpl_readlinkat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (readlinkat, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t len)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (readlinkat, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t len));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_READLINKAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readlinkat, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t len)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readlinkat, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t len));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readlinkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef readlinkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READLINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readlinkat, "readlinkat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module readlinkat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_RMDIR@
+/* Remove the directory DIR.  */
+# if @REPLACE_RMDIR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define rmdir rpl_rmdir
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (rmdir, int, (char const *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef rmdir
+#   define rmdir _rmdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rmdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rmdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RMDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rmdir, "rmdir is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rmdir for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_RMDIR@
+/* On native Windows, map 'rmdir' to '_rmdir', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::rmdir always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef rmdir
+#   define rmdir _rmdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rmdir);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME@
+/* Set the host name of the machine.
+   The host name may or may not be fully qualified.
+
+   Put LEN bytes of NAME into the host name.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise, set errno and return -1.
+
+   Platforms with no ability to set the hostname return -1 and set
+   errno = ENOSYS.  */
+# if !@HAVE_SETHOSTNAME@ || !@HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sethostname, int, (const char *name, size_t len)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 11 2011-10, Mac OS X 10.5, IRIX 6.5
+   and FreeBSD 6.4 the second parameter is int.  On Solaris 11
+   2011-10, the first parameter is not const.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (sethostname, int, (const char *name, size_t len));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sethostname);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sethostname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETHOSTNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sethostname, "sethostname is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sethostname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SLEEP@
+/* Pause the execution of the current thread for N seconds.
+   Returns the number of seconds left to sleep.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/sleep.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_SLEEP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef sleep
+#   define sleep rpl_sleep
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SLEEP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sleep);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sleep
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SLEEP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sleep, "sleep is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sleep for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_SWAB@
+/* On native Windows, map 'swab' to '_swab', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::swab always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef swab
+#   define swab _swab
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because in old mingw the arguments are
+                             (const char *from, char *to, size_t n).  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (swab, void, (char *from, char *to, int n));
+# else
+#  if defined __hpux /* HP-UX */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (swab, void, (const char *from, char *to, int n));
+#  elif defined __sun && (defined __SunOS_5_10 || defined __XOPEN_OR_POSIX) && 
!defined _XPG4 /* Solaris */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (swab, void, (const char *from, char *to, ssize_t n));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (swab, void, (const void *from, void *to, ssize_t n));
+#  endif
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (swab);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SYMLINK@
+# if @REPLACE_SYMLINK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef symlink
+#   define symlink rpl_symlink
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SYMLINK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (symlink);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef symlink
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SYMLINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (symlink, "symlink is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module symlink for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SYMLINKAT@
+# if @REPLACE_SYMLINKAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef symlinkat
+#   define symlinkat rpl_symlinkat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (symlinkat, int,
+                  (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (symlinkat, int,
+                  (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SYMLINKAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (symlinkat, int,
+                  (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (symlinkat, int,
+                  (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (symlinkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef symlinkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SYMLINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (symlinkat, "symlinkat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module symlinkat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_TRUNCATE@
+/* Change the size of the file designated by FILENAME to become equal to 
LENGTH.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/truncate.html>. 
 */
+# if @REPLACE_TRUNCATE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef truncate
+#   define truncate rpl_truncate
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (truncate, int, (const char *filename, off_t length)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (truncate, int, (const char *filename, off_t length));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_TRUNCATE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (truncate, int, (const char *filename, off_t length)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (truncate, int, (const char *filename, off_t length));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (truncate);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef truncate
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TRUNCATE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (truncate, "truncate is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module truncate for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_TTYNAME_R@
+/* Store at most BUFLEN characters of the pathname of the terminal FD is
+   open on in BUF.  Return 0 on success, otherwise an error number.  */
+# if @REPLACE_TTYNAME_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ttyname_r
+#   define ttyname_r rpl_ttyname_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ttyname_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ttyname_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TTYNAME_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ttyname_r, "ttyname_r is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ttyname_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_UNLINK@
+# if @REPLACE_UNLINK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef unlink
+#   define unlink rpl_unlink
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (unlink, int, (char const *file) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef unlink
+#   define unlink _unlink
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlink);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef unlink
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNLINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unlink, "unlink is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module unlink for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_UNLINK@
+/* On native Windows, map 'unlink' to '_unlink', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::unlink always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef unlink
+#   define unlink _unlink
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlink);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_UNLINKAT@
+# if @REPLACE_UNLINKAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef unlinkat
+#   define unlinkat rpl_unlinkat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_UNLINKAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlinkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef unlinkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNLINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unlinkat, "unlinkat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module unlinkat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_USLEEP@
+/* Pause the execution of the current thread for N microseconds.
+   Returns 0 on completion, or -1 on range error.
+   See the POSIX:2001 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/usleep.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_USLEEP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef usleep
+#   define usleep rpl_usleep
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_USLEEP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Haiku, the first parameter is
+                                     unsigned int n.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (usleep);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef usleep
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_USLEEP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (usleep, "usleep is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module usleep for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_WRITE@
+/* Write up to COUNT bytes starting at BUF to file descriptor FD.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/write.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_WRITE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef write
+#   define write rpl_write
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef write
+#   define write _write
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (write);
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_WRITE@
+/* On native Windows, map 'write' to '_write', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::write always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef write
+#   define write _write
+#  endif
+#  ifdef __MINGW32__
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (write, int, (int fd, const void *buf, unsigned int count));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, unsigned int 
count));
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (write);
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H */
+#endif /* _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/unlocked-io.h b/xcompile/lib/unlocked-io.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fdef624ab9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/unlocked-io.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* Prefer faster, non-thread-safe stdio functions if available.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef UNLOCKED_IO_H
+# define UNLOCKED_IO_H 1
+
+/* These are wrappers for functions/macros from the GNU C library, and
+   from other C libraries supporting POSIX's optional thread-safe functions.
+
+   The standard I/O functions are thread-safe.  These *_unlocked ones are
+   more efficient but not thread-safe.  That they're not thread-safe is
+   fine since all of the applications in this package are single threaded.
+
+   Also, some code that is shared with the GNU C library may invoke
+   the *_unlocked functions directly.  On hosts that lack those
+   functions, invoke the non-thread-safe versions instead.  */
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED || defined clearerr_unlocked
+#  undef clearerr
+#  define clearerr(x) clearerr_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED || defined feof_unlocked
+#  undef feof
+#  define feof(x) feof_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED || defined ferror_unlocked
+#  undef ferror
+#  define ferror(x) ferror_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED || defined fflush_unlocked
+#  undef fflush
+#  define fflush(x) fflush_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED || defined fgets_unlocked
+#  undef fgets
+#  define fgets(x,y,z) fgets_unlocked (x,y,z)
+# else
+#  define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED || defined fputc_unlocked
+#  undef fputc
+#  define fputc(x,y) fputc_unlocked (x,y)
+# else
+#  define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED || defined fputs_unlocked
+#  undef fputs
+#  define fputs(x,y) fputs_unlocked (x,y)
+# else
+#  define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED || defined fread_unlocked
+#  undef fread
+#  define fread(w,x,y,z) fread_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+# else
+#  define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED || defined fwrite_unlocked
+#  undef fwrite
+#  define fwrite(w,x,y,z) fwrite_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+# else
+#  define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED || defined get_unlocked
+#  undef getc
+#  define getc(x) getc_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED || defined getchar_unlocked
+#  undef getchar
+#  define getchar() getchar_unlocked ()
+# else
+#  define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED || defined putc_unlocked
+#  undef putc
+#  define putc(x,y) putc_unlocked (x,y)
+# else
+#  define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED || defined putchar_unlocked
+#  undef putchar
+#  define putchar(x) putchar_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
+# endif
+
+# undef flockfile
+# define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+
+# undef ftrylockfile
+# define ftrylockfile(x) 0
+
+# undef funlockfile
+# define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+
+#endif /* UNLOCKED_IO_H */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/utimens.c b/xcompile/lib/utimens.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c5377eca0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/utimens.c
@@ -0,0 +1,646 @@
+/* Set file access and modification times.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* derived from a function in touch.c */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_UTIMENS_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "utimens.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <utime.h>
+
+#include "stat-time.h"
+#include "timespec.h"
+
+/* On native Windows, use SetFileTime; but avoid this when compiling
+   GNU Emacs, which arranges for this in some other way and which
+   defines WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN itself.  */
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__ && ! defined EMACS_CONFIGURATION
+# define USE_SETFILETIME
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Avoid recursion with rpl_futimens or rpl_utimensat.  */
+#undef futimens
+#if !HAVE_NEARLY_WORKING_UTIMENSAT
+# undef utimensat
+#endif
+
+/* Solaris 9 mistakenly succeeds when given a non-directory with a
+   trailing slash.  Force the use of rpl_stat for a fix.  */
+#ifndef REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE
+# define REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UTIMENSAT || HAVE_FUTIMENS
+/* Cache variables for whether the utimensat syscall works; used to
+   avoid calling the syscall if we know it will just fail with ENOSYS,
+   and to avoid unnecessary work in massaging timestamps if the
+   syscall will work.  Multiple variables are needed, to distinguish
+   between the following scenarios on Linux:
+   utimensat doesn't exist, or is in glibc but kernel 2.6.18 fails with ENOSYS
+   kernel 2.6.22 and earlier rejects AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+   kernel 2.6.25 and earlier reject UTIME_NOW/UTIME_OMIT with non-zero tv_sec
+   kernel 2.6.32 used with xfs or ntfs-3g fail to honor UTIME_OMIT
+   utimensat completely works
+   For each cache variable: 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no.  */
+static int utimensat_works_really;
+static int lutimensat_works_really;
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMENSAT || HAVE_FUTIMENS */
+
+/* Validate the requested timestamps.  Return 0 if the resulting
+   timespec can be used for utimensat (after possibly modifying it to
+   work around bugs in utimensat).  Return a positive value if the
+   timespec needs further adjustment based on stat results: 1 if any
+   adjustment is needed for utimes, and 2 if any adjustment is needed
+   for Linux utimensat.  Return -1, with errno set to EINVAL, if
+   timespec is out of range.  */
+static int
+validate_timespec (struct timespec timespec[2])
+{
+  int result = 0;
+  int utime_omit_count = 0;
+  if ((timespec[0].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+       && timespec[0].tv_nsec != UTIME_OMIT
+       && ! (0 <= timespec[0].tv_nsec
+             && timespec[0].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ))
+      || (timespec[1].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+          && timespec[1].tv_nsec != UTIME_OMIT
+          && ! (0 <= timespec[1].tv_nsec
+                && timespec[1].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ)))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  /* Work around Linux kernel 2.6.25 bug, where utimensat fails with
+     EINVAL if tv_sec is not 0 when using the flag values of tv_nsec.
+     Flag a Linux kernel 2.6.32 bug, where an mtime of UTIME_OMIT
+     fails to bump ctime.  */
+  if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW
+      || timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+    {
+      timespec[0].tv_sec = 0;
+      result = 1;
+      if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+        utime_omit_count++;
+    }
+  if (timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW
+      || timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+    {
+      timespec[1].tv_sec = 0;
+      result = 1;
+      if (timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+        utime_omit_count++;
+    }
+  return result + (utime_omit_count == 1);
+}
+
+/* Normalize any UTIME_NOW or UTIME_OMIT values in (*TS)[0] and (*TS)[1],
+   using STATBUF to obtain the current timestamps of the file.  If
+   both times are UTIME_NOW, set *TS to NULL (as this can avoid some
+   permissions issues).  If both times are UTIME_OMIT, return true
+   (nothing further beyond the prior collection of STATBUF is
+   necessary); otherwise return false.  */
+static bool
+update_timespec (struct stat const *statbuf, struct timespec **ts)
+{
+  struct timespec *timespec = *ts;
+  if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT
+      && timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+    return true;
+  if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW
+      && timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW)
+    {
+      *ts = NULL;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+    timespec[0] = get_stat_atime (statbuf);
+  else if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW)
+    gettime (&timespec[0]);
+
+  if (timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+    timespec[1] = get_stat_mtime (statbuf);
+  else if (timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW)
+    gettime (&timespec[1]);
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FD (a.k.a. FILE) to be
+   TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively.
+   FD must be either negative -- in which case it is ignored --
+   or a file descriptor that is open on FILE.
+   If FD is nonnegative, then FILE can be NULL, which means
+   use just futimes (or equivalent) instead of utimes (or equivalent),
+   and fail if on an old system without futimes (or equivalent).
+   If TIMESPEC is null, set the timestamps to the current time.
+   Return 0 on success, -1 (setting errno) on failure.  */
+
+int
+fdutimens (int fd, char const *file, struct timespec const timespec[2])
+{
+  struct timespec adjusted_timespec[2];
+  struct timespec *ts = timespec ? adjusted_timespec : NULL;
+  int adjustment_needed = 0;
+  struct stat st;
+
+  if (ts)
+    {
+      adjusted_timespec[0] = timespec[0];
+      adjusted_timespec[1] = timespec[1];
+      adjustment_needed = validate_timespec (ts);
+    }
+  if (adjustment_needed < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Require that at least one of FD or FILE are potentially valid, to avoid
+     a Linux bug where futimens (AT_FDCWD, NULL) changes "." rather
+     than failing.  */
+  if (fd < 0 && !file)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Some Linux-based NFS clients are buggy, and mishandle timestamps
+     of files in NFS file systems in some cases.  We have no
+     configure-time test for this, but please see
+     <https://bugs.gentoo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=132673> for references to
+     some of the problems with Linux 2.6.16.  If this affects you,
+     compile with -DHAVE_BUGGY_NFS_TIME_STAMPS; this is reported to
+     help in some cases, albeit at a cost in performance.  But you
+     really should upgrade your kernel to a fixed version, since the
+     problem affects many applications.  */
+
+#if HAVE_BUGGY_NFS_TIME_STAMPS
+  if (fd < 0)
+    sync ();
+  else
+    fsync (fd);
+#endif
+
+  /* POSIX 2008 added two interfaces to set file timestamps with
+     nanosecond resolution; newer Linux implements both functions via
+     a single syscall.  We provide a fallback for ENOSYS (for example,
+     compiling against Linux 2.6.25 kernel headers and glibc 2.7, but
+     running on Linux 2.6.18 kernel).  */
+#if HAVE_UTIMENSAT || HAVE_FUTIMENS
+  if (0 <= utimensat_works_really)
+    {
+      int result;
+# if __linux__ || __sun
+      /* As recently as Linux kernel 2.6.32 (Dec 2009), several file
+         systems (xfs, ntfs-3g) have bugs with a single UTIME_OMIT,
+         but work if both times are either explicitly specified or
+         UTIME_NOW.  Work around it with a preparatory [f]stat prior
+         to calling futimens/utimensat; fortunately, there is not much
+         timing impact due to the extra syscall even on file systems
+         where UTIME_OMIT would have worked.
+
+         The same bug occurs in Solaris 11.1 (Apr 2013).
+
+         FIXME: Simplify this for Linux in 2016 and for Solaris in
+         2024, when file system bugs are no longer common.  */
+      if (adjustment_needed == 2)
+        {
+          if (fd < 0 ? stat (file, &st) : fstat (fd, &st))
+            return -1;
+          if (ts[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[0] = get_stat_atime (&st);
+          else if (ts[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[1] = get_stat_mtime (&st);
+          /* Note that st is good, in case utimensat gives ENOSYS.  */
+          adjustment_needed++;
+        }
+# endif
+# if HAVE_UTIMENSAT
+      if (fd < 0)
+        {
+#  if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+          size_t len = strlen (file);
+          if (len > 0 && file[len - 1] == '/')
+            {
+              struct stat statbuf;
+              if (stat (file, &statbuf) < 0)
+                return -1;
+              if (!S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+                {
+                  errno = ENOTDIR;
+                  return -1;
+                }
+            }
+#  endif
+          result = utimensat (AT_FDCWD, file, ts, 0);
+#  ifdef __linux__
+          /* Work around a kernel bug:
+             https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=442352
+             https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=449910
+             It appears that utimensat can mistakenly return 280 rather
+             than -1 upon ENOSYS failure.
+             FIXME: remove in 2010 or whenever the offending kernels
+             are no longer in common use.  */
+          if (0 < result)
+            errno = ENOSYS;
+#  endif /* __linux__ */
+          if (result == 0 || errno != ENOSYS)
+            {
+              utimensat_works_really = 1;
+              return result;
+            }
+        }
+# endif /* HAVE_UTIMENSAT */
+# if HAVE_FUTIMENS
+      if (0 <= fd)
+        {
+          result = futimens (fd, ts);
+#  ifdef __linux__
+          /* Work around the same bug as above.  */
+          if (0 < result)
+            errno = ENOSYS;
+#  endif /* __linux__ */
+          if (result == 0 || errno != ENOSYS)
+            {
+              utimensat_works_really = 1;
+              return result;
+            }
+        }
+# endif /* HAVE_FUTIMENS */
+    }
+  utimensat_works_really = -1;
+  lutimensat_works_really = -1;
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMENSAT || HAVE_FUTIMENS */
+
+#ifdef USE_SETFILETIME
+  /* On native Windows, use SetFileTime(). See
+     
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-setfiletime>
+     
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/minwinbase/ns-minwinbase-filetime>
  */
+  if (0 <= fd)
+    {
+      HANDLE handle;
+      FILETIME current_time;
+      FILETIME last_access_time;
+      FILETIME last_write_time;
+
+      handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+      if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+          errno = EBADF;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      if (ts == NULL || ts[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW || ts[1].tv_nsec == 
UTIME_NOW)
+        {
+          /* GetSystemTimeAsFileTime
+             
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/sysinfoapi/nf-sysinfoapi-getsystemtimeasfiletime>.
+             It would be overkill to use
+             GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime
+             
<https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/sysinfoapi/nf-sysinfoapi-getsystemtimepreciseasfiletime>.
  */
+          GetSystemTimeAsFileTime (&current_time);
+        }
+
+      if (ts == NULL || ts[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW)
+        {
+          last_access_time = current_time;
+        }
+      else if (ts[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+        {
+          last_access_time.dwLowDateTime = 0;
+          last_access_time.dwHighDateTime = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          ULONGLONG time_since_16010101 =
+            (ULONGLONG) ts[0].tv_sec * 10000000 + ts[0].tv_nsec / 100 + 
116444736000000000LL;
+          last_access_time.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD) time_since_16010101;
+          last_access_time.dwHighDateTime = time_since_16010101 >> 32;
+        }
+
+      if (ts == NULL || ts[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW)
+        {
+          last_write_time = current_time;
+        }
+      else if (ts[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+        {
+          last_write_time.dwLowDateTime = 0;
+          last_write_time.dwHighDateTime = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          ULONGLONG time_since_16010101 =
+            (ULONGLONG) ts[1].tv_sec * 10000000 + ts[1].tv_nsec / 100 + 
116444736000000000LL;
+          last_write_time.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD) time_since_16010101;
+          last_write_time.dwHighDateTime = time_since_16010101 >> 32;
+        }
+
+      if (SetFileTime (handle, NULL, &last_access_time, &last_write_time))
+        return 0;
+      else
+        {
+          DWORD sft_error = GetLastError ();
+          #if 0
+          fprintf (stderr, "fdutimens SetFileTime error 0x%x\n", (unsigned 
int) sft_error);
+          #endif
+          switch (sft_error)
+            {
+            case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED: /* fd was opened without O_RDWR */
+              errno = EACCES; /* not specified by POSIX */
+              break;
+            default:
+              errno = EINVAL;
+              break;
+            }
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* The platform lacks an interface to set file timestamps with
+     nanosecond resolution, so do the best we can, discarding any
+     fractional part of the timestamp.  */
+
+  if (adjustment_needed || (REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE && fd < 0))
+    {
+      if (adjustment_needed != 3
+          && (fd < 0 ? stat (file, &st) : fstat (fd, &st)))
+        return -1;
+      if (ts && update_timespec (&st, &ts))
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+  {
+#if HAVE_FUTIMESAT || HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES
+    struct timeval timeval[2];
+    struct timeval *t;
+    if (ts)
+      {
+        timeval[0].tv_sec = ts[0].tv_sec;
+        timeval[0].tv_usec = ts[0].tv_nsec / 1000;
+        timeval[1].tv_sec = ts[1].tv_sec;
+        timeval[1].tv_usec = ts[1].tv_nsec / 1000;
+        t = timeval;
+      }
+    else
+      t = NULL;
+
+    if (fd < 0)
+      {
+# if HAVE_FUTIMESAT
+        return futimesat (AT_FDCWD, file, t);
+# endif
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        /* If futimesat or futimes fails here, don't try to speed things
+           up by returning right away.  glibc can incorrectly fail with
+           errno == ENOENT if /proc isn't mounted.  Also, Mandrake 10.0
+           in high security mode doesn't allow ordinary users to read
+           /proc/self, so glibc incorrectly fails with errno == EACCES.
+           If errno == EIO, EPERM, or EROFS, it's probably safe to fail
+           right away, but these cases are rare enough that they're not
+           worth optimizing, and who knows what other messed-up systems
+           are out there?  So play it safe and fall back on the code
+           below.  */
+
+# if (HAVE_FUTIMESAT && !FUTIMESAT_NULL_BUG) || HAVE_FUTIMES
+#  if HAVE_FUTIMESAT && !FUTIMESAT_NULL_BUG
+#   undef futimes
+#   define futimes(fd, t) futimesat (fd, NULL, t)
+#  endif
+        if (futimes (fd, t) == 0)
+          {
+#  if __linux__ && __GLIBC__
+            /* Work around a longstanding glibc bug, still present as
+               of 2010-12-27.  On older Linux kernels that lack both
+               utimensat and utimes, glibc's futimes rounds instead of
+               truncating when falling back on utime.  The same bug
+               occurs in futimesat with a null 2nd arg.  */
+            if (t)
+              {
+                bool abig = 500000 <= t[0].tv_usec;
+                bool mbig = 500000 <= t[1].tv_usec;
+                if ((abig | mbig) && fstat (fd, &st) == 0)
+                  {
+                    /* If these two subtractions overflow, they'll
+                       track the overflows inside the buggy glibc.  */
+                    time_t adiff = st.st_atime - t[0].tv_sec;
+                    time_t mdiff = st.st_mtime - t[1].tv_sec;
+
+                    struct timeval *tt = NULL;
+                    struct timeval truncated_timeval[2];
+                    truncated_timeval[0] = t[0];
+                    truncated_timeval[1] = t[1];
+                    if (abig && adiff == 1 && get_stat_atime_ns (&st) == 0)
+                      {
+                        tt = truncated_timeval;
+                        tt[0].tv_usec = 0;
+                      }
+                    if (mbig && mdiff == 1 && get_stat_mtime_ns (&st) == 0)
+                      {
+                        tt = truncated_timeval;
+                        tt[1].tv_usec = 0;
+                      }
+                    if (tt)
+                      futimes (fd, tt);
+                  }
+              }
+#  endif
+
+            return 0;
+          }
+# endif
+      }
+#endif /* HAVE_FUTIMESAT || HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES */
+
+    if (!file)
+      {
+#if ! ((HAVE_FUTIMESAT && !FUTIMESAT_NULL_BUG)          \
+        || (HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES && HAVE_FUTIMES))
+        errno = ENOSYS;
+#endif
+        return -1;
+      }
+
+#ifdef USE_SETFILETIME
+    return _gl_utimens_windows (file, ts);
+#elif HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES
+    return utimes (file, t);
+#else
+    {
+      struct utimbuf utimbuf;
+      struct utimbuf *ut;
+      if (ts)
+        {
+          utimbuf.actime = ts[0].tv_sec;
+          utimbuf.modtime = ts[1].tv_sec;
+          ut = &utimbuf;
+        }
+      else
+        ut = NULL;
+
+      return utime (file, ut);
+    }
+#endif /* !HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES */
+  }
+}
+
+/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FILE to be
+   TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively.  */
+int
+utimens (char const *file, struct timespec const timespec[2])
+{
+  return fdutimens (-1, file, timespec);
+}
+
+/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FILE to be
+   TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively, without dereferencing
+   symlinks.  Fail with ENOSYS if the platform does not support
+   changing symlink timestamps, but FILE was a symlink.  */
+int
+lutimens (char const *file, struct timespec const timespec[2])
+{
+  struct timespec adjusted_timespec[2];
+  struct timespec *ts = timespec ? adjusted_timespec : NULL;
+  int adjustment_needed = 0;
+  struct stat st;
+
+  if (ts)
+    {
+      adjusted_timespec[0] = timespec[0];
+      adjusted_timespec[1] = timespec[1];
+      adjustment_needed = validate_timespec (ts);
+    }
+  if (adjustment_needed < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* The Linux kernel did not support symlink timestamps until
+     utimensat, in version 2.6.22, so we don't need to mimic
+     fdutimens' worry about buggy NFS clients.  But we do have to
+     worry about bogus return values.  */
+
+#if HAVE_UTIMENSAT
+  if (0 <= lutimensat_works_really)
+    {
+      int result;
+# if __linux__ || __sun
+      /* As recently as Linux kernel 2.6.32 (Dec 2009), several file
+         systems (xfs, ntfs-3g) have bugs with a single UTIME_OMIT,
+         but work if both times are either explicitly specified or
+         UTIME_NOW.  Work around it with a preparatory lstat prior to
+         calling utimensat; fortunately, there is not much timing
+         impact due to the extra syscall even on file systems where
+         UTIME_OMIT would have worked.
+
+         The same bug occurs in Solaris 11.1 (Apr 2013).
+
+         FIXME: Simplify this for Linux in 2016 and for Solaris in
+         2024, when file system bugs are no longer common.  */
+      if (adjustment_needed == 2)
+        {
+          if (lstat (file, &st))
+            return -1;
+          if (ts[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[0] = get_stat_atime (&st);
+          else if (ts[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[1] = get_stat_mtime (&st);
+          /* Note that st is good, in case utimensat gives ENOSYS.  */
+          adjustment_needed++;
+        }
+# endif
+      result = utimensat (AT_FDCWD, file, ts, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+# ifdef __linux__
+      /* Work around a kernel bug:
+         https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=442352
+         https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=449910
+         It appears that utimensat can mistakenly return 280 rather
+         than -1 upon ENOSYS failure.
+         FIXME: remove in 2010 or whenever the offending kernels
+         are no longer in common use.  */
+      if (0 < result)
+        errno = ENOSYS;
+# endif
+      if (result == 0 || errno != ENOSYS)
+        {
+          utimensat_works_really = 1;
+          lutimensat_works_really = 1;
+          return result;
+        }
+    }
+  lutimensat_works_really = -1;
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMENSAT */
+
+  /* The platform lacks an interface to set file timestamps with
+     nanosecond resolution, so do the best we can, discarding any
+     fractional part of the timestamp.  */
+
+  if (adjustment_needed || REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE)
+    {
+      if (adjustment_needed != 3 && lstat (file, &st))
+        return -1;
+      if (ts && update_timespec (&st, &ts))
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* On Linux, lutimes is a thin wrapper around utimensat, so there is
+     no point trying lutimes if utimensat failed with ENOSYS.  */
+#if HAVE_LUTIMES && !HAVE_UTIMENSAT
+  {
+    struct timeval timeval[2];
+    struct timeval *t;
+    int result;
+    if (ts)
+      {
+        timeval[0].tv_sec = ts[0].tv_sec;
+        timeval[0].tv_usec = ts[0].tv_nsec / 1000;
+        timeval[1].tv_sec = ts[1].tv_sec;
+        timeval[1].tv_usec = ts[1].tv_nsec / 1000;
+        t = timeval;
+      }
+    else
+      t = NULL;
+
+    result = lutimes (file, t);
+    if (result == 0 || errno != ENOSYS)
+      return result;
+  }
+#endif /* HAVE_LUTIMES && !HAVE_UTIMENSAT */
+
+  /* Out of luck for symlinks, but we still handle regular files.  */
+  if (!(adjustment_needed || REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE) && lstat (file, &st))
+    return -1;
+  if (!S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
+    return fdutimens (-1, file, ts);
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/utimens.h b/xcompile/lib/utimens.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7056981f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/utimens.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Set file access and modification times.
+
+   Copyright 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <time.h>
+int fdutimens (int, char const *, struct timespec const [2]);
+int utimens (char const *, struct timespec const [2]);
+int lutimens (char const *, struct timespec const [2]);
+
+#if GNULIB_FDUTIMENSAT
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_UTIMENS_INLINE
+# define _GL_UTIMENS_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+int fdutimensat (int fd, int dir, char const *name, struct timespec const [2],
+                 int atflag);
+
+/* Using this function makes application code slightly more readable.  */
+_GL_UTIMENS_INLINE int
+lutimensat (int dir, char const *file, struct timespec const times[2])
+{
+  return utimensat (dir, file, times, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/utimensat.c b/xcompile/lib/utimensat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5cff11cd0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/utimensat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/* Set the access and modification time of a file relative to directory fd.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include "stat-time.h"
+#include "timespec.h"
+#include "utimens.h"
+
+#if HAVE_NEARLY_WORKING_UTIMENSAT
+
+/* Use the original utimensat(), but correct the trailing slash handling.  */
+int
+rpl_utimensat (int fd, char const *file, struct timespec const times[2],
+               int flag)
+# undef utimensat
+{
+  size_t len = strlen (file);
+  if (len && file[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+      if (fstatat (fd, file, &st, flag & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) < 0)
+        return -1;
+      if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return utimensat (fd, file, times, flag);
+}
+
+#else
+
+# if HAVE_UTIMENSAT
+
+/* If we have a native utimensat, but are compiling this file, then
+   utimensat was defined to rpl_utimensat by our replacement
+   sys/stat.h.  We assume the native version might fail with ENOSYS,
+   or succeed without properly affecting ctime (as is the case when
+   using newer glibc but older Linux kernel).  In this scenario,
+   rpl_utimensat checks whether the native version is usable, and
+   local_utimensat provides the fallback manipulation.  */
+
+static int local_utimensat (int, char const *, struct timespec const[2], int);
+#  define AT_FUNC_NAME local_utimensat
+
+/* Like utimensat, but work around native bugs.  */
+
+int
+rpl_utimensat (int fd, char const *file, struct timespec const times[2],
+               int flag)
+#  undef utimensat
+{
+#  if defined __linux__ || defined __sun
+  struct timespec ts[2];
+#  endif
+
+  /* See comments in utimens.c for details.  */
+  static int utimensat_works_really; /* 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no.  */
+  if (0 <= utimensat_works_really)
+    {
+      int result;
+#  if defined __linux__ || defined __sun
+      struct stat st;
+      /* As recently as Linux kernel 2.6.32 (Dec 2009), several file
+         systems (xfs, ntfs-3g) have bugs with a single UTIME_OMIT,
+         but work if both times are either explicitly specified or
+         UTIME_NOW.  Work around it with a preparatory [l]stat prior
+         to calling utimensat; fortunately, there is not much timing
+         impact due to the extra syscall even on file systems where
+         UTIME_OMIT would have worked.
+
+         The same bug occurs in Solaris 11.1 (Apr 2013).
+
+         FIXME: Simplify this in 2024, when these file system bugs are
+         no longer common on Gnulib target platforms.  */
+      if (times && (times[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT
+                    || times[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT))
+        {
+          if (fstatat (fd, file, &st, flag))
+            return -1;
+          if (times[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT && times[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            return 0;
+          if (times[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[0] = get_stat_atime (&st);
+          else
+            ts[0] = times[0];
+          if (times[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[1] = get_stat_mtime (&st);
+          else
+            ts[1] = times[1];
+          times = ts;
+        }
+#   ifdef __hppa__
+      /* Linux kernel 2.6.22.19 on hppa does not reject invalid tv_nsec
+         values.  */
+      else if (times
+               && ((times[0].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+                    && ! (0 <= times[0].tv_nsec
+                          && times[0].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ))
+                   || (times[1].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+                       && ! (0 <= times[1].tv_nsec
+                             && times[1].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ))))
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+      /* macOS 10.13 does not reject invalid tv_nsec values either.  */
+      if (times
+          && ((times[0].tv_nsec != UTIME_OMIT
+               && times[0].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+               && ! (0 <= times[0].tv_nsec
+                     && times[0].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ))
+              || (times[1].tv_nsec != UTIME_OMIT
+                  && times[1].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+                  && ! (0 <= times[1].tv_nsec
+                        && times[1].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ))))
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      size_t len = strlen (file);
+      if (len > 0 && file[len - 1] == '/')
+        {
+          struct stat statbuf;
+          if (fstatat (fd, file, &statbuf, 0) < 0)
+            return -1;
+          if (!S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+            {
+              errno = ENOTDIR;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+#  endif
+      result = utimensat (fd, file, times, flag);
+      /* Linux kernel 2.6.25 has a bug where it returns EINVAL for
+         UTIME_NOW or UTIME_OMIT with non-zero tv_sec, which
+         local_utimensat works around.  Meanwhile, EINVAL for a bad
+         flag is indeterminate whether the native utimensat works, but
+         local_utimensat will also reject it.  */
+      if (result == -1 && errno == EINVAL && (flag & ~AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW))
+        return result;
+      if (result == 0 || (errno != ENOSYS && errno != EINVAL))
+        {
+          utimensat_works_really = 1;
+          return result;
+        }
+    }
+  /* No point in trying openat/futimens, since on Linux, futimens is
+     implemented with the same syscall as utimensat.  Only avoid the
+     native utimensat due to an ENOSYS failure; an EINVAL error was
+     data-dependent, and the next caller may pass valid data.  */
+  if (0 <= utimensat_works_really && errno == ENOSYS)
+    utimensat_works_really = -1;
+  return local_utimensat (fd, file, times, flag);
+}
+
+# else /* !HAVE_UTIMENSAT */
+
+#  define AT_FUNC_NAME utimensat
+
+# endif /* !HAVE_UTIMENSAT */
+
+/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FILE to be
+   TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively; relative to directory
+   FD.  If flag is AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, change the times of a symlink,
+   or fail with ENOSYS if not possible.  If TIMESPEC is null, set the
+   timestamps to the current time.  If possible, do it without
+   changing the working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using
+   save_cwd/fchdir, then utimens/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd
+   or the restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+   Return 0 on success, -1 (setting errno) on failure.  */
+
+/* AT_FUNC_NAME is now utimensat or local_utimensat.  */
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 lutimens
+# define AT_FUNC_F2 utimens
+# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , struct timespec const ts[2], int flag
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , ts
+# include "at-func.c"
+# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+# undef AT_FUNC_F1
+# undef AT_FUNC_F2
+# undef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_NEARLY_WORKING_UTIMENSAT */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/verify.h b/xcompile/lib/verify.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..17d6e78c81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/verify.h
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/* Compile-time assert-like macros.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_VERIFY_H
+#define _GL_VERIFY_H
+
+
+/* Define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT to 1 if _Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
+   works as per C11.  This is supported by GCC 4.6.0+ and by clang 4+.
+
+   Define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT1 to 1 if _Static_assert (R) works as
+   per C23.  This is supported by GCC 9.1+.
+
+   Support compilers claiming conformance to the relevant standard,
+   and also support GCC when not pedantic.  If we were willing to slow
+   'configure' down we could also use it with other compilers, but
+   since this affects only the quality of diagnostics, why bother?  */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+# if (201112 <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+      || (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
+          && (4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 5 <= __clang_major__)))
+#  define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT 1
+# endif
+# if (202311 <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+      || (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ && 9 <= __GNUC__))
+#  define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT1 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* FreeBSD 9.1 <sys/cdefs.h>, included by <stddef.h> and lots of other
+   system headers, defines a conflicting _Static_assert that is no
+   better than ours; override it.  */
+#ifndef _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
+# include <stddef.h>
+# undef _Static_assert
+#endif
+
+/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero.  To
+   be portable, R should be an integer constant expression.  Unlike
+   assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
+
+   If _Static_assert works, verify (R) uses it directly.  Similarly,
+   _GL_VERIFY_TRUE works by packaging a _Static_assert inside a struct
+   that is an operand of sizeof.
+
+   The code below uses several ideas for C++ compilers, and for C
+   compilers that do not support _Static_assert:
+
+   * The first step is ((R) ? 1 : -1).  Given an expression R, of
+     integral or boolean or floating-point type, this yields an
+     expression of integral type, whose value is later verified to be
+     constant and nonnegative.
+
+   * Next this expression W is wrapped in a type
+     struct _gl_verify_type {
+       unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: W;
+     }.
+     If W is negative, this yields a compile-time error.  No compiler can
+     deal with a bit-field of negative size.
+
+     One might think that an array size check would have the same
+     effect, that is, that the type struct { unsigned int dummy[W]; }
+     would work as well.  However, inside a function, some compilers
+     (such as C++ compilers and GNU C) allow local parameters and
+     variables inside array size expressions.  With these compilers,
+     an array size check would not properly diagnose this misuse of
+     the verify macro:
+
+       void function (int n) { verify (n < 0); }
+
+   * For the verify macro, the struct _gl_verify_type will need to
+     somehow be embedded into a declaration.  To be portable, this
+     declaration must declare an object, a constant, a function, or a
+     typedef name.  If the declared entity uses the type directly,
+     such as in
+
+       struct dummy {...};
+       typedef struct {...} dummy;
+       extern struct {...} *dummy;
+       extern void dummy (struct {...} *);
+       extern struct {...} *dummy (void);
+
+     two uses of the verify macro would yield colliding declarations
+     if the entity names are not disambiguated.  A workaround is to
+     attach the current line number to the entity name:
+
+       #define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
+       #define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
+       extern struct {...} * _GL_CONCAT (dummy, __LINE__);
+
+     But this has the problem that two invocations of verify from
+     within the same macro would collide, since the __LINE__ value
+     would be the same for both invocations.  (The GCC __COUNTER__
+     macro solves this problem, but is not portable.)
+
+     A solution is to use the sizeof operator.  It yields a number,
+     getting rid of the identity of the type.  Declarations like
+
+       extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
+       extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
+
+     can be repeated.
+
+   * Should the implementation use a named struct or an unnamed struct?
+     Which of the following alternatives can be used?
+
+       extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
+       extern int dummy [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
+       extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
+       extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})]);
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
+
+     In the second and sixth case, the struct type is exported to the
+     outer scope; two such declarations therefore collide.  GCC warns
+     about the first, third, and fourth cases.  So the only remaining
+     possibility is the fifth case:
+
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
+
+   * GCC warns about duplicate declarations of the dummy function if
+     -Wredundant-decls is used.  GCC 4.3 and later have a builtin
+     __COUNTER__ macro that can let us generate unique identifiers for
+     each dummy function, to suppress this warning.
+
+   * This implementation exploits the fact that older versions of GCC,
+     which do not support _Static_assert, also do not warn about the
+     last declaration mentioned above.
+
+   * GCC warns if -Wnested-externs is enabled and 'verify' is used
+     within a function body; but inside a function, you can always
+     arrange to use verify_expr instead.
+
+   * In C++, any struct definition inside sizeof is invalid.
+     Use a template type to work around the problem.  */
+
+/* Concatenate two preprocessor tokens.  */
+#define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
+#define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
+
+/* _GL_COUNTER is an integer, preferably one that changes each time we
+   use it.  Use __COUNTER__ if it works, falling back on __LINE__
+   otherwise.  __LINE__ isn't perfect, but it's better than a
+   constant.  */
+#if defined __COUNTER__ && __COUNTER__ != __COUNTER__
+# define _GL_COUNTER __COUNTER__
+#else
+# define _GL_COUNTER __LINE__
+#endif
+
+/* Generate a symbol with the given prefix, making it unique if
+   possible.  */
+#define _GL_GENSYM(prefix) _GL_CONCAT (prefix, _GL_COUNTER)
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as an integer constant expression
+   that returns 1.  If R is false, fail at compile-time, preferably
+   with a diagnostic that includes the string-literal DIAGNOSTIC.  */
+
+#define _GL_VERIFY_TRUE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+   (!!sizeof (_GL_VERIFY_TYPE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)))
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type
+template <int w>
+  struct _gl_verify_type {
+    unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: w;
+  };
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type 1
+# endif
+# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+    _gl_verify_type<(R) ? 1 : -1>
+#elif defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
+# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+    struct {                                   \
+      _Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC);          \
+      int _gl_dummy;                          \
+    }
+#else
+# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+    struct { unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: (R) ? 1 : -1; }
+#endif
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
+   trailing ';'.  If R is false, fail at compile-time.
+
+   This macro requires three or more arguments but uses at most the first
+   two, so that the _Static_assert macro optionally defined below supports
+   both the C11 two-argument syntax and the C23 one-argument syntax.
+
+   Unfortunately, unlike C11, this implementation must appear as an
+   ordinary declaration, and cannot appear inside struct { ... }.  */
+
+#if 202311 <= __STDC_VERSION__ || 200410 <= __cpp_static_assert
+# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC, ...) static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
+#elif defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
+# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC, ...) _Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
+#else
+# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC, ...)                                \
+    extern int (*_GL_GENSYM (_gl_verify_function) (void))             \
+      [_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)]
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wnested-externs"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H is defined if this code is copied into assert.h.  */
+#ifdef _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H
+# if !defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT1 && !defined _Static_assert
+#  if !defined _MSC_VER || defined __clang__
+#   define _Static_assert(...) \
+      _GL_VERIFY (__VA_ARGS__, "static assertion failed", -)
+#  else
+    /* Work around MSVC preprocessor incompatibility with ISO C; see
+       <https://stackoverflow.com/questions/5134523/>.  */
+#   define _Static_assert(R, ...) \
+      _GL_VERIFY ((R), "static assertion failed", -)
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if (!defined static_assert \
+      && __STDC_VERSION__ < 202311 \
+      && (!defined __cplusplus \
+          || (__cpp_static_assert < 201411 \
+              && __GNUG__ < 6 && __clang_major__ < 6)))
+#  if defined __cplusplus && _MSC_VER >= 1900 && !defined __clang__
+/* MSVC 14 in C++ mode supports the two-arguments static_assert but not
+   the one-argument static_assert, and it does not support _Static_assert.
+   We have to play preprocessor tricks to distinguish the two cases.
+   Since the MSVC preprocessor is not ISO C compliant (see above),.
+   the solution is specific to MSVC.  */
+#   define _GL_EXPAND(x) x
+#   define _GL_SA1(a1) static_assert ((a1), "static assertion failed")
+#   define _GL_SA2 static_assert
+#   define _GL_SA3 static_assert
+#   define _GL_SA_PICK(x1,x2,x3,x4,...) x4
+#   define static_assert(...) 
_GL_EXPAND(_GL_SA_PICK(__VA_ARGS__,_GL_SA3,_GL_SA2,_GL_SA1)) (__VA_ARGS__)
+#  else
+#   define static_assert _Static_assert /* C11 requires this #define. */
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @assert.h omit start@  */
+
+#if 3 < __GNUC__ + (3 < __GNUC_MINOR__ + (4 <= __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__))
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP 1
+#elif defined __has_builtin
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP __has_builtin (__builtin_trap)
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP 0
+#endif
+
+#if 4 < __GNUC__ + (5 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE 1
+#elif defined __has_builtin
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE __has_builtin (__builtin_unreachable)
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE 0
+#endif
+
+/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero.  To
+   be portable, R should be an integer constant expression.  Unlike
+   assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
+
+   There are two macros, since no single macro can be used in all
+   contexts in C.  verify_expr (R, E) is for scalar contexts, including
+   integer constant expression contexts.  verify (R) is for declaration
+   contexts, e.g., the top level.  */
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time.  Return the value of the
+   expression E.  */
+
+#define verify_expr(R, E) \
+   (_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, "verify_expr (" #R ", " #E ")") ? (E) : (E))
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
+   trailing ';'.  verify (R) acts like static_assert (R) except that
+   it is portable to C11/C++14 and earlier, it can issue better
+   diagnostics, and its name is shorter and may be more convenient.  */
+
+#ifdef __PGI
+/* PGI barfs if R is long.  */
+# define verify(R) _GL_VERIFY (R, "verify (...)", -)
+#else
+# define verify(R) _GL_VERIFY (R, "verify (" #R ")", -)
+#endif
+
+/* Assume that R always holds.  Behavior is undefined if R is false,
+   fails to evaluate, or has side effects.
+
+   'assume (R)' is a directive from the programmer telling the
+   compiler that R is true so the compiler needn't generate code to
+   test R.  This is why 'assume' is in verify.h: it's related to
+   static checking (in this case, static checking done by the
+   programmer), not dynamic checking.
+
+   'assume (R)' can affect compilation of all the code, not just code
+   that happens to be executed after the assume (R) is "executed".
+   For example, if the code mistakenly does 'assert (R); assume (R);'
+   the compiler is entitled to optimize away the 'assert (R)'.
+
+   Although assuming R can help a compiler generate better code or
+   diagnostics, performance can suffer if R uses hard-to-optimize
+   features such as function calls not inlined by the compiler.
+
+   Avoid Clang's __builtin_assume, as it breaks GNU Emacs master
+   as of 2020-08-23T21:09:49Z!eggert@cs.ucla.edu; see
+   <https://bugs.gnu.org/43152#71>.  It's not known whether this breakage
+   is a Clang bug or an Emacs bug; play it safe for now.  */
+
+#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE
+# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : __builtin_unreachable ())
+#elif 1200 <= _MSC_VER
+# define assume(R) __assume (R)
+#elif 202311 <= __STDC_VERSION__
+# include <stddef.h>
+# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : unreachable ())
+#elif (defined GCC_LINT || defined lint) && _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP
+  /* Doing it this way helps various packages when configured with
+     --enable-gcc-warnings, which compiles with -Dlint.  It's nicer
+     if 'assume' silences warnings with GCC 3.4 through GCC 4.4.7 (2012).  */
+# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : __builtin_trap ())
+#else
+  /* Some older tools grok NOTREACHED, e.g., Oracle Studio 12.6 (2017).  */
+# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : /*NOTREACHED*/ (void) 0)
+#endif
+
+/* @assert.h omit end@  */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/vla.h b/xcompile/lib/vla.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55f112a060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/vla.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* vla.h - variable length arrays
+
+   Copyright 2014-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* The VLA_ELEMS macro does not allocate variable-length arrays (VLAs),
+   so it does not have the security or performance issues commonly
+   associated with VLAs.  VLA_ELEMS is for exploiting a C11 feature
+   where a function can start like this:
+
+     double scan_array (int n, double v[static n])
+
+   to require a caller to pass a vector V with at least N elements;
+   this allows better static checking and performance in some cases.
+   In C11 this feature means that V is a VLA, so the feature is
+   supported only if __STDC_NO_VLA__ is defined, and for compatibility
+   to platforms that do not support VLAs, VLA_ELEMS (n) expands to
+   nothing when __STDC_NO_VLA__ is not defined.  */
+
+/* A function's argument must point to an array with at least N elements.
+   Example: 'int main (int argc, char *argv[VLA_ELEMS (argc)]);'.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC_NO_VLA__
+# define VLA_ELEMS(n)
+#else
+# define VLA_ELEMS(n) static n
+#endif
+
+/* Although C99 requires support for variable-length arrays (VLAs),
+   some C compilers never supported VLAs and VLAs are optional in C11.
+   VLAs are controversial because their allocation may be unintended
+   or awkward to support, and large VLAs might cause security or
+   performance problems.  GCC can diagnose the use of VLAs via the
+   -Wvla and -Wvla-larger-than warnings options, and defining the
+   macro GNULIB_NO_VLA disables the allocation of VLAs in Gnulib code.
+
+   The VLA_ELEMS macro is unaffected by GNULIB_NO_VLA, since it does
+   not allocate VLAs.  Programs that use VLA_ELEMS should be compiled
+   with 'gcc -Wvla-larger-than' instead of with 'gcc -Wvla'.  */
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/warn-on-use.h b/xcompile/lib/warn-on-use.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30756034af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/warn-on-use.h
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/* A C macro for emitting warnings if a function is used.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "literal string") issues a declaration
+   for FUNCTION which will then trigger a compiler warning containing
+   the text of "literal string" anywhere that function is called, if
+   supported by the compiler.  If the compiler does not support this
+   feature, the macro expands to an unused extern declaration.
+
+   _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE ("literal string") expands to the
+   attribute used in _GL_WARN_ON_USE.  If the compiler does not support
+   this feature, it expands to empty.
+
+   These macros are useful for marking a function as a potential
+   portability trap, with the intent that "literal string" include
+   instructions on the replacement function that should be used
+   instead.
+   _GL_WARN_ON_USE is for functions with 'extern' linkage.
+   _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE is for functions with 'static' or 'inline'
+   linkage.
+
+   However, one of the reasons that a function is a portability trap is
+   if it has the wrong signature.  Declaring FUNCTION with a different
+   signature in C is a compilation error, so this macro must use the
+   same type as any existing declaration so that programs that avoid
+   the problematic FUNCTION do not fail to compile merely because they
+   included a header that poisoned the function.  But this implies that
+   _GL_WARN_ON_USE is only safe to use if FUNCTION is known to already
+   have a declaration.  Use of this macro implies that there must not
+   be any other macro hiding the declaration of FUNCTION; but
+   undefining FUNCTION first is part of the poisoning process anyway
+   (although for symbols that are provided only via a macro, the result
+   is a compilation error rather than a warning containing
+   "literal string").  Also note that in C++, it is only safe to use if
+   FUNCTION has no overloads.
+
+   For an example, it is possible to poison 'getline' by:
+   - adding a call to gl_WARN_ON_USE_PREPARE([[#include <stdio.h>]],
+     [getline]) in configure.ac, which potentially defines
+     HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE
+   - adding this code to a header that wraps the system <stdio.h>:
+     #undef getline
+     #if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getline, "getline is required by POSIX 2008, but"
+       "not universally present; use the gnulib module getline");
+     #endif
+
+   It is not possible to directly poison global variables.  But it is
+   possible to write a wrapper accessor function, and poison that
+   (less common usage, like &environ, will cause a compilation error
+   rather than issue the nice warning, but the end result of informing
+   the developer about their portability problem is still achieved):
+     #if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
+     static char ***
+     rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; }
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_environ, "environ is not always properly declared");
+     # undef environ
+     # define environ (*rpl_environ ())
+     #endif
+   or better (avoiding contradictory use of 'static' and 'extern'):
+     #if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
+     static char ***
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE ("environ is not always properly declared")
+     rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; }
+     # undef environ
+     # define environ (*rpl_environ ())
+     #endif
+   */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ 
(message)))
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message) \
+  __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __clang_major__ >= 4
+/* Another compiler attribute is available in clang.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C __typeof__ (function) function \
+  __attribute__ ((__diagnose_if__ (1, message, "warning")))
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message) \
+  __attribute__ ((__diagnose_if__ (1, message, "warning")))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C __typeof__ (function) function
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message)
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype_gcc, rettype_clang, 
parameters_and_attributes, "message")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "message"), except that in C++ mode the
+   function is declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type,
+   parameters, and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if !defined __cplusplus
+#  define 
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype_gcc,rettype_clang,parameters_and_attributes,msg)
 \
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, msg)
+# else
+#  if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#   define 
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype_gcc,rettype_clang,parameters_and_attributes,msg)
 \
+extern rettype_gcc function parameters_and_attributes \
+  __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+#  elif __clang_major__ >= 4
+/* Another compiler attribute is available in clang.  */
+#   define 
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype_gcc,rettype_clang,parameters_and_attributes,msg)
 \
+extern rettype_clang function parameters_and_attributes \
+  __attribute__ ((__diagnose_if__ (1, msg, "warning")))
+#  elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#   define 
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype_gcc,rettype_clang,parameters_and_attributes,msg)
 \
+extern rettype_gcc function parameters_and_attributes
+#  else /* Unsupported.  */
+#   define 
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype_gcc,rettype_clang,parameters_and_attributes,msg)
 \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/xcompile/lib/xalloc-oversized.h b/xcompile/lib/xalloc-oversized.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5dbdfb5506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/xcompile/lib/xalloc-oversized.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* xalloc-oversized.h -- memory allocation size checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-2000, 2003-2004, 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_
+#define XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* True if N * S does not fit into both ptrdiff_t and size_t.
+   N and S should be nonnegative and free of side effects.
+   This expands to a constant expression if N and S are both constants.
+   By gnulib convention, SIZE_MAX represents overflow in size_t
+   calculations, so the conservative size_t-based dividend to use here
+   is SIZE_MAX - 1.  */
+#define __xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
+  ((s) != 0 \
+   && ((size_t) (PTRDIFF_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? PTRDIFF_MAX : SIZE_MAX - 1) / (s) \
+       < (n)))
+
+/* Return 1 if and only if an array of N objects, each of size S,
+   cannot exist reliably because its total size in bytes would exceed
+   MIN (PTRDIFF_MAX, SIZE_MAX - 1).
+
+   N and S should be nonnegative and free of side effects.
+
+   Warning: (xalloc_oversized (N, S) ? NULL : malloc (N * S)) can
+   misbehave if N and S are both narrower than ptrdiff_t and size_t,
+   and can be rewritten as (xalloc_oversized (N, S) ?  NULL
+   : malloc (N * (size_t) S)).
+
+   This is a macro, not a function, so that it works even if an
+   argument exceeds MAX (PTRDIFF_MAX, SIZE_MAX).  */
+#if 7 <= __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && PTRDIFF_MAX < SIZE_MAX
+# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
+   __builtin_mul_overflow_p (n, s, (ptrdiff_t) 1)
+#elif (5 <= __GNUC__ && !defined __ICC && !__STRICT_ANSI__ \
+       && PTRDIFF_MAX < SIZE_MAX)
+# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
+   (__builtin_constant_p (n) && __builtin_constant_p (s) \
+    ? __xalloc_oversized (n, s) \
+    : ({ ptrdiff_t __xalloc_count; \
+         __builtin_mul_overflow (n, s, &__xalloc_count); }))
+
+/* Other compilers use integer division; this may be slower but is
+   more portable.  */
+#else
+# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) __xalloc_oversized (n, s)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_ */



reply via email to

[Prev in Thread] Current Thread [Next in Thread]